JNL SERIES TRUST
485BPOS, 2000-04-28
Previous: GENERAL MAGIC INC, 10-K/A, 2000-04-28
Next: INDUSTRIAL DATA SYSTEMS CORP, DEF 14A, 2000-04-28



As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 28, 2000

                                              1933 Act Registration No. 33-87244
                                              1940 Act Registration No. 811-8894

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM N-1A

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

         Pre-Effective Amendment No.                                   [ ]
                                       ----
         Post-Effective Amendment No.   20                             [X]
                                       ----

                                     and/or

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940

         Amendment No.    21                                           [X]
                         ----

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                JNL SERIES TRUST
               (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 5901 Executive Drive, Lansing, Michigan 48911
               (Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       Registrant's Telephone Number, including Area Code: (517) 394-3400
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Thomas J. Meyer, Esq.               with a copy to:
JNL Series Trust
Vice President & Counsel            Blazzard, Grodd & Hasenauer P.C.
5901 Executive Drive                P.O. Box 5108
Lansing, Michigan  48911            Westport, Connecticut  06881
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     (Name and Address of Agent for Service)

It is proposed that this filing will become  effective  (check  appropriate box)
        immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b)
- ---
 X      on May 1, 2000 pursuant to paragraph (b)
- ---
        60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)
- ---
        on (date)pursuant  to paragraph (a)(1)
- ---
        75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)
- ---
        on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485.
- ---
        This  post-effective  amendment  designates a new  effective  date for a
- ---     previously filed post-effective amendment.
<PAGE>
                                JNL SERIES TRUST
                    REFERENCE TO ITEMS REQUIRED BY FORM N-1A

                                                Caption in Prospectus or
                                                Statement of Additional
                                                Information relating to
N-1A Item                                       each Item
- ---------                                       ------------------------

Part A.  Information Required in a Prospectus   Prospectus
- -------  ------------------------------------   ----------

1.   Front and Back Cover Pages                 Front and Back Cover Pages

2.   Risk/Return Summary:  Investments,         About the Series of the Trust
     Risks, and Performance

3.   Risk/Return Summary:  Fee Table            Not Applicable

4.   Investment Objectives, Principal           About the Series of the Trust
     Investment Strategies, and Related Risks

5.   Management's Discussion of Fund            Not Applicable
     Performance

6.   Management, Organization and Capital       Management of the Trust;
     Structure                                  About the Series of the Trust

7.   Shareholder Information                    Investment of Trust Shares;
                                                Share Redemption; Tax Status

8.   Distribution Arrangements                  Not Applicable

9.   Financial Highlights Information           Financial Highlights


         Information Required in a Statement    Statement of
Part B.  of Additional Information              Additional Information
- -------  -------------------------              ----------------------

10.  Cover Page and Table Of Contents           Cover Page and Table of Contents

11.  Fund History                               General Information and History

12.  Description of the Fund and Its            Common Types of Investments and
     Investments and Risks                      Management Practices; Additional
                                                Risk Considerations; Investment
                                                Restrictions Applicable to All
                                                Series

13.  Management of the Fund                     Management of the Trust

14.  Control Persons and Principal Holders      Management of the Trust
     of Securities

15.  Investment Advisory and Other Services     Investment Advisory and Other
                                                Services

16.  Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices   Investment Advisory and Other
                                                Services

17.  Capital Stock and Other Securities         Purchases, Redemptions and
                                                Pricing of Shares; Additional
                                                Information

18.  Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of        Purchases, Redemptions and
     Shares                                     Pricing of Shares

19.  Taxation of the Fund                       Tax Status

20.  Underwriters                               Not Applicable

21.  Calculation of Performance Data            Performance

22.  Financial Statements                       Financial Statements

Part C.
- -------

Information required to be included in Part C is set forth under the appropriate
item, so numbered, in Part C of this Amendment to the Registration Statement.
<PAGE>
                               JNL(R) SERIES TRUST




<PAGE>
                                   PROSPECTUS

                                   May 1, 2000

                               JNL(R) SERIES TRUST
                 5901 Executive Drive o Lansing, Michigan 48911

This Prospectus  provides you with the basic  information you should know before
investing in the JNL Series Trust (Trust).

The shares of the Trust are sold to life insurance  company separate accounts to
fund the benefits of variable  annuity  contracts  and variable  life  insurance
policies.  Shares of the Trust may also be sold directly to qualified retirement
plans. The Trust currently offers shares in the following separate Series,  each
with its own investment objective.



<PAGE>


JNL/Alger Growth Series
JNL/Alliance Growth Series
JNL/Eagle Core Equity Series
JNL/Eagle SmallCap Equity Series

JNL/J.P. Morgan Enhanced S&P 500 Stock Index Series
JNL/J.P. Morgan International & Emerging Markets Series
JNL/Janus Aggressive Growth Series
JNL/Janus Balanced Series
JNL/Janus Capital Growth Series
JNL/Janus Global Equities Series
JNL/Janus Growth & Income Series
JNL/PIMCO Total Return Bond Series
JNL/Putnam Growth Series
JNL/Putnam International Equity Series
JNL/Putnam Midcap Growth Series
JNL/Putnam Value Equity Series
JNL/S&P Conservative Growth Series I
JNL/S&P Moderate Growth Series I
JNL/S&P Aggressive Growth Series I
JNL/S&P Very Aggressive Growth Series I
JNL/S&P Equity Growth Series I
JNL/S&P Equity Aggressive Growth Series I
JNL/S&P Conservative Growth Series II
JNL/S&P Moderate Growth Series II


JNL/S&P Aggressive Growth Series II
JNL/S&P Very Aggressive Growth Series II
JNL/S&P Equity Growth Series II
JNL/S&P Equity Aggressive Growth Series II
JNL/S&P Conservative Growth Series
JNL/S&P Moderate Growth Series
JNL/S&P Aggressive Growth Series
JNL Enhanced Intermediate Bond Index Series
JNL International Index Series
JNL Russell 2000 Index Series
JNL S&P 500 Index Series
JNL S&P MidCap Index Series
Lazard/JNL Mid Cap Value Series
Lazard/JNL Small Cap Value Series
PPM America/JNL Balanced Series
PPM America/JNL High Yield Bond Series
PPM America/JNL Money Market Series
Salomon Brothers/JNL Balanced Series
Salomon Brothers/JNL Global Bond Series
Salomon Brothers/JNL High Yield Bond Series
Salomon Brothers/JNL U.S. Government & Quality Bond Series
T. Rowe Price/JNL Established Growth Series
T. Rowe Price/JNL Mid-Cap Growth Series
T. Rowe Price/JNL Value Series


<PAGE>


THE  SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  HAS NOT APPROVED OR  DISAPPROVED  THE
TRUST'S  SECURITIES,  OR  DETERMINED  WHETHER  THIS  PROSPECTUS  IS  ACCURATE OR
COMPLETE. IT IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE TO STATE OTHERWISE.


"Standard & Poor's(R)",  "S&P(R)",  "S&P 500(R)",  "Standard & Poor's 500", "S&P
MidCap 400  Index" and  "Standard  & Poor's  400  Index" are  trademarks  of The
McGraw-Hill  Companies,  Inc. and have been licensed for use by Jackson National
Life Insurance Company. The JNL/J.P. Morgan Enhanced S&P 500 Stock Index Series,
JNL S&P 500 Index  Series and JNL S&P  MidCap  Index  Series are not  sponsored,
endorsed,  sold or promoted by Standard & Poor's and  Standard & Poor's makes no
representation  regarding the advisability of investing in the Series. Among the
fund options  considered  are index funds based on the S&P 500 and other indexes
that are published by S&P's affiliate. This affiliate typically receives license
fees from the issuers of such funds, some of which may be based on the amount of
assets invested in the fund. Please see the Statement of Additional  Information
which sets forth certain  additional  disclaimers and limitations of liabilities
on behalf of S&P.


For more detailed  information  about the Trust and the Series,  see the Trust's
Statement of Additional  Information  (SAI),  which is incorporated by reference
into this prospectus.
                                 ---------------
<PAGE>






                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

I.   ABOUT THE SERIES OF THE TRUST


     INCLUDES A  DESCRIPTION  OF EACH  SERIES,  ITS  INVESTMENT  STRATEGIES  AND
     PRINCIPAL  RISKS;  HISTORIC  PERFORMANCE;  HIGHEST  AND  LOWEST  PERFORMING
     QUARTERS; PERFORMANCE MEASURED AGAINST A RELEVANT BENCHMARK; AND MANAGEMENT
     OF THE SERIES.


II.  MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST


     MANAGEMENT  OF  THETRUST;ADMINISTRATIVE  FEE;  INVESTMENT  IN TRUST SHARES;
     SHARE REDEMPTION; AND TAX STATUS.


III. FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

     THE  FINANCIAL  HIGHLIGHTS  TABLES  WILL  HELP  YOU  UNDERSTAND  A  SERIES'
     FINANCIAL  PERFORMANCE  FOR THE PAST FIVE YEARS, OR FOR THE SHORTER LIFE OF
     THE SERIES.


<PAGE>
                          ABOUT THE SERIES OF THE TRUST

JNL/ALGER GROWTH SERIES

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE. The investment objective of the JNL/Alger Growth Series is
long-term capital appreciation.


PRINCIPAL  INVESTMENT  STRATEGIES.  The Series seeks to achieve its objective by
investing at least 65% in a diversified  portfolio of equity securities - common
stock,  preferred  stock,  and securities  convertible  into or exchangeable for
common stock - of large,  companies which trade on U.S. exchanges or in the U.S.
over-the-counter market. The Series considers a large company to be one that, at
the time its securities are acquired by the Series, has a market  capitalization
of $1 billion or more.  These  companies  typically  have broad  product  lines,
markets, financial resources and depth of management.


To provide flexibility to take advantage of investment opportunities, the Series
may hold a portion  of its assets in money  market  investments  and  repurchase
agreements.

PRINCIPAL  RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE SERIES.  An investment in the Series is not
guaranteed. As with any mutual fund, the value of the Series' shares will change
and you could lose money by  investing  in the Series.  A variety of factors may
influence its investment performance, such as:


o    Market risk.  Because the Series invests in U.S. traded equity  securities,
     it is subject to stock market risk. Stock prices  typically  fluctuate more
     than the values of other  types of  securities,  typically  in  response to
     changes  in  the  particular  company's  financial  condition  and  factors
     affecting the market in general. For example,  unfavorable or unanticipated
     poor  earnings  performance  of the  company may result in a decline in its
     stock's price, and a broad-based market drop may also cause a stock's price
     to fall.

o    Growth investing risk.  Growth  companies  usually invest a high portion of
     earnings in their  businesses,  and may lack the  dividends of value stocks
     that can cushion prices in a falling market. Also, earnings disappointments
     often lead to sharp declines in prices because  investors buy growth stocks
     in anticipation of superior earnings growth.


In addition,  the performance of the Series depends on the sub-adviser's ability
to effectively implement the investment strategies of the Series.


PERFORMANCE.  The bar chart and table  below  show the past  performance  of the
Series' shares.  The chart presents the annual returns and shows how performance
has varied from year to year.  The table shows the  Series'  annual  returns and
compares them to a broad based index since these shares were first offered. Both
the chart and the table assume reinvestment of dividends and distributions.  The
Series'  returns shown in the chart and table below do not reflect the deduction
of any  charges  that are imposed  under a variable  insurance  contract.  Those
charges,  which are described in the variable insurance prospectus,  will reduce
the Series' performance.  As with all mutual funds, the Series' past performance
does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future.


Annual Total Returns as of December 31

13.41%            26.20%            45.66%           33.80%
[Insert Chart]
1996              1997              1998             1999

During the period covered,  the Series' highest quarterly return was 25.65% (4th
quarter of 1998) and its lowest  quarterly  return  was -7.37%  (3rd  quarter of
1998).


                          Average Annual Total Returns as of December 31, 1999
                                             1 year           Life of Series*


JNL/Alger Growth Series                       33.80%               27.08%
S&P 500 Index                                 21.04%               26.67%

The  S&P 500  Index  is a  broad-based,  unmanaged  index.  * The  Series  began
operations on October 16, 1995.


SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES (FEES PAID DIRECTLY FROM YOUR INVESTMENT)
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON PURCHASES                            NONE
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON REINVESTED DIVIDENDS                 NONE
         DEFERRED SALES LOAD                                                NONE
         REDEMPTION FEE                                                     NONE
         EXCHANGE FEE                                                       NONE

EXPENSES.  The table below  shows  certain  expenses  you will incur as a Series
investor, either directly or indirectly.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ANNUAL SERIES OPERATING EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE DEDUCTED FROM SERIES ASSETS)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management/Administrative Fee                                            1.07%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Expenses                                                              0%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Series Annual Operating Expenses                                   1.07%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EXPENSE  EXAMPLE.  This  example is  intended  to help you  compare  the cost of
investing in the Series with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.  Also,
this  example  does not reflect the expenses of the  Qualified  Plan.  The table
below shows the expenses you would pay on a $10,000 investment,  assuming (1) 5%
annual  return  and  (2)  redemption  at  the  end of  each  time  period.  This
illustration is hypothetical and is not intended to be representative of past or
future  performance  of the Series.  The example  also  assumes  that the Series
operating expenses remain the same.  Although your actual costs may be higher or
lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPENSE EXAMPLE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year                                                                      $109
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 Years                                                                     $340
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 Years                                                                     $590
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 Years                                                                  $1,306
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE OTHER INVESTMENT STRATEGIES,  OTHER INVESTMENTS
AND RISKS OF THE SERIES. The Series may take a temporary,  defensive position by
investing  up to all of its  assets  in  debt  securities  (typically  of a high
grade), cash equivalents and repurchase agreements.  Taking a defensive position
may reduce the potential for appreciation in the Series' portfolio.


The Series may actively  trade  securities in seeking to achieve its  objective.
Doing so may increase transaction costs, which may reduce performance.

The SAI has more  information  about  the  Series'  authorized  investments  and
strategies, as well as the risks and restrictions that may apply to them.

SUB-ADVISER AND PORTFOLIO  MANAGEMENT.  The sub-adviser to the JNL/Alger  Growth
Series is Fred Alger Management, Inc. (Alger Management),  which is located at 1
World Trade Center,  Suite 9333, New York, New York 10048.  Alger  Management is
generally engaged in the business of rendering  investment  advisory services to
institutions and, to a lesser extent,  individuals and has been so engaged since
1964.

David D. Alger,  President and Chief Investment Officer of Alger Management,  is
primarily  responsible for the day-to-day  management of the Series. He has been
employed  by Alger  Management  as  Executive  Vice  President  and  Director of
Research since 1971, and as President since 1995. He serves as portfolio manager
for other  mutual funds and  investment  accounts  managed by Alger  Management.
Ronald Tartaro also  participates  in the management of the Series.  Mr. Tartaro
has been employed by Alger  Management as a senior  research  analyst since 1990
and as a Senior Vice  President  since 1995.  Mr. Alger and Mr. Tartaro have had
responsibility  for the day-to-day  management of the Series since the inception
of the Series.


<PAGE>


JNL/ALLIANCE GROWTH SERIES

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE. The investment objective of the JNL/Alliance Growth Series
is long-term growth of capital.


PRINCIPAL  INVESTMENT  STRATEGIES.  The Series seeks to achieve its objective by
investing  primarily in a  diversified  portfolio of common stocks or securities
with  common  stock  characteristics  that  the  sub-adviser  believes  have the
potential for capital appreciation, which include securities convertible into or
exchangeable for common stock. In selecting equity  securities,  the sub-adviser
considers  a variety of  factors,  such as an  issuer's  current  and  projected
revenue,  earnings,  cash flow and assets, as well as general market conditions.
Because the Series holds  securities  selected for growth  potential rather than
protection of income, the value of the Series' portfolio may be more volatile in
response to market changes than it would be if the Series held  income-producing
securities.


The Series invests primarily in high-quality U.S. companies,  generally those of
large  market  capitalization.  The Series may invest a portion of its assets in
foreign  securities.  The potential for appreciation of capital is the basis for
investment  decisions.  Whatever  income the  Series'  investments  generate  is
incidental to the objective of capital growth.

PRINCIPAL  RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE SERIES.  An investment in the Series is not
guaranteed. As with any mutual fund, the value of the Series' shares will change
and you could lose money by  investing  in the Series.  A variety of factors may
influence its investment performance, such as:

o    Market  risk.  Because  the Series  invests in stocks of U.S.  and  foreign
     companies,  it is subject to stock  market  risk.  Stock  prices  typically
     fluctuate more than the values of other types of  securities,  typically in
     response to changes in the  particular  company's  financial  condition and
     factors  affecting  the market in  general.  For  example,  unfavorable  or
     unanticipated  poor  earnings  performance  of the  company may result in a
     decline in its stock's price, and a broad-based  market drop may also cause
     a stock's price to fall.

o    Growth investing risk.  Growth  companies  usually invest a high portion of
     earnings in their  businesses,  and may lack the  dividends of value stocks
     that can cushion prices in a falling market. Also, earnings disappointments
     often lead to sharp declines in prices because  investors buy growth stocks
     in anticipation of superior earnings growth.

o    Foreign  investing  risk.  Foreign  investing  involves risks not typically
     associated with U.S. investment. These risks include, among others, adverse
     fluctuations  in  foreign  currency  values as well as  adverse  political,
     social and economic developments  affecting a foreign country. In addition,
     foreign  investing  involves less publicly  available  information and more
     volatile  or  less  liquid  securities  markets.   Investments  in  foreign
     countries  could be affected  by factors  not present in the U.S.,  such as
     restrictions on receiving the investment  proceeds from a foreign  country,
     foreign tax laws,  and  potential  difficulties  in  enforcing  contractual
     obligations.  Transactions  in  foreign  securities  may be subject to less
     efficient settlement practices, including extended clearance and settlement
     periods.  Foreign accounting may be less revealing than American accounting
     practices.  Foreign  regulation  may be  inadequate  or  irregular.  Owning
     foreign  securities  could cause the Series'  performance to fluctuate more
     than if it held only U.S. securities.

In addition,  the performance of the Series depends on the sub-adviser's ability
to effectively implement the investment strategies of the Series.


PERFORMANCE.  The bar chart and table  below  show the past  performance  of the
Series' shares.  The chart presents the annual returns and shows how performance
has varied from year to year.  The table shows the  Series'  annual  returns and
compares them to a broad based index since these shares were first offered. Both
the chart and the table assume reinvestment of dividends and distributions.  The
Series'  returns shown in the chart and table below do not reflect the deduction
of any  charges  that are imposed  under a variable  insurance  contract.  Those
charges,  which are described in the variable insurance prospectus,  will reduce
the Series' performance.  As with all mutual funds, the Series' past performance
does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future.


Annual Total Returns as of December 31

28.23%
[Insert Chart]
1999

In the period  shown in the chart,  the  Series'  highest  quarterly  return was
17.69%  (4th  quarter of 1999) and its lowest  quarterly  return was -5.30% (3rd
quarter of 1999).


                            Average Annual Total Returns as of December 31, 1999
                                                1 year           Life of Series*

JNL/Alliance Growth Series                       28.23%               33.64%
S&P 500 Index                                    21.04%               26.67%


The  S&P  500  Index  is a  broad-based,  unmanaged  index.  *The  Series  began
operations on March 2, 1998.


SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES (FEES PAID DIRECTLY FROM YOUR INVESTMENT)
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON PURCHASES                            NONE
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON REINVESTED DIVIDENDS                 NONE
         DEFERRED SALES LOAD                                                NONE
         REDEMPTION FEE                                                     NONE
         EXCHANGE FEE                                                       NONE

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ANNUAL SERIES OPERATING EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE DEDUCTED FROM SERIES ASSETS)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management/Administrative Fee                                               .88%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Expenses                                                                0%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Series Annual Operating Expenses                                      .88%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EXPENSE  EXAMPLE.  This  example is  intended  to help you  compare  the cost of
investing in the Series with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.  Also,
this  example  does not reflect the expenses of the  Qualified  Plan.  The table
below shows the expenses you would pay on a $10,000 investment,  assuming (1) 5%
annual  return  and  (2)  redemption  at  the  end of  each  time  period.  This
illustration is hypothetical and is not intended to be representative of past or
future  performance  of the Series.  The example  also  assumes  that the Series
operating expenses remain the same.  Although your actual costs may be higher or
lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPENSE EXAMPLE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year                                                                       $89
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 Years                                                                     $279
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 Years                                                                     $485
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 Years                                                                  $1,078
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE OTHER INVESTMENT STRATEGIES,  OTHER INVESTMENTS
AND RISKS OF THE  SERIES.  The Series may use  derivative  instruments,  such as
futures contracts,  options and forward currency contracts, for hedging and risk
management.  These  instruments  are  subject to  transaction  costs and certain
risks,  such as unanticipated  changes in securities  prices and global currency
markets.  The Series may take a  temporary,  defensive  position by  investing a
substantial  portion of its assets in U.S.  government  securities,  cash,  cash
equivalents and repurchase  agreements.  Taking a defensive  position may reduce
the potential for appreciation in the Series' portfolio. The Series may actively
trade  securities  in seeking to achieve its  objective.  Doing so may  increase
transaction  costs, which may reduce  performance.  The SAI has more information
about the Series'  authorized  investments and strategies,  as well as the risks
and restrictions that may apply to them.


THE SUB-ADVISER AND PORTFOLIO  MANAGEMENT.  The sub-adviser to the  JNL/Alliance
Growth Series is Alliance  Capital  Management L.P.  (Alliance),  with principal
offices at 1345 Avenue of the Americas,  New York, New York 10105. Alliance is a
major  international  investment  manager  whose  clients  primarily  are  major
corporate employee benefit funds, investment companies,  foundations,  endowment
funds and public employee retirement systems.


James G. Reilly,  Executive Vice President of Alliance, and Syed Hasnain, Senior
Vice  President and Large Cap Growth  Portfolio  Manager of Alliance,  share the
responsibility  for the day-to-day  management of the Series.  Mr. Reilly joined
Alliance  in 1984.  Mr.  Hasnain  joined  Alliance in 1993.  Mr.  Reilly has had
responsibility  for the day-to-day  management of the Series since the inception
of the  Series.  Mr.  Hasnain  has  shared  responsibility  for  the  day-to-day
management of the Series since January 1999.



<PAGE>


JNL/EAGLE CORE EQUITY SERIES

INVESTMENT  OBJECTIVE.  The  investment  objective of the JNL/Eagle  Core Equity
Series is long-term capital appreciation and, secondarily, current income.


PRINCIPAL  INVESTMENT  STRATEGIES.  The Series seeks to achieve its objective by
investing  at least 65% of total  assets in a  diversified  portfolio  of common
stock of U.S.  companies that meet the criteria for one of three separate equity
strategies: the growth equity strategy, the value equity strategy and the equity
income strategy.

o    Under the GROWTH EQUITY STRATEGY,  the sub-adviser selects common stocks in
     part based on its opinions  regarding the  sustainability  of the company's
     competitive advantage in the marketplace and the company's management team.
     The sub-adviser looks for securities of companies which have an exceptional
     management  team and which have the potential to increase  market share and
     drive earnings per share growth.  If a particular stock appreciates to over
     5% of the total assets of the  portfolio,  the  sub-adviser  typically will
     reduce the position to less than 5%. Generally, the sub-adviser will sell a
     stock if its price appreciates to a level that the sub-adviser views as not
     sustainable or to purchase stock that the sub-adviser  believes  presents a
     better investment opportunity.


              The sub-adviser seeks securities of companies which:

                    --   have  projected  earnings  growth  and return on equity
                         greater than 15%,

                    --   are dominant in their industries, and

                    --   have the  ability to create and  sustain a  competitive
                         advantage.


o    Under the VALUE EQUITY  STRATEGY,  the  sub-adviser  invests in  securities
     which it  believes  indicate  above-average  financial  soundness  and high
     intrinsic value relative to price.  The  sub-adviser  screens a universe of
     over 2,500 companies.  From this universe, the sub-adviser makes selections
     based on its projections of the company's growth in earnings and dividends,
     earnings momentum,  and undervaluation  based on a dividend discount model.
     The sub-adviser  develops target prices and value ranges from this analysis
     and makes  portfolio  selection  from among the top-rated  securities.  The
     sub-adviser  will  typically  sell a security if the  security  reaches its
     target  price,  negative  changes  occur with  respect to the issuer or its
     industry,  or  there  is a  significant  change  in one or more of the four
     characteristics applicable to the security's selection. However, the Series
     may continue to hold equity  securities  that no longer meet the  selection
     criteria but that the sub-adviser deems suitable investments in view of the
     Series' investment objective.


     These  securities  or their  respective  issuers  have at least  one of the
     following characteristics when acquired for the Series:


                    --   low  price-to-earnings  price-to-book  value,  price to
                         cash flow and price-to-sales ratios, as compared to the
                         broad   market,   industry   peers  and  the  company's
                         historical ratios

                    --   above average dividend yield , or

                    --   Beta below that of the broad market


o    Under  the   EQUITY   INCOME   STRATEGY,   the   sub-adviser   invests   in
     income-producing securities.

The sub-adviser divides the Series' assets among each of these three strategies,
with about 40% of the assets  allocated  to each of the growth  equity and value
equity strategies and about 20% to the equity income strategy.




Under normal market conditions, the Series invests at least 65% of its assets in
the  common  stock  of U.S.  companies  and may  invest  the  balance  in  other
securities, such as common stock of foreign issuers, corporate debt obligations,
U.S. Government  securities,  preferred stock,  convertible stock,  warrants and
rights to buy common stock, real estate investment trusts, repurchase agreements
and  money  market   instruments.   Investing  in  foreign  securities  presents
additional  risks,  such as those related to currency  fluctuations  and adverse
political  or economic  conditions  affecting a foreign  country.  Although  the
Series emphasizes  investment-grade  securities (or unrated  securities that the
sub-adviser  deems to be of  comparable  quality),  the  Series  may  invest  in
non-investment-grade  securities.  A non-investment grade security may fluctuate
more in value,  and  present  a greater  risk of  default,  than a  higher-rated
security.


PRINCIPAL  RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE SERIES.  An investment in the Series is not
guaranteed. As with any mutual fund, the value of the Series' shares will change
and you could lose money by  investing  in the Series.  A variety of factors may
influence its investment performance, such as:

     o    Market risk.  Because the Series  invests  primarily in stocks of U.S.
          companies,  it is subject to stock market risk. Stock prices typically
          fluctuate more than the values of other types of securities, typically
          in response to changes in the particular company's financial condition
          and factors affecting the market in general. For example,  unfavorable
          or unanticipated  poor earnings  performance of the company may result
          in a decline in its stock's price,  and a broad-based  market drop may
          also cause a stock's price to fall.

     o    Growth investing risk.  Growth companies usually invest a high portion
          of earnings in their  businesses,  and may lack the dividends of value
          stocks that can cushion  prices in a falling  market.  Also,  earnings
          disappointments  often  lead  to  sharp  declines  in  prices  because
          investors  buy growth  stocks in  anticipation  of  superior  earnings
          growth.

     o    Derivatives  risk.  Investing  in  derivative  instruments,   such  as
          options,  futures  contracts,   forward  currency  contracts,  indexed
          securities and  asset-backed  securities,  involves special risks. The
          Series'  sub-advisers  must  correctly  predict  the price  movements,
          during the life of a derivative,  of the underlying  asset in order to
          realize  the  desired  results  from  the  investment.  The  value  of
          derivatives  may rise or fall more  rapidly  than  other  investments,
          which may  increase  the  volatility  of the Series  depending  on the
          nature and extent of the derivatives in the Series' portfolio.  If the
          sub-adviser  uses  derivatives  in attempting to manage or "hedge" the
          overall risk of the  portfolio,  the strategy might not be successful,
          for example,  due to changes in the value of the  derivatives  that do
          not  correlate  with  price  movements  in the rest of the  portfolio.
          Valueinvesting  risk.  The value  approach  carries  the risk that the
          market will not  recognize  a  security's  intrinsic  value for a long
          time,  or  that a stock  judged  to be  undervalued  may  actually  be
          appropriately priced.


In addition,  the performance of the Series depends on the sub-adviser's ability
to effectively implement the investment strategies of the Series.


PERFORMANCE.  The bar chart and table  below  show the past  performance  of the
Series' shares.  The chart presents the annual returns and shows how performance
has varied from year to year.  The table shows the  Series'  annual  returns and
compares them to a broad based index since these shares were first offered. Both
the chart and the table assume reinvestment of dividends and distributions.  The
Series'  returns shown in the chart and table below do not reflect the deduction
of any  charges  that are imposed  under a variable  insurance  contract.  Those
charges,  which are described in the variable insurance prospectus,  will reduce
the Series' performance.  As with all mutual funds, the Series' past performance
does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future.


Annual Total Returns as of December 31

32.35%            16.54%            23.55%
[Insert Chart]
1997              1998              1999

In the periods  shown in the chart,  the Series'  highest  quarterly  return was
18.43% (4th  quarter of 1998) and its lowest  quarterly  return was -10.99% (3rd
quarter of 1998).





                             Average Annual Total Returns as of December 31,1999
                                           1 year              Life of Series*


JNL/Eagle Core Equity Series                23.55%                 23.96%
S&P 500 Index                               21.04%                 28.10%

The  S&P 500  Index  is a  broad-based,  unmanaged  index.  * The  Series  began
operations on September 16, 1996.


SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES (FEES PAID DIRECTLY FROM YOUR INVESTMENT)
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON PURCHASES                           NONE
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON REINVESTED DIVIDENDS                NONE
         DEFERRED SALES LOAD                                               NONE
         REDEMPTION FEE                                                    NONE
         EXCHANGE FEE                                                      NONE


EXPENSES.  The table below  shows  certain  expenses  you will incur as a Series
investor, either directly or indirectly.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ANNUAL SERIES OPERATING EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE DEDUCTED FROM SERIES ASSETS)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management/Administrative Fee                                              0.99%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Expenses                                                                0%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Series Annual Operating Expenses                                     0.99%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EXPENSE  EXAMPLE.  This  example is  intended  to help you  compare  the cost of
investing in the Series with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.  Also,
this  example  does not reflect the expenses of the  Qualified  Plan.  The table
below shows the expenses you would pay on a $10,000 investment,  assuming (1) 5%
annual  return  and  (2)  redemption  at  the  end of  each  time  period.  This
illustration is hypothetical and is not intended to be representative of past or
future  performance  of the Series.  The example  also  assumes  that the Series
operating expenses remain the same.  Although your actual costs may be higher or
lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPENSE EXAMPLE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year                                                                      $101
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 Years                                                                     $315
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 Years                                                                     $547
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 Years                                                                  $1,213
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE OTHER INVESTMENT STRATEGIES,  OTHER INVESTMENTS
AND RISKS OF THE SERIES.


The  Series  may also  use  derivative  instruments,  such as  options,  futures
contracts and indexed  securities,  which are subject to  transaction  costs and
certain risks, such as unanticipated changes in securities prices.

For temporary defensive purposes during actual or anticipated periods of general
market  decline,  the Series  may invest up to 100% of its assets in  high-grade
money market instruments,  including U.S. Government securities,  and repurchase
agreements  secured  by such  instruments,  as well as other  high-quality  debt
securities.   Taking  a  defensive   position  may  reduce  the   potential  for
appreciation in the Series' portfolio.

The SAI has more  information  about  the  Series'  authorized  investments  and
strategies, as well as the risks and restrictions that may apply to them.

THE SUB-ADVISER AND PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT.  The sub-adviser to the JNL/Eagle Core
Equity Series is Eagle Asset Management, Inc. (Eagle), 880 Carillon Parkway, St.
Petersburg,  Florida 33716.  Eagle is a wholly owned subsidiary of Raymond James
Financial,  Inc.  Eagle and its  affiliates  provide a wide  range of  financial
services to retail and institutional clients.


In its capacity as  sub-adviser,  Eagle  supervises  and manages the  investment
portfolio  of the Series.  Mr. Ashi  Parikh,  Managing  Director  and  Portfolio
Manager,  is  responsible  for the  day-to-day  management  of the growth equity
strategy.  Mr.  Parikh  joined  Eagle in April 1999,  after  serving as Managing
Director at Banc One  Investment  Advisers  in  Columbus,  Ohio.  Mr. Ed Cowart,
Managing  Director and Portfolio  Manager,  is  responsible  for the  day-to-day
management of the value equity strategy. Mr. Cowart joined Eagle in August 1999,
after serving as Managing Director at Banc One Investment  Advisors in Columbus,
Ohio. Mr. Lou Kirschbaum,  Managing Director and Portfolio Manager and Mr. David
Blount,  Portfolio Manager,  as co-managers,  are responsible for the day-to-day
management of the equity income  strategy.  They have been  responsible  for the
equity income  strategy  since the inception of the Series.  Mr.  Kirschbaum has
been with Eagle since 1986, and Mr. Blount joined Eagle in 1993.



<PAGE>


JNL/EAGLE SMALLCAP EQUITY SERIES

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE.  The investment objective of the JNL/Eagle SmallCap Equity
Series is long-term capital appreciation.


PRINCIPAL  INVESTMENT  STRATEGIES.  The Series seeks to achieve its objective by
investing  65%  of  its  total  assets  in a  diversified  portfolio  of  equity
securities of domestic small capitalization companies, i.e., companies which, at
the time of purchase,  typically have a market  capitalization under $1 billion.
The  sub-adviser  employs a  bottom-up  approach to  identify  rapidly  growing,
under-researched small capitalization companies that appear to be undervalued in
relation to their long term earnings growth rate or asset value. The sub-adviser
generally  invests in companies  which have  accelerating  earnings,  reasonable
valuations  strong management that participates in the ownership of the company,
reasonable  debt, and a high or expanding  return on equity.  The Series' equity
holdings  consist  primarily of common  stocks,  but may also include  preferred
stocks and  investment  grade  securities  convertible  into  common  stocks and
warrants.


PRINCIPAL  RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE SERIES.  An investment in the Series is not
guaranteed. As with any mutual fund, the value of the Series' shares will change
and you could lose money by  investing  in the Series.  A variety of factors may
influence its investment performance, such as:

          o    Market risk.  Because the Series  invests  primarily in stocks of
               U.S. companies,  it is subject to stock market risk. Stock prices
               typically  fluctuate  more  than the  values  of  other  types of
               securities,  typically  in response to changes in the  particular
               company's financial condition and factors affecting the market in
               general. For example,  unfavorable or unanticipated poor earnings
               performance of the company may result in a decline in its stock's
               price,  and a  broad-based  market  drop may also cause a stock's
               price to fall.

          o    Small  cap  investing.  Investing  in  smaller,  newer  companies
               generally  involves greater risks than investing in larger,  more
               established  ones. The companies in which the Series is likely to
               invest  have  limited   product   lines,   markets  or  financial
               resources, or may depend on the expertise of a few people and may
               be  subject  to more  abrupt or  erratic  market  movements  than
               securities of larger,  more  established  companies or the market
               averages  in  general.  In  addition,  many small  capitalization
               companies may be in the early stages of development. Accordingly,
               an  investment  in the  Series  may  not be  appropriate  for all
               investors.

In addition,  the performance of the Series depends on the sub-adviser's ability
to effectively implement the investment strategies of the Series.


PERFORMANCE.  The bar chart and table  below  show the past  performance  of the
Series' shares.  The chart presents the annual returns and shows how performance
has varied from year to year.  The table shows the  Series'  annual  returns and
compares them to a broad based index since these shares were first offered. Both
the chart and the table assume reinvestment of dividends and distributions.  The
Series'  returns shown in the chart and table below do not reflect the deduction
of any  charges  that are imposed  under a variable  insurance  contract.  Those
charges,  which are described in the variable insurance prospectus,  will reduce
the Series' performance.  As with all mutual funds, the Series' past performance
does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future.


Annual Total Returns as of December 31

27.64%            1.18%             19.27%
[Insert Chart]
1997              1998              1999

In the periods  shown in the chart,  the Series'  highest  quarterly  return was
29.40% (2nd  quarter of 1999) and its lowest  quarterly  return was -23.92% (3rd
quarter of 1998).


                            Average Annual Total Returns as of December 31, 1999
                                                1 year           Life of Series*


JNL/Eagle SmallCap Equity Series                19.27%                19.09%
Russell 2000 Index                              21.35%                13.64%

The Russell 2000 Index is a  broad-based,  unmanaged  index.  * The Series began
operations on September 16, 1996.


SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES (FEES PAID DIRECTLY FROM YOUR INVESTMENT)
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON PURCHASES                            NONE
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON REINVESTED DIVIDENDS                 NONE
         DEFERRED SALES LOAD                                                NONE
         REDEMPTION FEE                                                     NONE
         EXCHANGE FEE                                                       NONE

EXPENSES.  The table below  shows  certain  expenses  you will incur as a Series
investor, either directly or indirectly.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ANNUAL SERIES OPERATING EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE DEDUCTED FROM SERIES ASSETS)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management/Administrative Fee                                              1.05%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Expenses                                                                0%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Series Annual Operating Expenses                                     1.05%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EXPENSE  EXAMPLE.  This  example is  intended  to help you  compare  the cost of
investing in the Series with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.  Also,
this  example  does not reflect the expenses of the  Qualified  Plan.  The table
below shows the expenses you would pay on a $10,000 investment,  assuming (1) 5%
annual  return  and  (2)  redemption  at  the  end of  each  time  period.  This
illustration is hypothetical and is not intended to be representative of past or
future  performance  of the Series.  The example  also  assumes  that the Series
operating expenses remain the same.  Although your actual costs may be higher or
lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPENSE EXAMPLE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year                                                                      $107
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 Years                                                                     $334
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 Years                                                                     $579
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 Years                                                                  $1,283
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE OTHER INVESTMENT STRATEGIES,  OTHER INVESTMENTS
AND RISKS OF THE SERIES. The JNL/Eagle SmallCap Equity Series may also invest in
American  Depositary  Receipts of U.S. traded foreign issuers,  U.S.  Government
securities, repurchase agreements and other short-term money market instruments.


For  temporary,  defensive  purposes  during  actual or  anticipated  periods of
general  market  decline,  the  Series  may  invest up to 100% of its  assets in
high-grade money market instruments,  including U.S. Government securities,  and
repurchase agreements secured by such instruments, as well as other high-quality
debt  securities.  Taking a  defensive  position  may reduce the  potential  for
appreciation in the Series' portfolio.

The SAI has more  information  about  the  Series'  authorized  investments  and
strategies, as well as the risks and restrictions that may apply to them.

THE  SUB-ADVISER  AND PORTFOLIO  MANAGEMENT.  The  sub-adviser  to the JNL/Eagle
SmallCap Equity Series is Eagle Asset  Management,  Inc.  (Eagle),  880 Carillon
Parkway, St. Petersburg,  Florida 33716. Eagle and its affiliates provide a wide
range of financial services to retail and institutional clients.


Bert L. Boksen, Managing Director and Portfolio Manager of Eagle, is responsible
for the  day-to-day  management of the Series.  Mr. Boksen joined Eagle in April
1995 and has  portfolio  management  responsibilities  for its small cap  equity
accounts.  Prior to  joining  Eagle,  Mr.  Boksen was  employed  for 16 years by
Raymond  James &  Associates,  Inc.  in its  institutional  research  and  sales
department.  While  employed by Raymond  James &  Associates,  Inc.,  Mr. Boksen
served as co-head of  Research,  Chief  Investment  Officer and  Chairman of the
Raymond  James &  Associates,  Inc.  Focus List  Committee.  Mr.  Boksen has had
responsibility  for the day-to-day  management of the Series since the inception
of the Series.



<PAGE>


JNL/J.P. MORGAN ENHANCED S&P 500 STOCK INDEX SERIES

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE.  The investment objective of the JNL/J.P.  Morgan Enhanced
S&P 500 Stock  Index  Series is to  provide  high  total  return  from a broadly
diversified portfolio of equity securities.


PRINCIPAL  INVESTMENT  STRATEGIES.  The Series seeks to achieve its objective by
investing    primarily    in   a    diversified    portfolio   of   large-   and
medium-capitalization  U.S. companies.  At least 65% of its total assets will be
invested,  under normal market  conditions,  in stocks.  The Series owns a large
number of stocks  within the Standard & Poor's 500  Composite  Stock Price Index
(S&P 500 Index), generally tracking the industry weighting of that Index. Within
each  industry,  the Series  modestly  overweights  stocks that the  sub-adviser
regards as  undervalued or fairly valued and modestly  underweights  or does not
hold stocks that the  sub-adviser  determines are overvalued.  By so doing,  the
Series seeks  returns that  slightly  exceed those of the S&P 500 Index over the
long term with  virtually  the same level of  volatility.  The  Series'  foreign
investments  generally  reflect the weightings of foreign  securities in the S&P
500 Index.

         In managing the JNL/J.P.  Morgan  Enhanced S&P 500 Stock Index  Series,
the sub-adviser generally employs a three-step process:

          (i) based on its in-house research,  the sub-adviser takes an in-depth
          look at company prospects over a relatively long period, often as much
          as five years,  rather than focusing on near-term  expectations.  This
          approach is designed to provide  insight into a company's  real growth
          potential.

          (ii) the research findings allow the sub-adviser to rank the companies
          in each  industry  group  according  to their  relative  value.  These
          valuation  rankings are produced with the help of models that quantify
          the research team's findings.

          (iii) the sub-adviser  buys and sells stocks for the Series  according
          to the policies of the Series based on the sub-adviser's  research and
          valuation rankings.


PRINCIPAL  RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE SERIES.  An investment in the Series is not
guaranteed. As with any mutual fund, the value of the Series' shares will change
and you could lose money by  investing  in the Series.  A variety of factors may
influence its investment performance, such as:

          o    Market  risk.  Because the Series  invests in stocks of U.S.  and
               foreign  companies,  it is subject to stock  market  risk.  Stock
               prices typically fluctuate more than the values of other types of
               securities,  typically  in response to changes in the  particular
               company's financial condition and factors affecting the market in
               general. For example,  unfavorable or unanticipated poor earnings
               performance of the company may result in a decline in its stock's
               price,  and a  broad-based  market  drop may also cause a stock's
               price to fall.

In addition,  the performance of the Series depends on the sub-adviser's ability
to effectively implement the investment strategies of the Series.



SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES (FEES PAID DIRECTLY FROM YOUR INVESTMENT)
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON PURCHASES                            NONE
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON REINVESTED DIVIDENDS                 NONE
         DEFERRED SALES LOAD                                                NONE
         REDEMPTION FEE                                                     NONE
         EXCHANGE FEE                                                       NONE



EXPENSES.  The table below  shows  certain  expenses  you will incur as a Series
investor, either directly or indirectly.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ANNUAL SERIES OPERATING EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE DEDUCTED FROM SERIES ASSETS)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management/Administrative Fee                                               .90%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Expenses                                                                0%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Series Annual Operating Expenses                                      .90%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EXPENSE  EXAMPLE.  This  example is  intended  to help you  compare  the cost of
investing in the Series with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.  Also,
this  example  does not reflect the expenses of the  Qualified  Plan.  The table
below shows the expenses you would pay on a $10,000 investment,  assuming (1) 5%
annual  return  and  (2)  redemption  at  the  end of  each  time  period.  This
illustration is hypothetical and is not intended to be representative of past or
future  performance  of the Series.  The example  also  assumes  that the Series
operating expenses remain the same.  Although your actual costs may be higher or
lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPENSE EXAMPLE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year                                                                      $92
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 Years                                                                    $287
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 Years                                                                    $498
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 Years                                                                 $1,108
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


PERFORMANCE.  The bar chart and table  below  show the past  performance  of the
Series'  shares.  The chart  presents  the returns  since the  inception  of the
Series.  Both the chart and the  table  assume  reinvestment  of  dividends  and
distributions.  The  Series'  returns  shown in the chart and table below do not
reflect the deduction of any charges that are imposed under a variable insurance
contract.   Those  charges,  which  are  described  in  the  variable  insurance
prospectus,  will reduce the Series' performance.  As with all mutual funds, the
Series' past  performance  does not necessarily  indicate how it will perform in
the future.

Total Return as of December 31, 1999 since  inception  (8/16/99)  6.85%  [Insert
Chart] 1999

COMPARABLE PERFORMANCE

PRIVATE ACCOUNT PERFORMANCE COMPOSITE.
The  JNL/J.P.  Morgan  Enhanced  S&P 500 Stock  Index  Series has  substantially
similar  investment  objectives,  policies and investment  strategies as certain
Private  Accounts.  Each of these  Private  Accounts  is managed by J.P.  Morgan
Investment  Management  Inc.,  the same  Sub-Adviser  which  manages each of the
corresponding Series.

The  historical  performance  of each of these Private  Accounts is shown below.
This  performance  data  should not be  considered  as an  indication  of future
performance of the Series. The Private Account performance figures shown below:

     o    do not reflect  Contract fees or charges  imposed by Jackson  National
          Life.  Investors should refer to the separate  account  prospectus for
          information  describing the Contract fees and charges.  These fees and
          charges will have a detrimental effect on Series performance.

The Series  and  Private  Accounts  are  expected  to hold  similar  securities.
However,  their  investment  results are  expected  to differ for the  following
reasons:

     o    differences  in asset size and cash flow  resulting from purchases and
          redemptions  of  Series  shares  may  result  in  different   security
          selections

     o    differences in the relative weightings of securities

     o    differences in the price paid for particular portfolio holdings

     o    differences relating to certain tax matter

     o    differences   in  that  such  Accounts  are  not  subject  to  certain
          investment   limitations,   diversification   requirements  and  other
          restrictions imposed by federal tax and securities laws

However,  the differences  cited do not alter the conclusion that the funds have
substantially similar investment objectives, policies and strategies.

The chart below shows performance  information derived from historical composite
performance of Private Accounts.

PRIVATE ACCOUNT
COMPOSITE PERFORMANCE FOR PERIODS ENDED 12/31/99

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  ANNUALIZED RETURNS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1999
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     STRUCTURED STOCK SELECTION                    S&P 500 INDE
                              COMPOSITE
- ----------------------------------------------------- -------------------------
1 YEAR                         18.80%                                 21.04%
- ----------------------------------------------------- -------------------------
3 YEARS                        27.85%                                 27.56%
- ----------------------------------------------------- -------------------------
5 YEARS                        28.85%                                 28.55%
- ----------------------------------------------------- -------------------------
10 YEARS                       18.92%                                 18.21%
- ----------------------------------------------------- -------------------------

Performance   results  represent  the  investment   performance   record  for  a
size-weighted  composite  of  similarly  managed,   unconstrained  discretionary
accounts  following  the  Structured  Stock  Selection  Strategy.  The composite
performance was calculated  according to the requirements of the Association for
Investment  Management  and  Research.  These  requirements  differ  from  those
required by the Securities and Exchange  Commission.  The composite  consists of
private  individual and institutional  accounts.  Hence,  these accounts are not
subject  to  investment  limitations,  diversification  requirements,  and other
restrictions  imposed on mutual funds by the 1940 Act and the  Internal  Revenue
Code. The performance of the accounts might have been lower if they were subject
to these extra restrictions. Note also that the performance shown would be lower
upon taking into account charges  assessed in connection with a variable annuity
or variable life contract.

Composite  returns  reflect the deduction of the highest fee J.P. Morgan charges
for the strategy.  The fee deducted by J.P.  Morgan is less than the fees of the
Series. If the expenses of the Series had been deducted, the performance results
would have been lower.  Actual  account  performance  will vary depending on the
size of a portfolio and  applicable  fee  schedule.  Past  performance  does not
guarantee future results.

The  following is an example of the effect of  compounded  advisory  fees over a
period  of time  on the  value  of a  client's  portfolio:  A  portfolio  with a
beginning value of $100, gaining an annual return of 10% per annum would grow to
$259  after 10  years,  assuming  no fees have  been  paid  out.  Conversely,  a
portfolio  with a beginning  value of $100,  gaining an annual return of 10% per
annum, but paying a fee of 1% per annum, would only grow to $235 after 10 years.
The  annualized  returns over the 10 year time period are 10.00% (gross of fees)
and 8.91% (net of fees).  If the fee in the above  example  was 0.25% per annum,
the  portfolio  would grow to $253 after 10 years and return  9.73% net of fees.
The fees were  calculated on a monthly basis,  which shows the maximum effect of
compounding.

A Series'  performance  may be  affected by risks  specific to certain  types of
investments, such as foreign securities, derivative investments,  non-investment
grade  debt  securities,  initial  public  offerings  (IPOs) or  companies  with
relatively small market  capitalizations.  IPOs and other investment  techniques
may have  magnified  performance  impact on a Series with a small asset base.  A
Series may not experience similar performance as its assets grow.


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

ABOUT  THE  OTHER  INVESTMENT  STRATEGIES,  OTHER  INVESTMENTS  AND RISKS OF THE
SERIES.  In  general,   the  sub-adviser  buys  stocks  that  it  identifies  as
undervalued and considers selling them when they appear  overvalued.  Along with
attractive valuation,  the Series' sub-adviser may consider other criteria, such
as:  catalysts  that could  trigger a rise in a stock's  price;  high  potential
reward  compared to potential risk; and temporary  mispricings  caused by market
overreactions.  Under normal market conditions,  the Series holds  approximately
300 stocks and limits each stock's weight in the portfolio to be within +/- 1.0%
of its weight in the S&P 500 Index.


The Series may invest up to 100% of its assets in  investment-grade,  short-term
fixed-income securities during severe market downturns.  Doing so may reduce the
potential for appreciation in the Series' portfolio. The Series generally avoids
short-term  trading,  except  to take  advantage  of  attractive  or  unexpected
opportunities  or to meet demands  generated  by  shareholder  activity.  Active
trading may increase transaction costs, which may reduce performance.

The Series may use derivative instruments,  such as futures contracts,  options,
forward currency contracts and swaps, for hedging and risk management,  i.e., to
establish  or adjust  exposure to the equities  market.  These  instruments  are
subject to transaction costs and certain risks, such as unanticipated changes in
securities prices and global currency markets.

The SAI has more  information  about  the  Series'  authorized  investments  and
strategies, as well as the risks and restrictions that may apply to them.

THE SUB-ADVISER AND PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT. The sub-adviser to the JNL/J.P. Morgan
Enhanced S&P 500 Stock Index Series is J.P.  Morgan  Investment  Management Inc.
(J.P.  Morgan),  with principal offices at 522 Fifth Avenue,  New York, New York
10036.  J.P.  Morgan  and its  affiliates  offer a wide  range  of  services  to
governmental,  institutional,  corporate  and  individual  customers  and act as
investment adviser to individual and institutional customers.


Nanett Buziak, Vice President of J.P. Morgan,  Timothy Devlin, Vice President of
J.P.  Morgan  and  Bernard  Kroll,  Vice  President  of J.P.  Morgan  share  the
responsibility  for the day to day management of the Series. Ms. Buziak has been
with  J.P.  Morgan  since  March  of 1997 and  prior  to that  time was an index
arbitrage  trader and  convertible  bond  portfolio  manager  at First  Marathon
America,  Inc. Mr. Devlin has been at J.P.  Morgan since July of 1996, and prior
to that  time  was an  equity  portfolio  manager  at  Mitchell  Hutchins  Asset
Management Inc. Mr. Knoll has been with J.P. Morgan since August of 1996 and has
had primary responsibility for the day to day management of the Series since its
inception. JNL/J.P. MORGAN INTERNATIONAL & EMERGING MARKETS SERIES


INVESTMENT   OBJECTIVE.   The  investment  objective  of  the  JNL/J.P.   Morgan
International  & Emerging  Markets Series is to provide high total return from a
portfolio of equity  securities  of foreign  companies  in  developed  and, to a
lesser extent, developing markets.


PRINCIPAL  INVESTMENT  STRATEGIES.  The Series seeks to achieve its objective by
investing  primarily in a  diversified  portfolio  of common  stocks of non-U.S.
companies  in  developed  markets.  At least  65% of its  total  assets  will be
invested,  under  normal  market  conditions,  in equity  securities  of foreign
issuers.  The Series  also  invests in the equity  securities  of  companies  in
developing countries or "emerging markets." The sub-adviser  considers "emerging
markets" to be any country generally  considered to be an emerging or developing
country by the World Bank, the International  Finance  Corporation or the United
Nations or its authorities. An issuer in an emerging market is one that: (i) has
its principal  securities trading market in an emerging market country;  (ii) is
organized under the laws of an emerging market; (iii) derives 50% or more of its
total revenue from either goods  produced,  sales made or services  performed in
emerging  markets;  or (iv) has at least 50% of its assets  located in  emerging
markets.


The Series focuses its emerging market  investments in those countries which the
sub-adviser believes have strongly developing economies and in which the markets
are becoming more sophisticated.

PRINCIPAL  RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE SERIES.  An investment in the Series is not
guaranteed. As with any mutual fund, the value of the Series' shares will change
and you could lose money by  investing  in the Series.  A variety of factors may
influence its investment performance, such as:

     o    Market  risk.   Because  the  Series  invests  in  stocks  of  foreign
          companies,  it is subject to stock market risk. Stock prices typically
          fluctuate more than the values of other types of securities, typically
          in response to changes in the particular company's financial condition
          and factors affecting the market in general. For example,  unfavorable
          or unanticipated  poor earnings  performance of the company may result
          in a decline in its stock's price,  and a broad-based  market drop may
          also cause a stock's price to fall.

     o    Foreign investing risk. Foreign investing involves risks not typically
          associated with U.S.  investment.  These risks include,  among others,
          adverse  fluctuations  in foreign  currency  values as well as adverse
          political,  social  and  economic  developments  affecting  a  foreign
          country.  In  addition,   foreign  investing  involves  less  publicly
          available  information  and  more  volatile  or less  liquid  markets.
          Investments  in foreign  countries  could be  affected  by factors not
          present in the U.S.,  such as restrictions on receiving the investment
          proceeds  from a foreign  country,  foreign  tax laws,  and  potential
          difficulties  in enforcing  contractual  obligations.  Transactions in
          foreign  securities  may  be  subject  to  less  efficient  settlement
          practices,   including  extended  clearance  and  settlement  periods.
          Foreign  accounting  may be less  revealing  than American  accounting
          practices.  Foreign regulation may be inadequate or irregular.  Owning
          foreign  securities  could cause the Series'  performance to fluctuate
          more than if it held only U.S. securities.

     o    Emerging  markets risk.  The Series may invest a portion of its assets
          in securities of issuers in emerging  markets,  which involves greater
          risk.  Emerging market countries typically have economic and political
          systems that are less fully  developed,  and likely to be less stable,
          than those of more advanced  countries.  Emerging market countries may
          have policies that restrict  investment by foreigners,  and there is a
          higher  risk  of  a  government  taking  private   property.   Low  or
          nonexistent  trading  volume in  securities  of  issuers  in  emerging
          markets  may result in a lack of  liquidity  and in price  volatility.
          Issuers in emerging markets  typically are subject to a greater degree
          of change in earnings and  business  prospects  than are  companies in
          developed markets.

     o    Currency  risk. The value of the Series' shares may change as a result
          of changes in exchange  rates  reducing  the value of the U.S.  dollar
          value of the Series' foreign investments.  Currency exchange rates can
          be volatile and  affected by a number of factors,  such as the general
          economics of a country, the actions of U.S. and foreign governments or
          central banks, the imposition of currency controls, and speculation.


     o    Derivatives  risk.  Investing  in  derivative  instruments,   such  as
          options,  futures  contracts,   forward  currency  contracts,  indexed
          securities and  asset-backed  securities,  involves special risks. The
          Series sub-adviser must correctly predict price movements,  during the
          life of a derivative,  of the underlying asset in order to realize the
          desired results from the investment. The value of derivatives may rise
          or fall more  rapidly than other  investments,  which may increase the
          volatility  of the  Series  depending  on the nature and extent of the
          derivatives  in  the  Series'  portfolio.   If  the  sub-adviser  uses
          derivatives in attempting to manage or "hedge" the overall risk of the
          portfolio,  the strategy might not be successful,  for example, due to
          changes in the value of the  derivatives  that do not  correlate  with
          price movements in the rest of the portfolio.

In addition,  the performance of the Series depends on the sub-adviser's ability
to effectively implement the investment strategies of the Series.


PERFORMANCE.  The bar chart and table  below  show the past  performance  of the
Series' shares.  The chart presents the annual returns and shows how performance
has varied from year to year.  The table shows the  Series'  annual  returns and
compares them to a broad based index since these shares were first offered. Both
the chart and the table assume reinvestment of dividends and distributions.

The  Series'  returns  shown in the  chart and table  below do not  reflect  the
deduction of any charges that are imposed under a variable  insurance  contract.
Those charges,  which are described in the variable insurance  prospectus,  will
reduce the Series'  performance.  As with all mutual  funds,  the  Series'  past
performance does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future.

Annual Total
Returns as of
December 31

38.02%
[Insert Chart]
1999

In the period  shown in the chart,  the  Series'  highest  quarterly  return was
17.86% (4th quarter of 1999) and its lowest quarterly return was 4.07% (1st
quarter of 1999).


                            Average Annual Total Returns as of December 31, 1999

                                                         1 year  Life of Series*

JNL/J.P. Morgan International & Emerging Markets Series   38.02%          18.38%
MSCI All Country World Free (ex-US) Index                 25.49%          16.53%

The MSCI All Country World Free (ex-US) Index is a broad-based, unmanaged index.
* The Series began operations on March 2, 1998.


SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES (FEES PAID DIRECTLY FROM YOUR INVESTMENT)
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON PURCHASES                           NONE
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON REINVESTED DIVIDENDS                NONE
         DEFERRED SALES LOAD                                               NONE
         REDEMPTION FEE                                                    NONE
         EXCHANGE FEE                                                      NONE


EXPENSES.  The table below  shows  certain  expenses  you will incur as a Series
investor, either directly or indirectly.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ANNUAL SERIES OPERATING EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE DEDUCTED FROM SERIES ASSETS)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management/Administrative Fee                                              1.08%

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Expenses                                                                0%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Series Annual Operating Expenses                                    1.075%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EXPENSE EXAMPLE.




This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Series
with the cost of investing in other mutual  funds.  Also,  this example does not
reflect the expenses of the Qualified  Plan.  The table below shows the expenses
you would pay on a $10,000  investment,  assuming  (1) 5% annual  return and (2)
redemption at the end of each time period. This illustration is hypothetical and
is not  intended  to be  representative  of past or  future  performance  of the
Series.  The example also assumes that the Series operating  expenses remain the
same.  Although  your  actual  costs  may be  higher  or  lower,  based on these
assumptions your costs would be:


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPENSE EXAMPLE
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year                                                                     $110
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 Years                                                                    $342
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 Years                                                                    $593
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 Years                                                                 $1,311
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE OTHER INVESTMENT STRATEGIES,  OTHER INVESTMENTS
AND RISKS OF THE SERIES.  The JNL/J.P.  Morgan  International & Emerging Markets
Series seeks to achieve its  investment  objective  primarily  through its stock
selection  process.  Using a variety of  quantitative  valuation  techniques and
based on in-house  research,  the sub-adviser ranks issuers within each industry
group  according to their  relative  value.  The  sub-adviser  makes  investment
decisions using the research and valuation ranking, as well as its assessment of
other  factors,  including:  catalysts  that could trigger a change in a stock's
price;  potential  reward compared to potential risk, and temporary  mispricings
caused by market  overreactions.  The Series' country  allocation and industrial
sector  weightings  result primarily from its stock selection  decisions and may
vary  significantly  from the MSCI All Country World Free (ex-U.S.)  Index,  the
Series' benchmark.


Under  normal  market  conditions,   the  Series  may  invest  in  money  market
instruments to invest  temporary cash balances or to maintain  liquidity to meet
redemptions.  The  Series  may also  invest  in money  market  instruments  as a
temporary  defensive measure when, in the sub-adviser's  view, market conditions
are, or are  anticipated to be,  adverse.  Doing so may reduce the potential for
appreciation in the Series' portfolio.

The  sub-adviser  manages  the Series  actively  in  pursuit  of its  investment
objective.  Active  trading may  increase  transaction  costs,  which may reduce
performance.

The Series may use derivative  instruments,  such as futures contracts,  options
and  forward  currency  contracts,  for  hedging  and  risk  management.   These
instruments  are  subject  to  transaction  costs  and  certain  risks,  such as
unanticipated  changes in interest rates,  securities prices and global currency
markets.

The Series may invest in when-issued  and delayed  delivery  securities.  Actual
payment for and delivery of such  securities does not take place until some time
in the future, i.e., beyond normal settlement.  The purchase of these securities
will result in a loss if their value declines prior to the settlement date. This
could occur, for example, if interest rates increase prior to settlement.

The SAI has more  information  about  the  Series'  authorized  investments  and
strategies, as well as the risks and restrictions that may apply to them.

THE SUB-ADVISER AND PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT. The sub-adviser to the JNL/J.P. Morgan
International  & Emerging  Markets Series is J.P. Morgan  Investment  Management
Inc. (J.P.  Morgan),  with principal offices at 522 Fifth Avenue,  New York, New
York 10036.  J.P.  Morgan and its  affiliates  offer a wide range of services to
governmental,  institutional,  corporate  and  individual  customers  and act as
investment adviser to individual and institutional customers.

The  Series  has a  portfolio  management  team  that  is  responsible  for  the
day-to-day  management of the Series.  The portfolio  management  team is led by
Paul A.  Quinsee,  Managing  Director of J.P.  Morgan,  Andrew C.  Cormie,  Vice
President of J.P.  Morgan,  and Nigel F. Emmett,  Vice President of J.P. Morgan.
Mr.  Quinsee has been at J.P.  Morgan  since 1992 and has been on the  portfolio
management  team  since the  inception  of the  Series.  Mr.  Cormie has been an
international  equity  portfolio  manager since 1997 and employed by J.P. Morgan
since 1984. Mr. Emmett joined J.P. Morgan in August 1997;  prior to that, he was
an assistant  manager at Brown Brothers Harriman and Co. and a portfolio manager
at Gartmore  Investment  Management.  Mr. Cormie and Mr. Emmett have been on the
portfolio management team for the Series since the inception of the Series.


<PAGE>


JNL/JANUS AGGRESSIVE GROWTH SERIES

INVESTMENT  OBJECTIVE.  The  investment  objective of the  JNL/Janus  Aggressive
Growth Series is long-term growth of capital.


PRINCIPAL  INVESTMENT  STRATEGIES.  The Series seeks to achieve its objective by
investing  primarily in a  diversified  portfolio  of common  stocks of U.S. and
foreign companies selected for their growth potential.  The JNL/Janus Aggressive
Growth Series invests  primarily in common stocks when the sub-adviser  believes
that the  relevant  market  environment  favors  profitable  investing  in those
securities.  The  Series  may  invest in  companies  of any size,  from  larger,
well-established   companies  to  smaller,   emerging  growth   companies.   The
sub-adviser  seeks  to  identify  individual   companies  with  earnings  growth
potential  that may not be recognized  by the market.  The  sub-adviser  selects
securities  for  their  capital  growth  potential;  investment  income is not a
consideration.  When the  sub-adviser  believes that market  conditions  are not
favorable for profitable  investing or when the sub-adviser is otherwise  unable
to  locate  favorable  investment  opportunities,   the  Series  may  hedge  its
investments to a greater degree and/or  increase its position in cash or similar
investments.  Doing so may reduce the potential for  appreciation in the Series'
portfolio.

The Series may invest to a lesser degree in other types of securities, including
preferred  stock,  warrants,  convertible  securities and debt  securities.  The
Series may invest without limit in foreign securities.


PRINCIPAL  RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE SERIES.  An investment in the Series is not
guaranteed. As with any mutual fund, the value of the Series' shares will change
and you could lose money by  investing  in the Series.  A variety of factors may
influence its investment performance, such as:

          o    Market  risk.  Because the Series  invests in stocks of U.S.  and
               foreign  companies,  it is subject to stock  market  risk.  Stock
               prices typically fluctuate more than the values of other types of
               securities,  typically  in response to changes in the  particular
               company's financial condition and factors affecting the market in
               general. For example,  unfavorable or unanticipated poor earnings
               performance of the company may result in a decline in its stock's
               price,  and a  broad-based  market  drop may also cause a stock's
               price to fall.  Investing in smaller,  newer companies  generally
               involves greater risks than investing in larger, more established
               ones.

               For  bonds,  market  risk  generally  reflects  credit  risk  and
               interest rate risk.  Credit risk is the actual or perceived  risk
               that  the  issuer  of the  bond  will  not pay the  interest  and
               principal payments when due. Bond value typically declines if the
               issuer's credit quality  deteriorates.  Interest rate risk is the
               risk  that  interest  rates  will  rise and the  value of  bonds,
               including  those held by the  Series,  will fall.  A  broad-based
               market drop may also cause a bond's price to fall.


          o    Prepayment risk. During periods of falling interest rates,  there
               is the risk that a debt security with a high stated interest rate
               will  be  prepaid  before  its  expected  maturity  date.  Growth
               investing risk. Growth companies usually invest a high portion of
               earnings in their businesses, and may lack the dividends of value
               stocks  that  can  cushion  prices  in a  falling  market.  Also,
               earnings  disappointments  often lead to sharp declines in prices
               because  investors buy growth stocks in  anticipation of superior
               earnings growth.


          o    Foreign  investing  risk.  Foreign  investing  involves risks not
               typically associated with U.S.  investment.  These risks include,
               among others,  adverse fluctuations in foreign currency values as
               well as  adverse  political,  social  and  economic  developments
               affecting  a foreign  country.  In  addition,  foreign  investing
               involves less publicly available information and more volatile or
               less liquid  markets.  Investments in foreign  countries could be
               affected by factors not present in the U.S., such as restrictions
               on receiving  the  investment  proceeds  from a foreign  country,
               foreign  tax  laws,  and  potential   difficulties  in  enforcing
               contractual  obligations.  Transactions in foreign securities may
               be  subject to less  efficient  settlement  practices,  including
               extended clearance and settlement periods. Foreign accounting may
               be less revealing  than American  accounting  practices.  Foreign
               regulation  may  be  inadequate  or  irregular.   Owning  foreign
               securities could cause the Series'  performance to fluctuate more
               than if it held only U.S. securities.

          o    Currency  risk.  The value of the Series'  shares may change as a
               result of changes in  exchange  rates  reducing  the value of the
               U.S.  dollar value of the Series' foreign  investments.  Currency
               exchange  rates  can be  volatile  and  affected  by a number  of
               factors,  such as the general economics of a country, the actions
               of U.S. and foreign  governments or central banks, the imposition
               of currency controls, and speculation.


          o    Derivatives risk.  Investing in derivative  instruments,  such as
               options, futures contracts,  forward currency contracts,  indexed
               securities and asset-backed  securities,  involves special risks.
               The Series  sub-adviser  must correctly  predict price movements,
               during the life of a derivative, of the underlying asset in order
               to realize the desired results from the investment.  The value of
               derivatives may rise or fall more rapidly than other investments,
               which may increase the volatility of the Series  depending on the
               nature and extent of the derivatives in the Series' portfolio. If
               the  sub-adviser  uses  derivatives  in  attempting  to manage or
               "hedge" the overall risk of the portfolio, the strategy might not
               be  successful,  for example,  due to changes in the value of the
               derivatives  that do not  correlate  with price  movements in the
               rest of the portfolio.

In addition,  the performance of the Series depends on the sub-adviser's ability
to effectively implement the investment strategies of the Series.


PERFORMANCE.  The bar chart and table  below  show the past  performance  of the
Series' shares.  The chart presents the annual returns and shows how performance
has varied from year to year.  The table shows the  Series'  annual  returns and
compares them to a broad based index since these shares were first offered. Both
the chart and the table assume reinvestment of dividends and distributions.  The
Series'  returns shown in the chart and table below do not reflect the deduction
of any  charges  that are imposed  under a variable  insurance  contract.  Those
charges,  which are described in the variable insurance prospectus,  will reduce
the Series' performance.  As with all mutual funds, the Series' past performance
does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future.


Annual Total Returns as of December 31

18.95%            12.67%            57.66%           94.43%
[Insert Chart]
1996              1997              1998             1999

In the periods  shown in the chart,  the Series'  highest  quarterly  return was
41.64%  (4th  quarter of 1999) and its lowest  quarterly  return was -6.56% (3rd
quarter of 1998).


                            Average Annual Total Returns as of December 31, 1999
                                           1 year              Life of Series*


JNL/Janus Aggressive Growth Series          94.43%                42.10%
S&P 500 Index                               21.04%                26.95%

The  S&P 500  Index  is a  broad-based,  unmanaged  index.  * The  Series  began
operations on May 15, 1995.


SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES (FEES PAID DIRECTLY FROM YOUR INVESTMENT)
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON PURCHASES                           NONE
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON REINVESTED DIVIDENDS                NONE
         DEFERRED SALES LOAD                                               NONE
         REDEMPTION FEE                                                    NONE
         EXCHANGE FEE                                                      NONE


EXPENSES.  The table below  shows  certain  expenses  you will incur as a Series
investor, either directly or
indirectly.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ANNUAL SERIES OPERATING EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE DEDUCTED FROM SERIES ASSETS)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management/Administrative Fee                                            1.01%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Expenses                                                              0%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Series Annual Operating Expenses                                   1.01%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EXPENSE  EXAMPLE.  This  example is  intended  to help you  compare  the cost of
investing in the Series with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.  Also,
this  example  does not reflect the expenses of the  Qualified  Plan.  The table
below shows the expenses you would pay on a $10,000 investment,  assuming (1) 5%
annual  return  and  (2)  redemption  at  the  end of  each  time  period.  This
illustration is hypothetical and is not intended to be representative of past or
future  performance  of the Series.  The example  also  assumes  that the Series
operating expenses remain the same.  Although your actual costs may be higher or
lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPENSE EXAMPLE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year                                                                      $103
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 Years                                                                     $322
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 Years                                                                     $558
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 Years                                                                  $1,236
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE OTHER INVESTMENT STRATEGIES,  OTHER INVESTMENTS
AND RISKS OF THE SERIES. The Series may invest in "special situations" from time
to time. A special situation arises when, in the opinion of the sub-adviser, the
securities of a particular issuer will be recognized and appreciate in value due
to a specific  development  with respect to that issuer.  Developments  creating
special  situations  might include,  among others,  a new product or process,  a
technological breakthrough, a management change or other extraordinary corporate
event,  or  differences  in  market  supply  of and  demand  for  the  security.
Investment in special  situations  may carry an  additional  risk of loss in the
event that the  anticipated  development  does not occur or does not attract the
expected attention. The impact of this strategy on the Series will depend on the
Series'  size and the  extent  of its  holdings  of  special  situation  issuers
relative to total net assets.


The Series may use derivative instruments,  such as futures contracts,  options,
and forward currency  contracts,  for hedging or as a means of enhancing return.
These  instruments are subject to transaction  costs and certain risks,  such as
unanticipated  changes in interest rates,  securities prices and global currency
markets.

The  Series  may  invest  in  high-yield,  high-risk,  fixed-income  securities,
commonly known as "junk bonds." These are corporate debt securities rated BBB or
lower by S&P or Baa or lower by  Moody's,  or unrated  securities  deemed by the
sub-adviser  to be  of  comparable  quality.  Lower-rated  securities  generally
involve a higher risk of default than higher-rated ones.

The SAI has more  information  about  the  Series'  authorized  investments  and
strategies, as well as the risks and restrictions that may apply to them.

THE  SUB-ADVISER  AND PORTFOLIO  MANAGEMENT.  The  sub-adviser  to the JNL/Janus
Aggressive  Growth Series is Janus Capital  Corporation  (Janus  Capital),  with
principal offices at 100 Fillmore Street, Denver,  Colorado 80206. Janus Capital
provides  investment  advisory services to mutual funds and other  institutional
accounts.


Warren B. Lammert,  Portfolio  Manager of Janus Capital,  is responsible for the
day-to-day  management of the Series.  Mr. Lammert joined Janus Capital in 1987.
He holds a Bachelor of Arts in Economics  from Yale  University  and a Master of
Science in Economic  History from the London School of Economics.  He has earned
the right to use the Chartered  Financial Analyst  designation.  Mr. Lammert has
had  responsibility  for the  day-to-day  management  of the  Series  since  the
inception of the Series.



<PAGE>


JNL/JANUS BALANCED SERIES

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE.  The investment objective of the JNL/Janus Balanced Series
is  long-term  capital  growth,  consistent  with  preservation  of capital  and
balanced by current income.


PRINCIPAL  INVESTMENT  STRATEGIES.  The Series  normally  invests  40-60% of its
assets in securities selected primarily for their growth potential and 40-60% of
its assets in  securities  selected  primarily for their income  potential.  The
JNL/Janus   Balanced  Series  invests   primarily  in  common  stocks  when  the
sub-adviser  believes that the relevant  market  environment  favors  profitable
investing in those  securities.  The  sub-adviser  seeks to identify  individual
companies  with  earnings  growth  potential  that may not be  recognized by the
market.  The sub-adviser  selects securities for their capital growth potential.
The sub-adviser may also consider dividend-paying characteristics when selecting
common  stock.  When the  sub-adviser  believes that market  conditions  are not
favorable for profitable  investing or when the sub-adviser is otherwise  unable
to  locate  favorable  investment  opportunities,   the  Series  may  hedge  its
investments to a greater degree and/or  increase its position in cash or similar
investments.  Doing so may reduce the potential for  appreciation in the Series'
portfolio.  The  Series  will  normally  invest  at least  25% of its  assets in
fixed-income  securities.  The  Series  may  invest  without  limit  in  foreign
securities.


PRINCIPAL  RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE SERIES.  An investment in the Series is not
guaranteed. As with any mutual fund, the value of the Series' shares will change
and you could lose money by  investing  in the Series.  A variety of factors may
influence its investment performance, such as:

     o    Market risk.  Because the Series invests in stocks of U.S. and foreign
          companies,  it is subject to stock market risk. Stock prices typically
          fluctuate more than the values of other types of securities, typically
          in response to changes in the particular company's financial condition
          and factors affecting the market in general. For example,  unfavorable
          or unanticipated  poor earnings  performance of the company may result
          in a decline in its stock's price,  and a broad-based  market drop may
          also  cause a  stock's  price to fall.  Investing  in  smaller,  newer
          companies  generally  involves greater risks than investing in larger,
          more established ones.

          For bonds,  market risk  generally  reflects  credit risk and interest
          rate risk. Credit risk is the actual or perceived risk that the issuer
          of the bond will not pay the interest and principal payments when due.
          Bond  value   typically   declines  if  the  issuer's  credit  quality
          deteriorates.  Interest rate risk is the risk that interest rates will
          rise and the value of bonds,  including those held by the Series, will
          fall.  A  broad-based  market  drop may also cause a stock's  price to
          fall.


     o    Prepayment risk.  During periods of falling  interest rates,  there is
          the risk that a debt security with a high stated interest rate will be
          prepaid before its expected maturity date.


     o    Foreign investing risk. Foreign investing involves risks not typically
          associated with U.S.  investment.  These risks include,  among others,
          adverse  fluctuations  in foreign  currency  values as well as adverse
          political,  social  and  economic  developments  affecting  a  foreign
          country.  In  addition,   foreign  investing  involves  less  publicly
          available   information,   more  volatile  or  less  liquid   markets.
          Investments  in foreign  countries  could be  affected  by factors not
          present in the U.S.,  such as restrictions on receiving the investment
          proceeds  from a foreign  country,  foreign  tax laws,  and  potential
          difficulties  in enforcing  contractual  obligations.  Transactions in
          foreign  securities  may  be  subject  to  less  efficient  settlement
          practices,   including  extended  clearance  and  settlement  periods.
          Foreign  accounting  may be less  revealing  than American  accounting
          practices.  Foreign regulation may be inadequate or irregular.  Owning
          foreign  securities  could cause the Series'  performance to fluctuate
          more than if it held only U.S. securities.

     o    Currency  risk. The value of the Series' shares may change as a result
          of changes in exchange  rates  reducing  the value of the U.S.  dollar
          value of the Series' foreign investments.  Currency exchange rates can
          be volatile and  affected by a number of factors,  such as the general
          economics of a country, the actions of U.S. and foreign governments or
          central banks, the imposition of currency controls, and speculation.

In addition,  the performance of the Series depends on the sub-adviser's ability
to effectively implement the investment strategies of the Series.

PERFORMANCE.  This Series will  commence  investment  operations on or about the
date of this Prospectus. Therefore, a bar chart and table have not been included
for this Series.


SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES (FEES PAID DIRECTLY FROM YOUR INVESTMENT)
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON PURCHASES                           NONE
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON REINVESTED DIVIDENDS                NONE
         DEFERRED SALES LOAD                                               NONE
         REDEMPTION FEE                                                    NONE
         EXCHANGE FEE                                                      NONE


EXPENSES.  The table below  shows  certain  expenses  you will incur as a Series
investor, either directly or indirectly.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ANNUAL SERIES OPERATING EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE DEDUCTED FROM SERIES ASSETS)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management/Administrative Fee                                              1.05%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Expenses                                                                0%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Series Annual Operating Expenses                                     1.05%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EXPENSE  EXAMPLE.  This  example is  intended  to help you  compare  the cost of
investing in the Series with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.  Also,
this  example  does not reflect the expenses of the  Qualified  Plan.  The table
below shows the expenses you would pay on a $10,000 investment,  assuming (1) 5%
annual  return  and  (2)  redemption  at  the  end of  each  time  period.  This
illustration is hypothetical and is not intended to be representative of past or
future  performance  of the Series.  The example  also  assumes  that the Series
operating expenses remain the same.  Although your actual costs may be higher or
lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPENSE EXAMPLE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year                                                                      $107
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 Years                                                                     $334
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 Years                                                                     $579
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 Years                                                                  $1,283
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

COMPARABLE PERFORMANCE.


PUBLIC FUND/PRIVATE ACCOUNT PERFORMANCE COMPOSITE. The JNL/Janus Balanced Series
has  substantially  similar  investment  objectives,  policies and strategies as
certain mutual funds and Private Accounts. Each of these public mutual funds and
Private Accounts is managed by Janus Capital  Corporation,  the same Sub-Adviser
which manages the JNL/Janus Balanced Series.

The  historical  performance  of a composite  of these  public  mutual funds and
Private  Accounts is shown below.  This is not the  performance of the JNL/Janus
Balanced Series and the performance of the Series may differ.  This  performance
data should not be  considered as an  indication  of future  performance  of the
Series.  The public mutual fund and Private  Account  performance  figures shown
below:

     o    reflect the deduction of the historical  fees and expenses paid by the
          public mutual funds and not those to be paid by the Series.

     o    do not reflect  Contract fees or charges  imposed by Jackson  National
          Life.  Investors should refer to the separate  account  prospectus for
          information  describing the Contract fees and charges.  These fees and
          charges will have a detrimental effect on Series performance.

The  Series and their  corresponding  public  mutual  fund  series  and  Private
Accounts are  expected to hold similar  securities.  However,  their  investment
results are expected to differ for the following reasons:

     o    differences  in asset size and cash flow  resulting from purchases and
          redemptions  of  Series  shares  may  result  in  different   security
          selections

     o    differences in the relative weightings of securities

     o    differences in the price paid for particular portfolio holdings

     o    differences relating to certain tax matters


     o    differences  (with  respect  to the  Private  Accounts)  in that  such
          Accounts   are  not   subject  to  certain   investment   limitations,
          diversification requirements and other restrictions imposed by federal
          tax and securities laws

However,  the differences  cited do not alter the conclusion that the Funds have
substantially similar investment objectives, policies and strategies.

The chart below shows performance  information derived from historical composite
performance of the public mutual funds and Private Accounts.  The inception date
for the composite shown is January 1, 1988.

JANUS BALANCED FUNDS COMPOSITE PERFORMANCE  (INCLUDING MUTUAL FUNDS) FOR PERIODS
ENDED 12/31/99
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               Annualized Returns
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        JANUS BALANCED                          S&P 500 INDEX
- ------------- ------------------------------------ -----------------------------
1 Year                     24.68%                                 21.14%
- ------------- ------------------------------------ -----------------------------
3 Years                    26.08%                                 27.66%
- ------------- ------------------------------------ -----------------------------
5 Years                    23.93%                                 28.66%
- ------------- ------------------------------------ -----------------------------
10 Years                   18.74%                                 18.25%
- ------------- ------------------------------------ -----------------------------

*Inception January 1, 1988.

The Balanced  Composite  includes  all fully  discretionary  separately  managed
balanced accounts and mutual funds for which Janus Capital Corporation serves as
investment advisor.  The composite was calculated  according to the requirements
of the Association for Investment  Management and Research.  These  requirements
differ from those required by the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Composite
performance is presented net of all fees and reflects  reinvestment of dividends
and  capital  gains.  The fees  deducted  are less than the fees  charged by the
Series. If the expenses of the Series had been deducted, the performance results
would have been lower. As of December 31, 1999, the Balanced  Composite included
12 accounts and assets of $6,419.1  million,  which  represented  2.57% of total
assets under  management.  The  percentage of total assets managed is defined as
composite  assets as a percentage of the total assets managed  including  mutual
fund  company  accounts  under  management.  Performance  figures are based upon
historical  information and do not guarantee  future results.  In addition,  the
managers  responsible  for the historical  performance  record of these accounts
(Blaine Rollins and James Craig) assumed new responsibilities at Janus beginning
January 1, 2000.  Karen  Reidy is now the  Portfolio  Manager  for all  Balanced
Products.  No changes will be made with regard to the  investment  philosophy or
process of the Funds or separate accounts.  Prospective clients should recognize
the limitations inherent in composites,  and consider all information  presented
by Janus  regarding its investment  management  capabilities.  The S&P 500 is an
unmanaged  index of common stock prices and includes  reinvestment  of dividends
and capital gains. They have been taken from published sources and have not been
audited.  Composition of each separately  managed  account  portfolio may differ
significantly from securities in the corresponding benchmark indices. A complete
list of Janus composites is available upon request.
Please call 800-525-1068.

A Series'  performance  may be  affected by risks  specific to certain  types of
investments, such as foreign securities, derivative investments,  non-investment
grade  debt  securities,  initial  public  offerings  (IPOs) or  companies  with
relatively small market  capitalizations.  IPOs and other investment  techniques
may have  magnified  performance  impact on a Series with a small asset base.  A
Series may not experience similar performance as its assets grow.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE OTHER INVESTMENT STRATEGIES,  OTHER INVESTMENTS
AND RISKS OF THE SERIES. The Series may invest in "special situations" from time
to time. A special situation arises when, in the opinion of the sub-adviser, the
securities of a particular issuer will be recognized and appreciate in value due
to a specific  development  with respect to that issuer.  Developments  creating
special  situations  might include,  among others,  a new product or process,  a
technological breakthrough, a management change or other extraordinary corporate
event,  or  differences  in  market  supply  of and  demand  for  the  security.
Investment in special  situations  may carry an  additional  risk of loss in the
event that the  anticipated  development  does not occur or does not attract the
expected attention. The impact of this strategy on the Series will depend on the
Series'  size and the  extent  of its  holdings  of  special  situation  issuers
relative to total net assets.


The Series may use derivative instruments,  such as futures contracts,  options,
and forward currency  contracts,  for hedging or as a means of enhancing return.
These  instruments are subject to transaction  costs and certain risks,  such as
unanticipated  changes in interest rates,  securities prices and global currency
markets.


The  Series  may  invest  in  high-yield,  high-risk,  fixed-income  securities,
commonly known as "junk bonds." These are corporate debt securities rated BBB or
lower by S&P or Baa or lower by  Moody's,  or unrated  securities  deemed by the
sub-adviser  to be  on  comparable  quality.  Lower-rated  securities  generally
involve a higher risk of default than higher-rated ones.


The SAI has more  information  about  the  Series'  authorized  investments  and
strategies, as well as the risks and restrictions that may apply to them.

THE  SUB-ADVISER  AND PORTFOLIO  MANAGEMENT.  The  sub-adviser  to the JNL/Janus
Balanced Series is Janus Capital  Corporation  (Janus  Capital),  with principal
offices at 100 Fillmore Street,  Denver,  Colorado 80206. Janus Capital provides
investment advisory services to mutual funds and other institutional accounts.


Karen L. Reidy is the Portfolio Manager of the Series. She is also the portfolio
manager and  Executive  Vice  President of Janus  Balanced Fund and Janus Equity
Income  Fund,  as well as Janus Aspen  Balanced  and Janus Aspen  Equity  Income
Portfolios. She is also an Assistant Portfolio Manager of Janus Fund and manages
separate accounts and sub-advised  portfolios in the Balanced discipline.  Prior
to joining Janus in 1995,  Ms. Reidy worked for Price  Waterhouse in the Mergers
and  Acquisitions  area,  performing  corporate due  diligence,  and as an audit
manager,  analyzing financials for corporate clients. Before assuming management
responsibilities  of Janus Balanced Fund and Janus Equity Income Fund in January
2000,  Ms. Reidy was  Assistant  Portfolio  Manager of Janus Fund,  focusing her
research on large-capitalization companies. Ms. Reidy earned a bachelor's degree
in accounting from the University of Colorado.  She passed the Certified  Public
Accountant exam in 1992 and has earned the right to use the Chartered  Financial
Analyst designation. She has five years of professional investment experience.



<PAGE>
JNL/JANUS CAPITAL GROWTH SERIES

INVESTMENT  OBJECTIVE.  The investment objective of the JNL/Janus Capital Growth
Series  is  long-term  growth  of  capital  in  a  manner  consistent  with  the
preservation of capital.


PRINCIPAL  INVESTMENT  STRATEGIES.  The Series  seeks to achieve  its  objective
through a non-diversified portfolio consisting primarily of common stock of U.S.
and foreign  companies  selected for their growth potential and normally invests
at least  50% of its  equity  assets  in  medium-sized  companies.  Medium-sized
companies  are those  whose  market  capitalizations  fall  within  the range of
companies  in the S&P  MidCap  400 Index and are  determined  at the time  their
securities  are acquired by the Series.  The market  capitalizations  within the
Index will vary, but as of December 31, 1999, they ranged between  approximately
$170  million and $37  billion.  The  sub-adviser  seeks to identify  individual
companies  with  earnings  growth  potential  that may not be  recognized by the
market.  The sub-adviser  selects securities for their capital growth potential;
investment  income is not a  consideration.  When the sub-adviser  believes that
market  conditions  are not  favorable  for  profitable  investing  or when  the
sub-adviser is otherwise  unable to locate favorable  investment  opportunities,
the Series may hedge its  investments  to a greater  degree and/or  increase its
position in cash or similar  investments.  Doing so may reduce the potential for
appreciation in the Series' portfolio.


The Series  normally  invests a majority  of its equity  assets in  medium-sized
companies.  The  Series  may  invest  to a  lesser  degree  in  other  types  of
securities, including preferred stock, warrants, convertible securities and debt
securities. The Fund may invest without limit in foreign securities.

PRINCIPAL  RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE SERIES.  An investment in the Series is not
guaranteed. As with any mutual fund, the value of the Series' shares will change
and you could lose money by  investing  in the Series.  A variety of factors may
influence its investment performance, such as:

     o    Market risk.  Because the Series invests in stocks of U.S. and foreign
          companies,  it is subject to stock market risk. Stock prices typically
          fluctuate more than the values of other types of securities, typically
          in response to changes in the particular company's financial condition
          and factors affecting the market in general. For example,  unfavorable
          or unanticipated  poor earnings  performance of the company may result
          in a decline in its stock's price,  and a broad-based  market drop may
          also cause a stock's price to fall.

          For bonds,  market risk  generally  reflects  credit risk and interest
          rate risk. Credit risk is the actual or perceived risk that the issuer
          of the bond will not pay the interest and principal payments when due.
          Bond  value   typically   declines  if  the  issuer's  credit  quality
          deteriorates.  Interest rate risk is the risk that interest rates will
          rise and the value of bonds,  including those held by the Series, will
          fall. A broad-based market drop may also cause a bond's price to fall.


     o    Prepayment risk.  During periods of falling  interest rates,  there is
          the risk that a debt security with a high stated interest rate will be
          prepaid before its expected  maturity  date.  Growth  investing  risk.
          Growth  companies  usually  invest a high portion of earnings in their
          businesses,  and may  lack the  dividends  of  value  stocks  that can
          cushion prices in a falling  market.  Also,  earnings  disappointments
          often lead to sharp  declines in prices  because  investors buy growth
          stocks in anticipation of superior earnings growth.


     o    Foreign investing risk. Foreign investing involves risks not typically
          associated with U.S.  investment.  These risks include,  among others,
          adverse  fluctuations  in foreign  currency  values as well as adverse
          political,  social  and  economic  developments  affecting  a  foreign
          country.  In  addition,   foreign  investing  involves  less  publicly
          available  information  and  more  volatile  or less  liquid  markets.
          Investments  in foreign  countries  could be  affected  by factors not
          present in the U.S.,  such as restrictions on receiving the investment
          proceeds  from a foreign  country,  foreign  tax laws,  and  potential
          difficulties  in enforcing  contractual  obligations.  Transactions in
          foreign  securities  may  be  subject  to  less  efficient  settlement
          practices,   including  extended  clearance  and  settlement  periods.
          Foreign  accounting  may be less  revealing  than American  accounting
          practices.  Foreign regulation may be inadequate or irregular.  Owning
          foreign  securities  could cause the Series'  performance to fluctuate
          more than if it held only U.S. securities.

     o    Currency  risk. The value of the Series' shares may change as a result
          of changes in exchange  rates  reducing  the value of the U.S.  dollar
          value of the Series' foreign investments.  Currency exchange rates can
          be volatile and  affected by a number of factors,  such as the general
          economics of a country, the actions of U.S. and foreign governments or
          central banks, the imposition of currency controls, and speculation.

     o    Non-diversification.   The  Series  is   "non-diversified."   Under  a
          definition provided by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended,
          non-diversified  funds  may  invest  in  fewer  assets,  or in  larger
          proportions  of assets of single  companies or  industries.  Thus, the
          Series  may  hold  a  smaller  number  of  issuers  than  if  it  were
          "diversified." With a smaller number of different issuers,  the Series
          is subject to more risk than another  fund holding a larger  number of
          issuers,  since changes in the financial condition or market status of
          a single  issuer may cause  greater  fluctuation  in the Series' total
          return and share price.

In addition,  the performance of the Series depends on the sub-adviser's ability
to effectively implement the investment strategies of the Series.


PERFORMANCE.  The bar chart and table  below  show the past  performance  of the
Series' shares.  The chart presents the annual returns and shows how performance
has varied from year to year.  The table shows the  Series'  annual  returns and
compares them to a broad based index since these shares were first offered. Both
the chart and the table assume reinvestment of dividends and distributions.  The
Series'  returns shown in the chart and table below do not reflect the deduction
of any  charges  that are imposed  under a variable  insurance  contract.  Those
charges,  which are described in the variable insurance prospectus,  will reduce
the Series' performance.  As with all mutual funds, the Series' past performance
does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future.


Annual Total Returns as of
December 31

16.83%            15.01%    35.16%            124.19%
[Insert Chart]
1996              1997      1998              1999

In the periods  shown in the chart,  the Series'  highest  quarterly  return was
59.05% (4th  quarter of 1999) and its lowest  quarterly  return was -15.05% (3rd
quarter of 1998).


                            Average Annual Total Returns as of December 31, 1999

                                                1 year           Life of Series*

JNL/Janus Capital Growth Series                 124.19%               44.09%
S&P MidCap 400 Index                             14.70%               21.41%

The S&P 400 MidCap Index is a broad-based,  unmanaged  index. * The Series began
operations on May 15, 1995.


SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES (FEES PAID DIRECTLY FROM YOUR INVESTMENT)
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON PURCHASES                           NONE
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON REINVESTED DIVIDENDS                NONE
         DEFERRED SALES LOAD                                               NONE
         REDEMPTION FEE                                                    NONE
         EXCHANGE FEE                                                      NONE


EXPENSES.  The table below  shows  certain  expenses  you will incur as a Series
investor, either directly or indirectly.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ANNUAL SERIES OPERATING EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE DEDUCTED FROM SERIES ASSETS)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management/Administrative Fee                                              1.03%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Expenses                                                                0%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Series Annual Operating Expenses                                     1.03%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EXPENSE  EXAMPLE.  This  example is  intended  to help you  compare  the cost of
investing in the Series with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.  Also,
this  example  does not reflect the expenses of the  Qualified  Plan.  The table
below shows the expenses you would pay on a $10,000 investment,  assuming (1) 5%
annual  return  and  (2)  redemption  at  the  end of  each  time  period.  This
illustration is hypothetical and is not intended to be representative of past or
future  performance  of the Series.  The example  also  assumes  that the Series
operating expenses remain the same.  Although your actual costs may be higher or
lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPENSE EXAMPLE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year                                                                     $105
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 Years                                                                    $328
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 Years                                                                    $569
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 Years                                                                 $1,259
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE OTHER INVESTMENT STRATEGIES,  OTHER INVESTMENTS
AND RISKS OF THE SERIES. The Series may invest in "special situations" from time
to time. A special situation arises when, in the opinion of the sub-adviser, the
securities of a particular issuer will be recognized and appreciate in value due
to a specific  development  with respect to that issuer.  Developments  creating
special  situations  might include,  among others,  a new product or process,  a
technological breakthrough, a management change or other extraordinary corporate
event,  or  differences  in  market  supply  of and  demand  for  the  security.
Investment in special  situations  may carry an  additional  risk of loss in the
event that the  anticipated  development  does not occur or does not attract the
expected attention. The impact of this strategy on the Series will depend on the
Series'  size and the  extent  of its  holdings  of  special  situation  issuers
relative to total net assets.


The Series may use derivative instruments,  such as futures contracts,  options,
and forward currency  contracts,  for hedging or as a means of enhancing return.
These  instruments are subject to transaction  costs and certain risks,  such as
unanticipated  changes in interest rates,  securities prices and global currency
markets.

The  Series  may  invest  in  high-yield,  high-risk,  fixed-income  securities,
commonly known as "junk bonds." These are corporate debt securities rated BBB or
lower by S&P or Baa or lower by  Moody's,  or unrated  securities  deemed by the
sub-adviser  to be  on  comparable  quality.  Lower-rated  securities  generally
involve a higher risk of default than higher-rated ones.

The SAI has more  information  about  the  Series'  authorized  investments  and
strategies, as well as the risks and restrictions that may apply to them.

THE  SUB-ADVISER  AND PORTFOLIO  MANAGEMENT.  The  sub-adviser  to the JNL/Janus
Capital  Growth  Series  is Janus  Capital  Corporation  (Janus  Capital),  with
principal offices at 100 Fillmore Street, Denver,  Colorado 80206. Janus Capital
provides  investment  advisory services to mutual funds and other  institutional
accounts.


James P.  Goff,  Portfolio  Manager of Janus  Capital,  is  responsible  for the
day-to-day  management of the JNL/Janus  Capital Growth Series.  Mr. Goff joined
Janus  Capital  in 1988.  He holds a  Bachelor  of Arts in  Economics  from Yale
University  and has  earned  the right to use the  Chartered  Financial  Analyst
designation.  Mr. Goff has had responsibility  for the day-to-day  management of
the Series since the inception of the Series.JNL/JANUS GLOBAL EQUITIES SERIES


INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE.  The investment objective of the JNL/Janus Global Equities
Series  is  long-term  growth  of  capital  in  a  manner  consistent  with  the
preservation of capital.


PRINCIPAL  INVESTMENT  STRATEGIES.  The Series seeks to achieve its objective by
investing at least 65% in a  diversified  portfolio of common  stocks of foreign
and domestic  issuers.  The sub-adviser seeks to identify  individual  companies
with  earnings  growth  potential  that may not be  recognized  by the market at
large. The sub-adviser  selects  securities for their capital growth  potential;
investment  income is not a  consideration.  When the sub-adviser  believes that
market  conditions  are not  favorable  for  profitable  investing  or when  the
sub-adviser is otherwise  unable to locate favorable  investment  opportunities,
the Series may hedge its  investments  to a greater  degree and/or  increase its
position in cash or similar  investments.  Doing so may reduce the potential for
appreciation in the Series' portfolio.

The Series may invest to a lesser degree in other types of securities, including
preferred stock, warrants,  convertible securities, and debt securities, such as
corporate  bonds.  The Series can invest on a worldwide  basis in companies  and
other organizations of any size,  regardless of country of organization or place
of principal  business  activity,  as well as domestic and foreign  governments,
government agencies and other governmental entities. The Series normally invests
in securities of issuers from at least five different  countries,  including the
United States,  although it may invest in fewer than five countries.  The Series
may invest without limit in foreign securities.


PRINCIPAL  RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE SERIES.  An investment in the Series is not
guaranteed. As with any mutual fund, the value of the Series' shares will change
and you could lose money by  investing  in the Series.  A variety of factors may
influence its investment performance, such as:

     o    Market risk.  Because the Series invests in stocks of U.S. and foreign
          companies,  it is subject to stock market risk. Stock prices typically
          fluctuate more than the values of other types of securities, typically
          in response to changes in the particular company's financial condition
          and factors affecting the market in general. For example,  unfavorable
          or unanticipated  poor earnings  performance of the company may result
          in a decline in its stock's price,  and a broad-based  market drop may
          also cause a stock's price to fall.

          For bonds,  market risk  generally  reflects  credit risk and interest
          rate risk. Credit risk is the actual or perceived risk that the issuer
          of the bond will not pay the interest and principal payments when due.
          Bond  value   typically   declines  if  the  issuer's  credit  quality
          deteriorates.  Interest rate risk is the risk that interest rates will
          rise and the value of bonds,  including those held by the Series, will
          fall. A broad-based market drop may also cause a bond's price to fall.


     o    Prepayment risk.  During periods of falling  interest rates,  there is
          the risk that a debt security with a high stated interest rate will be
          prepaid before its expected maturity date.

     o    Foreign investing risk. Foreign investing involves risks not typically
          associated with U.S.  investment.  These risks include,  among others,
          adverse  fluctuations  in foreign  currency  values as well as adverse
          political,  social  and  economic  developments  affecting  a  foreign
          country.  In  addition,   foreign  investing  involves  less  publicly
          available  information  and  more  volatile  or less  liquid  markets.
          Investments  in foreign  countries  could be  affected  by factors not
          present in the U.S.,  such as restrictions on receiving the investment
          proceeds  from a foreign  country,  foreign  tax laws,  and  potential
          difficulties  in enforcing  contractual  obligations.  Transactions in
          foreign  securities  may  be  subject  to  less  efficient  settlement
          practices,   including  extended  clearance  and  settlement  periods.
          Foreign  accounting  may be less  revealing  than American  accounting
          practices.  Foreign regulation may be inadequate or irregular.  Owning
          foreign  securities  could cause the Series'  performance to fluctuate
          more than if it held  only U.S.  securities.  To the  extent  that the
          Series invests in bonds issued by a foreign government, the Series may
          have  limited  legal  recourse  in the  event  of  default.  Political
          conditions,  especially a country's  willingness  to meet the terms of
          its debt obligations, can create special risks.

     o    Currency  risk. The value of the Series' shares may change as a result
          of changes in exchange  rates  reducing  the value of the U.S.  dollar
          value of the Series' foreign investments.  Currency exchange rates can
          be volatile and  affected by a number of factors,  such as the general
          economics of a country, the actions of U.S. and foreign governments or
          central banks, the imposition of currency controls, and speculation.



     o    Derivatives  risk.  Investing  in  derivative  instruments,   such  as
          options,  futures  contracts,   forward  currency  contracts,  indexed
          securities and  asset-backed  securities,  involves special risks. The
          Series sub-adviser must correctly predict price movements,  during the
          life of a derivative,  of the underlying asset in order to realize the
          desired results from the investment. The value of derivatives may rise
          or fall more  rapidly than other  investments,  which may increase the
          volatility  of the  Series  depending  on the nature and extent of the
          derivatives  in  the  Series'  portfolio.   If  the  sub-adviser  uses
          derivatives in attempting to manage or "hedge" the overall risk of the
          portfolio,  the strategy might not be successful,  for example, due to
          changes in the value of the  derivatives  that do not  correlate  with
          price movements in the rest of the portfolio.

In addition,  the performance of the Series depends on the sub-adviser's ability
to effectively implement the investment strategies of the Series.


PERFORMANCE.  The bar chart and table  below  show the past  performance  of the
Series' shares.  The chart presents the annual returns and shows how performance
has varied from year to year.  The table shows the  Series'  annual  returns and
compares them to a broad based index since these shares were first offered. Both
the chart and the table assume reinvestment of dividends and distributions.  The
Series'  returns shown in the chart and table below do not reflect the deduction
of any  charges  that are imposed  under a variable  insurance  contract.  Those
charges,  which are described in the variable insurance prospectus,  will reduce
the Series' performance.  As with all mutual funds, the Series' past performance
does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future.


Annual Total Returns as of December 31

31.36%            19.12%            26.87%           64.58%
[Insert Chart]
1996              1997              1998             1999

In the periods  shown in the chart,  the Series'  highest  quarterly  return was
43.03% (4th  quarter of 1999) and its lowest  quarterly  return was -16.93% (3rd
quarter of 1998).


                            Average Annual Total Returns as of December 31, 1999
                                                    1 year       Life of Series*


JNL/Janus Global Equities Series                     64.58%           36.45%
Morgan Stanley Capital International World Index     23.56%           18.01%

The Morgan Stanley Capital International World Index is a broad-based, unmanaged
index.
*  The Series began operations on May 15, 1995.


SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES (FEES PAID DIRECTLY FROM YOUR INVESTMENT)
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON PURCHASES                            NONE
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON REINVESTED DIVIDENDS                 NONE
         DEFERRED SALES LOAD                                                NONE
         REDEMPTION FEE                                                     NONE
         EXCHANGE FEE                                                       NONE


EXPENSES.  The table below  shows  certain  expenses  you will incur as a Series
investor, either directly or indirectly.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ANNUAL SERIES OPERATING EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE DEDUCTED FROM SERIES ASSETS)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management/Administrative Fee                                              1.06%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Expenses                                                                0%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Series Annual Operating Expenses                                     1.06%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EXPENSE  EXAMPLE.  This  example is  intended  to help you  compare  the cost of
investing in the Series with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.  Also,
this  example  does not reflect the expenses of the  Qualified  Plan.  The table
below shows the expenses you would pay on a $10,000 investment,  assuming (1) 5%
annual  return  and  (2)  redemption  at  the  end of  each  time  period.  This
illustration is hypothetical and is not intended to be representative of past or
future  performance  of the Series.  The example  also  assumes  that the Series
operating expenses remain the same.  Although your actual costs may be higher or
lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPENSE EXAMPLE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year                                                                     $108
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 Years                                                                    $337
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 Years                                                                    $585
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 Years                                                                 $1,294
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE OTHER INVESTMENT STRATEGIES,  OTHER INVESTMENTS
AND RISKS OF THE SERIES The Series may invest in "special  situations" from time
to time. A special situation arises when, in the opinion of the sub-adviser, the
securities of a particular issuer will be recognized and appreciate in value due
to a specific  development  with respect to that issuer.  Developments  creating
special  situations  might include,  among others,  a new product or process,  a
technological breakthrough, a management change or other extraordinary corporate
event,  or  differences  in  market  supply  of and  demand  for  the  security.
Investments in special  situations  may carry an additional  risk of loss in the
event that the  anticipated  development  does not occur or does not attract the
expected attention. The impact of this strategy on the Series will depend on the
Series'  size and the  extent  of its  holdings  of  special  situation  issuers
relative to total net assets.


The Series may use derivative instruments,  such as futures contracts,  options,
and forward currency  contracts,  for hedging or as a means of enhancing return.
These  instruments are subject to transaction  costs and certain risks,  such as
unanticipated  changes in interest rates,  securities prices and global currency
markets.

The Series may invest in high-yield, high-risk fixed-income securities, commonly
known as "junk bonds." These are corporate debt securities rated BBB or lower by
S&P or Baa or lower by Moody's,  or unrated securities deemed by the sub-adviser
to be of comparable quality.  Lower-rated  securities generally involve a higher
risk of default, and may fluctuate more in value than higher-rated securities.

The SAI has more  information  about  the  Series'  authorized  investments  and
strategies, as well as the risks and restrictions that may apply to them.

THE  SUB-ADVISER  AND PORTFOLIO  MANAGEMENT.  The  sub-adviser  to the JNL/Janus
Global  Equities  Series is Janus  Capital  Corporation  (Janus  Capital),  with
principal offices at 100 Fillmore Street, Denver,  Colorado 80206. Janus Capital
provides  investment  advisory services to mutual funds and other  institutional
accounts.


Helen Young Hayes,  Portfolio  Manager of Janus Capital,  is responsible for the
day-to-day management of the Series. Ms. Hayes joined Janus Capital in 1987. She
holds a Bachelor of Arts in Economics  from Yale  University  and has earned the
right to use the  Chartered  Financial  Analyst  designation.  Ms. Hayes has had
responsibility  for the day-to-day  management of the Series since the inception
of the Series.



<PAGE>


JNL/JANUS GROWTH & INCOME SERIES (FORMERLY THE GOLDMAN SACHS/JNL GROWTH & INCOME
SERIES).

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE. The investment objectives of the JNL/Janus Growth & Income
Series are long-term capital growth and current income.


PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT  STRATEGIES.  The Series normally emphasizes investments in
common  stocks.  It will  normally  invest  up to 75% of its  assets  in  equity
securities  selected  primarily for their growth potential,  and at least 25% of
its assets in securities the portfolio  manager believes have income  potential.
The  sub-adviser  seeks to identify  individual  companies with earnings  growth
potential  that may not be recognized  by the market.  The  sub-adviser  selects
securities for their capital growth potential. The sub-adviser may also consider
dividend-paying   characteristics   when  selecting   common  stock.   When  the
sub-adviser  believes that market  conditions  are not favorable for  profitable
investing  or when the  sub-adviser  is  otherwise  unable to  locate  favorable
investment  opportunities,  the  Series may hedge its  investments  to a greater
degree and/or increase its position in cash or similar investments. Doing so may
reduce  the  potential  for  appreciation  in  the  Series'  portfolio.   Equity
securities  may make up part of this  income  component  if they  currently  pay
dividends or the portfolio  manager  believes they have potential for increasing
or commencing dividend payments.  The Series may invest without limit in foreign
securities.


PRINCIPAL  RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE SERIES.  An investment in the Series is not
guaranteed. As with any mutual fund, the value of the Series' shares will change
and you could lose money by  investing  in the Series.  A variety of factors may
influence its investment performance, such as:

     o    Market risk.  Because the Series invests in stocks of U.S. and foreign
          companies,  it is subject to stock market risk. Stock prices typically
          fluctuate more than the values of other types of securities, typically
          in response to changes in the particular company's financial condition
          and factors affecting the market in general. For example,  unfavorable
          or unanticipated  poor earnings  performance of the company may result
          in a decline in its stock's price,  and a broad-based  market drop may
          also  cause a  stock's  price to fall.  Investing  in  smaller,  newer
          companies  generally  involves greater risks than investing in larger,
          more established ones.

          For bonds,  market risk  generally  reflects  credit risk and interest
          rate risk. Credit risk is the actual or perceived risk that the issuer
          of the bond will not pay the interest and principal payments when due.
          Bond  value   typically   declines  if  the  issuer's  credit  quality
          deteriorates.  Interest rate risk is the risk that interest rates will
          rise and the value of bonds,  including those held by the Series, will
          fall.  A  broad-based  market  drop may also cause a stock's  price to
          fall.


     o    Prepayment risk.  During periods of falling  interest rates,  there is
          the risk that a debt security with a high stated interest rate will be
          prepaid before its expected maturity date.


     o    Foreign investing risk. Foreign investing involves risks not typically
          associated with U.S.  investment.  These risks include,  among others,
          adverse  fluctuations  in foreign  currency  values as well as adverse
          political,  social  and  economic  developments  affecting  a  foreign
          country.  In  addition,   foreign  investing  involves  less  publicly
          available   information,   more  volatile  or  less  liquid   markets.
          Investments  in foreign  countries  could be  affected  by factors not
          present in the U.S.,  such as restrictions on receiving the investment
          proceeds  from a foreign  country,  foreign  tax laws,  and  potential
          difficulties  in enforcing  contractual  obligations.  Transactions in
          foreign  securities  may  be  subject  to  less  efficient  settlement
          practices,   including  extended  clearance  and  settlement  periods.
          Foreign  accounting  may be less  revealing  than American  accounting
          practices.  Foreign regulation may be inadequate or irregular.  Owning
          foreign  securities  could cause the Series'  performance to fluctuate
          more than if it held only U.S. securities.

     o    Currency  risk. The value of the Series' shares may change as a result
          of changes in exchange  rates  reducing  the value of the U.S.  dollar
          value of the Series' foreign investments.  Currency exchange rates can
          be volatile and  affected by a number of factors,  such as the general
          economics of a country, the actions of U.S. and foreign governments or
          central banks, the imposition of currency controls, and speculation.


     o    Derivatives  risk.  Investing  in  derivative  instruments,   such  as
          options,  futures  contracts,   forward  currency  contracts,  indexed
          securities and  asset-backed  securities,  involves special risks. The
          Series sub-adviser must correctly predict price movements,  during the
          life of a derivative,  of the underlying asset in order to realize the
          desired results from the investment. The value of derivatives may rise
          or fall more  rapidly than other  investments,  which may increase the
          volatility  of the  Series  depending  on the nature and extent of the
          derivatives  in the  Series'  portfolio.  If  the  sub-  adviser  uses
          derivatives in attempting to manage or "hedge" the overall risk of the
          portfolio,  the strategy might not be successful,  for example, due to
          changes in the value of the  derivatives  that do not  correlate  with
          price movements in the rest of the portfolio.

     o    Growth investing risk.  Growth companies usually invest a high portion
          of earnings in their  businesses,  and may lack the dividends of value
          stocks that can cushion  prices in a falling  market.  Also,  earnings
          disappointments  often  lead  to  sharp  declines  in  prices  because
          investors  buy growth  stocks in  anticipation  of  superior  earnings
          growth.


In addition,  the performance of the Series depends on the sub-adviser's ability
to effectively implement the investment strategies of the Series.


PERFORMANCE.  The bar chart and table  below  show the past  performance  of the
Series' shares.  The chart presents the annual returns and shows how performance
has varied from year to year. The table shows the Series' average annual returns
and compares them to a broad based index since these shares were first  offered.
Both the chart and the table assume reinvestment of dividends and distributions.
The  Series'  returns  shown in the  chart and table  below do not  reflect  the
deduction of any charges that are imposed under a variable  insurance  contract.
Those charges,  which are described in the variable insurance  prospectus,  will
reduce the Series' performance.


As of the effective date of this Prospectus,  Janus Capital  Corporation (Janus)
has replaced  Goldman Sachs Asset  Management as the sub-adviser to this Series.
In addition,  certain  investment  policies,  practices and strategies have been
changed to reflect  the  management  style of Janus,  the new  sub-adviser.  The
advisory  fees have also been  changed.  Given these  changes,  the  performance
information  shown below is not  indicative in any manner of how the Series will
perform in the future.


Annual Total Returns as of December 31 (Results achieved by prior sub-adviser)


4.98%
[Insert Chart]
1999

In the period shown in the chart, the Series' highest quarterly return was 8.43%
(2nd quarter of 1999) and its lowest  quarterly  return was -11.92% (3rd quarter
of 1999).


                            Average Annual Total Returns as of December 31, 1999
                                          1 year            Life of Series*


JNL/Janus Growth & Income Series            4.98%                -2.64%
S&P 500 Index                              21.04%                21.78%

The  S&P  500  Index  is a  broad-based,  unmanaged  index.  *The  Series  began
operations on March 2, 1998.


SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES (FEES PAID DIRECTLY FROM YOUR INVESTMENT)


         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON PURCHASES                          NONE
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON REINVESTED DIVIDENDS               NONE
         DEFERRED SALES LOAD                                              NONE
         REDEMPTION FEE                                                   NONE
         EXCHANGE FEE                                                     NONE

EXPENSES.  The table below  shows  certain  expenses  you will incur as a Series
investor, either directly or indirectly.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ANNUAL SERIES OPERATING EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE DEDUCTED FROM SERIES ASSETS)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management/Administrative Fee                                              1.03%

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Expenses
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total Series Annual Operating Expenses                                     1.03%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EXPENSE  EXAMPLE.  This  example is  intended  to help you  compare  the cost of
investing in the Series with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.  Also,
this  example  does not reflect the expenses of the  Qualified  Plan.  The table
below shows the expenses you would pay on a $10,000 investment,  assuming (1) 5%
annual  return  and  (2)  redemption  at  the  end of  each  time  period.  This
illustration is hypothetical and is not intended to be representative of past or
future  performance  of the Series.  The example  also  assumes  that the Series
operating expenses remain the same.  Although your actual costs may be higher or
lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPENSE EXAMPLE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year                                                                      $107
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 Years                                                                     $334
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 Years                                                                     $579
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 Years                                                                  $1,283
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


COMPARABLE PERFORMANCE.

PUBLIC FUND PERFORMANCE COMPOSITE


The  JNL/Janus  Growth & Income  Series  has  substantially  similar  investment
objectives,  policies and  strategies  as certain  mutual  funds.  Each of these
public  mutual  funds  is  managed  by  Janus  Capital  Corporation,   the  same
Sub-Adviser which manages the JNL/Janus Growth & Income Series.

The historical  performance of a composite of these public mutual funds is shown
below.  This is not the performance of the JNL/Janus  Growth & Income Series and
the performance of the Series may differ.  This  performance  data should not be
considered  as an  indication of future  performance  of the Series.  The public
mutual fund performance figures shown below:

     o    reflect the deduction of the historical  fees and expenses paid by the
          public  mutual  funds and not those to be paid by the  Series.  do not
          reflect  Contract fees or charges  imposed by Jackson  National  Life.
          Investors  should  refer  to  the  separate  account   prospectus  for
          information  describing the Contract fees and charges.  These fees and
          charges will have a detrimental effect on Series performance.


The Series and their  corresponding  public  mutual fund series are  expected to
hold  similar  securities.  However,  their  investment  results are expected to
differ for the following reasons:

     o    differences  in asset size and cash flow  resulting from purchases and
          redemptions  of  Series  shares  may  result  in  different   security
          selections

     o    differences in the relative weightings of securities

     o    differences in the price paid for particular portfolio holdings

     o    differences relating to certain tax matters


However,  the differences  cited do not alter the conclusion that the Funds have
substantially similar investment objectives, policies and strategies.

The chart below shows performance  information derived from historical composite
performance  of the public  mutual funds.  The inception  date for the composite
shown is October 1,1991.

JANUS GROWTH & INCOME FUNDS COMPOSITE  PERFORMANCE  (INCLUDING MUTUAL FUNDS) FOR
PERIODS ENDED 12/31/99
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               Annualized Returns
- ------------------- ------------------------------------ -----------------------
                           JANUS GROWTH & INCOME              S&P 500 INDEX
- ------------------- ------------------------------------ -----------------------
1 Year                           51.30%                           21.14%
- ------------------- ------------------------------------ -----------------------
3 Years                          40.07%                           27.66%
- ------------------- ------------------------------------ -----------------------
5 Years                          36.41%                           28.66%
- ------------------- ------------------------------------ -----------------------
Since Inception*                 25.27%                           20.36%
- ------------------- ------------------------------------ -----------------------
*Inception October 1, 1991.

The Growth & Income Composite  includes the Janus Growth & Income Fund and Janus
Aspen Series Growth & Income Fund for which Janus Capital  Corporation serves as
investment advisor.  The composite  performance was calculated  according to the
requirements of the Association  for Investment  Management and Research.  These
requirements   differ  from  those  required  by  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission.  Composite  performance  is  presented  net of all fees and reflects
reinvestment of dividends and capital  gains.The fees deducted are less than the
fees charged by the Series. If the expenses of the Series had been deducted, the
performance results would have been lower. As of December 31, 1999, the Growth &
Income  Composite had assets of $7,583.6  million,  which  represented  3.04% of
total assets under  management.  Accounts  enter the composite  upon their first
full quarter under management. The percentage of total assets managed is defined
as composite assets as a percentage of the total assets managed including mutual
fund  company  accounts  under  management.  Performance  figures are based upon
historical  information  and do  not  guarantee  future  results.  Please  see a
prospectus  for more complete  information  regarding  the Funds,  including the
expenses  associated with each portfolio.  In addition,  the manager responsible
for the historical  performance record of the composite from inception to August
of 1997 is no longer with the firm.  David Corkins is now the Portfolio  Manager
for all  Growth & Income  Products.  No  changes  were made  with  regard to the
investment  philosophy  or  process  of the Funds.  Prospective  clients  should
recognize the limitations  inherent in composites,  and consider all information
presented by Janus regarding its investment management capabilities. The S&P 500
is an  unmanaged  index of common  stock  prices and  includes  reinvestment  of
dividends and capital  gains.  They have been taken from  published  sources and
have not been audited.  Composition of each separately managed account portfolio
may differ significantly from securities in the corresponding benchmark indices.
A complete  list of Janus  composites  is available  upon  request.  Please call
800-525-1068.

A Series'  performance  may be  affected by risks  specific to certain  types of
investments, such as foreign securities, derivative investments,  non-investment
grade  debt  securities,  initial  public  offerings  (IPOs) or  companies  with
relatively small market  capitalizations.  IPOs and other investment  techniques
may have  magnified  performance  impact on a Series with a small asset base.  A
Series may not experience similar performance as its assets grow.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE OTHER INVESTMENT STRATEGIES,  OTHER INVESTMENTS
AND RISKS OF THE SERIES. The Series may invest in "special situations" from time
to time. A special situation arises when, in the opinion of the sub-adviser, the
securities of a particular issuer will be recognized and appreciate in value due
to a specific  development  with respect to that issuer.  Developments  creating
special  situations  might include,  among others,  a new product or process,  a
technological breakthrough, a management change or other extraordinary corporate
event, or differences in market supply of and demand for the security.Investment
in special situations may carry an additional risk of loss in the event that the
anticipated  development  does  not  occur  or does  not  attract  the  expected
attention.  The impact of this strategy on the Series will depend on the Series'
size and the extent of its  holdings of special  situation  issuers  relative to
total net assets.


The Series may use derivative instruments,  such as futures contracts,  options,
and forward currency  contracts,  for hedging or as a means of enhancing return.
These  instruments are subject to transaction  costs and certain risks,  such as
unanticipated  changes in interest rates,  securities prices and global currency
markets.

The  Series  may  invest  in  high-yield,  high-risk,  fixed-income  securities,
commonly known as "junk bonds." These are corporate debt securities rated BBB or
lower by S&P or Baa or lower by  Moody's,  or unrated  securities  deemed by the
sub-adviser  to be  on  comparable  quality.  Lower-rated  securities  generally
involve a higher risk of default than higher-rated ones.

The SAI has more  information  about  the  Series'  authorized  investments  and
strategies, as well as the risks and restrictions that may apply to them.


THE  SUB-ADVISER  AND PORTFOLIO  MANAGEMENT.  The  sub-adviser  to the JNL/Janus
Growth & Income  Series  is Janus  Capital  Corporation  (Janus  Capital),  with
principal offices at 100 Fillmore Street, Denver,  Colorado 80206. Janus Capital
providesinvestment  advisory  services to mutual  funds and other  institutional
accounts.


David  Corkins is  Portfolio  Manager of the  Series.  He is also the  portfolio
manager and Executive  Vice  President of Janus Growth and Income Fund and Janus
Aspen  Growth and Income  Portfolio.  He also manages  separate  accounts in the
LargeCap Growth and Diversified  Growth  disciplines.  Prior to joining Janus in
1995, Mr. Corkins was Chief Financial Officer of Chase U.S.  Consumer  Services,
Inc., a Chase  Manhattan  mortgage  business.  While at Chase,  Mr. Corkins also
worked in consumer  credit and  mortgage  issuance  and  analysis.  Mr.  Corkins
graduated cum laude from Dartmouth  College with a bachelor's  degree in English
and  Russian,  and  earned  an M.B.A.  in  finance  with  honors  from  Columbia
University. He has nine years of professional investment experience.


<PAGE>
JNL/PIMCO TOTAL RETURN BOND SERIES

INVESTMENT  OBJECTIVE.  The investment  objective of the JNL/PIMCO  Total Return
Bond Series is to realize maximum total return, consistent with the preservation
of capital and prudent investment management.


PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES. The Series attempts to achieve its objective by
investing primarily in a diversified portfolio of investment-grade  fixed-income
securities of U.S. and foreign issuers such as government,  corporate, mortgage-
and other  asset-backed  securities  and cash  equivalents.  At least 65% of its
total assets will be invested,  under normal market  conditions in  fixed-income
securities.

The average duration of the Series typically ranges between three and six years,
although the maturities of the securities it holds may vary. For example, with a
duration of 5 years, there will be a 5% change in the value of the Series with a
1% movement in interest rates. The Series' foreign investments will primarily be
in securities of issuers based in developed countries, although it may invest in
securities of issuers in emerging market countries. A significant portion of the
Series' foreign  holdings may be denominated in foreign  currencies.  The Series
may buy and sell foreign currency and foreign currency contracts,  and invest in
options, futures contracts, swap agreements, and other indexed instruments.  The
Series  may  enter  into a series of  purchase  or sale  contracts  or use other
investment  techniques to obtain market  exposure or to hedge against changes in
foreign currency exchange rates, interest rates or securities prices.


PRINCIPAL  RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE SERIES.  An investment in the Series is not
guaranteed. As with any mutual fund, the value of the Series' shares will change
and you could lose money by  investing  in the Series.  A variety of factors may
influence its investment performance, such as:

     o    Market  risk.  Because the Series  invests in  securities  of U.S. and
          foreign issuers,  it is subject to market risk. For bonds, market risk
          generally  reflects credit risk and interest rate risk. Credit risk is
          the actual or perceived  risk that the issuer of the bond will not pay
          the interest and principal  payments  when due.  Bond value  typically
          declines if the issuer's  credit quality  deteriorates.  Interest rate
          risk is the risk that interest rates will rise and the value of bonds,
          including  those held by the Series,  will fall. A broad-based  market
          drop may also cause a bond's price to fall.

     o    Prepayment risk.  During periods of falling  interest rates,  there is
          the risk that a debt security with a high stated interest rate will be
          prepaid before its expected maturity date.

     o    Foreign investing risk. Foreign investing involves risks not typically
          associated with U.S.  investment.  These risks include,  among others,
          adverse  fluctuations  in foreign  currency  values as well as adverse
          political,  social  and  economic  developments  affecting  a  foreign
          country.  In  addition,   foreign  investing  involves  less  publicly
          available  information  and  more  volatile  or less  liquid  markets.
          Investments  in foreign  countries  could be  affected  by factors not
          present in the U.S.,  such as restrictions on receiving the investment
          proceeds  from a foreign  country,  foreign  tax laws,  and  potential
          difficulties  in enforcing  contractual  obligations.  Transactions in
          foreign  securities  may  be  subject  to  less  efficient  settlement
          practices,   including  extended  clearance  and  settlement  periods.
          Foreign  accounting  may be less  revealing  than American  accounting
          practices.  Foreign regulation may be inadequate or irregular.  Owning
          foreign  securities  could cause the Series'  performance to fluctuate
          more than if it held  only U.S.  securities.  To the  extent  that the
          Series invests in bonds issued by a foreign government, the Series may
          have  limited  legal  recourse  in the  event  of  default.  Political
          conditions,  especially a country's  willingness  to meet the terms of
          its debt obligations, can create special risks.

     o    Currency  risk. The value of the Series' shares may change as a result
          of changes in exchange  rates  reducing  the value of the U.S.  dollar
          value of the Series' foreign investments.  Currency exchange rates can
          be volatile and  affected by a number of factors,  such as the general
          economics of a country, the actions of U.S. and foreign governments or
          central banks, the imposition of currency controls, and speculation.

     o    Derivatives  risk.  Investing  in  derivative  instruments,   such  as
          options,  futures  contracts,   forward  currency  contracts,  indexed
          securities and  asset-backed  securities,  involves special risks. The
          Series sub-adviser must correctly predict price movements,  during the
          life of a derivative,  of the underlying asset in order to realize the
          desired results from the investment. The value of derivatives may rise
          or fall more  rapidly than other  investments,  which may increase the
          volatility  of the  Series  depending  on the nature and extent of the
          derivatives  in  the  Series'  portfolio.   If  the  sub-adviser  uses
          derivatives in attempting to manage or "hedge" the overall risk of the
          portfolio,  the strategy might not be successful,  for example, due to
          changes in the value of the  derivatives  that do not  correlate  with
          price movements in the rest of the portfolio.

In addition,  the performance of the Series depends on the sub-adviser's ability
to effectively implement the investment strategies of the Series.


PERFORMANCE.  The bar chart and table  below  show the past  performance  of the
Series' shares.  The chart presents the annual returns and shows how performance
has varied from year to year.  The table shows the  Series'  annual  returns and
compares them to a broad based index since these shares were first offered. Both
the chart and the table assume reinvestment of dividends and distributions.  The
Series'  returns shown in the chart and table below do not reflect the deduction
of any  charges  that are imposed  under a variable  insurance  contract.  Those
charges,  which are described in the variable insurance prospectus,  will reduce
the Series' performance.  As with all mutual funds, the Series' past performance
does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future.


Annual Total Returns as of December 31

- -0.26%
[Insert Chart]
1999


In the period shown in the chart, the Series' highest quarterly return was 1.00%
(3rd quarter of 1999) and its lowest quarterly return was -1.57% (2nd quarter of
1999).

                            Average Annual Total Returns as of December 31, 1999
                                           1 year            Life of Series*


JNL/PIMCO Total Return Bond Series          -0.26%                 2.92%
Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index        -0.82%                 2.83%

The Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index is a broad-based, unmanaged index.
* The Series began operations on March 2, 1998.


SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES (FEES PAID DIRECTLY FROM YOUR INVESTMENT)
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON PURCHASES                           NONE
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON REINVESTED DIVIDENDS                NONE
         DEFERRED SALES LOAD                                               NONE
         REDEMPTION FEE                                                    NONE
         EXCHANGE FEE                                                      NONE


EXPENSES.  The table below  shows  certain  expenses  you will incur as a Series
investor, either directly or indirectly.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ANNUAL SERIES OPERATING EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT DEDUCTED FROM SERIES ASSETS)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management/Administrative Fee                                               .80%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Expenses                                                                0%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Series Annual Operating Expenses                                      .80%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EXPENSE  EXAMPLE.  This  example is  intended  to help you  compare  the cost of
investing in the Series with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.  Also,
this  example  does not reflect the expenses of the  Qualified  Plan.  The table
below shows the expenses you would pay on a $10,000 investment,  assuming (1) 5%
annual  return  and  (2)  redemption  at  the  end of  each  time  period.  This
illustration is hypothetical and is not intended to be representative of past or
future  performance  of the Series.  The example  also  assumes  that the Series
operating expenses remain the same.  Although your actual costs may be higher or
lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPENSE EXAMPLE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year                                                                       $82
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 Years                                                                     $255
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 Years                                                                     $444
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 Years                                                                    $990
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE OTHER INVESTMENT STRATEGIES,  OTHER INVESTMENTS
AND RISKS OF THE SERIES.  The Series seeks to consistently add value relative to
the Lehman  Brothers  Aggregate Bond Index,  while keeping risk equal to or less
than that  index.  In managing  the  Series,  the  sub-adviser  generally  makes
investment  decisions  based on its view of  longer-term  (three- to  five-year)
trends and non-economic factors that may affect interest rates, while seeking to
maintain a portfolio  duration  that  approximates  that of the Lehman  Brothers
Aggregate Bond Index.


The  Series may invest in a wide  variety  of taxable  fixed-income  securities,
including  convertible  securities,  fixed-  and  floating-rate  loans  and loan
participations.  The Series may also invest in  repurchase  agreements,  reverse
repurchase agreements, and dollar rolls. The Series may invest all of its assets
in  derivative  instruments,   such  as  options,   futures  contracts  or  swap
agreements.  The  Series may  invest  all of its  assets in  mortgage-  or other
asset-backed securities, zero coupon bonds or strips.

The Series may invest in when-issued  and delayed  delivery  securities.  Actual
payment for and delivery of such  securities does not take place until some time
in the future, i.e., beyond normal settlement.  The purchase of these securities
will result in a loss if their value declines prior to the settlement date. This
could occur, for example, if interest rates increase prior to settlement.

The  Series  may  invest  in  high-yield,  high-risk,  fixed-income  securities,
commonly known as "junk bonds." These are corporate debt securities rated BBB or
lower by S&P or Baa or lower by  Moody's,  or unrated  securities  deemed by the
sub-adviser  to be  of  comparable  quality.  Lower-rated  securities  generally
involve a higher risk of default than higher-rated ones.

The SAI has more  information  about  the  Series'  authorized  investments  and
strategies, as well as the risks and restrictions that may apply to them.

THE SUB-ADVISER AND PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT. The sub-adviser to the JNL/PIMCO Total
Return Bond Series is Pacific Investment Management Company (PIMCO),  located at
840 Newport Center Drive,  Suite 300, Newport Beach,  California 92660. PIMCO is
an investment counseling firm founded in 1971.

William H. Gross,  Managing Director of PIMCO, is responsible for the day-to-day
management of the Series. A Fixed Income Portfolio Manager,  Mr. Gross is one of
the  founders of PIMCO.  Mr.  Gross has had  responsibility  for the  day-to-day
management of the Series since the inception of the Series.
<PAGE>
JNL/PUTNAM GROWTH SERIES

INVESTMENT  OBJECTIVE.  The investment objective of the JNL/Putnam Growth Series
is long-term capital growth.

PRINCIPAL  INVESTMENT  STRATEGIES.  The Series seeks to achieve its objective by
investing  primarily  in a  diversified  portfolio  of common stock of domestic,
large-capitalization companies. However, the Series may also invest in preferred
stocks,  bonds,  convertible  preferred stock and convertible  debentures if the
sub-adviser believes that they offer the potential for capital appreciation. The
Series may invest a portion of its assets in foreign securities.

PRINCIPAL  RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE SERIES.  An investment in the Series is not
guaranteed. As with any mutual fund, the value of the Series' shares will change
and you could lose money by  investing  in the Series.  A variety of factors may
influence its investment performance, such as:

     o    Market risk.  Because the Series invests in stocks of U.S. and foreign
          companies,  it is subject to stock market risk. Stock prices typically
          fluctuate more than the values of other types of securities, typically
          in response to changes in the particular company's financial condition
          and factors affecting the market in general. For example,  unfavorable
          or unanticipated  poor earnings  performance of the company may result
          in a decline in its stock's price,  and a broad-based  market drop may
          also cause a stock's price to fall.


          For bonds,  market risk  generally  reflects  credit risk and interest
          rate risk. Credit risk is the actual or perceived risk that the issuer
          of the bond will not pay the interest and principal payments when due.
          Bond  value   typically   declines  if  the  issuer's  credit  quality
          deteriorates.  Interest rate risk is the risk that interest rates will
          rise and the value of bonds,  including those held by the Series, will
          fall.  A  broad-based  market  drop may also cause a stock's  price to
          fall. Prepayment risk. During periods of falling interest rates, there
          is the risk that a debt security with a high stated interest rate will
          be prepaid before its expected  maturity date.  Growth investing risk.
          Growth  companies  usually  invest a high portion of earnings in their
          businesses,  and may  lack the  dividends  of  value  stocks  that can
          cushion prices in a falling  market.  Also,  earnings  disappointments
          often lead to sharp  declines in prices  because  investors buy growth
          stocks in anticipation of superior earnings growth.

     o    Foreign investing risk. Foreign investing involves risks not typically
          associated with U.S.  investment.  These risks include,  among others,
          adverse  fluctuations  in foreign  currency  values as well as adverse
          political,  social  and  economic  developments  affecting  a  foreign
          country.  In  addition,   foreign  investing  involves  less  publicly
          available  information  and  more  volatile  or less  liquid  markets.
          Investments  in foreign  countries  could be  affected  by factors not
          present in the U.S.,  such as restrictions on receiving the investment
          proceeds  from a foreign  country,  foreign  tax laws,  and  potential
          difficulties  in enforcing  contractual  obligations.  Transactions in
          foreign  securities  may  be  subject  to  less  efficient  settlement
          practices,   including  extended  clearance  and  settlement  periods.
          Foreign  accounting  may be less  revealing  than American  accounting
          practices.  Foreign regulation may be inadequate or irregular.  Owning
          foreign  securities  could cause the Series'  performance to fluctuate
          more than if it held only U.S. securities. Currency risk. The value of
          the Series' shares may change as a result of changes in exchange rates
          reducing  the value of the U.S.  dollar  value of the Series'  foreign
          investments. Currency exchange rates can be volatile and affected by a
          number of factors,  such as the general  economics  of a country,  the
          actions  of  U.S.  and  foreign  governments  or  central  banks,  the
          imposition of currency controls, and speculation.


     o    Derivatives  risk.  Investing  in  derivative  instruments,   such  as
          options,  futures  contracts,   forward  currency  contracts,  indexed
          securities and  asset-backed  securities,  involves special risks. The
          Series sub-adviser must correctly predict price movements,  during the
          life of a derivative,  of the underlying asset in order to realize the
          desired results from the investment. The value of derivatives may rise
          or fall more  rapidly than other  investments,  which may increase the
          volatility  of the  Series  depending  on the nature and extent of the
          derivatives  in  the  Series'  portfolio.   If  the  sub-adviser  uses
          derivatives in attempting to manage or "hedge" the overall risk of the
          portfolio,  the strategy might not be successful,  for example, due to
          changes in the value of the  derivatives  that do not  correlate  with
          price movements in the rest of the portfolio.


In addition,  the performance of the Series depends on the sub-adviser's ability
to effectively implement the investment strategies of the Series.


PERFORMANCE.  The bar chart and table  below  show the past  performance  of the
Series' shares.  The chart presents the annual returns and shows how performance
has varied from year to year.  The table shows the  Series'  annual  returns and
compares them to a broad-based index since these shares were first offered. Both
the chart and the table assume reinvestment of dividends and distributions.  The
Series'  returns shown in the chart and table below do not reflect the deduction
of any  charges  that are imposed  under a variable  insurance  contract.  Those
charges,  which are described in the variable insurance prospectus,  will reduce
the Series' performance.  As with all mutual funds, the Series' past performance
does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future.


Annual Total Returns as of December 31

26.81%            21.88%            34.93%           29.41%
[Insert Chart]
1996              1997              1998             1999

In the periods  shown in the chart,  the Series'  highest  quarterly  return was
24.99% (4th  quarter of 1998) and its lowest  quarterly  return was -12.00% (3rd
quarter of 1998).


                            Average Annual Total Returns as of December 31, 1999
                                                 1 year        Life of Series*


JNL/Putnam Growth Series                         29.41%           30.51%
S&P 500 Index                                    =21.04%           26.95%

The S&P 500 Index is a broad-based, unmanaged index.
* The Series began  operations on May 15, 1995. Prior to May 1, 1997, the Series
was managed by Phoenix Investment Counsel, Inc.


SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES (FEES PAID DIRECTLY FROM YOUR INVESTMENT)
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON PURCHASES                           NONE
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON REINVESTED DIVIDENDS                NONE
         DEFERRED SALES LOAD                                               NONE
         REDEMPTION FEE                                                    NONE
         EXCHANGE FEE                                                      NONE


EXPENSES.  The table below  shows  certain  expenses  you will incur as a Series
investor, either directly or indirectly.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ANNUAL SERIES OPERATING EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE DEDUCTED FROM SERIES ASSETS)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management/Administrative Fee                                            0.97%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Expenses                                                              0%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Series Annual Operating Expenses                                   0.97%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



EXPENSE  EXAMPLE.  This  example is  intended  to help you  compare  the cost of
investing in the Series with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.  Also,
this  example  does not reflect the expenses of the  Qualified  Plan.  The table
below shows the expenses you would pay on a $10,000 investment,  assuming (1) 5%
annual  return  and  (2)  redemption  at  the  end of  each  time  period.  This
illustration is hypothetical and is not intended to be representative of past or
future  performance  of the Series.  The example  also  assumes  that the Series
operating expenses remain the same.  Although your actual costs may be higher or
lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be: .


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPENSE EXAMPLE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year                                                                       $99
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 Years                                                                     $309
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 Years                                                                     $536
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 Years                                                                  $1,190
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE OTHER INVESTMENT STRATEGIES,  OTHER INVESTMENTS
AND RISKS OF THE SERIES.  The Series may invest any amount or  proportion of its
assets in any class or type of  security  believed by the  sub-adviser  to offer
potential for capital appreciation over both the intermediate and long term.


The Series may use derivative  instruments,  such as financial futures contracts
and options,  for hedging and risk management.  These instruments are subject to
transaction costs and certain risks,  such as unanticipated  changes in interest
rates, securities prices and global currency markets.

For temporary,  defensive purposes, when the sub-adviser believes other types of
investments are advantageous on the basis both of risk and protection of capital
values,  the  Series  may  invest in  fixed-income  securities  with or  without
warrants or conversion  features and may retain cash, or invest up to all of its
assets in cash equivalents. Taking a defensive position may reduce the potential
for appreciation of the Series' portfolio.

The SAI has more  information  about  the  Series'  authorized  investments  and
strategies, as well as the risks and restrictions that may apply to them.

THE  SUB-ADVISER  AND PORTFOLIO  MANAGEMENT.  The  sub-adviser to the JNL/Putnam
Growth Series is Putnam Investment  Management,  Inc.  (Putnam),  located at One
Post Office Square, Boston, Massachusetts 02109. Putnam has been managing mutual
funds since 1937.

The Series is  managed by the Core  Growth  Equity  team at Putnam.  The team is
headed by C. Beth Cotner,  Managing Director and Chief Investment Officer of the
Group. Ms. Cotner joined Putnam in 1995 as Senior Portfolio  Manager in the Core
Growth Equity Group.  Prior to that,  Ms. Cotner was Executive Vice President of
Kemper Financial Services.  Ms. Cotner has had responsibility for the day-to-day
management of the Series since May 1, 1997.


<PAGE>
JNL/PUTNAM   INTERNATIONAL   EQUITY  SERIES  (FORMERLY  THE  T.  ROWE  PRICE/JNL
INTERNATIONAL EQUITY INVESTMENT SERIES)

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE.  The investment objective of the JNL/Putnam  International
Equity Series is long-term growth of capital.


PRINCIPAL  INVESTMENT  STRATEGIES.  The Series seeks to achieve its objective by
investing at least 65% in a diversified portfolio consisting primarily of common
stocks of non-U.S.  companies. The Series invests in foreign securities that the
sub-adviser believes offer significant potential for long-term appreciation. The
Series  normally  has at least three  countries  represented  in its  portfolio,
including both developed and emerging markets.

Putnam's Core International Equity team seeks consistent, above-average relative
returns and below-average  relative risk through a balance of country and sector
diversification and the selection of believed underpriced companies.  The team's
process relies on both top-down  macroeconomic and market analysis and bottom-up
fundamental company research.

Putnam selects stocks through a bottom up process,  using its valuation approach
to identify significantly  mispriced companies.  Its expertise is in identifying
stocks selling for less than their real or relative worth regardless of the type
of  company  (i.e.,  growth,   cyclical,   or  mature)  or  the  current  market
environment. Putnam begins by screening its international stock database of over
5,500 non-U.S.  companies to identify those companies with a positive  valuation
indicator  (price to book  relative to return on equity).  Stocks  passing  this
initial valuation screen are then subjected to a rigorous process.  The decision
to purchase a stock is based on the combined judgment of the Core  International
Equity  portfolio  managers,  and  their  decision  must  be  unanimous.  Putnam
typically visits all companies before a purchase decision is finalized.PRINCIPAL
RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE SERIES. An investment in the Series is not guaranteed.
As with any mutual  fund,  the value of the  Series'  shares will change and you
could lose money by investing in the Series.  A variety of factors may influence
its investment performance, such as:


     o    Market risk.  Because the Series  invests in stocks,  it is subject to
          stock market  risk.  Stock prices  typically  fluctuate  more than the
          values of other types of securities,  typically in response to changes
          in the particular  company's financial condition and factors affecting
          the market in general. For example,  unfavorable or unanticipated poor
          earnings  performance  of the  company  may result in a decline in its
          stock's price, and a broad-based  market drop may also cause a stock's
          price to fall.

     o    Foreign investing risk. Foreign investing involves risks not typically
          associated with U.S.  investment.  These risks include,  among others,
          adverse  fluctuations  in foreign  currency  values as well as adverse
          political,  social  and  economic  developments  affecting  a  foreign
          country.  In  addition,   foreign  investing  involves  less  publicly
          available  information  and  more  volatile  or less  liquid  markets.
          Investments  in foreign  countries  could be  affected  by factors not
          present in the U.S.,  such as restrictions on receiving the investment
          proceeds  from a foreign  country,  foreign  tax laws,  and  potential
          difficulties  in enforcing  contractual  obligations.  Transactions in
          foreign  securities  may  be  subject  to  less  efficient  settlement
          practices,   including  extended  clearance  and  settlement  periods.
          Foreign  accounting  may be less  revealing  than American  accounting
          practices.  Foreign regulation may be inadequate or irregular.  Owning
          foreign  securities  could cause the Series'  performance to fluctuate
          more than if it held only U.S. securities.

     o    Emerging  markets risk.  The Series may invest a portion of its assets
          in securities of issuers in emerging  markets,  which involves greater
          risk.  Emerging market countries typically have economic and political
          systems that are less  developed,  and likely to be less stable,  than
          those of more advanced  countries.  Emerging market countries may have
          policies that restrict investment by foreigners, and there is a higher
          risk of a  government  taking  private  property.  Low or  nonexistent
          trading volume in securities of issuers in emerging markets may result
          in a lack of liquidity  and in price  volatility.  Issuers in emerging
          markets  typically  are  subject  to a  greater  degree  of  change in
          earnings  and  business  prospects  than are  companies  in  developed
          markets.

     o    Currency  risk. The value of the Series' shares may change as a result
          of changes in exchange  rates  reducing  the value of the U.S.  dollar
          value of the Series' foreign investments.  Currency exchange rates can
          be volatile and  affected by a number of factors,  such as the general
          economics of a country, the actions of U.S. and foreign governments or
          central banks, the imposition of currency controls, and speculation.


     o    Derivatives  risk.  Investing  in  derivative  instruments,   such  as
          options,  futures  contracts,   forward  currency  contracts,  indexed
          securities and  asset-backed  securities,  involves special risks. The
          Series sub-adviser must correctly predict price movements,  during the
          life of a derivative,  of the underlying asset in order to realize the
          desired results from the investment. The value of derivatives may rise
          or fall more  rapidly than other  investments,  which may increase the
          volatility  of the  Series  depending  on the nature and extent of the
          derivatives  in  the  Series'  portfolio.   If  the  sub-adviser  uses
          derivatives in attempting to manage or "hedge" the overall risk of the
          portfolio,  the strategy might not be successful,  for example, due to
          changes in the value of the  derivatives  that do not  correlate  with
          price movements in the rest of the portfolio.

In addition,  the performance of the Series depends on the sub-adviser's ability
to effectively implement the investment  strategies of the Series.  PERFORMANCE.
The bar chart and table below show the past  performance of the Series'  shares.
The chart presents the annual returns and shows how  performance has varied from
year to year.  The table shows the Series' annual returns and compares them to a
broad based index since these shares were first offered.  Both the chart and the
table assume  reinvestment of dividends and  distributions.  The Series' returns
shown in the chart and table below do not reflect the  deduction  of any charges
that are imposed under a variable insurance contract.  Those charges,  which are
described  in  the  variable  insurance  prospectus,  will  reduce  the  Series'
performance.  As with all mutual funds,  the Series' past  performance  does not
necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future.


As of the effective date of this Prospectus,  Putnam Investment Management, Inc.
has replaced Rowe-Price Fleming  International,  Inc. as the sub-adviser for the
Series.  Therefore, the performance information shown below is not indicative in
any manner of how the Series will perform in the future.

Annual Total Returns as of December 31(Results achieved by prior sub-adviser)

13.91%            2.65%             14.43%           32.11%
[Insert Chart]
1996              1997              1998             1999


In the periods  shown in the chart,  the Series'  highest  quarterly  return was
23.24% (4th  quarter of 1999) and its lowest  quarterly  return was -13.48% (3rd
quarter of 1998).

                            Average Annual Total Returns as of December 31, 1999

                                              1 year             Life of Series*

JNL/Putnam International Equity Series         32.11%                 14.78%
Morgan Stanley Europe and Australasia,
     Far East Equity Index                     25.27%                 11.61%

The  Morgan  Stanley  Europe  and  Australasia,  Far  East  Equity  Index  is  a
broad-based, unmanaged index. * The Series began operations on May 15, 1995.


SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES (FEES PAID DIRECTLY FROM YOUR INVESTMENT)
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON PURCHASES                            NONE
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON REINVESTED DIVIDENDS                 NONE
         DEFERRED SALES LOAD                                                NONE
         REDEMPTION FEE                                                     NONE
         EXCHANGE FEE                                                       NONE


EXPENSES.  The table below  shows  certain  expenses  you will incur as a Series
investor, either directly or indirectly.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ANNUAL SERIES OPERATING EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE DEDUCTED FROM SERIES ASSETS)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management/Administrative Fee                                              1.18%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Expenses                                                                0%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Series Annual Operating Expenses                                     1.18%
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------=----


EXPENSE  EXAMPLE.  This  example is  intended  to help you  compare  the cost of
investing in the Series with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.  Also,
this  example  does not reflect the expenses of the  Qualified  Plan.  The table
below shows the expenses you would pay on a $10,000 investment,  assuming (1) 5%
annual  return  and  (2)  redemption  at  the  end of  each  time  period.  This
illustration is hypothetical and is not intended to be representative of past or
future  performance  of the Series.  The example  also  assumes  that the Series
operating expenses remain the same.  Although your actual costs may be higher or
lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPENSE EXAMPLE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year                                                                     $120
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 Years                                                                    $375
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 Years                                                                    $649
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 Years                                                                 $1,432
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE OTHER INVESTMENT STRATEGIES,  OTHER INVESTMENTS
AND RISKS OF THE  SERIES.  In  addition  to common  stocks,  the Series may also
invest in other  types of  securities,  such as  preferred  stocks,  convertible
securities, fixed-income securities.


The Series may use derivative  instruments,  such as futures contracts,  options
and  forward  currency  contracts,  for  hedging  and  risk  management.   These
instruments  are  subject  to  transaction  costs  and  certain  risks,  such as
unanticipated changes in securities prices and global currency markets.

The SAI has more  information  about  the  Series'  authorized  investments  and
strategies, as well as the risks and restrictions that may apply to them.

SUB-ADVISER  AND  PORTFOLIO  MANAGEMENT.   The  sub-adviser  to  the  JNL/Putnam
International  Equity  Series is Putnam  Investment  Management,  Inc.  (Putnam)
located at One Post Office Square, Boston,  Massachusetts 02109. Putnam has been
managing mutual funds since 1937.


The Series is managed by the Core International  Equity team at Putnam. The team
is headed by Omid Kamshad, Managing Director and Chief Investment Officer of the
group.  Mr.  Kamshad has been  employed by Putnam  since 1996.  Prior to January
1996,  Mr.  Kamshad  was  employed  at  Lombard  Odier  International  Portfolio
Management  Limited and prior to April  1995,  he was  employed at Baring  Asset
Management Company.



<PAGE>



JNL/PUTNAM MIDCAP GROWTH SERIES

INVESTMENT  OBJECTIVE.  The investment objective of the JNL/Putnam Midcap Growth
Series is capital appreciation.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT  STRATEGIES.  The Series invests mainly in common stocks of
U.S. companies with a focus on growth stocks which are stocks whose earnings the
sub-adviser  believes  are likely to grow  faster  than the  economy as a whole.
Growth stocks typically trade at higher multiples of current earnings than other
stocks.  Therefore, the values of growth stocks may be more sensitive to changes
in current or expected earnings than the values of other stocks.


Growth stocks are issued by companies  whose earnings the  sub-adviser  believes
are likely to grow  faster  than the  economy as a whole.  Growth in a company's
earnings may lead to an increase in the price of its stock.  The Series  invests
mainly in mid-cap companies.

PRINCIPAL  RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE SERIES.  An investment in the Series is not
guaranteed. As with any mutual fund, the value of the Series' shares will change
and you could lose money by  investing  in the Series.  A variety of factors may
influence its investment performance, such as:

     o    Market risk. Because the Series invests in stocks of companies,  it is
          subject to stock market risk.  Stock prices  typically  fluctuate more
          than the values of other types of securities, typically in response to
          changes in the particular  company's  financial  condition and factors
          affecting  the  market  in  general.   For  example,   unfavorable  or
          unanticipated poor earnings performance of the company may result in a
          decline in its stock's price,  and a broad-based  market drop may also
          cause a  stock's  price  to fall.  Investing  in  small  and  mid-size
          companies  generally  involves  greater risks than investing in larger
          more established ones.

     o    Growth investing risk.  Growth companies usually invest a high portion
          of earnings in their  businesses,  and may lack the dividends of value
          stocks that can cushion  prices in a falling  market.  Also,  earnings
          disappointments  often  lead  to  sharp  declines  in  prices  because
          investors  buy growth  stocks in  anticipation  of  superior  earnings
          growth.There  is a risk  that the  market as a whole may not favor the
          type of investments which the Series makes.


In addition,  the performance of the Series depends on the sub-adviser's ability
to effectively implement the investment strategies of the Series.

PERFORMANCE.  This Series will  commence  investment  operations on or about the
date of this Prospectus. Therefore, a bar chart and table have not been included
for this Series.


SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES (FEES PAID DIRECTLY FROM YOUR INVESTMENT)


         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON PURCHASES                            NONE
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON REINVESTED DIVIDENDS                 NONE
         DEFERRED SALES LOAD                                                NONE
         REDEMPTION FEE                                                     NONE
         EXCHANGE FEE                                                       NONE

EXPENSES.  The table below  shows  certain  expenses  you will incur as a Series
investor, either directly or indirectly.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ANNUAL SERIES OPERATING EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE DEDUCTED FROM SERIES ASSETS)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management/Administrative Fee                                              1.05%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Expenses                                                                0%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Series Annual Operating Expenses                                     1.05%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EXPENSE  EXAMPLE.  This  example is  intended  to help you  compare  the cost of
investing in the Series with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.  Also,
this  example  does not reflect the expenses of the  Qualified  Plan.  The table
below shows the expenses you would pay on a $10,000 investment,  assuming (1) 5%
annual  return  and  (2)  redemption  at  the  end of  each  time  period.  This
illustration is hypothetical and is not intended to be representative of past or
future  performance  of the Series.  The example  also  assumes  that the Series
operating expenses remain the same.  Although your actual costs may be higher or
lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPENSE EXAMPLE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year                                                                      $107
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 Years                                                                     $334
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 Years                                                                     $579
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 Years                                                                  $1,283
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


COMPARABLE PERFORMANCE

PRIVATE ACCOUNT PERFORMANCE COMPOSITE

The Putnam/JNL Midcap Series has substantially  similar  investment  objectives,
policies and investment  strategies as certain Private  Accounts.  Each of these
Private  Accounts  is managed  by the Putnam  Advisory  Company  Inc.  of Putnam
Fiduciary  Trust  Company,  affiliates  of the  Sub-Adviser  which  manages  the
corresponding Series.

The  historical  performance  of a composite of these Private  Accounts is shown
below. This performance data should not be considered as an indication of future
performance of the Series. The Private Account performance figures shown below:

o    do not reflect  Contract fees or charges imposed by Jackson  National Life.
     Investors should refer to the separate  account  prospectus for information
     describing the Contract fees and charges.  These fees and charges will have
     a detrimental effect on Series performance.

The Series and their corresponding  Private Account are expected to hold similar
securities.  However,  their  investment  results are expected to differ for the
following reasons:

o    differences  in asset  size and cash  flow  resulting  from  purchases  and
     redemptions of Series shares may result in different security selections

o    differences in the relative weightings of securities

o    differences in the price paid for particular portfolio holdings

o    differences relating to certain tax matters

o    differences in that Private Accounts are not subject to certain  investment
     limitations, diversification requirements and other restrictions imposed by
     federal tax and securities laws.

However,  the differences  cited do not alter the conclusion that the Funds have
substantially similar investment objectives, policies and strategies.

The chart below shows performance  information derived from historical composite
performance of Private  Accounts.  The inception date for the composite shown is
April 1, 1992.

PUTNAM MIDCAP EQUITY (S&P MIDCAP 400) COMPOSITE RETURNS AS OF 12/31/1999
- -------------------------------- ------------------- ---------------------------
                                 Putnam Composite    S&P Midcap 400 Index
- -------------------------------- ------------------- ---------------------------
1 YEAR                           39.76%              14.72%
- -------------------------------- ------------------- ---------------------------
3 YEARS (ANNUALIZED)             26.88%              21.82%
- -------------------------------- ------------------- ---------------------------
5 YEARS (ANNUALIZED)             28.18%              23.05%
- -------------------------------- ------------------- ---------------------------
INCEPTION * (ANNUALIZED)         23.04%              17.48%
- -------------------------------- ------------------- ---------------------------
*Inception April 1, 1992.

1.       Composition of Composite

         The  inception  date for the Putnam  Midcap  Equity  (S&P  Midcap  400)
         Composite  was April 1,  1992.  The  composite  is  composed  of all US
         institutional  tax-exempt accounts managed by Putnam in this investment
         style.  It does not include  performance of retail funds,  accounts for
         taxable  entities,  accounts for non-US  investors  and accounts  whose
         investment  guidelines  differ  in a  material  way from  the  standard
         guidelines established by Putnam for its Midcap Equity (S&P Midcap 400)
         accounts. Since tax exempt institutional accounts typically do not need
         to manage  subscriptions and redemptions on a daily basis,  performance
         will vary from that of a mutual fund  investing in the same  investment
         style.

         Composite  returns  reflect the  deduction  of all  expenses.  The fees
         deducted are the same as the highest fees charged by the Series.

         Accounts are included no later than the beginning of the first calendar
         quarter  following  three  months  from  the date of  funding,  and are
         excluded as of the last full  calendar  month under  management or such
         prior date Putnam  receives  notice of termination  and begins managing
         the account in a manner different from other accounts in the composite.

2.       Calculation of Composite; Index Disclosure

         The investment  performance of an individual account within a composite
         is calculated monthly using a time-weighted, rate-of-return calculation
         method. The investment performance of a composite is calculated monthly
         by summing the  size-weighted  return for that month of the  individual
         accounts  that make up the  composite  for the month in  question.  The
         investment  performance of a composite over periods longer than a month
         is calculated by linking its monthly rates of return.  The  composite's
         benchmark  is the S&P Midcap 400 Index.  Performance  calculations  for
         Putnam  accounts and  comparative  indices reflect changes in value and
         reinvestment  of all  distributions.  Putnam  portfolios  are  actively
         managed using specified strategies, while the indices are unmanaged and
         may  contain  securities   different  from  those  included  in  Putnam
         portfolios.

3.       AIMR Verification

         The Putnam Midcap  Equity (S&P Midcap 400)  Composite has been Level II
         verified by Arthur  Andersen  LLP for the  calendar  years 1993,  1994,
         1995,  1996,  and 1997.  A list of Putnam's  composites  and  auditors'
         reports is available upon request.  The AIMR  requirements  differ than
         the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

4.       Past Performance

         Past performance is not necessarily  indicative of future  performance.
         No assurance can be given as to future performance.

A Series'  performance  may be  affected by risks  specific to certain  types of
investments, such as foreign securities, derivative investments,  non-investment
grade  debt  securities,  initial  public  offerings  (IPOs) or  companies  with
relatively small market  capitalizations.  IPOs and other investment  techniques
may have  magnified  performance  impact on a Series with a small asset base.  A
Series may not experience similar performance as its assets grow.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE OTHER INVESTMENT STRATEGIES,  OTHER INVESTMENTS
AND RISKS OF THE SERIES.

The Series  may also  invest in  securities  of foreign  issuers  which  involve
certain special risks. These risks include,  among others,  adverse fluctuations
in foreign  currency  values as well as adverse  political,  social and economic
developments  affecting  a  foreign  country.  In  addition,  foreign  investing
involves less publicly  available  information  and more volatile or less liquid
markets.  Investments  in foreign  countries  could be  affected  by factors not
present in the U.S., such as  restrictions on receiving the investment  proceeds
from a  foreign  country,  foreign  tax  laws,  and  potential  difficulties  in
enforcing  contractual  obligations.  Transactions in foreign  securities may be
subject to less efficient settlement practices, including extended clearance and
settlement  periods.  Foreign  accounting  may be less  revealing  than American
accounting practices.  Foreign regulation may be inadequate or irregular. Owning
foreign securities could cause the Series' performance to fluctuate more than if
it held only U.S.  securities.  To the extent  that the Series  invests in bonds
issued by a foreign  government,  the Series may have limited legal  recourse in
the event of default.  Political conditions,  especially a country's willingness
to meet the terms of its debt obligations, can create special risks.


The Series may buy and sell investments  relatively often, which involves higher
brokerage commissions and other expenses.

In addition to the main investment  strategies  described  above, the Series may
make other  investments,  such as investments in preferred  stocks,  convertible
securities,  debt  instruments  and  derivatives,  which may be subject to other
risks, as described in the SAI.

At times the  sub-adviser  may judge that market  conditions  make  pursuing the
Series' usual investment strategies  inconsistent with the best interests of the
Series'  shareholders.  The  sub-adviser  then may  temporarily  use alternative
strategies  that are mainly designed to limit losses.  However,  the sub-adviser
may choose not to use these  strategies  for a variety of reasons,  even in very
volatile market conditions. These strategies may cause the Series to miss out on
investment opportunities, and may prevent the Series from achieving its goal.

The SAI has more  information  about  the  Series'  authorized  investments  and
strategies, as well as the risks and restrictions that may apply to them.


THE  SUB-ADVISER  AND PORTFOLIO  MANAGEMENT  The  sub-adviser  to the JNL/Putnam
Midcap Growth Series is Putnam Investment  Management,  Inc. (Putnam) located at
One Post Office Square,  Boston,  Massachusetts  02109. Putnam has been managing
mutual funds since 1937.

The Series is managed by the Midcap  Equity  Growth team at Putnam.  The team is
headed by Eric M. Wetlaufer,  Managing Director and Chief Investment Officer for
the group. Mr. Welaufer has been with Putnam since 1997.

Prior to 1997 Mr. Wetlaufer was with Cadence Capital Management.


<PAGE>
JNL/PUTNAM VALUE EQUITY SERIES

INVESTMENT  OBJECTIVE.  The investment  objective of the JNL/Putnam Value Equity
Series is capital growth, with income as a secondary objective.


PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT  STRATEGIES.  The Series seeks to achieve its objectives by
investing primarily in a diversified portfolio of equity securities of domestic,
large-capitalization  companies.  At  least  65% of its  total  assets  will  be
invested,  under  normal  market  conditions,  in  equity  securities.  For this
purpose,  equity securities include common stocks,  securities  convertible into
common stock and securities  with common stock  characteristics,  such as rights
and  warrants.  The Series  considers a  large-capitalization  company to be one
that,  at the time its  securities  are  acquired  by the  Series,  has a market
capitalization of $2 billion or greater.


The  JNL/Putnam  Value Equity Series invests  primarily in equity  securities of
domestic,  large-capitalization  companies.  The sub-adviser  typically  selects
companies whose stocks have distinctly  above-average dividend yields and market
prices that it believes are undervalued  relative to the normal earning power of
the company.  Under this approach, the sub-adviser seeks to identify investments
where current investor enthusiasm is low, as reflected in their valuations.  The
sub-adviser  typically  reduces the Series' exposure to a company when its stock
price approaches, in the sub-adviser's judgment, fair valuation.

PRINCIPAL  RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE SERIES.  An investment in the Series is not
guaranteed. As with any mutual fund, the value of the Series' shares will change
and you could lose money by  investing  in the Series.  A variety of factors may
influence its investment performance, such as:

     o    Market risk.  Because the Series  invests in the equity  securities of
          U.S. and foreign companies,  it is subject to stock market risk. Stock
          prices  typically  fluctuate  more than the  values of other  types of
          securities,  typically  in  response  to  changes  in  the  particular
          company's  financial  condition  and factors  affecting  the market in
          general.  For example,  unfavorable  or  unanticipated  poor  earnings
          performance  of the  company  may result in a decline  in its  stock's
          price, and a broad-based market drop may also cause a stock's price to
          fall.

     o    Foreign investing risk. Foreign investing involves risks not typically
          associated with U.S.  investment.  These risks include,  among others,
          adverse  fluctuations  in foreign  currency  values as well as adverse
          political,  social  and  economic  developments  affecting  a  foreign
          country.  In  addition,   foreign  investing  involves  less  publicly
          available  information  and  more  volatile  or less  liquid  markets.
          Investments  in foreign  countries  could be  affected  by factors not
          present in the U.S.,  such as restrictions on receiving the investment
          proceeds  from a foreign  country,  foreign  tax laws,  and  potential
          difficulties  in enforcing  contractual  obligations.  Transactions in
          foreign  securities  may  be  subject  to  less  efficient  settlement
          practices,   including  extended  clearance  and  settlement  periods.
          Foreign  accounting  may be less  revealing  than American  accounting
          practices.  Foreign regulation may be inadequate or irregular.  Owning
          foreign  securities  could cause the Series'  performance to fluctuate
          more than if it held only U.S. securities.


     o    Value investing  risk.  With a value approach,  there is also the risk
          that stocks may remain  undervalued  during a given  period.  This may
          happen  because value stocks as a category  lose favor with  investors
          compared to growth stocks or because the manager  failed to anticipate
          which  stocks or  industries  would  benefit from  changing  market or
          economic conditions.


     o    Currency  risk. The value of the Series' shares may change as a result
          of changes in exchange  rates  reducing  the value of the U.S.  dollar
          value of the Series' foreign investments.  Currency exchange rates can
          be volatile and  affected by a number of factors,  such as the general
          economics of a country, the actions of U.S. and foreign governments or
          central banks, the imposition of currency controls, and speculation.

In addition,  the performance of the Series depends on the sub-adviser's ability
to effectively implement the investment strategies of the Series.


PERFORMANCE.  The bar chart and table  below  show the past  performance  of the
Series' shares.  The chart presents the annual returns and shows how performance
has varied from year to year.  The table shows the  Series'  annual  returns and
compares them to a broad based index since these shares were first offered. Both
the chart and the table assume reinvestment of dividends and distributions.  The
Series'  returns shown in the chart and table below do not reflect the deduction
of any  charges  that are imposed  under a variable  insurance  contract.  Those
charges,  which are described in the variable insurance prospectus,  will reduce
the Series' performance.  As with all mutual funds, the Series' past performance
does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future.


Annual Total Returns as of December 31

24.33%            21.82%            12.48%           -1.04%
[Insert Chart]
1996              1997              1998             1999

In the periods  shown in the chart,  the Series'  highest  quarterly  return was
16.64% (4th  quarter of 1998) and its lowest  quarterly  return was -11.73% (3rd
quarter of 1999).


                            Average Annual Total Returns as of December 31, 1999
                                       1 year              Life of Series*


JNL/Putnam Value Equity Series          -1.04%                 16.96%
S&P 500 Index                           21.04%                 26.95%

The S&P 500 Index is a broad-based, unmanaged index.
* The Series began  operations on May 15, 1995. Prior to May 1, 1997, the Series
was managed by PPM America, Inc.


SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES (FEES PAID DIRECTLY FROM YOUR INVESTMENT)
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON PURCHASES                            NONE
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON REINVESTED DIVIDENDS                 NONE
         DEFERRED SALES LOAD                                                NONE
         REDEMPTION FEE                                                     NONE
         EXCHANGE FEE                                                       NONE


EXPENSES.  The table below  shows  certain  expenses  you will incur as a Series
investor, either directly or indirectly.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ANNUAL SERIES OPERATING EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE DEDUCTED FROM SERIES ASSETS)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management/Administrative Fee                                              0.98%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Expenses                                                                0%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Series Annual Operating Expenses                                     0.98%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EXPENSE  EXAMPLE.  This  example is  intended  to help you  compare  the cost of
investing in the Series with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.  Also,
this  example  does not reflect the expenses of the  Qualified  Plan.  The table
below shows the expenses you would pay on a $10,000 investment,  assuming (1) 5%
annual  return  and  (2)  redemption  at  the  end of  each  time  period.  This
illustration is hypothetical and is not intended to be representative of past or
future  performance  of the Series.  The example  also  assumes  that the Series
operating expenses remain the same.  Although your actual costs may be higher or
lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPENSE EXAMPLE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year                                                                      $100
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 Years                                                                     $312
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 Years                                                                     $542
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 Years                                                                  $1,201
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE OTHER INVESTMENT STRATEGIES,  OTHER INVESTMENTS
AND  RISKS  OF THE  SERIES.  The SAI has  more  information  about  the  Series'
authorized  investments  and strategies,  as well as the risks and  restrictions
that may apply to them.


THE  SUB-ADVISER  AND PORTFOLIO  MANAGEMENT.  The  sub-adviser to the JNL/Putnam
Value Equity Series is Putnam Investment Management,  Inc. (Putnam),  located at
One Post Office Square,  Boston,  Massachusetts  02109. Putnam has been managing
mutual  funds  since  1937.The  Series is managed by the Large Cap Value team at
Putnam.  The team is headed by Deborah F. Kuenstner,  CFA, Managing Director and
Chief Investment Officer of the group. In this role, she heads the team managing
large-cap  value equity  portfolios for retail and  institutional  clients.  Ms.
Kuenstner  joined Putnam in 1997 as Senior Vice  President and Senior  Portfolio
Manager in the  International  Core and Value  Equity  Group.  In 1998,  she was
promoted to Chief Investment Officer of the International Value Equities team. A
Chartered Financial Analyst, Ms. Kuenster has 20 years of investment experience.
Before  joining  Putnam,   Ms.  Kuenster  was  a  Senior  Portfolio  Manager  of
International Equities from 1989 through 1997 at DuPont Pension Fund Investment.

<PAGE>
JNL/S&P CONSERVATIVE GROWTH SERIES I

INVESTMENT  OBJECTIVE.  The  investment  objective  of the JNL/S&P  Conservative
Growth Series I is capital growth and current income.


PRINCIPAL  INVESTMENT  STRATEGIES.  The Series seeks to achieve its objective by
investing  in a  diversified  group of other  Series  of the  Trust  (Underlying
Series). The Underlying Series in which the JNL/S&P Conservative Growth Series I
may  invest  are  the  JNL/Alger  Growth  Series,  JNL/Alliance  Growth  Series,
JNL/Eagle  Core Equity  Series,  JNL/Eagle  SmallCap  Equity  Series,  JNL/Janus
Aggressive Growth Series,  JNL/Janus  Balanced Series,  JNL/Janus Capital Growth
Series, JNL/Janus Global Equities Series,  JNL/Putnam Growth Series,  JNL/Putnam
International Equity Series,  JNL/Putnam Value Equity Series,  JNL/Putnam Midcap
Growth Series, PPM America/JNL  Balanced Series, PPM America/JNL High Yield Bond
Series, PPM America/JNL Money Market Series,  Salomon  Brothers/JNL  Global Bond
Series,  Salomon  Brothers/JNL  U.S.  Government & Quality Bond Series,  T. Rowe
Price/JNL  Established  Growth Series,  T. Rowe Price/JNL Mid-Cap Growth Series,
and T. Rowe Price/JNL Value Series.


The Series seeks to achieve capital growth through its investments in Underlying
Series that invest primarily in equity securities. These investments may include
Series that  invest in stocks of large  established  companies  as well as those
that invest in stocks of smaller companies with above-average growth potential.

The Series seeks to achieve current income through its investments in Underlying
Series that invest primarily in fixed-income  securities.  These investments may
include Underlying Series that invest in foreign bonds denominated in currencies
other than U.S. dollars as well as Underlying Series that invest  exclusively in
bonds of U.S.  issuers.  The Series may invest in Underlying  Series that invest
exclusively in  investment-grade  securities,  as well as Underlying Series that
invest in high-yield, high-risk bonds.

Under normal circumstances, the Series allocates approximately 55% to 65% of its
assets to Underlying Series that invest primarily in equity  securities,  30% to
40% to Underlying Series that invest primarily in fixed-income securities and 0%
to 10% to Underlying Series that invest primarily in money market funds.  Within
these three asset  classes,  the Series  remains  flexible  with  respect to the
percentage it will allocate among Underlying Series.

PRINCIPAL  RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE SERIES.  An investment in the Series is not
guaranteed. As with any mutual fund, the value of the Series' shares will change
and  you  could  lose  money  by  investing  in the  Series.  Since  the  Series
concentrates its investments in shares of the Underlying Series, its performance
is  directly  related  to the  ability  of the  Underlying  Series to meet their
respective investment objectives,  as well as the sub-adviser's allocation among
the  Underlying  Series.  Accordingly,  a variety of factors may  influence  the
performance of the Series, such as:

     o    Market risk.  Because the Series invests  indirectly in stocks of U.S.
          and  foreign  companies,  it is subject to stock  market  risk.  Stock
          prices  typically  fluctuate  more than the  values of other  types of
          securities,  typically  in  response  to  changes  in  the  particular
          company's  financial  condition  and factors  affecting  the market in
          general.  For example,  unfavorable  or  unanticipated  poor  earnings
          performance  of the  company  may result in a decline  in its  stock's
          price, and a broad-based market drop may also cause a stock's price to
          fall.

          For bonds,  market risk  generally  reflects  credit risk and interest
          rate risk. Credit risk is the actual or perceived risk that the issuer
          of the bond will not pay the interest and principal payments when due.
          Bond  value   typically   declines  if  the  issuer's  credit  quality
          deteriorates.  Interest rate risk is the risk that interest rates will
          rise and the value of bonds,  including  those  held by an  Underlying
          Series,  will fall. A broad-based  market drop may also cause a bond's
          price to fall.

     o    Prepayment risk.  During periods of falling  interest rates,  there is
          the risk that a debt security with a high stated interest rate will be
          prepaid before its expected maturity date.

     o    Foreign investing risk. Foreign investing involves risks not typically
          associated with U.S.  investment.  These risks include,  among others,
          adverse  fluctuations  in foreign  currency  values as well as adverse
          political,  social  and  economic  developments  affecting  a  foreign
          country.  In  addition,   foreign  investing  involves  less  publicly
          available   information,   more  volatile  or  less  liquid   markets.
          Investments  in foreign  countries  could be  affected  by factors not
          present in the U.S.,  such as restrictions on receiving the investment
          proceeds  from a foreign  country,  foreign  tax laws,  and  potential
          difficulties  in enforcing  contractual  obligations.  Transactions in
          foreign  securities  may  be  subject  to  less  efficient  settlement
          practices,   including  extended  clearance  and  settlement  periods.
          Foreign  accounting  may be less  revealing  than American  accounting
          practices.  Foreign regulation may be inadequate or irregular.  Owning
          foreign  securities could cause an Underlying  Series'  performance to
          fluctuate  more than if it held only U.S.  securities.  To the  extent
          that an  Underlying  Series  invests  in  bonds  issued  by a  foreign
          government,  that Series may have limited legal  recourse in the event
          of default.  Political conditions,  especially a country's willingness
          to meet the terms of its debt obligations, can create special risks.

     o    Emerging  markets risk.  The Series may invest a portion of its assets
          in one or more  Underlying  Series that hold  securities of issuers in
          emerging  markets,   which  involves  greater  risk.  Emerging  market
          countries  typically have economic and political systems that are less
          fully  developed,  and  likely to be less  stable,  than those of more
          advanced  countries.  Emerging market countries may have policies that
          restrict  investment  by  foreigners,  and there is a higher risk of a
          government taking private property.  Low or nonexistent trading volume
          in securities  of issuers in emerging  markets may result in a lack of
          liquidity  and  in  price  volatility.  Issuers  in  emerging  markets
          typically  are subject to a greater  degree of change in earnings  and
          business prospects than are companies in developed markets.

     o    High-yield/high-risk  bonds. Lower-rated bonds involve a higher degree
          of  credit  risk,  which is the risk  that  the  issuer  will not make
          interest  or  principal   payments  when  due.  In  the  event  of  an
          unanticipated   default,  an  Underlying  Series  would  experience  a
          reduction  in its  income,  a  decline  in  the  market  value  of the
          securities  so  affected  and a decline  in the  value of its  shares.
          During an economic  downturn or substantial  period of rising interest
          rates, highly leveraged issuers may experience  financial stress which
          could adversely affect their ability to service principal and interest
          payment  obligations,  to meet projected  business goals and to obtain
          additional financing.  The market prices of lower-rated securities are
          generally  less  sensitive to interest rate changes than  higher-rated
          investments,  but more  sensitive  to adverse  economic  or  political
          changes, or individual developments specific to the issuer. Periods of
          economic or political uncertainty and change can be expected to result
          in volatility of prices of these securities.

     o    Currency  risk. The value of the Series' shares may change as a result
          of changes in exchange  rates  reducing  the value of the U.S.  dollar
          value of an Underlying Series' foreign investments.  Currency exchange
          rates can be volatile and affected by a number of factors, such as the
          general  economics  of a  country,  the  actions of U.S.  and  foreign
          governments or central banks, the imposition of currency controls, and
          speculation.

     o    Non-diversification.   The  Series  is   "non-diversified."   Under  a
          definition provided by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended,
          non-diversified  funds  may  invest  in  fewer  assets,  or in  larger
          proportions of the assets of single companies or industries. Thus, the
          Series  may  hold  a  smaller  number  of  issuers  than  if  it  were
          "diversified." With a smaller number of different issuers,  the Series
          is subject to more risk than another  fund holding a larger  number of
          issuers,  since changes in the financial condition or market status of
          a single  issuer may cause  greater  fluctuation  in the Series' total
          return and share price.

Because the Series invests  exclusively in other Series of the Trust, you should
look elsewhere in this  prospectus for the  particular  information  about those
Series.


PERFORMANCE.  The bar chart and table  below  show the past  performance  of the
Series' shares.  The chart presents the annual returns and shows how performance
has varied from year to year.  The table shows the  Series'  annual  returns and
compares them to a broad based index since these shares were first offered. Both
the chart and the table assume reinvestment of dividends and distributions.  The
Series'  returns shown in the chart and table below do not reflect the deduction
of any  charges  that are imposed  under a variable  insurance  contract.  Those
charges,  which are described in the variable insurance prospectus,  will reduce
the Series' performance.  As with all mutual funds, the Series' past performance
does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future.


Annual Total Returns as of December 31

19.52%
[Insert Chart]
1999

In the period  shown in the chart,  the  Series'  highest  quarterly  return was
13.55%  (4th  quarter of 1999) and its lowest  quarterly  return was -2.99% (3rd
quarter of 1999).


                            Average Annual Total Returns as of December 31, 1999
                                             1 year              Life of Series*

JNL/S&P Conservative Growth Series I          19.52%                    13.85%
S&P 500 Index                                 21.05%                    19.06%
S&P 500 Index /Lehman Bond Aggregate
  Total Return Series                         12.30%                    13.16%

The S&P 500  Index  and the  Lehman  Bond  Aggregate  Total  Return  Series  are
broad-based,  unmanaged indexes.  The total returns were calculated according to
the  following  weightings:  the  S&P 500  Index  represents  60% of the  equity
investments and the Lehman Bond Aggregate Total Return Series  represents 40% of
the fixed-income investments of the Series.

* The Series began operations on April 9, 1998.


SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES (FEES PAID DIRECTLY FROM YOUR INVESTMENT)
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON PURCHASES                           NONE
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON REINVESTED DIVIDENDS                NONE
         DEFERRED SALES LOAD                                               NONE
         REDEMPTION FEE                                                    NONE
         EXCHANGE FEE                                                      NONE


EXPENSES.  The table below  shows  certain  expenses  you will incur as a Series
investor.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ANNUAL SERIES OPERATING EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE DEDUCTED FROM SERIESASSETS)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management/Administrative Fee                                               .20%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Expenses                                                                0%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Series Annual Operating Expenses                                      .20%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


As a  shareholder  of an  Underlying  Series,  the Series will bear its pro rata
share  of the  expenses  of  that  Underlying  Series,  which  could  result  in
duplication of certain fees, including management and administration fees.

The total annual operating  expenses for each JNL/S&P Series (including both the
annual  operating  expenses  for the  JNL/S&P  Series and the  annual  operating
expenses  for the  underlying  investment  divisions)  could  range from .90% to
1.38%. The table below shows estimated total annual operating  expenses for each
JNL/S&P  Series based on the pro rata share of expenses that the JNL/S&P  Series
would bear if they  invested  in a  hypothetical  mix of  underlying  investment
divisions.  The  adviser  believes  the  expenses  shown  below  to be a  likely
approximation  of the expenses the JNL/S&P Series will incur based on the actual
mix of underlying  investment  divisions.  The expenses shown below include both
the annual  operating  expenses for the JNL/S&P Series and the annual  operating
expenses for the underlying  investment  divisions.  The actual expenses of each
JNL/S&P  Series  will  be  based  on the  actual  mix of  underlying  investment
divisions in which it invests.  The actual  expenses may be greater or less than
those shown.

JNL/S&P CONSERVATIVE GROWTH SERIES I                                      1.13%

EXPENSE  EXAMPLE.  This  example is  intended  to help you  compare  the cost of
investing in the Series with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.  Also,
this  example  does not reflect the expenses of the  Qualified  Plan.  The table
below shows the expenses you would pay on a $10,000 investment,  assuming (1) 5%
annual  return  and  (2)  redemption  at  the  end of  each  time  period.  This
illustration is hypothetical and is not intended to be representative of past or
future  performance  of the Series.  The example  also  assumes  that the Series
operating expenses remain the same.  Although your actual costs may be higher or
lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPENSE EXAMPLE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year                                                                      $20
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 Years                                                                     $64
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 Years                                                                    $113
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 Years                                                                   $255
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE OTHER INVESTMENT STRATEGIES,  OTHER INVESTMENTS
AND  RISKS  OF THE  SERIES.  The  JNL/S&P  Conservative  Growth  Series  I asset
allocation  is  expected  to result in less risk than that  incurred  by JNL/S&P
Moderate  Growth  Series I,  JNL/S&P  Aggressive  Growth  Series I, JNL/S&P Very
Aggressive  Growth Series I, JNL/S&P  Equity  Growth Series I or JNL/S&P  Equity
Aggressive Growth Series I.


When the sub-adviser  believes that a temporary defensive position is desirable,
the  Series  may  invest up to 100% of its  assets in cash or cash  equivalents.
Doing so may reduce the potential for appreciation of the Series' portfolio.

The SAI has more  information  about  the  Series'  authorized  investments  and
strategies, as well as the risks and restrictions that may apply to them.

THE  SUB-ADVISER  AND  PORTFOLIO  MANAGEMENT.  The  sub-adviser  to the  JNL/S&P
Conservative  Growth Series I is Standard & Poor's Investment Advisory Services,
Inc.  (SPIAS),  located at 25  Broadway,  New York,  New York  10004.  SPIAS was
established  in 1995 to provide  investment  advice to the financial  community.
SPIAS  operates  independently  of and  has  no  access  to  analysis  or  other
information  supplied  or  obtained  by  Standard & Poor's  Ratings  Services in
connection with its ratings  business,  except to the extent such information is
made available by Standard & Poor's Ratings Services to the general public.


David M. Blitzer and Joshua M. Harari, CFA, share the primary responsibility for
the day-to-day  management of the Series. Mr. Blitzer has been Vice President of
SPIAS  since 1995 and has been an  economist  with  Standard & Poor's  Financial
Services  Group  (which  operates  independently  of  Standard & Poor's  Ratings
Services)  since 1982.  Mr.  Blitzer has had  responsibility  for the day-to-day
management of the Series since the inception of the Series.  Mr. Harari has been
a  senior  investment  officer  with the  Quantitative  Services  department  of
Standard & Poor's  Financial  Information  Services  since 1998.  Since  joining
Standard & Poor's in 1986, Mr. Harari served as an equity analyst and supervisor
of industrial  analysts with Standard & Poor's  Financial  Services  Group.  Mr.
Harari has had responsibility for the day-to-day  management of the Series since
May 1998.



<PAGE>
JNL/S&P MODERATE GROWTH SERIES I

INVESTMENT  OBJECTIVE.  The investment  objective of the JNL/S&P Moderate Growth
Series I is to seek capital growth. Current income is a secondary objective.


PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT  STRATEGIES.  The Series seeks to achieve its objectives by
investing  in a  diversified  group of other  Series  of the  Trust  (Underlying
Series). The Underlying Series in which the JNL/S&P Moderate Growth Series I may
invest are the JNL/Alger Growth Series,  JNL/Alliance  Growth Series,  JNL/Eagle
Core Equity  Series,  JNL/Eagle  SmallCap  Equity Series,  JNL/Janus  Aggressive
Growth  Series,  JNL/Janus  Balanced  Series,  JNL/Janus  Capital Growth Series,
JNL/Janus  Global  Equities  Series,   JNL/Putnam   Growth  Series,   JNL/Putnam
International Equity Series,  JNL/Putnam Value Equity Series,  JNL/Putnam Midcap
Growth Series, PPM America/JNL  Balanced Series, PPM America/JNL High Yield Bond
Series, PPM America/JNL Money Market Series,  Salomon  Brothers/JNL  Global Bond
Series,  Salomon  Brothers/JNL  U.S.  Government & Quality Bond Series,  T. Rowe
Price/JNL  Established  Growth Series,  T. Rowe Price/JNL Mid-Cap Growth Series,
and T. Rowe Price/JNL Value Series.


The Series seeks to achieve capital growth through its investments in Underlying
Series that invest primarily in equity securities. These investments may include
Underlying Series that invest in stocks of large  established  companies as well
as those that invest in stocks of smaller  companies with  above-average  growth
potential.

The Series seeks to achieve current income through its investments in Underlying
Series that invest primarily in fixed-income  securities.  These investments may
include Underlying Series that invest in foreign bonds denominated in currencies
other than U.S. dollars as well as Underlying Series that invest  exclusively in
bonds of U.S.  issuers.  The Series may invest in Underlying  Series that invest
exclusively in  investment-grade  securities,  as well as Underlying Series that
invest in high-yield, high-risk bonds.

Under normal circumstances, the Series allocates approximately 70% to 80% of its
assets to Underlying  Series that invest primarily in equity  securities and 20%
to 30% to Underlying  Series that invest  primarily in fixed-income  securities.
Within these asset  classes,  the Series  remains  flexible  with respect to the
percentage it will allocate among particular Underlying Series.

PRINCIPAL  RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE SERIES.  An investment in the Series is not
guaranteed. As with any mutual fund, the value of the Series' shares will change
and  you  could  lose  money  by  investing  in the  Series.  Since  the  Series
concentrates its investments in shares of the Underlying Series, its performance
is  directly  related  to the  ability  of the  Underlying  Series to meet their
respective investment objectives,  as well as the sub-adviser's allocation among
the  Underlying  Series.  Accordingly,  a variety of factors may  influence  its
performance, such as:

     o    Market risk.  Because the Series invests  indirectly in stocks of U.S.
          and  foreign  companies,  it is subject to stock  market  risk.  Stock
          prices  typically  fluctuate  more than the  values of other  types of
          securities,  typically  in  response  to  changes  in  the  particular
          company's  financial  condition  and factors  affecting  the market in
          general.  For example,  unfavorable  or  unanticipated  poor  earnings
          performance  of the  company  may result in a decline  in its  stock's
          price, and a broad-based market drop may also cause a stock's price to
          fall.

          For bonds,  market risk  generally  reflects  credit risk and interest
          rate risk. Credit risk is the actual or perceived risk that the issuer
          of the bond will not pay the interest and principal payments when due.
          Bond  value   typically   declines  if  the  issuer's  credit  quality
          deteriorates.  Interest rate risk is the risk that interest rates will
          rise and the value of bonds,  including  those  held by an  Underlying
          Series,  will fall. A broad-based  market drop may also cause a bond's
          price to fall.

     o    Prepayment risk.  During periods of falling  interest rates,  there is
          the risk that a debt security with a high stated interest rate will be
          prepaid before its expected maturity date.

     o    Foreign investing risk. Foreign investing involves risks not typically
          associated with U.S.  investment.  These risks include,  among others,
          adverse  fluctuations  in foreign  currency  values as well as adverse
          political,  social  and  economic  developments  affecting  a  foreign
          country.  In  addition,   foreign  investing  involves  less  publicly
          available  information  and  more  volatile  or less  liquid  markets.
          Investments  in foreign  countries  could be  affected  by factors not
          present in the U.S.,  such as restrictions on receiving the investment
          proceeds  from a foreign  country,  foreign  tax laws,  and  potential
          difficulties  in enforcing  contractual  obligations.  Transactions in
          foreign  securities  may  be  subject  to  less  efficient  settlement
          practices,   including  extended  clearance  and  settlement  periods.
          Foreign  accounting  may be less  revealing  than American  accounting
          practices.  Foreign regulation may be inadequate or irregular.  Owning
          foreign  securities could cause an Underlying  Series'  performance to
          fluctuate  more than if it held only U.S.  securities.  To the  extent
          that an  Underlying  Series  invests  in  bonds  issued  by a  foreign
          government,  that Series may have limited legal  recourse in the event
          of default.  Political conditions,  especially a country's willingness
          to meet the terms of its debt obligations, can create special risks.

     o    Emerging  markets risk.  The Series may invest a portion of its assets
          in one or more  Underlying  Series that hold  securities of issuers in
          emerging  markets,   which  involves  greater  risk.  Emerging  market
          countries  typically have economic and political systems that are less
          fully  developed,  and  likely to be less  stable,  than those of more
          advanced  countries.  Emerging market countries may have policies that
          restrict  investment  by  foreigners,  and there is a higher risk of a
          government taking private property.  Low or nonexistent trading volume
          in securities  of issuers in emerging  markets may result in a lack of
          liquidity  and  in  price  volatility.  Issuers  in  emerging  markets
          typically  are subject to a greater  degree of change in earnings  and
          business prospects than are companies in developed markets.

     o    High-yield/high-risk  bonds. Lower-rated bonds involve a higher degree
          of  credit  risk,  which is the risk  that  the  issuer  will not make
          interest  or  principal   payments  when  due.  In  the  event  of  an
          unanticipated   default,  an  Underlying  Series  would  experience  a
          reduction  in its  income,  a  decline  in  the  market  value  of the
          securities  so  affected  and a decline  in the  value of its  shares.
          During an economic  downturn or substantial  period of rising interest
          rates, highly leveraged issuers may experience  financial stress which
          could adversely affect their ability to service principal and interest
          payment  obligations,  to meet projected  business goals and to obtain
          additional financing.  The market prices of lower-rated securities are
          generally  less  sensitive to interest rate changes than  higher-rated
          investments,  but more  sensitive  to adverse  economic  or  political
          changes, or individual developments specific to the issuer. Periods of
          economic or political uncertainty and change can be expected to result
          in volatility of prices of these securities.

     o    Currency risk. The value of an Underlying Series' shares may change as
          a result of changes in exchange  rates  reducing the value of the U.S.
          dollar value of the Series'  foreign  investments.  Currency  exchange
          rates can be volatile and affected by a number of factors, such as the
          general  economics  of a  country,  the  actions of U.S.  and  foreign
          governments or central banks, the imposition of currency controls, and
          speculation.

     o    Non-diversification.   The  Series  is   "non-diversified."   Under  a
          definition provided by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended,
          non-diversified  funds  may  invest  in  fewer  assets,  or in  larger
          proportions of the assets of single companies or industries. Thus, the
          Series  may  hold  a  smaller  number  of  issuers  than  if  it  were
          "diversified." With a smaller number of different issuers,  the Series
          is subject to more risk than another  fund holding a larger  number of
          issuers,  since changes in the financial condition or market status of
          a single  issuer may cause  greater  fluctuation  in the Series' total
          return and share price.


Because the Series invests  exclusively in other series of the Trust, you should
look elsewhere in this  prospectus for the  particular  information  about those
series.

PERFORMANCE.  The bar chart and table  below  show the past  performance  of the
Series' shares.  The chart presents the annual returns and shows how performance
has varied from year to year.  The table shows the  Series'  annual  returns and
compares them to a broad based index since these shares were first offered. Both
the chart and the table assume reinvestment of dividends and distributions.  The
Series'  returns shown in the chart and table below do not reflect the deduction
of any  charges  that are imposed  under a variable  insurance  contract.  Those
charges,  which are described in the variable insurance prospectus,  will reduce
the Series' performance.  As with all mutual funds, the Series' past performance
does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future.


Annual Total Returns as of December 31

26.74%
[Insert Chart]
1999

In the period  shown in the chart,  the  Series'  highest  quarterly  return was
17.87%  (4th  quarter of 1999) and its lowest  quarterly  return was -3.54% (3rd
quarter of 1999).


                            Average Annual Total Returns as of December 31, 1999
                                                  1 year         Life of Series*


JNL/S&P Moderate Growth Series I                  26.74%                 18.75%

S&P 500 Index                                     21.05%                 19.06%
S&P 500 Index/ Lehman Bond Aggregate
  Total Return Series                             15.58%                 15.38%

The S&P 500  Index  and the  Lehman  Bond  Aggregate  Total  Return  Series  are
broad-based,  unmanaged indexes.  The total returns were calculated according to
the  following  weightings:  the  S&P 500  Index  represents  75% of the  equity
investments and the Lehman Bond Aggregate Total Return Series  represents 25% of
the fixed-income investments of the Series.


* The Series began operations on April 8, 1998.


SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES (FEES PAID DIRECTLY FROM YOUR INVESTMENT)
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON PURCHASES                           NONE
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON REINVESTED DIVIDENDS                NONE
         DEFERRED SALES LOAD                                               NONE
         REDEMPTION FEE                                                    NONE
         EXCHANGE FEE                                                      NONE


EXPENSES.  The table below  shows  certain  expenses  you will incur as a Series
investor.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ANNUAL SERIES OPERATING EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE DEDUCTED FROM SERIES ASSETS)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management/Administrative Fee                                               .20%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Expenses                                                                0%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Series Annual Operating Expenses                                      .20%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


As a  shareholder  of an  Underlying  Series,  the Series will bear its pro rata
share  of the  expenses  of  that  Underlying  Series,  which  could  result  in
duplication of certain fees, including management and administration fees.

The total annual operating  expenses for each JNL/S&P Series (including both the
annual  operating  expenses  for the  JNL/S&P  Series and the  annual  operating
expenses  for the  underlying  investment  divisions)  could  range from .90% to
1.38%. The table below shows estimated total annual operating  expenses for each
JNL/S&P  Series based on the pro rata share of expenses that the JNL/S&P  Series
would bear if they  invested  in a  hypothetical  mix of  underlying  investment
divisions.  The  adviser  believes  the  expenses  shown  below  to be a  likely
approximation  of the expenses the JNL/S&P Series will incur based on the actual
mix of underlying  investment  divisions.  The expenses shown below include both
the annual  operating  expenses for the JNL/S&P Series and the annual  operating
expenses for the underlying  investment  divisions.  The actual expenses of each
JNL/S&P  Series  will  be  based  on the  actual  mix of  underlying  investment
divisions in which it invests.  The actual  expenses may be greater or less than
those shown.

JNL/S&P Moderate Growth Series I....................................  1.15%

EXPENSE  EXAMPLE.  This  example is  intended  to help you  compare  the cost of
investing in the Series with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.  Also,
this  example  does not reflect the expenses of the  Qualified  Plan.  The table
below shows the expenses you would pay on a $10,000 investment,  assuming (1) 5%
annual  return  and  (2)  redemption  at  the  end of  each  time  period.  This
illustration is hypothetical and is not intended to be representative of past or
future  performance  of the Series.  The example  also  assumes  that the Series
operating expenses remain the same.  Although your actual costs may be higher or
lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPENSE EXAMPLE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year                                                                     $20
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 Years                                                                    $64
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 Years                                                                   $113
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 Years                                                                  $255
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THEOTHER INVESTMENT  STRATEGIES,  OTHER INVESTMENTS
AND RISKS OF THE SERIES.  The JNL/S&P  Moderate Growth Series I asset allocation
is  expected  to result in less risk than that  incurred  by JNL/S&P  Aggressive
Growth Series I, JNL/S&P Very Aggressive  Growth Series I, JNL/S&P Equity Growth
Series I or  JNL/S&P  Equity  Aggressive  Growth  Series  I, but more  risk than
JNL/S&P Conservative Growth Series I.


When the sub-adviser  believes that a temporary defensive position is desirable,
the  Series  may  invest up to 100% of its  assets in cash or cash  equivalents.
Doing so may reduce the potential for appreciation of the Series' portfolio.

The SAI has more  information  about  the  Series'  authorized  investments  and
strategies, as well as the risks and restrictions that may apply to them.

THE  SUB-ADVISER  AND  PORTFOLIO  MANAGEMENT.  The  sub-adviser  to the  JNL/S&P
Moderate Growth Series I is Standard & Poor's Investment Advisory Services, Inc.
(SPIAS), located at 25 Broadway, New York, New York 10004. SPIAS was established
in 1995 to provide investment advice to the financial community.  SPIAS operates
independently of and has no access to analysis or other information  supplied or
obtained by Standard & Poor's  Ratings  Services in connection  with its ratings
business,  except to the extent such information is made available by Standard &
Poor's Ratings Services to the general public.


David M. Blitzer and Joshua M. Harari, CFA, share the primary responsibility for
the day-to-day  management of the Series. Mr. Blitzer has been Vice President of
SPIAS  since 1995 and has been an  economist  with  Standard & Poor's  Financial
Services  Group  (which  operates  independently  of  Standard & Poor's  Ratings
Services)  since 1982.  Mr.  Blitzer has had  responsibility  for the day-to-day
management of the Series since the inception of the Series.  Mr. Harari has been
a  senior  investment  officer  with the  Quantitative  Services  department  of
Standard & Poor's  Financial  Information  Services  since 1998.  Since  joining
Standard & Poor's in 1986, Mr. Harari served as an equity analyst and supervisor
of industrial  analysts with Standard & Poor's  Financial  Services  Group.  Mr.
Harari has had responsibility for the day-to-day  management of the Series since
May 1998.


<PAGE>

JNL/S&P AGGRESSIVE GROWTH SERIES I

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE.  The investment objective of the JNL/S&P Aggressive Growth
Series I is capital growth.


PRINCIPAL  INVESTMENT  STRATEGIES.  The Series seeks to achieve its objective by
investing  in a  diversified  group of other  Series  of the  Trust  (Underlying
Series).  The Underlying Series in which the JNL/S&P  Aggressive Growth Series I
may  invest  are  the  JNL/Alger  Growth  Series,  JNL/Alliance  Growth  Series,
JNL/Eagle  Core Equity  Series,  JNL/Eagle  SmallCap  Equity  Series,  JNL/Janus
Aggressive Growth Series,  JNL/Janus  Balanced Series,  JNL/Janus Capital Growth
Series, JNL/Janus Global Equities Series,  JNL/Putnam Growth Series,  JNL/Putnam
International Equity Series,  JNL/Putnam Value Equity Series,  JNL/Putnam Midcap
Growth Series, PPM America/JNL  Balanced Series, PPM America/JNL High Yield Bond
Series, PPM America/JNL Money Market Series,  Salomon  Brothers/JNL  Global Bond
Series,  Salomon  Brothers/JNL  U.S.  Government & Quality Bond Series,  T. Rowe
Price/JNL  Established  Growth Series,  T. Rowe Price/JNL Mid-Cap Growth Series,
and T. Rowe Price/JNL Value Series.


The Series seeks to achieve capital growth primarily  through its investments in
Underlying Series that invest primarily in equity securities.  These investments
may include Series that invest in stocks of large established  companies as well
as those that invest in stocks of smaller  companies with  above-average  growth
potential.

The Series seeks to achieve capital growth secondarily through its investment in
Underlying  Series that  invest  primarily  in  fixed-income  securities.  These
investments  may  include   Underlying  Series  that  invest  in  foreign  bonds
denominated in currencies other than U.S.  dollars as well as Underlying  Series
that  invest  exclusively  in bonds of U.S.  issuers.  The  Series may invest in
Underlying Series that invest  exclusively in  investment-grade  securities,  as
well as Underlying Series that invest in high-yield, high-risk bonds.

Under normal circumstances, the Series allocates approximately 85% to 95% of its
assets to Underlying Series that invest primarily in equity securities and 5% to
15% to  Underlying  Series that invest  primarily  in  fixed-income  securities.
Within these asset  classes,  the Series  remains  flexible  with respect to the
percentage it will allocate among particular Underlying Series.

PRINCIPAL  RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE SERIES.  An investment in the Series is not
guaranteed. As with any mutual fund, the value of the Series' shares will change
and  you  could  lose  money  by  investing  in the  Series.  Since  the  Series
concentrates its investments in shares of the Underlying Series, its performance
is  directly  related  to the  ability  of the  Underlying  Series to meet their
respective investment objectives,  as well as the sub-adviser's allocation among
the  Underlying  Series.  Accordingly,  a variety of factors may  influence  its
investment performance, such as:

     o    Market risk.  Because the Series invests  indirectly in stocks of U.S.
          and  foreign  companies,  it is subject to stock  market  risk.  Stock
          prices  typically  fluctuate  more than the  values of other  types of
          securities,  typically  in  response  to  changes  in  the  particular
          company's  financial  condition  and factors  affecting  the market in
          general.  For example,  unfavorable  or  unanticipated  poor  earnings
          performance  of the  company  may result in a decline  in its  stock's
          price, and a broad-based market drop may also cause a stock's price to
          fall.


          For bonds,  market risk  generally  reflects  credit risk and interest
          rate risk. Credit risk is the actual or perceived risk that the issuer
          of the bond will not pay the interest and principal payments when due.
          Bond  value   typically   declines  if  the  issuer's  credit  quality
          deteriorates.  Interest rate risk is the risk that interest rates will
          rise and the value of bonds,  including  those  held by an  Underlying
          Series,  will fall. A broad-based  market drop may also cause a bond's
          price to fall.High-yield/high-risk  bonds. Lower-rated bonds involve a
          higher  degree of credit risk,  which is the risk that the issuer will
          not make  interest or principal  payments when due. In the event of an
          unanticipated   default,  an  Underlying  Series  would  experience  a
          reduction  in its  income,  a  decline  in  the  market  value  of the
          securities  so  affected  and a decline  in the  value of its  shares.
          During an economic  downturn or substantial  period of rising interest
          rates, highly leveraged issuers may experience  financial stress which
          could adversely affect their ability to service principal and interest
          payment  obligations,  to meet projected  business goals and to obtain
          additional financing.  The market prices of lower-rated securities are
          generally  less  sensitive to interest rate changes than  higher-rated
          investments,  but more  sensitive  to adverse  economic  or  political
          changes, or individual developments specific to the issuer. Periods of
          economic or political uncertainty and change can be expected to result
          in volatility of prices of these securities.


     o    Prepayment risk.  During periods of falling  interest rates,  there is
          the risk that a debt security with a high stated interest rate will be
          prepaid before its expected maturity date.

     o    Foreign investing risk. Foreign investing involves risks not typically
          associated with U.S.  investment.  These risks include,  among others,
          adverse  fluctuations  in foreign  currency  values as well as adverse
          political,  social  and  economic  developments  affecting  a  foreign
          country.  In  addition,   foreign  investing  involves  less  publicly
          available  information  and  more  volatile  or less  liquid  markets.
          Investments  in foreign  countries  could be  affected  by factors not
          present in the U.S.,  such as restrictions on receiving the investment
          proceeds  from a foreign  country,  foreign  tax laws,  and  potential
          difficulties  in enforcing  contractual  obligations.  Transactions in
          foreign  securities  may  be  subject  to  less  efficient  settlement
          practices,   including  extended  clearance  and  settlement  periods.
          Foreign  accounting  may be less  revealing  than American  accounting
          practices.  Foreign regulation may be inadequate or irregular.  Owning
          foreign  securities could cause an Underlying  Series'  performance to
          fluctuate  more than if it held only U.S.  securities.  To the  extent
          that an  Underlying  Series  invests  in  bonds  issued  by a  foreign
          government,  that  Series may have  limited  recourse  in the event of
          default.  Political conditions,  especially a country's willingness to
          meet the terms of its debt obligations, can create special risks.

     o    Emerging  markets risk.  The Series may invest a portion of its assets
          in one or more  Underlying  Series that hold  securities of issuers in
          emerging  markets,   which  involves  greater  risk.  Emerging  market
          countries  typically have economic and political systems that are less
          fully  developed,  and  likely to be less  stable,  than those of more
          advanced  countries.  Emerging market countries may have policies that
          restrict  investment  by  foreigners,  and there is a higher risk of a
          government taking private property.  Low or nonexistent trading volume
          in securities  of issuers in emerging  markets may result in a lack of
          liquidity  and  in  price  volatility.  Issuers  in  emerging  markets
          typically  are subject to a greater  degree of change in earnings  and
          business prospects than are companies in developed markets.

     o    Currency risk. The value of an Underlying Series' shares may change as
          a result of changes in exchange  rates  reducing the value of the U.S.
          dollar value of the Series'  foreign  investments.  Currency  exchange
          rates can be volatile and affected by a number of factors, such as the
          general  economics  of a  country,  the  actions of U.S.  and  foreign
          governments or central banks, the imposition of currency controls, and
          speculation.

     o    Non-diversification.   The  Series  is   "non-diversified."   Under  a
          definition provided by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended,
          non-diversified  funds  may  invest  in  fewer  assets,  or in  larger
          proportions of the assets of single companies or industries. Thus, the
          Series  may  hold  a  smaller  number  of  issuers  than  if  it  were
          "diversified." With a smaller number of different issuers,  the Series
          is subject to more risk than another  fund holding a larger  number of
          issuers,  since changes in the financial condition or market status of
          a single  issuer may cause  greater  fluctuation  in the Series' total
          return and share price.


Because the Series invests  exclusively in other series of the Trust, you should
look elsewhere in this  prospectus for the  particular  information  about those
series. PERFORMANCE.  The bar chart and table below show the past performance of
the  Series'  shares.  The  chart  presents  the  annual  returns  and shows how
performance  has varied from year to year.  The table  shows the Series'  annual
returns and  compares  them to a broad based index since these shares were first
offered.  Both the chart and the table  assume  reinvestment  of  dividends  and
distributions.  The  Series'  returns  shown in the chart and table below do not
reflect the deduction of any charges that are imposed under a variable insurance
contract.   Those  charges,  which  are  described  in  the  variable  insurance
prospectus,  will reduce the Series' performance.  As with all mutual funds, the
Series' past  performance  does not necessarily  indicate how it will perform in
the future.


Annual Total Returns as of December 31

35.38%
[Insert Chart]
1999

In the period  shown in the chart,  the  Series'  highest  quarterly  return was
22.84%  (4th  quarter of 1999) and its lowest  quarterly  return was -3.85% (3rd
quarter of 1999).


                            Average Annual Total Returns as of December 31, 1999
                                            1 year            Life of Series*


JNL/S&P Aggressive Growth Series I          35.38%                25.02%

S&P 500 Index                               21.05%                19.06%
S&P 500 Index/ Lehman Bond Aggregate
  Total Return Series                       18.86%                17.59%

The S&P 500  Index  and the  Lehman  Bond  Aggregate  Total  Return  Series  are
broad-based, unmanaged indexes. . The total returns were calculated according to
the  following  weightings:  the  S&P 500  Index  represents  90% of the  equity
investments and the Lehman Bond Aggregate Total Return Series  represents 10% of
the fixed-income investments of the Series.


* The Series began operations on April 8, 1998.


SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES (FEES PAID DIRECTLY FROM YOUR INVESTMENT)
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON PURCHASES                            NONE
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON REINVESTED DIVIDENDS                 NONE
         DEFERRED SALES LOAD                                                NONE
         REDEMPTION FEE                                                     NONE
         EXCHANGE FEE                                                       NONE


EXPENSES.  The table below  shows  certain  expenses  you will incur as a Series
investor.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ANNUAL SERIES OPERATING EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE DEDUCTED FROM SERIES ASSETS)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management/Administrative Fee                                               .20%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Expenses                                                                0%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Series Annual Operating Expenses                                      .20%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


As a  shareholder  of an  Underlying  Series,  the Series will bear its pro rata
share  of the  expenses  of  that  Underlying  Series,  which  could  result  in
duplication of certain fees, including management and administration fees.

The total annual operating  expenses for each JNL/S&P Series (including both the
annual  operating  expenses  for the  JNL/S&P  Series and the  annual  operating
expenses  for the  underlying  investment  divisions)  could  range from .90% to
1.38%. The table below shows estimated total annual operating  expenses for each
JNL/S&P  Series based on the pro rata share of expenses that the JNL/S&P  Series
would bear if they  invested  in a  hypothetical  mix of  underlying  investment
divisions.  The  adviser  believes  the  expenses  shown  below  to be a  likely
approximation  of the expenses the JNL/S&P Series will incur based on the actual
mix of underlying  investment  divisions.  The expenses shown below include both
the annual  operating  expenses for the JNL/S&P Series and the annual  operating
expenses for the underlying  investment  divisions.  The actual expenses of each
JNL/S&P  Series  will  be  based  on the  actual  mix of  underlying  investment
divisions in which it invests.  The actual  expenses may be greater or less than
those shown.

JNL/S&P Aggressive Growth Series I.................................. 1.18%

EXPENSE  EXAMPLE.  This  example is  intended  to help you  compare  the cost of
investing in the Series with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.  Also,
this  example  does not reflect the expenses of the  Qualified  Plan.  The table
below shows the expenses you would pay on a $10,000 investment,  assuming (1) 5%
annual  return  and  (2)  redemption  at  the  end of  each  time  period.  This
illustration is hypothetical and is not intended to be representative of past or
future  performance  of the Series.  The example  also  assumes  that the Series
operating expenses remain the same.  Although your actual costs may be higher or
lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPENSE EXAMPLE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year                                                                       $20
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 Years                                                                      $64
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 Years                                                                     $113
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 Years                                                                    $255
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE OTHER INVESTMENT STRATEGIES,  OTHER INVESTMENTS
AND RISKS OF THE SERIES. The JNL/S&P Aggressive Growth Series I asset allocation
is expected to result in less risk than that incurred by JNL/S&P Very Aggressive
Growth Series I, JNL/S&P  Equity Growth  Series I or JNL/S&P  Equity  Aggressive
Growth  Series I, but more risk than  JNL/S&P  Conservative  Growth  Series I or
JNL/S&P Moderate Growth Series I.


When the sub-adviser  believes that a temporary defensive position is desirable,
the  Series  may  invest up to 100% of its  assets in cash or cash  equivalents.
Taking a defensive  position may reduce the  potential for  appreciation  of the
Series' portfolio.

The SAI has more  information  about  the  Series'  authorized  investments  and
strategies, as well as the risks and restrictions that may apply to them.

THE  SUB-ADVISER  AND  PORTFOLIO  MANAGEMENT.  The  sub-adviser  to the  JNL/S&P
Aggressive  Growth Series I is Standard & Poor's Investment  Advisory  Services,
Inc.  (SPIAS),  located at 25  Broadway,  New York,  New York  10004.  SPIAS was
established  in 1995 to provide  investment  advice to the financial  community.
SPIAS  operates  independently  of and  has  no  access  to  analysis  or  other
information  supplied  or  obtained  by  Standard & Poor's  Ratings  Services in
connection with its ratings  business,  except to the extent such information is
made available by Standard & Poor's Ratings Services to the general public.


David M. Blitzer and Joshua M. Harari, CFA, share the primary responsibility for
the day-to-day  management of the Series. Mr. Blitzer has been Vice President of
SPIAS  since 1995 and has been an  economist  with  Standard & Poor's  Financial
Services  Group  (which  operates  independently  of  Standard & Poor's  Ratings
Services)  since 1982.  Mr.  Blitzer has had  responsibility  for the day-to-day
management of the Series since the inception of the Series.  Mr. Harari has been
a  senior  investment  officer  with the  Quantitative  Services  department  of
Standard & Poor's  Financial  Information  Services  since 1998.  Since  joining
Standard & Poor's in 1986, Mr. Harari served as an equity analyst and supervisor
of industrial  analysts with Standard & Poor's  Financial  Services  Group.  Mr.
Harari has had responsibility for the day-to-day  management of the Series since
May 1998.



<PAGE>
JNL/S&P VERY AGGRESSIVE GROWTH SERIES I

INVESTMENT  OBJECTIVE.  The investment  objective of the JNL/S&P Very Aggressive
Growth Series I is capital growth.


PRINCIPAL  INVESTMENT  STRATEGIES.  The Series seeks to achieve its objective by
investing  in a  diversified  group of other  Series  of the  Trust  (Underlying
Series).  The  Underlying  Series in which the JNL/S&P  Very  Aggressive  Growth
Series I may invest are the JNL/Alger Growth Series, JNL/Alliance Growth Series,
JNL/Eagle  Core Equity  Series,  JNL/Eagle  SmallCap  Equity  Series,  JNL/Janus
Aggressive Growth Series,  JNL/Janus  Balanced Series,  JNL/Janus Capital Growth
Series, JNL/Janus Global Equities Series,  JNL/Putnam Growth Series,  JNL/Putnam
International Equity Series,  JNL/Putnam Value Equity Series,  JNL/Putnam Midcap
Growth Series, PPM America/JNL  Balanced Series, PPM America/JNL High Yield Bond
Series, PPM America/JNL Money Market Series,  Salomon  Brothers/JNL  Global Bond
Series,  Salomon  Brothers/JNL  U.S.  Government & Quality Bond Series,  T. Rowe
Price/JNL  Established  Growth Series,  T. Rowe Price/JNL Mid-Cap Growth Series,
and T. Rowe Price/JNL Value Series.


The Series seeks to achieve capital growth through its investments in Underlying
Series that invest primarily in equity securities. These investments may include
Series that  invest in stocks of large  established  companies  as well as those
that invest in stocks of smaller companies with above-average growth potential.

Under  normal  circumstances,  the Series  allocates up to 100% of its assets to
Underlying Series that invest primarily in equity securities. The Series remains
flexible with respect to the percentage it will allocate among those  particular
Underlying Series that invest primarily in equity securities.

PRINCIPAL  RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE SERIES.  An investment in the Series is not
guaranteed. As with any mutual fund, the value of the Series' shares will change
and  you  could  lose  money  by  investing  in the  Series.  Since  the  Series
concentrates its investments in shares of the Underlying Series, its performance
is  directly  related  to the  ability  of the  Underlying  Series to meet their
respective investment objectives,  as well as the sub-adviser's allocation among
the  Underlying  Series.  Accordingly,  a variety of factors may  influence  its
investment performance, such as:

     o    Market risk.  Because the Series invests  indirectly in stocks of U.S.
          and  foreign  companies,  it is subject to stock  market  risk.  Stock
          prices  typically  fluctuate  more than the  values of other  types of
          securities,  typically  in  response  to  changes  in  the  particular
          company's  financial  condition  and factors  affecting  the market in
          general.  For example,  unfavorable  or  unanticipated  poor  earnings
          performance  of the  company  may result in a decline  in its  stock's
          price, and a broad-based market drop may also cause a stock's price to
          fall.


          For bonds,  market risk  generally  reflects  credit risk and interest
          rate risk. Credit risk is the actual or perceived risk that the issuer
          of the bond will not pay the interest and principal payments when due.
          Bond  value   typically   declines  if  the  issuer's  credit  quality
          deteriorates.  Interest rate risk is the risk that interest rates will
          rise and the value of bonds,  including  those  held by an  Underlying
          Series,  will fall. A broad-based  market drop may also cause a bond's
          price to fall.


     o    Foreign investing risk. Foreign investing involves risks not typically
          associated with U.S.  investment.  These risks include,  among others,
          adverse  fluctuations  in foreign  currency  values as well as adverse
          political,  social  and  economic  developments  affecting  a  foreign
          country.  In  addition,   foreign  investing  involves  less  publicly
          available  information  and  more  volatile  or less  liquid  markets.
          Investments  in foreign  countries  could be  affected  by factors not
          present in the U.S.,  such as restrictions on receiving the investment
          proceeds  from a foreign  country,  foreign  tax laws,  and  potential
          difficulties  in enforcing  contractual  obligations.  Transactions in
          foreign  securities  may  be  subject  to  less  efficient  settlement
          practices,   including  extended  clearance  and  settlement  periods.
          Foreign  accounting  may be less  revealing  than American  accounting
          practices.  Foreign regulation may be inadequate or irregular.  Owning
          foreign  securities could cause an Underlying  Series'  performance to
          fluctuate  more than if it held only U.S.  securities.  To the  extent
          that an  Underlying  Series  invests  in  bonds  issued  by a  foreign
          government,  that Series may have limited legal  recourse in the event
          of default.  Political conditions,  especially a country's willingness
          to meet the terms of its debt obligations, can create special risks.


     o    Emerging  markets risk.  The Series may invest a portion of its assets
          in one or more  Underlying  Series that hold  securities of issuers in
          emerging  markets,   which  involves  greater  risk.  Emerging  market
          countries  typically have economic and political systems that are less
          fully  developed,  and  likely to be less  stable,  than those of more
          advanced  countries.  Emerging market countries may have policies that
          restrict  investment  by  foreigners,  and there is a higher risk of a
          government taking private property.  Low or nonexistent trading volume
          in securities  of issuers in emerging  markets may result in a lack of
          liquidity  and  in  price  volatility.  Issuers  in  emerging  markets
          typically  are subject to a greater  degree of change in earnings  and
          business prospects than are companies in developed markets.


     o    High-yield/high-risk  bonds. Lower-rated bonds involve a higher degree
          of  credit  risk,  which is the risk  that  the  issuer  will not make
          interest  or  principal   payments  when  due.  In  the  event  of  an
          unanticipated  default,  a Series would  experience a reduction in its
          income,  a decline in the market value of the  securities  so affected
          and a decline in the value of its shares.  During an economic downturn
          or  substantial  period of rising  interest  rates,  highly  leveraged
          issuers may experience  financial  stress which could adversely affect
          their ability to service  principal and interest payment  obligations,
          to meet projected  business goals and to obtain additional  financing.
          The  market  prices  of  lower-rated  securities  are  generally  less
          sensitive to interest rate changes than higher-rated investments,  but
          more sensitive to adverse economic or political changes, or individual
          developments specific to the issuer.  Periods of economic or political
          uncertainty  and change can be  expected  to result in  volatility  of
          prices of these securities.


     o    Currency risk. The value of an Underlying Series' shares may change as
          a result of changes in exchange  rates  reducing the value of the U.S.
          dollar value of the Series'  foreign  investments.  Currency  exchange
          rates can be volatile and affected by a number of factors, such as the
          general  economics  of a  country,  the  actions of U.S.  and  foreign
          governments or central banks, the imposition of currency controls, and
          speculation.

     o    Non-diversification.   The  Series  is   "non-diversified."   Under  a
          definition provided by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended,
          non-diversified  funds  may  invest  in  fewer  assets,  or in  larger
          proportions of the assets of single companies or industries. Thus, the
          Series  may  hold  a  smaller  number  of  issuers  than  if  it  were
          "diversified." With a smaller number of different issuers,  the Series
          is subject to more risk than another  fund holding a larger  number of
          issuers,  since changes in the financial condition or market status of
          a single  issuer may cause  greater  fluctuation  in the Series' total
          return and share price.


Because the Series invests  exclusively in other series of the Trust, you should
look elsewhere in this  prospectus for the  particular  information  about those
series. PERFORMANCE.  The bar chart and table below show the past performance of
the  Series'  shares.  The  chart  presents  the  annual  returns  and shows how
performance  has varied from year to year.  The table shows the Series'  average
annual  returns and compares them to a broad based index since these shares were
first offered. Both the chart and the table assume reinvestment of dividends and
distributions.  The  Series'  returns  shown in the chart and table below do not
reflect the deduction of any charges that are imposed under a variable insurance
contract.   Those  charges,  which  are  described  in  the  variable  insurance
prospectus,  will reduce the Series' performance.  As with all mutual funds, the
Series' past  performance  does not necessarily  indicate how it will perform in
the future.


Annual Total Returns as of December 31

48.86%
[Insert Chart]
1999

In the period  shown in the chart,  the  Series'  highest  quarterly  return was
29.63%  (4th  quarter of 1999) and its lowest  quarterly  return was -2.43% (3rd
quarter of 1999).


                            Average Annual Total Returns as of December 31, 1999
                                                  1 year         Life of Series*

JNL/S&P Very Aggressive Growth Series I           48.86%                33.84%

S&P 500 Index                                     21.05%                19.06%

The S&P  500  Index  is a  broad-based,  unmanaged  indexes.  The S&P 500  Index
represents 100% of the equity investments of the Series.


* The Series began operations on April 1, 1998.


SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES (FEES PAID DIRECTLY FROM YOUR INVESTMENT)
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON PURCHASES                            NONE
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON REINVESTED DIVIDENDS                 NONE
         DEFERRED SALES LOAD                                                NONE
         REDEMPTION FEE                                                     NONE
         EXCHANGE FEE                                                       NONE


EXPENSES.  The table below  shows  certain  expenses  you will incur as a Series
investor.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ANNUAL SERIES OPERATING EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE DEDUCTED FROM SERIES ASSETS)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management/Administrative Fee                                               .20%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Expenses                                                                0%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Series Annual Operating Expenses                                      .20%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


As a  shareholder  of an  Underlying  Series,  the Series will bear its pro rata
share  of the  expenses  of  that  Underlying  Series,  which  could  result  in
duplication of certain fees, including management and administration fees.

The total annual operating  expenses for each JNL/S&P Series (including both the
annual  operating  expenses  for the  JNL/S&P  Series and the  annual  operating
expenses  for the  underlying  investment  divisions)  could  range from .90% to
1.38%. The table below shows estimated total annual operating  expenses for each
JNL/S&P  Series based on the pro rata share of expenses that the JNL/S&P  Series
would bear if they  invested  in a  hypothetical  mix of  underlying  investment
divisions.  The  adviser  believes  the  expenses  shown  below  to be a  likely
approximation  of the expenses the JNL/S&P Series will incur based on the actual
mix of underlying  investment  divisions.  The expenses shown below include both
the annual  operating  expenses for the JNL/S&P Series and the annual  operating
expenses for the underlying  investment  divisions.  The actual expenses of each
JNL/S&P  Series  will  be  based  on the  actual  mix of  underlying  investment
divisions in which it invests.  The actual  expenses may be greater or less than
those shown.

JNL/S&P Very Aggressive Growth Series I............................. 1.18%

EXPENSE  EXAMPLE.  This  example is  intended  to help you  compare  the cost of
investing in the Series with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.  Also,
this  example  does not reflect the expenses of the  Qualified  Plan.  The table
below shows the expenses you would pay on a $10,000 investment,  assuming (1) 5%
annual  return  and  (2)  redemption  at  the  end of  each  time  period.  This
illustration is hypothetical and is not intended to be representative of past or
future  performance  of the Series.  The example  also  assumes  that the Series
operating expenses remain the same.  Although your actual costs may be higher or
lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPENSE EXAMPLE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year                                                                      $20
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 Years                                                                     $64
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 Years                                                                    $113
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 Years                                                                   $255
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE OTHER INVESTMENT STRATEGIES,  OTHER INVESTMENTS
AND RISKS OF THE  SERIES.  The JNL/S&P  Very  Aggressive  Growth  Series I asset
allocation  is  expected  to result in more risk than that  incurred  by JNL/S&P
Conservative  Growth  Series  I,  JNL/S&P  Moderate  Growth  Series  I,  JNL/S&P
Aggressive  Growth Series I, JNL/S&P  Equity  Growth Series I or JNL/S&P  Equity
Aggressive Growth Series I.


When the sub-adviser  believes that a temporary defensive position is desirable,
the  Series may invest up to 100% of its  assets in cash,  cash  equivalents  or
Underlying  Series that invest  primarily in fixed-income  securities.  Taking a
defensive  position may reduce the  potential  for  appreciation  of the Series'
portfolio.

The SAI has more  information  about  the  Series'  authorized  investments  and
strategies, as well as the risks and restrictions that may apply to them.

THE  SUB-ADVISER AND PORTFOLIO  MANAGEMENT.  The sub-adviser to the JNL/S&P Very
Aggressive  Growth Series I is Standard & Poor's Investment  Advisory  Services,
Inc.  (SPIAS),  located at 25  Broadway,  New York,  New York  10004.  SPIAS was
established  in 1995 to provide  investment  advice to the financial  community.
SPIAS  operates  independently  of and  has  no  access  to  analysis  or  other
information  supplied  or  obtained  by  Standard & Poor's  Ratings  Services in
connection with its ratings  business,  except to the extent such information is
made available by Standard & Poor's Ratings Services to the general public.


David M. Blitzer and Joshua M. Harari, CFA, share the primary responsibility for
the day-to-day  management of the Series. Mr. Blitzer has been Vice President of
SPIAS  since 1995 and has been an  economist  with  Standard & Poor's  Financial
Services  Group  (which  operates  independently  of  Standard & Poor's  Ratings
Services ) since 1982.  Mr.  Blitzer has had  responsibility  for the day-to-day
management of the Series since the inception of the Series.  Mr. Harari has been
a  senior  investment  officer  with the  Quantitative  Services  department  of
Standard & Poor's  Financial  Information  Services  since 1998.  Since  joining
Standard & Poor's in 1986, Mr. Harari served as an equity analyst and supervisor
of industrial  analysts with Standard & Poor's  Financial  Services  Group.  Mr.
Harari has had responsibility for the day-to-day  management of the Series since
May 1998.



<PAGE>
JNL/S&P EQUITY GROWTH SERIES I

INVESTMENT  OBJECTIVE.  The  investment  objective of the JNL/S&P  Equity Growth
Series I is capital growth.


PRINCIPAL  INVESTMENT  STRATEGIES.  The Series seeks to achieve its objective by
investing  in a  diversified  group of other  Series  of the  Trust  (Underlying
Series).  The  Underlying  Series in which  JNL/S&P  Equity  Growth Series I may
invest are the JNL/Alger Growth Series,  JNL/Alliance  Growth Series,  JNL/Eagle
Core Equity  Series,  JNL/Eagle  SmallCap  Equity Series,  JNL/Janus  Aggressive
Growth  Series,  JNL/Janus  Balanced  Series,  JNL/Janus  Capital Growth Series,
JNL/Janus  Global  Equities  Series,   JNL/Putnam   Growth  Series,   JNL/Putnam
International Equity Series,  JNL/Putnam Value Equity Series,  JNL/Putnam Midcap
Growth Series, PPM America/JNL  Balanced Series, PPM America/JNL High Yield Bond
Series, PPM America/JNL Money Market Series,  Salomon  Brothers/JNL  Global Bond
Series,  Salomon  Brothers/JNL  U.S.  Government & Quality Bond Series,  T. Rowe
Price/JNL  Established  Growth Series,  T. Rowe Price/JNL Mid-Cap Growth Series,
and T. Rowe Price/JNL Value Series.


The Series seeks to achieve capital growth through its investments in Underlying
Series that invest primarily in equity securities. These investments may include
Series that  invest in stocks of large  established  companies  as well as those
that invest in stocks of smaller companies with above-average growth potential.

Under  normal  circumstances,  the  Series  allocates  100%  of  its  assets  to
Underlying Series that invest primarily in equity securities. The Series remains
flexible with respect to the percentage it will allocate among those  particular
Underlying Series that invest primarily in equity securities.

PRINCIPAL  RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE SERIES.  An investment in the Series is not
guaranteed. As with any mutual fund, the value of the Series' shares will change
and  you  could  lose  money  by  investing  in the  Series.  Since  the  Series
concentrates its investments in shares of the Underlying Series, its performance
is  directly  related  to the  ability  of the  Underlying  Series to meet their
respective investment objectives,  as well as the sub-adviser's allocation among
the  Underlying  Series.  Accordingly,  a variety of factors may  influence  its
investment performance, such as:

     o    Market risk.  Because the Series invests  indirectly in stocks of U.S.
          and  foreign  companies,  it is subject to stock  market  risk.  Stock
          prices  typically  fluctuate  more than the  values of other  types of
          securities,  typically  in  response  to  changes  in  the  particular
          company's  financial  condition  and factors  affecting  the market in
          general.  For example,  unfavorable  or  unanticipated  poor  earnings
          performance  of the  company  may result in a decline  in its  stock's
          price, and a broad-based market drop may also cause a stock's price to
          fall.


          For bonds,  market risk  generally  reflects  credit risk and interest
          rate risk. Credit risk is the actual or perceived risk that the issuer
          of the bond will not pay the interest and principal payments when due.
          Bond  value   typically   declines  if  the  issuer's  credit  quality
          deteriorates.  Interest rate risk is the risk that interest rates will
          rise and the value of bonds,  including  those  held by an  Underlying
          Series,  will fall. A broad-based  market drop may also cause a bond's
          price to fall.


     o    Foreign investing risk. Foreign investing involves risks not typically
          associated with U.S.  investment.  These risks include,  among others,
          adverse  fluctuations  in foreign  currency  values as well as adverse
          political,  social  and  economic  developments  affecting  a  foreign
          country.  In  addition,   foreign  investing  involves  less  publicly
          available  information  and  more  volatile  or less  liquid  markets.
          Investments  in foreign  countries  could be  affected  by factors not
          present in the U.S.,  such as restrictions on receiving the investment
          proceeds  from a foreign  country,  foreign  tax laws,  and  potential
          difficulties  in enforcing  contractual  obligations.  Transactions in
          foreign  securities  may  be  subject  to  less  efficient  settlement
          practices,   including  extended  clearance  and  settlement  periods.
          Foreign  accounting  may be less  revealing  than American  accounting
          practices.  Foreign regulation may be inadequate or irregular.  Owning
          foreign  securities could cause an Underlying  Series'  performance to
          fluctuate  more than if it held only U.S.  securities.  To the  extent
          that an  Underlying  Series  invests  in  bonds  issued  by a  foreign
          government,  that Series may have limited legal  recourse in the event
          of default.  Political conditions,  especially a country's willingness
          to meet the terms of its debt obligations, can create special risks.

     o    Emerging  markets risk.  The Series may invest a portion of its assets
          in one or more  Underlying  Series that hold  securities of issuers in
          emerging  markets,   which  involves  greater  risk.  Emerging  market
          countries  typically have economic and political systems that are less
          fully  developed,  and  likely to be less  stable,  than those of more
          advanced  countries.  Emerging market countries may have policies that
          restrict  investment  by  foreigners,  and there is a higher risk of a
          government taking private property.  Low or nonexistent trading volume
          in securities  of issuers in emerging  markets may result in a lack of
          liquidity  and  in  price  volatility.  Issuers  in  emerging  markets
          typically  are subject to a greater  degree of change in earnings  and
          business prospects than are companies in developed markets.


     o    High-yield/high-risk  bonds. Lower-rated bonds involve a higher degree
          of  credit  risk,  which is the risk  that  the  issuer  will not make
          interest  or  principal   payments  when  due.  In  the  event  of  an
          unanticipated  default,  a Series would  experience a reduction in its
          income,  a decline in the market value of the  securities  so affected
          and a decline in the value of its shares.  During an economic downturn
          or  substantial  period of rising  interest  rates,  highly  leveraged
          issuers may experience  financial  stress which could adversely affect
          their ability to service  principal and interest payment  obligations,
          to meet projected  business goals and to obtain additional  financing.
          The  market  prices  of  lower-rated  securities  are  generally  less
          sensitive to interest rate changes than higher-rated investments,  but
          more sensitive to adverse economic or political changes, or individual
          developments specific to the issuer.  Periods of economic or political
          uncertainty  and change can be  expected  to result in  volatility  of
          prices of these securities.

     o    Currency risk. The value of an Underlying Series' shares may change as
          a result of changes in exchange  rates  reducing the value of the U.S.
          dollar value of the Series'  foreign  investments.  Currency  exchange
          rates can be volatile and affected by a number of factors, such as the
          general  economics  of a  country,  the  actions of U.S.  and  foreign
          governments or central banks, the imposition of currency controls, and
          speculation.

     o    Non-diversification.   The  Series  is   "non-diversified."   Under  a
          definition provided by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended,
          non-diversified  funds  may  invest  in  fewer  assets,  or in  larger
          proportions of the assets of single companies or industries. Thus, the
          Series  may  hold  a  smaller  number  of  issuers  than  if  it  were
          "diversified." With a smaller number of different issuers,  the Series
          is subject to more risk than another  fund holding a larger  number of
          issuers,  since changes in the financial condition or market status of
          a single  issuer may cause  greater  fluctuation  in the Series' total
          return and share price.


Because the Series invests  exclusively in other series of the Trust, you should
look elsewhere in this  prospectus for the  particular  information  about those
series. PERFORMANCE.  The bar chart and table below show the past performance of
the  Series'  shares.  The  chart  presents  the  annual  returns  and shows how
performance has varied from year to year. The table shows the annual returns and
compares them to a broad based index since these shares were first offered. Both
the chart and the table assume reinvestment of dividends and distributions.  The
Series'  returns shown in the chart and table below do not reflect the deduction
of any  charges  that are imposed  under a variable  insurance  contract.  Those
charges,  which are described in the variable insurance prospectus,  will reduce
the Series' performance.  As with all mutual funds, the Series' past performance
does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future.


Annual Total Returns as of December 31

43.19%
[Insert Chart]
1999

In the period  shown in the chart,  the  Series'  highest  quarterly  return was
27.60%  (4th  quarter of 1999) and its lowest  quarterly  return was -3.40% (3rd
quarter of 1999).


                            Average Annual Total Returns as of December 31, 1999
                                                   1 year        Life of Series*

JNL/S&P Equity Growth Series I                     43.19%                27.72%

S&P 500 Index                                     21.05%                 19.06%

The S&P  500  Index  is a  broad-based,  unmanaged  indexes.  The S&P 500  Index
represents 100% of the equity investments of the Series.


* The Series began operations on April 13, 1998.


SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES (FEES PAID DIRECTLY FROM YOUR INVESTMENT)
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON PURCHASES                            NONE
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON REINVESTED DIVIDENDS                 NONE
         DEFERRED SALES LOAD                                                NONE
         REDEMPTION FEE                                                     NONE
         EXCHANGE FEE                                                       NONE


EXPENSES.  The table below  shows  certain  expenses  you will incur as a Series
investor.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ANNUAL SERIES OPERATING EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE DEDUCTED FROM SERIES ASSETS)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management/Administrative Fee                                               .20%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Expenses                                                                0%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Series Annual Operating Expenses                                      .20%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


As a  shareholder  of an  Underlying  Series,  the Series will bear its pro rata
share  of the  expenses  of  that  Underlying  Series,  which  could  result  in
duplication of certain fees, including management and administration fees.

The total annual operating  expenses for each JNL/S&P Series (including both the
annual  operating  expenses  for the  JNL/S&P  Series and the  annual  operating
expenses  for the  underlying  investment  divisions)  could  range from .90% to
1.38%. The table below shows estimated total annual operating  expenses for each
JNL/S&P  Series based on the pro rata share of expenses that the JNL/S&P  Series
would bear if they  invested  in a  hypothetical  mix of  underlying  investment
divisions.  The  adviser  believes  the  expenses  shown  below  to be a  likely
approximation  of the expenses the JNL/S&P Series will incur based on the actual
mix of underlying  investment  divisions.  The expenses shown below include both
the annual  operating  expenses for the JNL/S&P Series and the annual  operating
expenses for the underlying  investment  divisions.  The actual expenses of each
JNL/S&P  Series  will  be  based  on the  actual  mix of  underlying  investment
divisions in which it invests.  The actual  expenses may be greater or less than
those shown.

JNL/S&P Equity Growth Series I...................................... 1.19%

EXPENSE  EXAMPLE.  This  example is  intended  to help you  compare  the cost of
investing in the Series with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.  Also,
this  example  does not reflect the expenses of the  Qualified  Plan.  The table
below shows the expenses you would pay on a $10,000 investment,  assuming (1) 5%
annual  return  and  (2)  redemption  at  the  end of  each  time  period.  This
illustration is hypothetical and is not intended to be representative of past or
future  performance  of the Series.  The example  also  assumes  that the Series
operating expenses remain the same.  Although your actual costs may be higher or
lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPENSE EXAMPLE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year                                                                     $20
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 Years                                                                    $64
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 Years                                                                   $113
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 Years                                                                  $255
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE OTHER INVESTMENT STRATEGIES,  OTHER INVESTMENTS
AND RISKS OF THE SERIES.  The JNL/S&P Equity Growth Series I asset allocation is
expected  to result in more risk than  that  incurred  by  JNL/S&P  Conservative
Growth Series I, JNL/S&P Moderate Growth Series I and JNL/S&P  Aggressive Growth
Series  I, but less risk  than  JNL/S&P  Equity  Aggressive  Growth  Series I or
JNL/S&P Very Aggressive  Growth Series I. When the  sub-adviser  believes that a
temporary  defensive position is desirable,  the Series may invest up to 100% of
its assets in cash, cash equivalents or Underlying  Series that invest primarily
in fixed-income securities. Taking a defensive position may reduce the potential
for appreciation of the Series' portfolio.


The SAI has more  information  about  the  Series'  authorized  investments  and
strategies, as well as the risks and restrictions that may apply to them.

THE SUB-ADVISER AND PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT.  The sub-adviser to the JNL/S&P Equity
Growth Series I is Standard & Poor's Investment Advisory Services, Inc. (SPIAS),
located at 25 Broadway,  New York, New York 10004. SPIAS was established in 1995
to  provide  investment  advice  to  the  financial  community.  SPIAS  operates
independently of and has no access to analysis or other information  supplied or
obtained by Standard & Poor's  Ratings  Services in connection  with its ratings
business,  except to the extent such information is made available by Standard &
Poor's Ratings Services to the general public.


David M. Blitzer and Joshua M. Harari, CFA, share the primary responsibility for
the day-to-day  management of the Series. Mr. Blitzer has been Vice President of
SPIAS  since 1995 and has been an  economist  with  Standard & Poor's  Financial
Services  Group  (which  operates  independently  of  Standard & Poor's  Ratings
Services)  since 1982.  Mr.  Blitzer has had  responsibility  for the day-to-day
management of the Series since the inception of the Series.  Mr. Harari has been
a  senior  investment  officer  with the  Quantitative  Services  department  of
Standard & Poor's  Financial  Information  Services  since 1998.  Since  joining
Standard & Poor's in 1986, Mr. Harari served as an equity analyst and supervisor
of industrial  analysts with Standard & Poor's  Financial  Services  Group.  Mr.
Harari has had responsibility for the day-to-day  management of the Series since
May 1998.



<PAGE>
JNL/S&P EQUITY AGGRESSIVE GROWTH SERIES I

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE.  The investment objective of the JNL/S&P Equity Aggressive
Growth Series I is capital growth.


PRINCIPAL  INVESTMENT  STRATEGIES.  The Series seeks to achieve its objective by
investing  in a  diversified  group of other  Series  of the  Trust  (Underlying
Series).  The Underlying Series in which JNL/S&P Equity Aggressive Growth Series
I may  invest are the  JNL/Alger  Growth  Series,  JNL/Alliance  Growth  Series,
JNL/Eagle  Core Equity  Series,  JNL/Eagle  SmallCap  Equity  Series,  JNL/Janus
Aggressive Growth Series,  JNL/Janus  Balanced Series,  JNL/Janus Capital Growth
Series, JNL/Janus Global Equities Series,  JNL/Putnam Growth Series,  JNL/Putnam
International Equity Series,  JNL/Putnam Value Equity Series,  JNL/Putnam Midcap
Growth Series, PPM America/JNL  Balanced Series, PPM America/JNL High Yield Bond
Series, PPM America/JNL Money Market Series,  Salomon  Brothers/JNL  Global Bond
Series,  Salomon  Brothers/JNL  U.S.  Government & Quality Bond Series,  T. Rowe
Price/JNL  Established  Growth Series,  T. Rowe Price/JNL Mid-Cap Growth Series,
and T. Rowe Price/JNL Value Series.


The Series seeks to achieve capital growth through its investments in Underlying
Series that invest primarily in equity securities. These investments may include
Series that  invest in stocks of large  established  companies  as well as those
that invest in stocks of smaller companies with above-average growth potential.

Under  normal  circumstances,  the  Series  allocates  100%  of  its  assets  to
Underlying Series that invest primarily in equity securities. The Series remains
flexible with respect to the percentage it will allocate among those  particular
Underlying Series that invest primarily in equity securities.

PRINCIPAL  RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE SERIES.  An investment in the Series is not
guaranteed. As with any mutual fund, the value of the Series' shares will change
and  you  could  lose  money  by  investing  in the  Series.  Since  the  Series
concentrates its investments in shares of the Underlying Series, its performance
is  directly  related  to the  ability  of the  Underlying  Series to meet their
respective investment objectives,  as well as the sub-adviser's allocation among
the  Underlying  Series.  Accordingly,  a variety of factors may  influence  its
investment performance, such as:

     o    Market risk.  Because the Series invests  indirectly in stocks of U.S.
          and  foreign  companies,  it is subject to stock  market  risk.  Stock
          prices  typically  fluctuate  more than the  values of other  types of
          securities,  typically  in  response  to  changes  in  the  particular
          company's  financial  condition  and factors  affecting  the market in
          general.  For example,  unfavorable  or  unanticipated  poor  earnings
          performance  of the  company  may result in a decline  in its  stock's
          price, and a broad-based market drop may also cause a stock's price to
          fall.


          For bonds,  market risk  generally  reflects  credit risk and interest
          rate risk. Credit risk is the actual or perceived risk that the issuer
          of the bond will not pay the interest and principal payments when due.
          Bond  value   typically   declines  if  the  issuer's  credit  quality
          deteriorates.  Interest rate risk is the risk that interest rates will
          rise and the value of bonds,  including  those  held by an  Underlying
          Series,  will fall. A broad-based  market drop may also cause a bond's
          price to fall.


     o    Foreign investing risk. Foreign investing involves risks not typically
          associated with U.S.  investment.  These risks include,  among others,
          adverse  fluctuations  in foreign  currency  values as well as adverse
          political,  social  and  economic  developments  affecting  a  foreign
          country.  In  addition,   foreign  investing  involves  less  publicly
          available  information  and  more  volatile  or less  liquid  markets.
          Investments  in foreign  countries  could be  affected  by factors not
          present in the U.S.,  such as restrictions on receiving the investment
          proceeds  from a foreign  country,  foreign  tax laws,  and  potential
          difficulties  in enforcing  contractual  obligations.  Transactions in
          foreign  securities  may  be  subject  to  less  efficient  settlement
          practices,   including  extended  clearance  and  settlement  periods.
          Foreign  accounting  may be less  revealing  than American  accounting
          practices.  Foreign regulation may be inadequate or irregular.  Owning
          foreign  securities could cause an Underlying  Series'  performance to
          fluctuate  more than if it held only U.S.  securities.  To the  extent
          that an  Underlying  Series  invests  in  bonds  issued  by a  foreign
          government,  that Series may have limited legal  recourse in the event
          of default.  Political conditions,  especially a country's willingness
          to meet the terms of its debt obligations, can create special risks.

     o    Emerging  markets risk.  The Series may invest a portion of its assets
          in one or more  Underlying  Series that hold  securities of issuers in
          emerging  markets,   which  involves  greater  risk.  Emerging  market
          countries  typically have economic and political systems that are less
          fully  developed,  and  likely to be less  stable,  than those of more
          advanced  countries.  Emerging market countries may have policies that
          restrict  investment  by  foreigners,  and there is a higher risk of a
          government taking private property.  Low or nonexistent trading volume
          in  securities  of issuers in emerging  market may result in a lack of
          liquidity  and  in  price  volatility.  Issuers  in  emerging  markets
          typically  are subject to a greater  degree of change in earnings  and
          business prospects than are companies in developed markets.


     o    High-yield/high-risk  bonds. Lower-rated bonds involve a higher degree
          of  credit  risk,  which is the risk  that  the  issuer  will not make
          interest  or  principal   payments  when  due.  In  the  event  of  an
          unanticipated  default,  a Series would  experience a reduction in its
          income,  a decline in the market value of the  securities  so affected
          and a decline in the value of its shares.  During an economic downturn
          or  substantial  period of rising  interest  rates,  highly  leveraged
          issuers may experience  financial  stress which could adversely affect
          their ability to service  principal and interest payment  obligations,
          to meet projected  business goals and to obtain additional  financing.
          The  market  prices  of  lower-rated  securities  are  generally  less
          sensitive to interest rate changes than higher-rated investments,  but
          more sensitive to adverse economic or political changes, or individual
          developments specific to the issuer.  Periods of economic or political
          uncertainty  and change can be  expected  to result in  volatility  of
          prices of these securities.


     o    Currency risk. The value of an Underlying Series' shares may change as
          a result of changes in exchange  rates  reducing the value of the U.S.
          dollar value of the Series'  foreign  investments.  Currency  exchange
          rates can be volatile and affected by a number of factors, such as the
          general  economics  of a  country,  the  actions of U.S.  and  foreign
          governments or central banks, the imposition of currency controls, and
          speculation.

     o    Non-diversification.   The  Series  is   "non-diversified."   Under  a
          definition provided by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended,
          non-diversified  funds  may  invest  in  fewer  assets,  or in  larger
          proportions of the assets of single companies or industries. Thus, the
          Series  may  hold  a  smaller  number  of  issuers  than  if  it  were
          "diversified." With a smaller number of different issuers,  the Series
          is subject to more risk than another  fund holding a larger  number of
          issuers,  since changes in the financial condition or market status of
          a single  issuer may cause  greater  fluctuation  in the Series' total
          return and share price.

Because the Series invests  exclusively in other series of the Trust, you should
look elsewhere in this  prospectus for the  particular  information  about those
series.


PERFORMANCE.  The bar chart and table  below  show the past  performance  of the
Series' shares.  The chart presents the annual returns and shows how performance
has varied from year to year.  The table shows the  Series'  annual  returns and
compares them to a broad based index since these shares were first offered. Both
the chart and the table assume reinvestment of dividends and distributions.  The
Series'  returns shown in the chart and table below do not reflect the deduction
of any  charges  that are imposed  under a variable  insurance  contract.  Those
charges,  which are described in the variable insurance prospectus,  will reduce
the Series' performance.  As with all mutual funds, the Series' past performance
does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future.


Annual Total Returns as of December 31

45.25%
[Insert Chart]
1999

In the period  shown in the chart,  the  Series'  highest  quarterly  return was
28.62%  (4th  quarter of 1999) and its lowest  quarterly  return was -2.88% (3rd
quarter of 1999).


                            Average Annual Total Returns as of December 31, 1999
                                                 1 year          Life of Series*

JNL/S&P Equity Aggressive Growth Series I       45.25%                 29.67%
S&P 500 Index                                   21.05%                 19.06%

The S&P  500  Index  is a  broad-based,  unmanaged  indexes.  The S&P 500  Index
represents 100% of the equity investments of the Series.


* The Series began operations on April 15, 1998.


SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES (FEES PAID DIRECTLY FROM YOUR INVESTMENT)
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON PURCHASES                            NONE
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON REINVESTED DIVIDENDS                 NONE
         DEFERRED SALES LOAD                                                NONE
         REDEMPTION FEE                                                     NONE
         EXCHANGE FEE                                                       NONE


EXPENSES.  The table below  shows  certain  expenses  you will incur as a Series
investor.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ANNUAL SERIES OPERATING EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE DEDUCTED FROM SERIES ASSETS)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management/Administrative Fee                                              .20%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Expenses                                                               0%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Series Annual Operating Expenses                                     .20%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


As a  shareholder  of an  Underlying  Series,  the Series will bear its pro rata
share  of the  expenses  of  that  Underlying  Series,  which  could  result  in
duplication of certain fees, including management and administration fees.

The total annual operating  expenses for each JNL/S&P Series (including both the
annual  operating  expenses  for the  JNL/S&P  Series and the  annual  operating
expenses  for the  underlying  investment  divisions)  could  range from .90% to
1.38%. The table below shows estimated total annual operating  expenses for each
JNL/S&P  Series based on the pro rata share of expenses that the JNL/S&P  Series
would bear if they  invested  in a  hypothetical  mix of  underlying  investment
divisions.  The  adviser  believes  the  expenses  shown  below  to be a  likely
approximation  of the expenses the JNL/S&P Series will incur based on the actual
mix of underlying  investment  divisions.  The expenses shown below include both
the annual  operating  expenses for the JNL/S&P Series and the annual  operating
expenses for the underlying  investment  divisions.  The actual expenses of each
JNL/S&P  Series  will  be  based  on the  actual  mix of  underlying  investment
divisions in which it invests.  The actual  expenses may be greater or less than
those shown.

JNL/S&P Equity Aggressive Growth Series I........................... 1.18%

EXPENSE  EXAMPLE.  This  example is  intended  to help you  compare  the cost of
investing in the Series with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.  Also,
this  example  does not reflect the expenses of the  Qualified  Plan.  The table
below shows the expenses you would pay on a $10,000 investment,  assuming (1) 5%
annual  return  and  (2)  redemption  at  the  end of  each  time  period.  This
illustration is hypothetical and is not intended to be representative of past or
future  performance  of the Series.  The example  also  assumes  that the Series
operating expenses remain the same.  Although your actual costs may be higher or
lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPENSE EXAMPLE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year                                                                     $20
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 Years                                                                    $64
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 Years                                                                   $113
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 Years                                                                  $255
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE OTHER INVESTMENT STRATEGIES,  OTHER INVESTMENTS
AND RISKS OF THE SERIES.  The JNL/S&P  Equity  Aggressive  Growth Series I asset
allocation  is  expected  to result in more risk than that  incurred  by JNL/S&P
Conservative  Growth  Series  I,  JNL/S&P  Moderate  Growth  Series  I,  JNL/S&P
Aggressive Growth Series I or JNL/S&P Equity Growth Series I, but less risk than
JNL/S&P Very Aggressive Growth Series I.


When the sub-adviser  believes that a temporary defensive position is desirable,
the  Series may invest up to 100% of its  assets in cash,  cash  equivalents  or
Underlying  Series that invest  primarily in fixed-income  securities.  Taking a
defensive  position may reduce the  potential  for  appreciation  of the Series'
portfolio.

The SAI has more  information  about  the  Series'  authorized  investments  and
strategies, as well as the risks and restrictions that may apply to them.

THE SUB-ADVISER AND PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT.  The sub-adviser to the JNL/S&P Equity
Aggressive  Growth Series I is Standard & Poor's Investment  Advisory  Services,
Inc.  (SPIAS),  located at 25  Broadway,  New York,  New York  10004.  SPIAS was
established  in 1995 to provide  investment  advice to the financial  community.
SPIAS  operates  independently  of and  has  no  access  to  analysis  or  other
information  supplied  or  obtained  by  Standard & Poor's  Ratings  Services in
connection with its ratings  business,  except to the extent such information is
made available by Standard & Poor's Ratings Services to the general public.


David M. Blitzer and Joshua M. Harari, CFA, share the primary responsibility for
the day-to-day  management of the Series. Mr. Blitzer has been Vice President of
SPIAS  since 1995 and has been an  economist  with  Standard & Poor's  Financial
Services  Group  (which  operates  independently  of  Standard & Poor's  Ratings
Services)  since 1982.  Mr.  Blitzer has had  responsibility  for the day-to-day
management of the Series since the inception of the Series.  Mr. Harari has been
a  senior  investment  officer  with the  Quantitative  Services  department  of
Standard & Poor's  Financial  Information  Services  since 1998.  Since  joining
Standard & Poor's in 1986, Mr. Harari served as an equity analyst and supervisor
of industrial  analysts with Standard & Poor's  Financial  Services  Group.  Mr.
Harari has had responsibility for the day-to-day  management of the Series since
May 1998.



<PAGE>
JNL/S&P CONSERVATIVE GROWTH SERIES II

INVESTMENT  OBJECTIVE.  The  investment  objective  of the JNL/S&P  Conservative
Growth Series II is capital growth and current income.


PRINCIPAL  INVESTMENT  STRATEGIES.  The Series seeks to achieve its objective by
investing  in a  diversified  group of other  Series  of the  Trust  (Underlying
Series).  The Underlying Series in which the JNL/S&P  Conservative Growth Series
II may invest are the JNL/Alliance Growth Series,  JNL/J.P. Morgan International
& Emerging Markets Series,  JNL/Janus Aggressive Growth Series, JNL/Janus Global
Equities Series,  JNL/Janus Growth & Income Series,  JNL/PIMCO Total Return Bond
Series,  JNL/Putnam  Growth  Series,  JNL/Putnam  International  Equity  Series,
JNL/Putnam Value Equity Series,  JNL/Putnam Midcap Growth Series, Lazard/JNL Mid
Cap Value Series,  Lazard/JNL  Small Cap Value  Series,  PPM  America/JNL  Money
Market Series, Salomon Brothers/JNL Balanced Series, Salomon Brothers/JNL Global
Bond Series,  Salomon Brothers/JNL High Yield Bond Series, and T. Rowe Price/JNL
Mid-Cap Growth Series.


The Series seeks to achieve capital growth through its investments in Underlying
Series that invest primarily in equity securities. These investments may include
Underlying Series that invest in stocks of large  established  companies as well
as those that invest in stocks of smaller  companies with  above-average  growth
potential.

The Series seeks to achieve current income through its investments in Underlying
Series that invest primarily in fixed-income  securities.  These investments may
include Underlying Series that invest in foreign bonds denominated in currencies
other than U.S. dollars as well as Underlying Series that invest  exclusively in
bonds of U.S.  issuers.  The Series may invest in Underlying  Series that invest
exclusively in  investment-grade  securities,  as well as Underlying Series that
invest in high-yield, high-risk bonds.

Under normal circumstances, the Series allocates approximately 60% to 70% of its
assets to Underlying  Series that invest primarily in equity  securities and 30%
to 40% to Underlying  Series that invest  primarily in fixed-income  securities.
Within these asset  classes,  the Series  remains  flexible  with respect to the
percentage it will allocate among particular Underlying Series.

PRINCIPAL  RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE SERIES.  An investment in the Series is not
guaranteed. As with any mutual fund, the value of the Series' shares will change
and  you  could  lose  money  by  investing  in the  Series.  Since  the  Series
concentrates its investments in shares of the Underlying Series, its performance
is  directly  related  to the  ability  of the  Underlying  Series to meet their
respective investment objectives,  as well as the sub-adviser's allocation among
the  Underlying  Series.  Accordingly,  a variety of factors may  influence  its
performance, such as:

     o    Market risk.  Because the Series invests  indirectly in stocks of U.S.
          and  foreign  companies,  it is subject to stock  market  risk.  Stock
          prices  typically  fluctuate  more than the  values of other  types of
          securities,  typically  in  response  to  changes  in  the  particular
          company's  financial  condition  and factors  affecting  the market in
          general.  For example,  unfavorable  or  unanticipated  poor  earnings
          performance  of the  company  may result in a decline  in its  stock's
          price, and a broad-based market drop may also cause a stock's price to
          fall.

          For bonds,  market risk  generally  reflects  credit risk and interest
          rate risk. Credit risk is the actual or perceived risk that the issuer
          of the bond will not pay the interest and principal payments when due.
          Bond  value   typically   declines  if  the  issuer's  credit  quality
          deteriorates.  Interest rate risk is the risk that interest rates will
          rise and the value of bonds,  including  those  held by an  Underlying
          Series,  will fall. A broad-based  market drop may also cause a bond's
          price to fall.

     o    Prepayment risk.  During periods of falling  interest rates,  there is
          the risk that a debt security with a high stated interest rate will be
          prepaid before its expected maturity date.

     o    Foreign investing risk. Foreign investing involves risks not typically
          associated with U.S.  investment.  These risks include,  among others,
          adverse  fluctuations  in foreign  currency  values as well as adverse
          political,  social  and  economic  developments  affecting  a  foreign
          country.  In  addition,   foreign  investing  involves  less  publicly
          available  information  and  more  volatile  or less  liquid  markets.
          Investments  in foreign  countries  could be  affected  by factors not
          present in the U.S.,  such as restrictions on receiving the investment
          proceeds  from a foreign  country,  foreign  tax laws,  and  potential
          difficulties  in enforcing  contractual  obligations.  Transactions in
          foreign  securities  may  be  subject  to  less  efficient  settlement
          practices,   including  extended  clearance  and  settlement  periods.
          Foreign  accounting  may be less  revealing  than American  accounting
          practices.  Foreign regulation may be inadequate or irregular.  Owning
          foreign  securities could cause an Underlying  Series'  performance to
          fluctuate  more than if it held only U.S.  securities.  To the  extent
          that an  Underlying  Series  invests  in  bonds  issued  by a  foreign
          government,  that Series may have limited legal  recourse in the event
          of default.  Political conditions,  especially a country's willingness
          to meet the terms of its debt obligations, can create special risks.

     o    Emerging  markets risk.  The Series may invest a portion of its assets
          in one or more  Underlying  Series that hold  securities of issuers in
          emerging  markets,   which  involves  greater  risk.  Emerging  market
          countries  typically have economic and political systems that are less
          fully  developed,  and  likely to be less  stable,  than those of more
          advanced  countries.  Emerging market countries may have policies that
          restrict  investment  by  foreigners,  and there is a higher risk of a
          government taking private property.  Low or nonexistent trading volume
          in securities  of issuers in emerging  markets may result in a lack of
          liquidity  and  in  price  volatility.  Issuers  in  emerging  markets
          typically  are subject to a greater  degree of change in earnings  and
          business prospects than are companies in developed markets.

     o    High-yield/high-risk  bonds. Lower-rated bonds involve a higher degree
          of  credit  risk,  which is the risk  that  the  issuer  will not make
          interest  or  principal   payments  when  due.  In  the  event  of  an
          unanticipated   default,  an  Underlying  Series  would  experience  a
          reduction  in its  income,  a  decline  in  the  market  value  of the
          securities  so  affected  and a decline  in the  value of its  shares.
          During an economic  downturn or substantial  period of rising interest
          rates, highly leveraged issuers may experience  financial stress which
          could adversely affect their ability to service principal and interest
          payment  obligations,  to meet projected  business goals and to obtain
          additional financing.  The market prices of lower-rated securities are
          generally  less  sensitive to interest rate changes than  higher-rated
          investments,  but more  sensitive  to adverse  economic  or  political
          changes, or individual developments specific to the issuer. Periods of
          economic or political uncertainty and change can be expected to result
          in volatility of prices of these securities.

     o    Currency risk. The value of an Underlying Series' shares may change as
          a result of changes in exchange  rates  reducing the value of the U.S.
          dollar value of the Series'  foreign  investments.  Currency  exchange
          rates can be volatile and affected by a number of factors, such as the
          general  economics  of a  country,  the  actions of U.S.  and  foreign
          governments or central banks, the imposition of currency controls, and
          speculation.

     o    Non-diversification.   The  Series  is   "non-diversified."   Under  a
          definition provided by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended,
          non-diversified  funds  may  invest  in  fewer  assets,  or in  larger
          proportions of the assets of single companies or industries. Thus, the
          Series  may  hold  a  smaller  number  of  issuers  than  if  it  were
          "diversified." With a smaller number of different issuers,  the Series
          is subject to more risk than another  fund holding a larger  number of
          issuers,  since changes in the financial condition or market status of
          a single  issuer may cause  greater  fluctuation  in the Series' total
          return and share price.


Because the Series invests  exclusively in other series of the Trust, you should
look elsewhere in this  prospectus for the  particular  information  about those
series. PERFORMANCE.  The bar chart and table below show the past performance of
the  Series'  shares.  The  chart  presents  the  annual  returns  and shows how
performance  has varied from year to year.  The table  shows the Series'  annual
returns and  compares  them to a broad based index since these shares were first
offered.  Both the chart and the table  assume  reinvestment  of  dividends  and
distributions.  The  Series'  returns  shown in the chart and table below do not
reflect the deduction of any charges that are imposed under a variable insurance
contract.   Those  charges,  which  are  described  in  the  variable  insurance
prospectus,  will reduce the Series' performance.  As with all mutual funds, the
Series' past  performance  does not necessarily  indicate how it will perform in
the future.


Annual Total Returns as of December 31

16.14%
[Inert Chart]
1999


In the period  shown in the chart,  the  Series'  highest  quarterly  return was
12.71%  (4th  quarter of 1999) and its lowest  quarterly  return was -3.63% (3rd
quarter of 1999).

                            Average Annual Total Returns as of December 31, 1999
                                                 1 year          Life of Series*


JNL/S&P Conservative Growth Series II            16.14%                  6.14%

S&P 500 Index                                    21.05%                 19.06%
S&P 500 Index/ Lehman Bond Aggregate
  Total Return Series                            13.39%                 13.90%

The S&P 500  Index  and the  Lehman  Bond  Aggregate  Total  Return  Series  are
broad-based, unmanaged indexes. . The total returns were calculated according to
the  following  weightings:  the  S&P 500  Index  represents  65% of the  equity
investments and the Lehman Bond Aggregate Total Return Series  represents 35% of
the fixed-income investments of the Series.


* The Series began operations on April 13, 1998.


SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES (FEES PAID DIRECTLY FROM YOUR INVESTMENT)
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON PURCHASES                            NONE
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON REINVESTED DIVIDENDS                 NONE
         DEFERRED SALES LOAD                                                NONE
         REDEMPTION FEE                                                     NONE
         EXCHANGE FEE                                                       NONE


EXPENSES.  The table below  shows  certain  expenses  you will incur as a Series
investor.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ANNUAL SERIES OPERATING EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE DEDUCTED FROM SERIES ASSETS)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management/Administrative Fee                                              .20%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Expenses                                                               0%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Series Annual Operating Expenses                                     .20%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


As a  shareholder  of an  Underlying  Series,  the Series will bear its pro rata
share  of the  expenses  of  that  Underlying  Series,  which  could  result  in
duplication of certain fees, including management and administration fees.

The total annual operating  expenses for each JNL/S&P Series (including both the
annual  operating  expenses  for the  JNL/S&P  Series and the  annual  operating
expenses  for the  underlying  investment  divisions)  could  range from .90% to
1.38%. The table below shows estimated total annual operating  expenses for each
JNL/S&P  Series based on the pro rata share of expenses that the JNL/S&P  Series
would bear if they  invested  in a  hypothetical  mix of  underlying  investment
divisions.  The  adviser  believes  the  expenses  shown  below  to be a  likely
approximation  of the expenses the JNL/S&P Series will incur based on the actual
mix of underlying  investment  divisions.  The expenses shown below include both
the annual  operating  expenses for the JNL/S&P Series and the annual  operating
expenses for the underlying  investment  divisions.  The actual expenses of each
JNL/S&P  Series  will  be  based  on the  actual  mix of  underlying  investment
divisions in which it invests.  The actual  expenses may be greater or less than
those shown.

JNL/S&P Conservative Growth Series II ...........................  1.15%

EXPENSE  EXAMPLE.  This  example is  intended  to help you  compare  the cost of
investing in the Series with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.  Also,
this  example  does not reflect the expenses of the  Qualified  Plan.  The table
below shows the expenses you would pay on a $10,000 investment,  assuming (1) 5%
annual  return  and  (2)  redemption  at  the  end of  each  time  period.  This
illustration is hypothetical and is not intended to be representative of past or
future  performance  of the Series.  The example  also  assumes  that the Series
operating expenses remain the same.  Although your actual costs may be higher or
lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPENSE EXAMPLE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year                                                                     $20
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 Years                                                                    $64
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 Years                                                                   $113
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 Years                                                                  $255
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE OTHER INVESTMENT STRATEGIES,  OTHER INVESTMENTS
AND  RISKS OF THE  SERIES.  The  JNL/S&P  Conservative  Growth  Series  II asset
allocation  is  expected  to result in less risk than that  incurred  by JNL/S&P
Moderate  Growth Series II,  JNL/S&P  Aggressive  Growth Series II, JNL/S&P Very
Aggressive  Growth Series II,  JNL/S&P Equity Growth Series II or JNL/S&P Equity
Aggressive Growth Series II.


When the sub-adviser  believes that a temporary defensive position is desirable,
the  Series  may  invest up to 100% of its  assets in cash or cash  equivalents.
Doing so may reduce the potential for appreciation of the Series' portfolio.

The SAI has more  information  about  the  Series'  authorized  investments  and
strategies, as well as the risks and restrictions that may apply to them.

THE  SUB-ADVISER  AND  PORTFOLIO  MANAGEMENT.  The  sub-adviser  to the  JNL/S&P
Conservative Growth Series II is Standard & Poor's Investment Advisory Services,
Inc.  (SPIAS),  located at 25  Broadway,  New York,  New York  10004.  SPIAS was
established  in 1995 to provide  investment  advice to the financial  community.
SPIAS  operates  independently  of and  has  no  access  to  analysis  or  other
information  supplied  or  obtained  by  Standard & Poor's  Ratings  Services in
connection with its ratings  business,  except to the extent such information is
made available by Standard & Poor's Ratings Services to the general public.


David M. Blitzer and Joshua M. Harari, CFA, share the primary responsibility for
the day-to-day  management of the Series. Mr. Blitzer has been Vice President of
SPIAS  since 1995 and has been an  economist  with  Standard & Poor's  Financial
Services  Group  (which  operates  independently  of  Standard & Poor's  Ratings
Services)  since 1982.  Mr.  Blitzer has had  responsibility  for the day-to-day
management of the Series since the inception of the Series.  Mr. Harari has been
a  senior  investment  officer  with the  Quantitative  Services  department  of
Standard & Poor's  Financial  Information  Services  since 1998.  Since  joining
Standard & Poor's in 1986, Mr. Harari served as an equity analyst and supervisor
of industrial  analysts with Standard & Poor's  Financial  Services  Group.  Mr.
Harari has had responsibility for the day-to-day  management of the Series since
May 1998.



<PAGE>
JNL/S&P MODERATE GROWTH SERIES II

INVESTMENT  OBJECTIVE.  The investment  objective of the JNL/S&P Moderate Growth
Series II is capital growth. Current income is a secondary objective.


PRINCIPAL  INVESTMENT  STRATEGIES.  The Series  seeks to achieve its  investment
objectives  by  investing  in a  diversified  group of other Series of the Trust
(Underlying  Series). The Underlying Series in which the JNL/S&P Moderate Growth
Series  II may  invest  are the  JNL/Alliance  Growth  Series,  JNL/J.P.  Morgan
International & Emerging  Markets Series,  JNL/Janus  Aggressive  Growth Series,
JNL/Janus  Global Equities Series,  JNL/Janus Growth & Income Series,  JNL/PIMCO
Total Return Bond Series,  JNL/Putnam  Growth Series,  JNL/Putnam  International
Equity Series,  JNL/Putnam Value Equity Series, JNL/Putnam Midcap Growth Series,
Lazard/JNL  Mid Cap  Value  Series,  Lazard/JNL  Small  Cap  Value  Series,  PPM
America/JNL Money Market Series,  Salomon Brothers/JNL Balanced Series,  Salomon
Brothers/JNL  Global Bond Series,  Salomon  Brothers/JNL High Yield Bond Series,
and T. Rowe Price/JNL Mid-Cap Growth Series.


The Series seeks to achieve capital growth through its investments in Underlying
Series that invest primarily in equity securities. These investments may include
Underlying Series that invest in stocks of large  established  companies as well
as those that invest in stocks of smaller  companies with  above-average  growth
potential.

The Series seeks to achieve current income through its investments in Underlying
Series that invest primarily in fixed-income  securities.  These investments may
include Underlying Series that invest in foreign bonds denominated in currencies
other than U.S. dollars as well as Underlying Series that invest  exclusively in
bonds of U.S.  issuers.  The Series may invest in Underlying  Series that invest
exclusively in  investment-grade  securities,  as well as Underlying Series that
invest in high-yield, high-risk bonds.

Under normal circumstances, the Series allocates approximately 70% to 80% of its
assets to Underlying  Series that invest primarily in equity  securities and 20%
to 30% to Underlying  Series that invest  primarily in fixed-income  securities.
Within these asset  classes,  the Series  remains  flexible  with respect to the
percentage it will allocate among particular Underlying Series.

PRINCIPAL  RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE SERIES.  An investment in the Series is not
guaranteed. As with any mutual fund, the value of the Series' shares will change
and  you  could  lose  money  by  investing  in the  Series.  Since  the  Series
concentrates its investments in shares of the Underlying Series, its performance
is  directly  related  to the  ability  of the  Underlying  Series to meet their
respective investment objectives,  as well as the sub-adviser's allocation among
the  Underlying  Series.  Accordingly,  a variety of factors may  influence  its
performance, such as:

     o    Market risk.  Because the Series invests  indirectly in stocks of U.S.
          and  foreign  companies,  it is subject to stock  market  risk.  Stock
          prices  typically  fluctuate  more than the  values of other  types of
          securities,  typically  in  response  to  changes  in  the  particular
          company's  financial  condition  and factors  affecting  the market in
          general.  For example,  unfavorable  or  unanticipated  poor  earnings
          performance  of the  company  may result in a decline  in its  stock's
          price, and a broad-based market drop may also cause a stock's price to
          fall.

          For bonds,  market risk  generally  reflects  credit risk and interest
          rate risk. Credit risk is the actual or perceived risk that the issuer
          of the bond will not pay the interest and principal payments when due.
          Bond  value   typically   declines  if  the  issuer's  credit  quality
          deteriorates.  Interest rate risk is the risk that interest rates will
          rise and the value of bonds,  including  those  held by an  Underlying
          Series,  will fall. A broad-based  market drop may also cause a bond's
          price to fall.

     o    Prepayment risk.  During periods of falling  interest rates,  there is
          the risk that a debt security with a high stated interest rate will be
          prepaid before its expected maturity date.

     o    Foreign investing risk. Foreign investing involves risks not typically
          associated with U.S.  investment.  These risks include,  among others,
          adverse  fluctuations  in foreign  currency  values as well as adverse
          political,  social  and  economic  developments  affecting  a  foreign
          country.  In  addition,   foreign  investing  involves  less  publicly
          available  information  and  more  volatile  or less  liquid  markets.
          Investments  in foreign  countries  could be  affected  by factors not
          present in the U.S.,  such as restrictions on receiving the investment
          proceeds  from a foreign  country,  foreign  tax laws,  and  potential
          difficulties  in enforcing  contractual  obligations.  Transactions in
          foreign  securities  may  be  subject  to  less  efficient  settlement
          practices,   including  extended  clearance  and  settlement  periods.
          Foreign  accounting  may be less  revealing  than American  accounting
          practices.  Foreign regulation may be inadequate or irregular.  Owning
          foreign  securities could cause an Underlying  Series'  performance to
          fluctuate  more than if it held only U.S.  securities.  To the  extent
          that an  Underlying  Series  invests  in  bonds  issued  by a  foreign
          government,  that Series may have limited legal  recourse in the event
          of default.  Political conditions,  especially a country's willingness
          to meet the terms of its debt obligations, can create special risks.

     o    Emerging  markets risk.  The Series may invest a portion of its assets
          in one or more  Underlying  Series that hold  securities of issuers in
          emerging  markets,   which  involves  greater  risk.  Emerging  market
          countries  typically have economic and political systems that are less
          fully  developed,  and  likely to be less  stable,  than those of more
          advanced  countries.  Emerging market countries may have policies that
          restrict  investment  by  foreigners,  and there is a higher risk of a
          government taking private property.  Low or nonexistent trading volume
          in securities  of issuers in emerging  markets may result in a lack of
          liquidity  and  in  price  volatility.  Issuers  in  emerging  markets
          typically  are subject to a greater  degree of change in earnings  and
          business prospects than are companies in developed markets.

     o    High-yield/high-risk  bonds. Lower-rated bonds involve a higher degree
          of  credit  risk,  which is the risk  that  the  issuer  will not make
          interest  or  principal   payments  when  due.  In  the  event  of  an
          unanticipated   default,  an  Underlying  Series  would  experience  a
          reduction  in its  income,  a  decline  in  the  market  value  of the
          securities  so  affected  and a decline  in the  value of its  shares.
          During an economic  downturn or substantial  period of rising interest
          rates, highly leveraged issuers may experience  financial stress which
          could adversely affect their ability to service principal and interest
          payment  obligations,  to meet projected  business goals and to obtain
          additional financing.  The market prices of lower-rated securities are
          generally  less  sensitive to interest rate changes than  higher-rated
          investments,  but more  sensitive  to adverse  economic  or  political
          changes, or individual developments specific to the issuer. Periods of
          economic or political uncertainty and change can be expected to result
          in volatility of prices of these securities.

     o    Currency risk. The value of an Underlying Series' shares may change as
          a result of changes in exchange  rates  reducing the value of the U.S.
          dollar value of the Series'  foreign  investments.  Currency  exchange
          rates can be volatile and affected by a number of factors, such as the
          general  economics  of a  country,  the  actions of U.S.  and  foreign
          governments or central banks, the imposition of currency controls, and
          speculation.

     o    Non-diversification.   The  Series  is   "non-diversified."   Under  a
          definition provided by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended,
          non-diversified  funds  may  invest  in  fewer  asset,  or  in  larger
          proportions of the assets of single companies or industries. Thus, the
          Series  may  hold  a  smaller  number  of  issuers  than  if  it  were
          "diversified." With a smaller number of different issuers,  the Series
          is subject to more risk than another  fund holding a larger  number of
          issuers,  since changes in the financial condition or market status of
          a single  issuer may cause  greater  fluctuation  in the Series' total
          return and share price.

Because the Series invests  exclusively in other series of the Trust, you should
look elsewhere in this  prospectus for the  particular  information  about those
series.


PERFORMANCE.  The bar chart and table  below  show the past  performance  of the
Series' shares.  The chart presents the annual returns and shows how performance
has varied from year to year.  The table shows the  Series'  annual  returns and
compares them to a broad based index since these shares were first offered. Both
the chart and the table assume reinvestment of dividends and distributions.  The
Series'  returns shown in the chart and table below do not reflect the deduction
of any  charges  that are imposed  under a variable  insurance  contract.  Those
charges,  which are described in the variable insurance prospectus,  will reduce
the Series' performance.  As with all mutual funds, the Series' past performance
does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future.

Annual Total Returns as of December 31

22.77%
[Insert Chart]
1999

In the period  shown in the chart,  the  Series'  highest  quarterly  return was
15.43%  (4th  quarter of 1999) and its lowest  quarterly  return was -4.14% (3rd
quarter of 1999).


                            Average Annual Total Returns as of December 31, 1999
                                            1 year            Life of Series*


JNL/S&P Moderate Growth Series II           22.77%                 14.10%

S&P 500 Index                               21.05%                 19.06%
S&P 500 Index/ Lehman Bond Aggregate
  Total Return Series                       15.58%                 15.38%

The S&P 500  Index  and the  Lehman  Bond  Aggregate  Total  Return  Series  are
broad-based, unmanaged indexes. . The total returns were calculated according to
the  following  weightings:  the  S&P 500  Index  represents  75% of the  equity
investments and the Lehman Bond Aggregate Total Return Series  represents 25% of
the  fixed-income  investments of the Series.

* The Series began operations on April 13, 1998.

SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES (FEES PAID DIRECTLY FROM YOUR INVESTMENT)
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON PURCHASES                            NONE
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON REINVESTED DIVIDENDS                 NONE
         DEFERRED SALES LOAD                                                NONE
         REDEMPTION FEE                                                     NONE
         EXCHANGE FEE                                                       NONE


EXPENSES.  The table below  shows  certain  expenses  you will incur as a Series
investor.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ANNUAL SERIES OPERATING EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE DEDUCTED FROM SERIES ASSETS)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management/Administrative Fee                                               .20%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Expenses                                                                0%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Series Annual Operating Expenses                                      .20%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


As a  shareholder  of an  Underlying  Series,  the Series will bear its pro rata
share  of the  expenses  of  that  Underlying  Series,  which  could  result  in
duplication of certain fees, including management and administration fees.

The total annual operating  expenses for each JNL/S&P Series (including both the
annual  operating  expenses  for the  JNL/S&P  Series and the  annual  operating
expenses  for the  underlying  investment  divisions)  could  range from .90% to
1.38%. The table below shows estimated total annual operating  expenses for each
JNL/S&P  Series based on the pro rata share of expenses that the JNL/S&P  Series
would bear if they  invested  in a  hypothetical  mix of  underlying  investment
divisions.  The  adviser  believes  the  expenses  shown  below  to be a  likely
approximation  of the expenses the JNL/S&P Series will incur based on the actual
mix of underlying  investment  divisions.  The expenses shown below include both
the annual  operating  expenses for the JNL/S&P Series and the annual  operating
expenses for the underlying  investment  divisions.  The actual expenses of each
JNL/S&P  Series  will  be  based  on the  actual  mix of  underlying  investment
divisions in which it invests.  The actual  expenses may be greater or less than
those shown.

JNL/S&P Moderate Growth Series II................................... 1.174%

EXPENSE  EXAMPLE.  This  example is  intended  to help you  compare  the cost of
investing in the Series with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.  Also,
this  example  does not reflect the expenses of the  Qualified  Plan.  The table
below shows the expenses you would pay on a $10,000 investment,  assuming (1) 5%
annual  return  and  (2)  redemption  at  the  end of  each  time  period.  This
illustration is hypothetical and is not intended to be representative of past or
future  performance  of the Series.  The example  also  assumes  that the Series
operating expenses remain the same.  Although your actual costs may be higher or
lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPENSE EXAMPLE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year                                                                      $20
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 Years                                                                     $64
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 Years                                                                    $113
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 Years                                                                   $255
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE OTHER INVESTMENT STRATEGIES,  OTHER INVESTMENTS
AND RISKS OF THE SERIES.  The JNL/S&P Moderate Growth Series II asset allocation
is  expected  to result in less risk than that  incurred  by JNL/S&P  Aggressive
Growth  Series II,  JNL/S&P Very  Aggressive  Growth Series II,  JNL/S&P  Equity
Growth Series II or JNL/S&P  Equity  Aggressive  Growth Series II, but more risk
than JNL/S&P Conservative Growth Series II.


When the sub-adviser  believes that a temporary defensive position is desirable,
the  Series  may  invest up to 100% of its  assets in cash or cash  equivalents.
Doing so may reduce the potential for appreciation of the Series' portfolio.

The SAI has more  information  about  the  Series'  authorized  investments  and
strategies, as well as the risks and restrictions that may apply to them.

THE  SUB-ADVISER  AND  PORTFOLIO  MANAGEMENT.  The  sub-adviser  to the  JNL/S&P
Moderate  Growth Series II is Standard & Poor's  Investment  Advisory  Services,
Inc.  (SPIAS),  located at 25  Broadway,  New York,  New York  10004.  SPIAS was
established  in 1995 to provide  investment  advice to the financial  community.
SPIAS  operates  independently  of and  has  no  access  to  analysis  or  other
information  supplied  or  obtained  by  Standard & Poor's  Ratings  Services in
connection with its ratings  business,  except to the extent such information is
made available by Standard & Poor's Ratings Services to the general public.


David M. Blitzer and Joshua M. Harari, CFA, share the primary responsibility for
the day-to-day  management of the Series. Mr. Blitzer has been Vice President of
SPIAS  since 1995 and has been an  economist  with  Standard & Poor's  Financial
Services  Group  (which  operates  independently  of  Standard & Poor's  Ratings
Services)  since 1982.  Mr.  Blitzer has had  responsibility  for the day-to-day
management of the Series since the inception of the Series.  Mr. Harari has been
a  senior  investment  officer  with the  Quantitative  Services  department  of
Standard & Poor's  Financial  Information  Services  since 1998.  Since  joining
Standard & Poor's in 1986, Mr. Harari served as an equity analyst and supervisor
of industrial  analysts with Standard & Poor's  Financial  Services  Group.  Mr.
Harari has had responsibility for the day-to-day  management of the Series since
May 1998.



<PAGE>
JNL/S&P AGGRESSIVE GROWTH SERIES II

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE.  The investment objective of the JNL/S&P Aggressive Growth
Series II is capital growth.


PRINCIPAL  INVESTMENT  STRATEGIES.  The Series seeks to achieve its objective by
investing  in a  diversified  group of other  Series  of the  Trust  (Underlying
Series).  The Underlying Series in which the JNL/S&P Aggressive Growth Series II
may invest are the JNL/Alliance Growth Series,  JNL/J.P.  Morgan International &
Emerging Market Series,  JNL/Janus  Aggressive  Growth Series,  JNL/Janus Global
Equities Series,  JNL/Janus Growth & Income Series,  JNL/PIMCO Total Return Bond
Series,  JNL/Putnam  Growth  Series,  JNL/Putnam  International  Equity  Series,
JNL/Putnam Value Equity Series,  JNL/Putnam Midcap Growth Series, Lazard/JNL Mid
Cap Value Series,  Lazard/JNL  Small Cap Value  Series,  PPM  America/JNL  Money
Market Series, Salomon Brothers/JNL Balanced Series, Salomon Brothers/JNL Global
Bond Series,  Salomon Brothers/JNL High Yield Bond Series, and T. Rowe Price/JNL
Mid-Cap Growth Series.


The Series seeks to achieve capital growth primarily  through its investments in
Underlying Series that invest primarily in equity securities.  These investments
may include Series that invest in stocks of large established  companies as well
as those that invest in stocks of smaller  companies with  above-average  growth
potential.

The Series seeks to achieve capital growth secondarily through its investment in
Underlying  Series that  invest  primarily  in  fixed-income  securities.  These
investments  may  include   Underlying  Series  that  invest  in  foreign  bonds
denominated in currencies other than U.S.  dollars as well as Underlying  Series
that  invest  exclusively  in bonds of U.S.  issuers.  The  Series may invest in
Underlying Series that invest  exclusively in  investment-grade  securities,  as
well as Underlying Series that invest in high-yield, high-risk bonds.

Under normal circumstances, the Series allocates approximately 85% to 95% of its
assets to Underlying Series that invest primarily in equity securities and 5% to
15% to  Underlying  Series that invest  primarily  in  fixed-income  securities.
Within these asset  classes,  the Series  remains  flexible  with respect to the
percentage it will allocate among particular Underlying Series.

PRINCIPAL  RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE SERIES.  An investment in the Series is not
guaranteed. As with any mutual fund, the value of the Series' shares will change
and  you  could  lose  money  by  investing  in the  Series.  Since  the  Series
concentrates its investments in shares of the Underlying Series, its performance
is  directly  related  to the  ability  of the  Underlying  Series to meet their
respective investment objectives,  as well as the sub-adviser's allocation among
the  Underlying  Series.  Accordingly,  a variety of factors may  influence  its
investment performance, such as:

     o    Market risk.  Because the Series invests  indirectly in stocks of U.S.
          and  foreign  companies,  it is subject to stock  market  risk.  Stock
          prices  typically  fluctuate  more than the  values of other  types of
          securities,  typically  in  response  to  changes  in  the  particular
          company's  financial  condition  and factors  affecting  the market in
          general.  For example,  unfavorable  or  unanticipated  poor  earnings
          performance  of the  company  may result in a decline  in its  stock's
          price, and a broad-based market drop may also cause a stock's price to
          fall.

          For bonds,  market risk  generally  reflects  credit risk and interest
          rate risk. Credit risk is the actual or perceived risk that the issuer
          of the bond will not pay the interest and principal payments when due.
          Bond  value   typically   declines  if  the  issuer's  credit  quality
          deteriorates.  Interest rate risk is the risk that interest rates will
          rise and the value of bonds,  including  those  held by an  Underlying
          Series,  will fall. A broad-based  market drop may also cause a bond's
          price to fall.

     o    Prepayment risk.  During periods of falling  interest rates,  there is
          the risk that a debt security with a high stated interest rate will be
          prepaid before its expected maturity date.

     o    Foreign investing risk. Foreign investing involves risks not typically
          associated with U.S.  investment.  These risks include,  among others,
          adverse  fluctuations  in foreign  currency  values as well as adverse
          political,  social  and  economic  developments  affecting  a  foreign
          country.  In  addition,   foreign  investing  involves  less  publicly
          available  information  and  more  volatile  or less  liquid  markets.
          Investments  in foreign  countries  could be  affected  by factors not
          present in the U.S.,  such as restrictions on receiving the investment
          proceeds  from a foreign  country,  foreign  tax laws,  and  potential
          difficulties  in enforcing  contractual  obligations.  Transactions in
          foreign  securities  may  be  subject  to  less  efficient  settlement
          practices,   including  extended  clearance  and  settlement  periods.
          Foreign  accounting  may be less  revealing  than American  accounting
          practices.  Foreign regulation may be inadequate or irregular.  Owning
          foreign  securities could cause an Underlying  Series'  performance to
          fluctuate  more than if it held only U.S.  securities.  To the  extent
          that an  Underlying  Series  invests  in  bonds  issued  by a  foreign
          government,  that Series may have limited legal  recourse in the event
          of default.  Political conditions,  especially a country's willingness
          to meet the terms of its debt obligations, can create special risks.

     o    Emerging  markets risk.  The Series may invest a portion of its assets
          in one or more  Underlying  Series that hold  securities of issuers in
          emerging  markets,   which  involves  greater  risk.  Emerging  market
          countries  typically have economic and political systems that are less
          fully  developed,  and  likely to be less  stable,  than those of more
          advanced  countries.  Emerging market countries may have policies that
          restrict  investment  by  foreigners,  and there is a higher risk of a
          government taking private property.  Low or nonexistent trading volume
          in securities  of issuers in emerging  markets may result in a lack of
          liquidity  and  in  price  volatility.  Issuers  in  emerging  markets
          typically  are subject to a greater  degree of change in earnings  and
          business prospects than are companies in developed markets.


     o    High-yield/high-risk  bonds. Lower-rated bonds involve a higher degree
          of  credit  risk,  which is the risk  that  the  issuer  will not make
          interest  or  principal   payments  when  due.  In  the  event  of  an
          unanticipated   default,  an  Underlying  Series  would  experience  a
          reduction  in its  income,  a  decline  in  the  market  value  of the
          securities  so  affected  and a decline  in the  value of its  shares.
          During an economic  downturn or substantial  period of rising interest
          rates, highly leveraged issuers may experience  financial stress which
          could adversely affect their ability to service principal and interest
          payment  obligations,  to meet projected  business goals and to obtain
          additional financing.  The market prices of lower-rated securities are
          generally  less  sensitive to interest rate changes than  higher-rated
          investments,  but more  sensitive  to adverse  economic  or  political
          changes, or individual developments specific to the issuer. Periods of
          economic or political uncertainty and change can be expected to result
          in volatility of prices of these securities.


     o    Currency risk. The value of an Underlying Series' shares may change as
          a result of changes in exchange  rates  reducing the value of the U.S.
          dollar value of the Series'  foreign  investments.  Currency  exchange
          rates can be volatile and affected by a number of factors, such as the
          general  economics  of a  country,  the  actions of U.S.  and  foreign
          governments or central banks, the imposition of currency controls, and
          speculation.

     o    Non-diversification.   The  Series  is   "non-diversified."   Under  a
          definition provided by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended,
          non-diversified  funds  may  invest  in  fewer  assets,  or in  larger
          proportions of the assets of single companies or industries. Thus, the
          Series  may  hold  a  smaller  number  of  issuers  than  if  it  were
          "diversified." With a smaller number of different issuers,  the Series
          is subject to more risk than another  fund holding a larger  number of
          issuers,  since changes in the financial condition or market status of
          a single  issuer may cause  greater  fluctuation  in the Series' total
          return and share price.


Because the Series invests  exclusively in other series of the Trust, you should
look elsewhere in this  prospectus for the  particular  information  about those
series. PERFORMANCE.  The bar chart and table below show the past performance of
the  Series'  shares.  The  chart  presents  the  annual  returns  and shows how
performance  has varied from year to year.  The table  shows the Series'  annual
returns and  compares  them to a broad based index since these shares were first
offered.  Both the chart and the table  assume  reinvestment  of  dividends  and
distributions.  The  Series'  returns  shown in the chart and table below do not
reflect the deduction of any charges that are imposed under a variable insurance
contract.   Those  charges,  which  are  described  in  the  variable  insurance
prospectus,  will reduce the Series' performance.  As with all mutual funds, the
Series' past  performance  does not necessarily  indicate how it will perform in
the future.


Annual Total Returns as of December 31

28.66%
[Insert Chart]
1999

In the period  shown in the chart,  the  Series'  highest  quarterly  return was
20.17%  (4th  quarter of 1999) and its lowest  quarterly  return was -4.69% (3rd
quarter of 1999).


                            Average Annual Total Returns as of December 31, 1999
                                           1 year            Life of Series*


JNL/S&P Aggressive Growth Series II        28.66%                 16.11%

S&P 500 Index                              21.05%                 19.06%
S&P 500 Index/ Lehman Bond Aggregate
  Total Return Series                      18.86%                 17.59%


The S&P 500  Index  and the  Lehman  Bond  Aggregate  Total  Return  Series  are
broad-based, unmanaged indexes. . The total returns were calculated according to
the  following  weightings:  the  S&P 500  Index  represents  90% of the  equity
investments and the Lehman Bond Aggregate Total Return Series  represents 10% of
the fixed-income investments of the Series.


* The Series began operations on April 13, 1998.


SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES (FEES PAID DIRECTLY FROM YOUR INVESTMENT)
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON PURCHASES                           NONE
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON REINVESTED DIVIDENDS                NONE
         DEFERRED SALES LOAD                                               NONE
         REDEMPTION FEE                                                    NONE
         EXCHANGE FEE                                                      NONE


EXPENSES.  The table below  shows  certain  expenses  you will incur as a Series
investor.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ANNUAL SERIES OPERATING EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE DEDUCTED FROM SERIES ASSETS)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management/Administrative Fee                                              .20%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Expenses                                                               0%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Series Annual Operating Expenses                                     .20%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


As a  shareholder  of an  Underlying  Series,  the Series will bear its pro rata
share  of the  expenses  of  that  Underlying  Series,  which  could  result  in
duplication of certain fees, including management and administration fees.

The total annual operating  expenses for each JNL/S&P Series (including both the
annual  operating  expenses  for the  JNL/S&P  Series and the  annual  operating
expenses  for the  underlying  investment  divisions)  could  range from .90% to
1.38%. The table below shows estimated total annual operating  expenses for each
JNL/S&P  Series based on the pro rata share of expenses that the JNL/S&P  Series
would bear if they  invested  in a  hypothetical  mix of  underlying  investment
divisions.  The  adviser  believes  the  expenses  shown  below  to be a  likely
approximation  of the expenses the JNL/S&P Series will incur based on the actual
mix of underlying  investment  divisions.  The expenses shown below include both
the annual  operating  expenses for the JNL/S&P Series and the annual  operating
expenses for the underlying  investment  divisions.  The actual expenses of each
JNL/S&P  Series  will  be  based  on the  actual  mix of  underlying  investment
divisions in which it invests.  The actual  expenses may be greater or less than
those shown.

JNL/S&P Aggressive Growth Series II................................. 1.21%

EXPENSE  EXAMPLE.  This  example is  intended  to help you  compare  the cost of
investing in the Series with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.  Also,
this  example  does not reflect the expenses of the  Qualified  Plan.  The table
below shows the expenses you would pay on a $10,000 investment,  assuming (1) 5%
annual  return  and  (2)  redemption  at  the  end of  each  time  period.  This
illustration is hypothetical and is not intended to be representative of past or
future  performance  of the Series.  The example  also  assumes  that the Series
operating expenses remain the same.  Although your actual costs may be higher or
lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPENSE EXAMPLE
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year                                                                      $20
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 Years                                                                     $64
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 Years                                                                    $113
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 Years                                                                   $255
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE OTHER INVESTMENT STRATEGIES,  OTHER INVESTMENTS
AND  RISKS  OF THE  SERIES.  The  JNL/S&P  Aggressive  Growth  Series  II  asset
allocation is expected to result in less risk than that incurred by JNL/S&P Very
Aggressive  Growth Series II,  JNL/S&P Equity Growth Series II or JNL/S&P Equity
Aggressive  Growth  Series II, but more risk than  JNL/S&P  Conservative  Growth
Series II or JNL/S&P Moderate Growth Series II.


When the sub-adviser  believes that a temporary defensive position is desirable,
the  Series  may  invest up to 100% of its  assets in cash or cash  equivalents.
Taking a defensive  position may reduce the  potential for  appreciation  of the
Series' portfolio.

The SAI has more  information  about  the  Series'  authorized  investments  and
strategies, as well as the risks and restrictions that may apply to them.

THE  SUB-ADVISER  AND  PORTFOLIO  MANAGEMENT.  The  sub-adviser  to the  JNL/S&P
Aggressive Growth Series II is Standard & Poor's Investment  Advisory  Services,
Inc.  (SPIAS),  located at 25  Broadway,  New York,  New York  10004.  SPIAS was
established  in 1995 to provide  investment  advice to the financial  community.
SPIAS  operates  independently  of and  has  no  access  to  analysis  or  other
information  supplied  or  obtained  by  Standard & Poor's  Ratings  Services in
connection with its ratings  business,  except to the extent such information is
made available by Standard & Poor's Ratings Services to the general public.


David M. Blitzer and Joshua M. Harari, CFA, share the primary responsibility for
the day-to-day  management of the Series. Mr. Blitzer has been Vice President of
SPIAS  since 1995 and has been an  economist  with  Standard & Poor's  Financial
Services  Group  (which  operates  independently  of  Standard & Poor's  Ratings
Services)  since 1982.  Mr.  Blitzer has had  responsibility  for the day-to-day
management of the Series since the inception of the Series.  Mr. Harari has been
a  senior  investment  officer  with the  Quantitative  Services  department  of
Standard & Poor's  Financial  Information  Services  since 1998.  Since  joining
Standard & Poor's in 1986, Mr. Harari served as an equity analyst and supervisor
of industrial  analysts with Standard & Poor's  Financial  Services  Group.  Mr.
Harari has had responsibility for the day-to-day  management of the Series since
May 1998.

<PAGE>
JNL/S&P VERY AGGRESSIVE GROWTH SERIES II

INVESTMENT  OBJECTIVE.  The investment  objective of the JNL/S&P Very Aggressive
Growth Series II is capital growth.


PRINCIPAL  INVESTMENT  STRATEGIES.  The Series seeks to achieve its objective by
investing  in a  diversified  group of other  Series  of the  Trust  (Underlying
Series). The Underlying Series in which JNL/S&P Very Aggressive Growth Series II
may invest are the JNL/Alliance Growth Series,  JNL/J.P.  Morgan International &
Emerging Markets Series,  JNL/Janus  Aggressive Growth Series,  JNL/Janus Global
Equities Series,  JNL/Janus Growth & Income Series,  JNL/PIMCO Total Return Bond
Series,  JNL/Putnam  Growth  Series,  JNL/Putnam  International  Equity  Series,
JNL/Putnam Value Equity Series,  JNL/Putnam Midcap Growth Series, Lazard/JNL Mid
Cap Value Series,  Lazard/JNL  Small Cap Value  Series,  PPM  America/JNL  Money
Market Series, Salomon Brothers/JNL Balanced Series, Salomon Brothers/JNL Global
Bond Series,  Salomon Brothers/JNL High Yield Bond Series, and T. Rowe Price/JNL
Mid-Cap Growth Series.


The Series seeks to achieve capital growth through its investments in Underlying
Series that invest primarily in equity securities. These investments may include
Series that  invest in stocks of large  established  companies  as well as those
that invest in stocks of smaller companies with above-average growth potential.

Under  normal  circumstances,  the  Series  allocates  100%  of  its  assets  to
Underlying Series that invest primarily in equity securities. The Series remains
flexible with respect to the percentage it will allocate among those  particular
Underlying Series that invest primarily in equity securities.

PRINCIPAL  RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE SERIES.  An investment in the Series is not
guaranteed. As with any mutual fund, the value of the Series' shares will change
and  you  could  lose  money  by  investing  in the  Series.  Since  the  Series
concentrates its investments in shares of the Underlying Series, its performance
is  directly  related  to the  ability  of the  Underlying  Series to meet their
respective investment objectives,  as well as the sub-adviser's allocation among
the  Underlying  Series.  Accordingly,  a variety of factors may  influence  its
investment performance, such as:

     o    Market risk.  Because the Series invests  indirectly in stocks of U.S.
          and  foreign  companies,  it is subject to stock  market  risk.  Stock
          prices  typically  fluctuate  more than the  values of other  types of
          securities,  typically  in  response  to  changes  in  the  particular
          company's  financial  condition  and factors  affecting  the market in
          general.  For example,  unfavorable  or  unanticipated  poor  earnings
          performance  of the  company  may result in a decline  in its  stock's
          price, and a broad-based market drop may also cause a stock's price to
          fall.


          For bonds,  market risk  generally  reflects  credit risk and interest
          rate risk. Credit risk is the actual or perceived risk that the issuer
          of the bond will not pay the interest and principal payments when due.
          Bond  value   typically   declines  if  the  issuer's  credit  quality
          deteriorates.  Interest rate risk is the risk that interest rates will
          rise and the value of bonds,  including  those  held by an  Underlying
          Series,  will fall. A broad-based  market drop may also cause a bond's
          price to fall.


     o    Foreign investing risk. Foreign investing involves risks not typically
          associated with U.S.  investment.  These risks include,  among others,
          adverse  fluctuations  in foreign  currency  values as well as adverse
          political,  social  and  economic  developments  affecting  a  foreign
          country.  In  addition,   foreign  investing  involves  less  publicly
          available  information  and  more  volatile  or less  liquid  markets.
          Investments  in foreign  countries  could be  affected  by factors not
          present in the U.S.,  such as restrictions on receiving the investment
          proceeds  from a foreign  country,  foreign  tax laws,  and  potential
          difficulties  in enforcing  contractual  obligations.  Transactions in
          foreign  securities  may  be  subject  to  less  efficient  settlement
          practices,   including  extended  clearance  and  settlement  periods.
          Foreign  accounting  may be less  revealing  than American  accounting
          practices.  Foreign regulation may be inadequate or irregular.  Owning
          foreign  securities could cause an Underlying  Series'  performance to
          fluctuate  more than if it held only U.S.  securities.  To the  extent
          that an  Underlying  Series  invests  in  bonds  issued  by a  foreign
          government,  that Series may have limited legal  recourse in the event
          of default.  Political conditions,  especially a country's willingness
          to meet the terms of its debt obligations, can create special risks.

     o    Emerging  markets risk.  The Series may invest a portion of its assets
          in one or more  Underlying  Series that hold  securities of issuers in
          emerging  markets,   which  involves  greater  risk.  Emerging  market
          countries  typically have economic and political systems that are less
          fully  developed,  and  likely to be less  stable,  than those of more
          advanced  countries.  Emerging market countries may have policies that
          restrict  investment  by  foreigners,  and there is a higher risk of a
          government taking private property.  Low or nonexistent trading volume
          in securities  of issuers in emerging  markets may result in a lack of
          liquidity  and  in  price  volatility.  Issuers  in  emerging  markets
          typically  are subject to a greater  degree of change in earnings  and
          business prospects than are companies in developed markets.


     o    High-yield/high-risk  bonds. Lower-rated bonds involve a higher degree
          of  credit  risk,  which is the risk  that  the  issuer  will not make
          interest  or  principal   payments  when  due.  In  the  event  of  an
          unanticipated  default,  a Series would  experience a reduction in its
          income,  a decline in the market value of the  securities  so affected
          and a decline in the value of its shares.  During an economic downturn
          or  substantial  period of rising  interest  rates,  highly  leveraged
          issuers may experience  financial  stress which could adversely affect
          their ability to service  principal and interest payment  obligations,
          to meet projected  business goals and to obtain additional  financing.
          The  market  prices  of  lower-rated  securities  are  generally  less
          sensitive to interest rate changes than higher-rated investments,  but
          more sensitive to adverse economic or political changes, or individual
          developments specific to the issuer.  Periods of economic or political
          uncertainty  and change can be  expected  to result in  volatility  of
          prices of these securities.


     o    Currency risk. The value of an Underlying Series' shares may change as
          a result of changes in exchange  rates  reducing the value of the U.S.
          dollar value of the Series'  foreign  investments.  Currency  exchange
          rates can be volatile and affected by a number of factors, such as the
          general  economics  of a  country,  the  actions of U.S.  and  foreign
          governments or central banks, the imposition of currency controls, and
          speculation.

     o    Non-diversification.   The  Series  is   "non-diversified."   Under  a
          definition provided by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended,
          non-diversified  funds  may  invest  in  fewer  assets,  or in  larger
          proportions of the assets of single companies or industries. Thus, the
          Series  may  hold  a  smaller  number  of  issuers  than  if  it  were
          "diversified." With a smaller number of different issuers,  the Series
          is subject to more risk than another  fund holding a larger  number of
          issuers,  since changes in the financial condition or market status of
          a single  issuer may cause  greater  fluctuation  in the Series' total
          return and share price.

Because the Series invests  exclusively in other series of the Trust, you should
look elsewhere in this  prospectus for the  particular  information  about those
series.


PERFORMANCE.  The bar chart and table  below  show the past  performance  of the
Series' shares.  The chart presents the annual returns and shows how performance
has varied from year to year.  The table shows the  Series'  annual  returns and
compares them to a broad based index since these shares were first offered. Both
the chart and the table assume reinvestment of dividends and distributions.  The
Series'  returns shown in the chart and table below do not reflect the deduction
of any  charges  that are imposed  under a variable  insurance  contract.  Those
charges,  which are described in the variable insurance prospectus,  will reduce
the Series' performance.  As with all mutual funds, the Series' past performance
does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future.


Annual Total Returns as of December 31

42.42%
[Insert Chart]
1999

In the period  shown in the chart,  the  Series'  highest  quarterly  return was
26.60%  (4th  quarter of 1999) and its lowest  quarterly  return was -2.80% (3rd
quarter of 1999).


                            Average Annual Total Returns as of December 31, 1999
                                                 1 year          Life of Series*


JNL/S&P Very Aggressive Growth Series II        42.42%                 28.44%

S&P 500 Index                                   21.05%                 19.06%

The S&P  500  Index  is a  broad-based,  unmanaged  indexes.  The S&P 500  Index
represents 100% of the equity investments of the Series.


* The Series began operations on April 13, 1998.


SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES (FEES PAID DIRECTLY FROM YOUR INVESTMENT)
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON PURCHASES                            NONE
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON REINVESTED DIVIDENDS                 NONE
         DEFERRED SALES LOAD                                                NONE
         REDEMPTION FEE                                                     NONE
         EXCHANGE FEE                                                       NONE


EXPENSES.  The table below  shows  certain  expenses  you will incur as a Series
investor.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ANNUAL SERIES OPERATING EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE DEDUCTED FROM SERIES ASSETS)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management/Administrative Fee                                              .20%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Expenses                                                               0%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Series Annual Operating Expenses                                     .20%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


As a  shareholder  of an  Underlying  Series,  the Series will bear its pro rata
share  of the  expenses  of  that  Underlying  Series,  which  could  result  in
duplication of certain fees, including management and administration fees.

The total annual operating  expenses for each JNL/S&P Series (including both the
annual  operating  expenses  for the  JNL/S&P  Series and the  annual  operating
expenses  for the  underlying  investment  divisions)  could  range from .90% to
1.38%. The table below shows estimated total annual operating  expenses for each
JNL/S&P  Series based on the pro rata share of expenses that the JNL/S&P  Series
would bear if they  invested  in a  hypothetical  mix of  underlying  investment
divisions.  The  adviser  believes  the  expenses  shown  below  to be a  likely
approximation  of the expenses the JNL/S&P Series will incur based on the actual
mix of underlying  investment  divisions.  The expenses shown below include both
the annual  operating  expenses for the JNL/S&P Series and the annual  operating
expenses for the underlying  investment  divisions.  The actual expenses of each
JNL/S&P  Series  will  be  based  on the  actual  mix of  underlying  investment
divisions in which it invests.  The actual  expenses may be greater or less than
those shown.

JNL/S&P Very Aggressive Growth Series II............................ 1.23%

EXPENSE  EXAMPLE.  This  example is  intended  to help you  compare  the cost of
investing in the Series with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.  Also,
this  example  does not reflect the expenses of the  Qualified  Plan.  The table
below shows the expenses you would pay on a $10,000 investment,  assuming (1) 5%
annual  return  and  (2)  redemption  at  the  end of  each  time  period.  This
illustration is hypothetical and is not intended to be representative of past or
future  performance  of the Series.  The example  also  assumes  that the Series
operating expenses remain the same.  Although your actual costs may be higher or
lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:


- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPENSE EXAMPLE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year                                                                     $20
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 Years                                                                    $64
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 Years                                                                   $113
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 Years                                                                  $255
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE OTHER INVESTMENT STRATEGIES,  OTHER INVESTMENTS
AND RISKS OF THE SERIES.  The JNL/S&P  Very  Aggressive  Growth  Series II asset
allocation  is  expected  to result in more risk than that  incurred  by JNL/S&P
Conservative  Growth  Series II,  JNL/S&P  Moderate  Growth  Series II,  JNL/S&P
Aggressive  Growth Series II,  JNL/S&P Equity Growth Series II or JNL/S&P Equity
Aggressive  Growth  Series II. When the  sub-adviser  believes  that a temporary
defensive position is desirable,  the Series may invest up to 100% of its assets
in cash,  cash  equivalents  or  Underlying  Series  that  invest  primarily  in
fixed-income  securities.  Taking a defensive  position may reduce the potential
for appreciation of the Series' portfolio.


The SAI has more  information  about  the  Series'  authorized  investments  and
strategies, as well as the risks and restrictions that may apply to them.

THE  SUB-ADVISER AND PORTFOLIO  MANAGEMENT.  The sub-adviser to the JNL/S&P Very
Aggressive Growth Series II is Standard & Poor's Investment  Advisory  Services,
Inc.  (SPIAS),  located at 25  Broadway,  New York,  New York  10004.  SPIAS was
established  in 1995 to provide  investment  advice to the financial  community.
SPIAS  operates  independently  of and  has  no  access  to  analysis  or  other
information  supplied  or  obtained  by  Standard & Poor's  Ratings  Services in
connection with its ratings  business,  except to the extent such information is
made available by Standard & Poor's Ratings Services to the general public.


David M. Blitzer and Joshua M. Harari, CFA, share the primary responsibility for
the day-to-day  management of the Series. Mr. Blitzer has been Vice President of
SPIAS  since 1995 and has been an  economist  with  Standard & Poor's  Financial
Services  Group  (which  operates  independently  of  Standard & Poor's  Ratings
Services)  since 1982.  Mr.  Blitzer has had  responsibility  for the day-to-day
management of the Series since the inception of the Series.  Mr. Harari has been
a  senior  investment  officer  with the  Quantitative  Services  department  of
Standard & Poor's  Financial  Information  Services  since 1998.  Since  joining
Standard & Poor's in 1986, Mr. Harari served as an equity analyst and supervisor
of industrial  analysts with Standard & Poor's  Financial  Services  Group.  Mr.
Harari has had responsibility for the day-to-day  management of the Series since
May 1998.



<PAGE>
JNL/S&P EQUITY GROWTH SERIES II

INVESTMENT  OBJECTIVE.  The  investment  objective of the JNL/S&P  Equity Growth
Series II is capital growth.


PRINCIPAL  INVESTMENT  STRATEGIES.  The Series seeks to achieve its objective by
investing  in a  diversified  group of other  Series  of the  Trust  (Underlying
Series).  The Underlying Series in which the JNL/S&P Equity Growth Series II may
invest are the  JNL/Alliance  Growth Series,  JNL/J.P.  Morgan  International  &
Emerging Markets Series,  JNL/Janus  Aggressive Growth Series,  JNL/Janus Global
Equities Series,  JNL/Janus Growth & Income Series,  JNL/PIMCO Total Return Bond
Series,  JNL/Putnam  Growth  Series,  JNL/Putnam  International  Equity  Series,
JNL/Putnam Value Equity Series,  JNL/Putnam Midcap Growth Series, Lazard/JNL Mid
Cap Value Series,  Lazard/JNL  Small Cap Value  Series,  PPM  America/JNL  Money
Market Series, Salomon Brothers/JNL Balanced Series, Salomon Brothers/JNL Global
Bond Series,  Salomon Brothers/JNL High Yield Bond Series, and T. Rowe Price/JNL
Mid-Cap Growth Series.


The Series seeks to achieve capital growth through its investments in Underlying
Series that invest primarily in equity securities. These investments may include
Series that  invest in stocks of large  established  companies  as well as those
that invest in stocks of smaller companies with above-average growth potential.

Under  normal  circumstances,  the  Series  allocates  100%  of  its  assets  to
Underlying Series that invest primarily in equity securities. The Series remains
flexible with respect to the percentage it will allocate among those  particular
Underlying Series that invest primarily in equity securities.

PRINCIPAL  RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE SERIES.  An investment in the Series is not
guaranteed. As with any mutual fund, the value of the Series' shares will change
and  you  could  lose  money  by  investing  in the  Series.  Since  the  Series
concentrates its investments in shares of the Underlying Series, its performance
is  directly  related  to the  ability  of the  Underlying  Series to meet their
respective investment objectives,  as well as the sub-adviser's allocation among
the  Underlying  Series.  Accordingly,  a variety of factors may  influence  its
investment performance, such as:

     o    Market risk.  Because the Series invests  indirectly in stocks of U.S.
          and  foreign  companies,  it is subject to stock  market  risk.  Stock
          prices  typically  fluctuate  more than the  values of other  types of
          securities,  typically  in  response  to  changes  in  the  particular
          company's  financial  condition  and factors  affecting  the market in
          general.  For example,  unfavorable  or  unanticipated  poor  earnings
          performance  of the  company  may result in a decline  in its  stock's
          price, and a broad-based market drop may also cause a stock's price to
          fall.


          For bonds,  market risk  generally  reflects  credit risk and interest
          rate risk. Credit risk is the actual or perceived risk that the issuer
          of the bond will not pay the interest and principal payments when due.
          Bond  value   typically   declines  if  the  issuer's  credit  quality
          deteriorates.  Interest rate risk is the risk that interest rates will
          rise and the value of bonds,  including  those  held by an  Underlying
          Series,  will fall. A broad-based  market drop may also cause a bond's
          price to fall.


     o    Foreign investing risk. Foreign investing involves risks not typically
          associated with U.S.  investment.  These risks include,  among others,
          adverse  fluctuations  in foreign  currency  values as well as adverse
          political,  social  and  economic  developments  affecting  a  foreign
          country.  In  addition,   foreign  investing  involves  less  publicly
          available  information  and  more  volatile  or less  liquid  markets.
          Investments  in foreign  countries  could be  affected  by factors not
          present in the U.S.,  such as restrictions on receiving the investment
          proceeds  from a foreign  country,  foreign  tax laws,  and  potential
          difficulties  in enforcing  contractual  obligations.  Transactions in
          foreign  securities  may  be  subject  to  less  efficient  settlement
          practices,   including  extended  clearance  and  settlement  periods.
          Foreign  accounting  may be less  revealing  than American  accounting
          practices.  Foreign regulation may be inadequate or irregular.  Owning
          foreign  securities could cause an Underlying  Series'  performance to
          fluctuate  more than if it held only U.S.  securities.  To the  extent
          that an  Underlying  Series  invests  in  bonds  issued  by a  foreign
          government,  that Series may have limited legal  recourse in the event
          of default.  Political conditions,  especially a country's willingness
          to meet the terms of its debt obligations, can create special risks.

     o    Emerging  markets risk.  The Series may invest a portion of its assets
          in one or more  Underlying  Series that hold  securities of issuers in
          emerging  markets,   which  involves  greater  risk.  Emerging  market
          countries  typically have economic and political systems that are less
          fully  developed,  and  likely to be less  stable,  than those of more
          advanced  countries.  Emerging market countries may have policies that
          restrict  investment  by  foreigners,  and there is a higher risk of a
          government taking private property.  Low or nonexistent trading volume
          in securities  of issuers in emerging  markets may result in a lack of
          liquidity  and  in  price  volatility.  Issuers  in  emerging  markets
          typically  are subject to a greater  degree of change in earnings  and
          business prospects than are companies in developed markets.


     o    High-yield/high-risk  bonds. Lower-rated bonds involve a higher degree
          of  credit  risk,  which is the risk  that  the  issuer  will not make
          interest  or  principal   payments  when  due.  In  the  event  of  an
          unanticipated  default,  a Series would  experience a reduction in its
          income,  a decline in the market value of the  securities  so affected
          and a decline in the value of its shares.  During an economic downturn
          or  substantial  period of rising  interest  rates,  highly  leveraged
          issuers may experience  financial  stress which could adversely affect
          their ability to service  principal and interest payment  obligations,
          to meet projected  business goals and to obtain additional  financing.
          The  market  prices  of  lower-rated  securities  are  generally  less
          sensitive to interest rate changes than higher-rated investments,  but
          more sensitive to adverse economic or political changes, or individual
          developments specific to the issuer.  Periods of economic or political
          uncertainty  and change can be  expected  to result in  volatility  of
          prices of these securities.


     o    Currency risk. The value of an Underlying Series' shares may change as
          a result of changes in exchange  rates  reducing the value of the U.S.
          dollar value of the Series'  foreign  investments.  Currency  exchange
          rates can be volatile and affected by a number of factors, such as the
          general  economics  of a  country,  the  actions of U.S.  and  foreign
          governments or central banks, the imposition of currency controls, and
          speculation.

     o    Non-diversification.   The  Series  is   "non-diversified."   Under  a
          definition provided by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended,
          non-diversified  funds  may  invest  in  fewer  assets,  or in  larger
          proportions  of the assets of single  companies or  industries . Thus,
          the  Series  may hold a  smaller  number  of  issuers  than if it were
          "diversified." With a smaller number of different issuers,  the Series
          is subject to more risk than another  fund holding a larger  number of
          issuers,  since changes in the financial condition or market status of
          a single  issuer may cause  greater  fluctuation  in the Series' total
          return and share price.


Because the Series invests  exclusively in other series of the Trust, you should
look elsewhere in this  prospectus for the  particular  information  about those
series. PERFORMANCE.  The bar chart and table below show the past performance of
the  Series'  shares.  The  chart  presents  the  annual  returns  and shows how
performance  has varied from year to year.  The table  shows the Series'  annual
returns and  compares  them to a broad based index since these shares were first
offered.  Both the chart and the table  assume  reinvestment  of  dividends  and
distributions.  The  Series'  returns  shown in the chart and table below do not
reflect the deduction of any charges that are imposed under a variable insurance
contract.   Those  charges,  which  are  described  in  the  variable  insurance
prospectus,  will reduce the Series' performance.  As with all mutual funds, the
Series' past  performance  does not necessarily  indicate how it will perform in
the future.


Annual Total Returns as of December 31

36.29%
[Insert Chart]
1999

In the period  shown in the chart,  the  Series'  highest  quarterly  return was
23.27%  (4th  quarter of 1999) and its lowest  quarterly  return was -4.31% (3rd
quarter of 1999).


                            Average Annual Total Returns as of December 31, 1999
                                      1 year            Life of Series*


JNL/S&P Equity Growth Series II       36.29%                19.99%

S&P 500 Index                         21.05%                 19.06%

The S&P  500  Index  is a  broad-based,  unmanaged  indexes.  The S&P 500  Index
represents 100% of the equity investments of the Series.


* The Series began operations on April 13, 1998.



SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES (FEES PAID DIRECTLY FROM YOUR INVESTMENT)
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON PURCHASES                            NONE
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON REINVESTED DIVIDENDS                 NONE
         DEFERRED SALES LOAD                                                NONE
         REDEMPTION FEE                                                     NONE
         EXCHANGE FEE                                                       NONE


EXPENSES.  The table below  shows  certain  expenses  you will incur as a Series
investor.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ANNUAL SERIES OPERATING EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE DEDUCTED FROM SERIES ASSETS)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management/Administrative Fee                                               .20%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Expenses                                                                0%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Series Annual Operating Expenses                                      .20%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


As a  shareholder  of an  Underlying  Series,  the Series will bear its pro rata
share  of the  expenses  of  that  Underlying  Series,  which  could  result  in
duplication of certain fees, including management and administration fees.

The total annual operating  expenses for each JNL/S&P Series (including both the
annual  operating  expenses  for the  JNL/S&P  Series and the  annual  operating
expenses  for the  underlying  investment  divisions)  could  range from .90% to
1.38%. The table below shows estimated total annual operating  expenses for each
JNL/S&P  Series based on the pro rata share of expenses that the JNL/S&P  Series
would bear if they  invested  in a  hypothetical  mix of  underlying  investment
divisions.  The  adviser  believes  the  expenses  shown  below  to be a  likely
approximation  of the expenses the JNL/S&P Series will incur based on the actual
mix of underlying  investment  divisions.  The expenses shown below include both
the annual  operating  expenses for the JNL/S&P Series and the annual  operating
expenses for the underlying  investment  divisions.  The actual expenses of each
JNL/S&P  Series  will  be  based  on the  actual  mix of  underlying  investment
divisions in which it invests.  The actual  expenses may be greater or less than
those shown.

JNL/S&P Equity Growth Series II..................................... 1.22%

EXPENSE  EXAMPLE.  This  example is  intended  to help you  compare  the cost of
investing in the Series with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.  Also,
this  example  does not reflect the expenses of the  Qualified  Plan.  The table
below shows the expenses you would pay on a $10,000 investment,  assuming (1) 5%
annual  return  and  (2)  redemption  at  the  end of  each  time  period.  This
illustration is hypothetical and is not intended to be representative of past or
future  performance  of the Series.  The example  also  assumes  that the Series
operating expenses remain the same.  Although your actual costs may be higher or
lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPENSE EXAMPLE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year                                                                     $20
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 Years                                                                    $64
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 Years                                                                   $113
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 Years                                                                  $255
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE OTHER INVESTMENT STRATEGIES,  OTHER INVESTMENTS
AND RISKS OF THE SERIES. The JNL/S&P Equity Growth Series II asset allocation is
expected  to result in more risk than  that  incurred  by  JNL/S&P  Conservative
Growth  Series II,  JNL/S&P  Moderate  Growth  Series II and JNL/S&P  Aggressive
Growth Series II, but less risk than JNL/S&P Equity  Aggressive Growth Series II
or JNL/S&P VeryAggressive Growth Series II.


When the sub-adviser  believes that a temporary defensive position is desirable,
the  Series may invest up to 100% of its  assets in cash,  cash  equivalents  or
Underlying  Series that invest  primarily in fixed-income  securities.  Taking a
defensive  position may reduce the  potential  for  appreciation  of the Series'
portfolio.

The SAI has more  information  about  the  Series'  authorized  investments  and
strategies, as well as the risks and restrictions that may apply to them.

THE SUB-ADVISER AND PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT.  The sub-adviser to the JNL/S&P Equity
Growth  Series  II is  Standard  & Poor's  Investment  Advisory  Services,  Inc.
(SPIAS), located at 25 Broadway, New York, New York 10004. SPIAS was established
in 1995 to provide investment advice to the financial community.  SPIAS operates
independently of and has no access to analysis or other information  supplied or
obtained by Standard & Poor's  Ratings  Services in connection  with its ratings
business,  except to the extent such information is made available by Standard &
Poor's Ratings Services to the general public.


David M. Blitzer and Joshua M. Harari, CFA, share the primary responsibility for
the day-to-day  management of the Series. Mr. Blitzer has been Vice President of
SPIAS  since 1995 and has been an  economist  with  Standard & Poor's  Financial
Services  Group  (which  operates  independently  of  Standard & Poor's  Ratings
Services)  since 1982.  Mr.  Blitzer has had  responsibility  for the day-to-day
management of the Series since the inception of the Series.  Mr. Harari has been
a  senior  investment  officer  with the  Quantitative  Services  department  of
Standard & Poor's  Financial  Information  Services  since 1998.  Since  joining
Standard & Poor's in 1986, Mr. Harari served as an equity analyst and supervisor
of industrial  analysts with Standard & Poor's  Financial  Services  Group.  Mr.
Harari has had responsibility for the day-to-day  management of the Series since
May 1998.

<PAGE>
JNL/S&P EQUITY AGGRESSIVE GROWTH SERIES II

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE.  The investment objective of the JNL/S&P Equity Aggressive
Growth Series II is capital growth.


PRINCIPAL  INVESTMENT  STRATEGIES.  The Series seeks to achieve its objective by
investing  in a  diversified  group of other  Series  of the  Trust  (Underlying
Series).  The Underlying  Series in which the JNL/S&P Equity  Aggressive  Growth
Series  II may  invest  are the  JNL/Alliance  Growth  Series,  JNL/J.P.  Morgan
International & Emerging  Markets Series,  JNL/Janus  Aggressive  Growth Series,
JNL/Janus  Global Equities Series,  JNL/Janus Growth & Income Series,  JNL/PIMCO
Total Return Bond Series,  JNL/Putnam  Growth Series,  JNL/Putnam  International
Equity Series,  JNL/Putnam Value Equity Series, JNL/Putnam Midcap Growth Series,
Lazard/JNL  Mid Cap  Value  Series,  Lazard/JNL  Small  Cap  Value  Series,  PPM
America/JNL Money Market Series,  Salomon Brothers/JNL Balanced Series,  Salomon
Brothers/JNL Global Bond Series, Salomon Brothers/JNL High Yield Bond Series and
T. Rowe Price/JNL Mid-Cap Growth Series.


The Series seeks to achieve capital growth through its investments in Underlying
Series that invest primarily in equity securities. These investments may include
Series that  invest in stocks of large  established  companies  as well as those
that invest in stocks of smaller companies with above-average growth potential.

Under  normal  circumstances,  the  Series  allocates  100%  of  its  assets  to
Underlying Series that invest primarily in equity securities. The Series remains
flexible with respect to the percentage it will allocate among those  particular
Underlying Series that invest primarily in equity securities.

PRINCIPAL  RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE SERIES.  An investment in the Series is not
guaranteed. As with any mutual fund, the value of the Series' shares will change
and  you  could  lose  money  by  investing  in the  Series.  Since  the  Series
concentrates its investments in shares of the Underlying Series, its performance
is  directly  related  to the  ability  of the  Underlying  Series to meet their
respective investment objectives,  as well as the sub-adviser's allocation among
the  Underlying  Series.  Accordingly,  a variety of factors may  influence  its
investment performance, such as:

     o    Market risk.  Because the Series invests  indirectly in stocks of U.S.
          and  foreign  companies,  it is subject to stock  market  risk.  Stock
          prices  typically  fluctuate  more than the  values of other  types of
          securities,  typically  in  response  to  changes  in  the  particular
          company's  financial  condition  and factors  affecting  the market in
          general.  For example,  unfavorable  or  unanticipated  poor  earnings
          performance  of the  company  may result in a decline  in its  stock's
          price, and a broad-based market drop may also cause a stock's price to
          fall.


          For bonds,  market risk  generally  reflects  credit risk and interest
          rate risk. Credit risk is the actual or perceived risk that the issuer
          of the bond will not pay the interest and principal payments when due.
          Bond  value   typically   declines  if  the  issuer's  credit  quality
          deteriorates.  Interest rate risk is the risk that interest rates will
          rise and the value of bonds,  including  those  held by an  Underlying
          Series,  will fall. A broad-based  market drop may also cause a bond's
          price to fall.


     o    Foreign investing risk. Foreign investing involves risks not typically
          associated with U.S.  investment.  These risks include,  among others,
          adverse  fluctuations  in foreign  currency  values as well as adverse
          political,  social  and  economic  developments  affecting  a  foreign
          country.  In  addition,   foreign  investing  involves  less  publicly
          available  information  and  more  volatile  or less  liquid  markets.
          Investments  in foreign  countries  could be  affected  by factors not
          present in the U.S.,  such as restrictions on receiving the investment
          proceeds  from a foreign  country,  foreign  tax laws,  and  potential
          difficulties  in enforcing  contractual  obligations.  Transactions in
          foreign  securities  may  be  subject  to  less  efficient  settlement
          practices,   including  extended  clearance  and  settlement  periods.
          Foreign  accounting  may be less  revealing  than American  accounting
          practices.  Foreign regulation may be inadequate or irregular.  Owning
          foreign  securities could cause an Underlying  Series'  performance to
          fluctuate  more than if it held only U.S.  securities.  To the  extent
          that an  Underlying  Series  invests  in  bonds  issued  by a  foreign
          government,  that Series may have limited legal  recourse in the event
          of default.  Political conditions,  especially a country's willingness
          to meet the terms of its debt obligations, can create special risks.

     o    Emerging  markets risk.  The Series may invest a portion of its assets
          in one or more  Underlying  Series that hold  securities of issuers in
          emerging  markets,   which  involves  greater  risk.  Emerging  market
          countries  typically have economic and political systems that are less
          fully  developed,  and  likely to be less  stable,  than those of more
          advanced  countries.  Emerging market countries may have policies that
          restrict  investment  by  foreigners,  and there is a higher risk of a
          government taking private property.  Low or nonexistent trading volume
          in securities  of issuers in emerging  markets may result in a lack of
          liquidity  and  in  price  volatility.  Issuers  in  emerging  markets
          typically  are subject to a greater  degree of change in earnings  and
          business prospects than are companies in developed markets.


     o    High-yield/high-risk  bonds. Lower-rated bonds involve a higher degree
          of  credit  risk,  which is the risk  that  the  issuer  will not make
          interest  or  principal   payments  when  due.  In  the  event  of  an
          unanticipated  default,  a Series would  experience a reduction in its
          income,  a decline in the market value of the  securities  so affected
          and a decline in the value of its shares.  During an economic downturn
          or  substantial  period of rising  interest  rates,  highly  leveraged
          issuers may experience  financial  stress which could adversely affect
          their ability to service  principal and interest payment  obligations,
          to meet projected  business goals and to obtain additional  financing.
          The  market  prices  of  lower-rated  securities  are  generally  less
          sensitive to interest rate changes than higher-rated investments,  but
          more sensitive to adverse economic or political changes, or individual
          developments specific to the issuer.  Periods of economic or political
          uncertainty  and change can be  expected  to result in  volatility  of
          prices of these securities.


     o    Currency risk. The value of an Underlying Series' shares may change as
          a result of changes in exchange  rates  reducing the value of the U.S.
          dollar value of the Series'  foreign  investments.  Currency  exchange
          rates can be volatile and affected by a number of factors, such as the
          general  economics  of a  country,  the  actions of U.S.  and  foreign
          governments or central banks, the imposition of currency controls, and
          speculation.

     o    Non-diversification.   The  Series  is   "non-diversified."   Under  a
          definition provided by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended,
          non-diversified  funds  may  invest  in  fewer  assets,  or in  larger
          proportions of single  companies or  industries.  Thus, the Series may
          hold a smaller number of issuers than if it were "diversified." With a
          smaller  number of  different  issuers,  the Series is subject to more
          risk than  another  fund  holding a larger  number of  issuers,  since
          changes in the financial condition or market status of a single issuer
          may cause  greater  fluctuation  in the Series' total return and share
          price.


Because the Series invests  exclusively in other series of the Trust, you should
look elsewhere in this  prospectus for the  particular  information  about those
series. PERFORMANCE.  The bar chart and table below show the past performance of
the  Series'  shares.  The  chart  presents  the  annual  returns  and shows how
performance  has varied from year to year.  The table  shows the Series'  annual
returns and  compares  them to a broad based index since these shares were first
offered.  Both the chart and the table  assume  reinvestment  of  dividends  and
distributions.  The  Series'  returns  shown in the chart and table below do not
reflect the deduction of any charges that are imposed under a variable insurance
contract.   Those  charges,  which  are  described  in  the  variable  insurance
prospectus,  will reduce the Series' performance.  As with all mutual funds, the
Series' past  performance  does not necessarily  indicate how it will perform in
the future.


Annual Total Returns as of December 31

39.61%
[Insert Chart]
1999

In the period  shown in the chart,  the  Series'  highest  quarterly  return was
25.34%  (4th  quarter of 1999) and its lowest  quarterly  return was -3.59% (3rd
quarter of 1999).


                            Average Annual Total Returns as of December 31, 1999
                                                1 year           Life of Series*


JNL/S&P Equity Aggressive Growth Series II      39.61%                23.92%

S&P 500 Index                                   21.05%                 19.06%

The S&P  500  Index  is a  broad-based,  unmanaged  indexes.  The S&P 500  Index
represents 100% of the equity investments of the Series.


* The Series began operations on April 13, 1998.


SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES (FEES PAID DIRECTLY FROM YOUR INVESTMENT)
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON PURCHASES                            NONE
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON REINVESTED DIVIDENDS                 NONE
         DEFERRED SALES LOAD                                                NONE
         REDEMPTION FEE                                                     NONE
         EXCHANGE FEE                                                       NONE


EXPENSES.  The table below  shows  certain  expenses  you will incur as a Series
investor.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ANNUAL SERIES OPERATING EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE DEDUCTED FROM SERIES ASSETS)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management/Administrative Fee                                               .20%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Expenses                                                                0%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Series Annual Operating Expenses                                      .20%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


As a  shareholder  of an  Underlying  Series,  the Series will bear its pro rata
share  of the  expenses  of  that  Underlying  Series,  which  could  result  in
duplication of certain fees, including management and administration fees.

The total annual operating  expenses for each JNL/S&P Series (including both the
annual  operating  expenses  for the  JNL/S&P  Series and the  annual  operating
expenses  for the  underlying  investment  divisions)  could  range from .90% to
1.38%. The table below shows estimated total annual operating  expenses for each
JNL/S&P  Series based on the pro rata share of expenses that the JNL/S&P  Series
would bear if they  invested  in a  hypothetical  mix of  underlying  investment
divisions.  The  adviser  believes  the  expenses  shown  below  to be a  likely
approximation  of the expenses the JNL/S&P Series will incur based on the actual
mix of underlying  investment  divisions.  The expenses shown below include both
the annual  operating  expenses for the JNL/S&P Series and the annual  operating
expenses for the underlying  investment  divisions.  The actual expenses of each
JNL/S&P  Series  will  be  based  on the  actual  mix of  underlying  investment
divisions in which it invests.  The actual  expenses may be greater or less than
those shown.

JNL/S&P Equity Aggressive Growth Series II.......................... 1.23%

EXPENSE  EXAMPLE.  This  example is  intended  to help you  compare  the cost of
investing in the Series with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.  Also,
this  example  does not reflect the expenses of the  Qualified  Plan.  The table
below shows the expenses you would pay on a $10,000 investment,  assuming (1) 5%
annual  return  and  (2)  redemption  at  the  end of  each  time  period.  This
illustration is hypothetical and is not intended to be representative of past or
future  performance  of the Series.  The example  also  assumes  that the Series
operating expenses remain the same.  Although your actual costs may be higher or
lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPENSE EXAMPLE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year                                                                      $20
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 Years                                                                     $64
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 Years                                                                    $113
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 Years                                                                   $255
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE OTHER INVESTMENT STRATEGIES,  OTHER INVESTMENTS
AND RISKS OF THE SERIES.  The JNL/S&P Equity  Aggressive  Growth Series II asset
allocation  is  expected  to result in more risk than that  incurred  by JNL/S&P
Conservative  Growth  Series II,  JNL/S&P  Moderate  Growth  Series II,  JNL/S&P
Aggressive  Growth  Series II or JNL/S&P  Equity Growth Series II, but less risk
than JNL/S&P Very Aggressive Growth Series II.


When the sub-adviser  believes that a temporary defensive position is desirable,
the  Series may invest up to 100% of its  assets in cash,  cash  equivalents  or
Underlying  Series that invest  primarily in fixed-income  securities.  Taking a
defensive  position may reduce the  potential  for  appreciation  of the Series'
portfolio.

The SAI has more  information  about  the  Series'  authorized  investments  and
strategies, as well as the risks and restrictions that may apply to them.


THE SUB-ADVISER AND PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT.  The sub-adviser to the JNL/S&P Equity
Aggressive Growth Series II is Standard & Poor's Investment  Advisory  Services,
Inc.  (SPIAS),  located at 25  Broadway,  New York,  New York  10004.  SPIAS was
established  in 1995 to provide  investment  advice to the financial  community.
SPIAS  operates  independently  of and  has  no  access  to  analysis  or  other
information  supplied  or  obtained  by  Standard & Poor's  Ratings  Services in
connection with its ratings  business,  except to the extent such information is
made  available  by Standard & Poor's  Ratings  Services to the general  public.
David M. Blitzer and Joshua M. Harari, CFA, share the primary responsibility for
the day-to-day  management of the Series. Mr. Blitzer has been Vice President of
SPIAS  since 1995 and has been an  economist  with  Standard & Poor's  Financial
Services  Group  (which  operates  independently  of  Standard & Poor's  Ratings
Services)  since 1982.  Mr.  Blitzer has had  responsibility  for the day-to-day
management of the Series since the inception of the Series.  Mr. Harari has been
a  senior  investment  officer  with the  Quantitative  Services  department  of
Standard & Poor's  Financial  Information  Services  since 1998.  Since  joining
Standard & Poor's in 1986, Mr. Harari served as an equity analyst and supervisor
of industrial  analysts with Standard & Poor's  Financial  Services  Group.  Mr.
Harari has had responsibility for the day-to-day  management of the Series since
May 1998.

<PAGE>
JNL/S&P CONSERVATIVE GROWTH SERIES

INVESTMENT  OBJECTIVE.  The  investment  objective  of the JNL/S&P  Conservative
Growth Series is capital growth and current income.


PRINCIPAL  INVESTMENT  STRATEGIES.  The Series seeks to achieve its objective by
investing  in a  diversified  group of other  Series  of the  Trust  (Underlying
Series).  The Underlying Series in which the JNL/S&P  Conservative Growth Series
may invest are the JNL/Alliance Growth Series,  JNL/J.P. Morgan Enhanced S&P 500
Stock Index Series,  JNL/J.P.  Morgan  International & Emerging  Markets Series,
JNL/Janus Aggressive Growth Series,  JNL/Janus Global Equities Series, JNL/Janus
Growth & Income Series, JNL/PIMCO Total Return Bond Series, Lazard/JNL Small Cap
Value Series,  Lazard/JNL  Mid Cap Value Series,  PPM  America/JNL  Money Market
Series, JNL/Putnam International Equity Series, JNL/Putnam Midcap Growth Series,
Salomon Brothers/JNL  Balanced Series,  Salomon Brothers/JNL Global Bond Series,
Salomon  Brothers/JNL  High Yield Bond  Series,  and T. Rowe  Price/JNL  Mid-Cap
Growth Series.


The Series seeks to achieve capital growth through its investments in Underlying
Series that invest primarily in equity securities. These investments may include
Underlying Series that invest in stocks of large  established  companies as well
as those that invest in stocks of smaller  companies with  above-average  growth
potential.

The Series seeks to achieve current income through its investments in Underlying
Series that invest primarily in fixed-income  securities.  These investments may
include Underlying Series that invest exclusively in bonds of U.S. corporate and
government   issuers  and   Underlying   Series  that  invest   exclusively   in
investment-grade securities.

Under normal circumstances, the Series allocates approximately 50% to 75% of its
assets to Underlying Series that invest primarily in equity  securities,  15% to
50% to Underlying Series that invest primarily in fixed-income securities and 0%
to 20% to  Underlying  Securities  that invest  primarily in money market funds.
Within these asset  classes,  the Series  remains  flexible  with respect to the
percentage it will allocate among particular Underlying Series.

PRINCIPAL  RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE SERIES.  An investment in the Series is not
guaranteed. As with any mutual fund, the value of the Series' shares will change
and  you  could  lose  money  by  investing  in the  Series.  Since  the  Series
concentrates its investments in shares of the Underlying Series, its performance
is  directly  related  to the  ability  of the  Underlying  Series to meet their
respective investment objectives,  as well as the sub-adviser's allocation among
the  Underlying  Series.  Accordingly,  a variety of factors may  influence  its
performance, such as:

     o    Market risk.  Because the Series invests  indirectly in stocks of U.S.
          and  foreign  companies,  it is subject to stock  market  risk.  Stock
          prices  typically  fluctuate  more than the  values of other  types of
          securities,  typically  in  response  to  changes  in  the  particular
          company's  financial  condition  and factors  affecting  the market in
          general.  For example,  unfavorable  or  unanticipated  poor  earnings
          performance  of the  company  may result in a decline  in its  stock's
          price, and a broad-based market drop may also cause a stock's price to
          fall.

          For bonds,  market risk  generally  reflects  credit risk and interest
          rate risk. Credit risk is the actual or perceived risk that the issuer
          of the bond will not pay the interest and principal payments when due.
          Bond  value   typically   declines  if  the  issuer's  credit  quality
          deteriorates.  Interest rate risk is the risk that interest rates will
          rise and the value of bonds,  including  those  held by an  Underlying
          Series,  will fall. A broad-based  market drop may also cause a bond's
          price to fall.

     o    Prepayment risk.  During periods of falling  interest rates,  there is
          the risk that a debt security with a high stated interest rate will be
          prepaid before its expected maturity date.

     o    Foreign investing risk. Foreign investing involves risks not typically
          associated with U.S.  investment.  These risks include,  among others,
          adverse  fluctuations  in foreign  currency  values as well as adverse
          political,  social  and  economic  developments  affecting  a  foreign
          country.  In  addition,   foreign  investing  involves  less  publicly
          available  information  and  more  volatile  or less  liquid  markets.
          Investments  in foreign  countries  could be  affected  by factors not
          present in the U.S.,  such as restrictions on receiving the investment
          proceeds  from a foreign  country,  foreign  tax laws,  and  potential
          difficulties  in enforcing  contractual  obligations.  Transactions in
          foreign  securities  may  be  subject  to  less  efficient  settlement
          practices,   including  extended  clearance  and  settlement  periods.
          Foreign  accounting  may be less  revealing  than American  accounting
          practices.  Foreign regulation may be inadequate or irregular.  Owning
          foreign  securities could cause an Underlying  Series'  performance to
          fluctuate  more than if it held only U.S.  securities.  To the  extent
          that an  Underlying  Series  invests  in  bonds  issued  by a  foreign
          government,  that Series may have limited legal  recourse in the event
          of default.  Political conditions,  especially a country's willingness
          to meet the terms of its debt obligations, can create special risks.

     o    Emerging  markets risk.  The Series may invest a portion of its assets
          in one or more  Underlying  Series that hold  securities of issuers in
          emerging  markets,   which  involves  greater  risk.  Emerging  market
          countries  typically have economic and political systems that are less
          fully  developed,  and  likely to be less  stable,  than those of more
          advanced  countries.  Emerging market countries may have policies that
          restrict  investment  by  foreigners,  and there is a higher risk of a
          government taking private property.  Low or nonexistent trading volume
          in securities  of issuers in emerging  markets may result in a lack of
          liquidity  and  in  price  volatility.  Issuers  in  emerging  markets
          typically  are subject to a greater  degree of change in earnings  and
          business prospects than are companies in developed markets.

     o    Currency risk. The value of an Underlying Series' shares may change as
          a result of changes in exchange  rates  reducing the value of the U.S.
          dollar value of the Series'  foreign  investments.  Currency  exchange
          rates can be volatile and affected by a number of factors, such as the
          general  economics  of a  country,  the  actions of U.S.  and  foreign
          governments or central banks, the imposition of currency controls, and
          speculation.

     o    Non-diversification.   The  Series  is   "non-diversified."   Under  a
          definition provided by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended,
          non-diversified  funds  may  invest  in  fewer  assets,  or in  larger
          proportions of the assets of single companies or industries. Thus, the
          Series  may  hold  a  smaller  number  of  issuers  than  if  it  were
          "diversified." With a smaller number of different issuers,  the Series
          is subject to more risk than another  fund holding a larger  number of
          issuers,  since changes in the financial condition or market status of
          a single  issuer may cause  greater  fluctuation  in the Series' total
          return and share price.

Because the Series invests  exclusively in other series of the Trust, you should
look elsewhere in this  prospectus for the  particular  information  about those
series. PERFORMANCE.  The performance of the Series will vary from year to year.
The Series'  performance  figures will not reflect the  deduction of any charges
that are imposed under a variable insurance contract.  Those charges,  which are
described  in  the  variable  insurance  prospectus,  will  reduce  the  Series'
performance.  As with all mutual funds,  the Series' past  performance  does not
necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future.

Performance for the Series has not been included because the Series had not been
in operation for the year ended December 31, 1999.


SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES (FEES PAID DIRECTLY FROM YOUR INVESTMENT)
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON PURCHASES                           NONE
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON REINVESTED DIVIDENDS                NONE
         DEFERRED SALES LOAD                                               NONE
         REDEMPTION FEE                                                    NONE
         EXCHANGE FEE                                                      NONE


EXPENSES.  The table below  shows  certain  expenses  you will incur as a Series
investor.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ANNUAL SERIES OPERATING EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE DEDUCTED FROM SERIES ASSETS)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management/Administrative Fee                                               .20%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Expenses                                                                0%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Series Annual Operating Expenses                                      .20%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


As a  shareholder  of an  Underlying  Series,  the Series will bear its pro rata
share  of the  expenses  of  that  Underlying  Series,  which  could  result  in
duplication of certain fees, including management and administration fees.

The total annual operating  expenses for each JNL/S&P Series (including both the
annual  operating  expenses  for the  JNL/S&P  Series and the  annual  operating
expenses  for the  underlying  investment  divisions)  could  range from .90% to
1.38%. The table below shows estimated total annual operating  expenses for each
JNL/S&P  Series based on the pro rata share of expenses that the JNL/S&P  Series
would bear if they  invested  in a  hypothetical  mix of  underlying  investment
divisions.  The  adviser  believes  the  expenses  shown  below  to be a  likely
approximation  of the expenses the JNL/S&P Series will incur based on the actual
mix of underlying investment division. The expenses shown below include both the
annual  operating  expenses  for the  JNL/S&P  Series and the  annual  operating
expenses for the underlying  investment  divisions.  The actual expenses of each
JNL/S&P  Series  will  be  based  on the  actual  mix of  underlying  investment
divisions in which it invests.  The actual  expenses may be greater or less than
those shown.

JNL/S&P Conservative Growth Series ................................. 1.04%

EXPENSE  EXAMPLE.  This  example is  intended  to help you  compare  the cost of
investing in the Series with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.  Also,
this  example  does not reflect the expenses of the  Qualified  Plan.  The table
below shows the expenses you would pay on a $10,000 investment,  assuming (1) 5%
annual  return  and  (2)  redemption  at  the  end of  each  time  period.  This
illustration is hypothetical and is not intended to be representative of past or
future  performance  of the Series.  The example  also  assumes  that the Series
operating expenses remain the same.  Although your actual costs may be higher or
lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPENSE EXAMPLE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year                                                                      $20
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 Years                                                                     $64
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 Years                                                                    $113
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 Years                                                                   $255
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE OTHER INVESTMENT STRATEGIES,  OTHER INVESTMENTS
AND RISKS OF THE SERIES. The JNL/S&P Conservative Growth Series may invest up to
100% of its assets in cash or cash  equivalents  when the  sub-adviser  believes
that a  temporary  defensive  position  is  desirable.  Doing so may  reduce the
potential for appreciation of the Series' portfolio.


The SAI has more  information  about  the  Series'  authorized  investments  and
strategies, as well as the risks and restrictions that may apply to them.

THE  SUB-ADVISER  AND  PORTFOLIO  MANAGEMENT.  The  sub-adviser  to the  JNL/S&P
Conservative  Growth Series is Standard & Poor's Investment  Advisory  Services,
Inc.  (SPIAS),  located at 25  Broadway,  New York,  New York  10004.  SPIAS was
established  in 1995 to provide  investment  advice to the financial  community.
SPIAS  operates  independently  of and  has  no  access  to  analysis  or  other
information  supplied  or  obtained  by  Standard & Poor's  Ratings  Services in
connection with its ratings  business,  except to the extent such information is
made available by Standard & Poor's Ratings Services to the general public.


David M. Blitzer and Joshua M. Harari, CFA, share the primary responsibility for
the day-to-day  management of the Series. Mr. Blitzer has been Vice President of
SPIAS  since 1995 and has been an  economist  with  Standard & Poor's  Financial
Services  Group  (which  operates  independently  of  Standard & Poor's  Ratings
Services)  since 1982.  Mr.  Blitzer has had  responsibility  for the day-to-day
management of the Series since the inception of the Series.  Mr. Harari has been
a  senior  investment  officer  with the  Quantitative  Services  department  of
Standard & Poor's  Financial  Information  Services  since 1998.  Since  joining
Standard & Poor's in 1986, Mr. Harari served as an equity analyst and supervisor
of industrial  analysts with Standard & Poor's  Financial  Services  Group.  Mr.
Harari has had responsibility for the day-to-day  management of the Series since
the inception of the Series.

<PAGE>
JNL/S&P MODERATE GROWTH SERIES

INVESTMENT  OBJECTIVE.  The investment  objective of the JNL/S&P Moderate Growth
Series is capital growth. Current income is a secondary objective.


PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT  STRATEGIES.  The Series seeks to achieve its objectives by
investing  in a  diversified  group of other  Series  of the  Trust  (Underlying
Series).  The Underlying  Series in which the JNL/S&P Moderate Growth Series may
invest are the  JNL/Alliance  Growth Series,  JNL/J.P.  Morgan  Enhanced S&P 500
Stock Index Series,  JNL/J.P.  Morgan  International & Emerging  Markets Series,
JNL/Janus Aggressive Growth Series,  JNL/Janus Global Equities Series, JNL/Janus
Growth & Income Series, JNL/PIMCO Total Return Bond Series, Lazard/JNL Small Cap
Value Series,  Lazard/JNL  Mid Cap Value Series,  PPM  America/JNL  Money Market
Series, JNL/Putnam International Equity Series, JNL/Putnam Midcap Growth Series,
Salomon Brothers/JNL  Balanced Series,  Salomon Brothers/JNL Global Bond Series,
Salomon  Brothers/JNL  High Yield Bond  Series,  and T. Rowe  Price/JNL  Mid-Cap
Growth Series.


The Series seeks to achieve capital growth through its investments in Underlying
Series that invest primarily in equity securities. These investments may include
Series that  invest in stocks of large  established  companies  as well as those
that invest in stocks of smaller companies with above-average growth potential.

The Series seeks to achieve  current income through its investment in Underlying
Series that invest primarily in fixed-income  securities.  These investments may
include Underlying Series that invest exclusively in bonds of U.S. corporate and
government   issuers  and   Underlying   Series  that  invest   exclusively   in
investment-grade securities.

Under normal circumstances, the Series allocates approximately 60% to 80% of its
assets to Underlying  Series that invest primarily in equity  securities and 20%
to 40% to Underlying  Series that invest  primarily in fixed-income  securities.
Within these asset  classes,  the Series  remains  flexible  with respect to the
percentage it will allocate among particular Underlying Series.

PRINCIPAL  RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE SERIES.  An investment in the Series is not
guaranteed. As with any mutual fund, the value of the Series' shares will change
and  you  could  lose  money  by  investing  in the  Series.  Since  the  Series
concentrates its investments in shares of the Underlying Series, its performance
is  directly  related  to the  ability  of the  Underlying  Series to meet their
respective investment objectives,  as well as the sub-adviser's allocation among
the  Underlying  Series.  Accordingly,  a variety of factors may  influence  its
performance, such as:

     o    Market risk.  Because the Series invests  indirectly in stocks of U.S.
          and  foreign  companies,  it is subject to stock  market  risk.  Stock
          prices  typically  fluctuate  more than the  values of other  types of
          securities,  typically  in  response  to  changes  in  the  particular
          company's  financial  condition  and factors  affecting  the market in
          general.  For example,  unfavorable  or  unanticipated  poor  earnings
          performance  of the  company  may result in a decline  in its  stock's
          price, and a broad-based market drop may also cause a stock's price to
          fall.

          For bonds,  market risk  generally  reflects  credit risk and interest
          rate risk. Credit risk is the actual or perceived risk that the issuer
          of the bond will not pay the interest and principal payments when due.
          Bond  value   typically   declines  if  the  issuer's  credit  quality
          deteriorates.  Interest rate risk is the risk that interest rates will
          rise and the value of bonds,  including  those  held by an  Underlying
          Series,  will fall. A broad-based  market drop may also cause a bond's
          price to fall.

     o    Prepayment risk.  During periods of falling  interest rates,  there is
          the risk that a debt security with a high stated interest rate will be
          prepaid before its expected maturity date.


     o    High-yield/high-risk  bonds. Lower-rated bonds involve a higher degree
          of  credit  risk,  which is the risk  that  the  issuer  will not make
          interest  or  principal   payments  when  due.  In  the  event  of  an
          unanticipated  default,  a Series would  experience a reduction in its
          income,  a decline in the market value of the  securities  so affected
          and a decline in the value of its shares.  During an economic downturn
          or  substantial  period of rising  interest  rates,  highly  leveraged
          issuers may experience  financial  stress which could adversely affect
          their ability to service  principal and interest payment  obligations,
          to meet projected  business goals and to obtain additional  financing.
          The  market  prices  of  lower-rated  securities  are  generally  less
          sensitive to interest rate changes than higher-rated investments,  but
          more sensitive to adverse economic or political changes, or individual
          developments specific to the issuer.  Periods of economic or political
          uncertainty  and change can be  expected  to result in  volatility  of
          prices of these securities.


     o    Foreign investing risk. Foreign investing involves risks not typically
          associated with U.S.  investment.  These risks include,  among others,
          adverse  fluctuations  in foreign  currency  values as well as adverse
          political,  social  and  economic  developments  affecting  a  foreign
          country.  In  addition,   foreign  investing  involves  less  publicly
          available  information  and  more  volatile  or less  liquid  markets.
          Investments  in foreign  countries  could be  affected  by factors not
          present in the U.S.,  such as restrictions on receiving the investment
          proceeds  from a foreign  country,  foreign  tax laws,  and  potential
          difficulties  in enforcing  contractual  obligations.  Transactions in
          foreign  securities  may  be  subject  to  less  efficient  settlement
          practices,   including  extended  clearance  and  settlement  periods.
          Foreign  accounting  may be less  revealing  than American  accounting
          practices.  Foreign regulation may be inadequate or irregular.  Owning
          foreign  securities could cause an Underlying  Series'  performance to
          fluctuate more than if it held only U.S. securities.

     o    Emerging  markets risk.  The Series may invest a portion of its assets
          in one or more  Underlying  Series that hold  securities of issuers in
          emerging  markets,   which  involves  greater  risk.  Emerging  market
          countries  typically have economic and political systems that are less
          fully  developed,  and  likely to be less  stable,  than those of more
          advanced  countries.  Emerging market countries may have policies that
          restrict  investment  by  foreigners,  and there is a higher risk of a
          government taking private property.  Low or nonexistent trading volume
          in securities  of issuers in emerging  markets may result in a lack of
          liquidity  and  in  price  volatility.  Issuers  in  emerging  markets
          typically  are subject to a greater  degree of change in earnings  and
          business prospects than are companies in developed markets.

     o    Currency risk. The value of an Underlying Series' shares may change as
          a result of changes in exchange  rates  reducing the value of the U.S.
          dollar value of the Series'  foreign  investments.  Currency  exchange
          rates can be volatile and affected by a number of factors, such as the
          general  economics  of a  country,  the  actions of U.S.  and  foreign
          governments or central banks, the imposition of currency controls, and
          speculation.

     o    Non-diversification.   The  Series  is   "non-diversified."   Under  a
          definition provided by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended,
          non-diversified  funds  may  invest  in  fewer  assets,  or in  larger
          proportions of the assets of single companies or industries. Thus, the
          Series  may  hold  a  smaller  number  of  issuers  than  if  it  were
          "diversified." With a smaller number of different issuers,  the Series
          is subject to more risk than another  fund holding a larger  number of
          issuers,  since changes in the financial condition or market status of
          a single  issuer may cause  greater  fluctuation  in the Series' total
          return and share price.

Because the Series invests  exclusively in other series of the Trust, you should
look elsewhere in this  prospectus for the  particular  information  about those
series. PERFORMANCE.  The performance of the Series will vary from year to year.
The Series'  performance  figures will not reflect the  deduction of any charges
that are imposed under a variable insurance contract.  Those charges,  which are
described  in  the  variable  insurance  prospectus,  will  reduce  the  Series'
performance.  As with all mutual funds,  the Series' past  performance  does not
necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future.

Performance for the Series has not been included because the Series had not been
in operation for the year ended December 31, 1999.


SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES (FEES PAID DIRECTLY FROM YOUR INVESTMENT)
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON PURCHASES                         NONE
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON REINVESTED DIVIDENDS              NONE
         DEFERRED SALES LOAD                                             NONE
         REDEMPTION FEE                                                  NONE
         EXCHANGE FEE                                                    NONE


EXPENSES.  The table below  shows  certain  expenses  you will incur as a Series
investor.

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ANNUAL SERIES OPERATING EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE DEDUCTED FROM SERIES ASSETS)

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management/Administrative Fee                                              .20%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Expenses                                                               0%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Series Annual Operating Expenses                                     .20%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


As a  shareholder  of an  Underlying  Series,  the Series will bear its pro rata
share  of the  expenses  of  that  Underlying  Series,  which  could  result  in
duplication of certain fees, including management and administration fees.

The total annual operating  expenses for each JNL/S&P Series (including both the
annual  operating  expenses  for the  JNL/S&P  Series and the  annual  operating
expenses  for the  underlying  investment  divisions)  could  range from .90% to
1.38%. The table below shows estimated total annual operating  expenses for each
JNL/S&P  Series based on the pro rata share of expenses that the JNL/S&P  Series
would bear if they  invested  in a  hypothetical  mix of  underlying  investment
divisions.  The  adviser  believes  the  expenses  shown  below  to be a  likely
approximation  of the expenses the JNL/S&P Series will incur based on the actual
mix of underlying investment division. The expenses shown below include both the
annual  operating  expenses  for the  JNL/S&P  Series and the  annual  operating
expenses for the underlying  investment  divisions.  The actual expenses of each
JNL/S&P  Series  will  be  based  on the  actual  mix of  underlying  investment
divisions in which it invests.  The actual  expenses may be greater or less than
those shown.

JNL/S&P Moderate Growth Series ..................................... 1.00%

EXPENSE  EXAMPLE.  This  example is  intended  to help you  compare  the cost of
investing in the Series with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.  Also,
this  example  does not reflect the expenses of the  Qualified  Plan.  The table
below shows the expenses you would pay on a $10,000 investment,  assuming (1) 5%
annual  return  and  (2)  redemption  at  the  end of  each  time  period.  This
illustration is hypothetical and is not intended to be representative of past or
future  performance  of the Series.  The example  also  assumes  that the Series
operating expenses remain the same.  Although your actual costs may be higher or
lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPENSE EXAMPLE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year                                                                       $20
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 Years                                                                      $64
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 Years                                                                     $113
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 Years                                                                    $255
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE OTHER INVESTMENT STRATEGIES,  OTHER INVESTMENTS
AND RISKS OF THE SERIES.  The JNL/S&P  Moderate  Growth  Series may invest up to
100% of its assets in cash or cash  equivalents  when the  sub-adviser  believes
that a  temporary  defensive  position  is  desirable.  Doing so may  reduce the
potential appreciation of the Series' portfolio.


The SAI has more  information  about  the  Series'  authorized  investments  and
strategies, as well as the risks and restrictions that may apply to them.

THE  SUB-ADVISER  AND  PORTFOLIO  MANAGEMENT.  The  sub-adviser  to the  JNL/S&P
Moderate Growth Series is Standard & Poor's Investment  Advisory Services,  Inc.
(SPIAS), located at 25 Broadway, New York, New York 10004. SPIAS was established
in 1995 to provide investment advice to the financial community.  SPIAS operates
independently of and has no access to analysis or other information  supplied or
obtained by Standard & Poor's  Ratings  Services in connection  with its ratings
business,  except to the extent such information is made available by Standard &
Poor's Ratings Services to the general public.


David M. Blitzer and Joshua M. Harari, CFA, share the primary responsibility for
the day-to-day  management of the Series. Mr. Blitzer has been Vice President of
SPIAS  since 1995 and has been an  economist  with  Standard & Poor's  Financial
Services  Group  (which  operates  independently  of  Standard & Poor's  Ratings
Services)  since 1982.  Mr.  Blitzer has had  responsibility  for the day-to-day
management of the Series since the inception of the Series.  Mr. Harari has been
a  senior  investment  officer  with the  Quantitative  Services  department  of
Standard & Poor's  Financial  Information  Services  since 1998.  Since  joining
Standard & Poor's in 1986, Mr. Harari served as an equity analyst and supervisor
of industrial  analysts with Standard & Financial Services Group. Mr. Harari has
had  responsibility  for the  day-to-day  management  of the  Series  since  the
inception of the Series.



<PAGE>
JNL/S&P AGGRESSIVE GROWTH SERIES

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE.  The investment objective of the JNL/S&P Aggressive Growth
Series is capital growth. Current income is a secondary objective.


PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT  STRATEGIES.  The Series seeks to achieve its objectives by
investing  in a  diversified  group of other  Series  of the  Trust  (Underlying
Series). The Underlying Series in which the JNL/S&P Aggressive Growth Series may
invest are the  JNL/Alliance  Growth Series,  JNL/J.P.  Morgan  Enhanced S&P 500
Stock Index Series,  JNL/J.P.  Morgan  International & Emerging  Markets Series,
JNL/Janus Aggressive Growth Series,  JNL/Janus Global Equities Series, JNL/Janus
Growth & Income Series, JNL/PIMCO Total Return Bond Series, Lazard/JNL Small Cap
Value Series,  Lazard/JNL  Mid Cap Value Series,  PPM  America/JNL  Money Market
Series, JNL/Putnam International Equity Series, JNL/Putnam Midcap Growth Series,
Salomon Brothers/JNL  Balanced Series,  Salomon Brothers/JNL Global Bond Series,
Salomon  Brothers/JNL  High Yield Bond  Series,  and T. Rowe  Price/JNL  Mid-Cap
Growth Series.


The Series seeks to achieve capital growth through its investments in Underlying
Series that invest primarily in equity securities. These investments may include
Series that  invest in stocks of large  established  companies  as well as those
that invest in stocks of smaller companies with above-average growth potential.

The Series seeks to achieve  current income through its investment in Underlying
Series that invest primarily in fixed-income  securities.  These investments may
include Underlying Series that invest exclusively in bonds of U.S. corporate and
government   issuers  and   Underlying   Series  that  invest   exclusively   in
investment-grade securities.

Under normal  circumstances,  the Series  allocates 75% to 100% of its assets to
Underlying  Series that invest  primarily in equity  securities and 0% to 25% to
Underlying Series that invest primarily in fixed-income securities. Within these
asset  classes,  the Series  remains  flexible with respect to the percentage it
will allocate among particular Underlying Series.

PRINCIPAL  RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE SERIES.  An investment in the Series is not
guaranteed. As with any mutual fund, the value of the Series' shares will change
and  you  could  lose  money  by  investing  in the  Series.  Since  the  Series
concentrates its investments in shares of the Underlying Series, its performance
is  directly  related  to the  ability  of the  Underlying  Series to meet their
respective investment objectives,  as well as the sub-adviser's allocation among
the  Underlying  Series.  Accordingly,  a variety of factors may  influence  its
performance, such as:

     o    Market risk.  Because the Series invests  indirectly in stocks of U.S.
          and  foreign  companies,  it is subject to stock  market  risk.  Stock
          prices  typically  fluctuate  more than the  values of other  types of
          securities,  typically  in  response  to  changes  in  the  particular
          company's  financial  condition  and factors  affecting  the market in
          general.  For example,  unfavorable  or  unanticipated  poor  earnings
          performance  of the  company  may result in a decline  in its  stock's
          price, and a broad-based market drop may also cause a stock's price to
          fall.

          For bonds,  market risk  generally  reflects  credit risk and interest
          rate risk. Credit risk is the actual or perceived risk that the issuer
          of the bond will not pay the interest and principal payments when due.
          Bond  value   typically   declines  if  the  issuer's  credit  quality
          deteriorates.  Interest rate risk is the risk that interest rates will
          rise and the value of bonds,  including  those  held by an  Underlying
          Series,  will fall. A broad-based  market drop may also cause a bond's
          price to fall.

     o    Prepayment risk.  During periods of falling  interest rates,  there is
          the risk that a debt security with a high stated interest rate will be
          prepaid before its expected maturity date.


     o    High-yield/high-risk  bonds. Lower-rated bonds involve a higher degree
          of  credit  risk,  which is the risk  that  the  issuer  will not make
          interest  or  principal   payments  when  due.  In  the  event  of  an
          unanticipated  default,  a Series would  experience a reduction in its
          income,  a decline in the market value of the  securities  so affected
          and a decline in the value of its shares.  During an economic downturn
          or  substantial  period of rising  interest  rates,  highly  leveraged
          issuers may experience  financial  stress which could adversely affect
          their ability to service  principal and interest payment  obligations,
          to meet projected  business goals and to obtain additional  financing.
          The  market  prices  of  lower-rated  securities  are  generally  less
          sensitive to interest rate changes than higher-rated investments,  but
          more sensitive to adverse economic or political changes, or individual
          developments specific to the issuer.  Periods of economic or political
          uncertainty  and change can be  expected  to result in  volatility  of
          prices of these securities.


     o    Foreign investing risk. Foreign investing involves risks not typically
          associated with U.S.  investment.  These risks include,  among others,
          adverse  fluctuations  in foreign  currency  values as well as adverse
          political,  social  and  economic  developments  affecting  a  foreign
          country.  In  addition,   foreign  investing  involves  less  publicly
          available  information  and  more  volatile  or less  liquid  markets.
          Investments  in foreign  countries  could be  affected  by factors not
          present in the U.S.,  such as restrictions on receiving the investment
          proceeds  from a foreign  country,  foreign  tax laws,  and  potential
          difficulties  in enforcing  contractual  obligations.  Transactions in
          foreign  securities  may  be  subject  to  less  efficient  settlement
          practices,   including  extended  clearance  and  settlement  periods.
          Foreign  accounting  may be less  revealing  than American  accounting
          practices.  Foreign regulation may be inadequate or irregular.  Owning
          foreign  securities could cause an Underlying  Series'  performance to
          fluctuate more than if it held only U.S. securities.

     o    Emerging  markets risk.  The Series may invest a portion of its assets
          in one or more  Underlying  Series that hold  securities of issuers in
          emerging  markets,   which  involves  greater  risk.  Emerging  market
          countries  typically have economic and political systems that are less
          fully  developed,  and  likely to be less  stable,  than those of more
          advanced  countries.  Emerging market countries may have policies that
          restrict  investment  by  foreigners,  and there is a higher risk of a
          government taking private property.  Low or nonexistent trading volume
          in securities  of issuers in emerging  markets may result in a lack of
          liquidity  and  in  price  volatility.  Issuers  in  emerging  markets
          typically  are subject to a greater  degree of change in earnings  and
          business prospects than are companies in developed markets.

     o    Currency risk. The value of an Underlying Series' shares may change as
          a result of changes in exchange  rates  reducing the value of the U.S.
          dollar value of the Series'  foreign  investments.  Currency  exchange
          rates can be volatile and affected by a number of factors, such as the
          general  economics  of a  country,  the  actions of U.S.  and  foreign
          governments or central banks, the imposition of currency controls, and
          speculation.

     o    Non-diversification.   The  Series  is   "non-diversified."   Under  a
          definition provided by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended,
          non-diversified  funds  may  invest  in  fewer  assets,  or in  larger
          proportions of the assets of single companies or industries. Thus, the
          Series  may  hold  a  smaller  number  of  issuers  than  if  it  were
          "diversified." With a smaller number of different issuers,  the Series
          is subject to more risk than another  fund holding a larger  number of
          issuers,  since changes in the financial condition or market status of
          a single  issuer may cause  greater  fluctuation  in the Series' total
          return and share price.

Because the Series invests  exclusively in other series of the Trust, you should
look elsewhere in this  prospectus for the  particular  information  about those
series. PERFORMANCE.  The performance of the Series will vary from year to year.
The Series'  performance  figures will not reflect the  deduction of any charges
that are imposed under a variable insurance contract.  Those charges,  which are
described  in  the  variable  insurance  prospectus,  will  reduce  the  Series'
performance.  As with all mutual funds,  the Series' past  performance  does not
necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future.

Performance for the Series has not been included because the Series had not been
in operation for the year ended December 31, 1999.


SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES (FEES PAID DIRECTLY FROM YOUR INVESTMENT)
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON PURCHASES                            NONE
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON REINVESTED DIVIDENDS                 NONE
         DEFERRED SALES LOAD                                                NONE
         REDEMPTION FEE                                                     NONE
         EXCHANGE FEE                                                       NONE


EXPENSES.  The table below  shows  certain  expenses  you will incur as a Series
investor.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ANNUAL SERIES OPERATING EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE DEDUCTED FROM SERIES ASSETS)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management/Administrative Fee                                              .20%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Expenses                                                               0%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Series Annual Operating Expenses                                     .20%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


As a  shareholder  of an  Underlying  Series,  the Series will bear its pro rata
share  of the  expenses  of  that  Underlying  Series,  which  could  result  in
duplication of certain fees, including management and administration fees.

The total annual operating  expenses for each JNL/S&P Series (including both the
annual  operating  expenses  for the  JNL/S&P  Series and the  annual  operating
expenses  for the  underlying  investment  divisions)  could  range from .90% to
1.38%. The table below shows estimated total annual operating  expenses for each
JNL/S&P  Series based on the pro rata share of expenses that the JNL/S&P  Series
would bear if they  invested  in a  hypothetical  mix of  underlying  investment
divisions.  The  adviser  believes  the  expenses  shown  below  to be a  likely
approximation  of the expenses the JNL/S&P Series will incur based on the actual
mix of underlying investment division. The expenses shown below include both the
annual  operating  expenses  for the  JNL/S&P  Series and the  annual  operating
expenses for the underlying  investment  divisions.  The actual expenses of each
JNL/S&P  Series  will  be  based  on the  actual  mix of  underlying  investment
divisions in which it invests.  The actual  expenses may be greater or less than
those shown.

JNL/S&P Aggressive Growth Series ................................... 1.17%

EXPENSE  EXAMPLE.  This  example is  intended  to help you  compare  the cost of
investing in the Series with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.  Also,
this  example  does not reflect the expenses of the  Qualified  Plan.  The table
below shows the expenses you would pay on a $10,000 investment,  assuming (1) 5%
annual  return  and  (2)  redemption  at  the  end of  each  time  period.  This
illustration is hypothetical and is not intended to be representative of past or
future  performance  of the Series.  The example  also  assumes  that the Series
operating expenses remain the same.  Although your actual costs may be higher or
lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPENSE EXAMPLE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year                                                                      $20
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 Years                                                                     $64
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 Years                                                                    $113
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 Years                                                                   $255
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE OTHER INVESTMENT STRATEGIES,  OTHER INVESTMENTS
AND RISKS OF THE SERIES.  The JNL/S&P  Aggressive Growth Series may invest up to
100% of its assets in cash or cash  equivalents  when the  sub-adviser  believes
that a  temporary  defensive  position  is  desirable.  Doing so may  reduce the
potential for appreciation of the Series' portfolio.


The SAI has more  information  about  the  Series'  authorized  investments  and
strategies, as well as the risks and restrictions that may apply to them.

THE  SUB-ADVISER  AND  PORTFOLIO  MANAGEMENT.  The  sub-adviser  to the  JNL/S&P
Aggressive Growth Series is Standard & Poor's Investment Advisory Services, Inc.
(SPIAS), located at 25 Broadway, New York, New York 10004. SPIAS was established
in 1995 to provide investment advice to the financial community.  SPIAS operates
independently of and has no access to analysis or other information  supplied or
obtained by Standard & Poor's  Ratings  Services in connection  with its ratings
business,  except to the extent such information is made available by Standard &
Poor's Ratings Services to the general public.


David M. Blitzer and Joshua M. Harari, CFA, share the primary responsibility for
the day-to-day  management of the Series. Mr. Blitzer has been Vice President of
SPIAS  since 1995 and has been an  economist  with  Standard & Poor's  Financial
Services  Group  (which  operates  independently  of  Standard & Poor's  Ratings
Services) since 1982.

Mr. Blitzer has had responsibility  for the day-to-day  management of the Series
since the  inception  of the  Series.  Mr.  Harari has been a senior  investment
officer with the Quantitative Services department of Standard & Poor's Financial
Information  Services since 1998.  Since joining  Standard & Poor's in 1986, Mr.
Harari served as an equity  analyst and  supervisor of industrial  analysts with
Standard & Poor's Financial  Services Group.  Mr. Harari has had  responsibility
for the day-to-day management of the Series since the inception of the Series.

<PAGE>
JNL ENHANCED INTERMEDIATE BOND INDEX SERIES

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE.  The investment objective of the JNL Enhanced Intermediate
Bond Fund Index  Series is to match or exceed the return of the Lehman  Brothers
Intermediate Government/Corporate Bond Index.


PRINCIPAL  INVESTMENT  STRATEGIES.  The Series seeks to achieve its objective by
utilizing an enhanced bond indexing  strategy  intended to add incremental value
over  the  Lehman  Brothers   Intermediate   Government/Corporate   Index  in  a
risk-controlled  framework.  The JNL  Enhanced  Intermediate  Bond Index  Series
invests primarily in U.S.  dollar-denominated U.S. Treasury,  Agency, corporate,
and mortgage- and other asset-backed securities, and supranational and sovereign
debt obligations.  The Series invests at least 65% in a diversified portfolio of
intermediate-maturity,  investment-grade  fixed-income securities The Series has
no  policy  regarding  the  quality  and  maturity  of the  bonds  which  may be
purchased..  The sub-adviser may engage in options,  financial  futures and swap
transactions in seeking to hedge the portfolio or enhance return.


PRINCIPAL  RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE SERIES.  An investment in the Series is not
guaranteed. As with any mutual fund, the value of the Series' shares will change
and you could lose money by  investing  in the Series.  A variety of factors may
influence its investment performance, such as:

     o    Market risk.  Because the Series invests in the securities of U.S. and
          foreign issuers,  it is subject to market risk. For bonds, market risk
          generally  reflects credit risk and interest rate risk. Credit risk is
          the actual or perceived  risk that the issuer of the bond will not pay
          the interest and principal  payments  when due.  Bond value  typically
          declines if the issuer's  credit quality  deteriorates.  Interest rate
          risk is the risk that interest rates will rise and the value of bonds,
          including  those held by the Series,  will fall. A broad-based  market
          drop may also cause a bond's price to fall.


          For bonds,  market risk  generally  reflects  credit risk and interest
          rate risk. Credit risk is the actual or perceived risk that the issuer
          of the bond will not pay the interest and principal payments when due.
          Bond  value   typically   declines  if  the  issuer's  credit  quality
          deteriorates.  Interest rate risk is the risk that interest rates will
          rise and the value of bonds,  including  those  held by an  Underlying
          Series,  will fall. A broad-based  market drop may also cause a bond's
          price to fall.


     o    Prepayment risk.  During periods of falling  interest rates,  there is
          the risk that a debt security with a high stated interest rate will be
          prepaid before its expected maturity date.

     o    Derivatives  risk.  Investing  in  derivative  instruments,   such  as
          options,  futures  contracts,   forward  currency  contracts,  indexed
          securities and  asset-backed  securities,  involves special risks. The
          Series'  sub-advisers  must  correctly  predict  the price  movements,
          during the life of a derivative,  of the underlying  asset in order to
          realize  the  desired  results  from  the  investment.  The  value  of
          derivatives  may rise or fall more  rapidly  than  other  investments,
          which may  increase  the  volatility  of the Series  depending  on the
          nature and extent of the derivatives in the Series' portfolio.  If the
          sub-adviser  uses  derivatives  in attempting to manage or "hedge" the
          overall risk of the  portfolio,  the strategy might not be successful,
          for example,  due to changes in the value of the  derivatives  that do
          not correlate with price movements in the rest of the portfolio.

In addition,  the performance of the Series depends on the sub-adviser's ability
to effectively implement the investment strategies of the Series.

PERFORMANCE.  The  performance  of the Series  will vary from year to year.  The
Series'  performance  figures will not reflect the deduction of any charges that
are  imposed  under a variable  insurance  contract.  Those  charges,  which are
described  in  the  variable  insurance  prospectus,  will  reduce  the  Series'
performance.  As with all mutual funds,  the Series' past  performance  does not
necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future.

Performance  for the Series  has not been  included  because  the Series had not
commenced operations as of the date of this prospectus.


SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES (FEES PAID DIRECTLY FROM YOUR INVESTMENT)
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON PURCHASES                           NONE
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON REINVESTED DIVIDENDS                NONE
         DEFERRED SALES LOAD                                               NONE
         REDEMPTION FEE                                                    NONE
         EXCHANGE FEE                                                      NONE


EXPENSES.  The table below  shows  certain  expenses  you will incur as a Series
investor, either directly or indirectly.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ANNUAL SERIES OPERATING EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE DEDUCTED FROM SERIES ASSETS)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management/Administrative Fee                                              0.75%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Expenses                                                                0%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Series Annual Operating Expenses                                     0.75%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EXPENSE  EXAMPLE.  This  example is  intended  to help you  compare  the cost of
investing in the Series with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.  Also,
this  example  does not reflect the expenses of the  Qualified  Plan.  The table
below shows the expenses you would pay on a $10,000 investment,  assuming (1) 5%
annual  return  and  (2)  redemption  at  the  end of  each  time  period.  This
illustration is hypothetical and is not intended to be representative of past or
future  performance  of the Series.  The example  also  assumes  that the Series
operating expenses remain the same.  Although your actual costs may be higher or
lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPENSE EXAMPLE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year                                                                      $77
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 Years                                                                    $240
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 Years                                                                    $417
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 Years                                                                   $930
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE OTHER INVESTMENT STRATEGIES,  OTHER INVESTMENTS
AND RISKS OF THE SERIES.  The Series may invest in money market funds  including
those for which the sub-adviser acts as an investment  adviser. As a shareholder
in a money market fund, the Series would bear its share of that fund's expenses.


The sub-adviser uses a combination of quantitative  and qualitative  analysis in
balancing the top-down sector decision - selecting among government obligations,
corporate  securities and structured  investments - with the bottom-up  security
selection which is based upon fundamental and technical analysis.

The Series may invest in when-issued  and delayed  delivery  securities.  Actual
payment for and delivery of such  securities does not take place until some time
in the future, i.e., beyond normal settlement.  The purchase of these securities
will result in a loss if their value declines prior to the settlement date. This
could occur, for example, if interest rates increase prior to settlement.

The SAI has more  information  about  the  Series'  authorized  investments  and
strategies, as well as the risks and restrictions that may apply to them.

<PAGE>



JNL INTERNATIONAL INDEX SERIES

INVESTMENT  OBJECTIVE.  The investment  objective of the JNL International Index
Series is to  closely  match  the  performance  of the  Morgan  Stanley  Capital
International Europe and Australasia, Far East Equity Index (MSCI E.A.FE. Index)
while minimizing transaction costs.


PRINCIPAL  INVESTMENT  STRATEGIES.  The Series  seeks to achieve  its  objective
through a diversified portfolio whose returns closely parallel those of the MSCI
E.A.FE.  Index. The Series typically holds all securities  contained in the MSCI
E.A.FE.  Index.  To better  track  the  performance  of the  Index  and  provide
liquidity,  the  Series  may hold  E.A.FE.  futures  contracts  instead  of cash
equivalents in its portfolio.  The sub-adviser uses a trading approach  intended
to reduce the Series' transaction costs.

PRINCIPAL  RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE SERIES.  An investment in the Series is not
guaranteed. As with any mutual fund, the value of the Series' shares will change
and you could lose money by  investing  in the Series.  A variety of factors may
influence its investment performance, such as:

     o    Market  risk.   Because  the  Series  invests  in  stocks  of  foreign
          companies,  it is subject to stock market risk. Stock prices typically
          fluctuate more than the values of other types of securities, typically
          in response to changes in the particular company's financial condition
          and factors affecting the market in general. For example,  unfavorable
          or unanticipated  poor earnings  performance of the company may result
          in a decline in its stock's price,  and a broad-based  market drop may
          also cause a stock's price to fall.

     o    Foreign investing risk. Foreign investing involves risks not typically
          associated with U.S.  investment.  These risks include,  among others,
          adverse  fluctuations  in foreign  currency  values as well as adverse
          political,  social  and  economic  developments  affecting  a  foreign
          country.  In  addition,   foreign  investing  involves  less  publicly
          available  information  and  more  volatile  or less  liquid  markets.
          Investments  in foreign  countries  could be  affected  by factors not
          present in the U.S.,  such as restrictions on receiving the investment
          proceeds  from a foreign  country,  foreign  tax laws,  and  potential
          difficulties  in enforcing  contractual  obligations.  Transactions in
          foreign  securities  may  be  subject  to  less  efficient  settlement
          practices,   including  extended  clearance  and  settlement  periods.
          Foreign  accounting  may be less  revealing  than American  accounting
          practices.  Foreign regulation may be inadequate or irregular.  Owning
          foreign  securities  could cause the Series'  performance to fluctuate
          more than if it held only U.S. securities.

     o    Emerging  markets risk.  The Series may invest a portion of its assets
          in securities of issuers in emerging  markets,  which involves greater
          risk.  Emerging market countries typically have economic and political
          systems that are less fully  developed,  and likely to be less stable,
          than those of more advanced  countries.  Emerging market countries may
          have policies that restrict  investment by foreigners,  and there is a
          higher  risk  of  a  government  taking  private   property.   Low  or
          nonexistent  trading  volume in  securities  of  issuers  in  emerging
          markets  may result in a lack of  liquidity  and in price  volatility.
          Issuers in emerging markets  typically are subject to a greater degree
          of change in earnings and  business  prospects  than are  companies in
          developed markets.

     o    Currency  risk. The value of the Series' shares may change as a result
          of changes in exchange  rates  reducing  the value of the U.S.  dollar
          value of the Series' foreign investments.  Currency exchange rates can
          be volatile and  affected by a number of factors,  such as the general
          economics of a country, the actions of U.S. and foreign governments or
          central banks, the imposition of currency controls, and speculation.


     o    Derivatives  risk.  Investing  in  derivative  instruments,   such  as
          options,  futures  contracts,   forward  currency  contracts,  indexed
          securities and  asset-backed  securities,  involves special risks. The
          Series sub-adviser must correctly predict price movements,  during the
          life of a derivative,  of the underlying asset in order to realize the
          desired results from the investment. The value of derivatives may rise
          or fall more  rapidly than other  investments,  which may increase the
          volatility  of the  Series  depending  on the nature and extent of the
          derivatives  in  the  Series'  portfolio.   If  the  sub-adviser  uses
          derivatives in attempting to manage or "hedge" the overall risk of the
          portfolio,  the strategy might not be successful,  for example, due to
          changes in the value of the  derivatives  that do not  correlate  with
          price movements in the rest of the portfolio.


In addition,  the performance of the Series depends on the sub-adviser's ability
to effectively implement the investment strategies of the Series.

PERFORMANCE.  The  performance  of the Series  will vary from year to year.  The
Series'  performance  figures will not reflect the deduction of any charges that
are  imposed  under a variable  insurance  contract.  Those  charges,  which are
described  in  the  variable  insurance  prospectus,  will  reduce  the  Series'
performance.  As with all mutual funds,  the Series' past  performance  does not
necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future.

Performance  for the Series  has not been  included  because  the Series had not
commenced operations as of the date of this prospectus.


SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES (FEES PAID DIRECTLY FROM YOUR INVESTMENT)
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON PURCHASES                            NONE
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON REINVESTED DIVIDENDS                 NONE
         DEFERRED SALES LOAD                                                NONE
         REDEMPTION FEE                                                     NONE
         EXCHANGE FEE                                                       NONE


EXPENSES.  The table below  shows  certain  expenses  you will incur as a Series
investor, either directly or indirectly.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ANNUAL SERIES OPERATING EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE DEDUCTED FROM SERIES ASSETS)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management/Administrative Fee                                              0.75%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Expenses                                                                0%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Series Annual Operating Expenses                                     0.75%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EXPENSE  EXAMPLE.  This  example is  intended  to help you  compare  the cost of
investing in the Series with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.  Also,
this  example  does not reflect the expenses of the  Qualified  Plan.  The table
below shows the expenses you would pay on a $10,000 investment,  assuming (1) 5%
annual  return  and  (2)  redemption  at  the  end of  each  time  period.  This
illustration is hypothetical and is not intended to be representative of past or
future  performance  of the Series.  The example  also  assumes  that the Series
operating expenses remain the same.  Although your actual costs may be higher or
lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPENSE EXAMPLE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year                                                                      $77
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 Years                                                                    $240
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 Years                                                                    $417
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 Years                                                                   $930
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE OTHER INVESTMENT STRATEGIES,  OTHER INVESTMENTS
AND  RISKS  OF THE  SERIES.  The SAI has  more  information  about  the  Series'
authorized  investments  and strategies,  as well as the risks and  restrictions
that may apply to them.




<PAGE>
JNL RUSSELL 2000 INDEX SERIES

INVESTMENT  OBJECTIVE.  The  investment  objective of the JNL Russell 2000 Index
Series is to closely match the returns and  characteristics  of the Russell 2000
Index.

PRINCIPAL  INVESTMENT  STRATEGIES.  The Series  seeks to achieve  its  objective
through a diversified  portfolio whose return closely tracks that of the Russell
2000 Index.  The Series  typically  holds all the common stocks  included in the
Russell 2000 Index.

The  sub-adviser  generally  follows a buy and hold strategy,  trading only when
there is a change in the composition of the Russell 2000 Index or when cash flow
activity occurs in the Series.  The sub-adviser uses a trading approach intended
to reduce the Series' transaction costs.

PRINCIPAL  RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE SERIES.  An investment in the Series is not
guaranteed. As with any mutual fund, the value of the Series' shares will change
and you could lose money by  investing  in the Series.  A variety of factors may
influence its investment performance, such as:

     o    Market risk.  Because the Series invests in stocks of U.S.  companies,
          it is subject to stock market risk. Stock prices  typically  fluctuate
          more  than the  values  of other  types of  securities,  typically  in
          response to changes in the particular  company's  financial  condition
          and factors affecting the market in general. For example,  unfavorable
          or unanticipated  poor earnings  performance of the company may result
          in a decline in its stock's price,  and a broad-based  market drop may
          also cause a stock's price to fall.


     o    Small cap  investing  risk.  Investing  in  smaller,  newer  companies
          generally  involves  greater  risks than  investing  in  larger,  more
          established  ones.  The  companies  in which  the  Series is likely to
          invest have limited product lines, markets or financial resources,  or
          may depend on the  expertise  of a few  people,  and may be subject to
          more abrupt or erratic  market  movements  than  securities of larger,
          more  established  companies  or the market  averages in  general.  In
          addition,  many  small  capitalization  companies  may be in the early
          stages of  development.  Accordingly,  an investment in the Series may
          not be appropriate for all investors.


In addition,  the performance of the Series depends on the sub-adviser's ability
to effectively implement the investment strategies of the Series.

PERFORMANCE.  The  performance  of the Series  will vary from year to year.  The
Series'  performance  figures will not reflect the deduction of any charges that
are  imposed  under a variable  insurance  contract.  Those  charges,  which are
described  in  the  variable  insurance  prospectus,  will  reduce  the  Series'
performance.  As with all mutual funds,  the Series' past  performance  does not
necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future.

Performance  for the Series  has not been  included  because  the Series had not
commenced operations as of the date of this prospectus.


SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES (FEES PAID DIRECTLY FROM YOUR INVESTMENT)
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON PURCHASES                            NONE
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON REINVESTED DIVIDENDS                 NONE
         DEFERRED SALES LOAD                                                NONE
         REDEMPTION FEE                                                     NONE
         EXCHANGE FEE                                                       NONE


EXPENSES.  The table below  shows  certain  expenses  you will incur as a Series
investor, either directly or indirectly.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ANNUAL SERIES OPERATING EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE DEDUCTED FROM SERIES ASSETS)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management/Administrative Fee                                              0.60%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Expenses                                                                0%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Series Annual Operating Expenses                                     0.60%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EXPENSE  EXAMPLE.  This  example is  intended  to help you  compare  the cost of
investing in the Series with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.  Also,
this  example  does not reflect the expenses of the  Qualified  Plan.  The table
below shows the expenses you would pay on a $10,000 investment,  assuming (1) 5%
annual  return  and  (2)  redemption  at  the  end of  each  time  period.  This
illustration is hypothetical and is not intended to be representative of past or
future  performance  of the Series.  The example  also  assumes  that the Series
operating expenses remain the same.  Although your actual costs may be higher or
lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPENSE EXAMPLE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year                                                                     $61
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 Years                                                                   $192
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 Years                                                                   $335
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 Years                                                                  $750
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE OTHER INVESTMENT STRATEGIES,  OTHER INVESTMENTS
AND RISKS OF THE SERIES.  The JNL Russell  2000 Index  Series may also hold U.S.
Treasury  Bills,  short-term  fixed- income  securities,  equity index  futures,
Standard & Poor's Depository  Receipts traded on the American Stock Exchange and
other similar derivative instruments.


The SAI has more  information  about  the  Series'  authorized  investments  and
strategies, as well as the risks and restrictions that may apply to them.

<PAGE>
JNL S&P 500 INDEX SERIES

INVESTMENT  OBJECTIVE.  The investment objective of the JNL S&P 500 Index Series
is to closely match the returns and characteristics of the Standard & Poor's 500
Composite Stock Price Index (S&P 500 Index).

PRINCIPAL  INVESTMENT  STRATEGIES.  The Series  seeks to achieve  its  objective
through a diversified  portfolio whose return closely tracks that of the S&P 500
Index.  The  Series  typically  holds  all the  stock  in the S&P 500  Index  in
approximately  the same proportions as they appear in the Index. To better track
the performance of the Index and provide liquidity,  the Series may hold S&P 500
futures contracts instead of cash equivalents in its portfolio.  The sub-adviser
generally  follows a buy and hold strategy,  trading only when there is a change
in the composition of the S&P 500 Index or when cash flow activity occurs in the
Series.  The sub-adviser uses a trading approach  intended to reduce the Series'
transaction costs.

PRINCIPAL  RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE SERIES.  An investment in the Series is not
guaranteed. As with any mutual fund, the value of the Series' shares will change
and you could lose money by  investing  in the Series.  A variety of factors may
influence its investment performance, such as:

     o    Market risk.  Because the Series invests in stocks of U.S. and foreign
          companies,  it is subject to stock market risk. Stock prices typically
          fluctuate more than the values of other types of securities, typically
          in response to changes in the particular company's financial condition
          and factors affecting the market in general. For example,  unfavorable
          or unanticipated  poor earnings  performance of the company may result
          in a decline in its stock's price,  and a broad-based  market drop may
          also cause a stock's price to fall.

In addition,  the performance of the Series depends on the sub-adviser's ability
to effectively implement the investment strategies of the Series.

PERFORMANCE.  The  performance  of the Series  will vary from year to year.  The
Series'  performance  figures will not reflect the deduction of any charges that
are  imposed  under a variable  insurance  contract.  Those  charges,  which are
described  in  the  variable  insurance  prospectus,  will  reduce  the  Series'
performance.  As with all mutual funds,  the Series' past  performance  does not
necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future.

Performance  for the Series  has not been  included  because  the Series had not
commenced operations as of the date of this prospectus.


SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES (FEES PAID DIRECTLY FROM YOUR INVESTMENT)
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON PURCHASES                            NONE
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON REINVESTED DIVIDENDS                 NONE
         DEFERRED SALES LOAD                                                NONE
         REDEMPTION FEE                                                     NONE
         EXCHANGE FEE                                                       NONE


EXPENSES.  The table below  shows  certain  expenses  you will incur as a Series
investor, either directly or indirectly.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ANNUAL SERIES OPERATING EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE DEDUCTED FROM SERIES ASSETS)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management/Administrative Fee                                              0.60%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Expenses                                                                0%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Series Annual Operating Expenses                                     0.60%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EXPENSE  EXAMPLE.  This  example is  intended  to help you  compare  the cost of
investing in the Series with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.  Also,
this  example  does not reflect the expenses of the  Qualified  Plan.  The table
below shows the expenses you would pay on a $10,000 investment,  assuming (1) 5%
annual  return  and  (2)  redemption  at  the  end of  each  time  period.  This
illustration is hypothetical and is not intended to be representative of past or
future  performance  of the Series.  The example  also  assumes  that the Series
operating expenses remain the same.  Although your actual costs may be higher or
lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPENSE EXAMPLE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year                                                                     $61
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 Years                                                                   $192
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 Years                                                                   $335
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 Years                                                                  $750
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE OTHER INVESTMENT STRATEGIES,  OTHER INVESTMENTS
AND  RISKS  OF THE  SERIES.  The SAI has  more  information  about  the  Series'
authorized  investments  and strategies,  as well as the risks and  restrictions
that may apply to them.




<PAGE>
JNL S&P MIDCAP INDEX SERIES

INVESTMENT  OBJECTIVE.  The  objective  of the JNL S&P MidCap Index Series is to
closely  match the returns and  characteristics  of the Standard & Poor's MidCap
400 Index (S&P MidCap 400 Index).

PRINCIPAL  INVESTMENT  STRATEGIES.  The Series  seeks to achieve  its  objective
through a  diversified  portfolio  whose return  closely  tracks that of the S&P
MidCap 400 Index. The Series typically holds all the stock in the S&P MidCap 400
Index in  approximately  the same  proportions  as they appear in the Index.  To
better track the performance of the Index and provide liquidity,  the Series may
invest in equity index futures contracts and other  derivatives  instead of cash
equivalents.  The sub-adviser generally follows a buy and hold strategy, trading
only when  there is a change in the  composition  of the S&P MidCap 400 Index or
when cash flow activity  occurs in the Series.  The  sub-adviser  uses a trading
approach intended to reduce the Series' transaction costs.

PRINCIPAL  RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE SERIES.  An investment in the Series is not
guaranteed. As with any mutual fund, the value of the Series' shares will change
and you could lose money by  investing  in the Series.  A variety of factors may
influence its investment performance, such as:

     o    Market risk.  Because the Series invests in stocks of U.S. and foreign
          companies,  it is subject to stock market risk. Stock prices typically
          fluctuate more than the values of other types of securities, typically
          in response to changes in the particular company's financial condition
          and factors affecting the market in general. For example,  unfavorable
          or unanticipated  poor earnings  performance of the company may result
          in a decline in its stock's price,  and a broad-based  market drop may
          also cause a stock's price to fall.

In addition,  the performance of the Series depends on the sub-adviser's ability
to effectively implement the investment strategies of the Series.

PERFORMANCE.  The  performance  of the Series  will vary from year to year.  The
Series'  performance  figures will not reflect the deduction of any charges that
are  imposed  under a variable  insurance  contract.  Those  charges,  which are
described  in  the  variable  insurance  prospectus,  will  reduce  the  Series'
performance.  As with all mutual funds,  the Series' past  performance  does not
necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future.

Performance  for the Series  has not been  included  because  the Series had not
commenced operations as of the date of this prospectus.


SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES (FEES PAID DIRECTLY FROM YOUR INVESTMENT)
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON PURCHASES                            NONE
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON REINVESTED DIVIDENDS                 NONE
         DEFERRED SALES LOAD                                                NONE
         REDEMPTION FEE                                                     NONE
         EXCHANGE FEE                                                       NONE


EXPENSES.  The table below  shows  certain  expenses  you will incur as a Series
investor, either directly or indirectly.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ANNUAL SERIES OPERATING EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE DEDUCTED FROM SERIES ASSETS)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management/Administrative Fee                                              0.60%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Expenses                                                                0%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Series Annual Operating Expenses                                     0.60%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



EXPENSE  EXAMPLE.  This  example is  intended  to help you  compare  the cost of
investing in the Series with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.  Also,
this  example  does not reflect the expenses of the  Qualified  Plan.  The table
below shows the expenses you would pay on a $10,000 investment,  assuming (1) 5%
annual  return  and  (2)  redemption  at  the  end of  each  time  period.  This
illustration is hypothetical and is not intended to be representative of past or
future  performance  of the Series.  The example  also  assumes  that the Series
operating expenses remain the same.  Although your actual costs may be higher or
lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPENSE EXAMPLE
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year                                                                     $61
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 Years                                                                   $192
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 Years                                                                   $335
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 Years                                                                  $750
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE OTHER INVESTMENT STRATEGIES,  OTHER INVESTMENTS
AND  RISKS  OF THE  SERIES.  The JNL S&P  MidCap  Index  Series  may  invest  in
interest-bearing  cash  equivalents,  notes  and other  short-term  instruments,
including  call accounts  pending the  investment of available  cash. The Series
will be rebalanced  periodically to reflect changes in the S&P MidCap 400 Index,
and all dividends and realized capital gains will be reinvested.


The SAI has more  information  about  the  Series'  authorized  investments  and
strategies, as well as the risks and restrictions that may apply to them.


<PAGE>
LAZARD/JNL MID CAP VALUE SERIES

INVESTMENT  OBJECTIVE.  The investment objective of the Lazard/JNL Mid Cap Value
Series is capital appreciation.


PRINCIPAL  INVESTMENT  STRATEGIES.  The Series seeks to achieve its objective by
investing at least 80% of total assets in a non-diversified  portfolio of equity
securities  of U.S.  companies  with  market  capitalizations  in the  range  of
companies  represented  in the  Russell  Mid Cap Index and that the  sub-adviser
believes are  undervalued  based on their return on equity.  The Russell Mid Cap
Index is composed of selected common stocks of medium-size U.S.  companies.  The
Series' equity holdings consist  primarily of common stocks but may also include
preferred stocks, securities convertible into or exchangeable for common stocks,
rights and  warrants,  real estate  investment  trusts and  American  and Global
Depositary  Receipts.  To the  extent  its  assets  are  not  invested  in  such
securities,   the  Series  may  invest  in  the  equity   securities  of  larger
capitalization  companies  or  investment  grade  fixed-income  securities.   In
searching for undervalued medium  capitalization  stocks, the sub-adviser uses a
stock-selection  process  based  primarily on analysis of  historical  financial
data, with little emphasis placed on forecasting future earnings or events.

The  sub-adviser  does  not   automatically   sell  a  security  if  its  market
capitalization  grows or falls  outside  the range of  companies  in the Russell
Midcap  Index.  The  sub-adviser  may sell a security  for any of the  following
reasons:

     o    its price rises to a level where it no longer  reflects  value (target
          valuation);

     o    the underlying investment assumptions are no longer valid;

     o    company management changes their direction; or

     o    external  events  occur  (e.g.,  changes  in  regulation,   taxes  and
          competitive position).

PRINCIPAL  RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE SERIES.  An investment in the Series is not
guaranteed. As with any mutual fund, the value of the Series' shares will change
and you could lose money by  investing  in the Series.  A variety of factors may
influence its investment performance, such as:

     o    Market risk. Because the Series invests primarily in equity securities
          of U.S.  companies,  it is subject to stock market risk.  Stock prices
          typically fluctuate more than the values of other types of securities,
          typically in response to changes in the particular company's financial
          condition and factors  affecting  the market in general.  For example,
          unfavorable or unanticipated poor earnings  performance of the company
          may result in a decline in its stock's price, and a broad-based market
          drop may also cause a stock's price to fall.

     o    Value  investing  risk. The value  approach  carries the risk that the
          market will not  recognize  a  security's  intrinsic  value for a long
          time,  or  that a stock  judged  to be  undervalued  may  actually  be
          appropriately priced.

     o    Non-diversification.   The  Series  is   "non-diversified."   Under  a
          definition provided by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended,
          non-diversified  funds  may  invest  in  fewer  assets,  or in  larger
          proportions of the assets of single companies or industries. Thus, the
          Series  may  hold  a  smaller  number  of  issuers  than  if  it  were
          "diversified." With a smaller number of different issuers,  the Series
          is subject to more risk than another  fund holding a larger  number of
          issuers,  since changes in the financial condition or market status of
          a single  issuer may cause  greater  fluctuation  in the Series' total
          return and share price.

In addition,  the performance of the Series depends on the sub-adviser's ability
to effectively implement the investment strategies of the Series.


PERFORMANCE.  The bar chart and table  below  show the past  performance  of the
Series' shares.  The chart presents the annual returns and shows how performance
has varied from year to year.  The table shows the  Series'  annual  returns and
compares them to a broad based index since these shares were first offered. Both
the chart and the table assume reinvestment of dividends and distributions.  The
Series'  returns shown in the chart and table below do not reflect the deduction
of any  charges  that are imposed  under a variable  insurance  contract.  Those
charges,  which are described in the variable insurance prospectus,  will reduce
the Series' performance.  As with all mutual funds, the Series' past performance
does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future.



Annual Total Returns as of December 31

4.77%
[Insert Chart]
1999

In the period  shown in the chart,  the  Series'  highest  quarterly  return was
12.00% (2nd  quarter of 1999) and its lowest  quarterly  return was -13.00% (3rd
quarter of 1999).


                            Average Annual Total Returns as of December 31, 1999
                                              1 year            Life of Series*


Lazard/JNL Mid Cap Value Series                4.77%                -1.78%
Russell MidCap Index                          16.48%                10.22%

The Russell Mid Cap Index is a broad-based,  unmanaged index. * The Series began
operations on March 2, 1998.


SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES (FEES PAID DIRECTLY FROM YOUR INVESTMENT)
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON PURCHASES                         NONE
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON REINVESTED DIVIDENDS              NONE
         DEFERRED SALES LOAD                                             NONE
         REDEMPTION FEE                                                  NONE
         EXCHANGE FEE                                                    NONE


EXPENSES.  The table below  shows  certain  expenses  you will incur as a Series
investor, either directly or indirectly.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ANNUAL SERIES OPERATING EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE DEDUCTED FROM SERIES  ASSETS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management/Administrative Fee                                             1.08%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Expenses                                                               0%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Series Annual Operating Expenses                                    1.08%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EXPENSE  EXAMPLE.  This  example is  intended  to help you  compare  the cost of
investing in the Series with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.  Also,
this  example  does not reflect the expenses of the  Qualified  Plan.  The table
below shows the expenses you would pay on a $10,000 investment,  assuming (1) 5%
annual  return  and  (2)  redemption  at  the  end of  each  time  period.  This
illustration is hypothetical and is not intended to be representative of past or
future  performance  of the Series.  The example  also  assumes  that the Series
operating expenses remain the same.  Although your actual costs may be higher or
lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPENSE EXAMPLE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year                                                                      $110
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 Years                                                                     $342
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 Years                                                                     $593
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 Years                                                                   1,311
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE OTHER INVESTMENT STRATEGIES,  OTHER INVESTMENTS
AND RISKS OF THE  SERIES.  The Series may use  derivative  instruments,  such as
options and futures contracts and forward currency contracts,  for hedging or to
enhance return.  These  instruments are subject to transaction costs and certain
risks,  such as  unanticipated  changes in  securities  prices.  For  temporary,
defensive  purposes,  the  Series  may  invest up to all of its assets in larger
capitalization companies, cash and short-term money market instruments. Taking a
defensive  position may reduce the  potential  for  appreciation  of the Series'
portfolio.


The SAI has more  information  about  the  Series'  authorized  investments  and
strategies, as well as the risks and restrictions that may apply to them.

THE SUB-ADVISER AND PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT.  The sub-adviser to the Lazard/JNL Mid
Cap Value Series is Lazard Asset Management (Lazard),  30 Rockefeller Plaza, New
York,  New York 10112.  Lazard is a division of Lazard  Freres & Co. LLC (Lazard
Freres), a New York limited liability company, which provides its clients with a
wide variety of investment banking,  brokerage and related services.  Lazard and
its affiliates provide investment  management  services to client  discretionary
accounts of both individuals and institutions.

Herbert W. Gullquist and Eileen  Alexanderson  share primary  responsibility for
the  day-to-day  management  of the Series.  Mr.  Gullquist has been with Lazard
since 1982. He is a Managing Director and a Vice-Chairman of Lazard Freres,  and
is the Chief  Investment  Officer of Lazard.  Mr.  Gullquist is responsible  for
monitoring all investment  activity to ensure  adherence to Lazard's  investment
philosophy and guidelines. Ms. Alexanderson has been with Lazard since 1979. She
has been a Managing Director of Lazard Freres since January 1997; prior thereto,
Ms.  Alexanderson  was a Senior Vice President of Lazard.  Ms.  Alexanderson  is
responsible  for  U.S./global  equity  management  and overseeing the day-to-day
operations of the U.S. Small Cap and U.S. Mid Cap equity  investment  teams. Mr.
Gullquist and Ms.  Alexanderson  have shared  responsibility  for the day-to-day
management of the Series since the inception of the Series.


<PAGE>


LAZARD/JNL SMALL CAP VALUE SERIES

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE. The investment objective of the Lazard/JNL Small Cap Value
Series is capital appreciation.


PRINCIPAL  INVESTMENT  STRATEGIES.  The Series seeks to achieve its objective by
investing  at least 80% of its total  assets in a  non-diversified  portfolio of
equity securities of U.S. companies with market  capitalizations in the range of
companies  represented by the Russell 2000 Index that the  sub-adviser  believes
are  undervalued  based on their  return on equity.  The  Russell  2000 Index is
composed  of  selected  common  stocks  of  small,   generally  unseasoned  U.S.
companies.  The Series' equity holdings  consist  primarily of common stocks but
may also include preferred stocks,  securities  convertible into or exchangeable
for common  stocks,  rights and  warrants,  real  estate  investment  trusts and
American and Global Depositary  Receipts.  The Lazard/JNL Small Cap Value Series
invests in equity securities of small U.S.  companies that, in the sub-adviser's
opinion, have one or more of the following characteristics:  (i) are undervalued
relative to their earnings,  cash flow, or asset values; (ii) have an attractive
price/value  relationship  with  expectations  that some catalyst will cause the
perception  of value to  change  within 2 years;  (iii)  are out of favor due to
circumstances  which are  unlikely to harm the  company's  franchise or earnings
power;  (iv)  have  low  projected   price-to-earnings   or   price-to-cash-flow
multiples;  (v) have the  potential to become a larger  factor in the  company's
business; (vi) have significant debt but have high levels of free cash flow; and
(vii) have a relatively  short corporate  history with the expectation  that the
business may grow. In searching for undervalued small capitalization stocks, the
sub-adviser  uses a  stock-selection  process  based  primarily  on  analysis of
historical  financial data,  with little  emphasis placed on forecasting  future
earnings or events. PRINCIPAL RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE SERIES. An investment in
the Series is not guaranteed.  As with any mutual fund, the value of the Series'
shares  will  change and you could  lose money by  investing  in the  Series.  A
variety of factors may influence its investment performance, such as:

     o    Market risk.  Because the Series invests in equity  securities,  it is
          subject to stock market risk.  Stock prices  typically  fluctuate more
          than the values of other types of securities, typically in response to
          changes in the particular  company's  financial  condition and factors
          affecting  the  market  in  general.   For  example,   unfavorable  or
          unanticipated poor earnings performance of the company may result in a
          decline in its stock's price,  and a broad-based  market drop may also
          cause a stock's price to fall.

     o    Value  investing  risk. The value  approach  carries the risk that the
          market will not  recognize  a  security's  intrinsic  value for a long
          time,  or  that a stock  judged  to be  undervalued  may  actually  be
          appropriately priced.

     o    Small cap  investing  risk.  Investing  in  smaller,  newer  companies
          generally  involves  greater  risks than  investing  in  larger,  more
          established  ones.  The  companies  in which  the  Series is likely to
          invest have limited product lines, markets or financial resources,  or
          may depend on the expertise of a few people and may be subject to more
          abrupt or erratic  market  movements than  securities of larger,  more
          established  companies or the market averages in general. In addition,
          many  small  capitalization  companies  may be in the early  stages of
          development.  Accordingly,  an  investment  in the  Series  may not be
          appropriate for all investors.


     o    Non-diversification.   The  Series  is   "non-diversified."   Under  a
          definition provided by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended,
          non-diversified  funds  may  invest  in  fewer  assets,  or in  larger
          proportions of the assets of single companies or industries. Thus, the
          Series  may  hold  a  smaller  number  of  issuers  than  if  it  were
          "diversified." With a smaller number of different issuers,  the Series
          is subject to more risk than another  fund holding a larger  number of
          issuers,  since changes in the financial condition or market status of
          a single  issuer may cause  greater  fluctuation  in the Series' total
          return and share price.

In addition,  the performance of the Series depends on the sub-adviser's ability
to effectively implement the investment strategies of the Series.


PERFORMANCE.  The bar chart and table  below  show the past  performance  of the
Series' shares.  The chart presents the annual returns and shows how performance
has varied from year to year.  The table shows the  Series'  annual  returns and
compares them to a broad based index since these shares were first offered. Both
the chart and the table assume reinvestment of dividends and distributions.  The
Series'  returns shown in the chart and table below do not reflect the deduction
of any  charges  that are imposed  under a variable  insurance  contract.  Those
charges,  which are described in the variable insurance prospectus,  will reduce
the Series' performance.  As with all mutual funds, the Series' past performance
does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future.


Annual Total Returns as of December 31

1.96%
[Insert Chart]
1999

In the period  shown in the chart,  the  Series'  highest  quarterly  return was
20.18%  (2nd  quarter of 1999) and its lowest  quarterly  return was -8.85% (1st
quarter of 1999).


                            Average Annual Total Returns as of December 31, 1999
                                            1 year            Life of Series*


Lazard/JNL Small Cap Value Series            1.96%                -6.27%
Russell 2000                                21.35%                 5.69%

The Russell 2000 Index is a  broad-based,  unmanaged  index.
* The Series began operations on March 2, 1998.


SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES (FEES PAID DIRECTLY FROM YOUR INVESTMENT)
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON PURCHASES                            NONE
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON REINVESTED DIVIDENDS                 NONE
         DEFERRED SALES LOAD                                                NONE
         REDEMPTION FEE                                                     NONE
         EXCHANGE FEE                                                       NONE


EXPENSES.  The table below  shows  certain  expenses  you will incur as a Series
investor, either directly or indirectly.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ANNUAL SERIES OPERATING EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE DEDUCTED FROM SERIES ASSETS)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management/Administrative Fee                                              1.15%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Expenses                                                                0%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Series Annual Operating Expenses                                     1.15%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EXPENSE  EXAMPLE.  This  example is  intended  to help you  compare  the cost of
investing in the Series with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.  Also,
this  example  does not reflect the expenses of the  Qualified  Plan.  The table
below shows the expenses you would pay on a $10,000 investment,  assuming (1) 5%
annual  return  and  (2)  redemption  at  the  end of  each  time  period.  This
illustration is hypothetical and is not intended to be representative of past or
future  performance  of the Series.  The example  also  assumes  that the Series
operating expenses remain the same.  Although your actual costs may be higher or
lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPENSE EXAMPLE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year                                                                     $117
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 Years                                                                    $365
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 Years                                                                    $633
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 Years                                                                 $1,398
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE OTHER INVESTMENT STRATEGIES,  OTHER INVESTMENTS
AND RISKS OF THE SERIES.  The sub-adviser does not automatically sell a security
if its market  capitalization  grows or falls  outside the range of companies in
the  Russell  2000 Index.  The  sub-adviser  may sell a security  for any of the
following reasons:


     o    its price rises to a level where it no longer  reflects  value (target
          valuation);

     o    the underlying investment assumptions are no longer valid;

     o    company management changes their direction; or

     o    external  events  occur  (e.g.,  changes  in  regulation,   taxes  and
          competitive position).

The  Series  may  invest  in  equity  securities  of larger  U.S.  companies  or
investment grade fixed-income securities.

The Series may use derivative instruments, such as options and futures contracts
and  forward  currency  contracts,  for  hedging  or to  enhance  return.  These
instruments  are  subject  to  transaction  costs  and  certain  risks,  such as
unanticipated changes in securities prices.

For temporary, defensive purposes, the Series may invest up to all of its assets
in  larger   capitalization   companies,   cash  and  short-term   money  market
instruments.   Taking  a  defensive   position  may  reduce  the  potential  for
appreciation of the Series' portfolio.

The SAI has more  information  about  the  Series'  authorized  investments  and
strategies, as well as the risks and restrictions that may apply to them.

THE  SUB-ADVISER  AND PORTFOLIO  MANAGEMENT.  The  sub-adviser to the Lazard/JNL
Small Cap Value  Series is Lazard  Asset  Management  (Lazard),  30  Rockefeller
Plaza, New York, New York 10112. Lazard is a division of Lazard Freres & Co. LLC
(Lazard  Freres),  a New York  limited  liability  company,  which  provides its
clients  with a wide  variety  of  investment  banking,  brokerage  and  related
services.  Lazard and its affiliates provide investment  management  services to
client discretionary accounts of both individuals and institutions.

Herbert W. Gullquist and Eileen  Alexanderson  share primary  responsibility for
the  day-to-day  management  of the Series.  Mr.  Gullquist has been with Lazard
since 1982. He is a Managing Director and a Vice-Chairman of Lazard Freres,  and
is the Chief  Investment  Officer of Lazard.  Mr.  Gullquist is responsible  for
monitoring all investment  activity to ensure  adherence to Lazard's  investment
philosophy and guidelines. Ms. Alexanderson has been with Lazard since 1979. She
has been a Managing Director of Lazard Freres since January 1997; prior thereto,
Ms.  Alexanderson  was a Senior Vice President of Lazard.  Ms.  Alexanderson  is
responsible  for  U.S./global  equity  management  and overseeing the day-to-day
operations of the U.S. Small Cap and U.S. Mid Cap equity  investment  teams. Mr.
Gullquist and Ms.  Alexanderson  have shared  responsibility  for the day-to-day
management of the Series since the inception of the Series.


<PAGE>


PPM AMERICA/JNL BALANCED SERIES

INVESTMENT  OBJECTIVE.  The investment objective of the PPM America/JNL Balanced
Series is  reasonable  income,  long-term  capital  growth and  preservation  of
capital.


PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT  STRATEGIES.  The Series seeks to achieve its objectives by
investing primarily in a diversified  portfolio of common stock and fixed-income
securities of U.S. companies, but may also invest in securities convertible into
common stocks,  deferred debt  obligations and zero coupon bonds. The Series may
invest in any type or class of  security.  The  anticipated  mix of the  Series'
holdings  is  approximately  45-75% of its  assets  in  equities  and  25-55% in
fixed-income securities.


The Series emphasizes  investment-grade,  fixed-income securities.  However, the
Series  may  take  a  modest  position  in  lower-  or  non-rated   fixed-income
securities, and if, in the sub-adviser's opinion, market conditions warrant, may
increase its position in lower- or non-rated securities from time to time.

PRINCIPAL  RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE SERIES.  An investment in the Series is not
guaranteed. As with any mutual fund, the value of the Series' shares will change
and you could lose money by  investing  in the Series.  A variety of factors may
influence its investment performance, such as:

     o    Market risk.  Because the Series invests in equity  securities of U.S.
          companies,  it is subject to stock market risk. Stock prices typically
          fluctuate more than the values of other types of securities, typically
          in response to changes in the particular company's financial condition
          and factors affecting the market in general. For example,  unfavorable
          or unanticipated  poor earnings  performance of the company may result
          in a decline in its stock's price,  and a broad-based  market drop may
          also cause a stock's price to fall.

          For bonds,  market risk  generally  reflects  credit risk and interest
          rate risk. Credit risk is the actual or perceived risk that the issuer
          of the bond will not pay the interest and principal payments when due.
          Bond  value   typically   declines  if  the  issuer's  credit  quality
          deteriorates.  Interest rate risk is the risk that interest rates will
          rise and the value of bonds,  including those held by the Series, will
          fall. A broad-based market drop may also cause a bond's price to fall.

     o    High-yield/high-risk  bonds. Lower-rated bonds involve a higher degree
          of  credit  risk,  which is the risk  that  the  issuer  will not make
          interest  or  principal   payments  when  due.  In  the  event  of  an
          unanticipated  default, the Series would experience a reduction in its
          income,  a decline in the market value of the  securities  so affected
          and a decline in the value of its shares.  During an economic downturn
          or  substantial  period of rising  interest  rates,  highly  leveraged
          issuers may experience  financial  stress which could adversely affect
          their ability to service  principal and interest payment  obligations,
          to meet projected  business goals and to obtain additional  financing.
          The  market  prices  of  lower-rated  securities  are  generally  less
          sensitive to interest rate changes than higher-rated investments,  but
          more sensitive to adverse economic or political changes, or individual
          developments specific to the issuer.  Periods of economic or political
          uncertainty  and change can be  expected  to result in  volatility  of
          prices of these securities.

     o    Prepayment risk.  During periods of falling  interest rates,  there is
          the risk that a debt security with a high stated interest rate will be
          prepaid before its expected maturity date.

In addition,  the performance of the Series depends on the sub-adviser's ability
to effectively implement the investment strategies of the Series.


PERFORMANCE.  The bar chart and table  below  show the past  performance  of the
Series' shares.  The chart presents the annual returns and shows how performance
has varied from year to year.  The table shows the  Series'  annual  returns and
compares them to a broad based index since these shares were first offered. Both
the chart and the table assume reinvestment of dividends and distributions.  The
Series'  returns shown in the chart and table below do not reflect the deduction
of any  charges  that are imposed  under a variable  insurance  contract.  Those
charges,  which are described in the variable insurance prospectus,  will reduce
the Series' performance.  As with all mutual funds, the Series' past performance
does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future.


Annual Total Returns as of December 31

10.81%            18.43%            10.06%           -0.11%
[Insert Chart]
1996              1997              1998             1999

In the periods  shown in the chart,  the Series'  highest  quarterly  return was
9.77%  (2nd  quarter of 1997) and its lowest  quarterly  return was -5.75%  (3rd
quarter of 1999).


                            Average Annual Total Returns as of December 31, 1999
                                                1 year           Life of Series*


PPM America/JNL Balanced Series                  -0.11%                11.64%
S&P 500 Index                                    21.04%                26.95%
Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index             -0.82%                 5.98%

Each of the S&P 500 Index and the  Lehman  Brothers  Aggregate  Bond  Index is a
broad-based,  unmanaged  index.

* The Series began  operations on May 15, 1995. Prior to May 1, 1997, the Series
was managed by Phoenix Investment Counsel, Inc.


SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES (FEES PAID DIRECTLY FROM YOUR INVESTMENT)
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON PURCHASES                            NONE
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON REINVESTED DIVIDENDS                 NONE
         DEFERRED SALES LOAD                                                NONE
         REDEMPTION FEE                                                     NONE
         EXCHANGE FEE                                                       NONE


EXPENSES.  The table below  shows  certain  expenses  you will incur as a Series
investor, either directly or indirectly.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ANNUAL SERIES OPERATING EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE DEDUCTED FROM SERIES ASSETS)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management/Administrative Fee                                               .82%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Expenses                                                                0%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Series Annual Operating Expenses                                      .82%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EXPENSE  EXAMPLE.  This  example is  intended  to help you  compare  the cost of
investing in the Series with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.  Also,
this  example  does not reflect the expenses of the  Qualified  Plan.  The table
below shows the expenses you would pay on a $10,000 investment,  assuming (1) 5%
annual  return  and  (2)  redemption  at  the  end of  each  time  period.  This
illustration is hypothetical and is not intended to be representative of past or
future  performance  of the Series.  The example  also  assumes  that the Series
operating expenses remain the same.  Although your actual costs may be higher or
lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPENSE EXAMPLE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year                                                                       $84
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 Years                                                                     $262
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 Years                                                                     $455
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 Years                                                                  $1,014
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE OTHER INVESTMENT STRATEGIES,  OTHER INVESTMENTS
AND RISKS OF THE SERIES.  The PPM America/JNL  Balanced Series invests primarily
in common  stocks and  fixed-income  securities  The  Series may use  derivative
instruments,  such as options  and  financial  futures  contracts,  for  hedging
purposes.  These instruments are subject to transaction costs and certain risks,
such as unanticipated changes in interest rates and securities prices.


For temporary, defensive purposes, the Series may invest up to all of its assets
in  cash  equivalents,  such  as  U.S.  Government  securities  and  high  grade
commercial  paper.  Taking a defensive  position  may reduce the  potential  for
appreciation of the Series' portfolio.

The SAI has more  information  about  the  Series'  authorized  investments  and
strategies, as well as the risks and restrictions that may apply to them.

THE SUB-ADVISER AND PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT. The sub-adviser to the PPM America/JNL
Balanced Series is PPM America,  Inc. (PPM), which is located at 225 West Wacker
Drive,  Chicago,  Illinois 60606. PPM, an affiliate of the investment adviser to
the Trust,  manages  assets of Jackson  National Life  Insurance  Company and of
other affiliated companies.

PPM supervises  and manages the  investment  portfolio of the Series and directs
the purchase and sale of the Series' investment  securities.  PPM utilizes teams
of investment  professionals acting together to manage the assets of the Series.
The teams meet regularly to review  portfolio  holdings and to discuss  purchase
and sale  activity.  The teams adjust  holdings in the  portfolios  as they deem
appropriate  in the  pursuit  of the  Series'  investment  objectives.  PPM  has
supervised and managed the investment portfolio of the Series since May 1, 1997.

<PAGE>
PPM AMERICA/JNL HIGH YIELD BOND SERIES

INVESTMENT  OBJECTIVE.  The primary investment  objective of the PPM America/JNL
High  Yield  Bond  Series is to  provide a high  level of  current  income;  its
secondary   investment   objective  is  capital  appreciation  by  investing  in
fixed-income   securities,   with  emphasis  on  higher-yielding,   higher-risk,
lower-rated or unrated corporate bonds.


PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES. The Series attempts to achieve its objective by
investing  substantially in a diversified  portfolio of long-term (over 10 years
to maturity)  and  intermediate-term  (3 to 10 years to  maturity)  fixed-income
securities  of U.S.  and foreign  issuers,  with  emphasis  on  higher-yielding,
higher-risk,  lower-rated or unrated  corporate bonds. The Series will invest at
least 65% in "junk bonds," which are bonds rated Ba or below by Moody's or BB or
below by S&P or, if unrated,  considered by the  sub-adviser to be of comparable
quality.  However,  the Series will not invest more than 10% of its total assets
in bonds  rated C by  Moody's  or D by S&P (or  unrated  but  considered  by the
sub-adviser  to be of  comparable  quality).  Lower-rated  securities  generally
involve  a  higher  risk of  default  than  higher-rated  ones.In  pursuing  its
secondary investment objective of capital appreciation,  the Series may purchase
high-yield  bonds that the  sub-adviser  expects  will  increase in value due to
improvements  in their  credit  quality or ratings or  anticipated  declines  in
interest rates. In addition, the Series may invest for this purpose up to 25% of
its assets in equity securities, such as common stocks or securities convertible
into or exchangeable for common stock.


PRINCIPAL  RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE SERIES.  An investment in the Series is not
guaranteed. As with any mutual fund, the value of the Series' shares will change
and you could lose money by  investing  in the Series.  A variety of factors may
influence its investment performance, such as:


     o    Market risk.  Because the Series invests in the securities of U.S. and
          foreign issuers,  it is subject to market risk. For bonds, market risk
          generally  reflects credit risk and interest rate risk. Credit risk is
          the actual or perceived  risk that the issuer of the bond will not pay
          the interest and principal  payments  when due.  Bond value  typically
          declines if the issuer's  credit quality  deteriorates.  Interest rate
          risk is the risk that interest rates will rise and the value of bonds,
          including  those held by the Series,  will fall. A broad-based  market
          drop may also cause a bond's price to fall.

          For bonds,  market risk  generally  reflects  credit risk and interest
          rate risk. Credit risk is the actual or perceived risk that the issuer
          of the bond will not pay the interest and principal payments when due.
          Bond  value   typically   declines  if  the  issuer's  credit  quality
          deteriorates.  Interest rate risk is the risk that interest rates will
          rise and the value of bonds,  including  those  held by an  Underlying
          Series,  will fall. A broad-based  market drop may also cause a bond's
          price to fall.

          To the extent the Series invests in the equity  securities of U.S. and
          foreign  companies,  it is subject to stock market risk.  Stock prices
          typically fluctuate more than the values of other types of securities,
          typically in response to changes in the particular company's financial
          condition and factors  affecting  the market in general.  For example,
          unfavorable or unanticipated poor earnings  performance of the company
          may result in a decline in its stock's price, and a broad-based market
          drop may also cause a stock's price to fall.


     o    High-yield/high-risk  bonds. Lower-rated bonds involve a higher degree
          of  credit  risk,  which is the risk  that  the  issuer  will not make
          interest  or  principal   payments  when  due.  In  the  event  of  an
          unanticipated  default, the Series would experience a reduction in its
          income,  a decline in the market value of the  securities  so affected
          and a decline in the value of its shares.  During an economic downturn
          or  substantial  period of rising  interest  rates,  highly  leveraged
          issuers may experience  financial  stress which could adversely affect
          their ability to service  principal and interest payment  obligations,
          to meet projected  business goals and to obtain additional  financing.
          The  market  prices  of  lower-rated  securities  are  generally  less
          sensitive to interest rate changes than higher-rated investments,  but
          more sensitive to adverse economic or political changes, or individual
          developments specific to the issuer.  Periods of economic or political
          uncertainty  and change can be  expected  to result in  volatility  of
          prices of these securities.

     o    Prepayment risk.  During periods of falling  interest rates,  there is
          the risk that a debt security with a high stated interest rate will be
          prepaid before its expected maturity date.

     o    Foreign investing risk. Foreign investing involves risks not typically
          associated with U.S.  investment.  These risks include,  among others,
          adverse  fluctuations  in foreign  currency  values as well as adverse
          political,  social  and  economic  developments  affecting  a  foreign
          country.  In  addition,   foreign  investing  involves  less  publicly
          available  information  and  more  volatile  or less  liquid  markets.
          Investments  in foreign  countries  could be  affected  by factors not
          present in the U.S.,  such as restrictions on receiving the investment
          proceeds  from a foreign  country,  foreign  tax laws,  and  potential
          difficulties  in enforcing  contractual  obligations.  Transactions in
          foreign  securities  may  be  subject  to  less  efficient  settlement
          practices,   including  extended  clearance  and  settlement  periods.
          Foreign  accounting  may be less  revealing  than American  accounting
          practices.  Foreign regulation may be inadequate or irregular.  Owning
          foreign  securities  could cause the Series'  performance to fluctuate
          more than if it held  only U.S.  securities.  To the  extent  that the
          Series invests in bonds issued by a foreign government, the Series may
          have  limited  legal  recourse  in the  event  of  default.  Political
          conditions,  especially a country's  willingness  to meet the terms of
          its debt obligations, can create special risks.

     o    Currency  risk. The value of the Series' shares may change as a result
          of changes in exchange  rates  reducing  the value of the U.S.  dollar
          value of the Series' foreign investments.  Currency exchange rates can
          be volatile and  affected by a number of factors,  such as the general
          economics of a country, the actions of U.S. and foreign governments or
          central banks, the imposition of currency controls, and speculation.

Treating high current income as its primary investment  objective means that the
Series  may forego  opportunities  that  would  result in capital  gains and may
accept  prudent  risks to  capital  value,  in each  case to take  advantage  of
opportunities  for higher current  income.  In addition,  the performance of the
Series  depends  on the  sub-adviser's  ability  to  effectively  implement  the
investment strategies of the Series.


PERFORMANCE.  The bar chart and table  below  show the past  performance  of the
Series' shares.  The chart presents the annual returns and shows how performance
has varied from year to year.  The table shows the  Series'  annual  returns and
compares them to a broad based index since these shares were first offered. Both
the chart and the table assume reinvestment of dividends and distributions.  The
Series'  returns shown in the chart and table below do not reflect the deduction
of any  charges  that are imposed  under a variable  insurance  contract.  Those
charges,  which are described in the variable insurance prospectus,  will reduce
the Series' performance.  As with all mutual funds, the Series' past performance
does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future.


Annual Total Returns as of December 31

12.90%            15.05%            3.84%            1.09%
[Insert Chart]
1996              1997              1998             1999

In the periods  shown in the chart,  the Series'  highest  quarterly  return was
5.71%  (3rd  quarter of 1997) and its lowest  quarterly  return was -4.56%  (3rd
quarter of 1998).

                            Average Annual Total Returns as of December 31, 1999
                                             1 year             Life of Series*


PPM America/JNL High Yield Bond Series          1.09%                8.32%
Lehman Brothers High Yield Index                2.39%                9.15%

The Lehman Brothers High Yield Index is a broad-based, unmanaged index.
*  The Series began operations on May 15, 1995.


SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES (FEES PAID DIRECTLY FROM YOUR INVESTMENT)
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON PURCHASES                            NONE
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON REINVESTED DIVIDENDS                 NONE
         DEFERRED SALES LOAD                                                NONE
         REDEMPTION FEE                                                     NONE
         EXCHANGE FEE                                                       NONE


EXPENSES.  The table below  shows  certain  expenses  you will incur as a Series
investor, either directly or indirectly.

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ANNUAL SERIES OPERATING EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE DEDUCTED FROM SERIES ASSETS

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management/Administrative Fee                                               .82%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Expenses                                                                0%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Series Annual Operating Expenses                                      .82%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EXPENSE  EXAMPLE.  This  example is  intended  to help you  compare  the cost of
investing in the Series with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.  Also,
this  example  does not reflect the expenses of the  Qualified  Plan.  The table
below shows the expenses you would pay on a $10,000 investment,  assuming (1) 5%
annual  return  and  (2)  redemption  at  the  end of  each  time  period.  This
illustration is hypothetical and is not intended to be representative of past or
future  performance  of the Series.  The example  also  assumes  that the Series
operating expenses remain the same.  Although your actual costs may be higher or
lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPENSE EXAMPLE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year                                                                       $84
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 Years                                                                     $262
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 Years                                                                     $455
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 Years                                                                  $1,014
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE OTHER INVESTMENT STRATEGIES,  OTHER INVESTMENTS
AND RISKS OF THE SERIES.  The PPM America/JNL High Yield Bond Series invests the
majority of its assets under normal market conditions in U.S. corporate bonds of
below  investment-grade  quality and with  maturities  exceeding three years. In
addition to investing in securities of foreign issuers, the Series may also hold
a portion of its assets in foreign  currencies  and enter into forward  currency
exchange contracts,  currency options, currency and financial futures contracts,
and  options on such  futures  contracts.  The Series may enter into  repurchase
agreements  and firm  commitment  agreements  and may purchase  securities  on a
when-issued basis. The Series may invest without limit in zero coupon bonds.


The Series may adopt a temporary defensive position, such as investing up to all
of its assets in cash or cash  equivalents,  during adverse market,  economic or
other  circumstances  that the sub-adviser  believes require immediate action to
avoid  losses.  In doing so,  the  Series  may not be  pursuing  its  investment
objectives.

The SAI has more  information  about  the  Series'  authorized  investments  and
strategies, as well as the risks and restrictions that may apply to them.


THE SUB-ADVISER AND PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT. The sub-adviser to the PPM America/JNL
High Yield Bond Series is PPM America,  Inc. (PPM), which is located at 225 West
Wacker  Drive,  Chicago,  Illinois  60606.  PPM, an affiliate of the  investment
adviser to the Trust,  manages assets of Jackson National Life Insurance Company
and of other affiliated companies.

PPM supervises  and manages the  investment  portfolio of the Series and directs
the purchase and sale of the Series' investment  securities.  PPM utilizes teams
of investment  professionals acting together to manage the assets of the Series.
The teams meet regularly to review  portfolio  holdings and to discuss  purchase
and sale  activity.  The teams adjust  holdings in the  portfolios  as they deem
appropriate  in the  pursuit  of the  Series'  investment  objectives.  PPM  has
supervised and managed the investment portfolio of the Series since inception of
the Series.



<PAGE>
PPM AMERICA/JNL MONEY MARKET SERIES

INVESTMENT  OBJECTIVE.  The investment  objective of the PPM  America/JNL  Money
Market  Series is to achieve as high a level of current  income as is consistent
with the  preservation  of capital and  maintenance of liquidity by investing in
high quality, short-term money market instruments.


PRINCIPAL  INVESTMENT  STRATEGIES.  The Series invests in the following types of
high quality,  U.S.  dollar-denominated  money market instruments that mature in
397 days or less.

     o    Obligations  issued or  guaranteed as to principal and interest by the
          U.S. Government, its agencies and instrumentalities;

     o    Obligations,  such as  time  deposits,  certificates  of  deposit  and
          bankers  acceptances,  issued by U.S. banks and savings banks that are
          members of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation,  including their
          foreign branches and foreign subsidiaries,  and issued by domestic and
          foreign branches of foreign banks;

     o    Corporate  obligations,  including  commercial  paper, of domestic and
          foreign issuers;

     o    Obligations issued or guaranteed by one or more foreign governments or
          any of their political  subdivisions,  agencies or  instrumentalities,
          including obligations of supranational entities; and

     o    Repurchase  agreements on obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S.
          Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.


The sub-adviser  manages the Series to meet the  requirements of Rule 2a-7 under
the Investment  Company Act of 1940, as amended,  including those as to quality,
diversification and maturity.  The Series may invest more than 25% of its assets
in the U.S. banking industry.

PRINCIPAL  RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE SERIES.  An investment in the Series is not
insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance  Corporation or any other
government  agency.  Although  the Series  seeks to  preserve  the value of your
investment at $1.00 per share,  you could lose money by investing in the Series.
A variety of factors may influence its investment performance, such as:

     o    Market risk. Fixed income  securities in general are subject to credit
          risk and market risk. Credit risk is the actual or perceived risk that
          the  issuer  of the  bond  will  not pay the  interest  and  principal
          payments  when due.  Bond value  typically  declines  if the  issuer's
          credit quality deteriorates.  Market risk, also known as interest rate
          risk,  is the risk  that  interest  rates  will  rise and the value of
          bonds,  including  those held by the Series,  will fall. A broad-based
          market drop may also cause a bond's price to fall.

In addition,  the performance of the Series depends on the sub-adviser's ability
to effectively implement the investment strategies of the Series.


PERFORMANCE.  The bar chart and table  below  show the past  performance  of the
Series' shares.  The chart presents the annual returns and shows how performance
has varied from year to year.  The table shows the  Series'  annual  returns and
compares them to a broad based index since these shares were first offered. Both
the chart and the table assume reinvestment of dividends and distributions.  The
Series'  returns shown in the chart and table below do not reflect the deduction
of any  charges  that are imposed  under a variable  insurance  contract.  Those
charges,  which are described in the variable insurance prospectus,  will reduce
the Series' performance.  As with all mutual funds, the Series' past performance
does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future.


Annual Total Returns as of December 31

4.87%             5.01%             4.99%            4.67%
[Insert Chart]
1996              1997              1998             1999

In the periods  shown in the chart,  the Series'  highest  quarterly  return was
1.30%  (3rd  quarter  of 1995) and its  lowest  quarterly  return was 1.07% (1st
quarter of 1999).

                            Average Annual Total Returns as of December 31, 1999
                                                1 year    Life of Series*

PPM America/JNL Money Market Series               4.67%        4.93%
Merrill Lynch Treasury Bill Index (3 month)       4.85%        5.34%

The 7-day yield of the Series on December 31, 1999, was 5.37%. The Merrill Lynch
Treasury Bill Index is a broad-based unmanaged index.
*  The Series began operations on May 15, 1995.


SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES (FEES PAID DIRECTLY FROM YOUR INVESTMENT)
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON PURCHASES                           NONE
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON REINVESTED DIVIDENDS                NONE
         DEFERRED SALES LOAD                                               NONE
         REDEMPTION FEE                                                    NONE
         EXCHANGE FEE                                                      NONE


EXPENSES.  The table below  shows  certain  expenses  you will incur as a Series
investor, either directly or indirectly.

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ANNUAL SERIES OPERATING EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE DEDUCTED FROM SERIES ASSETS)

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management/Administrative Fee                                              .70%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Expenses                                                               0%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Series Annual Operating Expenses                                     .70%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EXPENSE  EXAMPLE.  This  example is  intended  to help you  compare  the cost of
investing in the Series with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.  Also,
this  example  does not reflect the expenses of the  Qualified  Plan.  The table
below shows the expenses you would pay on a $10,000 investment,  assuming (1) 5%
annual  return  and  (2)  redemption  at  the  end of  each  time  period.  This
illustration is hypothetical and is not intended to be representative of past or
future  performance  of the Series.  The example  also  assumes  that the Series
operating expenses remain the same.  Although your actual costs may be higher or
lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPENSE EXAMPLE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year                                                                     $72
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 Years                                                                   $224
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 Years                                                                   $390
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 Years                                                                  $871
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE OTHER INVESTMENT STRATEGIES,  OTHER INVESTMENTS
AND RISKS OF THE SERIES.


The SAI has more  information  about  the  Series'  authorized  investments  and
strategies, as well as the risks and restrictions that may apply to them.


THE SUB-ADVISER AND PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT. The sub-adviser to the PPM America/JNL
Money Market  Series is PPM America,  Inc.  (PPM),  which is located at 225 West
Wacker  Drive,  Chicago,  Illinois  60606.  PPM, an affiliate of the  investment
adviser to the Trust,  manages assets of Jackson National Life Insurance Company
and of other affiliated companies.


PPM supervises  and manages the  investment  portfolio of the Series and directs
the purchase and sale of the Series' investment  securities.  PPM utilizes teams
of investment  professionals acting together to manage the assets of the Series.
The teams meet regularly to review  portfolio  holdings and to discuss  purchase
and sale  activity.  The teams  adjust  holdings in the  portfolio  as they deem
appropriate  in the  pursuit  of the  Series'  investment  objectives.  PPM  has
supervised and managed the investment portfolio of the Series since inception of
the Series.


<PAGE>
SALOMON BROTHERS/JNL BALANCED SERIES

INVESTMENT  OBJECTIVE.  The  investment  objective  of the Salomon  Brothers/JNL
Balanced  Series  is to  obtain  above-average  income.  The  Series'  secondary
objective  is to take  advantage  of  opportunities  for growth of  capital  and
income.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT  STRATEGIES.  The Series seeks to achieve its objectives by
investing in a diversified portfolio of a broad variety of securities, including
equity  securities,  fixed-income  securities  and short-term  obligations.  The
Series may vary the percentage of assets invested in any one type of security in
accordance with the sub-adviser's view of existing and anticipated  economic and
market conditions, fiscal and monetary policy and underlying security values.

Under normal market  conditions,  approximately  40% of the Series'  assets will
consist of equity  securities.  Equity holdings may include common and preferred
stock,  securities  convertible  into  common or  preferred  stock,  rights  and
warrants,  equity interests in trusts,  partnerships,  joint ventures or similar
enterprises, and Depositary Receipts.


The  sub-adviser  may  invest  up to 25% in the  full  range  of  maturities  of
fixed-income  securities,  which may include  corporate  debt  securities,  U.S.
Government securities,  mortgage-backed  securities, zero coupon bonds, deferred
interest bonds and payment-in-kind  securities.  Generally,  most of the Series'
long-term debt investments consist of investment grade securities,  although the
Series may invest in  non-investment  grade  securities  commonly known as "junk
bonds." The Series may also invest in foreign securities.


PRINCIPAL  RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE SERIES.  An investment in the Series is not
guaranteed. As with any mutual fund, the value of the Series' shares will change
and you could lose money by  investing  in the Series.  A variety of factors may
influence its investment performance, such as:

     o    Market risk.  Because the Series invests in equity  securities of U.S.
          and  foreign  companies,  it is subject to stock  market  risk.  Stock
          prices  typically  fluctuate  more than the  values of other  types of
          securities,  typically  in  response  to  changes  in  the  particular
          company's  financial  condition  and factors  affecting  the market in
          general.  For example,  unfavorable  or  unanticipated  poor  earnings
          performance  of the  company  may result in a decline  in its  stock's
          price, and a broad-based market drop may also cause a stock's price to
          fall.

          For bonds,  market risk  generally  reflects  credit risk and interest
          rate risk. Credit risk is the actual or perceived risk that the issuer
          of the bond will not pay the interest and principal payments when due.
          Bond  value   typically   declines  if  the  issuer's  credit  quality
          deteriorates.  Interest rate risk is the risk that interest rates will
          rise and the value of bonds,  including those held by the Series, will
          fall. A broad-based market drop may also cause a bond's price to fall.

     o    Foreign investing risk. Foreign investing involves risks not typically
          associated with U.S.  investment.  These risks include,  among others,
          adverse  fluctuations  in foreign  currency  values as well as adverse
          political,  social  and  economic  developments  affecting  a  foreign
          country.  In  addition,   foreign  investing  involves  less  publicly
          available  information  and  more  volatile  or less  liquid  markets.
          Investments  in foreign  countries  could be  affected  by factors not
          present in the U.S.,  such as restrictions on receiving the investment
          proceeds  from a foreign  country,  foreign  tax laws,  and  potential
          difficulties  in enforcing  contractual  obligations.  Transactions in
          foreign  securities  may  be  subject  to  less  efficient  settlement
          practices,   including  extended  clearance  and  settlement  periods.
          Foreign  accounting  may be less  revealing  than American  accounting
          practices.  Foreign regulation may be inadequate or irregular.  Owning
          foreign  securities  could cause the Series'  performance to fluctuate
          more than if it held only U.S. securities.

     o    High-yield/high-risk  bonds. Lower-rated bonds involve a higher degree
          of  credit  risk,  which is the risk  that  the  issuer  will not make
          interest  or  principal   payments  when  due.  In  the  event  of  an
          unanticipated  default, the Series would experience a reduction in its
          income,  a decline in the market value of the  securities  so affected
          and a decline in the value of its shares.  During an economic downturn
          or  substantial  period of rising  interest  rates,  highly  leveraged
          issuers may experience  financial  stress which could adversely affect
          their ability to service  principal and interest payment  obligations,
          to meet projected  business goals and to obtain additional  financing.
          The  market  prices  of  lower-rated  securities  are  generally  less
          sensitive to interest rate changes than higher-rated investments,  but
          more sensitive to adverse economic or political changes, or individual
          developments specific to the issuer.  Periods of economic or political
          uncertainty  and change can be  expected  to result in  volatility  of
          prices of these securities.

     o    Prepayment risk.  During periods of falling  interest rates,  there is
          the risk that a debt security with a high stated interest rate will be
          prepaid before its expected maturity date.

In addition,  the performance of the Series depends on the sub-adviser's ability
to effectively implement the investment strategies of the Series.


PERFORMANCE.  The bar chart and table  below  show the past  performance  of the
Series' shares.  The chart presents the annual returns and shows how performance
has varied from year to year.  The table shows the  Series'  annual  returns and
compares them to a broad based index since these shares were first offered. Both
the chart and the table assume reinvestment of dividends and distributions.  The
Series'  returns shown in the chart and table below do not reflect the deduction
of any  charges  that are imposed  under a variable  insurance  contract.  Those
charges,  which are described in the variable insurance prospectus,  will reduce
the Series' performance.  As with all mutual funds, the Series' past performance
does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future.


Annual Total Returns as of December 31

0.09%
[Insert Chart]
1999

In the period  shown in the chart,  the  Series'  highest  quarterly  return was
- -4.91%  (3rd  quarter  of 1999) and its lowest  quarterly  return was 4.15% (2nd
quarter of 1999).


                            Average Annual Total Returns as of December 31, 1999
                                              1 year            Life of Series*

Salomon Brothers/JNL Balanced Series           0.09%                 3.23%
Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index          -0.82%                 2.83%
S&P 500 Index                                 21.04%                21.78%

Each of the  Lehman  Brothers  Aggregate  Bond  Index and the S&P 500 Index is a
broad-based, unmanaged index.
*    The Series began operations on March 2, 1998.

SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES (FEES PAID DIRECTLY  FROM YOUR INVESTMENT)
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON PURCHASES                            NONE
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON REINVESTED DIVIDENDS                 NONE
         DEFERRED SALES LOAD                                                NONE
         REDEMPTION FEE                                                     NONE
         EXCHANGE FEE                                                       NONE


EXPENSES.  The table below  shows  certain  expenses  you will incur as a Series
investor, either directly or indirectly.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ANNUAL  SERIES  OPERATING  EXPENSES  (EXPENSES  THAT ARE DEDUCTED  DIRECTLY FROM
SERIES ASSETS)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management/Administrative Fee                                             .90%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Expenses                                                              0%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Series Annual Operating Expenses                                    .90%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EXPENSE  EXAMPLE.  This  example is  intended  to help you  compare  the cost of
investing in the Series with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.  Also,
this  example  does not reflect the expenses of the  Qualified  Plan.  The table
below shows the expenses you would pay on a $10,000 investment,  assuming (1) 5%
annual  return  and  (2)  redemption  at  the  end of  each  time  period.  This
illustration is hypothetical and is not intended to be representative of past or
future  performance  of the Series.  The example  also  assumes  that the Series
operating expenses remain the same.  Although your actual costs may be higher or
lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPENSE EXAMPLE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year                                                                       $92
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3 Years                                                                     $287

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 Years                                                                     $498
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 Years                                                                  $1,108
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE OTHER INVESTMENT STRATEGIES,  OTHER INVESTMENTS
AND RISKS OF THE SERIES. The Salomon Brothers/JNL  Balanced Series allocates its
assets  primarily  among  common  stocks,  investment-grade  bonds,  convertible
securities, high-yield/high-risk securities and cash.


The  Series  may use  derivative  instruments,  such as  futures  contracts  and
options,  for  hedging  or  maturity  or  duration  purposes,  or as a means  of
enhancing return. These instruments are subject to transaction costs and certain
risks, such as unanticipated changes in interest rates and securities prices.

The SAI has more  information  about  the  Series'  authorized  investments  and
strategies, as well as the risks and restrictions that may apply to them.

THE  SUB-ADVISER  AND  PORTFOLIO  MANAGEMENT.  The  sub-adviser  to the  Salomon
Brothers/JNL  Balanced Series is Salomon  Brothers Asset  Management Inc (SBAM).
SBAM  was  incorporated  in 1987,  and,  together  with  affiliates  in  London,
Frankfurt,  Tokyo and Hong Kong, SBAM provides a broad range of fixed-income and
equity  investment  advisory  services to various  individual and  institutional
clients  located  throughout  the world and  serves as  sub-adviser  to  various
investment  companies.  SBAM's  business  offices  are  located at 7 World Trade
Center, New York, New York 10048.

George  Williamson,  Director and Senior Portfolio Manager of SBAM, is primarily
responsible for the day-to-day  management of the Series. Mr. Williamson has had
primary  responsibility  for  the  day-to-day  management  of the  Series  since
September 1998.


<PAGE>


SALOMON BROTHERS/JNL GLOBAL BOND SERIES

INVESTMENT   OBJECTIVE.   The  primary  investment   objective  of  the  Salomon
Brothers/JNL  Global Bond Series is to seek a high level of current income. As a
secondary objective, the Series seeks capital appreciation.


PRINCIPAL  INVESTMENT  STRATEGIES.  The Salomon  Brothers/JNL Global Bond Series
invests  at  least  65%  in  a  globally   diverse   portfolio  of  fixed-income
investments.  The sub-adviser has broad  discretion to invest the Series' assets
among   certain   segments   of  the   fixed-income   market,   primarily   U.S.
investment-grade  bonds,  high-yield corporate debt securities,  emerging market
debt securities and  investment-grade  foreign debt  securities.  These segments
include  U.S.  Government   securities  and  mortgage-  and  other  asset-backed
securities (including  interest-only or principal-only  securities),  as well as
debt obligations  issued or guaranteed by a foreign  government or supranational
organization.  The Series does not  currently  intend to invest more than 75% of
assets in medium or lower rated securities.

In determining  the assets to invest in each type of security,  the  sub-adviser
relies in part on quantitative analytical techniques that measure relative risks
and  opportunities  of each type of  security  based on current  and  historical
economic,  market,  political and technical  data for each type of security,  as
well as on its own assessment of economic and market conditions both on a global
and local (country) basis. The sub-adviser  continuously  reviews the allocation
of assets for the Series and makes such adjustments as it deems appropriate. The
sub-adviser  has  discretion  to select the range of  maturities  of the various
fixed income securities in which the Series invests. The sub-adviser anticipates
that, under current market  conditions,  the Series'  portfolio  securities will
have a weighted  average life of 6 to 10 years.  However,  the weighted  average
life of the  portfolio  securities  may  vary  substantially  from  time to time
depending on economic and market conditions.

The sub-adviser may invest in medium or lower-rated  securities.  Investments of
this type involve  significantly  greater risks,  including price volatility and
risk of default in the payment of interest and  principal,  than  higher-quality
securities.  PRINCIPAL  RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE SERIES.  An  investment in the
Series is not  guaranteed.  As with any mutual  fund,  the value of the  Series'
shares  will  change and you could  lose money by  investing  in the  Series.  A
variety of factors may influence its investment performance, such as:


     o    Market risk. Because the Series invests in fixed-income  securities of
          U.S. and foreign  issuers,  it is subject to market  risk.  For bonds,
          market risk  generally  reflects  credit risk and interest  rate risk.
          Credit  risk is the  actual or  perceived  risk that the issuer of the
          bond will not pay the interest and  principal  payments when due. Bond
          value typically declines if the issuer's credit quality  deteriorates.
          Interest rate risk is the risk that  interest  rates will rise and the
          value of bonds,  including  those held by the  Series,  will  fall.  A
          broad-based market drop may also cause a bond's price to fall.


          For bonds,  market risk  generally  reflects  credit risk and interest
          rate risk. Credit risk is the actual or perceived risk that the issuer
          of the bond will not pay the interest and principal payments when due.
          Bond  value   typically   declines  if  the  issuer's  credit  quality
          deteriorates.  Interest rate risk is the risk that interest rates will
          rise and the value of bonds,  including  those  held by an  Underlying
          Series,  will fall. A broad-based  market drop may also cause a bond's
          price to fall.


     o    Foreign investing risk. Foreign investing involves risks not typically
          associated with U.S.  investment.  These risks include,  among others,
          adverse  fluctuations  in foreign  currency  values as well as adverse
          political,  social  and  economic  developments  affecting  a  foreign
          country.  In  addition,   foreign  investing  involves  less  publicly
          available  information  and  more  volatile  or less  liquid  markets.
          Investments  in foreign  countries  could be  affected  by factors not
          present in the U.S.,  such as restrictions on receiving the investment
          proceeds  from a foreign  country,  foreign  tax laws,  and  potential
          difficulties  in enforcing  contractual  obligations.  Transactions in
          foreign  securities  may  be  subject  to  less  efficient  settlement
          practices,   including  extended  clearance  and  settlement  periods.
          Foreign  accounting  may be less  revealing  than American  accounting
          practices.  Foreign regulation may be inadequate or irregular.  Owning
          foreign  securities  could cause the Series'  performance to fluctuate
          more than if it held  only U.S.  securities.  To the  extent  that the
          Series invests in bonds issued by a foreign government, the Series may
          have  limited  legal  recourse  in the  event  of  default.  Political
          conditions,  especially a country's  willingness  to meet the terms of
          its debt obligations, can create special risks.

     o    High-yield/high-risk  bonds. Lower rated bonds involve a higher degree
          of  credit  risk,  which is the risk  that  the  issuer  will not make
          interest  or  principal   payments  when  due.  In  the  event  of  an
          unanticipated  default, the Series would experience a reduction in its
          income,  a decline in the market value of the  securities  so affected
          and a decline in the value of its shares.  During an economic downturn
          or  substantial  period of rising  interest  rates,  highly  leveraged
          issuers may experience  financial  stress which could adversely affect
          their ability to service  principal and interest payment  obligations,
          to meet projected  business goals and to obtain additional  financing.
          The  market  prices  of  lower-rated  securities  are  generally  less
          sensitive to interest rate changes than higher-rated investments,  but
          more sensitive to adverse economic or political changes, or individual
          developments specific to the issuer.  Periods of economic or political
          uncertainty  and change can be  expected  to result in  volatility  of
          prices of these securities.

     o    Prepayment risk.  During periods of falling  interest rates,  there is
          the risk that a debt security with a high stated interest rate will be
          prepaid before its expected maturity date.


     o    Emerging  markets risk.  The Series may invest a portion of its assets
          in securities of issuers in emerging  markets,  which involves greater
          risk.  Emerging market countries typically have economic and political
          systems that are less fully  developed,  and likely to be less stable,
          than those of more advanced  countries.  Emerging market countries may
          have policies that restrict  investment by foreigners,  and there is a
          higher  risk  of  a  government  taking  private   property.   Low  or
          nonexistent  trading  volume in  securities  of  issuers  in  emerging
          markets  may result in a lack of  liquidity  and in price  volatility.
          Issuers in emerging markets  typically are subject to a greater degree
          of change in earnings and  business  prospects  than are  companies in
          developed markets.


     o    Currency  risk. The value of the Series' shares may change as a result
          of changes in exchange  rates  reducing  the value of the U.S.  dollar
          value of the Series' foreign investments.  Currency exchange rates can
          be volatile and  affected by a number of factors,  such as the general
          economics of a country, the actions of U.S. and foreign governments or
          central banks, the imposition of currency controls, and speculation.


     o    Derivatives  risk.  Investing  in  derivative  instruments,   such  as
          options,  futures  contracts,   forward  currency  contracts,  indexed
          securities and  asset-backed  securities,  involves special risks. The
          Series sub-adviser must correctly predict price movements,  during the
          life of a derivative,  of the underlying asset in order to realize the
          desired results from the investment. The value of derivatives may rise
          or fall more  rapidly than other  investments,  which may increase the
          volatility  of the  Series  depending  on the nature and extent of the
          derivatives  in  the  Series'  portfolio.   If  the  sub-adviser  uses
          derivatives in attempting to manage or "hedge" the overall risk of the
          portfolio,  the strategy might not be successful,  for example, due to
          changes in the value of the  derivatives  that do not  correlate  with
          price movements in the rest of the portfolio.

In addition,  the performance of the Series depends on the sub-adviser's ability
to effectively implement the investment strategies of the Series.


PERFORMANCE.  The bar chart and table  below  show the past  performance  of the
Series' shares.  The chart presents the annual returns and shows how performance
has varied from year to year.  The table shows the  Series'  annual  returns and
compares them to a broad based index since these shares were first offered. Both
the chart and the table assume reinvestment of dividends and distributions.  The
Series'  returns shown in the chart and table below do not reflect the deduction
of any  charges  that are imposed  under a variable  insurance  contract.  Those
charges,  which are described in the variable insurance prospectus,  will reduce
the Series' performance.  As with all mutual funds, the Series' past performance
does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future.

Annual Total Returns as of December 31

14.39%            10.66%       2.46%    1.87%
[Insert Chart]
1996              1997         1998       1999

In the periods  shown in the chart,  the Series'  highest  quarterly  return was
4.86%  (2nd  quarter of 1997) and its lowest  quarterly  return was -2.72%  (3rd
quarter of 1998).


                            Average Annual Total Returns as of December 31, 1999
                                                    1 year     Life of Series*


Salomon Brothers/JNL Global Bond Series                1.87%         7.79%
Salomon Smith Barney Broad Investment Grade Index     -0.83%         6.46%

The  Salomon  Smith  Barney  Broad  Investment  Grade  Index  is a  broad-based,
unmanaged index.
*  The Series began operations on May 15, 1995.


SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES (FEES PAID DIRECTLY FROM YOUR INVESTMENT)
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON PURCHASES                           NONE
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON REINVESTED DIVIDENDS                NONE
         DEFERRED SALES LOAD                                               NONE

         REDEMPTION FEE                                                    NONE
         EXCHANGE FEE                                                      NONE

EXPENSES.  The table below  shows  certain  expenses  you will incur as a Series
investor, either directly or indirectly.

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ANNUAL SERIES OPERATING EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE DEDUCTED FROM SERIES ASSETS

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management/Administrative Fee                                              .95%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Expenses                                                               0%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Series Annual Operating Expenses                                     .95%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EXPENSE  EXAMPLE.  This  example is  intended  to help you  compare  the cost of
investing in the Series with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.  Also,
this  example  does not reflect the expenses of the  Qualified  Plan.  The table
below shows the expenses you would pay on a $10,000 investment,  assuming (1) 5%
annual  return  and  (2)  redemption  at  the  end of  each  time  period.  This
illustration is hypothetical and is not intended to be representative of past or
future  performance  of the Series.  The example  also  assumes  that the Series
operating expenses remain the same.  Although your actual costs may be higher or
lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPENSE EXAMPLE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year                                                                      $97
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 Years                                                                    $303
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 Years                                                                    $525
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 Years                                                                 $1,166
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE OTHER INVESTMENT STRATEGIES,  OTHER INVESTMENTS
AND RISKS OF THE SERIES.


When the sub-adviser  believes that adverse conditions prevail in the market for
fixed-income  securities,  the Series may,  for  temporary  defensive  purposes,
invest  its  assets  without  limit in  high-quality,  short-term  money  market
instruments.  Doing so may  reduce  the  potential  for high  current  income or
appreciation of the Series' portfolio.

The SAI has more  information  about  the  Series'  authorized  investments  and
strategies, as well as the risks and restrictions that may apply to them.


THE  SUB-ADVISER  AND  PORTFOLIO  MANAGEMENT.  The  sub-adviser  to the  Salomon
Brothers/JNL Global Bond Series is Salomon Brothers Asset Management Inc (SBAM).
SBAM  was  incorporated  in 1987,  and,  together  with  affiliates  in  London,
Frankfurt,  Tokyo and Hong Kong, SBAM provides a broad range of fixed-income and
equity  investment  advisory  services  to various  individualand  institutional
clients  located  throughout  the world and  serves as  sub-adviser  to  various
investment  companies.  SBAM's  business  offices  are  located at 7 World Trade
Center, New York, New York 10048.


In connection  with SBAM's service as  sub-adviser to the Series,  SBAM Limited,
whose business  address is Victoria Plaza,  111 Buckingham  Palace Road,  London
SW1W OSB, England,  provides certain  sub-advisory  services to SBAM relating to
currency transactions and investments in non-dollar  denominated debt securities
for the  benefit  of the  Series.  SBAM  Limited  is  compensated  by SBAM at no
additional expense to the Trust.


Peter J. Wilby is primarily  responsible  for the  day-to-day  management of the
high-yield and emerging market debt securities portions of the Series. Mr. Wilby
has had primary  responsibility for the day-to-day  management of the high-yield
and emerging market debt  securities  portions of the Series since the inception
of the Series. Beth Semmel assists Mr. Wilby in the day-to-day management of the
Series.  Mr. Wilby,  who joined SBAM in 1989,  is a Managing  Director and Chief
Investment  Officer - Fixed  Income of SBAM and is  responsible  for  investment
company and  institutional  portfolios which invest in high-yield  non-U.S.  and
U.S. corporate debt securities and high-yield foreign sovereign debt securities.
Ms.  Semmel is a Managing  Director of SBAM.  Ms.  Semmel  joined SBAM in May of
1993, where she manages  high-yield  portfolios.  Ms. Semmel has assisted in the
day-to-day management of the Series since inception of the Series.


David J. Scott,  a Managing  Director and Senior  Portfolio  Manager of SBAM, is
primarily  responsible for currency  transactions  and investments in non-dollar
denominated debt securities for the Series.

Roger Lavan is primarily responsible for the mortgage-backed securities and U.S.
Government  securities portions of the Series. Mr. Lavan joined SBAM in 1990 and
is a Director and Portfolio Manager responsible for investment grade portfolios.

<PAGE>
SALOMON BROTHERS/JNL HIGH YIELD BOND SERIES

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE.  The investment objective of the Salomon Brothers/JNL High
Yield Bond Series is to maximize current income. As a secondary  objective,  the
Series seeks capital appreciation.


PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES. The Salomon Brothers/JNL High Yield Bond Series
invests a substantial  percentage of its total assets in  high-yield,  high-risk
debt  securities,  commonly  referred to as "junk  bonds." In light of the risks
associated  with such  securities,  the  sub-adviser  takes various factors into
consideration  in evaluating the  creditworthiness  of an issuer.  For corporate
debt securities,  these typically include the issuer's financial resources,  its
sensitivity  to economic  conditions  and trends,  the operating  history of the
issuer,  and the  experience  and track record of the issuer's  management.  For
sovereign debt  instruments,  these typically include the economic and political
conditions within the issuer's  country,  the issuer's overall and external debt
levels and debt service ratios, the issuer's access to capital markets and other
sources  of  funding,  and  the  issuer's  debt  service  payment  history.  The
sub-adviser  also reviews the ratings,  if any,  assigned to the security by any
recognized  rating  agencies,  although  the  sub-adviser's  judgment  as to the
quality  of a debt  security  may  differ  from  that  suggested  by the  rating
published by a rating  service.  The Series'  ability to achieve its  investment
objectives may be more dependent on the sub-adviser's credit analysis than would
be the case if it invested in higher quality debt securities.

In  pursuing  the  Series'  secondary  objective  of capital  appreciation,  the
sub-adviser  looks for those  companies that the  sub-adviser  believes have the
highest potential for improving credit fundamentals. The Fund may also invest in
securities of foreign issuers.


PRINCIPAL  RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE SERIES.  An investment in the Series is not
guaranteed. As with any mutual fund, the value of the Series' shares will change
and you could lose money by  investing  in the Series.  A variety of factors may
influence its investment performance, such as:


     o    Market risk. Because the Series invests in fixed-income  securities of
          U.S. and foreign  issuers,  it is subject to market  risk.  For bonds,
          market risk  generally  reflects  credit risk and interest  rate risk.
          Credit  risk is the  actual or  perceived  risk that the issuer of the
          bond will not pay the interest and  principal  payments when due. Bond
          value typically declines if the issuer's credit quality  deteriorates.
          Interest rate risk is the risk that  interest  rates will rise and the
          value of bonds,  including  those held by the  Series,  will  fall.  A
          broad-based market drop may also cause a bond's price to fall.

          For bonds,  market risk  generally  reflects  credit risk and interest
          rate risk. Credit risk is the actual or perceived risk that the issuer
          of the bond will not pay the interest and principal payments when due.
          Bond  value   typically   declines  if  the  issuer's  credit  quality
          deteriorates.  Interest rate risk is the risk that interest rates will
          rise and the value of bonds,  including  those  held by an  Underlying
          Series,  will fall. A broad-based  market drop may also cause a bond's
          price to fall.

          To the extent the Series invests in the equity  securities of U.S. and
          foreign  companies,  it is subject to stock market risk.  Stock prices
          typically fluctuate more than the values of other types of securities,
          typically in response to changes in the particular company's financial
          condition and factors  affecting  the market in general.  For example,
          unfavorable or unanticipated poor earnings  performance of the company
          may result in a decline in its stock's price, and a broad-based market
          drop may also cause a stock's price to fall.

     o    Foreign investing risk. Foreign investing involves risks not typically
          associated with U.S.  investment.  These risks include,  among others,
          adverse  fluctuations  in foreign  currency  values as well as adverse
          political,  social  and  economic  developments  affecting  a  foreign
          country.  In  addition,   foreign  investing  involves  less  publicly
          available  information  and  more  volatile  or less  liquid  markets.
          Investments  in foreign  countries  could be  affected  by factors not
          present in the U.S.,  such as restrictions on receiving the investment
          proceeds  from a foreign  country,  foreign  tax laws,  and  potential
          difficulties  in enforcing  contractual  obligations.  Transactions in
          foreign  securities  may  be  subject  to  less  efficient  settlement
          practices,   including  extended  clearance  and  settlement  periods.
          Foreign  accounting  may be less  revealing  than American  accounting
          practices.  Foreign regulation may be inadequate or irregular.  Owning
          foreign  securities  could cause the Series'  performance to fluctuate
          more than if it held  only U.S.  securities.  To the  extent  that the
          Series invests in bonds issued by a foreign government, the Series may
          have  limited  legal  recourse  in the  event  of  default.  Political
          conditions,  especially a country's  willingness  to meet the terms of
          its debt obligations, can create special risks.


     o    High-yield/high-risk  bonds. Lower-rated bonds involve a higher degree
          of  credit  risk,  which is the risk  that  the  issuer  will not make
          interest  or  principal   payments  when  due.  In  the  event  of  an
          unanticipated  default,  a Series would  experience a reduction in its
          income,  a decline in the market value of the  securities  so affected
          and a decline in the value of its shares.  During an economic downturn
          or  substantial  period of rising  interest  rates,  highly  leveraged
          issuers may experience  financial  stress which could adversely affect
          their ability to service  principal and interest payment  obligations,
          to meet projected  business goals and to obtain additional  financing.
          The  market  prices  of  lower-rated  securities  are  generally  less
          sensitive to interest rate changes than higher-rated investments,  but
          more sensitive to adverse economic or political changes, or individual
          developments specific to the issuer.  Periods of economic or political
          uncertainty  and change can be  expected  to result in  volatility  of
          prices of these securities.

     o    Prepayment risk.  During periods of falling  interest rates,  there is
          the risk that a debt security with a high stated interest rate will be
          prepaid before its expected maturity date.


     o    Currency  risk. The value of the Series' shares may change as a result
          of changes in exchange  rates  reducing  the value of the U.S.  dollar
          value of the Series' foreign investments.  Currency exchange rates can
          be volatile and  affected by a number of factors,  such as the general
          economics of a country, the actions of U.S. and foreign governments or
          central banks, the imposition of currency controls, and speculation.


In addition,  the performance of the Series depends on the sub-adviser's ability
to effectively implement the investment strategies of the Series.


PERFORMANCE.  The bar chart and table  below  show the past  performance  of the
Series' shares.  The chart presents the annual returns and shows how performance
has varied from year to year.  The table shows the  Series'  annual  returns and
compares them to a broad based index since these shares were first offered. Both
the chart and the table assume reinvestment of dividends and distributions.  The
Series'  returns shown in the chart and table below do not reflect the deduction
of any  charges  that are imposed  under a variable  insurance  contract.  Those
charges,  which are described in the variable insurance prospectus,  will reduce
the Series' performance.  As with all mutual funds, the Series' past performance
does not  necessarily  indicate how it will perform in the  future.Annual  Total
Returns as of December 31 -1.76% [Insert Chart] 1999

In the period shown in the chart, the Series' highest quarterly return was 1.56%
(1st quarter of 1999) and its lowest quarterly return was -2.18% (3rd quarter of
1999).

                            Average Annual Total Returns as of December 31, 1999
                                               1 year            Life of Series*


Salomon Brothers/JNL High Yield Bond Series    -1.76%                -0.25%
Salomon Brothers High Yield Index               1.73%                 1.29%

The Salomon Brothers High Yield Index is a broad-based, unmanaged index.
* The Series began operations on March 2, 1998.


SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES (FEES PAID DIRECTLY FROM YOUR INVESTMENT)
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON PURCHASES                            NONE
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON REINVESTED DIVIDENDS                 NONE
         DEFERRED SALES LOAD                                                NONE
         REDEMPTION FEE                                                     NONE
         EXCHANGE FEE                                                       NONE


EXPENSES.  The table below  shows  certain  expenses  you will incur as a Series
investor, either directly or indirectly.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ANNUAL SERIES OPERATING EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE DEDUCTED FROM SERIES ASSETS)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management/Administrative Fee                                              .90%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Expenses                                                               0%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Series Annual Operating Expenses                                     .90%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EXPENSE  EXAMPLE.  This  example is  intended  to help you  compare  the cost of
investing in the Series with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.  Also,
this  example  does not reflect the expenses of the  Qualified  Plan.  The table
below shows the expenses you would pay on a $10,000 investment,  assuming (1) 5%
annual  return  and  (2)  redemption  at  the  end of  each  time  period.  This
illustration is hypothetical and is not intended to be representative of past or
future  performance  of the Series.  The example  also  assumes  that the Series
operating expenses remain the same.  Although your actual costs may be higher or
lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPENSE EXAMPLE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year                                                                      $92
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 Years                                                                    $287
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 Years                                                                    $498
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 Years                                                                 $1,108
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE OTHER INVESTMENT STRATEGIES,  OTHER INVESTMENTS
AND RISKS OF THE SERIES.  The Series may invest in foreign  securities,  such as
obligations  issued or  guaranteed  by foreign  governmental  authorities,  debt
obligations  of  supranational  organizations  and  fixed-income  securities  of
foreign  corporate  issuers.  The Series may invest without limit in zero coupon
securities,  pay-in-kind  bonds and deferred payment  securities,  which involve
special risk  considerations.  The Series may invest in fixed- and floating-rate
loans,  including  loan  participations.  The Series may invest up to 10% of its
total assets in either (i) equipment lease or trust certificates and conditional
sales  contracts  or (ii)  limited  partnership  interests.  The Series may also
invest up to 10% of its total assets in equity  securities (other than preferred
stock,  in  which  the  Series  may  invest  without  limit),  typically  equity
investments acquired as a result of purchases of fixed-income securities.


The  sub-adviser  has  discretion  to  select  the  range of  maturities  of the
fixed-income  securities  in  which  the  Series  may  invest.  The  sub-adviser
anticipates that, under current market conditions,  the Series will have average
portfolio life of 10 to 15 years.  However,  the average portfolio life may vary
substantially from time to time depending on economic and market conditions.

The Series may use derivative  instruments,  such as futures contracts,  options
and forward currency contracts, and invest in indexed securities for hedging and
risk management.  These instruments are subject to transaction costs and certain
risks,  such as unanticipated  changes in securities  prices and global currency
markets.

When the sub-adviser believes that adverse conditions prevail in the markets for
high-yield  fixed-income  securities that make the Series'  investment  strategy
inconsistent with the best interests of the Series' shareholders, the Series may
invest  its  assets  without  limit in  high-quality,  short-term  money  market
instruments.  Doing so may  reduce  the  potential  for high  current  income or
appreciation of the Series' portfolio.

The SAI has more  information  about  the  Series'  authorized  investments  and
strategies, as well as the risks and restrictions that may apply to them.


THE  SUB-ADVISER  AND  PORTFOLIO  MANAGEMENT.  The  sub-adviser  to the  Salomon
Brothers/JNL  High Yield Bond Series is Salomon  Brothers  Asset  Management Inc
(SBAM).  SBAM was incorporated in 1987, and, together with affiliates in London,
Frankfurt,  Tokyo and Hong Kong, SBAM provides a broad range of fixed-income and
equity  investment  advisory  services to various  individual and  institutional
clients  located  throughout  the world and  serves as  sub-adviser  to  various
investment  companies.  SBAM's  business  offices  are  located at 7 World Trade
Center, New York, New York 10048.

Peter J. Wilby is primarily  responsible  for the  day-to-day  management of the
Series. Mr. Wilby has had primary  responsibility for the day-to-day  management
of the Series since the inception of the Series.  Mr. Wilby,  who joined SBAM in
1989, is a Managing Director and Chief Investment Officer - Fixed Income of SBAM
is responsible for investment company and institutional  portfolios which invest
in high-yield non-U.S. and U.S. corporate debt securities and high-yield foreign
sovereign debt securities.



<PAGE>
SALOMON BROTHERS/JNL U.S. GOVERNMENT & QUALITY BOND SERIES

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE.  The investment objective of the Salomon Brothers/JNL U.S.
Government & Quality Bond Series is to obtain a high level of current income.


PRINCIPAL  INVESTMENT  STRATEGIES.  The Salomon  Brothers/JNL U.S.  Government &
Quality Bond Series invests at least 65% of its assets in:

         (i)  U.S. Treasury obligations;

         (ii) obligations issued or guaranteed by agencies or  instrumentalities
              of the U.S.  Government  which are  backed by their own credit and
              may not be backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S.
              Government;

         (iii)mortgage-backed  securities  guaranteed by the Government National
              Mortgage  Association  that are  supported  by the full  faith and
              credit of the U.S. Government.  Such securities entitle the holder
              to receive all interest and principal  payments due whether or not
              payments are actually made on the underlying mortgages;

         (iv) mortgage-backed    securities    guaranteed    by    agencies   or
              instrumentalities  of the U.S.  Government  which are supported by
              their own  credit  but not the full  faith and  credit of the U.S.
              Government, such as the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation and
              Fannie Mae (formerly, the Federal National Mortgage Association);

         (v)  collateralized  mortgage obligations issued by private issuers for
              which  the  underlying   mortgage-backed   securities  serving  as
              collateral  are  backed  by (i)  the  credit  alone  of  the  U.S.
              Government  agency or  instrumentality  which issues or guarantees
              the mortgage-backed  securities, or (ii) the full faith and credit
              of the U.S. Government; and

         (vi) repurchase agreements collateralized by any of the foregoing.

Any  guarantee of the  securities  in which the Series  invests runs only to the
principal and interest payments on the securities and not to the market value of
such  securities  or to the principal  and interest  payments on the  underlying
mortgages.  A security  issued or  guaranteed  by a U.S.  Government  agency may
significantly  fluctuate in value, and the Series may not receive the originally
anticipated  yield on the  security.  Shares of the  Series  are not  insured or
guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

The sub-adviser seeks to add value by actively managing the portfolio's interest
rate  exposure,   yield  curve  positioning,   sector  allocation  and  security
selection.  In  selecting   mortgage-backed   securities  for  the  Series,  the
sub-adviser  determines a security's  average maturity and duration according to
mathematical  models that reflect certain  payment  assumptions and estimates of
future economic factors.  These estimates may vary from actual results,  and the
average maturity and duration of mortgage-backed  derivative  securities may not
reflect the price volatility of those  securities in certain market  conditions.
PRINCIPAL  RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE SERIES.  An investment in the Series is not
guaranteed. As with any mutual fund, the value of the Series' shares will change
and you could lose money by  investing  in the Series.  A variety of factors may
influence its investment performance, such as:


     o    Market risk. Because the Series invests in fixed-income  securities of
          U.S. and foreign  issuers,  it is subject to market  risk.  For bonds,
          market risk  generally  reflects  credit risk and interest  rate risk.
          Credit  risk is the  actual or  perceived  risk that the issuer of the
          bond will not pay the interest and  principal  payments when due. Bond
          value typically declines if the issuer's credit quality  deteriorates.
          Interest rate risk is the risk that  interest  rates will rise and the
          value of bonds,  including  those held by the  Series,  will  fall.  A
          broad-based market drop may also cause a bond's price to fall.

     o    Prepayment risk.  During periods of falling  interest rates,  there is
          the risk that a debt security with a high stated interest rate will be
          prepaid before its expected maturity date.

In addition,  the performance of the Series depends on the sub-adviser's ability
to effectively implement the investment strategies of the Series.


PERFORMANCE.  The bar chart and table  below  show the past  performance  of the
Series' shares.  The chart presents the annual returns and shows how performance
has varied from year to year.  The table shows the  Series'  annual  returns and
compares them to a broad based index since these shares were first offered. Both
the chart and the table assume reinvestment of dividends and distributions.  The
Series'  returns shown in the chart and table below do not reflect the deduction
of any  charges  that are imposed  under a variable  insurance  contract.  Those
charges,  which are described in the variable insurance prospectus,  will reduce
the Series' performance.  As with all mutual funds, the Series' past performance
does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future.


Annual Total Returns as of December 31

2.58%             9.16%             9.40%            -2.50%
[Insert Chart]
1996              1997              1998             1999

In the periods  shown in the chart,  the Series'  highest  quarterly  return was
5.86%  (3rd  quarter of 1998) and its lowest  quarterly  return was -2.13%  (1st
quarter of 1996).


                            Average Annual Total Returns as of December 31, 1999
                                             1 year              Life of Series*

Salomon Brothers/JNL U.S. Government &
  Quality Bond Series                         -2.50%                  5.42%
Salomon Brothers Treasury Index               -2.45%                  6.08%

The Salomon  Brothers  Treasury Index is a broad-based,  unmanaged  index. * The
Series began operations on May 15, 1995.


SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES (FEES PAID DIRECTLY FROM YOUR INVESTMENT)
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON PURCHASES                            NONE
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON REINVESTED DIVIDENDS                 NONE
         DEFERRED SALES LOAD                                                NONE
         REDEMPTION FEE                                                     NONE
         EXCHANGE FEE                                                       NONE


EXPENSES.  The table below  shows  certain  expenses  you will incur as a Series
investor, either directly or indirectly.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ANNUAL SERIES OPERATING EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE DEDUCTED FROM SERIES ASSETS)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management/Administrative Fee                                              .80%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Expenses                                                               0%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Series Annual Operating Expenses                                     .80%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EXPENSE  EXAMPLE.  This  example is  intended  to help you  compare  the cost of
investing in the Series with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.  Also,
this  example  does not reflect the expenses of the  Qualified  Plan.  The table
below shows the expenses you would pay on a $10,000 investment,  assuming (1) 5%
annual  return  and  (2)  redemption  at  the  end of  each  time  period.  This
illustration is hypothetical and is not intended to be representative of past or
future  performance  of the Series.  The example  also  assumes  that the Series
operating expenses remain the same.  Although your actual costs may be higher or
lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPENSE EXAMPLE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year                                                                     $82
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 Years                                                                   $255
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 Years                                                                   $444
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 Years                                                                  $990
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE OTHER INVESTMENT STRATEGIES,  OTHER INVESTMENTS
AND  RISKS  OF THE  SERIES.  The SAI has  more  information  about  the  Series'
authorized  investments  and strategies,  as well as the risks and  restrictions
that may apply to them.


THE  SUB-ADVISER  AND  PORTFOLIO  MANAGEMENT.  The  sub-adviser  to the  Salomon
Brothers/JNL  U.S.  Government & Quality Bond Series is Salomon  Brothers  Asset
Management  Inc  (SBAM).  SBAM was  incorporated  in 1987,  and,  together  with
affiliates  in London,  Frankfurt,  Tokyo and Hong Kong,  SBAM  provides a broad
range of  fixed-income  and  equity  investment  advisory  services  to  various
individual and institutional  clients located throughout the world and serves as
sub-adviser to various investment companies. SBAM's business offices are located
at 7 World Trade Center, New York, New York 10048.

Roger  Lavan is  primarily  responsible  for the  day-to-day  management  of the
Series.  Mr. Lavan joined SBAM in 1990 and is a Director and  Portfolio  Manager
responsible for investment grade portfolios.


<PAGE>
T. ROWE PRICE/JNL ESTABLISHED GROWTH SERIES

INVESTMENT  OBJECTIVE.  The  investment  objective  of  the  T.  Rowe  Price/JNL
Established Growth Series is long-term growth of capital and increasing dividend
income.


PRINCIPAL  INVESTMENT  STRATEGIES.  The Series seeks to achieve its objective by
investing   primarily  in  a   diversified   portfolio   of  common   stocks  of
well-established  U.S. growth  companies.  A growth company is one which (i) has
demonstrated  historical  growth of earnings faster than the growth of inflation
and the economy in general,  and (ii) has  indications of being able to continue
this growth pattern in the  future.While  the Series will invest  principally in
U.S.  companies,  a substantial portion of the Series' assets can be invested in
foreign stocks.


PRINCIPAL  RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE SERIES.  An investment in the Series is not
guaranteed. As with any mutual fund, the value of the Series' shares will change
and you could lose money by  investing  in the Series.  A variety of factors may
influence its investment performance, such as:

     o    Market  risk.   Because  the  Series   invests   primarily  in  equity
          securities, it is subject to stock market risk. Stock prices typically
          fluctuate more than the values of other types of securities, typically
          in response to changes in the particular company's financial condition
          and factors affecting the market in general. For example,  unfavorable
          or unanticipated  poor earnings  performance of the company may result
          in a decline in its stock's price,  and a broad-based  market drop may
          also cause a stock's price to fall.

     o    Growth investing risk.  Growth companies usually invest a high portion
          of earnings in their  businesses,  and may lack the dividends of value
          stocks that can cushion  prices in a falling  market.  Also,  earnings
          disappointments  often  lead  to  sharp  declines  in  prices  because
          investors  buy growth  stocks in  anticipation  of  superior  earnings
          growth.


     o    Foreign investing risk. Foreign investing involves risks not typically
          associated with U.S.  investment.  These risks include,  among others,
          adverse  fluctuations  in foreign  currency  values as well as adverse
          political,  social  and  economic  developments  affecting  a  foreign
          country.  In  addition,   foreign  investing  involves  less  publicly
          available  information  and  more  volatile  or less  liquid  markets.
          Investments  in foreign  countries  could be  affected  by factors not
          present in the U.S.,  such as restrictions on receiving the investment
          proceeds  from a foreign  country,  foreign  tax laws,  and  potential
          difficulties  in enforcing  contractual  obligations.  Transactions in
          foreign  securities  may  be  subject  to  less  efficient  settlement
          practices,   including  extended  clearance  and  settlement  periods.
          Foreign  accounting  may be less  revealing  than American  accounting
          practices.  Foreign regulation may be inadequate or irregular.  Owning
          foreign  securities  could cause the Series'  performance to fluctuate
          more than if it held only U.S. securities.

In addition,  the performance of the Series depends on the sub-adviser's ability
to effectively implement the investment strategies of the Series.


PERFORMANCE.  The bar chart and table  below  show the past  performance  of the
Series' shares.  The chart presents the annual returns and shows how performance
has varied from year to year.  The table shows the  Series'  annual  returns and
compares them to a broad based index since these shares were first offered. Both
the chart and the table assume reinvestment of dividends and distributions.  The
Series'  returns shown in the chart and table below do not reflect the deduction
of any  charges  that are imposed  under a variable  insurance  contract.  Those
charges,  which are described in the variable insurance prospectus,  will reduce
the Series' performance.  As with all mutual funds, the Series' past performance
does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future.



<PAGE>
Annual Total Returns as of December 31

22.59%            29.47%            27.78%           21.77%
[Insert Chart]
1996              1997              1998             1999

In the periods  shown in the chart,  the Series'  highest  quarterly  return was
23.36% (4th  quarter of 1998) and its lowest  quarterly  return was -11.63% (3rd
quarter of 1998).


                            Average Annual Total Returns as of December 31, 1999
                                              1 year             Life of Series*

T. Rowe Price/JNL Established Growth Series    21.77%                 26.74%
S&P 500 Index                                  21.04%                 26.95%

The  S&P 500  Index  is a  broad-based,  unmanaged  index.
* The Series began operations on May 15, 1995.


SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES (FEES PAID DIRECTLY FROM YOUR INVESTMENT)
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON PURCHASES                            NONE
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON REINVESTED DIVIDENDS                 NONE
         DEFERRED SALES LOAD                                                NONE
         REDEMPTION FEE                                                     NONE
         EXCHANGE FEE                                                       NONE


EXPENSES.  The table below  shows  certain  expenses  you will incur as a Series
investor, either directly or indirectly.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ANNUAL SERIES OPERATING EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE DEDUCTED FROM SERIES ASSETS)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management/Administrative Fee                                              .93%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Expenses                                                               0%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Series Annual Operating Expenses                                     .93%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EXPENSE  EXAMPLE.  This  example is  intended  to help you  compare  the cost of
investing in the Series with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.  Also,
this  example  does not reflect the expenses of the  Qualified  Plan.  The table
below shows the expenses you would pay on a $10,000 investment,  assuming (1) 5%
annual  return  and  (2)  redemption  at  the  end of  each  time  period.  This
illustration is hypothetical and is not intended to be representative of past or
future  performance  of the Series.  The example  also  assumes  that the Series
operating expenses remain the same.  Although your actual costs may be higher or
lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPENSE EXAMPLE
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year                                                                      $95
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 Years                                                                    $296
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 Years                                                                    $515
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 Years                                                                 $1,143
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE OTHER INVESTMENT STRATEGIES,  OTHER INVESTMENTS
AND RISKS OF THE SERIES. The T. Rowe Price/JNL Established Growth Series invests
most of its assets in common stocks of U.S. companies.  However,  the Series may
invest  in  other  securities,   including  convertible  securities,   warrants,
preferred stocks and corporate and government debt obligations.


The  Series  may  use  derivative  instruments,  such  as  options  and  futures
contracts,   for  hedging  purposes  and  to  maintain  market  exposure.  These
instruments  are  subject  to  transaction  costs  and  certain  risks,  such as
unanticipated  changes in  securities  prices.  If the Series  uses  futures and
options, it is exposed to additional volatility and potential losses.

The  Series may sell  securities  for a variety  of  reasons,  such as to secure
gains, limit losses, or redeploy assets into more promising opportunities.

The SAI has more  information  about  the  Series'  authorized  investments  and
strategies, as well as the risks and restrictions that may apply to them.

THE  SUB-ADVISER  AND  PORTFOLIO  MANAGEMENT.  The  sub-adviser  to the T.  Rowe
Price/JNL Established Growth Series is T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. (T. Rowe),
located at 100 East Pratt Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202. T. Rowe was founded
in 1937. T. Rowe and its  affiliates  provide  investment  advisory  services to
individual and institutional investor accounts.

Robert W. Smith is responsible for the day-to-day  management of the Series. Mr.
Smith is a Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager for T. Rowe. Mr. Smith
joined T. Rowe in 1992 and has been managing  investments  since 1987. Mr. Smith
has had  responsibility  for  the  day-to-day  management  of the  Series  since
February 21, 1997.
<PAGE>
T. ROWE PRICE/JNL MID-CAP GROWTH SERIES

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE.  The investment objective of the T. Rowe Price/JNL Mid-Cap
Growth Series is long-term growth of capital.


PRINCIPAL  INVESTMENT  STRATEGIES.  The Series seeks to achieve its objective by
investing at least 65% of its total assets,  under normal market conditions in a
diversified portfolio of common stocks of medium-sized  (mid-cap) U.S. companies
which the  sub-adviser  believes have the potential for  above-average  earnings
growth.  The  sub-adviser  defines  mid-cap  companies  as  those  whose  market
capitalization,  at the time of  acquisition  by the  Series,  falls  within the
capitalization  range of companies in the S&P MidCap 400 Index.  The sub-adviser
relies on its proprietary research to identify mid-cap companies with attractive
growth  prospects.  The Series seeks to invest  primarily in companies that: (i)
offer  proven  products or services;  (ii) have a historical  record of earnings
growth  that is above  average;  (iii)  demonstrate  the  potential  to  sustain
earnings  growth;  (iv) operate in industries  experiencing  increasing  demand;
and/or (v) the sub-adviser believes are undervalued in the marketplace. However,
the Series will not  automatically  sell or cease to purchase stock of a company
it already owns just because the company's market  capitalization grows or falls
outside this range.


PRINCIPAL  RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE SERIES.  An investment in the Series is not
guaranteed. As with any mutual fund, the value of the Series' shares will change
and you could lose money by  investing  in the Series.  A variety of factors may
influence its investment performance, such as:

     o    Market risk.  Because the Series invests in equity  securities,  it is
          subject to stock market risk.  Stock prices  typically  fluctuate more
          than the values of other types of securities, typically in response to
          changes in the particular  company's  financial  condition and factors
          affecting  the  market  in  general.   For  example,   unfavorable  or
          unanticipated poor earnings performance of the company may result in a
          decline in its stock's price,  and a broad-based  market drop may also
          cause a stock's price to fall.

     o    Growth investing risk.  Growth companies usually invest a high portion
          of earnings in their  businesses,  and may lack the dividends of value
          stocks that can cushion  prices in a falling  market.  Also,  earnings
          disappointments  often  lead  to  sharp  declines  in  prices  because
          investors  buy growth  stocks in  anticipation  of  superior  earnings
          growth.

     o    Foreign investing risk. Foreign investing involves risks not typically
          associated with U.S.  investment.  These risks include,  among others,
          adverse  fluctuations  in foreign  currency  values as well as adverse
          political,  social  and  economic  developments  affecting  a  foreign
          country.  In  addition,   foreign  investing  involves  less  publicly
          available  information  and  more  volatile  or less  liquid  markets.
          Investments  in foreign  countries  could be  affected  by factors not
          present in the U.S.,  such as restrictions on receiving the investment
          proceeds  from a foreign  country,  foreign  tax laws,  and  potential
          difficulties  in enforcing  contractual  obligations.  Transactions in
          foreign  securities  may  be  subject  to  less  efficient  settlement
          practices,   including  extended  clearance  and  settlement  periods.
          Foreign  accounting  may be less  revealing  than American  accounting
          practices.  Foreign regulation may be inadequate or irregular.  Owning
          foreign  securities  could cause the Series'  performance to fluctuate
          more than if it held only U.S. securities.


Stocks of mid-cap  companies  entail  greater risk and are usually more volatile
than shares of larger  companies.  In addition,  the  performance  of the Series
depends on the  sub-adviser's  ability to  effectively  implement the investment
strategies of the Series.


PERFORMANCE.  The bar chart and table  below  show the past  performance  of the
Series' shares.  The chart presents the annual returns and shows how performance
has varied from year to year.  The table shows the  Series'  annual  returns and
compares them to a broad based index since these shares were first offered. Both
the chart and the table assume reinvestment of dividends and distributions.  The
Series'  returns shown in the chart and table below do not reflect the deduction
of any  charges  that are imposed  under a variable  insurance  contract.  Those
charges,  which are described in the variable insurance prospectus,  will reduce
the Series' performance.  As with all mutual funds, the Series' past performance
does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future.


Annual Total Returns as of December 31

23.47%            18.21%            21.49%           24.01%
[Insert Chart]
1996              1997              1998             1999

In the periods  shown in the chart,  the Series'  highest  quarterly  return was
27.05% (4th  quarter of 1998) and its lowest  quarterly  return was -18.02% (3rd
quarter of 1998).


                            Average Annual Total Returns as of December 31, 1999
                                          1 year             Life of Series*


T. Rowe Price/JNL Mid-Cap Growth Series    24.01%                25.27%
S&P MidCap 400 Index                       14.70%                21.41%

The S&P MidCap 400 Index is a broad-based,  unmanaged  index. * The Series began
operations on May 15, 1995.


SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES (FEES PAID DIRECTLY FROM YOUR INVESTMENT)
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON PURCHASES                            NONE
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON REINVESTED DIVIDENDS                 NONE
         DEFERRED SALES LOAD                                                NONE
         REDEMPTION FEE                                                     NONE
         EXCHANGE FEE                                                       NONE


EXPENSES.  The table below  shows  certain  expenses  you will incur as a Series
investor, either directly or indirectly.

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ANNUAL SERIES OPERATING EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE DEDUCTED FROM SERIES ASSETS)

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management/Administrative Fee                                             1.03%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Expenses                                                               0%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Series Annual Operating Expenses                                    1.03%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EXPENSE  EXAMPLE.  This  example is  intended  to help you  compare  the cost of
investing in the Series with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.  Also,
this  example  does not reflect the expenses of the  Qualified  Plan.  The table
below shows the expenses you would pay on a $10,000 investment,  assuming (1) 5%
annual  return  and  (2)  redemption  at  the  end of  each  time  period.  This
illustration is hypothetical and is not intended to be representative of past or
future  performance  of the Series.  The example  also  assumes  that the Series
operating expenses remain the same.  Although your actual costs may be higher or
lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPENSE EXAMPLE
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year                                                                     $105
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 Years                                                                    $328
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 Years                                                                    $569
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 Years                                                                 $1,259
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE OTHER INVESTMENT STRATEGIES,  OTHER INVESTMENTS
AND RISKS OF THE SERIES.  The T. Rowe  Price/JNL  Mid-Cap Growth Series seeks to
achieve its objective of long-term  growth of capital by investing  primarily in
common stocks of U.S. companies with medium-sized market capitalizations and the
potential  for  above-average  growth.  The Series may also invest in securities
other  than  U.S.  common  stocks,  including  foreign  securities,  convertible
securities,  and warrants.  The Series may use derivative  instruments,  such as
options  and futures  contracts,  for hedging  purposes  and to maintain  market
exposure.  These instruments are subject to transaction costs and certain risks,
such as unanticipated  changes in securities  prices. If the Series uses futures
and options, it is exposed to additional volatility and potential losses.


The  Series may sell  securities  for a variety  of  reasons,  such as to secure
gains, limit losses, or redeploy assets into more promising opportunities.

The SAI has more  information  about  the  Series'  authorized  investments  and
strategies, as well as the risks and restrictions that may apply to them.

THE  SUB-ADVISER  AND  PORTFOLIO  MANAGEMENT.  The  sub-adviser  to the T.  Rowe
Price/JNL  Mid-Cap  Growth Series is T. Rowe Price  Associates,  Inc. (T. Rowe),
located at 100 East Pratt Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202. T. Rowe was founded
in 1937. T. Rowe and its  affiliates  provide  investment  advisory  services to
individual and institutional investor accounts.

The  Series has an  Investment  Advisory  Committee  composed  of the  following
members: Brian W. Berghuis,  Chairman,  James A.C. Kennedy, and John F. Wakeman.
The Committee Chairman has day to day responsibility for managing the Series and
works with the  Committee in developing  and  executing  the Series'  investment
program.  Mr.  Berghuis,  a  Managing  Director  of T. Rowe,  has been  managing
investments since joining T. Rowe in 1985. The Investment Advisory Committee has
had day-to-day responsibility for managing the Series since the inception of the
Series.


<PAGE>
T. ROWE PRICE/JNL VALUE SERIES

INVESTMENT  OBJECTIVE.  The investment  objective of the T. Rowe Price/JNL Value
Series is to provide  long-term  capital  appreciation  by  investing  in common
stocks believed to be undervalued. Income is a secondary objective.


PRINCIPAL  INVESTMENT  STRATEGIES.  In  taking a value  approach  to  investment
selection,  at least 65% of total  assets will be invested in common  stocks the
portfolio manager regards as undervalued. Stock holdings are expected to consist
primarily of large-company  issues, but may also include smaller  companies.  In
selecting investments, the sub-adviser generally looks for the following:

     o    low  price/earnings,  price/book  value,  or  price/cash  flow  ratios
          relative  to the  S&P  500  Index,  the  company's  peers,  or its own
          historic norm;

     o    low stock price relative to a company's underlying asset values;

     o    a plan to improve the business through restructuring; and

     o    a sound balance sheet and other positive financial characteristics.


PRINCIPAL  RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE SERIES.  An investment in the Series is not
guaranteed. As with any mutual fund, the value of the Series' shares will change
and you could lose money by  investing  in the Series.  A variety of factors may
influence its investment performance, such as:

     o    Market risk.  Because the Series invests in stocks of U.S. and foreign
          companies,  it is subject to stock market risk. Stock prices typically
          fluctuate more than the values of other types of securities, typically
          in response to changes in the particular company's financial condition
          and factors affecting the market in general. For example,  unfavorable
          or unanticipated  poor earnings  performance of the company may result
          in a decline in its stock's price,  and a broad-based  market drop may
          also  cause  a  stock's  price  to  fall.   Investing  in  small-  and
          medium-company  stocks generally involves greater risks than investing
          in larger,  more  established  ones.  Valueinvesting  risk.  The value
          approach  carries  the risk  that the  market  will  not  recognize  a
          security's  intrinsic value for a long time, or that a stock judged to
          be undervalued may actually be appropriately priced.


     o    Foreign investing risk. Foreign investing involves risks not typically
          associated with U.S.  investment.  These risks include,  among others,
          adverse  fluctuations  in foreign  currency  values as well as adverse
          political,  social  and  economic  developments  affecting  a  foreign
          country.  In  addition,   foreign  investing  involves  less  publicly
          available  information  and  more  volatile  or less  liquid  markets.
          Investments  in foreign  countries  could be  affected  by factors not
          present in the U.S.,  such as restrictions on receiving the investment
          proceeds  from a foreign  country,  foreign  tax laws,  and  potential
          difficulties  in enforcing  contractual  obligations.  Transactions in
          foreign  securities  may  be  subject  to  less  efficient  settlement
          practices,   including  extended  clearance  and  settlement  periods.
          Foreign  accounting  may be less  revealing  than American  accounting
          practices.  Foreign regulation may be inadequate or irregular.  Owning
          foreign  securities  could cause the Series'  performance to fluctuate
          more than if it held only U.S. securities.

     o    Derivatives  risk.  Investing  in  derivative  instruments,   such  as
          options,  futures  contracts,   forward  currency  contracts,  indexed
          securities and  asset-backed  securities,  involves special risks. The
          Series sub-adviser must correctly predict price movements,  during the
          life of a derivative,  of the underlying asset in order to realize the
          desired results from the investment. The value of derivatives may rise
          or fall more  rapidly than other  investments,  which may increase the
          volatility  of the  Series  depending  on the nature and extent of the
          derivatives  in  the  Series'  portfolio.   If  the  sub-adviser  uses
          derivatives in attempting to manage or "hedge" the overall risk of the
          portfolio,  the strategy might not be successful,  for example, due to
          changes in the value of the  derivatives  that do not  correlate  with
          price movements in the rest of the portfolio.

     o    Currency  risk. The value of the Series' shares may change as a result
          of changes in exchange  rates  reducing  the value of the U.S.  dollar
          value of the Series' foreign investments.  Currency exchange rates can
          be volatile and  affected by a number of factors,  such as the general
          economics of a country, the actions of U.S. and foreign governments or
          central banks, the imposition of currency controls, and speculation.


In addition,  the performance of the Series depends on the sub-adviser's ability
to effectively implement the investment strategies of the Series.

PERFORMANCE.  This Series will  commence  investment  operations on or about the
date of this Prospectus. Therefore, a bar chart and table have not been included
for this Series.


SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES (FEES PAID DIRECTLY FROM YOUR INVESTMENT)

         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON PURCHASES                           NONE
         MAXIMUM SALES LOAD IMPOSED ON REINVESTED DIVIDENDS                NONE
         DEFERRED SALES LOAD                                               NONE
         REDEMPTION FEE                                                    NONE
         EXCHANGE FEE                                                      NONE

EXPENSES.  The table below  shows  certain  expenses  you will incur as a Series
investor, either directly or indirectly.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ANNUAL SERIES OPERATING EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE DEDUCTED FROM SERIES ASSETS)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management/Administrative Fee                                              1.00%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Expenses                                                                0%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Series Annual Operating Expenses                                     1.00%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EXPENSE  EXAMPLE.  This  example is  intended  to help you  compare  the cost of
investing in the Series with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.  Also,
this  example  does not reflect the expenses of the  Qualified  Plan.  The table
below shows the expenses you would pay on a $10,000 investment,  assuming (1) 5%
annual  return  and  (2)  redemption  at  the  end of  each  time  period.  This
illustration is hypothetical and is not intended to be representative of past or
future  performance  of the Series.  The example  also  assumes  that the Series
operating expenses remain the same.  Although your actual costs may be higher or
lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPENSE EXAMPLE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year                                                                      $102
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 Years                                                                     $318
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 Years                                                                     $552
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 Years                                                                  $1,225
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


COMPARABLE PERFORMANCE

Public Fund  Performance.  The T. Rowe Price/JNL Value Series has  substantially
similar  investment  objectives,  policies and investment  strategies as certain
mutual funds whose  shares are sold to the public.  The T. Rowe Price Value Fund
is a public  mutual fund  managed by T. Rowe Price  Associates,  Inc.,  the same
Sub-Adviser which manages each of the corresponding Series.

The historical  performance of the T. Rowe Price Value Fund is shown below. This
performance data should not be considered as an indication of future performance
of the Series. The public mutual fund performance figures shown below:

     o    reflects the  historical  fees and expenses  paid by the T. Rowe Value
          Fund and not those paid by the Series.

     o    do not reflect  Contract fees or charges  imposed by Jackson  National
          Life.  Investors should refer to the separate  account  prospectus for
          information  describing the Contract fees and charges.  These fees and
          charges will have a detrimental effect on Series performance.

The Series and their  corresponding  public  mutual fund series are  expected to
hold  similar  securities.  However,  their  investment  results are expected to
differ for the following reasons:

     o    differences  in asset size and cash flow  resulting from purchases and
          redemptions  of  Series  shares  may  result  in  different   security
          selections

     o    differences in the relative weightings of securities

     o    differences in the price paid for particular portfolio holdings

     o    differences relating to certain tax matters

However,  the differences  cited do not alter the conclusion that the Funds have
substantially similar investment objectives, policies and strategies.

The chart below shows performance  information for the T. Rowe Price Value Fund,
a retail  mutual fund managed by the Series'  sub-advisor  with assets of $851.4
million at 12/31/99.

ANNUALIZED RETURNS FOR THE PERIOD ENDED 12/31/99 (1)
- ------------------- ------------------------------- ---------------------------
                         T. ROWE PRICE VALUE FUND          LIPPER MULTI-CAP
                                                        VALUE FUNDS AVERAGE (2)
- ------------------- ------------------------------- ---------------------------
1 Year                             9.16%                         6.34%
- ------------------- ------------------------------- ---------------------------
3 Years                           14.66%                        13.15%
- ------------------- ------------------------------- ---------------------------
5 Years                           22.06%                        18.12%
- ------------------- ------------------------------- ---------------------------
Since Inception*                  21.61%                        16.83%
- ------------------- ------------------------------- ---------------------------
*Inception September 30, 1994.

(1) Source: T. Rowe Price  Associates,  Inc. Total returns were calculated using
the actual fees and expenses of the T. Rowe Value Fund.  These fees and expenses
are less than the fees charged by the Series. The performance returns would have
been lower if the actual  expenses of the Series had been used. The returns were
calculated using the  standardized  Securities and Exchange  Commission  method.
Actual  account  performance  will vary depending on the size of a portfolio and
applicable fee schedule. Performance figures are based on historical performance
and do not guarantee future results.  Performance for the T. Rowe Price/JNL Vale
Series will vary based on different fees, different implementation of investment
policies,  different  cash flows  into and out of the  portfolio  and  different
sizes.

(2) The Lipper Multi-Cap Value Funds Average consistS of all the mutual funds in
this  particular  category as tracked by Lipper Inc.  The  Multi-Cap  Value Fund
category  includes  funds  that by  portfolio  practice,  invest in a variety of
market capitalization  ranges,  without concentrating 75% of their equity assets
in any one  market  capitalization  range  over an  extended  period of time.  A
Series'  performance  may be  affected  by risks  specific  to certain  types of
investments, such as foreign securities, derivative investments,  non-investment
grade  debt  securities,  initial  public  offerings  (IPOs) or  companies  with
relatively small market  capitalizations.  IPOs and other investment  techniques
may have  magnified  performance  impact on a Series with a small asset base.  A
Series may not experience similar performance as its assets grow.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE OTHER INVESTMENT STRATEGIES,  OTHER INVESTMENTS
AND RISKS OF THE  SERIES.  The  Series  may sell  securities  for a  variety  of
reasons,  such as to secure gains,  limit losses,  or redeploy  assets into more
promising opportunities.


The Series  may invest up to 25% of its total  assets  (excluding  reserves)  in
foreign securities.  Although the Series will invest primarily in common stocks,
the Series may invest in any type of security or instrument  (including  certain
potentially   high-risk   derivatives)  whose  investment   characteristics  are
consistent with the Series' investment program. These may include:

     o    preferred stocks

     o    convertible securities and warrants

     o    fixed  income   securities,   including  lower  quality   (high-yield,
          high-risk  bonds)  commonly   referred  to  as  "junk  bonds"  ohybrid
          instruments which combine the  characteristics of securities,  futures
          and options o private placements


If the Series uses futures and options,  it is exposed to additional  volatility
and potential  losses.The SAI has more information about the Series'  authorized
investments and strategies.

SUB-ADVISER AND PORTFOLIO  MANAGEMENT.  The sub-adviser to the T. Rowe Price/JNL
Value Series is T. Rowe Price  Associates,  Inc. (T. Rowe),  located at 100 East
Pratt Street,  Baltimore,  Maryland  21202. T. Rowe was founded in 1937. T. Rowe
and its  affiliates  provide  investment  advisory  services to  individual  and
institutional investor accounts.

The Series has an Investment  Advisory  Committee  with the  following  members:
Brian C. Rogers,  Chairman,  Stephen W. Boesel,  Richard P. Howard, Kara Cheseby
Landers,  Robert W. Sharps,  and David J. Wallack.  The  committee  chairman has
day-to-day  responsibility  for  managing  the  portfolio  and  works  with  the
committee in developing and executing the fund's investment program.  Mr. Rogers
is the lead  portfolio  manager.  He joined  T. Rowe  Price in 1982 and has been
managing investments since 1983.


<PAGE>
MORE ABOUT THE INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND RISKS OF ALL SERIES

The investment  objectives of the respective  Series are not fundamental and may
be changed by the Trustees without shareholder approval.


<PAGE>
                             MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST

INVESTMENT ADVISER

Under  Massachusetts law and the Trust's  Declaration of Trust and By-Laws,  the
management of the business and affairs of the Trust is the responsibility of the
Trustees.


Jackson National Financial Services,  LLC (JNFS), 5901 Executive Drive, Lansing,
Michigan  48911,  is the investment  adviser to the Trust and provides the Trust
with professional investment supervision and management.  JNFS is a wholly owned
subsidiary of Jackson  National Life Insurance  Company (JNL),  which is in turn
wholly owned by Prudential plc, a life insurance  company in the United Kingdom.
JNFS is a successor to Jackson National Financial Services, Inc. which served as
investment  adviser to the Trust from the  inception  of the Trust until July 1,
1998, when it transferred its duties as investment  adviser and its professional
staff for investment advisory services to JNFS.


MANAGEMENT FEE


As  compensation  for its services,  JNFS receives a fee from the Trust computed
separately  for each Series,  accrued daily and payable  monthly.  The fee which
JNFS received  from each Series for the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1999, is
set forth below as an annual  percentage  of the net assets of the Series'  fee.
Each  JNL/S&P  Series  will  indirectly  bear its pro rata  share of fees of the
Underlying Series in addition to the fees shown for that Series.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ---------------------------------
                                                                                   Advisory Fee (Annual Rate Based
                                                                                    on Average Net Assets of each
Series                                         Assets                                          Series)

- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ---------------------------------
<S>                                            <C>                                                           <C>
JNL/Alger Growth Series                        $0 to $300 million                                             .975%
                                               $300 million to $500 million                                    .95%
                                               Over $500 million                                               .90%
- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ---------------------------------
JNL/Alliance Growth Series                     $0 to $250 million                                             .775%
                                               Over $250 million                                               .70%
- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ---------------------------------
JNL/Eagle Core Equity Series                   $0 to $50 million                                               .90%
                                               $50 million to $300 million                                     .85%
                                               Over $300 million                                               .75%
- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ---------------------------------
JNL/Eagle SmallCap Equity Series               $0 to $150 million                                              .95%
                                               $150 million to $500 million                                    .90%
                                               Over $500 million                                               .85%
- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ---------------------------------
JNL/J.P. Morgan Enhanced S&P 500 Stock Index   $0 to $25 million                                               .80%
Series                                         Over $25 million                                                .75%
- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ---------------------------------
JNL/J.P. Morgan International & Emerging       $0 to $50 million                                              .975%
Markets Series                                 $50 million to $200 million                                     .95%
                                               $200 million to $350 million                                    .90%
                                               Over $350 million                                               .85%
- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ---------------------------------
JNL/Janus Aggressive Growth Series             $0 to $150 million                                              .95%
                                               $150 million to $300 million                                    .90%
                                               Over $300 million                                               .85%
- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ---------------------------------
JNL/Janus Balanced Series                      $0 to $300 million                                              .95%
                                               Over $300 million                                               .90%
- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ---------------------------------
JNL/Janus Capital Growth Series                $0 to $150 million                                              .95%
                                               $150 million to $300 million                                    .90%
                                               Over $300 million                                               .85%
- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ---------------------------------
JNL/Janus Global Equities Series               $0 to $150 million                                             1.00%
                                               $150 million to $300 million                                    .95%
                                               Over $300 million                                               .90%
- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ---------------------------------
JNL/Janus Growth & Income Series               $0 to $300 million                                              .95%
                                               Over $300 million                                               .90%
- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ---------------------------------
JNL/PIMCO Total Return Bond Series             All assets                                                      .70%
- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ---------------------------------
JNL/Putnam Growth Series                       $0 to $150 million                                              .90%
                                               $150 million to $300 million                                    .85%
                                               Over $300 million                                               .80%
- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ---------------------------------
JNL/Putnam International Equity Series         $0 to $50 million                                              1.10%
                                               $50 million to $150 million                                    1.05%
                                               $150 million to $300 million                                   1.00%
                                               $300 million to $500 million                                    .95%
                                               Over $500 million                                               .90%
- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ---------------------------------
JNL/Putnam Value Equity Series                 $0 to $150 million                                              .90%
                                               $150 million to $300 million                                    .85%
                                               Over $300 million                                               .80%
- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ---------------------------------

JNL/Putnam Midcap Growth Series                $0 to $300 million                                              .95%
                                               Over $300 million                                               .90%

- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ---------------------------------
JNL/S&P Conservative Growth Series I           $0 to $500 million                                              .20%
                                               Over $500 million                                               .15%
- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ---------------------------------
JNL/S&P Moderate Growth Series I               $0 to $500 million                                              .20%
                                               Over $500 million                                               .15%
- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ---------------------------------
JNL/S&P Aggressive Growth Series I             $0 to $500 million                                              .20%
                                               Over $500 million                                               .15%
- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ---------------------------------
JNL/S&P Very Aggressive Growth Series I        $0 to $500 million                                              .20%
                                               Over $500 million                                               .15%
- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ---------------------------------
JNL/S&P Equity Growth Series I                 $0 to $500 million                                              .20%
                                               Over $500 million                                               .15%
- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ---------------------------------
JNL/S&P Equity Aggressive Growth Series I      $0 to $500 million                                              .20%
                                               Over $500 million                                               .15%
- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ---------------------------------
JNL/S&P Conservative Growth Series II          $0 to $500 million                                              .20%
                                               Over $500 million                                               .15%
- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ---------------------------------
JNL/S&P Moderate Growth Series II              $0 to $500 million                                              .20%
                                               Over $500 million                                               .15%
- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ---------------------------------
JNL/S&P Aggressive Growth Series II            $0 to $500 million                                              .20%
                                               Over $500 million                                               .15%
- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ---------------------------------
JNL/S&P Very Aggressive Growth Series II       $0 to $500 million                                              .20%
                                               Over $500 million                                               .15%
- --------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ----------------------------------
JNL/S&P Equity Growth Series II                $0 to $500 million                                              .20%
                                               Over $500 million                                               .15%
- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ---------------------------------
JNL/S&P Equity Aggressive Growth Series II     $0 to $500 million                                              .20%
                                               Over $500 million                                               .15%
- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ---------------------------------
JNL/S&P Conservative Growth Series             $0 to $500 million                                              .20%
                                               Over $500 million                                               .15%
- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ---------------------------------
JNL/S&P Moderate Growth Series                 $0 to $500 million                                              .20%
                                               Over $500 million                                               .15%
- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ---------------------------------

JNL/S&P Aggressive Growth Series               $0 to $500 million                                              .20%
                                               Over $500 million                                               .15%

- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ---------------------------------
JNL Enhanced Intermediate Bond Index Series    All Assets                                                      .65%
- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ---------------------------------
JNL International Index Series                 All Assets                                                      .60%
- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ---------------------------------
JNL Russell 2000 Index Series                  All Assets                                                      .50%
- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ---------------------------------
JNL S&P 500 Index Series                       All Assets                                                      .50%
- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ---------------------------------
JNL S&P Mid Cap Value Series                   All Assets                                                      .50%
- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ---------------------------------
Lazard/JNL Mid Cap Value Series                $0 to $150 million                                             .975%
                                               $150 million to $300 million                                   .925%
                                               Over $300 million                                               .90%
- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ---------------------------------
Lazard/JNL Small Cap Value Series              $0 to $50 million                                              1.05%
                                               $50 million to $150 million                                    1.00%
                                               $150 million to $300 million                                   .975%
                                               Over $300 million                                              .925%
- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ---------------------------------
PPM America/JNL Balanced Series                $0 to $50 million                                               .75%
                                               $50 million to $150 million                                     .70%
                                               $150 million to $300 million                                   .675%
                                               $300 million to $500 million                                    .65%
                                               Over $500 million                                              .625%
- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ---------------------------------
PPM America/JNL High Yield Bond Series         $0 to $50 million                                               .75%
                                               $50 million to $150 million                                     .70%
                                               $150 million to $300 million                                   .675%
                                               $300 million to $500 million                                    .65%
                                               Over $500 million                                              .625%
- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ---------------------------------
PPM America/JNL Money Market Series            $0 to $150 million                                              .60%
                                               $150 million to $300 million                                   .575%
                                               $300 million to $500 million                                    .55%
                                               Over $500 million                                              .525%
- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ---------------------------------
Salomon Brothers/JNL Balanced Series           $0 to $50 million                                               .80%
                                               $50 million to $150 million                                     .75%
                                               Over $150 million                                               .70%
- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ---------------------------------
Salomon Brothers/JNL Global Bond Series        $0 to $150 million                                              .85%
                                               $150 million to $500 million                                    .80%
                                               Over $500 million                                               .75%
- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ---------------------------------
Salomon Brothers/JNL High Yield Bond Series    $0 to $50 million                                               .80%
                                               $50 million to $150 million                                     .75%
                                               Over $150 million                                               .70%
- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ---------------------------------
Salomon Brothers/JNL U.S. Government &         $0 to $150 million                                              .70%
Quality Bond Series                            $150 million to $300 million                                    .65%
                                               $300 million to $500 million                                    .60%
                                               Over $500 million                                               .55%
- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ---------------------------------
T. Rowe Price/JNL Established Growth Series    $0 to $150 million                                              .85%
                                               Over $150 million                                               .80%
- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ---------------------------------
T. Rowe Price/JNL Mid-Cap Growth Series        $0 to $150 million                                              .95%
                                               Over $150 million                                               .90%
- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ---------------------------------
T. Rowe Price/JNL Value Series                 $0 to $300 million                                              .90%
                                               Over $300 million                                               .85%
- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ---------------------------------
</TABLE>

SUB-ADVISORY ARRANGEMENTS


JNFS  selects,  contracts  with  and  compensates  sub-advisers  to  manage  the
investment  and  reinvestment  of the assets of the  Series of the  Trust.  JNFS
monitors the compliance of such sub-advisers with the investment  objectives and
related policies of each Series and reviews the performance of such sub-advisers
and reports periodically on such performance to the Trustees of the Trust.


Under  the  terms  of  each  of  the  Sub-Advisory  Agreements  with  JNFS,  the
sub-adviser  manages  the  investment  and  reinvestment  of the  assets  of the
assigned  Series,  subject to the supervision of the Trustees of the Trust.  The
sub-adviser  formulates  a  continuous  investment  program for each such Series
consistent  with  its  investment  objectives  and  policies  outlined  in  this
Prospectus.  Each sub-adviser implements such programs by purchases and sales of
securities  and  regularly  reports to JNFS and the  Trustees  of the Trust with
respect to the implementation of such programs.

As  compensation  for its services,  each  sub-adviser  receives a fee from JNFS
computed separately for the applicable Series, stated as an annual percentage of
the net assets of such  Series.  The SAI  contains a schedule of the  management
fees JNFS currently is obligated to pay the sub-advisers out of the advisory fee
it receives from the Series.

                               ADMINISTRATIVE FEE

In  addition  to the  investment  advisory  fee,  each  Series,  except  the JNL
International   Index   Series  and  the  JNL/S&P   Series,   pays  to  JNFS  an
Administrative  Fee of .10% of the average  daily net assets of the Series.  The
JNL International  Index Series pays an Administrative  Fee of .15%. The JNL/S&P
Series do not pay an Administrative Fee. In return for the fee, JNFS provides or
procures all necessary  administrative  functions and services for the operation
of the Series. In addition, JNFS, at its own expense, arranges for legal, audit,
fund accounting, custody, printing and mailing, and all other services necessary
for the  operation  of each  Series.  Each  Series is  responsible  for  trading
expenses  including  brokerage  commissions,   interest  and  taxes,  and  other
non-operating expenses.

                           INVESTMENT IN TRUST SHARES


Shares  of the Trust are  currently  sold to  separate  accounts  (Accounts)  of
Jackson National Life Insurance Company, 5901 Executive Drive, Lansing, Michigan
48911, and Jackson National Life Insurance Company of New York, 2900 Westchester
Avenue,  Purchase,  New York 10577, to fund the benefits under certain  variable
annuity  contracts  (Contracts) and to qualified  retirement plans. An insurance
company  purchases  the  shares of the  Series at their  net asset  value  using
premiums  received on Contracts  issued by the  insurance  company.  There is no
sales charge.


Shares of the Series are not available to the general public  directly.  Some of
the Series are managed by  sub-advisers  who manage publicly traded mutual funds
having similar names and investment objectives.  While some of the Series may be
similar  to, and may in fact be modeled  after  publicly  traded  mutual  funds,
Contract purchasers should understand that the Series are not otherwise directly
related  to any  publicly  traded  mutual  fund.  Consequently,  the  investment
performance  of publicly  traded mutual funds and any  corresponding  Series may
differ substantially.

The net  asset  value per share of each  Series  is  determined  at the close of
regular  trading on the New York Stock  Exchange  (normally  4:00 p.m.,  Eastern
time) each day that the New York Stock Exchange is open. The net asset value per
share is calculated by adding the value of all  securities and other assets of a
Series,  deducting  its  liabilities,  and  dividing  by the  number  of  shares
outstanding.  Generally,  the value of  exchange-listed or -traded securities is
based on their  respective  market  prices,  bonds  are  valued  based on prices
provided by an independent  pricing  service and short-term  debt securities are
valued at amortized cost, which  approximates  market value. A Series may invest
in securities  primarily listed on foreign exchanges and that trade on days when
the Series does not price its shares. As a result, a Series' net asset value may
change on days when  shareholders are not able to purchase or redeem the Series'
shares.

All  investments in the Trust are credited to the  shareholder's  account in the
form of full and  fractional  shares of the  designated  Series  (rounded to the
nearest 1/1000 of a share). The Trust does not issue share certificates.

                                SHARE REDEMPTION

An Account redeems shares to make benefit or withdrawal payments under the terms
of its  Contracts.  Redemptions  are  processed on any day on which the Trust is
open for business and are effected at net asset value next determined  after the
redemption order, in proper form, is received by the Trust's transfer agent.

The Trust may suspend the right of redemption  only under the following  unusual
circumstances:

     o    when the New York Stock  Exchange is closed  (other than  weekends and
          holidays) or trading is restricted;

     o    when an emergency exists,  making disposal of portfolio  securities or
          the valuation of net assets not reasonably practicable; or

     o    during any period when the SEC has by order  permitted a suspension of
          redemption for the protection of shareholders.

                                   TAX STATUS

Each Series' policy is to meet the  requirements of Subchapter M of the Internal
Revenue Code (Code) necessary to qualify as a regulated investment company. Each
Series intends to distribute all its net investment income and net capital gains
to shareholders and,  therefore,  will not be required to pay any federal income
taxes.

Each  Series is treated  as a separate  corporation  for  purposes  of the Code.
Therefore,  the assets,  income, and distributions of each Series are considered
separately for purposes of determining  whether or not the Series qualifies as a
regulated investment company.


Because the  shareholders  of each Series are Accounts and qualified  retirement
plans,  there  are no tax  consequences  to  shareholders  of  buying,  holding,
exchanging and selling shares of the Series.  Distributions  from the Series are
not taxable to those shareholders.  However,  owners of Contracts should consult
the applicable  Account  prospectus for more detailed  information on tax issues
related to the Contracts.



<PAGE>
                              FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS


The  following  table  provides  selected  per share  data for one share of each
Series.  The  information  does not reflect  any  charges  imposed by an Account
investing in shares of the Series.  You should refer to the appropriate  Account
prospectus for additional information regarding such charges.

The  information  for  each of the  periods  shown  below  has been  audited  by
PricewaterhouseCoopers  LLP,  independent  accountants,  and  should  be read in
conjunction with the financial  statements and notes thereto,  together with the
report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP thereon, in the Annual Report.

JNL/ALGER GROWTH SERIES

Financial Highlights

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                       PERIOD FROM     PERIOD FROM
                                                                                                         APRIL 1,      OCTOBER 16,
                                                                                                         1996 TO         1995* TO
                                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,              DECEMBER 31,     MARCH 31,
                                                            1999            1998            1997           1996            1996
                                                       ---------------- -------------- ------------ ----------------- --------------
<S>                                                        <C>          <C>             <C>            <C>            <C>
Selected Per Share Data

Net asset value, beginning of period ...................   $   18.95    $      13.56    $     11.16    $     10.38    $    10.00
                                                           ---------    ------------    -----------    -----------    ----------
Income from operations:
Net investment income (loss) ...........................       (0.03)             --          (0.01)            --            --
Net realized and unrealized gains on investments .......        6.42            6.20           2.93           0.78          0.38
                                                           ---------    ------------    -----------    -----------    ----------
Total income from operations ...........................        6.39            6.20           2.92           0.78          0.38
                                                           ---------    ------------    -----------    -----------    ----------

Less distributions:
From net investment income .............................          --              --             --             --            --
From net realized gains on investment transactions .....       (2.43)          (0.81)         (0.52)            --            --
                                                           ---------    ------------    -----------    -----------    ----------
Total distributions ....................................       (2.43)          (0.81)         (0.52)            --            --
                                                           ---------    ------------    -----------    -----------    ----------
Net increase ...........................................        3.96            5.39           2.40           0.78          0.38
                                                           ---------    ------------    -----------    -----------    ----------

Net asset value, end of period .........................   $   22.91    $      18.95    $     13.56    $     11.16    $    10.38
                                                           =========    ============    ===========    ===========    ==========

Total Return (a) .......................................   $    0.34    $       0.46          26.20%          7.51%         3.80%

Ratios and Supplemental Data:
Net assets, end of period (in thousands) ...............   $ 400,639    $    164,948    $    85,877    $    38,252    $    8,649
Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) ............        1.07 %          1.06 %         1.10 %         1.07 %        1.03 %
Ratio of net investment loss to average net assets (b) .       (0.22)%         (0.02)%        (0.07)%        (0.02)%       (0.17)%
Portfolio turnover .....................................      122.58 %        121.39 %       125.44 %        59.92 %       50.85 %

Ratio information assuming no expense reimbursement
or fees paid indirectly:
Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) ............         n/a            1.06 %         1.10 %         1.19 %        1.89 %
Ratio of net investment loss to average net assets (b) .         n/a           (0.02)%        (0.07)%        (0.14)%       (1.03)%
</TABLE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*    Commencement of operations.
(a)  Assumes  investment  at net asset  value at the  beginning  of the  period,
     reinvestment  of  all  distributions,  and a  complete  redemption  of  the
     investment at the net asset value at the end of the period. Total Return is
     not  annualized  for periods less than one year.
(b)  Annualized for periods less than one year.

<PAGE>
JNL/ALLIANCE GROWTH SERIES

Financial Highlights
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                       PERIOD FROM
                                                                                                                         MARCH 2,
                                                                                                        YEAR ENDED       1998* TO
                                                                                                       DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                           1999            1998
                                                                                                      --------------- --------------
<S>                                                                                                   <C>              <C>
      SELECTED PER SHARE DATA

      NET ASSET VALUE, BEGINNING OF PERIOD .....................................                      $   13.28        $  10.00
                                                                                                      --------------- --------------
      INCOME FROM OPERATIONS:
        Net investment income loss .............................................                          (0.01)          (0.01)
        Net realized and unrealized gains on investments .......................                           3.76            3.29
                                                                                                      --------------- --------------
        Total income from operations ...........................................                           3.75            3.28
                                                                                                      --------------- --------------

      LESS DISTRIBUTIONS:
        From net investment income .............................................                             --              --
        From net realized gains on investment transactions .....................                          (0.39)             --
                                                                                                      --------------- --------------
        Total distributions ....................................................                          (0.39)             --
                                                                                                      --------------- --------------
        Net increase ...........................................................                           3.36            3.28
                                                                                                      --------------- --------------
      NET ASSET VALUE, END OF PERIOD ...........................................                      $   16.64        $  13.28
                                                                                                      =============== ==============

      TOTAL RETURN (A) .........................................................                          28.23 %         32.80 %

      RATIOS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
        Net assets, end of period (in thousands) ...............................                      $  18,256        $  4,573
        Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) ............................                          0.875 %         0.925 %
        Ratio of net investment loss to average net assets (b) .................                          (0.07)%         (0.08)%
        Portfolio turnover .....................................................                          51.15 %        136.69 %


      RATIO INFORMATION ASSUMING NO EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT:
        Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) ............................                            n/a            2.13 %
        Ratio of net investment loss to average net assets (b) .................                            n/a           (1.28)%
</TABLE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*    Commencement of operations.
(a)  Assumes  investment  at net asset  value at the  beginning  of the  period,
     reinvestment  of  all  distributions  and  a  complete  redemption  of  the
     investment at the net asset value at the end of the period. Total Return is
     not annualized for periods less than one year.
(b)  Annualized for periods less than one year.

<PAGE>
JNL/EAGLE CORE EQUITY SERIES

Financial Highlights

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                                    PERIOD FROM
                                                                                                                    SEPTEMBER 16,
                                                                                                                      1996* TO
                                                                           YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                   DECEMBER 31,
                                                                   1999              1998             1997              1996
                                                              ----------------- ----------------- ---------------- -----------------
<S>                                                                <C>            <C>              <C>              <C>
Selected Per Share Data

Net asset value, beginning of period ...........................   $     15.91    $     13.75      $     10.62      $    10.00
                                                                   -----------    -----------      -----------      ----------
Income from operations:
Net investment income ..........................................          0.11           0.10             0.08            0.03
Net realized and unrealized gains on investments and
options written ................................................          3.63           2.17             3.35            0.62
                                                                   -----------    -----------      -----------      ----------
Total income from operations ...................................          3.74           2.27             3.43            0.65
                                                                   -----------    -----------      -----------      ----------

Less distributions:
From net investment income .....................................         (0.11)         (0.09)           (0.08)          (0.03)
From net realized gains on investment transactions .............         (1.07)         (0.02)           (0.22)             --
                                                                   -----------    -----------      -----------      ----------
Total distributions ............................................         (1.18)         (0.11)           (0.30)          (0.03)
                                                                   -----------    -----------      -----------      ----------
Net increase ...................................................          2.56           2.16             3.13            0.62
                                                                   -----------    -----------      -----------      ----------

Net asset value, end of period .................................   $     18.47    $     15.91      $     13.75      $    10.62
                                                                   ===========    ===========      ===========      ==========

Total Return (a) ...............................................         23.55 %        16.54 %          32.35 %          6.47 %

Ratios and Supplemental Data:
Net assets, end of period (in thousands) .......................   $    95,329    $    37,169      $    11,896      $    1,954
Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) ....................          0.99 %         1.05 %           1.05 %          1.05 %
Ratio of income to average net assets (b) ......................          0.97 %         1.07 %           1.00 %          1.10 %
Portfolio turnover .............................................        124.71 %        67.04 %          51.48 %          1.36 %


Ratio information assuming no expense reimbursement:
Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) ....................           n/a          1.17 %           1.54 %           4.57 %
Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net
assets (b) .....................................................           n/a          0.95 %           0.51 %          (2.42)%
</TABLE>


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*    Commencement of operations.
(a)  Assumes  investment  at net asset  value at the  beginning  of the  period,
     reinvestment  of  all  distributions,  and a  complete  redemption  of  the
     investment at the net asset value at the end of the period. Total Return is
     not annualized for periods less than one year.
(b)  Annualized for periods less than one year.

<PAGE>
JNL/EAGLE SMALLCAP EQUITY SERIES

Financial Highlights
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                                      PERIOD FROM
                                                                                                                     SEPTEMBER 16,
                                                                                                                        1996* TO
                                                                              YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                     1999              1998             1997              1996
                                                               ----------------- ----------------- ---------------- ----------------
<S>                                                                 <C>             <C>              <C>              <C>
Selected Per Share Data

Net asset value, beginning of period ............................   $    14.82      $     14.73      $     11.54      $    10.00
                                                                    ----------      -----------      -----------      ----------
Income from operations:
Net investment loss .............................................        (0.04)           (0.06)           (0.07)          (0.01)
Net realized and unrealized gains on investments ................         2.88             0.23             3.26            1.55
                                                                    ----------      -----------      -----------      ----------
Total income from operations ....................................         2.84             0.17             3.19            1.54
                                                                    ----------      -----------      -----------      ----------

Less distributions:
From net investment income ......................................           --               --               --              --
From net realized gains on investment transactions ..............        (0.69)           (0.08)              --              --
                                                                    ----------      -----------      -----------      ----------
Total distributions .............................................        (0.69)           (0.08)              --              --
                                                                    ----------      -----------      -----------      ----------
Net increase ....................................................         2.15             0.09             3.19            1.54
                                                                    ----------      -----------      -----------      ----------

Net asset value, end of period ..................................   $    16.97      $     14.82      $     14.73      $    11.54
                                                                    ==========      ===========      ===========      ==========

Total Return (a) ................................................        19.27 %           1.18 %          27.64 %         15.40 %

Ratios and Supplemental Data:
Net assets, end of period (in thousands) ........................   $   61,504      $    34,953      $    13,493      $    1,944
Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) .....................         1.05 %           1.10 %           1.10 %          1.10 %
Ratio of net investment loss to average net assets (b) ..........        (0.35)%          (0.42)%          (0.54)%         (0.26)%
Portfolio turnover ..............................................        61.69 %          51.90 %          60.78 %         28.01 %


Ratio information assuming no expense reimbursement:
Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) .....................         n/a              1.17 %           1.51 %          4.77 %
Ratio of net investment loss to average net assets (b) ..........         n/a             (0.49)%          (0.95)%         (3.93)%
</TABLE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*    Commencement of operations.
(a)  Assumes  investment  at net asset  value at the  beginning  of the  period,
     reinvestment  of  all  distributions,  and a  complete  redemption  of  the
     investment at the net asset value at the end of the period. Total Return is
     not annualized for periods less than one year.
(b)  Annualized for periods less than one year.

<PAGE>
JNL/J.P. MORGAN INTERNATIONAL & EMERGING MARKETS SERIES

Financial Highlights
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                                   PERIOD FROM
                                                                                                                     MARCH 2,
                                                                                                   YEAR ENDED        1998* TO
                                                                                                  DECEMBER 31,     DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                      1999             1998
                                                                                                 --------------- -----------------
<S>                                                                                              <C>             <C>
SELECTED PER SHARE DATA

NET ASSET VALUE, BEGINNING OF PERIOD ...........................................                 $     9.82      $    10.00
                                                                                                 --------------- -----------------
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS:
  Net investment income ........................................................                       0.06            0.08
  Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments, futures contracts
    and foreign currency related items .........................................                       3.67            (0.20)
                                                                                                 --------------- -----------------
  Total income (loss) from operations ..........................................                       3.73            (0.12)
                                                                                                 --------------- -----------------
LESS DISTRIBUTIONS:
  From net investment income ...................................................                     (0.21)           (0.06)
  From net realized gains on investment transactions ...........................                     (0.19)              --
                                                                                                 --------------- -----------------
  Total distributions ..........................................................                     (0.40)           (0.06)
                                                                                                 --------------- -----------------
  Net increase (decrease) ......................................................                      3.33            (0.18)
                                                                                                 --------------- -----------------
NET ASSET VALUE, END OF PERIOD .................................................                 $   13.15       $     9.82
                                                                                                 =============== =================
TOTAL RETURN (A) ...............................................................                     38.02 %          (1.24)%

RATIOS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
  Net assets, end of period (in thousands) .....................................                 $  7,777        $    4,997
  Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) ..................................                    1.075 %           1.125 %
  Ratio of net investment income to average net assets (b) .....................                     0.53 %            0.62 %
  Portfolio turnover ...........................................................                    66.82 %          231.88 %

RATIO INFORMATION ASSUMING NO EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT:
  Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) ..................................                      n/a              2.64 %
  Ratio of net investment loss to average net assets (b) .......................                      n/a             (0.90)%
</TABLE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*      Commencement of operations.
(a)  Assumes  investment  at net asset  value at the  beginning  of the  period,
     reinvestment  of  all  distributions,  and a  complete  redemption  of  the
     investment at the net asset value at the end of the period. Total Return is
     not annualized for periods less than one year.
(b)  Annualized for periods less than one year.

<PAGE>
JNL/J.P. MORGAN ENHANCED S&P 500 INDEX SERIES

Financial Highlights
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                               PERIOD FROM
                                                                                                 MAY 16,
                                                                                                1999* TO
                                                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                  1999
                                                                                              ---------------
<S>                                                                                           <C>
  SELECTED PER SHARE DATA

  NET ASSET VALUE, BEGINNING OF PERIOD .........................................              $        10.00
                                                                                              ---------------
  INCOME FROM OPERATIONS:
    Net investment income ......................................................                        0.03
    Net realized and unrealized gains on investments ...........................                        0.65
                                                                                              ---------------
    Total income from operations ...............................................                        0.68
                                                                                              ---------------

  LESS DISTRIBUTIONS:
    From net investment income .................................................                       (0.03)
    From net realized gain on investment transactions ..........................                       (0.07)
                                                                                              ---------------
    Total distributions ........................................................                       (0.10)
                                                                                              ---------------
    Net increase ...............................................................                        0.58
                                                                                              ---------------

  NET ASSET VALUE, END OF PERIOD ...............................................              $        10.58
                                                                                              ===============

  TOTAL RETURN (A) .............................................................                        6.85%

  RATIOS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
    Net assets, end of period (in thousands) ...................................              $        5,341
    Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) ................................                        0.90%
    Ratio of net investment income to average net assets (b) ...................                        0.56%
    Portfolio turnover .........................................................                       34.39%
</TABLE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*    Commencement of operations.
(a)  Assumes  investment  at net asset  value at the  beginning  of the  period,
     reinvestment  of  all  distributions,  and a  complete  redemption  of  the
     investment at the net asset value at the end of the period. Total Return is
     not annualized for periods less than one year.
(b)  Annualized for periods less than one year.

<PAGE>
JNL/JANUS AGGRESSIVE GROWTH SERIES

Financial Highlights
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                       PERIOD FROM     PERIOD FROM
                                                                                                         APRIL 1,        MAY 15,
                                                                                                         1996 TO         1995* TO
                                                                    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,            DECEMBER 31,     MARCH 31,
                                                                1999          1998           1997          1996            1996
                                                             ----------- --------------  ------------- ------------- ---------------
<S>                                                          <C>           <C>             <C>           <C>           <C>
Selected Per Share Data

Net asset value, beginning of period .....................   $    22.09    $      14.53    $     13.38   $     13.13   $     10.00
                                                             ----------    ------------    -----------   -----------   -----------
Income from operations:
Net investment income (loss) .............................        (0.06)          (0.06)          0.04          0.05          0.01
Net realized and unrealized gains on investments and
foreign currency related items ...........................        20.87            8.45           1.65          1.10          3.53
                                                             ----------    ------------    -----------   -----------   -----------
Total income from operations .............................        20.81            8.39           1.69          1.15          3.54
                                                             ----------    ------------    -----------   -----------   -----------

Less distributions:
From net investment income ...............................           --           (0.05)            --         (0.05)           --
From net realized gains on investment transactions .......        (2.93)          (0.78)         (0.54)        (0.71)        (0.41)
Return of capital ........................................           --              --             --         (0.14)           --
                                                             ----------    ------------    -----------   -----------   -----------
Total distributions ......................................        (2.93)          (0.83)         (0.54)        (0.90)        (0.41)
                                                             ----------    ------------    -----------   -----------   -----------
Net increase .............................................        17.88            7.56           1.15          0.25          3.13
                                                             ----------    ------------    -----------   -----------   -----------
Net asset value, end of period ...........................   $    39.97    $      22.09    $     14.53   $     13.38   $     13.13
                                                             ==========    ============    ===========   ===========   ===========

Total Return (a) .........................................        94.43 %         57.66 %         12.67 %       8.72 %       35.78 %

Ratios and Supplemental Data:
Net assets, end of period (in thousands) .................   $  654,546    $    161,842    $     78,870  $    29,555   $     8,527
Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) ..............         1.01 %          1.10 %         1.10 %        1.09 %        1.09 %
Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net
assets (b) ...............................................        (0.40)%         (0.35)%         0.39 %        0.77 %        0.27 %

Portfolio turnover .......................................        95.06 %        114.51 %       137.26 %       85.22 %      163.84 %


Ratio information assuming no expense reimbursement
or fees paid indirectly:
Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) ..............          n/a            1.10 %         1.17 %        1.40 %        2.77 %
Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net
assets (b) ...............................................          n/a           (0.35)%         0.32 %        0.46 %       (1.41)%
</TABLE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*    Commencement of operations.
(a)  Assumes  investment  at net asset  value at the  beginning  of the  period,
     reinvestment  of  all  distributions,  and a  complete  redemption  of  the
     investment at the net asset value at the end of the period. Total Return is
     not annualized for periods less than one year.
(b)  Annualized for periods less than one year.


<PAGE>
JNL/JANUS CAPITAL GROWTH SERIES

Financial Highlights

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                       PERIOD FROM     PERIOD FROM
                                                                                                         APRIL 1,        MAY 15,
                                                                                                         1996 TO         1995* TO
                                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,              DECEMBER 31,     MARCH 31,
                                                            1999            1998            1997           1996            1996
                                                       --------------- --------------- -------------- --------------- --------------

<S>                                                         <C>          <C>             <C>            <C>           <C>
Selected Per Share Data

Net asset value, beginning of period ....................   $   20.73    $      16.50    $     14.46    $     13.86   $    10.00
                                                            ---------    ------------    -----------    -----------   ----------
Income from operations:
Net investment income (loss) ............................       (0.13)          (0.12)         (0.06)          0.06           --
Net realized and unrealized gains on investments and
foreign currency related items ..........................       25.85            5.92           2.23           0.70         4.70
                                                            ---------    ------------    -----------    -----------   ----------
Total income from operations ............................       25.72            5.80           2.17           0.76         4.70
                                                            ---------    ------------    -----------    -----------   ----------

Less distributions:
From net investment income ..............................          --              --          (0.02)            --           --
From net realized gains on investment transactions ......       (2.83)          (1.57)         (0.04)         (0.16)       (0.84)
Return of capital .......................................          --              --          (0.07)            --           --
                                                            ---------    ------------    -----------    -----------   ----------
Total distributions .....................................       (2.83)          (1.57)         (0.13)         (0.16)       (0.84)
                                                            ---------    ------------    -----------    -----------   ----------
Net increase ............................................       22.89            4.23           2.04           0.60         3.86
                                                            ---------    ------------    -----------    -----------   ----------
Net asset value, end of period ..........................   $   43.62    $      20.73    $     16.50  $       14.46 $      13.86
                                                            =========    ============    ===========    ===========   ==========

Total Return (a) ........................................      124.19 %         35.16 %        15.01 %        5.45 %        47.94 %

Ratios and Supplemental Data:
Net assets, end of period (in thousands) ................   $ 509,086    $    111,037    $    73,749     $   36,946    $   9,578
Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) .............        1.03 %          1.09 %         1.10 %         1.09 %       1.09 %
Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net
assets (b) ..............................................       (0.75)%         (0.68)%        (0.30)%         0.91 %      (0.49)%

Portfolio turnover ......................................      102.26 %        128.95 %       131.43 %       115.88 %     128.56 %

Ratio information assuming no expense reimbursement
or fees paid indirectly:
Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) .............         n/a             1.09 %        1.11 %         1.27 %       2.08 %
Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net
assets (b) ..............................................         n/a            (0.68)%       (0.31)%         0.73 %      (1.48)%
</TABLE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*    Commencement of operations.
(a)  Assumes  investment  at net asset  value at the  beginning  of the  period,
     reinvestment  of  all  distributions,  and a  complete  redemption  of  the
     investment at the net asset value at the end of the period. Total Return is
     not annualized for periods less than one year.
(b)  Annualized for periods less than one year.
<PAGE>
JNL/JANUS GLOBAL EQUITIES SERIES

Financial Highlights
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                       PERIOD FROM     PERIOD FROM
                                                                                                         APRIL 1,        MAY 15,
                                                                                                         1996 TO         1995* TO
                                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,              DECEMBER 31,     MARCH 31,
                                                            1999            1998            1997           1996            1996
                                                       --------------- --------------- -------------- --------------- --------------

<S>                                                        <C>         <C>             <C>             <C>            <C>
Selected Per Share Data

Net asset value, beginning of period ...................   $   22.11   $      17.48    $      15.20    $    13.75     $    10.00
                                                           ---------   ------------    ------------    ----------     ----------
Income from operations:
Net investment income ..................................          --           0.04            0.07          0.03           0.10
Net realized and unrealized gains on investments and
foreign currency related items .........................       14.27           4.66            2.84          2.72           4.02
                                                           ---------   ------------    ------------    ----------     ----------
Total income from operations ...........................       14.27           4.70            2.91          2.75           4.12
                                                           ---------   ------------    ------------    ----------     ----------

Less distributions:
From net investment income .............................          --          (0.07)             --         (0.08)            --
From net realized gains on investment transactions .....       (0.69)            --           (0.63)        (0.90)         (0.37)
Return of capital ......................................          --             --              --         (0.32)            --
                                                           ---------   ------------    ------------    ----------     ----------
Total distributions ....................................       (0.69)         (0.07)          (0.63)        (1.30)         (0.37)
                                                           ---------   ------------    ------------    ----------     ----------
Net increase ...........................................       13.58           4.63            2.28          1.45           3.75
                                                           ---------   ------------    ------------    ----------     ----------
Net asset value, end of period .........................   $   35.69 $        22.11    $      17.48 $       15.20  $       13.75
                                                           =========   ============    ============    ==========     ==========

Total Return (a) .......................................       64.58 %        26.87 %         19.12 %       19.99 %        41.51 %

Ratios and Supplemental Data:
Net assets, end of period (in thousands) ...............   $ 597,241   $    240,385    $    151,050    $   48,638     $   16,141
Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) ............        1.06 %         1.14 %          1.15 %        1.14 %         1.15 %
Ratio of net investment income to average net assets (b)        0.01 %         0.13 %          0.33 %        0.37 %         0.39 %
Portfolio turnover .....................................       61.60 %        81.46 %         97.21 %       52.02 %       142.36 %

Ratio information assuming no expense reimbursement
or fees paid indirectly:
Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) ............         n/a           1.30 %         1.37 %        1.63 %         2.25 %
Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net
assets (b) .............................................         n/a          (0.03)%         0.11 %       (0.12)%        (0.71)%
</TABLE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*    Commencement of operations.
(a)  Assumes  investment  at net asset  value at the  beginning  of the  period,
     reinvestment  of  all  distributions,  and a  complete  redemption  of  the
     investment at the net asset value at the end of the period. Total Return is
     not annualized for periods less than one year.
(b)  Annualized for periods less than one year.


<PAGE>
JNL/PIMCO TOTAL RETURN BOND SERIES

Financial Highlights
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                                  PERIOD FROM
                                                                                                                    MARCH 2,
                                                                                                   YEAR ENDED       1998* TO
                                                                                                  DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                      1999            1998
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------
<S>                                                                                              <C>             <C>
SELECTED PER SHARE DATA

NET ASSET VALUE, BEGINNING OF PERIOD ...........................................                 $    10.16      $    10.00
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS:
  Net investment income ........................................................                       0.49            0.31
  Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments, futures contracts,
    options written and foreign currency related items .........................                      (0.52)           0.26
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------
  Total income (loss) from operations ..........................................                      (0.03)           0.57
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------

LESS DISTRIBUTIONS:
  From net investment income ...................................................                      (0.49)          (0.31)
  From net realized gains on investment transactions ...........................                         --           (0.10)
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------
  Total distributions ..........................................................                      (0.49)          (0.41)
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------
  Net increase (decrease) ......................................................                      (0.52)           0.16
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------

NET ASSET VALUE, END OF PERIOD .................................................                 $     9.64      $    10.16
                                                                                                 =============== ===============

TOTAL RETURN (A)                                                                                      (0.26)%          5.70 %

RATIOS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
  Net assets, end of period (in thousands) .....................................                 $    9,451      $    6,133
  Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) ..................................                       0.80 %          0.85 %
  Ratio of net investment income to average net assets (b) .....................                       5.41 %          4.95 %
  Portfolio turnover ...........................................................                      91.12 %        269.16 %


RATIO INFORMATION ASSUMING NO EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT:
  Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) ..................................                        n/a            1.57 %
  Ratio of net investment income to average net assets (b) .....................                        n/a            4.23 %
</TABLE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*    Commencement of operations.
(a)  Assumes  investment  at net asset  value at the  beginning  of the  period,
     reinvestment  of  all  distributions,  and a  complete  redemption  of  the
     investment at the net asset value at the end of the period. Total Return is
     not annualized for periods less than one year.
(b)  Annualized for periods less than one year.

<PAGE>
JNL/PUTNAM GROWTH SERIES

Financial Highlights
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                        PERIOD FROM     PERIOD FROM
                                                                                                          APRIL 1,        MAY 15,
                                                                                                          1996 TO         1995* TO
                                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,               DECEMBER 31,     MARCH 31,
                                                            1999            1998            1997            1996            1996
                                                       --------------- --------------- --------------- --------------- -------------
<S>                                                          <C>          <C>            <C>              <C>          <C>
Selected Per Share Data

Net asset value, beginning of period .....................   $   22.88    $     16.99    $     14.21      $  12.50     $  10.00
                                                             ---------    -----------    -----------      --------     --------
Income from operations:
Net investment income (loss) .............................       (0.04)         (0.01)          0.04          0.04         0.01
Net realized and unrealized gains on investments .........        6.76           5.94           3.07          2.12         3.66
                                                             ---------    -----------    -----------      --------     --------
Total income from operations .............................        6.72           5.93           3.11          2.16         3.67
                                                             ---------    -----------    -----------      --------     --------

Less distributions:
From net investment income ...............................          --          (0.01)         (0.02)        (0.05)          --
From net realized gains on investment transactions .......       (1.15)         (0.03)         (0.31)        (0.40)       (1.17)
                                                             ---------    -----------    -----------      --------     --------
Total distributions ......................................       (1.15)         (0.04)         (0.33)        (0.45)       (1.17)
                                                             ---------    -----------    -----------      --------     --------
Net increase .............................................        5.57           5.89           2.78          1.71         2.50
                                                             ---------    -----------    -----------      --------     --------

Net asset value, end of period ...........................   $   28.45    $     22.88    $     16.99 $       14.21 $      12.50
                                                             =========    ===========    ===========      ========     ========

Total Return (a) .........................................       29.41 %        34.93 %         21.88 %      17.28 %      37.69 %

Ratios and Supplemental Data:
Net assets, end of period (in thousands) .................   $ 454,393    $   182,097    $     83,612     $ 22,804      $ 2,518
Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) (c) ..........        0.97 %         1.01 %          1.13 %       1.04 %       0.95 %
Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net
assets (b)                                                       (0.21)%        (0.07)%          0.31 %       0.94 %       0.28 %

Portfolio turnover .......................................       74.67 %        70.55 %        194.81 %     184.33 %     255.03 %

Ratio information assuming no expense reimbursement
or fees paid indirectly:
Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) ..............         n/a           1.01 %         1.13 %        1.27 %       5.38 %
Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net
assets (b) ...............................................         n/a          (0.07)%         0.31 %        0.71 %      (4.15)%
</TABLE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*    Commencement of operations.
(a)  Assumes  investment  at net asset  value at the  beginning  of the  period,
     reinvestment  of  all  distributions,  and a  complete  redemption  of  the
     investment at the net asset value at the end of the period. Total Return is
     not annualized for periods less than one year.
(b)  Annualized for periods less than one year.
(c)  For the year ended  December 31, 1997, the ratio of expenses to average net
     assets excluding non-operating expenses was 1.05%.

<PAGE>
JNL/PUTNAM VALUE EQUITY SERIES

Financial Highlights

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                        PERIOD FROM     PERIOD FROM
                                                                                                          APRIL 1,        MAY 15,
                                                                                                          1996 TO         1995* TO
                                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,               DECEMBER 31,     MARCH 31,
                                                            1999            1998            1997            1996            1996
                                                       --------------- --------------- --------------- --------------- -------------
<S>                                                        <C>           <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>
Selected Per Share Data

Net asset value, beginning of period ...................   $    18.24    $     16.82    $     14.50     $    12.77     $   10.00
Income from operations:
Net investment income ..................................         0.19           0.16           0.13           0.10          0.23
Net realized and unrealized gains (losses)
  on investments .......................................        (0.38)          1.94           3.03           1.97          2.86
Total income (loss) from operations ....................        (0.19)          2.10           3.16           2.07          3.09

Less distributions:
From net investment income .............................        (0.20)         (0.16)         (0.13)         (0.15)        (0.17)
From net realized gains on investment transactions .....        (1.07)         (0.52)         (0.71)         (0.19)        (0.15)
Total distributions ....................................        (1.27)         (0.68)         (0.84)         (0.34)        (0.32)
Net increase (decrease) ................................        (1.46)          1.42           2.32           1.73          2.77

Net asset value, end of period .........................   $    16.78    $     18.24 $        16.82     $    14.50     $   12.77

Total Return (a) .......................................        (1.04)%        12.48 %        21.82%         16.25%        31.14%

Ratios and Supplemental Data:
Net assets, end of period (in thousands) ...............   $  319,454    $   195,936    $   108,565     $   17,761     $   3,365
Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) ............         0.98 %         1.01 %         1.03 %         0.85 %        0.87 %
Ratio of net investment income to average
  net assets (b) .......................................         1.19 %         1.06 %         1.43 %         2.29 %        2.33 %
Portfolio turnover .....................................        72.23 %        77.80 %       112.54 %        13.71 %       30.12 %


Ratio information assuming no expense reimbursement
or fees paid indirectly:
Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) ............          n/a           1.01 %         1.09 %         1.53 %        2.28 %
Ratio of net investment income to average
  net assets (b) .......................................          n/a           1.06 %         1.37 %         1.61 %        0.91 %
</TABLE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*    Commencement of operations.
(a)  Assumes  investment  at net asset  value at the  beginning  of the  period,
     reinvestment  of  all  distributions,  and a  complete  redemption  of  the
     investment at the net asset value at the end of the period. Total Return is
     not annualized for periods less than one year.
(b)  Annualized for periods less than one year.

<PAGE>
GOLDMAN SACHS/JNL GROWTH & INCOME SERIES

Financial Highlights

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                  PERIOD FROM
                                                                                                                    MARCH 2,
                                                                                                   YEAR ENDED       1998* TO
                                                                                                  DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                      1999            1998
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------
<S>                                                                                              <C>             <C>
SELECTED PER SHARE DATA

NET ASSET VALUE, BEGINNING OF PERIOD ...........................................                 $      9.00     $     10.00
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS:
  Net investment income ........................................................                        0.09            0.07
  Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments,
    futures contracts, and options written .....................................                        0.36           (1.00)
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------
  Total income (loss) from operations ..........................................                        0.45           (0.93)
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------

LESS DISTRIBUTIONS:
  From net investment income ...................................................                       (0.09)          (0.07)
  From net realized gains on investment transactions ...........................                          --              --
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------
  Total distributions ..........................................................                       (0.09)          (0.07)
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------
  Net increase (decrease) ......................................................                        0.36           (1.00)
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------

NET ASSET VALUE, END OF PERIOD .................................................                       $9.36           $9.00
                                                                                                 =============== ===============

TOTAL RETURN (A) ...............................................................                        4.98%          (9.31)%

RATIOS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
  Net assets, end of period (in thousands) .....................................                 $     7,677     $     4,311
  Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) ..................................                       1.025%          1.075%
  Ratio of net investment income to average net assets (b) .....................                        1.17%           1.01%
  Portfolio turnover ...........................................................                      120.54%         129.99%


RATIO INFORMATION ASSUMING NO EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT:
  Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) ..................................                         n/a            2.16%
  Ratio of net investment loss to average net assets (b) .......................                         n/a           (0.08)%
</TABLE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*    Commencement of operations.
(a)  Assumes  investment  at net asset  value at the  beginning  of the  period,
     reinvestment  of  all  distributions,  and a  complete  redemption  of  the
     investment at the net asset value at the end of the period. Total Return is
     not annualized for periods less than one year.
(b)  Annualized for periods less than one year.

<PAGE>
  JNL/S&P CONSERVATIVE GROWTH SERIES I

  Financial Highlights
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                                     PERIOD FROM
                                                                                                                      APRIL 9,
                                                                                                    YEAR ENDED        1998* TO
                                                                                                   DECEMBER 31,     DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                       1999             1998
                                                                                                 ----------------- -----------------
<S>                                                                                              <C>               <C>
SELECTED PER SHARE DATA

NET ASSET VALUE, BEGINNING OF PERIOD ...........................................                 $     10.47       $     10.00
                                                                                                 ----------------- -----------------
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS:
  Net investment income ........................................................                        0.37              0.38
  Net realized and unrealized gains on investments .............................                        1.67              0.09
                                                                                                 ----------------- -----------------
  Total income from operations .................................................                        2.04              0.47
                                                                                                 ----------------- -----------------

LESS DISTRIBUTIONS:
  From net investment income ...................................................                       (0.06)               --
  From net realized gains on investment transactions ...........................                          --                --
                                                                                                 ----------------- -----------------
  Total distributions ..........................................................                       (0.06)               --
                                                                                                 ----------------- -----------------
  Net increase .................................................................                        1.98              0.47
                                                                                                 ----------------- -----------------

NET ASSET VALUE, END OF PERIOD .................................................                 $     12.45       $     10.47
                                                                                                 ================= =================

TOTAL RETURN (A) ...............................................................                       19.52%             4.70%

RATIOS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
  Net assets, end of period (in thousands) .....................................                 $    72,998      $     10,026
  Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) ..................................                        0.20%             0.20%
  Ratio of net investment income to average net assets (b) .....................                       10.35%            14.15%
  Portfolio turnover ...........................................................                       12.96%            36.08%
</TABLE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*    Commencement of operations.
(a)  Assumes  investment  at net asset  value at the  beginning  of the  period,
     reinvestment  of  all  distributions,  and a  complete  redemption  of  the
     investment at the net asset value at the end of the period. Total Return is
     not annualized for periods less than one year.
(b)  Annualized for periods less than one year.

<PAGE>
JNL/S&P MODERATE GROWTH SERIES I

Financial Highlights

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                                  PERIOD FROM
                                                                                                                   APRIL 9,
                                                                                                   YEAR ENDED      1998* TO
                                                                                                  DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                      1999           1998
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------
<S>                                                                                              <C>             <C>
SELECTED PER SHARE DATA

NET ASSET VALUE, BEGINNING OF PERIOD ...........................................                 $       10.63   $       10.00
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS:
  Net investment income ........................................................                          0.46            0.36
  Net realized and unrealized gains on investments .............................                          2.38            0.27
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------
  Total income from operations .................................................                          2.84            0.63
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------

LESS DISTRIBUTIONS:
  From net investment income ...................................................                         (0.05)             --
  From net realized gains on investment transactions ...........................                            --              --
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------
  Total distributions ..........................................................                         (0.05)             --
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------
  Net increase .................................................................                          2.79            0.63
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------

NET ASSET VALUE, END OF PERIOD .................................................                 $       13.42   $       10.63
                                                                                                 =============== ===============

TOTAL RETURN (A) ...............................................................                         26.74%           6.30%

RATIOS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
  Net assets, end of period (in thousands) .....................................                 $     110,608   $      12,612
  Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) ..................................                          0.20%           0.20%
  Ratio of net investment income to average net assets (b) .....................                         11.55%          13.74%
  Portfolio turnover ...........................................................                         17.15%          57.96%
</TABLE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

*    Commencement of operations.
(a)  Assumes  investment  at net asset  value at the  beginning  of the  period,
     reinvestment  of  all  distributions,  and a  complete  redemption  of  the
     investment at the net asset value at the end of the period. Total Return is
     not annualized for periods less than one year.
(b)  Annualized for periods less than one year.


<PAGE>
JNL/S&P AGGRESSIVE GROWTH SERIES I

Financial Highlights
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                                     PERIOD FROM
                                                                                                                      APRIL 8,
                                                                                                    YEAR ENDED        1998* TO
                                                                                                   DECEMBER 31,     DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                       1999             1998
                                                                                                 ----------------- -----------------
<S>                                                                                              <C>               <C>
SELECTED PER SHARE DATA

NET ASSET VALUE, BEGINNING OF PERIOD ...........................................                 $       10.88     $      10.00
                                                                                                 ----------------- -----------------
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS:
  Net investment income ........................................................                          0.64              0.27
  Net realized and unrealized gains on investments .............................                          3.21              0.61
                                                                                                 ----------------- -----------------
  Total income from operations .................................................                          3.85              0.88
                                                                                                 ----------------- -----------------

LESS DISTRIBUTIONS:
  From net investment income ...................................................                         (0.04)               --
  From net realized gains on investment transactions ...........................                            --                --
                                                                                                 ----------------- -----------------
  Total distributions ..........................................................                         (0.04)               --
                                                                                                 ----------------- -----------------
  Net increase .................................................................                          3.81              0.88
                                                                                                 ----------------- -----------------

NET ASSET VALUE, END OF PERIOD .................................................                 $       14.69     $       10.88
                                                                                                 ================= =================

TOTAL RETURN (A) ...............................................................                         35.38%             8.80%

RATIOS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
  Net assets, end of period (in thousands) .....................................                 $      41,329     $       4,425
  Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) ..................................                          0.20%             0.20%
  Ratio of net investment income to average net assets (b) .....................                         13.46%             7.34%
  Portfolio turnover ...........................................................                         26.50%           126.18%
</TABLE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*    Commencement of operations.
(a)  Assumes  investment  at net asset  value at the  beginning  of the  period,
     reinvestment  of  all  distributions,  and a  complete  redemption  of  the
     investment at the net asset value at the end of the period. Total Return is
     not annualized for periods less than one year.
(b)  Annualized for periods less than one year.

<PAGE>
JNL/S&P VERY AGGRESSIVE GROWTH SERIES I

Financial Highlights

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                                   PERIOD FROM
                                                                                                                    APRIL 1,
                                                                                                   YEAR ENDED       1998* TO
                                                                                                  DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                      1999            1998
                                                                                                  --------------- ---------------
<S>                                                                                               <C>             <C>
  SELECTED PER SHARE DATA

  NET ASSET VALUE, BEGINNING OF PERIOD .........................................                  $      11.19    $      10.00
                                                                                                  --------------- ---------------
  INCOME FROM OPERATIONS:
    Net investment income ......................................................                          0.88            0.24
    Net realized and unrealized gains on investments ...........................                          4.59            0.95
                                                                                                  --------------- ---------------
    Total income from operations ...............................................                          5.47            1.19
                                                                                                  --------------- ---------------

  LESS DISTRIBUTIONS:
    From net investment income .................................................                         (0.04)             --
    From net realized gains on investment transactions .........................                         (0.01)             --
                                                                                                  --------------- ---------------
    Total distributions ........................................................                         (0.05)             --
                                                                                                  ---------------  ---------------
    Net increase ...............................................................                          5.42            1.19
                                                                                                  --------------- ---------------

  NET ASSET VALUE, END OF PERIOD ...............................................                  $      16.61    $      11.19
                                                                                                  =============== ===============

  TOTAL RETURN (A) .............................................................                         48.86%          11.90%

  RATIOS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
    Net assets, end of period (in thousands) ...................................                  $     23,588    $      2,441
    Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) ................................                          0.20%           0.20%
    Ratio of net investment income to average net assets (b) ...................                         16.71%           5.73%
    Portfolio turnover .........................................................                        141.89%         121.03%
</TABLE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*    Commencement of operations.
(a)  Assumes  investment  at net asset  value at the  beginning  of the  period,
     reinvestment  of  all  distributions,  and a  complete  redemption  of  the
     investment at the net asset value at the end of the period. Total Return is
     not annualized for periods less than one year.
(b)  Annualized for periods less than one year.

<PAGE>
JNL/S&P EQUITY GROWTH SERIES I

Financial Highlights
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                                  PERIOD FROM
                                                                                                                   APRIL 13,
                                                                                                  YEAR ENDED       1998* TO
                                                                                                 DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                     1999            1998
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------
<S>                                                                                              <C>             <C>
SELECTED PER SHARE DATA

NET ASSET VALUE, BEGINNING OF PERIOD ...........................................                 $       10.64   $       10.00
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS:
  Net investment income ........................................................                          0.70            0.21
  Net realized and unrealized gains on investments .............................                          3.89            0.43
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------
  Total income from operations .................................................                          4.59            0.64
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------

LESS DISTRIBUTIONS:
  From net investment income ...................................................                         (0.02)             --
  From net realized gains on investment transactions ...........................                            --              --
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------
  Total distributions ..........................................................                         (0.02)             --
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------
  Net increase .................................................................                          4.57            0.64
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------

NET ASSET VALUE, END OF PERIOD .................................................                 $       15.21   $       10.64
                                                                                                 =============== ===============

TOTAL RETURN (A) ...............................................................                         43.19%           6.40%

RATIOS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
  Net assets, end of period (in thousands) .....................................                 $       60,879  $       5,035
  Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) ..................................                          0.20%           0.20%
  Ratio of net investment income to average net assets (b) .....................                         14.02%           6.93%
  Portfolio turnover ...........................................................                         34.62%          72.69%
</TABLE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*    Commencement of operations.
(a)  Assumes  investment  at net asset  value at the  beginning  of the  period,
     reinvestment  of  all  distributions,  and a  complete  redemption  of  the
     investment at the net asset value at the end of the period. Total Return is
     not annualized for periods less than one year.
(b)  Annualized for periods less than one year.

<PAGE>
JNL/S&P EQUITY AGGRESSIVE GROWTH SERIES I

Financial Highlights

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                                     PERIOD FROM
                                                                                                                      APRIL 15,
                                                                                                   YEAR ENDED         1998* TO
                                                                                                  DECEMBER 31,      DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                      1999              1998
                                                                                                 ----------------- -----------------
<S>                                                                                              <C>               <C>
SELECTED PER SHARE DATA

NET ASSET VALUE, BEGINNING OF PERIOD ...........................................                 $       10.75     $       10.00
                                                                                                 ----------------- -----------------
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS:
  Net investment income ........................................................                          0.79              0.21
  Net realized and unrealized gains on investments .............................                          4.07              0.54
                                                                                                 ----------------- -----------------
  Total income from operations .................................................                          4.86              0.75
                                                                                                 ----------------- -----------------

LESS DISTRIBUTIONS:
  From net investment income ...................................................                         (0.05)               --
  From net realized gains on investment transactions ...........................                            --                --
                                                                                                 ----------------- -----------------
  Total distributions ..........................................................                         (0.05)               --
                                                                                                 ----------------- -----------------
  Net increase .................................................................                          4.81              0.75
                                                                                                 ----------------- -----------------

NET ASSET VALUE, END OF PERIOD .................................................                 $       15.56     $       10.75
                                                                                                 ================= =================

TOTAL RETURN (A) ...............................................................                         45.25%             7.50%

RATIOS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
  Net assets, end of period (in thousands) .....................................                 $      18,680     $      3,238
  Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) ..................................                          0.20%             0.20%
  Ratio of net investment income to average net assets (b) .....................                         13.54%             7.01%
  Portfolio turnover ...........................................................                         41.60%            67.88%
</TABLE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*    Commencement of operations.
(a)  Assumes  investment  at net asset  value at the  beginning  of the  period,
     reinvestment  of  all  distributions,  and a  complete  redemption  of  the
     investment at the net asset value at the end of the period. Total Return is
     not annualized for periods less than one year.
(b)  Annualized for periods less than one year.

<PAGE>
JNL/S&P CONSERVATIVE GROWTH SERIES II

Financial Highlights
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                                  PERIOD FROM
                                                                                                                   APRIL 13,
                                                                                                   YEAR ENDED       1998* TO
                                                                                                  DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                      1999            1998
                                                                                                  --------------  --------------
<S>                                                                                               <C>             <C>
SELECTED PER SHARE DATA

NET ASSET VALUE, BEGINNING OF PERIOD ...........................................                  $        9.54   $        10.00
                                                                                                  --------------  --------------
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS:
  Net investment income ........................................................                           0.28             0.23
  Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments .......................                           1.26            (0.69)
                                                                                                  --------------  --------------
  Total income (loss) from operations ..........................................                           1.54            (0.46)
                                                                                                  --------------  --------------

LESS DISTRIBUTIONS:
  From net investment income ...................................................                          (0.07)              --
  From net realized gains on investment transactions ...........................                             --               --
                                                                                                  --------------  --------------
  Total distributions ..........................................................                          (0.07)              --
                                                                                                  --------------  --------------
  Net increase (decrease) ......................................................                           1.47            (0.46)
                                                                                                  --------------  --------------

NET ASSET VALUE, END OF PERIOD .................................................                  $       11.01   $         9.54
                                                                                                  ==============  ==============

TOTAL RETURN (A) ...............................................................                          16.14%           (4.60)%

RATIOS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
  Net assets, end of period (in thousands) .....................................                  $       6,513   $        1,701
  Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) ..................................                           0.20%            0.20%
  Ratio of net investment income to average net assets (b) .....................                           6.57%            2.29%
  Portfolio turnover ...........................................................                          55.32%          369.99%
</TABLE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   *      Commencement of operations.
(a)    Assumes  investment  at net asset value at the  beginning  of the period,
       reinvestment  of all  distributions,  and a  complete  redemption  of the
       investment at the net asset value at the end of the period.  Total Return
       is not annualized for periods less than one year.
(b) Annualized for periods less than one year.


<PAGE>
JNL/S&P MODERATE GROWTH SERIES II

Financial Highlights
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                                   PERIOD FROM
                                                                                                                    APRIL 13,
                                                                                                                     1998* TO
                                                                                                    YEAR ENDED
                                                                                                                   DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                     DECEMBER
                                                                                                       31,
                                                                                                                       1998
                                                                                                       1999
                                                                                                   --------------  --------------
<S>                                                                                                <C>             <C>
SELECTED PER SHARE DATA

NET ASSET VALUE, BEGINNING OF PERIOD ...........................................                   $     10.22     $     10.00
                                                                                                   --------------  --------------
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS:
   Net investment income .......................................................                          0.35            0.17
   Net realized and unrealized gain on investments .............................                          1.98            0.05
                                                                                                   -------------- --------------
   Total income from operations ................................................                          2.33            0.22
                                                                                                   --------------  --------------

LESS DISTRIBUTIONS:
   From net investment income ..................................................                         (0.06)             --
   From net realized gains on investment transactions ..........................                            --              --
                                                                                                   --------------  --------------
   Total distributions .........................................................                         (0.06)             --
                                                                                                   --------------  --------------
   Net increase ................................................................                          2.27            0.22
                                                                                                   --------------  --------------

NET ASSET VALUE, END OF PERIOD .................................................                   $     12.49     $     10.22
                                                                                                   ==============  ==============

TOTAL RETURN (A) ...............................................................                         22.77%           2.20%

RATIOS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
   Net assets, end of period (in thousands) ....................................                   $    10,450     $    2,856
   Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) .................................                          0.20%           0.20%
   Ratio of net investment income to average net assets (b) ....................                          6.14%           4.09%
   Portfolio turnover ..........................................................                         38.38%         103.28%
</TABLE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*    Commencement of operations.
(a)  Assumes  investment  at net asset  value at the  beginning  of the  period,
     reinvestment  of  all  distributions,  and a  complete  redemption  of  the
     investment at the net asset value at the end of the period. Total Return is
     not annualized for periods less than one year.
(b)  Annualized for periods less than one year.

<PAGE>
JNL/S&P AGGRESSIVE GROWTH SERIES II

Financial Highlights
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                                  PERIOD FROM
                                                                                                                   APRIL 13,
                                                                                                  YEAR ENDED       1998* TO
                                                                                                 DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                     1999            1998
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------
<S>                                                                                              <C>                     <C>
SELECTED PER SHARE DATA

NET ASSET VALUE, BEGINNING OF PERIOD ...........................................                 $       10.05           10.00
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS:
  Net investment income ........................................................                          0.41            0.10
  Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments .......................                          2.47            (0.05)
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------
  Total income from operations .................................................                          2.88            0.05
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------

LESS DISTRIBUTIONS:
  From net investment income ...................................................                         (0.01)             --
  From net realized gains on investment transactions ...........................                            --              --
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------
  Total distributions ..........................................................                         (0.01)             --
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------
  Net increase .................................................................                          2.87            0.05
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------

NET ASSET VALUE, END OF PERIOD .................................................                 $       12.92   $       10.05
                                                                                                 =============== ===============

TOTAL RETURN (A) ...............................................................                         28.66%           0.50%

RATIOS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
  Net assets, end of period (in thousands) .....................................                 $       3,379   $         267
  Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) ..................................                          0.20%           0.20%
  Ratio of net investment income to average net assets (b) .....................                          7.97%           2.19%
  Portfolio turnover ...........................................................                         72.67%          165.71%
</TABLE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*    Commencement of operations.
(a)  Assumes  investment  at net asset  value at the  beginning  of the  period,
     reinvestment  of  all  distributions,  and a  complete  redemption  of  the
     investment at the net asset value at the end of the period. Total Return is
     not annualized for periods less than one year.
(b)  Annualized for periods less than one year.

<PAGE>
JNL/S&P VERY AGGRESSIVE GROWTH SERIES II

Financial Highlights


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                     PERIOD FROM
                                                                                                                      APRIL 13,
                                                                                                   YEAR ENDED         1998* TO
                                                                                                  DECEMBER 31,      DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                      1999              1998
                                                                                                 ----------------- -----------------
<S>                                                                                              <C>               <C>
SELECTED PER SHARE DATA

NET ASSET VALUE, BEGINNING OF PERIOD ..........................................                  $       10.80     $       10.00
                                                                                                 ----------------- -----------------
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS:
  Net investment income .......................................................                           0.57              0.07
  Net realized and unrealized gains on investments ............................                           4.01              0.73
                                                                                                 ----------------- -----------------
  Total income from operations ................................................                           4.58              0.80
                                                                                                 ----------------- -----------------

LESS DISTRIBUTIONS:
  From net investment income ..................................................                             --                --
  From net realized gains on investment transactions ..........................                          (0.01)               --
                                                                                                 ----------------- -----------------
  Total distributions .........................................................                          (0.01)               --
                                                                                                 ----------------- -----------------
  Net increase ................................................................                           4.57              0.80
                                                                                                 ----------------- -----------------

NET ASSET VALUE, END OF PERIOD ................................................                  $       15.37     $       10.80
                                                                                                 ================= =================

TOTAL RETURN (A) ..............................................................                          42.42%             8.00%

RATIOS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
  Net assets, end of period (in thousands) ....................................                  $       3,122     $         155
  Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) .................................                           0.20%             0.20%
  Ratio of net investment income to average net assets (b) ....................                           9.04%             0.91%
  Portfolio turnover ..........................................................                         145.99%           208.66%
</TABLE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*    Commencement of operations.
(a)  Assumes  investment  at net asset  value at the  beginning  of the  period,
     reinvestment  of  all  distributions,  and a  complete  redemption  of  the
     investment at the net asset value at the end of the period. Total Return is
     not annualized for periods less than one year.
(b)  Annualized for periods less than one year.

<PAGE>
JNL/S&P EQUITY GROWTH SERIES II

Financial Highlights
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                                  PERIOD FROM
                                                                                                                   APRIL 13,
                                                                                                  YEAR ENDED       1998* TO
                                                                                                 DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                     1999            1998
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------
<S>                                                                                              <C>                     <C>
SELECTED PER SHARE DATA

NET ASSET VALUE, BEGINNING OF PERIOD                                                             $       10.04           10.00
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS:
  Net investment income                                                                                   0.50            0.08
  Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments                                                  3.14            (0.04)
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------
  Total income from operations                                                                            3.64            0.04
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------

LESS DISTRIBUTIONS:
  From net investment income                                                                             (0.01)             --
  From net realized gains on investment transactions                                                        --              --
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------
  Total distributions                                                                                    (0.01)             --
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------
  Net increase                                                                                            3.63            0.04
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------

NET ASSET VALUE, END OF PERIOD                                                                   $       13.67   $       10.04
                                                                                                 =============== ===============
</TABLE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*    Commencement of operations.
(a)  Assumes  investment  at net asset  value at the  beginning  of the  period,
     reinvestment  of  all  distributions,  and a  complete  redemption  of  the
     investment at the net asset value at the end of the period. Total Return is
     not annualized for periods less than one year.
(b)  Annualized for periods less than one year.

<PAGE>
LAZARD/JNL SMALL CAP VALUE SERIES

Financial Highlights
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                                  PERIOD FROM
                                                                                                                    MARCH 2,
                                                                                                   YEAR ENDED       1998* TO
                                                                                                  DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                      1999            1998
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------
<S>                                                                                              <C>             <C>
SELECTED PER SHARE DATA

NET ASSET VALUE, BEGINNING OF PERIOD ...........................................                 $  8.70         $  10.00
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS:
  Net investment income (loss) .................................................                    0.03            (0.01)
  Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments .......................                    0.14            (1.28)
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------
  Total income (loss) from operations ..........................................                    0.17            (1.29)
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------

LESS DISTRIBUTIONS:
  From net investment income ...................................................                   (0.03)              --
  From net realized gains on investment transactions ...........................                      --               --
  Return of capital ............................................................                      --            (0.01)
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------
  Total distributions ..........................................................                   (0.03)           (0.01)
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------
  Net increase (decrease) ......................................................                    0.14            (1.30)
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------

NET ASSET VALUE, END OF PERIOD .................................................                 $  8.84         $   8.70
                                                                                                 =============== ===============

TOTAL RETURN (A) ...............................................................                    1.96%          (12.92)%

RATIOS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
  Net assets, end of period (in thousands) .....................................                 $ 6,313         $  4,804
  Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) ..................................                    1.15%            1.20%
  Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets (b) ..............                    0.43%           (0.04)%
  Portfolio turnover ...........................................................                   53.35%           40.15%


RATIO INFORMATION ASSUMING NO EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT:
  Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) ..................................                     n/a             1.89%
  Ratio of net investment loss to average net assets (b) .......................                     n/a            (0.73)%
</TABLE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*    Commencement of operations.
(a)  Assumes  investment  at net asset  value at the  beginning  of the  period,
     reinvestment  of  all  distributions,  and a  complete  redemption  of  the
     investment at the net asset value at the end of the period. Total Return is
     not annualized for periods less than one year.
(b)  Annualized for periods less than one year.

<PAGE>
LAZARD/JNL MID CAP VALUE SERIES

Financial Highlights

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                                  PERIOD FROM
                                                                                                                   MARCH 2,
                                                                                                   YEAR ENDED      1998* TO
                                                                                                  DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                     1999            1998
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------
<S>                                                                                              <C>             <C>
SELECTED PER SHARE DATA

NET ASSET VALUE, BEGINNING OF PERIOD ...........................................                 $       9.21    $       10.00
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS:
  Net investment income ........................................................                         0.02             0.03
  Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments ....................                         0.42            (0.79)
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------
  Total income (loss) from operations ..........................................                         0.44            (0.76)
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------

LESS DISTRIBUTIONS:
  From net investment income ...................................................                        (0.02)           (0.03)
  From net realized gains on investment transactions ...........................                           --               --
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------
  Total distributions ..........................................................                        (0.02)           (0.03)
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------
  Net increase (decrease) ......................................................                         0.42            (0.79)
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------

NET ASSET VALUE, END OF PERIOD .................................................                 $       9.63    $        9.21
                                                                                                 =============== ===============

TOTAL RETURN (A) ...............................................................                         4.77 %          (7.64)%

RATIOS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
  Net assets, end of period (in thousands) .....................................                 $      6,394    $       4,731
  Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) ..................................                        1.075 %          1.125 %
  Ratio of net investment income to average net assets (b) .....................                         0.25 %           0.34 %
  Portfolio turnover ...........................................................                       118.56 %          70.72 %


RATIO INFORMATION ASSUMING NO EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT:
  Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) ..................................                          n/a             1.85 %
  Ratio of net investment loss to average net assets (b) .......................                          n/a            (0.38)%
</TABLE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*    Commencement of operations.
(a)  Assumes  investment  at net asset  value at the  beginning  of the  period,
     reinvestment  of  all  distributions,  and a  complete  redemption  of  the
     investment at the net asset value at the end of the period. Total Return is
     not annualized for periods less than one year.
(b)  Annualized for periods less than one year.

<PAGE>
PPM AMERICA/JNL BALANCED SERIES

Financial Highlights
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                        PERIOD FROM     PERIOD FROM
                                                                                                          APRIL 1,        MAY 15,
                                                                                                          1996 TO        1995* TO
                                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,               DECEMBER 31,     MARCH 31,
                                                            1999            1998            1997            1996           1996
                                                       --------------- --------------- --------------- -------------- --------------
<S>                                                      <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>            <C>
SELECTED PER SHARE DATA

NET ASSET VALUE, BEGINNING OF PERIOD ...............     $   13.48       $   13.06       $   11.92       $   11.17      $   10.00
                                                       --------------- --------------- --------------- -------------- --------------
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS:
  Net investment income ............................          0.44            0.47            0.36            0.10           0.25
  Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on
    investments ....................................         (0.45)           0.84            1.83            0.98           1.40
                                                       --------------- --------------- --------------- -------------- --------------
  Total income (loss) from operations ..............         (0.01)           1.31            2.19            1.08           1.65
                                                       --------------- --------------- --------------- -------------- --------------

LESS DISTRIBUTIONS:
  From net investment income .......................         (0.44)          (0.47)          (0.36)          (0.15)         (0.19)
  From net realized gains on investment transactions         (0.43)          (0.42)          (0.69)          (0.18)         (0.29)
                                                       --------------- --------------- --------------- -------------- --------------
  Total distributions ..............................         (0.87)          (0.89)          (1.05)          (0.33)         (0.48)
                                                       --------------- --------------- --------------- -------------- --------------
  Net increase (decrease) ..........................         (0.88)           0.42            1.14            0.75           1.17
                                                       --------------- --------------- --------------- -------------- --------------

NET ASSET VALUE, END OF PERIOD .....................   $     12.60       $   13.48       $   13.06       $   11.92      $   11.17
                                                       =============== =============== =============== ============== ==============

TOTAL RETURN (A) ...................................       (0.11)%           10.06%          18.43%           9.72%         16.60%

RATIOS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
  Net assets, end of period (in thousands) .........   $   143,012       $  95,974       $  59,694       $  24,419      $   4,761
  Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) ......          0.82%           0.85%           0.93%           1.04%          1.01%
  Ratio of net investment income to average net
    assets (b) .....................................          3.71%           3.87%           3.72%           2.39%          2.99%
  Portfolio turnover ...............................         35.02%          33.74%         160.88%         158.15%        115.84%

RATIO INFORMATION ASSUMING NO EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT
  OR FEES PAID INDIRECTLY:
  Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) ......           n/a            0.85%           0.94%           1.22%          3.71%
  Ratio of net investment income to average net
    assets (b) .....................................           n/a            3.87%           3.71%           2.21%          0.29%
</TABLE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*    Commencement of operations.
(a)  Assumes  investment  at net asset  value at the  beginning  of the  period,
     reinvestment  of  all  distributions,  and a  complete  redemption  of  the
     investment at the net asset value at the end of the period. Total Return is
     not annualized for periods less than one year.
(b)  Annualized for periods less than one year.


<PAGE>
PPM AMERICA/JNL HIGH YIELD BOND SERIES

Financial Highlights
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                        PERIOD FROM    PERIOD FROM
                                                                                                          APRIL 1,       MAY 15,
                                                                                                          1996 TO        1995* TO
                                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,               DECEMBER 31,    MARCH 31,
                                                            1999            1998            1997           1996            1996
                                                       --------------- --------------- ------------------------------ --------------
<S>                                                    <C>               <C>             <C>            <C>             <C>
SELECTED PER SHARE DATA

NET ASSET VALUE, BEGINNING OF PERIOD ..............    $   10.89         $   11.48       $   10.67      $   10.23       $   10.00
                                                       --------------- --------------- --------------- -------------- --------------
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS:
  Net investment income ...........................         0.88              0.91            0.59           0.51            0.73
  Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on
  investments .....................................        (0.76)           (0.47)            1.02           0.64            0.04
                                                        -------------- --------------- ------------ ----------------- --------------
  Total income from operations ....................         0.12             0.44             1.61           1.15            0.77
                                                        -------------- --------------- ------------ ----------------- --------------

LESS DISTRIBUTIONS:
  From net investment income ......................        (0.88)           (0.91)           (0.59)         (0.69)          (0.54)
  From net realized gains on investment transactions          --            (0.12)           (0.21)         (0.02)             --
                                                        -------------- --------------- -------------- --------------- --------------
  Total distributions .............................        (0.88)           (1.03)           (0.80)         (0.71)          (0.54)
                                                        -------------- --------------- -------------- --------------- --------------
  Net increase (decrease) .........................        (0.76)           (0.59)            0.81           0.44            0.23
                                                        -------------- --------------- -------------- --------------- --------------
NET ASSET VALUE, END OF PERIOD ....................     $  10.13         $  10.89       $    11.48      $   10.67       $   10.23
                                                        ============== =============== ============== =============== ==============
TOTAL RETURN (A) ..................................         1.09%            3.84%           15.05%         11.24%           7.82%

RATIOS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA: .....................
  Net assets, end of period (in thousands)              $147,023        $ 101,485      $    62,712      $  13,396       $   6,156
  Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) .....         0.82%            0.83%            0.90%          0.88%           0.88%
  Ratio of net investment income to average net
  assets (b) ......................................         9.22%            8.62%            8.15%          8.64%           8.34%
  Portfolio turnover ..............................        61.03%          129.85%          189.25%        113.08%         186.21%

RATIO INFORMATION ASSUMING NO EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT
  OR FEES PAID INDIRECTLY:
  Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) .....          n/a             0.83%            0.90%          1.21%           1.50%
  Ratio of net investment income to average net
  assets (b) ......................................          n/a             8.62%            8.15%          8.31%           7.72%
</TABLE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*    Commencement of operations.
(a)  Assumes  investment  at net asset  value at the  beginning  of the  period,
     reinvestment  of  all  distributions,  and a  complete  redemption  of  the
     investment at the net asset value at the end of the period. Total Return is
     not annualized for periods less than one year.
(b)  Annualized for periods less than one year.

<PAGE>
PPM AMERICA/JNL MONEY MARKET SERIES

Financial Highlights

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                        PERIOD FROM     PERIOD FROM
                                                                                                          APRIL 1,        MAY 15,
                                                                                                          1996 TO        1995* TO
                                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,               DECEMBER 31,     MARCH 31,
                                                            1999            1998            1997            1996           1996
                                                       --------------- --------------- --------------- -----------------------------
<S>                                                    <C>             <C>               <C>             <C>           <C>
SELECTED PER SHARE DATA

NET ASSET VALUE, BEGINNING OF PERIOD ................  $        1.00   $        1.00     $      1.00     $      1.00   $     1.00
                                                       --------------- --------------- --------------- ------------- --------------
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS:
  Net investment income .............................           0.05            0.05            0.05            0.04         0.04
                                                       --------------- --------------- --------------- ------------- --------------

LESS DISTRIBUTIONS:
  From net investment income ........................          (0.05)          (0.05)          (0.05)          (0.04)       (0.04)
                                                       --------------- --------------- --------------- ------------- --------------
  Net increase ......................................             --              --              --              --           --
                                                       --------------- --------------- --------------- ------------- --------------

NET ASSET VALUE, END OF PERIOD ......................  $        1.00     $      1.00     $      1.00     $      1.00   $     1.00
                                                       =============== =============== =============== ============= ==============

TOTAL RETURN (A) ....................................           4.67%           4.99%           5.01%           3.61%        4.59%

RATIOS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
  Net assets, end of period (in thousands) ..........  $     164,446     $    56,349    $     41,808    $     23,752   $    6,816
  Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) .......           0.70%           0.74%           0.75%           0.75%        0.75%
  Ratio of net investment income to average net
  assets (b) ........................................           4.63%           4.87%           4.92%           4.75%        5.06%

RATIO INFORMATION ASSUMING NO EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT
  OR FEES PAID INDIRECTLY:
  Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) .......            n/a            0.75%           0.76%           0.85%        1.30%
  Ratio of net investment income to average net
  assets (b) ........................................            n/a            4.86%           4.91%           4.65%        4.51%
</TABLE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*    Commencement of operations.
(a)  Assumes  investment  at net asset  value at the  beginning  of the  period,
     reinvestment  of  all  distributions,  and a  complete  redemption  of  the
     investment at the net asset value at the end of the period. Total Return is
     not annualized for periods less than one year.
(b)  Annualized for periods less than one year.

<PAGE>
SALOMON BROTHERS/JNL BALANCED SERIES

Financial Highlights
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                                  PERIOD FROM
                                                                                                                    MARCH 2,
                                                                                                  YEAR ENDED        1998* TO
                                                                                                  DECEMBER 31     DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                     1999             1998
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------
<S>                                                                                              <C>             <C>
SELECTED PER SHARE DATA

NET ASSET VALUE, BEGINNING OF PERIOD ...........................................                 $        10.38  $        10.00
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS:
  Net investment income ........................................................                           0.28            0.21
  Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments ....................                          (0.27)           0.38
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------
   Total income from operations ................................................                           0.01            0.59
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------

LESS DISTRIBUTIONS:
  From net investment income ...................................................                          (0.28)          (0.21)
  From net realized gains on investment transactions ...........................                             --              --
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------
  Total distributions ..........................................................                          (0.28)          (0.21)
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------
  Net increase (decrease) ......................................................                          (0.27)          0.38
                                                                                                 --------------- ---------------

NET ASSET VALUE, END OF PERIOD .................................................                 $        10.11  $        10.38
                                                                                                 =============== ===============

TOTAL RETURN (A) ...............................................................                           0.09%           5.91%

RATIOS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
  Net assets, end of period (in thousands) .....................................                 $        7,517  $        3,297
  Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) ..................................                           0.90%           0.95%
  Ratio of net investment income to average net assets (b) .....................                           3.54%           3.49%
  Portfolio turnover ...........................................................                          59.53%         128.41%

RATIO INFORMATION ASSUMING NO EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT:
  Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) ..................................                            n/a            2.38%
  Ratio of net investment income to average net assets (b) .....................                            n/a            2.06%
</TABLE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*    Commencement of operations.
(a)  Assumes  investment  at net asset  value at the  beginning  of the  period,
     reinvestment  of  all  distributions,  and a  complete  redemption  of  the
     investment at the net asset value at the end of the period. Total Return is
     not annualized for periods less than one year.
(b)  Annualized for periods less than one year.


<PAGE>
SALOMON BROTHERS/JNL GLOBAL BOND SERIES

Financial Highlights
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                        PERIOD FROM    PERIOD FROM
                                                                                                          APRIL 1,       MAY 15,
                                                                                                          1996 TO        1995* TO
                                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,               DECEMBER 31,    MARCH 31,
                                                            1999            1998            1997            1996           1996
                                                       --------------- --------------- --------------- -----------------------------
<S>                                                    <C>              <C>              <C>             <C>            <C>
SELECTED PER SHARE DATA

NET ASSET VALUE, BEGINNING OF PERIOD ................  $   10.67        $     11.12      $   10.63       $   10.46      $   10.00
                                                       --------------- --------------- --------------- --------------- -------------
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS:
  Net investment income .............................       0.62               0.72           0.54            0.42           0.81
  Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on
   investments and foreign currency
   related items ....................................      (0.42)             (0.45)          0.59            0.70           0.24
                                                       --------------- --------------- --------------- --------------- -------------
  Total income from operations ......................       0.20               0.27           1.13            1.12           1.05
                                                       --------------- --------------- --------------- --------------- -------------

LESS DISTRIBUTIONS:
  From net investment income ........................      (0.62)             (0.72)         (0.58)          (0.69)         (0.56)
  From net realized gains on investment transactions          --                 --          (0.05)          (0.26)         (0.03)
  Return of capital .................................         --                 --          (0.01)             --             --
                                                       --------------- --------------- --------------- --------------- -------------
  Total distributions ...............................      (0.62)             (0.72)         (0.64)          (0.95)         (0.59)
                                                       --------------- --------------- --------------- --------------- -------------
  Net increase (decrease) ...........................      (0.42)             (0.45)          0.49            0.17           0.46
                                                       --------------- --------------- --------------- --------------- -------------

NET ASSET VALUE, END OF PERIOD ......................  $   10.25        $     10.67     $    11.12      $    10.63      $   10.46
                                                       =============== =============== =============== =============== =============

TOTAL RETURN (A) ....................................       1.87%              2.46%         10.66%          10.68%         10.74%

RATIOS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
  Net assets, end of period (in thousands) ..........  $  81,061        $    48,167     $   36,725      $   12,483      $   6,380
  Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) (c) ...       0.95%              1.00%          1.01%           0.99%          1.00%
  Ratio of net investment income to average net .....
  assets (b) ........................................       7.22%              7.05%          6.83%           7.52%          9.01%
  Portfolio turnover ................................      98.01%            261.87%        134.55%         109.85%        152.89%


RATIO INFORMATION ASSUMING NO EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT
  OR FEES PAID INDIRECTLY:
  Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) .......        n/a               1.01%          1.08%           1.44%          2.14%
  Ratio of net investment income to average net
  assets (b) ........................................        n/a               7.04%          6.76%           7.07%          7.87%
</TABLE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*    Commencement of operations.
(a)  Assumes  investment  at net asset  value at the  beginning  of the  period,
     reinvestment  of  all  distributions,  and a  complete  redemption  of  the
     investment at the net asset value at the end of the period. Total Return is
     not annualized for periods less than one year.
(b)  Annualized for periods less than one year.
(c)  For the year ended  December 31, 1997, the ratio of expenses to average net
     assets excluding non-operating expenses was 1.00%.

<PAGE>
SALOMON BROTHERS/JNL HIGH YIELD BOND SERIES

Financial Highlights

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                                       PERIOD FROM
                                                                                                                         MARCH 2,
                                                                                                        YEAR ENDED       1998* TO
                                                                                                       DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                           1999            1998
                                                                                                      --------------- --------------
<S>                                                                                                   <C>             <C>
SELECTED PER SHARE DATA

NET ASSET VALUE, BEGINNING OF PERIOD ...........................................                      $   9.59        $  10.00
                                                                                                      --------------- --------------
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS:
  Net investment income ........................................................                          0.71            0.54
  Net realized and unrealized losses on investments ............................                         (0.88)          (0.41)
                                                                                                      --------------- --------------
  Total income (loss) from operations ..........................................                         (0.17)           0.13
                                                                                                      --------------- --------------

LESS DISTRIBUTIONS:
  From net investment income ...................................................                         (0.71)          (0.54)
  From net realized gains on investment transactions ...........................                            --              --
                                                                                                      --------------- --------------
  Total distributions ..........................................................                         (0.71)          (0.54)
                                                                                                      --------------- --------------
  Net decrease .................................................................                         (0.88)          (0.41)
                                                                                                      --------------- --------------

NET ASSET VALUE, END OF PERIOD .................................................                      $   8.71        $   9.59
                                                                                                      =============== ==============

TOTAL RETURN (A) ...............................................................                         (1.76)%          1.32%

RATIOS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
  Net assets, end of period (in thousands) .....................................                      $ 10,690        $  7,388
  Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) ..................................                          0.90%           0.95%
  Ratio of net investment income to average net assets (b) .....................                          8.74%           7.80%
  Portfolio turnover ...........................................................                         31.39%          37.45%

RATIO INFORMATION ASSUMING NO EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT:
  Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) ..................................                           n/a            1.39%
  Ratio of net investment income to average net assets (b) .....................                           n/a            7.36%
</TABLE>


<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*    Commencement of operations.
(a)  Assumes  investment  at net asset  value at the  beginning  of the  period,
     reinvestment  of  all  distributions,  and a  complete  redemption  of  the
     investment at the net asset value at the end of the period. Total Return is
     not annualized for periods less than one year.
(b)  Annualized for periods less than one year.

<PAGE>
SALOMON BROTHERS/JNL U.S. GOVERNMENT & QUALITY BOND SERIES

Financial Highlights

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                       PERIOD FROM     PERIOD FROM
                                                                                                         APRIL 1,        MAY 15,
                                                                                                         1996 TO        1995* TO
                                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,              DECEMBER 31,     MARCH 31,
                                                            1999            1998            1997           1996           1996
                                                       --------------- --------------- ------------------------------ --------------
<S>                                                    <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>            <C>
SELECTED PER SHARE DATA

NET ASSET VALUE, BEGINNING OF PERIOD ...............   $    11.15      $     10.69     $     10.20     $    10.09     $     10.00
                                                       --------------- --------------- --------------- -------------- --------------
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS:
  Net investment income ............................         0.51             0.41            0.44           0.24            0.45
  Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on
  investments ......................................        (0.79)            0.60            0.49           0.24            0.02
                                                       --------------- --------------- --------------- -------------- --------------
  Total income (loss) from operations ..............        (0.28)            1.01            0.93           0.48            0.47
                                                       --------------- --------------- --------------- -------------- --------------

LESS DISTRIBUTIONS:
  From net investment income .......................        (0.51)           (0.41)          (0.42)         (0.34)          (0.34)
  From net realized gains on investment transactions           --            (0.14)          (0.02)         (0.03)          (0.04
                                                       --------------- --------------- --------------- -------------- --------------
  Total distributions ..............................        (0.51)           (0.55)          (0.44)         (0.37)          (0.38)
                                                       --------------- --------------- --------------- -------------- --------------
  Net increase (decrease)                                   (0.79)            0.46            0.49           0.11            0.09
                                                       --------------- --------------- --------------- -------------- --------------

NET ASSET VALUE, END OF PERIOD .....................   $    10.36        $   11.15       $   10.69      $   10.20       $   10.09
                                                       =============== =============== =============== ============== ==============

TOTAL RETURN (A) ...................................        (2.50)%           9.40%           9.16%          4.82%           4.65%

RATIOS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
  Net assets, end of period (in thousands) .........   $  106,329        $  63,785       $  25,389      $   9,832       $   3,007
  Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) ......         0.80%            1.28%           0.94%          0.84%           0.84%
  Ratio of net investment income to average net
  assets (b) .......................................         5.45%            5.33%           5.99%          5.72%           5.41%
  Portfolio turnover ...............................       122.72%          429.70%         378.59%        218.50%         253.37%


RATIO INFORMATION ASSUMING NO EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT
  OR FEES PAID INDIRECTLY:
  Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) ......          n/a             1.29%           1.05%          1.37%           2.53%
  Ratio of net investment income to average net
  assets (b) .......................................          n/a             5.32%           5.88%          5.19%           3.72%
</TABLE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*    Commencement of operations.
(a)  Assumes  investment  at net asset  value at the  beginning  of the  period,
     reinvestment  of  all  distributions,  and a  complete  redemption  of  the
     investment at the net asset value at the end of the period. Total Return is
     not annualized for periods less than one year.
(b)  Annualized for periods less than one year.
(c)  For the years ended  December  31, 1998 and 1997,  the ratio of expenses to
     average  net assets  excluding  non-operating  expenses  was 0.85% for each
     year.

<PAGE>
T. ROWE PRICE/JNL ESTABLISHED GROWTH SERIES

Financial Highlights

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                       PERIOD FROM     PERIOD FROM
                                                                                                         APRIL 1,        MAY 15,
                                                                                                         1996 TO         1995* TO
                                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,              DECEMBER 31,     MARCH 31,
                                                            1999            1998            1997           1996            1996
                                                       --------------- --------------- ------------------------------ --------------
<S>                                                    <C>                <C>             <C>            <C>             <C>
SELECTED PER SHARE DATA

NET ASSET VALUE, BEGINNING OF PERIOD ................. $    19.06         $  15.62        $  12.56       $  11.36        $  10.00
                                                       --------------- --------------- --------------- -------------- --------------
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS:
  Net investment income ..............................       0.03             0.05            0.06           0.03            0.07
  Net realized and unrealized gains on investments
   and foreign currency related items ................       4.12             4.29           3.64           1.81            2.68
                                                       --------------- --------------- --------------- -------------- --------------
  Total income from operations .......................       4.15             4.34           3.70           1.84            2.75
                                                       --------------- --------------- --------------- -------------- --------------

LESS DISTRIBUTIONS:
  From net investment income .........................      (0.03)           (0.06)          (0.03)         (0.04)          (0.06)
  From net realized gains on investment transactions .      (1.48)           (0.84)          (0.61)         (0.09)          (1.33)
  Return of capital ..................................         --               --              --          (0.51)             --
                                                       --------------- --------------- --------------- -------------- --------------
  Total distributions ................................      (1.51)           (0.90)          (0.64)         (0.64)          (1.39)
                                                       --------------- --------------- --------------- -------------- --------------
  Net increase .......................................       2.64             3.44            3.06           1.20            1.36
                                                       --------------- --------------- --------------- -------------- --------------

NET ASSET VALUE, END OF PERIOD ....................... $    21.70      $     19.06     $     15.62       $  12.56        $  11.36
                                                       =============== =============== =============== ============== ==============

TOTAL RETURN (A) .....................................      21.77%           27.78%          29.47%         16.12%          28.23%

RATIOS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
  Net assets, end of period (in thousands) ........... $  351,338      $   216,599     $   124,022       $ 32,291        $  8,772
  Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) ........       0.93%            0.95%           0.98%          1.00%           1.00%
  Ratio of net investment income to average net
  assets (b) .........................................       0.16%            0.38%           0.43%           0.59%          0.75%
  Portfolio turnover .................................      61.45%           54.93%          47.06%          36.41%        101.13%

RATIO INFORMATION ASSUMING NO EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT
  OR FEES PAID INDIRECTLY:
  Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) ........        n/a             0.95%           0.98%          1.11%           2.09%
  Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average
   net assets (b) ....................................        n/a             0.38%           0.43%          0.48%         (0.34)%
</TABLE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*    Commencement of operations.
(a)  Assumes  investment  at  net  asset  value  at  the  beginning  of  period,
     reinvestment  of  all  distributions  and  a  complete  redemption  of  the
     investment at the net asset value at the end of the period. Total Return is
     not annualized for periods less than one year.
(b)  Annualized for periods less than one year.

<PAGE>
T. ROWE PRICE/JNL INTERNATIONAL EQUITY INVESTMENT SERIES

Financial Highlights

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                     PERIOD FROM    PERIOD FROM
                                                                                                       APRIL 1,       MAY 15,
                                                                                                       1996 TO        1995* TO
                                                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,             DECEMBER 31,    MARCH 31,
                                                            1999           1998           1997           1996           1996
                                                       ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                    <C>              <C>             <C>           <C>            <C>
SELECTED PER SHARE DATA

NET ASSET VALUE, BEGINNING OF PERIOD ................  $   13.62        $    12.09      $   12.08     $   11.25      $   10.00
                                                       ---------------  --------------  ------------  -------------  -------------
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS:
  Net investment income .............................       0.09              0.16          0.09           0.06           0.04
  Net realized and unrealized gains on
   investments and
   foreign currency related items ...................       4.28              1.58          0.23           0.90           1.21
                                                       ---------------  --------------  ------------  -------------  -------------
  Total income from operations ......................       4.37              1.74          0.32           0.96           1.25
                                                       ---------------  --------------  ------------  -------------  -------------

LESS DISTRIBUTIONS:
  From net investment income ........................      (0.16)            (0.19)        (0.08)         (0.12)            --
  From net realized gains on investment transactions       (0.14)            (0.02)        (0.23)         (0.01)            --
                                                       ---------------  --------------  ------------  -------------  -------------
  Total distributions ...............................      (1.20)            (0.21)        (0.31)         (0.13)            --
                                                       ---------------  --------------  ------------  -------------  -------------
  Net increase ......................................       3.17              1.53          0.01           0.83           1.25
                                                       ---------------  --------------  ------------  -------------  -------------

NET ASSET VALUE, END OF PERIOD ......................  $   16.79          $  13.62      $   12.09     $   12.08      $   11.25
                                                       ===============  ==============  ============  =============  =============

TOTAL RETURN (A) ....................................      32.11%            14.43%          2.65%         8.54%         12.50%

RATIOS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
  Net assets, end of period (in thousands) ..........  $ 105,034         $  70,927      $  78,685      $  48,204      $  24,211
  Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) .......       1.18%             1.23%          1.24%          1.25%          1.25%
  Ratio of net investment income to average net
  assets (b) ........................................       0.63%             0.88%          0.74%          1.09%          0.78%
  Portfolio turnover ................................      26.19%            16.39%         18.81%          5.93%         16.45%


RATIO INFORMATION ASSUMING NO EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT
  OR FEES PAID INDIRECTLY:
  Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) .......        n/a              1.28%          1.32%          1.29%          2.14%
  Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average
   net assets (b) ...................................        n/a              0.83%          0.66%          1.05%         (0.11)%
</TABLE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*    Commencement of operations.
(a)  Assumes  investment  at net asset  value at the  beginning  of the  period,
     reinvestment  of  all  distributions,  and a  complete  redemption  of  the
     investment at the net asset value at the end of the period. Total Return is
     not annualized for periods less than one year.
(b)  Annualized for periods less than one year.

<PAGE>
T. ROWE PRICE/JNL MID-CAP GROWTH SERIES

Financial Highlights


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                       PERIOD FROM     PERIOD FROM
                                                                                                         APRIL 1,        MAY 15,
                                                                                                         1996 TO         1995* TO
                                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,              DECEMBER 31,     MARCH 31,
                                                            1999            1998           1997            1996            1996
                                                       --------------- ------------------------------ --------------- --------------
<S>                                                    <C>             <C>              <C>           <C>             <C>
SELECTED PER SHARE DATA

NET ASSET VALUE, BEGINNING OF PERIOD ................  $    20.43      $  17.37         $   14.89     $     13.43     $   10.00
                                                       --------------- ---------------- ------------- --------------- --------------
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS:
  Net investment income (loss) ......................       (0.05)        (0.07)            (0.03)          (0.05)         0.06
  Net realized and unrealized gains on
   investments and foreign currency
   related items ....................................        4.93          3.80              2.74            1.92          3.90
                                                       --------------- ---------------- ------------- --------------- --------------
  Total income from operations ......................        4.88          3.73              2.71            1.87          3.96
                                                       --------------- ---------------- ------------- --------------- --------------

LESS DISTRIBUTIONS:
  From net investment income ........................          --            --                --           (0.05)           --
  From net realized gains on investment transactions        (1.60)        (0.67)            (0.23)          (0.36)        (0.53)
                                                       --------------- ---------------- ------------- --------------- --------------
  Total distributions ...............................       (1.60)        (0.67)            (0.23)          (0.41)        (0.53)
                                                       --------------- ---------------- ------------- --------------- --------------
  Net increase ......................................        3.28          3.06              2.48            1.46          3.43
                                                       --------------- ---------------- ------------- --------------- --------------

NET ASSET VALUE, END OF PERIOD ......................  $    23.71      $  20.43         $   17.37     $     14.89     $   13.43
                                                       =============== ================ ============= =============== ==============

TOTAL RETURN (A) ....................................       24.01%        21.49%            18.21%          13.91%        40.06%

RATIOS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
  Net assets, end of period (in thousands) ..........  $  286,502      $189,636         $ 127,052     $    47,104     $  10,545
  Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) .......        1.03%         1.04%             1.06%           1.10%         1.10%
  Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average
   net assets (b) ...................................       (0.28)%       (0.37)%           (0.26)%         (0.18)%        0.82%
  Portfolio turnover ................................       56.68%        50.92%            41.43%          25.05%        66.04%

RATIO INFORMATION ASSUMING NO EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT
  OR FEES PAID INDIRECTLY:
  Ratio of expenses to average net assets (b) .......         n/a          1.04%             1.06%           1.14%         2.10%
  Ratio of net investment loss to average net assets          n/a         (0.37)%           (0.26)%         (0.22)%       (0.18)%
</TABLE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*    Commencement of operations.
(a)  Assumes  investment  at net asset  value at the  beginning  of the  period,
     reinvestment  of  all  distributions,  and a  complete  redemption  of  the
     investment at the net asset value at the end of the period. Total Return is
     not annualized for periods less than one year.
(b)  Annualized for periods less than one year.


<PAGE>
                                   PROSPECTUS

                                   MAY 1, 2000

                                JNL SERIES TRUST

You can find more information about the Trust in:

         o    The Trust's STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (SAI) dated May 1,
              2000, which contains further  information  about the Trust and the
              Series,  particularly their investment practices and restrictions.
              The  current  SAI is on file  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
              Commission  (SEC)  and is  incorporated  into  the  Prospectus  by
              reference (which means the SAI is legally part of the Prospectus).

         o    The Trust's ANNUAL AND SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS to shareholders,  which
              show  the  Series'  actual   investments  and  include   financial
              statements as of the close of the particular annual or semi-annual
              period. The Annual Report also discusses the market conditions and
              investment  strategies  that  significantly  affected each Series'
              performance during the year covered by the report.

You  can  obtain  a  copy  of the  current  SAI or the  most  recent  Annual  or
Semi-Annual  Reports without charge,  or make other inquiries,  by calling (800)
766-4683,  or writing the JNL Series  Trust  Service  Center,  P.O.  Box 378002,
Denver, Colorado 80237-8003.


You can also obtain  information  about the Trust (including its current SAI and
most  recent  Annual  and  Semi-Annual  Reports)  from the SEC's  Internet  site
(http://www.sec.gov),  by electronic request  ([email protected]) or by writing
the SEC's Public Reference Section Washington, D.C. 20549-0102. You can find out
about the  operation  of the Public  Reference  Section and  copying  charges by
calling 1-202-942-8090.


                                        The Trust's SEC file number is: 811-8894
<PAGE>

                       STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

                                   MAY 1, 2000

                                JNL SERIES TRUST




================================================================================
This  Statement of Additional  Information  (the "SAI") is not a prospectus.  It
contains  information  in  addition to and more  detailed  than set forth in the
Prospectus  and  should  be read  in  conjunction  with  the  JNL  Series  Trust
Prospectus  dated May 1, 2000 (the  "Prospectus").  Not all Series  described in
this SAI may be available for  investment.  The Prospectus may be obtained at no
charge by calling (800) 766-4683,  or writing JNL Series Trust, P.O. Box 378002,
Denver, Colorado 80237-8002.
================================================================================





                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

         General Information and History ..................................   2
         Common Types of Investments and Management Practices .............   2
         Additional Risk Considerations ...................................  14
         Investment Restrictions Applicable to all Series .................  18
         Trustees and Officers of the Trust ...............................  24
         Performance ......................................................  27
         Investment Adviser and Other Services ............................  32
         Purchases, Redemptions and Pricing of Shares .....................  43
         Additional Information ...........................................  44
         Tax Status .......................................................  46
         Financial Statements .............................................  47
         Appendix A - Ratings of Investments .............................. A-1


<PAGE>


                         GENERAL INFORMATION AND HISTORY

         The JNL Series Trust (the "Trust") is an open-end management investment
company  organized  under the laws of the  Commonwealth of  Massachusetts,  by a
Declaration  of Trust dated June 1, 1994.  The Trust  offers  shares in separate
Series, each with its own investment objective.

              COMMON TYPES OF INVESTMENTS AND MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

         This  section  describes  some of the types of  securities a Series may
hold in its portfolio and the various kinds of investment  practices that may be
used in day-to-day  portfolio  management.  A Series may invest in the following
securities  or  engage  in the  following  practices  to the  extent  that  such
securities and practices are consistent with the Series' investment objective(s)
and policies described in the Prospectus and in this SAI.

ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES.  A Series may invest in asset-backed securities,  which
include mortgage-backed securities.  Asset-backed securities represent interests
in pools of consumer loans and most are structured as  pass-through  securities.
The credit  quality of most  asset-backed  securities  depends  primarily on the
credit quality of the assets  underlying  such  securities,  how well the entity
issuing the security is insulated  from the credit risk of the originator or any
other  affiliated  entities,  and the amount and  quality of any credit  support
provided  to the  securities.  The rate of  principal  payment  on  asset-backed
securities  generally depends on the rate of principal  payments received on the
underlying  assets,  which in turn may be affected by a variety of economic  and
other factors. As a result, the yield on any asset-backed  security is difficult
to predict with  precision and actual yield to maturity may be more or less than
the anticipated yield to maturity. A sub-adviser  considers estimated prepayment
rates in calculating the average weighted maturities of the Series.  Unscheduled
prepayments are more likely to accelerate during periods of declining  long-term
interest  rates.  In the  event of a  prepayment  during a period  of  declining
interest rates, a Series may be required to invest the unanticipated proceeds at
a lower interest rate. Prepayments during such periods will also limit a Series'
ability to participate  in as large a market gain as may be  experienced  with a
comparable security not subject to prepayment.

         Asset-backed securities may be classified as pass-through  certificates
or  collateralized  obligations.   Pass-through  certificates  are  asset-backed
securities  that  represent an  undivided  fractional  ownership  interest in an
underlying  pool  of  assets.  Pass-through  certificates  usually  provide  for
payments  of  principal  and  interest  received  to be passed  through to their
holders,  usually after  deduction  for certain  costs and expenses  incurred in
administering the pool. Because pass-through certificates represent an ownership
interest in the underlying assets, the holders thereof directly bear the risk of
any defaults by the obligors on the underlying  assets not covered by any credit
support.

         Asset-backed  securities issued in the form of debt  instruments,  also
known as  collateralized  obligations,  are  generally  issued  as the debt of a
special  purpose entity  organized  solely for the purpose of owning such assets
and  issuing  such  debt.  Such  assets  are most often  trade,  credit  card or
automobile receivables.  The assets collateralizing such asset-backed securities
are pledged to a trustee or  custodian  for the  benefit of the holders  hereof.
Such  issuers   generally  hold  no  assets  other  than  those  underlying  the
asset-backed  securities and any credit support provided. As a result,  although
payments on such asset-backed  securities are obligations of the issuers, in the
event of defaults on the  underlying  assets not covered by any credit  support,
the issuing  entities are unlikely to have  sufficient  assets to satisfy  their
obligations on the related asset-backed securities.

BANK  OBLIGATIONS.  A Series  may  invest  in bank  obligations,  which  include
certificates  of  deposit,  bankers'  acceptances,  and  other  short-term  debt
obligations.  Certificates  of deposit are short-term  obligations of commercial
banks.  A bankers'  acceptance  is a time draft drawn on a commercial  bank by a
borrower,  usually in connection  with  international  commercial  transactions.
Certificates of deposit may have fixed or variable rates.  The Series may invest
in U.S. banks,  foreign branches of U.S. banks,  U.S. branches of foreign banks,
and foreign branches of foreign banks.

BORROWING  AND LENDING.  A Series may borrow  money from banks for  temporary or
emergency  purposes  in  amounts  up to 25%  of  its  total  assets.  To  secure
borrowings,  a Series may mortgage or pledge  securities in amounts up to 15% of
its net assets.

CASH POSITION.  A Series may hold a certain  portion of its assets in repurchase
agreements  and money  market  securities  maturing in one year or less that are
rated in one of the two highest  rating  categories  by a nationally  recognized
statistical rating organization. For temporary, defensive purposes, a Series may
invest without  limitation in such securities.  This reserve  position  provides
flexibility in meeting redemptions, expenses, and the timing of new investments,
and serves as a short-term defense during periods of unusual market volatility.

COLLATERALIZED  MORTGAGE  OBLIGATIONS (CMOS). A Series may invest in CMOs, which
are  bonds  that  are   collateralized  by  whole  loan  mortgages  or  mortgage
pass-through securities.  The bonds issued in a CMO transaction are divided into
groups,  and each  group  of bonds is  referred  to as a  "tranche."  Under  the
traditional CMO structure, the cash flows generated by the mortgages or mortgage
pass-through  securities in the  collateral  pool are used to first pay interest
and then pay  principal  to the CMO  bondholders.  The bonds  issued under a CMO
structure  are  retired  sequentially  as  opposed  to the pro  rata  return  of
principal found in traditional pass-through obligations.  Subject to the various
provisions of individual  CMO issues,  the cash flow generated by the underlying
collateral  (to the extent it  exceeds  the  amount  required  to pay the stated
interest) is used to retire the bonds. Under the CMO structure, the repayment of
principal  among the different  tranches is prioritized  in accordance  with the
terms of the particular CMO issuance.  The  "fastest-pay"  tranche of bonds,  as
specified in the prospectus for the issue, would initially receive all principal
payments.  When that tranche of bonds is retired, the next tranche, or tranches,
in the sequence,  as specified in the  prospectus,  receive all of the principal
payments  until they are  retired.  The  sequential  retirement  of bonds groups
continues until the last tranche,  or group of bonds,  is retired.  Accordingly,
the CMO  structure  allows  the  issuer  to use  cash  flows  of long  maturity,
monthly-pay collateral to formulate securities with short, intermediate and long
final  maturities and expected  average lives.  Depending on the type of CMOs in
which the Series  invests,  the investment may be subject to a greater or lesser
risk of prepayment than other types of mortgage-related securities.

         The primary risk of any  mortgage  security is the  uncertainty  of the
timing of cash  flows.  For CMOs,  the  primary  risk  results  from the rate of
prepayments on the underlying  mortgages  serving as collateral.  An increase or
decrease in prepayment rates (resulting primarily from a decrease or increase in
mortgage interest rates) will affect the yield, average life, and price of CMOs.
The  prices  of  certain  CMOs,  depending  on their  structure  and the rate of
prepayments,  can be  volatile.  Some  CMOs may also not be as  liquid  as other
securities.

COMMERCIAL PAPER. A Series may invest in commercial paper.  Commercial paper are
short-term  promissory  notes  issued  by  corporations   primarily  to  finance
short-term credit needs. Certain notes may have floating or variable rates.

COMMON AND  PREFERRED  STOCKS.  A Series may invest in common  and/or  preferred
stocks. Stocks represent shares of ownership in a company. Generally,  preferred
stock has a specified dividend and ranks after bonds and before common stocks in
its claim on income for dividend  payments  and on assets  should the company be
liquidated. After other claims are satisfied, common stockholders participate in
company  profits on a pro rata basis;  profits may be paid out in  dividends  or
reinvested  in the company to help it grow.  Increases and decreases in earnings
are usually  reflected in a company's  stock price,  so common stocks  generally
have the greatest  appreciation  and  depreciation  potential  of all  corporate
securities.  While most preferred  stocks pay a dividend,  a Series may purchase
preferred  stock  where the issuer  has  omitted,  or is in danger of  omitting,
payment of its  dividend.  Such  investments  would be made  primarily for their
capital  appreciation  potential.  Although  common and preferred  stocks have a
history of  long-term  growth in value,  their  prices tend to  fluctuate in the
short term, particularly those of smaller companies.

CONVERTIBLE  SECURITIES  AND WARRANTS.  A Series may invest in debt or preferred
equity  securities  convertible  into or  exchangeable  for  equity  securities.
Traditionally,  convertible  securities have paid dividends or interest at rates
higher  than  common  stocks but lower  than  non-convertible  securities.  They
generally  participate in the  appreciation  or  depreciation  of the underlying
stock into which they are convertible,  but to a lesser degree. In recent years,
convertibles  have been  developed  which combine higher or lower current income
with options and other features.  Warrants are options to buy a stated number of
shares of common  stock at a  specified  price any time  during  the life of the
warrants (generally, two or more years).


CATASTROPHE  BONDS.  Catastrophe bonds are fixed income securities for which the
return of principal and payment of interest is contingent on the  non-occurrence
of a specific trigger event, such as a hurricane or an earthquake.  If a trigger
event causes losses  exceeding a specific  amount in the  geographic  region and
time  period  specified  in a bond,  a Series  investing  in the bond may lose a
portion  or all of its  principal  invested  in the bond.  If no  trigger  event
occurs,  the Series will recover its principal plus interest.  Catastrophe bonds
may also expose the Series to certain  unanticipated  risks  including,  but not
limited to,  issuer  (credit)  default,  adverse  regulatory  or  jurisdictional
interpretation, and adverse tax consequences.




<PAGE>


DIVERSIFICATION.  Certain of the Series are diversified companies,  as such term
is defined  under the  Investment  Company  Act of 1940,  as amended  (the "1940
Act").  A Series that is a  diversified  company under the 1940 Act will have at
least 75% of the value of its total assets represented by:

o        cash and cash items (including receivables),
o        Government securities,
o        securities of other investment companies, and
o        other securities  limited in respect to any one issuer to not more than
         5% of the value of the Series' total assets and to not more than 10% of
         the outstanding voting securities of such issuer.

         These  percentage  limitations  are  measured at the time that a Series
acquires a security,  and a Series will not lose its  diversification  status if
the  Series'  holdings  exceed  these  percentages  because of  post-acquisition
changes in security prices.

EQUITY SWAPS.  Equity swap contracts  offer an opportunity to invest in a market
without  owning or taking  physical  custody of securities in  circumstances  in
which  direct  investment  is  restricted  for  legal  reasons  or is  otherwise
impracticable.  The  counterparty to an equity swap contract will typically be a
bank, investment banking firm or broker/dealer.  The counterparty will generally
agree to pay the Series the amount,  if any, by which the notional amount of the
equity swap contract  would have  increased in value had it been invested in the
particular  stocks,  plus the  dividends  that would have been received on those
stocks.  The Series  will agree to pay to the  counterparty  a floating  rate of
interest on the notional amount of the equity swap contract plus the amount,  if
any, by which that  notional  amount  would have  decreased in value had it been
invested in such stocks.  Therefore, the return to the Series on any equity swap
contract should be the gain or loss on the notional amount plus dividends on the
stocks less the interest paid by the Series on the notional amount.


         The  Series  will enter into  equity  swaps only on a net basis,  which
means that the two payment streams are netted out, with the Series  receiving or
paying,  as the case may be, only the net amount of the two  payments.  Payments
may be made at the conclusion of an equity swap contract or periodically  during
its term.  Equity  swaps do not involve  the  delivery  of  securities  or other
underlying assets. Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to equity swaps is
limited to the net amount of  payments  that is  contractually  obligated  to be
made.  If the other party to an equity swap  defaults,  the Series' risk of loss
consists  of the net  amount  of  payments  that such  Series  is  contractually
entitled  to  receive,  if any.  The net amount of the  excess,  if any,  of the
Series'  obligations over its entitlements with respect to each equity swap will
be accrued on a daily  basis and an amount of cash or liquid  assets,  having an
aggregate  net  asset  value  at  least  equal to such  accrued  excess  will be
maintained in a segregated account by the Series'  custodian.  Inasmuch as these
transactions  are entered into for hedging  purposes or are offset by segregated
cash or liquid assets, as permitted by applicable law, the Series will not treat
them as being subject to the Series' borrowing restrictions.


FIXED-INCOME  SECURITIES.  A Series may  invest in  fixed-income  securities  of
companies  which  meet the  investment  criteria  for the  Series.  The price of
fixed-income  securities  fluctuates with changes in interest  rates,  generally
rising when interest rates fall and falling when interest rates rise.  Prices of
longer-term securities generally increase or decrease more sharply than those of
shorter-term securities in response to interest rate changes.

FOREIGN  CURRENCY  TRANSACTIONS.  A Series  will  normally  conduct  its foreign
currency exchange  transactions either on a spot (i.e., cash), basis at the spot
rate prevailing in the foreign  currency  exchange  market,  or through entering
into forward  contracts to purchase or sell  foreign  currencies.  A Series will
generally  not enter into a forward  contract  with a term of  greater  than one
year.

         There  are  certain  markets  where it is not  possible  to  engage  in
effective  foreign  currency  hedging.  This may be true,  for example,  for the
currencies  of various  countries  where the  foreign  exchange  markets are not
sufficiently developed to permit hedging activity to take place.

FOREIGN SECURITIES. A Series may invest in foreign securities.  Investors should
realize  that  investing  in  foreign   securities   involves   certain  special
considerations  which  are  not  typically  associated  with  investing  in U.S.
securities.   These  include  non-U.S.   dollar-denominated   securities  traded
principally  outside the U.S. and U.S.  dollar-denominated  securities traded in
the U.S. (such as American  Depositary  Receipts).  Such investments  increase a
Series'  diversification  and may enhance  return,  but they also  involve  some
special  risks such as exposure  to  potentially  adverse  local  political  and
economic developments;  nationalization and exchange controls; potentially lower
liquidity and higher  volatility;  possible  problems  arising from  accounting,
disclosure,   settlement,   and  regulatory  practices  that  differ  from  U.S.
standards;  and the chance  that  fluctuations  in foreign  exchange  rates will
decrease the investment's  value (favorable  changes can increase its value). In
addition,  foreign securities purchased by the Series, may be subject to foreign
government  taxes,  higher  custodian  fees,  higher  brokerage  commissions and
dividend collection fees. Foreign government securities are issued or guaranteed
by a foreign government,  province,  instrumentality,  political  subdivision or
similar unit thereof.

FUTURES AND OPTIONS.  Futures  contracts are often used to manage risk,  because
they enable the investor to buy or sell an asset in the future at an agreed upon
price.  Options give the investor the right,  but not the obligation,  to buy or
sell an asset at a predetermined  price in the future. A Series may buy and sell
futures  contracts  (and  options on such  contracts)  to manage its exposure to
changes in securities prices and foreign currencies and as an efficient means of
adjusting  overall  exposure to certain  markets.  A Series may purchase or sell
call and put options on securities,  financial indices,  and foreign currencies,
and may invest in futures contracts on foreign currencies and financial indices,
including  interest  rates or an index of U.S.  Government  securities,  foreign
government securities or equity or fixed-income securities.

         Futures  contracts  and  options may not always be  successful  hedges;
their  prices can be highly  volatile;  using them could  lower a Series'  total
return;  and the  potential  loss from the use of futures can exceed the Series'
initial  investment in such  contracts.  These  instruments may also be used for
non-hedging purposes such as increasing a Series' income.

         The Series' use of  commodity  futures and  commodity  options  trading
should not be viewed as providing a vehicle for shareholder  participation  in a
commodity pool. Rather, in accordance with regulations  adopted by the Commodity
Futures Trading Commission (CFTC), a Series will employ such techniques only for
(1) hedging  purposes,  or (2) otherwise,  to the extent that aggregate  initial
margin and required premiums do not exceed 5 percent of the Series' net assets.

         Foreign  government  securities  are issued or  guaranteed by a foreign
government,  province,  instrumentality,  political  subdivision or similar unit
thereof.

HIGH-YIELD  BONDS.  A Series may invest  its assets in  fixed-income  securities
offering  high  current  income  that  are  in  the  lower-rated  categories  of
recognized  rating  agencies or, if not rated,  considered  to be of  comparable
quality. These lower-rated  fixed-income securities are considered,  on balance,
as predominantly  speculative with respect to capacity to pay interest and repay
principal in accordance  with the terms of the  obligation  and  generally  will
involve  more  credit  risk than  securities  in the  higher  rated  categories.
High-yield bonds are commonly referred to as "junk bonds."

         High-yield  securities  frequently  are issued by  corporations  in the
growth stage of their development.  They may also be issued in connection with a
corporate  reorganization  or a corporate  takeover.  Companies  that issue such
high-yielding  securities  often are highly leveraged and may not have available
to them more traditional  methods of financing.  Therefore,  the risk associated
with acquiring the  securities of such issuers  generally is greater than is the
case with higher rated securities.  For example,  during an economic downturn or
recession,  highly  leveraged  issuers of high-yield  securities  may experience
financial  stress.  During such  periods,  such issuers may not have  sufficient
revenues to meet their interest  payment  obligations.  The issuer's  ability to
service  its  debt  obligations  may  also be  adversely  affected  by  specific
corporate  developments,  or the issuer's  inability to meet specific  projected
business  forecasts,  or the  unavailability  of additional  financing.  Adverse
publicity and investor  perceptions  regarding lower rated bonds, whether or not
based upon fundamental analysis, may also depress the price for such securities.
The risk of loss from  default by the issuer is  significantly  greater  for the
holders of high-yield securities because such securities are generally unsecured
and are often subordinated to other creditors of the issuer.


HYBRID INSTRUMENTS. A Series may purchase hybrid instruments,  which combine the
elements of futures contracts or options with those of debt, preferred equity or
a depository instrument. Often these hybrid instruments are indexed to the price
of a commodity,  a particular currency,  or a domestic or foreign debt or equity
securities index. Hybrid instruments may take a variety of forms, including, but
not  limited  to,  debt  instruments  with  interest  or  principal  payments or
redemption terms determined by reference to the value of a currency or commodity
or  securities  index at a future point in time,  preferred  stock with dividend
rates  determined  by  reference  to the  value of a  currency,  or  convertible
securities with the conversion terms related to a particular commodity.


ILLIQUID  SECURITIES.   A  Series  may  hold  illiquid   investments.   Illiquid
investments are  investments  that cannot be sold or disposed of in the ordinary
course of business  within seven days at  approximately  the price at which they
are valued.  Illiquid investments  generally include:  repurchase agreements not
terminable  within seven days;  securities  for which market  quotations are not
readily  available;  restricted  securities  not  determined  to  be  liquid  in
accordance  with  guidelines  established  by the  Trust's  Board  of  Trustees;
over-the-counter  (OTC)  options  and, in certain  instances,  their  underlying
collateral; and securities involved in swap, cap, collar and floor transactions.

INFLATION-INDEXED   BONDS.  A  Series  may  purchase   inflation-indexed  bonds.
Inflation-indexed  bonds are fixed income  securities  whose  principal value is
periodically  adjusted according to the rate of inflation.  Such bonds generally
are issued at an interest  rate lower than  typical  bonds,  but are expected to
retain their  principal  value over time.  The  interest  rate on these bonds is
fixed at issuance,  but over the life of the bond the interest may be paid on an
increasing principal value, which has been adjusted for inflation.

         Inflation-indexed   securities   issued  by  the  U.S.   Treasury  have
maturities of ten years,  although it is anticipated  that securities with other
maturities  will be issued in the  future.  The  securities  pay  interest  on a
semi-annual  basis,  equal  to a  fixed  percentage  of  the  inflation-adjusted
principal amount.

         If  the  periodic   adjustment  rate  measuring  inflation  falls,  the
principal  value of  inflation-indexed  bonds  will be  adjusted  downward,  and
consequently the interest  payable on these securities  (calculated with respect
to a smaller principal  amount) will be reduced.  Repayment of the original bond
principal upon maturity (as adjusted for inflation) is guaranteed in the case of
U.S.  Treasury  inflation-indexed  bonds,  even  during a period  of  deflation.
However,  the  current  market  value of the bonds is not  guaranteed,  and will
fluctuate. The Series may also invest in other inflation related bonds which may
or may not provide a similar  guarantee.  If a  guarantee  of  principal  is not
provided,  the  adjusted  principal  value of the bond repaid at maturity may be
less than the original principal.


         The value of inflation-indexed  bonds is expected to change in response
to changes in real interest  rates.  Real interest rates in turn are tied to the
relationship   between  nominal  interest  rates  and  the  rate  of  inflation.
Therefore,  if  inflation  were to rise at a faster rate than  nominal  interest
rates,  real interest  rates might  decline,  leading to an increase in value of
inflation-indexed  bonds. In contrast,  if nominal interest rates increased at a
faster  rate than  inflation,  real  interest  rates  might  rise,  leading to a
decrease in value of inflation-indexed bonds.


         The periodic  adjustment of U.S.  inflation-index  bonds is tied to the
Consumer Price-Index for Urban Consumers (CPI-U), which is calculated monthly by
the U.S.  Bureau of Labor  Statistics.  The CPI-U is a measurement of changes in
the cost of living, made up of components such as housing, food,  transportation
and energy. Inflation-indexed bonds issued by a foreign government are generally
adjusted to reflect a comparable inflation index, calculated by that government.
There can be no  assurance  that the CPI-U or any foreign  inflation  index will
accurately  measure  the real  rate of  inflation  in the  prices  of goods  and
services.  Moreover,  there can be no assurance  that the rate of inflation in a
foreign  country  will be  correlated  to the rate of  inflation  in the  United
States.

         Any increase in the principal amount of an inflation-indexed  bond will
be considered  taxable  ordinary  income,  even though  investors do not receive
their principal until maturity.

INVESTMENT COMPANIES.  A Series may invest in investment companies to the extent
permitted  under the 1940 Act. As a shareholder  in an investment  company,  the
Series  would bear its pro rata  share of that  investment  company's  expenses,
which could result in  duplication  of certain fees,  including  management  and
administrative fees.

         A Series may invest cash balances into investment  companies managed by
a common investment adviser or its affiliates. A Series' investments in any such
fund will not be  subject  to any  additional  fees,  including  management  and
administrative fees.

MORTGAGE-BACKED  SECURITIES. A Series may invest in mortgage-backed  securities.
Mortgage-backed  securities are securities representing an interest in a pool of
mortgages.  The  mortgages  may be of a variety of types,  including  adjustable
rate,  conventional  30-year,   fixed-rate,   graduated  payment,  and  15-year.
Principal and interest payments made on the mortgages in the underlying mortgage
pool of a  mortgage-backed  security held by a Series are passed  through to the
Series.  This is in contrast to  traditional  bonds where  principal is normally
paid  back at  maturity  in a lump sum.  Unscheduled  prepayments  of  principal
shorten the securities'  weighted average life and may lower their total return.
(When a mortgage in the  underlying  mortgage  pool is prepaid,  an  unscheduled
principal prepayment is passed through to the Series. This principal is returned
to the Series at par.  As a result,  if a mortgage  security  were  trading at a
discount,  its total return would be  increased  by  prepayments).  The value of
these  securities also may change because of changes in the market's  perception
of the  creditworthiness  of the issuer.  In addition,  the mortgage  securities
market  in  general  may  be  adversely  affected  by  changes  in  governmental
regulation or tax policies.

MORTGAGE  DOLLAR ROLLS. A Series may enter into mortgage dollar rolls in which a
Series sells  mortgage-backed  securities  for delivery in the current month and
simultaneously  contracts to repurchase substantially similar (same type, coupon
and maturity)  securities on a specified future date.  During the roll period, a
Series foregoes principal and interest paid on the mortgage-backed securities. A
Series is compensated by the interest earned on the cash proceeds of the initial
sale and from  negotiated  fees paid by brokers  offered as an inducement to the
Series to "roll  over" its  purchase  commitments.  A Series may only enter into
covered  rolls.  A "covered  roll" is a specific  type of dollar  roll for which
there is an  offsetting  cash  position  which  matures on or before the forward
settlement date of the dollar roll transaction. At the time a Series enters into
a mortgage  "dollar roll",  it will establish an account with its custodian bank
in which it will  maintain  cash,  U.S.  Government  securities  or other liquid
assets  equal in value to its  obligations  in  respect  of  dollar  rolls,  and
accordingly,  such  dollar  rolls will not be  considered  borrowings.  Mortgage
dollar rolls involve the risk that the market value of the securities the Series
is obligated to repurchase  under the agreement may decline below the repurchase
price.  In the event the buyer of securities  under a mortgage dollar roll files
for bankruptcy or becomes  insolvent,  the Series' use of proceeds of the dollar
roll may be  restricted  pending  a  determination  by the other  party,  or its
trustee or receiver, whether to enforce the Series' obligation to repurchase the
securities.

PARTICIPATIONS AND ASSIGNMENTS.  A Series may invest in fixed- and floating-rate
loans (Loans) arranged through private negotiations between a corporate borrower
or a foreign sovereign entity and one or more financial institutions  (Lenders).
A  Series  may  invest  in such  Loans in the  form of  participations  in Loans
(Participations) and assignments of all or a portion of Loans from third parties
(Assignments).  Participations  typically  will  result  in a  Series  having  a
contractual  relationship only with the Lender, not with the borrower.  A Series
will have the right to receive  payments of principal,  interest and any fees to
which it is entitled  only from the Lender  selling the  Participation  and only
upon receipt by the Lender of the payments from the borrower. In connection with
purchasing  Participations,  a Series  generally  will have no right to  enforce
compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement  relating to the
Loan,  nor any  rights of set-off  against  the  borrower,  and a Series may not
benefit  directly  from  any  collateral  supporting  the  Loan in  which it has
purchased the  Participation.  As a result, a Series will assume the credit risk
of both the  borrower and the Lender that is selling the  Participation.  In the
event of the insolvency of the Lender selling a  Participation,  a Series may be
treated as a general creditor of the Lender and may not benefit from any set-off
between the Lender and the borrower.  A Series will acquire  Participations only
if the Lender interpositioned between a Series and the borrower is determined by
the sub-adviser to be  creditworthy.  When a Series  purchases  Assignments from
Lenders,  a Series will acquire  direct rights against the borrower on the Loan,
except that under  certain  circumstances  such rights may be more  limited than
those held by the assigning Lender.

         A  Series   may  have   difficulty   disposing   of   Assignments   and
Participations.  Because the market for such instruments is not highly liquid, a
Series  anticipates that such instruments could be sold only to a limited number
of  institutional  investors.  The lack of a highly liquid  secondary market may
have an adverse impact on the value of such instruments and will have an adverse
impact  on  a  Series'   ability  to  dispose  of  particular   Assignments   or
Participations  in response to a specific  economic event, such as deterioration
in the  creditworthiness of the borrower.  A Series currently treats investments
in Participations  and Assignments as illiquid for purposes of its limitation on
investment in illiquid securities. However, the Trustees may in the future adopt
guidelines for  determining  whether  Assignments  and Loan  Participations  are
liquid or illiquid.


PASSIVE FOREIGN  INVESTMENT  COMPANIES.  A Series may purchase the securities of
passive foreign investment  companies.  A passive foreign investment company, in
general,  is a foreign corporation of which either at least 75% of its income is
passive or an average of at least 50% of its assets produce, or are held for the
production of, passive income. In addition to bearing their  proportionate share
of the Trust's expenses (management fees and operating  expenses),  shareholders
will also indirectly bear similar expenses of such investment companies.


PORTFOLIO  TURNOVER.  To a limited  extent,  a Series may  engage in  short-term
transactions if such transactions further its investment objective. A Series may
sell one security and  simultaneously  purchase another of comparable quality or
simultaneously  purchase  and  sell  the  same  security  to take  advantage  of
short-term  differentials  in  bond  yields  or  otherwise  purchase  individual
securities in anticipation  of relatively  short-term  price gains.  The rate of
portfolio  turnover will not be a determining factor in the purchase and sale of
such  securities.   Increased   portfolio   turnover   necessarily   results  in
correspondingly  higher costs including brokerage  commissions,  dealer mark-ups
and other  transaction costs on the sale of securities and reinvestment in other
securities, and may result in the acceleration of taxable gains.


REAL ESTATE  INVESTMENT  TRUSTS (REITS).  REITs are pooled  investment  vehicles
whose  assets  consist  primarily  of  interests  in real estate and real estate
loans.  The REITs in which a Series may invest include  equity REITs,  which own
real estate  properties  and realize income from rents and gain or loss from the
sale of real estate  interests,  and mortgage  REITs,  which make  construction,
development  and  long-term  mortgage  loans and realize  income  from  interest
payments on loans. The value of an equity REIT may be affected by changes in the
value of the underlying  property,  while a mortgage REIT may be affected by the
quality of the credit  extended.  The performance of both types of REITs depends
upon conditions in the real estate industry, management skills and the amount of
cash flow. The risks associated with REITs include defaults by borrowers,  heavy
cash flow dependency,  self-liquidation,  failure to qualify as a "pass-through"
entity under the Federal tax law,  failure to qualify as an exempt  entity under
the 1940 Act,  and the fact that REITs are not  diversified.  REITs  (especially
mortgage REITs) are subject to interest rate risk.


REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS AND REVERSE REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS.  A Series may invest in
repurchase or reverse repurchase agreements. A repurchase agreement involves the
purchase of a security by a Series and a simultaneous  agreement (generally by a
bank or dealer) to repurchase that security from the Series at a specified price
and date or upon demand.  This  technique  offers a method of earning  income on
idle cash. A repurchase agreement may be considered a loan collateralized by the
underlying security. The Series must take physical possession of the security or
receive  written  confirmation  of the purchase  and a custodial or  safekeeping
receipt from a third party or be recorded as the owner of the  security  through
the Federal Reserve Book Entry System.

         The Series may invest in open repurchase agreements which vary from the
typical  agreement  in the  following  respects:  (1) the  agreement  has no set
maturity,  but instead matures upon 24 hours' notice to the seller;  and (2) the
repurchase  price is not  determined  at the time the agreement is entered into,
but is  instead  based  on a  variable  interest  rate and the  duration  of the
agreement.  In addition,  a Series,  together with other  registered  investment
companies having management  agreements with a common investment  adviser or its
affiliates,  may transfer  uninvested cash balances into a single joint account,
the daily aggregate  balance of which will be invested in one or more repurchase
agreements.

         When a Series  invests in a reverse  repurchase  agreement,  it sells a
portfolio  security  to another  party,  such as a bank or a  broker-dealer,  in
return for cash, and agrees to buy the security back at a future date and price.
Reverse  repurchase  agreements may be used to provide cash to satisfy unusually
heavy redemption  requests or for other temporary or emergency  purposes without
the necessity of selling  portfolio  securities or to earn additional  income on
portfolio securities, such as Treasury bills and notes.

SHORT SALES. A Series may sell  securities  short. A short sale is the sale of a
security  the Series does not own. It is "against  the box" if at all times when
the short  position is open the Series owns an equal amount of the securities or
securities  convertible into, or exchangeable without further consideration for,
securities of the same issue as the securities  sold short. To the extent that a
Series  engages in short sales that are not "against the box," it must  maintain
asset coverage in the form of assets  determined to be liquid by the sub-adviser
in  accordance  with  procedures  established  by the  Board of  Trustees,  in a
segregated  account, or otherwise cover its position in a permissible manner. If
the value of the security goes up, the Series will have to buy it back at a loss
to make good on the borrowing.

SHORT-TERM  CORPORATE  DEBT  SECURITIES.  A  Series  may  invest  in  short-term
corporate debt securities.  These are non-convertible  corporate debt securities
(e.g.,  bonds and debentures) which have one year or less remaining to maturity.
Corporate notes may have fixed, variable, or floating rates.

STANDARD  &  POOR'S  DEPOSITORY  RECEIPTS  (SPDRS).  SPDRs  are  American  Stock
Exchange-traded  securities that represent  ownership in the SPDR Trust, a trust
which has been  established  to accumulate and hold a portfolio of common stocks
that is intended to track the price  performance  and dividend  yield of the S&P
500 Index.  The SPDR trust is sponsored by a  subsidiary  of the American  Stock
Exchange.  SPDRs may be used for several  reasons  including but not limited to:
facilitating  the  handling  of cash flows or trading,  or reducing  transaction
costs. The use of SPDRs would introduce additional risk to a Series as the price
movement of the instrument does not perfectly correlate with the price action of
the underlying index.

STRIPPED   MORTGAGE-BACKED   SECURITIES.   A  Series   may   purchase   stripped
mortgage-backed  securities,  which may be considered derivative mortgage-backed
securities,  which may be issued by  agencies or  instrumentalities  of the U.S.
Government or by private  entities.  Stripped  mortgage-backed  securities  have
greater  volatility  than other types of  mortgage-backed  securities.  Stripped
mortgage-backed  securities are structured with two or more classes that receive
different  proportions of the interest and principal  distributions on a pool of
mortgage  assets.  In the most extreme  case,  one class will receive all of the
interest (IOs, or interest-only securities),  while the other class will receive
all of the principal (POs, or principal-only securities).  The yield to maturity
of such mortgage-backed  securities that are purchased at a substantial discount
or premium are  extremely  sensitive to changes in interest  rates as well as to
the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying
mortgage assets.

         As interest  rates rise and fall, the value of IOs tends to move in the
same  direction  as  interest  rates.  The  value of the  other  mortgage-backed
securities  described herein, like other debt instruments,  will tend to move in
the opposite  direction  compared to interest rates.  Under the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986,  as amended  (Code),  POs may  generate  taxable  income  from the
current accrual of original issue discount, without a corresponding distribution
of cash to the Series.

         The cash flows and yields on IO and PO classes are extremely  sensitive
to the  rate  of  principal  payments  (including  prepayments)  on the  related
underlying  mortgage  assets.  For  example,  a rapid or slow rate of  principal
payments  may  have a  material  adverse  effect  on the  prices  of IOs or POs,
respectively.   If  the  underlying  mortgage  assets  experience  greater  than
anticipated  prepayments of principal,  an investor may fail to recoup fully its
initial investment in an IO class of a stripped  mortgage-backed  security, even
if the IO class is rated AAA or Aaa or is  derived  from a full faith and credit
obligation. Conversely, if the underlying mortgage assets experience slower than
anticipated  prepayments of principal,  the price on a PO class will be affected
more  severely  than  would  be  the  case  with a  traditional  mortgage-backed
security.

SUPRANATIONAL  AGENCY  SECURITIES.  A Series may invest in securities  issued or
guaranteed  by  certain  supranational   entities,  such  as  the  International
Development Bank.


U.S. GOVERNMENT SECURITIES.  U.S. Government securities are issued or guaranteed
as to principal and interest by U.S. Government  agencies or  instrumentalities.
These include  securities  issued by the Federal National  Mortgage  Association
(Fannie Mae),  Government  National Mortgage  Association  (Ginnie Mae), Federal
Home Loan Bank,  Federal  Land Banks,  Farmers  Home  Administration,  Banks for
Cooperatives,  Federal  Intermediate Credit Banks,  Federal Financing Bank, Farm
Credit  Banks,   the  Small   Business   Association,   Student  Loan  Marketing
Association,  and the Tennessee Valley Authority. Some of these securities, such
as those issued by Ginnie Mae, are supported by the full faith and credit of the
U.S.  Treasury;  others,  such as those of  Fannie  Mae,  are  supported  by the
discretionary  authority  of  the  U.S.  Government  to  purchase  the  agency's
obligations;  and still  others,  such as those of the  Student  Loan  Marketing
Association,  are  supported  only  by the  credit  of the  instrumentality.  No
assurance can be given that the U.S.  Government will provide  financial support
to U.S. Government agencies or  instrumentalities  in the future,  other than as
set forth above, since it is not obligated to do so by law.


U.S. GOVERNMENT  OBLIGATIONS.  U.S. Government obligations include bills, notes,
bonds, and other debt securities issued by the U.S.  Treasury.  These are direct
obligations  of the U.S.  Government  and  differ  mainly in the length of their
maturities.

VARIABLE  RATE  SECURITIES.  Variable  rate  securities  provide  for a periodic
adjustment  in the  interest  rate  paid on the  obligations.  The terms of such
obligations  must provide that interest  rates are adjusted  periodically  based
upon  some  appropriate  interest  rate  adjustment  index  as  provided  in the
respective  obligations.  The adjustment intervals may be regular and range from
daily up to annually,  or may be event  based,  such as on a change in the prime
rate.

WARRANTS.  A Series may invest in warrants.  Warrants have no voting rights, pay
no dividends  and have no rights with  respect to the assets of the  corporation
issuing them.  Warrants basically are options to purchase equity securities at a
specific  price  valid  for a  specific  period of time.  They do not  represent
ownership of the  securities,  but only the right to buy them.  Warrants  differ
from call  options in that  warrants  are  issued by the issuer of the  security
which may be purchased on their exercise, whereas call options may be written or
issued by anyone. The prices of warrants do not necessarily move parallel to the
prices of the underlying securities.

WHEN-ISSUED  SECURITIES AND FORWARD COMMITMENT CONTRACTS.  A Series may purchase
securities on a when-issued  or delayed  delivery basis  (When-Issueds)  and may
purchase securities on a forward commitment basis (Forwards).  Any or all of the
Series'  investments in debt securities may be in the form of  When-Issueds  and
Forwards.  The price of such securities,  which may be expressed in yield terms,
is fixed at the time the  commitment  to  purchase  is made,  but  delivery  and
payment take place at a later date. Normally,  the settlement date occurs within
90 days of the purchase for  When-Issueds,  but may be substantially  longer for
Forwards.  During the period between PURCHASE and settlement, no payment is made
by the Series to the issuer and no interest accrues to the Series.  The purchase
of these  securities  will result in a loss if their value declines prior to the
settlement date. This could occur, for example, if interest rates increase prior
to  settlement.  The longer the period  between  purchase  and  settlement,  the
greater the risks. At the time the Series makes the commitment to purchase these
securities, it will record the transaction and reflect the value of the security
in determining its net asset value.  The Series will maintain cash and/or liquid
assets with its custodian bank at least equal in value to  commitments  for them
during the time between the purchase and the settlement.  Therefore,  the longer
this period,  the longer the period during which alternative  investment options
are not  available  to the  Series  (to the  extent of the  securities  used for
cover).  Such  securities  either  will mature or, if  necessary,  be sold on or
before the settlement date.

ZERO COUPON AND PAY-IN-KIND BONDS.  Unless otherwise stated herein, a Series may
invest up to 10% of its assets in zero coupon bonds or strips. Zero coupon bonds
do not make regular interest payments;  rather, they are sold at a discount from
face value.  Principal and accreted discount  (representing interest accrued but
not paid) are paid at maturity.  Strips are debt securities that are stripped of
their interest after the securities are issued,  but otherwise are comparable to
zero coupon  bonds.  The market value of strips and zero coupon bonds  generally
fluctuates  in response to changes in  interest  rates to a greater  degree than
interest-paying  securities  of comparable  term and quality.  A Series may also
purchase  pay-in-kind  bonds.  Pay-in-kind  bonds pay all or a portion  of their
interest in the form of debt or equity securities.

         Zero coupon and  pay-in-kind  bonds tend to be subject to greater price
fluctuations  in  response  to  changes  in  interest  rates  than are  ordinary
interest-paying  debt  securities  with  similar  maturities.  The value of zero
coupon  securities  appreciates more during periods of declining  interest rates
and  depreciates  more during  periods of rising  interest  rates than  ordinary
interest-paying debt securities with similar maturities.  Zero coupon securities
and  pay-in-kind  bonds  may  be  issued  by a wide  variety  of  corporate  and
governmental issuers.

         Current  federal  income tax law  requires  the holder of a zero coupon
security,  certain  pay-in-kind bonds and certain other securities acquired at a
discount (such as Brady Bonds) to accrue income with respect to these securities
prior to the  receipt of cash  payments.  Accordingly,  to avoid  liability  for
federal income and excise taxes,  a Series may be required to distribute  income
accrued  with respect to these  securities  and may have to dispose of portfolio
securities  under  disadvantageous  circumstances  in order to generate  cash to
satisfy these distribution requirements.

                         ADDITIONAL RISK CONSIDERATIONS

EMERGING MARKETS.  The considerations noted below under "Foreign Securities" may
be intensified in the case of investment in developing countries. Investments in
securities of issuers in emerging markets countries may involve a high degree of
risk and many may be considered speculative.  These investments carry all of the
risks of  investing in  securities  of foreign  issuers to a heightened  degree.
These heightened risks include: (i) greater risks of expropriation, confiscatory
taxation,  nationalization,  and less social,  political and economic stability;
(ii)  limitations  on daily  price  changes  and the small  current  size of the
markets for  securities  of emerging  markets  issuers and the  currently low or
nonexistent  volume of  trading,  resulting  in lack of  liquidity  and in price
volatility;  (iii)  certain  national  policies  which  may  restrict  a Series'
investment  opportunities including limitations on aggregate holdings by foreign
investors  and  restrictions  on  investing  in  issuers  or  industries  deemed
sensitive  to relevant  national  interests;  and (iv) the absence of  developed
legal structures  governing private or foreign  investment and private property.
In addition,  emerging  market  economies may be based on only a few industries,
may be highly vulnerable to changes in local or global trade conditions, and may
suffer from extreme and volatile debt burdens or inflation rates.

FOREIGN  SECURITIES.  Investments  in  foreign  securities,  including  those of
foreign  governments,  involve  risks that are  different in some  respects from
investments in securities of U.S.  issuers,  such as the risk of fluctuations in
the value of the currencies in which they are denominated,  a heightened risk of
adverse  political  and  economic  developments  and,  with  respect  to certain
countries,  the possibility of  expropriation,  nationalization  or confiscatory
taxation or  limitations  on the  removal of funds or other  assets of a Series.
Securities  of some  foreign  issuers  in many  cases are less  liquid  and more
volatile than securities of comparable domestic issuers.  There also may be less
publicly available  information about foreign issuers than domestic issuers, and
foreign issuers  generally are not subject to the uniform  accounting,  auditing
and financial  reporting  standards,  practices and  requirements  applicable to
domestic  issuers.  Certain  markets may require  payment for securities  before
delivery.  A Series may have limited  legal  recourse  against the issuer in the
event of a default on a debt  instrument.  Delays may be encountered in settling
securities transactions in certain foreign markets and a Series will incur costs
in converting  foreign  currencies into U.S.  dollars.  Bank custody charges are
generally  higher for foreign  securities.  The Series which invest primarily in
foreign  securities  are  particularly   susceptible  to  such  risks.  American
Depositary  Receipts do not involve the same direct currency and liquidity risks
as foreign securities.

         The share price of a Series  that  invests in foreign  securities  will
reflect the  movements of both the prices of the  portfolio  securities  and the
currencies  in  which  such  securities  are  denominated.   A  Series'  foreign
investments  may  cause  changes  in a  Series'  share  price  that  have  a low
correlation  with  movement  in the U.S.  markets.  Because  most of the foreign
securities in which a Series invests will be denominated in foreign  currencies,
or  otherwise  will have  values  that  depend  on the  performance  of  foreign
currencies relative to the U.S. dollar, the relative strength of the U.S. dollar
may be an  important  factor in the  performance  of a Series,  depending on the
extent of the Series' foreign investments.

         A Series may employ certain strategies in order to manage exchange rate
risks.  For  example,  a  Series  may  hedge  some  or all  of  its  investments
denominated in or exposed to a foreign  currency  against a decline in the value
of that  currency.  A Series  may enter  into  contracts  to sell  that  foreign
currency  for  U.S.  dollars  (not  exceeding  the  value  of a  Series'  assets
denominated  in or exposed to that currency) or by  participating  in options or
futures contracts with respect to such currency (position hedge). A Series could
also hedge that  position  by selling a second  currency,  which is  expected to
perform   similarly  to  the  currency  in  which   portfolio   investments  are
denominated,  for U.S.  dollars  (proxy  hedge).  A Series may also enter into a
forward contract to sell the currency in which the security is denominated for a
second  currency that is expected to perform better  relative to the U.S. dollar
if the sub-adviser  believes there is a reasonable degree of correlation between
movements in the two currencies  (cross  hedge).  A Series may also enter into a
forward  contract  to  sell  a  currency  in  which  portfolio   securities  are
denominated  in exchange  for a second  currency in order to manage its currency
exposure  to  selected  countries.   In  addition,  when  a  Series  anticipates
purchasing  securities  denominated in or exposed to a particular currency,  the
Series may enter into a forward  contract to  purchase or sell such  currency in
exchange for the dollar or another currency (anticipatory hedge).

         These strategies  minimize the effect of currency  appreciation as well
as depreciation, but do not protect against a decline in the underlying value of
the hedged  security.  In addition,  such strategies may reduce or eliminate the
opportunity to profit from  increases in the value of the original  currency and
may adversely impact a Series'  performance if the  sub-adviser's  projection of
future exchange rates is inaccurate.

FUTURES, OPTIONS AND OTHER DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS.  The use of futures, options,
forward  contracts,  and  swaps  (derivative  instruments)  exposes  a Series to
additional  investment  risks and transaction  costs. If a sub-adviser  seeks to
protect a Series against potential adverse movements in the securities,  foreign
currency or interest rate markets using these  instruments,  and such markets do
not move in a direction  adverse to the Series,  that Series  could be left in a
less  favorable  position  than if such  strategies  had not  been  used.  Risks
inherent in the use of futures,  options,  forward  contracts and swaps include:
(i) the risk that interest rates,  securities  prices and currency  markets will
not move in the directions  anticipated;  (ii) imperfect correlation between the
price of derivative  instruments  and movements in the prices of the securities,
interest rates or currencies being hedged;  (iii) the fact that skills needed to
use these  strategies  are  different  from  those  needed  to select  portfolio
securities;  (iv) the  possible  absence  of a liquid  secondary  market for any
particular  instrument  at any time;  and (v) the possible need to defer closing
out certain hedged positions to avoid adverse tax consequences.

HIGH-YIELD/HIGH-RISK  BONDS. Lower-rated bonds involve a higher degree of credit
risk,  which is the risk that the issuer  will not make  interest  or  principal
payments  when due. In the event of an  unanticipated  default,  a Series  would
experience  a  reduction  in its  income,  a decline in the market  value of the
securities  so affected  and a decline in the value of its shares.  More careful
analysis of the  financial  condition of issuers of  lower-rated  securities  is
therefore necessary. During an economic downturn or substantial period of rising
interest rates,  highly leveraged issuers may experience  financial stress which
could adversely  affect their ability to service  principal and interest payment
obligations,   to  meet  projected  business  goals  and  to  obtain  additional
financing.

         The  market  prices  of  lower-rated   securities  are  generally  less
sensitive  to interest  rate changes  than higher  rated  investments,  but more
sensitive to adverse economic or political changes,  or individual  developments
specific to the issuer.  Periods of economic or political uncertainty and change
can be expected to result in volatility of prices of these securities. Since the
last major economic recession,  there has been a substantial increase in the use
of high-yield debt securities to fund highly  leveraged  corporate  acquisitions
and restructurings, so past experience with high-yield securities in a prolonged
economic downturn may not provide an accurate  indication of future  performance
during such periods.  Lower-rated  securities  also may have less liquid markets
than higher-rated securities,  and their liquidity as well as their value may be
more severely affected by adverse economic conditions.  Many high-yield bonds do
not  trade  frequently.  When they do trade,  their  price may be  substantially
higher or lower  than had been  expected.  A lack of  liquidity  also means that
judgment may play a bigger role in valuing the securities. Adverse publicity and
investor  perceptions  as well as new or  proposed  laws may also have a greater
negative impact on the market for lower rated bonds.

         A Series may also  invest in unrated  debt  securities  of foreign  and
domestic  issuers.  Unrated debt,  while not  necessarily  of lower quality than
rated  securities,  may not have as broad a market.  Sovereign  debt of  foreign
governments  is generally  rated by country,  because  these ratings do not take
into account  individual  factors  relevant to each issue and may not be updated
regularly.  Because of the size and perceived  demand of the issue,  among other
factors,  certain  municipalities may not incur the costs of obtaining a rating.
The sub-adviser  will analyze the credit-  worthiness of the issuer,  as well as
any  financial  institution  or other  party  responsible  for  payments  on the
security,  in determining  whether to purchase  unrated  municipal  bonds.  (See
Appendix A for a description of bond rating categories).

HIGH-YIELD  FOREIGN  SOVEREIGN DEBT SECURITIES.  Investing in fixed and floating
rate  high-yield  foreign  sovereign  debt  securities  will  expose  the Series
investing  in  such  securities  to  the  direct  or  indirect  consequences  of
political,   social  or  economic  changes  in  the  countries  that  issue  the
securities. (See "Foreign Securities.") The ability and willingness of sovereign
obligors  in  developing  and  emerging  market  countries  or the  governmental
authorities  that control  repayment of their external debt to pay principal and
interest  on such debt when due may depend on  general  economic  and  political
conditions  within  the  relevant  country.  Countries  such as those in which a
Series may invest have historically experienced, and may continue to experience,
high rates of inflation,  high interest rates,  exchange rate trade difficulties
and  extreme  poverty  and  unemployment.  Many  of  these  countries  are  also
characterized by political uncertainty or instability.  Additional factors which
may influence the ability or  willingness  to service debt include,  but are not
limited to, a country's  cash flow  situation,  the  availability  of sufficient
foreign  exchange on the date a payment is due,  the  relative  size of its debt
service burden to the economy as a whole,  and its  government's  policy towards
the  International  Monetary  Fund,  the  World  Bank  and  other  international
agencies.

HYBRID  INSTRUMENTS.  The risks of  investing  in hybrid  instruments  reflect a
combination  of the risks of  investing  in  securities,  options,  futures  and
currencies, including volatility and lack of liquidity. Reference is made to the
discussion of futures, options, and forward contracts herein for a discussion of
these  risks.  Further,  the prices of the  hybrid  instrument  and the  related
commodity  or currency  may not move in the same  direction or at the same time.
Hybrid instruments may bear interest or pay preferred  dividends at below market
(or even relatively nominal) rates.  Alternatively,  hybrid instruments may bear
interest at above market rates but bear an increased risk of principal  loss. In
addition,  because the purchase and sale of hybrid  instruments could take place
in an  over-the-counter  or in a private  transaction between the Series and the
seller of the hybrid instrument,  the  creditworthiness  of the counter-party to
the transaction  would be a risk factor which the Series would have to consider.
Hybrid  instruments  also may not be  subject  to  regulation  of the  Commodity
Futures Trading  Commission,  which generally regulates the trading of commodity
futures by U.S. persons, the Securities and Exchange Commission, which regulates
the  offer  and  sale  of  securities  by  and to  U.S.  persons,  or any  other
governmental regulatory authority.


SECURITIES  LENDING.  Lending  securities  enables a Series  to earn  additional
income, but could result in a loss or delay in recovering these securities.  The
borrower of a Series' portfolio  securities must maintain acceptable  collateral
with that Series' custodian in an amount, marked to market daily, at least equal
to the  market  value  of the  securities  loaned,  plus  accrued  interest  and
dividends.  Acceptable collateral is limited to cash, U.S. government securities
and  irrevocable  letters of credit that meet certain  guidelines.  A Series may
reinvest any cash  collateral in money market  investments  or other  short-term
liquid investments. A Series will retain authority to terminate any of its loans
at any time. A Series may pay reasonable  fees in connection with a loan and may
pay the borrower or placing broker a negotiated  portion of the interest  earned
on the  reinvestment  of cash held as collateral.  A Series will receive amounts
equivalent to any dividends,  interest or other  distributions on the securities
loaned. A Series will regain record  ownership of loaned  securities to exercise
beneficial rights,  such as voting and subscription  rights, when regaining such
rights is considered to be in the Series' interest.

<PAGE>
                INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS APPLICABLE TO ALL SERIES

FUNDAMENTAL POLICIES. Each Series is subject to certain fundamental policies and
restrictions that may not be changed without shareholder  approval.  Shareholder
approval  means  approval by the lesser of (i) more than 50% of the  outstanding
voting  securities of the Trust (or a particular Series if a matter affects just
that Series),  or (ii) 67% or more of the voting securities present at a meeting
if the  holders of more than 50% of the  outstanding  voting  securities  of the
Trust (or the  affected  Series) are  present or  represented  by proxy.  Unless
otherwise indicated, all restrictions apply at the time of investment.

         (1) Each Series,  except the JNL/Janus  Capital Growth Series,  JNL/S&P
Conservative  Growth  Series  I,  JNL/S&P  Moderate  Growth  Series  I,  JNL/S&P
Aggressive  Growth  Series I, JNL/S&P Very  Aggressive  Growth Series I, JNL/S&P
Equity  Growth  Series I, JNL/S&P  Equity  Aggressive  Growth  Series I, JNL/S&P
Conservative  Growth  Series II,  JNL/S&P  Moderate  Growth  Series II,  JNL/S&P
Aggressive  Growth Series II, JNL/S&P Very Aggressive  Growth Series II, JNL/S&P
Equity Growth Series II,  JNL/S&P  Equity  Aggressive  Growth Series II, JNL/S&P
Conservative Growth Series,  JNL/S&P Moderate Growth Series,  JNL/S&P Aggressive
Growth  Series,  Lazard/JNL  Small Cap Value Series and Lazard/JNL Mid Cap Value
Series, shall be a "diversified company," as such term is defined under the 1940
Act.


         (2) No Series may invest more than 25% of the value of their respective
assets in any  particular  industry  (other  than U.S.  Government  securities),
except the PPM America/JNL Money Market Series. The telecommunications  industry
is comprised of several services which are considered separate industries by the
sub-advisers.   Services  can  include  cellular,  long  distance,   paging  and
messaging,  satellite or data and internet. As the  telecommunications  industry
continues to expand, there will be more service industries created.


         (3) No Series may invest  directly in real estate or  interests in real
estate;  however,  the  Series  may own  debt or  equity  securities  issued  by
companies engaged in those businesses.

         (4) No Series may  purchase  or sell  physical  commodities  other than
foreign  currencies  unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities (but
this limitation shall not prevent the Series from purchasing or selling options,
futures,  swaps and forward  contracts or from  investing in securities or other
instruments backed by physical commodities).

         (5) No Series  may lend any  security  or make any other  loan if, as a
result,  more than 33 1/3% of the Series'  total  assets  would be lent to other
parties (but this  limitation  does not apply to purchases of commercial  paper,
debt securities or repurchase agreements).

         (6) No Series may act as an underwriter of securities issued by others,
except to the extent that a Series may be deemed an  underwriter  in  connection
with the disposition of portfolio securities of such Series.

         (7) No Series may invest  more than 15% of a Series' net assets (10% in
the case of the PPM  America/JNL  Money Market Series and the  JNL/Alger  Growth
Series) in illiquid  securities.  This  limitation  does not apply to securities
eligible  for  resale  pursuant  to Rule 144A of the  Securities  Act of 1933 or
Commercial  Paper  issued  in  reliance  upon the  exemption  from  registration
contained in Section 4(2) of that Act,  which have been  determined to be liquid
in accordance with guidelines established by the Board of Trustees.

         (8) The Series will not issue  senior  securities  except that they may
borrow  money  for  temporary  or  emergency  purposes  (not for  leveraging  or
investment)  in an amount  not  exceeding  25% of the value of their  respective
total  assets  (including  the amount  borrowed)  less  liabilities  (other than
borrowings).  If borrowings exceed 25% of the value of a Series' total assets by
reason of a decline in net assets,  the Series will reduce its borrowings within
three business days to the extent  necessary to comply with the 25%  limitation.
This policy shall not prohibit reverse repurchase agreements, deposits of assets
to margin  or  guarantee  positions  in  futures,  options,  swaps  and  forward
contracts, or the segregation of assets in connection with such contracts.

OPERATING POLICIES. The Trustees have adopted additional investment restrictions
for the Series.  These restrictions are operating policies of the Series and may
be  changed  by  the  Trustees  without  shareholder  approval.  The  additional
investment restrictions adopted by the Trustees to date include the following:

  For each Series, to the extent applicable:

         (a)      The Series intend to comply with the CFTC regulations limiting
                  a Series'  investments in futures and options for  non-hedging
                  purposes.

  For the JNL/Alger Growth Series:

         (a)      At least 85% of the Series' net assets,  under  normal  market
                  conditions, will be invested in equity securities and at least
                  65% of  its  total  assets  will  be  invested  in the  equity
                  securities of companies that, at the time their securities are
                  purchased by the Series,  have a market  capitalization  of $1
                  billion or more.

         (b)      The  Series  may  hold up to 15% of its net  assets  in  money
                  market instruments and repurchase agreements.

  For the JNL/Alliance Growth Series:

         (a)      The Series may invest up to 25% of its total assets in foreign
                  securities.

  For the JNL/Eagle Core Equity Series:

         (a)      At least 65% of the Series' total assets,  under normal market
                  conditions, will be invested in U.S. common stocks.

         (b)      The   Series   may   invest  up  to  35%  of  its   assets  in
                  non-investment grade securities.

         (c)      The Series may invest up to 25% of its total assets in foreign
                  securities.

  For the JNL/Eagle SmallCap Equity Series:

         (a)      At least  65% of its  total  assets  will be  invested,  under
                  normal  market   conditions,   in  the  equity  securities  of
                  companies that, at the time their  securities are purchased by
                  the Series, have a market capitalization under $1 billion.

         (b)      The Series may invest up to 5% of its assets in non-investment
                  grade securities.


  For the JNL/J.P. Morgan Enhanced S&P 500 Stock Index Series:


         (a)      At least  65% of its  total  assets  will be  invested,  under
                  normal market conditions, in stocks.

  For the JNL/J.P. Morgan International & Emerging Markets Series:

         (a)      At least  65% of its  total  assets  will be  invested,  under
                  normal  market  conditions,  in equity  securities  of foreign
                  issuers.

         (b)      The Series may invest up to 10% of its total  assets in shares
                  of  investment  companies  and up to 5% of its total assets in
                  any one investment company as long as that investment does not
                  represent  more  than  3% of the  total  voting  stock  of the
                  acquired investment company.


   For each of the JNL/Janus Aggressive Growth Series,  JNL/Janus Capital Growth
   Series and JNL/Janus Global Equities Series:


         (a)      The Series  may not invest  more than 35% of its net assets in
                  high-yield/high-risk bonds.

         (b)      The  Series  may not  invest  more  than 25% of its  assets in
                  mortgage- and asset-backed securities.

         (c)      The Series may not invest  more than 10% of its assets in zero
                  coupon bonds.


  For the JNL/Janus Balanced Series and JNL/Janus Growth & Income Series:


         (a)      The Series  may not invest  more than 35% of its net assets in
                  high-yield/high-risk bonds.

         (b)      The Series may not invest  more than 10% of its assets in zero
                  coupon bonds.

  For the JNL/PIMCO Total Return Bond Series:

         (a)      At least  65% of its  total  assets  will be  invested,  under
                  normal market conditions, in fixed-income securities.

         (b)      The   Series   may   invest  up  to  10%  of  its   assets  in
                  non-investment grade fixed-income  securities rated at least B
                  by Moody's or S&P.


         (c)      The Series  may  invest up to 20% of its assets in  securities
                  denominated  in  foreign  currencies.  A  minimum  of  75%  of
                  currency exposure will be hedged.


         (d)      The Series may invest up to 10% of its assets in securities of
                  issuers based in emerging markets.

         (e)      The Series  may not  invest  more than 5% of its net assets in
                  any   combination  of  inverse   floater,   interest-only   or
                  principal-only securities.

         (f)      The Series may not enter into a swap agreement with a party if
                  the net amount owed or to be received under existing contracts
                  with that party would exceed 5% of the Series' assets.

  For the JNL/Putnam Growth Series:

        The Series may invest up to 20% of its net assets in foreign securities.


JNL/Putnam International Equity Series:

         (a)      The Series  normally  invests at least 65% of its total assets
                  in equity  securities of companies  located in three countries
                  other than the U.S.  Companies are located outside the U.S. if
                  (1) the are  organized  under U.S.  law,  (2) their  principal
                  office  is  outside  the  U.S.,   (3)  their   securities  are
                  principally  traded outside the U.S., (4) 50% or more of total
                  revenues  come  from  outside  the U.S.  or (5) 50% or more of
                  assets are outside the U.S.

  For the JNL/Putnam Value Equity Series:

         (a)      At least  65% of its  total  assets  will be  invested,  under
                  normal market conditions, in equity securities.

         (b)      The  Series  may  invest up to 25% of its total  assets in the
                  common stocks of foreign issuers.

  For the JNL International Index Series:

         (a)      The  Series  may hold up to 25% of its  value in MSCI  E.A.FE.
                  futures contracts.


  For the JNL Russell 2000 Index Series:

         (a)      The  Series  may hold up to 5% of its  value in  Russell  2000
                  Index futures contracts.

  For the JNL S&P 500 Index Series:

         (a)      The  Series  may hold up to 25% of its  value in S&P 500 Index
                  futures contracts.


  For the Lazard/JNL Mid Cap Value Series:

         (a)      At least 80% of its total assets will generally be invested in
                  the equity securities of undervalued medium size companies.

         (b)      The Series may invest up to 15% of its total assets in foreign
                  securities.

  For the Lazard/JNL Small Cap Value Series:

         (a)      At least 80% of its total assets will generally be invested in
                  the equity securities of small U.S.  companies in the range of
                  the Russell 2000 Index.

         (b)      The Series does not  currently  intend to invest more than 10%
                  of its total assets in the securities of unseasoned companies.

  For the PPM America/JNL Balanced Series:

         (a)      At least 25% of its  assets  will be  invested,  under  normal
                  market conditions, in fixed-income senior securities.

         (b)      The  Series  may  invest  up to  35%  of  its  net  assets  in
                  non-investment  grade  securities rated at least Ca by Moody's
                  Investors Services, Inc. (Moody's) or CC by Standard & Poor's,
                  a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (S&P).

  For the PPM America/JNL High Yield Bond Series:

         (a)      At least  65% of its  total  assets  will be  invested,  under
                  normal  market  conditions,  in  bonds  rated  Ba or  below by
                  Moody's or BB or below by S&P,  or if unrated,  of  comparable
                  quality.

         (b)      The Series  may invest up to 10% of its total  assets in bonds
                  rated C by Moody's or D by S&P.


         (c)      The  Series  may  invest up to 25% of its  assets  in  foreign
                  securities.


  For the PPM America/JNL Money Market Series:

         (a)      The Series  may not  invest  more than 5% of its assets in the
                  securities  of any one  issuer or  invest  more than 5% of its
                  assets in securities  (other than U.S.  Government  securities
                  and repurchase  agreements on such  securities)  that have not
                  been rated in the  highest  category by the  requisite  rating
                  agencies  or,  if  unrated,  have  not  been  deemed  to be of
                  comparable quality, as determined in accordance with Rule 2a-7
                  under the 1940 Act.


         (b)      The Series may invest more than 25% of its total assets in the
                  domestic  banking  industry.   There  are  no  limitations  on
                  investments   in   U.S.   Government   securities,   including
                  obligations   issued  or   guaranteed   by  its   agencies  or
                  instrumentalities.


  For the Salomon Brothers/JNL Balanced Series:

         (a)      The Series  currently  expects  that at least 40% of its total
                  assets will be invested,  under normal market  conditions,  in
                  equity securities.

         (b)      The  Series  may  invest  up to  20%  of  its  net  assets  in
                  nonconvertible  fixed-income  securities  rated Ba or lower by
                  Moody's or BB or lower by S&P or, if unrated,  are  determined
                  to be of comparable quality.

         (c)      The Series may invest up to 20% of its total assets in foreign
                  securities.

         (d)      The  Series  may not  invest  more  than 10% of its  assets in
                  repurchase agreements maturing in more than 7 days.

  For the Salomon Brothers/JNL Global Bond Series:

         (a)      The Series does not  currently  intend to invest more than 75%
                  of its assets in medium- or lower-rated securities.

         (b)      The Series may invest up to 20% of its assets in common stock,
                  convertible  securities,  warrants,  preferred  stock or other
                  equity securities when consistent with the Series' objectives.

         (c)      To maintain liquidity,  the Series may invest up to 20% of its
                  assets in high-quality, short-term money market instruments.

         (d)      The Series may not make loans of its portfolio securities with
                  a value in excess of 25% of its total assets.

  For the Salomon Brothers/JNL High Yield Bond Series:

         (a)      At least  80% of its  total  assets  will be  invested,  under
                  normal market conditions, in non-investment grade fixed-income
                  securities.


         (b)      The  Series  may  invest up to 35% of its total  assets in the
                  securities of foreign issuers and up to 5% of its total assets
                  in foreign governmental issuers in any one country.


         (c)      The Series may invest up to 10% of its total  assets in either
                  (i) equipment lease certificates, equipment trust certificates
                  and conditional  sales  contracts or (ii) limited  partnership
                  interests.

         (d)      The Series may invest up to 10% of its total  assets in common
                  stock,  convertible  securities,   warrants  or  other  equity
                  securities when consistent with its objective.


         (e)      To maintain liquidity,  the Series may invest up to 20% of its
                  assets in cash and/or U.S.  dollar-denominated debt securities
                  (short  term   investments   in  securities  for  the  forward
                  settlement  of trades  shall not  count for  purposes  of this
                  policy).


  For the Salomon Brothers/JNL U.S. Government & Quality Bond Series:

         (a)      At least  65% of its  total  assets  will be  invested,  under
                  normal  market  conditions,  in:  U.S.  Treasury  obligations;
                  obligations    issued   or    guaranteed    by   agencies   or
                  instrumentalities  of  the  U.S.  Government;  mortgage-backed
                  securities  guaranteed by Ginnie Mae that are supported by the
                  full faith and credit of the U.S. Government;  mortgage-backed
                  securities  guaranteed by agencies or instrumentalities of the
                  U.S.  Government  which are  supported by their own credit but
                  not the full  faith  and  credit of the U.S.  Government;  and
                  collateralized  mortgage obligations issued by private issuers
                  for which the underlying mortgage-backed securities serving as
                  collateral  are backed  either by (i)the  credit  alone of the
                  U.S.  Government  agency or  instrumentality  which  issues or
                  guarantees  them or (ii) the full faith and credit of the U.S.
                  Government.

         (b)      The  Series  may  invest  up to  35%  of its  assets  in  U.S.
                  dollar-denominated  securities  rated AAA, AA, A or BBB by S&P
                  or Aaa, Aa, A or Baa by Moody's, or if unrated,  determined to
                  be of comparable quality.

         (c)      The Series may not invest more than 10% of its total assets in
                  obligations of foreign issuers.

         (d)      The Series may not make loans of its portfolio securities with
                  a value in excess of 25% of its total assets.

  For the T. Rowe Price/JNL Established Growth Series:

         (a)      The Series may invest up to 30% of its total assets (excluding
                  reserves) in foreign securities.

  For the T. Rowe Price/JNL Mid-Cap Growth Series:

         (a)      At least  65% of its  total  assets  will be  invested,  under
                  normal  market  conditions,  in  mid-cap  (as  defined  in the
                  Prospectus) common stocks with above-average growth potential.

         (b)      The Series may invest up to 25% of its total assets (excluding
                  reserves) in foreign securities.

  For the T. Rowe Price/JNL Value Series:

         (a)      The Series may invest up to 25% of its total assets (excluding
                  reserves) in foreign securities.

INSURANCE LAW  RESTRICTIONS.  In connection  with the Trust's  agreement to sell
shares to the separate accounts, Jackson National Financial Services, LLC (JNFS)
and the insurance companies may enter into agreements, required by certain state
insurance  departments,  under  which JNFS may agree to use its best  efforts to
assure and to permit  insurance  companies  to monitor  that each  Series of the
Trust complies with the investment  restrictions  and limitations  prescribed by
state  insurance laws and  regulations  applicable to the investment of separate
account assets in shares of mutual funds. If a Series failed to comply with such
restrictions or limitations, the insurance company would take appropriate action
which might include  ceasing to make  investments  in the Series or  withdrawing
from the state imposing the limitation.  Such  restrictions  and limitations are
not expected to have a significant impact on the Trust's operations.


                       TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS OF THE TRUST

         The  officers  of the Trust  manage its day to day  operations  and are
responsible  to the Trust's Board of Trustees.  The trustees set broad  policies
for each Series and choose the Trust's officers.  The following is a list of the
trustees and officers of the Trust and a statement  of their  present  positions
and principal occupations during the past five years.

For  purposes of this  section,  the term "Fund  Complex"  includes  each of the
following  investment  companies:  JNL Series Trust,  JNL Variable Fund LLC, JNL
Variable Fund III LLC, JNL Variable Fund V LLC,  JNLNY  Variable Fund I LLC, and
JNLNY Variable Fund II LLC. Each of the Trustees is also a Trustee or Manager of
each of the other funds in the Fund Complex and each of the Trust's  officers is
also an officer of one or more of the funds in the Fund Complex.

ANDREW B. HOPPING* (Age 41), 5901 Executive Drive, Lansing, Michigan 48911

Trustee of the Trust and Member of the Board of Managers of each of the other
funds in the Fund Complex
President and Chief Executive Officer of the Trust and each of the other funds
in the Fund Complex
JNL Series Trust, Vice President (8/96 to 8/97)
JNL Series Trust, Treasurer (8/96 to 8/97)
JNL Series Trust, Chief Financial Officer (8/96 to 8/97)
Jackson National Life Distributors, Inc., Treasurer (1/98 to present)
Jackson National Financial Services, LLC, President and Managing Board Member
(3/98 to present)
Jackson National Life Insurance Company, Executive Vice President
(7/98 to present)
Jackson National Life Insurance Company, Chief Financial Officer
(12/97 to present) Jackson National Life Insurance Company,
Senior Vice President (6/94 to 7/98)
National Planning Corporation, Vice President (5/98 to 7/98)
Jackson National Life Distributors, Inc., Chief Financial Officer and Vice
President (7/97 to present)
National Planning Corporation, Director (6/97 to present)
Jackson National Financial Services, Inc., Chief Executive Officer and President
(7/97 to 5/98)
Countrywide Credit, Executive Vice President (3/92 to 6/94)


JOSEPH FRAUENHEIM (Age 65), 1405 Cambridge, Lansing, MI  48911
Trustee  of the Trust and Member of the Board of  Managers  of each of the other
funds in the Fund Complex
Consultant (1991 to present)

ROBERT A. FRITTS* (Age 51) 5901 Executive Drive, Lansing, Michigan 48911

Trustee  of the Trust and Member of the Board of  Managers  of each of the other
funds in the Fund Complex
Vice President,  Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer of the Trust and each of
the other funds in the Fund  Complex
JNL Series  Trust, Assistant Treasurer (2/96 to 8/97)
JNL Series Trust,  Assistant Secretary (12/94 to 2/96)
Jackson National Life Insurance Company,  Vice President and Controller
(8/82 to present)

THOMAS J. MEYER (Age 53) 5901 Executive Drive, Lansing, Michigan 48911

Vice  President,  Secretary and Counsel of the Trust and each of the other funds
in the Fund  Complex
Jackson National Life Insurance Company, Senior Vice President (7/98 to present)
Jackson National Life Insurance Company, Secretary (9/94 to present)
Jackson National Life Insurance Company, General Counsel (3/85 to present)
Jackson National Life Insurance Company, Vice President (3/85 to 7/98)



RICHARD MCLELLAN (Age 58), 1191 Carriageway North, East Lansing, MI  48823

Trustee  of the Trust and Member of the Board of  Managers  of each of the other
funds in the Fund Complex
Dykema Gossett PLLC, Attorney


PETER MCPHERSON (Age 59), 1 Abbott Road, East Lansing, MI  48824

Trustee  of the Trust and Member of the Board of  Managers  of each of the other
funds in the  Fund  Complex
Michigan  State  University,  President  (10/93  to present)

MARK D. NERUD (Age 33) 225 West Wacker Drive, Suite 1200, Chicago, IL  60606

Vice President and Assistant Treasurer of the Trust and each of the other funds
in the Fund Complex
Jackson National Financial Services, LLC, Chief Financial Officer
(3/98 to present)
Jackson National Financial Services, LLC, Managing Board Member
(3/98 to present)
National Planning Corporation, Vice President  (5/98 to present)
Jackson National Life Distributors, Inc., Chief Operating Officer
(7/97 to present)
Jackson National Financial Services, Inc., Director (1/98 to 5/98)
Jackson National Financial Services, Inc., Chief Operating Officer
(6/97 to 5/98)
Jackson National Financial Services, Inc., Treasurer (6/97 to 5/98)
Jackson National Life Insurance Company, Vice President - Fund Accounting &
Administration (1/00 to present)
Jackson National Life Insurance Company, Assistant Vice President - Mutual Fund
Operations (4/97 to 12/99)
Jackson National Life Insurance Company, Assistant Controller (10/96 to 4/97)
Jackson National Life Insurance Company, Senior Manager - Mutual Fund Operations
(4/96 to 10/96)
Voyageur Asset Management Company, Manager - Mutual Fund Accounting
(5/93 to 4/96)

SUSAN S. MIN (Age 28), 5901 Executive Drive, Lansing, MI  48911
Assistant Secretary of the Trust and each of the other funds in the Fund Complex
Jackson National Financial Services, LLC, Secretary
Jackson National Life Insurance Company, Senior Attorney (1/00 to present)
Goldman, Sachs & Co., Associate (10/99 to 12/99)
Van Eck Associates Corporation, Staff Attorney (9/97 to 10/99)

- -----------
*Trustees who are interested persons as defined in the Investment Company Act of
1940.

         As of January 20, 2000,  the  officers and trustees of the Trust,  as a
group,  owned less than 1% of the then  outstanding  shares of the Trust. To the
extent required by applicable law, Jackson National Life Insurance  Company will
solicit  voting  instructions  from  owners of  variable  insurance  or variable
annuity  contracts.  All  shares of each  Series  of the Trust  will be voted by
Jackson National Life Insurance  Company in accordance with voting  instructions
received from such variable  contract  owners.  Jackson  National Life Insurance
Company  will vote all of the shares  which it is  entitled  to vote in the same
proportion as the voting  instructions given by variable contract owners, on the
issues  presented,  including  shares which are attributable to Jackson National
Life Insurance Company's interest in the Trust.

         The trustees who are  "interested  persons" and officers as  designated
above receive no  compensation  from the Trust.  Disinterested  Trustees will be
paid $5,000 for each meeting of the Board of Trustees that they attend. The fees
to the  disinterested  Trustees are divided  among the funds in the Fund Complex
based on their relative size.

For the year ended December 31, 1999, the  disinterested  Trustees  received the
following fees from the Trust for service as Trustee:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            AGGREGATE COMPENSATION FROM THE         PENSION OR RETIREMENT BENEFITS
TRUSTEE                              ADVISER                       ACCRUED AS PART OF TRUST EXPENSES
<S>                                <C>                                       <C>
Joseph Frauenheim                    $16,000                                   $0
Richard McLellan                     $16,000                                    0
Peter McPherson                      $16,000                                    0
</TABLE>

                                   PERFORMANCE

         A  Series'  historical  performance  may be  shown in the form of total
return and yield.  These performance  measures are described below.  Performance
advertised  for a Series may or may not reflect  the effect of any charges  that
are imposed under a variable annuity  contract  (Contract) that is funded by the
Trust. Such charges, described in the prospectus for the Contract, will have the
effect of reducing a Series' performance.

         Standardized  average  annual total return and  non-standardized  total
return  measure both the net investment  income  generated by, and the effect of
any realized and  unrealized  appreciation  or  depreciation  of, the underlying
investments  of a Series.  Yield is a measure of the net  investment  income per
share earned over a specific one month or 30-day  period  (seven-day  period for
the PPM  America/JNL  Money Market Series)  expressed as a percentage of the net
asset value.

         A  Series'  standardized  average  annual  total  return  quotation  is
computed in accordance  with a  standardized  method  prescribed by rules of the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission  (SEC).  Standardized  average annual total
return shows the percentage rate of return of a hypothetical  initial investment
of $1,000 for the most recent one-, five- and ten-year periods,  or for a period
covering the time the Series has been in existence if the Series has not been in
existence  for one of the  prescribed  periods.  Because  average  annual  total
returns  tend to smooth  out  variations  in the  Series'  returns,  you  should
recognize  that  they  are not the  same as  actual  year-by-year  results.  The
standardized  average annual total return for a Series for a specific  period is
found by first taking a hypothetical $1,000 investment  (initial  investment) in
the  Series'  shares on the first day of the  period,  adjusting  to deduct  the
applicable  charges,  if  any,  and  computing  the  redeemable  value  of  that
investment at the end of the period. The redeemable value is then divided by the
initial  investment,  and this quotient is taken to the Nth root (N representing
the number of years in the period) and 1 is subtracted from the result, which is
then  expressed as a  percentage.  The  calculation  assumes that all income and
capital  gains  dividends  paid by the Series have been  reinvested at net asset
value on the reinvestment dates during the period.

         The  standardized  average  annual total return for each Series for the
periods indicated was as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                            One-Year Period       Commencement of
                                                                           Ended December 31,      Operations to
                                                                                  1999           December 31, 1999
                                                                                  ----           -----------------
<S>                                                                           <C>                   <C>
JNL/Alger Growth Series**                                                        33.80%                27.08%
JNL/Alliance Growth Series****                                                   28.23%                33.64%
JNL/Eagle Core Equity Series***                                                  23.55%                23.96%
JNL/Eagle SmallCap Equity Series***                                              19.27%                19.09%
JNL/J.P. Morgan International & Emerging Markets Series****                      38.02%                18.38%
JNL/J.P. Morgan Enhanced S&P 500 Stock Index Series****                           N/A                  6.85%
JNL/Janus Aggressive Growth Series*                                              94.43%                42.10%
JNL/Janus Capital Growth Series*                                                124.19%                44.09%
JNL/Janus Global Equities Series*                                                64.58%                36.45%
JNL/Janus Growth & Income Series******                                           4.98%                 -2.64%
JNL/PIMCO Total Return Bond Series****                                           -0.26%                2.92%
JNL/Putnam Growth Series*                                                        29.41%                30.51%
JNL/Putnam International Equity Series*******                                    32.11%                14.78%
JNL/Putnam Value Equity Series*                                                  -1.04%                16.96%
JNL/S&P Conservative Growth Series I*****                                        19.52%                13.85%
JNL/S&P Moderate Growth Series I*****                                            26.74%                18.75%
JNL/S&P Aggressive Growth Series I*****                                          35.38%                25.02%
JNL/S&P Very Aggressive Growth Series I*****                                     48.86%                33.84%
JNL/S&P Equity Growth Series I*****                                              43.19%                27.72%
JNL/S&P Equity Aggressive Growth Series I*****                                   45.25%                29.67%
JNL/S&P Conservative Growth Series II*****                                       16.14%                6.14%
JNL/S&P Moderate Growth Series II*****                                           22.77%                14.10%
JNL/S&P Aggressive Growth Series II*****                                         28.66%                16.11%
JNL/S&P Very Aggressive Growth Series II*****                                    42.42%                28.44%
JNL/S&P Equity Growth Series II*****                                             36.29%                19.99%
JNL/S&P Equity Aggressive Growth Series II*****                                  39.61%                23.92%
Lazard/JNL Mid Cap Value Series****                                              4.77%                 -1.78%
Lazard/JNL Small Cap Value Series****                                            1.96%                 -6.27%
PPM America/JNL Balanced Series*                                                 -0.11%                11.64%
PPM America/JNL Money Market Series*                                             4.67%                 4.93%
PPM America/JNL High-Yield Bond Series*                                          1.09%                 8.32%
Salomon Brothers/JNL Balanced Series****                                         0.09%                 3.23%
Salomon Brothers/JNL Global Bond Series*                                         1.87%                 7.79%
Salomon Brothers/JNL High-Yield Bond Series****                                  -1.76%                -0.25%
Salomon Brothers/JNL U.S. Government & Quality Bond Series*                      -2.50%                5.42%
T. Rowe Price/JNL Established Growth Series*                                     21.77%                26.74%
T. Rowe Price/JNL Mid-Cap Growth Series*                                         24.01%                25.27%

</TABLE>

         *  Commenced operations on May 15, 1995.
         **  Commenced operations on October 16, 1995.
         ***  Commenced operations on September 16, 1996.
         **** Commenced operations on March 2, 1998. Performance figures are not
annualized.
         ***** The JNL/S&P  Conservative Growth Series I commenced operations on
April 9, 1998;  the JNL/S&P  Moderate  Growth  Series I commenced  operations on
April 8, 1998; the JNL/S&P  Aggressive  Growth Series I commenced  operations on
April 8, 1998; the JNL/S&P Very Aggressive Growth Series I commenced  operations
on April 1, 1998;  the JNL/S&P  Equity Growth  Series I commenced  operations on
April  13,  1998;  the  JNL/S&P  Equity  Aggressive  Growth  Series I  commenced
operations  on April  15,  1998;  the  JNL/S&P  Conservative  Growth  Series  II
commenced  operations on April 13, 1998; the JNL/S&P  Moderate  Growth Series II
commenced  operations on April 13, 1998; the JNL/S&P Aggressive Growth Series II
commenced  operations  on April 13,  1998;  the JNL/S&P Very  Aggressive  Growth
Series II commenced  operations  on April 13, 1998;  the JNL/S&P  Equity  Growth
Series II commenced  operations on April 13, 1998; the JNL/S&P Equity Aggressive
Growth Series II commenced operations on April 13, 1998 and the JNL/J.P.  Morgan
Enhanced S&P 500 Index Series commenced operations on May 16, 1999.  Performance
figures are not annualized.
         ****** Commenced  operations on March 2, 1998. As of the effective date
of this Statement of Additional  Information,  Janus Capital Corporation (Janus)
has replaced  Goldman Sachs Asset  Management as the sub-adviser to this Series.
In addition,  certain  investment  policies,  practices and strategies have been
changed to reflect  the  management  style of Janus,  the new  sub-adviser.  The
Advisory  fees have also been  changed.  Given these  changes,  the  performance
information  shown below is not  indicative in any manner of how the Series will
perform in the future.
         ******* Commenced  operations on May 15, 1995. As of the effective date
of this Statement of Additional Information,  Putnam Investment Management, Inc.
has replaced Rowe-Price Fleming  International,  Inc. as the sub-adviser to this
Series.  Therefore, the performance information shown below is not indicative in
any manner of how the Series will perform in the future.

         The JNL/S&P  Conservative  Growth Series,  the JNL/S&P  Moderate Growth
Series, the JNL/S&P Aggressive Growth Series, the JNL Enhanced Intermediate Bond
Index Series,  the JNL  International  Index Series,  the JNL Russell 2000 Index
Series,  the JNL S&P 500 Index Series,  and the JNL S&P MidCap Index Series were
not in operation in 1999.  Prior to May 1, 1997,  the PPM  America/JNL  Balanced
Series  was  the  JNL/Phoenix   Investment   Counsel  Balanced  Series  and  was
sub-advised by Phoenix Investment Counsel Inc., the JNL/Putnam Growth Series was
the JNL/Phoenix  Investment Counsel Growth Series and was sub-advised by Phoenix
Investment  Counsel,  Inc., and the  JNL/Putnam  Value Equity Series was the PPM
America/JNL Value Equity Series and was sub-advised by PPM America, Inc.

         A Series'  performance  may be  affected  by risks  specific to certain
types  of  investments,  such as  foreign  securities,  derivative  investments,
non-investment  grade  debt  securities,  initial  public  offerings  (IPOs)  or
companies  with  relatively  small  market   capitalizations.   IPOs  and  other
investment  techniques may have magnified  performance impact on a Series with a
small asset base. A Series may not experience similar  performance as its assets
grow.

         The standardized average annual total return quotations will be current
to the  last  day of the  calendar  quarter  preceding  the  date  on  which  an
advertisement  is submitted for  publication.  The  standardized  average annual
total return will be based on rolling calendar  quarters and will cover at least
periods of one, five and ten years, or a period covering the time the Series has
been in  existence,  if it has not been in existence  for one of the  prescribed
periods.

         Non-standardized total return may also be advertised.  Non-standardized
total return may be for periods other than those required to be presented or may
otherwise differ from standardized average annual total return. Non-standardized
total return for a specific  period is  calculated by first taking an investment
(initial  investment)  in the Series'  shares on the first day of the period and
computing the end value of that  investment at the end of the period.  The total
return percentage is then determined by subtracting the initial  investment from
the ending  value and  dividing  the  remainder  by the initial  investment  and
expressing the result as a percentage.  The calculation  assumes that all income
and capital gains dividends paid by the Series have been reinvested at net asset
value on the reinvestment dates during the period. Non-standardized total return
may also be shown as the increased dollar value of the  hypothetical  investment
over the period.

         Quotations   of   standardized   average   annual   total   return  and
non-standardized  total  return  are based  upon  historical  earnings  and will
fluctuate. Any quotation of performance,  therefore,  should not be considered a
guarantee of future  performance.  Factors affecting the performance of a Series
include general market conditions, operating expenses and investment management.

         The yield for a Series  other  than the PPM  America/JNL  Money  Market
Series is computed in accordance  with a standardized  method  prescribed by the
rules of the SEC. The yield is calculated by assuming that the income  generated
by the investment during that 30-day period is generated each 30-day period over
a 12-month  period and is shown as a percentage  of the  investment.  Under this
method, yield is computed by dividing the net investment income per share earned
during the specified one month or 30-day period by the offering  price per share
on the last day of the period, according to the following formula:

                                    [OBJECT OMITTED]
Where:
         a = dividends and interest earned during the period.
         b = expenses accrued for the period (net of reimbursements).
         c = the average daily number of shares outstanding during the
             period that were entitled to receive dividends.
         d = the  offering  price (net asset value) per share on the last day of
             the period.

         The yield for the 30-day  period ended  December 31, 1999,  for each of
the referenced Series was as follows:


  JNL/PIMCO Total Return Bond Series .............................   6.10%
  PPM America/JNL Balanced Series ................................   3.83%
  PPM America/JNL High-Yield Bond Series .........................  10.21%
  Salomon Brothers/JNL Balanced Series ...........................   2.96%
  Salomon Brothers/JNL Global Bond Series ........................   8.12%
  Salomon Brothers/JNL High-Yield Bond Series ....................   9.71%
  Salomon Brothers/JNL U.S. Government & Quality Bond Series .....   6.22%


         In  computing  the   foregoing   yield,   the  Series  follow   certain
standardized  accounting  practices  specified by SEC rules. These practices are
not necessarily  consistent with those that the Series use to prepare annual and
interim financial  statements in accordance with generally  accepted  accounting
principles.

         The PPM  America/JNL  Money Market  Series'  yield is also  computed in
accordance  with a  standardized  method  prescribed  by rules of the SEC.  This
Series' yield is a measure of the net dividend and interest income earned over a
specific seven-day period expressed as a percentage of the offering price of the
Series. The yield is an annualized  figure,  which means that it is assumed that
the Series  generates the same level of net income over a 52-week period.  Under
this method,  the current yield quotation is based on a seven-day  period and is
computed as follows.  The first  calculation is net investment income per share;
which is accrued  interest  on  portfolio  securities,  plus or minus  amortized
discount or premium,  less accrued expenses.  This number is then divided by the
price per share  (expected to remain  constant at $1.00) at the beginning of the
period (base period  return).  The result is then divided by 7 and multiplied by
365 and the resulting  yield figure is carried to the nearest  one-hundredth  of
one percent.  Realized  capital gains or losses and unrealized  appreciation  or
depreciation  of  investments  are  not  included  in the  calculation.  The PPM
America/JNL  Money Market Series' yield for the seven-day  period ended December
31, 1999, was 5.37%.

         The PPM America/JNL  Money Market Series' effective yield is determined
by taking the base period return  (computed as described  above) and calculating
the effect of assumed compounding. The formula for the effective yield is: (base
period return + 1)365/7 - 1. The PPM America/JNL  Money Market Series' effective
yield for the seven-day period ended December 31, 1999, was 5.52%.

         A Series' performance  quotations are based upon historical results and
are not necessarily representative of future performance. The Series' shares are
sold at net asset value. Returns and net asset value will fluctuate, except that
the PPM  America/JNL  Money  Market  Series  seeks to maintain a $1.00 net asset
value per share.  Factors affecting a Series' performance include general market
conditions, operating expenses and investment management. Shares of a Series are
redeemable  at the then current net asset value,  which may be more or less than
original cost.

         The  performance  of the Series may be compared to the  performance  of
other mutual funds or mutual fund indices with similar  objectives  and policies
as  reported  by Lipper  Analytical  Services,  Inc.  (Lipper),  CDA  Investment
Technologies,  Inc.  (CDA) or  Donoghue's  Money  Fund  Report.  Lipper  and CDA
performance  calculations  are based upon  changes  in net asset  value with all
dividends  reinvested  and do not  include  the effect of any sales  charges.  A
Series'  performance may also be compared to that of the Consumer Price Index or
various  unmanaged  stock and bond  indices  including,  but not  limited to the
Consumer  Price Index,  the  Standard & Poor's 500 Index,  the Standard & Poor's
MidCap 400 Index,  the Morgan Stanley  Capital  International  All Country World
Free (ex-U.S.) Index, the Morgan Stanley Capital  International World Index, the
Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index, the Lehman Brothers  High-Yield Index, the
Merrill  Lynch  Treasury  Bill Index (3 month),  the Salomon  Smith Barney Broad
Investment  Grade Bond Index,  the Salomon Smith Barney High Yield Market Index,
the Salomon Brothers  Treasury Index, the Russell 2000 Index, the Russell Midcap
Index, the Morgan Stanley Europe and Australasia, Far East Equity Index, the S&P
Micropal  Asset  Allocation  USA Income Funds Sector Index,  or the S&P Micropal
Asset  Allocation USA Balanced Funds Sector Index,.  No adjustments are made for
taxes payable on  dividends.  Lipper and CDA are widely  recognized  independent
mutual fund reporting services.  Lipper and CDA indices are weighted performance
averages of other mutual funds with similar investment objectives.

         From  time  to  time,  a  Series  also  may  quote   information   from
publications including,  but not limited to, the following:  Morningstar,  Inc.,
The Wall Street Journal, Money Magazine,  Forbes,  Barron's, The New York Times,
USA Today, Institutional Investor and Registered Representative. Also, investors
may want to compare the historical returns of various  investments,  performance
indices of those investments or economic  indicators,  including but not limited
to stocks, bonds,  certificates of deposit and other bank products, money market
funds and U.S. Treasury  obligations.  Certain of these alternative  investments
may offer fixed rates of return and  guaranteed  principal,  and may be insured.
Economic indicators may include,  without limitation,  indicators of market rate
trends  and cost of funds,  such as Federal  Home Loan Bank Board 11th  District
Cost of Funds Index (COFI).

         The net asset values and returns of the Series will  fluctuate.  Shares
of a Series are  redeemable  by an investor at the then current net asset value,
which may be more or less than original cost.

         A Series may periodically advertise tax-deferred compounding charts and
other hypothetical illustrations.

                      INVESTMENT ADVISER AND OTHER SERVICES


         Jackson  National  Financial  Services,  LLC ("JNFS"),  5901  Executive
Drive,  Lansing,  Michigan  48911,  is the investment  adviser to the Trust.  As
investment  adviser,  JNFS  provides  the  Trust  with  professional  investment
supervision  and  management.  JNFS is a  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  Jackson
National  Life  Insurance  Company,  which is in turn wholly owned by Prudential
plc, a life insurance company in the United Kingdom.


         JNFS acts as  investment  adviser to the Trust  pursuant  to an Amended
Investment  Advisory and Management  Agreement.  Prior to July 1, 1998,  Jackson
National  Financial  Services,  Inc., an affiliate of JNFS,  acted as investment
adviser to the Trust. Jackson National Financial Services,  Inc. transferred the
Amended  Investment  Advisory and Management  Agreement,  all related investment
management  duties and its related  professional  staff to JNFS on July 1, 1998,
with the approval of the Board of Trustees of the Trust.


         The Amended Investment  Advisory and Management  Agreement continues in
effect for each Series from year to year after its initial two-year term so long
as its  continuation  is  approved  at least  annually  by (i) a majority of the
Trustees who are not parties to such agreement or interested persons of any such
party  except  in  their  capacity  as  Trustees  of the  Trust,  and  (ii)  the
shareholders  of  the  affected  Series  or the  Board  of  Trustees.  It may be
terminated  at any time upon 60 days  notice by either  party,  or by a majority
vote of the outstanding shares of a Series with respect to that Series, and will
terminate  automatically upon assignment.  Additional Series may be subject to a
different  agreement.  The Amended Investment Advisory and Management  Agreement
provides  that JNFS  shall not be liable for any error of  judgment,  or for any
loss  suffered  by the  Series  in  connection  with the  matters  to which  the
agreement relates,  except a loss resulting from willful misfeasance,  bad faith
or gross  negligence on the part of JNFS in the  performance of its  obligations
and duties, or by reason of its reckless disregard of its obligations and duties
under the agreement. As compensation for its services, the Trust pays JNFS a fee
as described in the Prospectus.  The fees paid by the Trust to Jackson  National
Financial  Services,  Inc.  pursuant  to the  Amended  Investment  Advisory  and
Management   Agreement  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  December  31,  1997  were
$7,264,087,  and for the  period  from  January  1,  1998 to June 30,  1998 were
$6,458,387.  The  fees  paid  by the  Trust  to  JNFS  pursuant  to the  Amended
Investment  Advisory and Management  Agreement from July 1, 1998 to December 31,
1998 and for the  fiscal  year  ended  December  31,  1999 were  $7,786,576  and
$26,522,400, respectively.


         In addition to providing the services  described  above,  JNFS selects,
contracts  with and  compensates  sub-advisers  to  manage  the  investment  and
reinvestment  of the  assets  of the  Series of the  Trust.  JNFS  monitors  the
compliance  of such  sub-advisers  with the  investment  objectives  and related
policies of each Series and reviews the  performance  of such  sub-advisers  and
reports periodically on such performance to the Trustees of the Trust.

         Alliance Capital Management L.P. (Alliance),  with principal offices at
1345 Avenue of the Americas,  New York, New York 10105, serves as sub-adviser to
the JNL/Alliance Growth Series. Alliance's clients are primarily major corporate
employee benefit funds, investment companies,  foundations,  endowment funds and
public employee retirement systems.

         Eagle  Asset  Management,  Inc.  (Eagle),  880  Carillon  Parkway,  St.
Petersburg,  Florida  33716,  serves as sub-adviser to the JNL/Eagle Core Equity
Series  and the  JNL/Eagle  SmallCap  Equity  Series.  Eagle is a  wholly  owned
subsidiary  of  Raymond  James  Financial,   Inc.,  which,   together  with  its
subsidiaries,  provides  a wide  range  of  financial  services  to  retail  and
institutional clients.

         Fred Alger Management,  Inc. (Alger Management),  which is located at 1
World Trade Center,  Suite 9333, New York, New York 10048, serves as sub-adviser
to the JNL/Alger  Growth Series.  Alger  Management is generally  engaged in the
business of rendering  investment  advisory  services to institutions  and, to a
lesser extent, individuals. Alger Management has been engaged in the business of
rendering  investment advisory services since 1964. Alger Management is a wholly
owned subsidiary of Fred Alger & Company, Incorporated which in turn is a wholly
owned  subsidiary  of Alger  Associates,  Inc.,  a  financial  services  holding
company.  Fred M.  Alger  III and his  brother,  David  D.  Alger  are  majority
shareholders of Alger Associates, Inc. and may be deemed to control that company
and its subsidiaries.


         J.P. Morgan Investment  Management Inc. (J.P.  Morgan),  with principal
offices at 522 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York 10036,  serves as sub-adviser to
the JNL/J.P.  Morgan Enhanced S&P 500 Stock Index Series and the JNL/J.P. Morgan
International  &  Emerging  Markets  Series.   J.P.  Morgan  is  a  wholly-owned
subsidiary of J.P. Morgan & Co.  Incorporated,  a bank holding company that also
owns Morgan Guaranty Trust Company,  J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and J.P. Morgan
Futures Inc. J.P.  Morgan and its  affiliates  offer a wide range of services to
governmental,  institutional,  corporate  and  individual  customers  and act as
investment advisor to individual and institutional customers.


         Janus Capital Corporation (Janus Capital),  a Colorado corporation with
principal  offices at 100 Fillmore  Street,  Denver,  Colorado 80206,  serves as
sub-adviser to the JNL/Janus  Aggressive Growth Series,  the JNL/Janus  Balanced
Series,  the JNL/Janus  Capital Growth  Series,  the JNL/Janus  Global  Equities
Series,  and  the  JNL/Janus  Growth  &  Income  Series.  Kansas  City  Southern
Industries, Inc. (KCSI) indirectly through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Stilwell
Financial, Inc., owns approximately 82% of the outstanding voting stock of Janus
Capital.  KCSI is a publicly-traded  holding company whose primary  subsidiaries
are  engaged  in  transportation  and  financial  services.  Thomas  H.  Bailey,
President and Chairman of the Board of Janus Capital,  owns approximately 12% of
its voting  stock and,  by  agreement  with  KCSI,  selects a majority  of Janus
Capital's  Board.  KCSI has announced its intention to separate its transportion
and  financial  services  businesses.  KCSI  anticipates  the  separation  to be
completed in the first half of 2000.


         Lazard Asset Management  (Lazard),  30 Rockefeller Plaza, New York, New
York 10112, serves as sub-adviser to the Lazard/JNL Mid Cap Value Series and the
Lazard/JNL  Small Cap Value Series.  Lazard is a division of Lazard Freres & Co.
LLC (Lazard Freres), a New York limited liability  company,  which is registered
as an investment adviser with the SEC and is a member of the New York,  American
and Chicago  Stock  Exchanges.  Lazard  Freres  provides its clients with a wide
variety of investment banking,  brokerage and related services.  Its clients are
both individuals and institutions.

         Pacific Investment  Management Company (PIMCO),  located at 840 Newport
Center Drive, Suite 300, Newport Beach,  California 92660, serves as sub-adviser
to the JNL/PIMCO  Total Return Bond Series.  PIMCO is an  investment  counseling
firm  founded in 1971.  PIMCO is a  subsidiary  of PIMCO  Advisors  L.P.  (PIMCO
Advisors).  The general partners of PIMCO Advisors are PIMCO Partners,  G.P. and
PIMCO  Advisors  Holdings  L.P.  (PAH).  PIMCO  Partners,   G.P.  is  a  general
partnership  between PIMCO Holding LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and
indirect  wholly-owned  subsidiary of Pacific Life Insurance Company,  and PIMCO
Partners LLC, a California  limited  liability  company  controlled by the PIMCO
Managing Directors.  PIMCO Partners, G.P. is the sole general partner of PAH. On
October 1, 1999, an Implementation and Merger Agreement ("Merger Agreement") was
entered into with Allianz of America ("Allianz").  The Merger Agreement provided
for the acquisition of 70% of PAH by Allianz through a merger of a subsidiary of
Allianz  with and  into  PAH.  PIMCO  may,  from  time to  time,  seek  research
assistance and rely on other management resources of its affiliated companies. A
portion  of the  sub-advisory  fees  received  by  PIMCO  may be paid  to  those
affiliates in return for such services provided.


         PPM America,  Inc.  (PPM),  which is located at 225 West Wacker  Drive,
Suite  1200,  Chicago,   Illinois  60606,  serves  as  sub-adviser  to  the  PPM
America/JNL  Balanced Series, the PPM America/JNL High Yield Bond Series and the
PPM  America/JNL  Money Market  Series.  PPM, an affiliate of JNFS,  is a wholly
owned subsidiary of Prudential Portfolio Managers Ltd., (PPM Ltd.) an investment
management  company engaged in global money management,  which is in turn wholly
owned by Prudential Corporation plc.


         Putnam Investment Management, Inc. (Putnam), located at One Post Office
Square,  Boston,  Massachusetts  02109,  serves as sub-adviser to the JNL/Putnam
Growth Series, the JNL/Putnam  International Equity Series, the JNL/Putnam Value
Equity Series, and the JNL/Putnam Midcap Growth Series. Putnam has been managing
mutual funds since 1937.  Putnam is a  subsidiary  of Putnam  Investment,  Inc.,
which is owned by Marsh & McLennan  Companies,  Inc., a  publicly-owned  holding
company whose principal  businesses are international  insurance and reinsurance
brokerage, employee benefit consulting and investment management.

         Salomon Brothers Asset Management Inc (SBAM),  located at 7 World Trade
Center,  New  York,  New  York  10048,  serves  as  sub-adviser  to the  Salomon
Brothers/JNL  Balanced Series, the Salomon  Brothers/JNL Global Bond Series, the
Salomon  Brothers/JNL  High Yield Bond Series and the Salomon  Brothers/JNL U.S.
Government & Quality Bond Series. SBAM is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of
Citigroup Inc. SBAM was  incorporated in 1987, and,  together with affiliates in
London,  Frankfurt,  Tokyo and Hong Kong,  SBAM  provides a broad range of fixed
income  and equity  investment  advisory  services  to  various  individual  and
institutional  clients located throughout the world and serves as sub-advisor to
various investment companies.


         In  connection  with  SBAM's  service  as  sub-adviser  to the  Salomon
Brothers/JNL  Global  Bond  Series,  SBAM  Limited,  whose  business  address is
Victoria Plaza, 111 Buckingham Palace Road,  London SW1W OSB, England,  provides
certain  sub-advisory  services to SBAM  relating to currency  transactions  and
investments  in non-dollar  denominated  debt  securities for the benefit of the
Series.  SBAM Limited is  compensated  by SBAM at no  additional  expense to the
Trust.  Like SBAM,  SBAM Limited is an  indirect,  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of
Citigroup Inc. SBAM Limited is a member of the Investment  Management Regulatory
Organization  Limited in the United  Kingdom and is  registered as an investment
adviser in the United States pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as
amended.

         Standard & Poor's Investment Advisory Services,  Inc. (SPIAS),  located
at 25 Broadway,  New York, New York 10004,  serves as sub-adviser to the JNL/S&P
Conservative  Growth  Series  I,  JNL/S&P  Moderate  Growth  Series  I,  JNL/S&P
Aggressive  Growth  Series I, JNL/S&P Very  Aggressive  Growth Series I, JNL/S&P
Equity  Growth  Series I, JNL/S&P  Equity  Aggressive  Growth  Series I, JNL/S&P
Conservative  Growth  Series II,  JNL/S&P  Moderate  Growth  Series II,  JNL/S&P
Aggressive  Growth Series II, JNL/S&P Very Aggressive  Growth Series II, JNL/S&P
Equity Growth Series II,  JNL/S&P  Equity  Aggressive  Growth Series II, JNL/S&P
Conservative   Growth  Series,   JNL/S&P  Moderate  Growth  Series  and  JNL/S&P
Aggressive  Growth Series.  SPIAS was established in 1995 to provide  investment
advice to the  financial  community.  SPIAS is a subsidiary  of The  McGraw-Hill
Companies,  Inc. and is affiliated with S&P. SPIAS operates independently of and
has no access to  analysis or other  information  supplied or obtained by S&P in
connection with its ratings  business,  except to the extent such information is
made available by S&P to the general public.

         T. Rowe Price  Associates,  Inc. (T.  Rowe),  located at 100 East Pratt
Street,  Baltimore,  Maryland  21202,  serves  as  sub-adviser  to the  T.  Rowe
Price/JNL  Established  Growth  Series,  the T. Rowe  Price/JNL  Mid-Cap  Growth
Series,  and the T. Rowe Price/JNL Value Series.  T. Rowe was founded in 1937 by
the late Thomas Rowe Price, Jr.

         As compensation for their services,  the sub-advisers receive fees from
JNFS computed  separately for each Series.  The fee for each Series is stated as
an annual  percentage of the net assets of such Series.  The fees are calculated
based on the average net assets of each Series.  The  following is a schedule of
the management fees JNFS currently is obligated to pay the  sub-advisers  out of
the advisory fee it receives from the Series as described  elsewhere in this SAI
and the Prospectus:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                            SERIES                                              ASSETS                        FEES
                            ------                                              ------                        ----

<S>                                                            <C>                                          <C>
  JNL/Alger Growth Series..............................        $0 to $300 million......................      .55%
                                                               $300 million to $500 million............      .50%
                                                               Over $500 million.......................      .45%

  JNL/Alliance Growth Series...........................        $0 to $250 million......................      .35%
                                                               Over $250 million.......................      .25%

  JNL/Eagle Core Equity Series.........................        $0 to $50 million.......................      .45%
                                                               $50 million to $300 million.............      .40%
                                                               Over $300 million.......................      .30%

  JNL/Eagle SmallCap Equity Series.....................        $0 to $150 million......................      .50%
                                                               $150 million to $500 million............      .45%
                                                               Over $500 million.......................      .40%


  JNL/J.P. Morgan Enhanced S&P 500 Stock Index Series..        $0 to $25 million.......................      .35%
                                                               Over $25 million........................      .30%


  JNL/J.P. Morgan International & Emerging Markets Series....  $0 to $50 million.......................      .55%
                                                               $50 million to $200 million.............      .50%
                                                               $200 million to $350 million............      .45%
                                                               Over $350 million.......................      .40%

  JNL/Janus Aggressive Growth Series...................        $0 to $100 million......................      .55%
                                                               $100 million to $500 million............      .50%
                                                               Over $500 million.......................      .45%


  JNL/Janus Balanced Series............................        $0 to $100 million......................      .55%
                                                               $100 million to $500 million............      .50%
                                                               Over $500 million.......................      .45%


  JNL/Janus Capital Growth Series......................        $0 to $100 million......................      .55%
                                                               $100 million to $500 million............      .50%
                                                               Over $500 million.......................      .45%

  JNL/Janus Global Equities Series.....................        $0 to $100 million......................      .55%
                                                               $100 million to $500 million............      .50%
                                                               Over $500 million.......................      .45%

  JNL/Janus Growth & Income Series.....................        $0 to $100 million......................      .55%
                                                               $100 million to $500 million............      .50%
                                                               Over $500 million.......................      .45%

  JNL/PIMCO Total Return Bond Series...................        all assets..............................      .25%

  JNL/Putnam Growth Series.............................        $0 to $150 million......................      .50%
                                                               $150 million to $300 million............      .45%
                                                               Over $300 million.......................      .35%

  JNL/Putnam International Equity Series...............        $0 to $150 million......................      .65%
                                                               $150 million to $300 million............      .55%
                                                               Over $300 million.......................      .45%

  JNL/Putnam Value Equity Series.......................        $0 to $150 million......................      .50%
                                                               $150 million to $300 million............      .45%
                                                               Over $300 million.......................      .35%


  JNL/Putnam Midcap Growth Series......................        $0 to $250 million......................      .50%
                                                               Over $250  million......................      .45%


  JNL/S&P Conservative Growth Series I.................        $0 to $500 million......................      .10%
                                                               Over $500 million.......................      .075%

  JNL/S&P Moderate Growth Series I.....................        $0 to $500 million......................      .10%
                                                               Over $500 million.......................      .075%

  JNL/S&P Aggressive Growth Series I...................        $0 to $500 million......................      .10%
                                                               Over $500 million.......................      .075%

  JNL/S&P Very Aggressive Growth Series I..............        $0 to $500 million......................      .10%
                                                               Over $500 million.......................      .075%

  JNL/S&P Equity Growth Series I.......................        $0 to $500 million......................      .10%
                                                               Over $500 million.......................      .075%

  JNL/S&P Equity Aggressive Growth Series I............        $0 to $500 million......................      .10%
                                                               Over $500 million.......................      .075%

  JNL/S&P Conservative Growth Series II................        $0 to $500 million......................      .10%
                                                               Over $500 million.......................      .075%

  JNL/S&P Moderate Growth Series II....................        $0 to $500 million......................      .10%
                                                               Over $500 million.......................      .075%

  JNL/S&P Aggressive Growth Series II..................        $0 to $500 million......................      .10%
                                                               Over $500 million.......................      .075%

  JNL/S&P Very Aggressive Growth Series II.............        $0 to $500 million......................      .10%
                                                               Over $500 million.......................      .075%

  JNL/S&P Equity Growth Series II......................        $0 to $500 million......................      .10%
                                                               Over $500 million.......................      .075%

  JNL/S&P Equity Aggressive Growth Series II...........        $0 to $500 million......................      .10%
                                                               Over $500 million.......................      .075%

  JNL/S&P Conservative Growth Index Series.............        $0 to $500 million......................      .10%
                                                               Over $500 million.......................      .075%

  JNL/S&P Moderate Growth Index Series.................        $0 to $500 million......................      .10%
                                                               Over $500 million.......................      .075%

  JNL/S&P Aggressive Growth Index Series...............        $0 to $500 million......................      .10%
                                                               Over $500 million.......................      .075%

  JNL Enhanced Intermediate Bond Index Series..........        all assets..............................      .20%

  JNL International Index Series.......................        all assets..............................      .15%

  JNL Russell 2000 Index Series........................        all assets..............................      .05%

  JNL S&P 500 Index Series.............................        all assets..............................      .05%

  JNL S&P MidCap Index Series..........................        all assets..............................      .05%

  Lazard/JNL Mid Cap Value Series......................        $0 to $50 million.......................      .55%
                                                               $50 million to $150 million.............      .525%
                                                               $150 million to $300 million............      .475%
                                                               Over $300 million.......................      .45%

  Lazard/JNL Small Cap Value Series....................        $0 to $50 million.......................      .625%
                                                               $50 million to $150 million.............      .575%
                                                               $150 million to $300 million............      .525%
                                                               Over $300 million.......................      .475%

  PPM America/JNL Balanced Series......................        $0 to $50 million.......................      .25%
                                                               $50 million to $150 million.............      .20%
                                                               $150 million to $300 million............      .175%
                                                               $300 million to $500 million............      .15%
                                                               Over $500 million.......................      .125%

  PPM America/JNL High Yield Bond Series...............        $0 to $50 million.......................      .25%
                                                               $50 million to $150 million.............      .20%
                                                               $150 million to $300 million............      .175%
                                                               $300 million to $500 million............      .15%
                                                               Over $500 million.......................      .125%

  PPM America/JNL Money Market Series..................        $0 to $50 million.......................      .20%
                                                               $50 million to $150 million.............      .15%
                                                               $150 million to $300 million............      .125%
                                                               $300 million to $500 million............      .10%
                                                               Over $500 million.......................      .075%

  Salomon Brothers/JNL Balanced Series.................        $0 to $50 million.......................      .35%
                                                               $50 million to $100 million.............      .30%
                                                               Over $100 million.......................      .25%

  Salomon Brothers/JNL Global Bond Series..............        $0 to $50 million.......................      .375%
                                                               $50 million to $150 million.............      .35%
                                                               $150 million to $500 million............      .30%
                                                               Over $500 million.......................      .25%

  Salomon Brothers/JNL High Yield Bond Series..........        $0 to $50 million.......................      .35%
                                                               $50 million to $100 million.............      .30%
                                                               Over $100 million.......................      .25%

  Salomon Brothers/JNL U.S. Government & Quality Bond Series.  $0 to $150 million......................      .225%
                                                               $150 million to $300 million............      .175%
                                                               $300 million to $500 million............      .15%
                                                               Over $500 million.......................      .10%

  T. Rowe Price/JNL Established Growth Series..........        $0 to $20 million.......................      .45%
                                                               $20 million to $50 million..............      .40%
                                                               Over $50 million........................      .40%*

  T. Rowe Price/JNL Mid-Cap Growth Series..............        $0 to $20 million.......................      .60%
                                                               $20 million to $50 million..............      .50%
                                                               Over $50 million........................      .50%*

  T. Rowe Price/JNL Value Series.......................        $0 to $50 million.......................      .50%
                                                               Over $50 million........................      .40%

</TABLE>

*   When average net assets exceed this amount,  the sub-advisory fee asterisked
    is applicable to all amounts in this Series.

         The  sub-advisory  fees payable by JNFS to a sub-adviser may be reduced
as agreed to by the  parties  from time to time.  With  respect  to the  Salomon
Brothers/JNL  Global Bond Series and in connection with the advisory  consulting
agreement  between Salomon Brothers and SBAM Limited,  Salomon Brothers will pay
SBAM Limited,  as full compensation for all services provided under the advisory
consulting  agreement,  a portion of its investment  management  fee. The amount
payable to SBAM Limited will be equal to the fee payable under Salomon Brothers'
sub-advisory  agreement  multiplied  by the  portion of the assets of the Series
that SBAM Limited has been  delegated to manage  divided by the current value of
the net assets of the Series.

         Subject  to the  supervision  of JNFS  and  the  Trustees  pursuant  to
investment  sub-advisory  agreements  entered  into between JNFS and each of the
sub-advisers,  respectively,  the  sub-advisers  invest and reinvest the Series'
assets  consistent  with  the  Series'  respective   investment  objectives  and
policies.  The investment  sub-advisory  agreement  continues in effect for each
Series  from  year  to  year  after  its  initial  two-year  term so long as its
continuation is approved at least annually by a majority of the Trustees who are
not parties to such agreement or interested  persons of any such party except in
their capacity as Trustees of the Series and by the shareholders of the affected
Series or the Board of Trustees.  It may be  terminated at any time upon 60 days
notice by either  party,  or by a majority vote of the  outstanding  shares of a
Series  with  respect to that  Series,  and will  terminate  automatically  upon
assignment  or upon  the  termination  of the  investment  management  agreement
between  JNFS and the  Series.  Additional  Series may be subject to a different
agreement.  The  sub-advisers are responsible for compliance with or have agreed
to use their best efforts to manage the Series to comply with the  provisions of
Section  817(h)  of  the  Code,  applicable  to  each  Series  (relating  to the
diversification  requirements  applicable to investments in underlying  variable
annuity contracts).

         The JNL/J.P.  Morgan  Enhanced S&P 500 Stock Index Series,  JNL S&P 500
Index Series, and JNL S&P MidCap Index Series are not sponsored,  endorsed, sold
or promoted by Standard & Poor's, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies,  Inc.
(S&P).  S&P makes no  representation  or  warranty,  express or implied,  to the
owners of the  Series or any  member of public  regarding  the  advisability  of
investing in securities  generally or in the Series  particularly or the ability
of the S&P 500 Index or the S&P MidCap 400 Index to track  general  stock market
performance. S&P's only relationship to the Licensee is the licensing of certain
trademarks  and trade  names of S&P and of the S&P 500 Index and the S&P  MidCap
400 Index which are determined, composed and calculated by S&P without regard to
the  Licensee  or the  Series.  S&P has no  obligation  to take the needs of the
Licensee  or the  owners  of  the  Series  into  consideration  in  determining,
composing or calculating  the S&P 500 Index or the S&P MidCap 400 Index.  S&P is
not responsible for and has not participated in the  determination of the prices
and amount of the Series or the timing of the  issuance or sale of the Series or
in the determination or calculation of the equation by which the Series is to be
converted into cash.  S&P has no obligation or liability in connection  with the
administration, marketing or trading of the Series.

         S&P DOES NOT GUARANTEE THE ACCURACY AND/OR THE  COMPLETENESS OF THE S&P
500 INDEX OR THE S&P MIDCAP 400 INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN AND S&P SHALL
HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS, OMISSIONS, OR INTERRUPTIONS THEREIN. S&P MAKES
NO  WARRANTY,  EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,  AS TO RESULTS TO BE  OBTAINED  BY  LICENSEE,
OWNERS OF THE SERIES,  OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY FROM THE USE OF THE S&P 500
INDEX OR THE S&P MIDCAP  400 INDEX OR ANY DATA  INCLUDED  THEREIN.  S&P MAKES NO
EXPRESS OR  IMPLIED  WARRANTIES,  AND  EXPRESSLY  DISCLAIMS  ALL  WARRANTIES  OF
MERCHANTABILITY  OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR  PURPOSE OR USE WITH RESPECT TO THE
S&P 500 INDEX OR THE S&P MIDCAP 400 INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN.  WITHOUT
LIMITING ANY OF THE FOREGOING,  IN NO EVENT SHALL S&P HAVE ANY LIABILITY FOR ANY
SPECIAL, PUNITIVE,  INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING LOST PROFITS),
EVEN IF NOTIFIED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.


ADMINISTRATIVE FEE. Each Series, except the JNL/] International Index Series and
each of the JNL/S&P Series,  pays to JNFS an  Administrative  Fee of .10% of the
average daily net assets of the Series. The  JNLInternational  Index Series pays
an  Administrative  Fee of .15%. The JNL/S&P Series do not pay an Administrative
Fee.  In  return  for  the  fee,   JNFS   provides  or  procures  all  necessary
administrative  functions  and  services  for the  operation  of the Series.  In
addition, JNFS, at its own expense,  arranges for legal, audit, fund accounting,
custody,  printing  and  mailing,  and  all  other  services  necessary  for the
operation of each Series.  Prior to January 1, 1999, each Series paid all of its
own  operating  expenses.  Each  Series  is  responsible  for  trading  expenses
including  brokerage  commissions,  interest and taxes, and other  non-operating
expenses.


CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER  AGENT.  The custodian has custody of all  securities and
cash of the Trust  maintained in the United States and attends to the collection
of principal and income and payment for and collection of proceeds of securities
bought and sold by the Trust.


         Boston  Safe  Deposit  and Trust  Company,  One Boston  Place,  Boston,
Massachusetts  02108,  acts  as  custodian  for  the  JNL/Alger  Growth  Series,
JNL/Alliance  Growth Series,  JNL/Eagle Core Equity Series,  JNL/Eagle  SmallCap
Equity Series,  JNL/J.P.  Morgan  Enhanced S&P 500 Stock Index Series,  JNL/J.P.
Morgan  International & Emerging  Markets Series,  JNL/Janus  Aggressive  Growth
Series,  JNL/Janus Balanced Series,  JNL/Janus Capital Growth Series,  JNL/Janus
Global Equities Series JNL/Janus Growth & Income Series,  JNL/PIMCO Total Return
Bond Series,  JNL/Putnam Growth Series,  JNL/Putnam International Equity Series,
JNL/Putnam  Midcap Growth Series,  JNL/Putnam Value Equity Series,  JNL Enhanced
Intermediate Bond Index Series, JNL International Index Series, JNL Russell 2000
Index Series, JNL S&P 500 Index Series, JNL S&P MidCap Index Series,  Lazard/JNL
Small  Cap  Value  Series,  Lazard/JNL  Mid Cap Value  Series,  PPM  America/JNL
Balanced Series,  PPM America/JNL High Yield Bond Series,  PPM America/JNL Money
Market Series, Salomon Brothers/JNL Balanced Series, Salomon Brothers/JNL Global
Bond Series,  Salomon Brothers/JNL High Yield Bond Series,  Salomon Brothers/JNL
U.S.  Government & Quality Bond Series,  T. Rowe  Price/JNL  Established  Growth
Series, T. Rowe Price/JNL Midcaap Growth Series, T. Rowe Price/JNL Value Series,
JNL  Enhanced  Intermediate  Bond Index  Series,  JNL/SSGA  International  Index
Series,  JNL Russell 2000 Index Series,  JNL S&P 500 Index  Series,  and JNL S&P
MidCap Index Series.


The Trust  acts as  custodian  for the  JNL/S&P  Conservative  Growth  Series I,
JNL/S&P  Moderate Growth Series I, JNL/S&P  Aggressive  Growth Series I, JNL/S&P
Very Aggressive  Growth Series I, JNL/S&P Equity Growth Series I, JNL/S&P Equity
Aggressive  Growth  Series I, JNL/S&P  Conservative  Growth  Series II,  JNL/S&P
Moderate  Growth Series II,  JNL/S&P  Aggressive  Growth Series II, JNL/S&P Very
Aggressive  Growth Series II,  JNL/S&P  Equity Growth Series II,  JNL/S&P Equity
Aggressive  Growth  Series  II,  JNL/S&P  Conservative  Growth  Series,  JNL/S&P
Moderate Growth Series, and JNL/S&P Aggressive Growth Series.


         JNFS is the transfer agent and dividend-paying agent for each Series of
the Trust.

INDEPENDENT     ACCOUNTANTS.     The    Series'     independent     accountants,
PricewaterhouseCoopers  LLP, 203 North LaSalle,  Chicago,  Illinois 60601, audit
and  report on the  Series'  annual  financial  statements,  and  perform  other
professional accounting, auditing and advisory services when engaged to do so by
the Series.

SERIES TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE. Purchases and sales of newly issued portfolio
securities are usually  principal  transactions  without  brokerage  commissions
effected  directly with the issuer or with an  underwriter  acting as principal.
Other  purchases  and  sales  may  be  effected  on  a  securities  exchange  or
over-the-counter, depending on where it appears that the best price or execution
will be obtained.  The purchase price paid by a Series to  underwriters of newly
issued  securities  usually  includes  a  concession  paid by the  issuer to the
underwriter,  and  purchases  of  securities  from  dealers,  acting  as  either
principals  or agents in the after  market,  are  normally  executed  at a price
between the bid and asked price, which includes a dealer's mark-up or mark-down.
Transactions on U.S. stock  exchanges and some foreign stock  exchanges  involve
the  payment  of  negotiated  brokerage  commissions.   On  exchanges  on  which
commissions  are negotiated,  the cost of transactions  may vary among different
brokers.  On most foreign  exchanges,  commissions are generally fixed. There is
generally no stated  commission in the case of securities  traded in domestic or
foreign  over-the-counter  markets,  but  the  price  of  securities  traded  in
over-the-counter  markets  includes an undisclosed  commission or mark-up.  U.S.
Government  Securities  are generally  purchased from  underwriters  or dealers,
although  certain  newly  issued U.S.  Government  Securities  may be  purchased
directly from the U.S.  Treasury or from the issuing agency or  instrumentality.
No brokerage  commissions  are  typically  paid on  purchases  and sales of U.S.
Government Securities.

         Transactions  for a  Series  may  be  effected  on  foreign  securities
exchanges.  In  transactions  for  securities  not actively  traded on a foreign
securities  exchange,  a Series will deal  directly  with the dealers who make a
market in the securities  involved,  except in those  circumstances where better
prices and execution are available elsewhere. Such dealers usually are acting as
principal  for their own  account.  On  occasion,  securities  may be  purchased
directly from the issuer.  Such portfolio  securities are generally  traded on a
net basis and do not normally involve  brokerage  commissions.  Securities firms
may receive brokerage commissions on certain portfolio  transactions,  including
options,  futures and options on futures  transactions and the purchase and sale
of underlying securities upon exercise of options.

         Each Series may participate,  if and when  practicable,  in bidding for
the purchase of securities for the Series' portfolio  directly from an issuer in
order to take advantage of the lower purchase price available to members of such
a  group.  A  Series  will  engage  in this  practice,  however,  only  when the
sub-adviser,  in its sole discretion,  believes such practice to be otherwise in
the Series' interest.

         The primary  consideration in portfolio security  transactions is "best
execution,"  i.e.,  execution  at the  most  favorable  prices  and in the  most
effective manner possible.  JNFS and the sub-advisers  always attempt to achieve
best  execution  and  have  complete  freedom  as to  the  markets  in  and  the
broker/dealers  through which they seek this result.  Subject to the requirement
of  seeking  best   execution,   securities  may  be  bought  from  or  sold  to
broker/dealers who have furnished  statistical,  research, and other information
or  services  to  JNFS  or  the  sub-advisers.   In  placing  orders  with  such
broker/dealers,  JNFS and the  sub-advisers  will,  where  possible,  take  into
account the  comparative  usefulness of such  information.  Such  information is
useful  to JNFS  and the  sub-advisers  even  though  its  dollar  value  may be
indeterminable  and its receipt or availability  generally does not reduce JNFS'
or the sub-advisers' normal research activities or expenses.

         JNFS and the sub-advisers are authorized, consistent with Section 28(e)
of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended,  when  placing  portfolio
transactions  for a Series with a broker to pay a brokerage  commission  (to the
extent applicable) in excess of that which another broker might have charged for
effecting the same transaction on account of the receipt of research,  market or
statistical information.  The term "research, market or statistical information"
may include (a) advice as to (i) the value of securities,  (ii) the advisability
of investing in, purchasing or selling securities, and (iii) the availability of
securities or purchasers or sellers of securities  and (b)  furnishing  analysis
and reports concerning  issuers,  industries,  securities,  economic factors and
trends,  portfolio strategy and the performance of accounts.  Higher commissions
may be paid to firms that provide  research  services to the extent permitted by
law. JNFS and the sub-advisers may use this research information in managing the
Trust's assets, as well as the assets of other clients.

         Pursuant  to  the   Sub-advisory   Agreements,   the  Sub-advisers  are
responsible  for  placing  all orders  for the  purchase  and sale of  portfolio
securities of the Trust. The  Sub-advisers  have no formula for the distribution
of the Trust's brokerage business, their intention being to place orders for the
purchase and sale of securities with the primary objective of obtaining the most
favorable overall results for the Trust. The cost of securities transactions for
each  portfolio  will consist  primarily of brokerage  commissions  or dealer or
underwriter spreads.  Bonds and money market instruments are generally traded on
a net basis and do not normally involve either brokerage commissions or transfer
taxes.

         Occasionally, securities may be purchased directly from the issuer. For
securities  traded primarily in the  over-the-counter  market,  the Sub-advisers
will,  where  possible,  deal  directly  with  dealers  who make a market in the
securities  unless better prices and  execution  are available  elsewhere.  Such
dealer usually act as principals for their own account.

         In selecting  brokers and dealers through whom to effect  transactions,
the  Sub-advisers  will give  consideration  to a number of  factors,  including
price,  dealer  spread or  commission,  if any, the  reliability,  integrity and
financial condition of the broker-dealer, size of the transaction and difficulty
of execution.  Consideration of these factors by a Sub-adviser,  either in terms
of a particular  transaction or the Sub-adviser's overall  responsibilities with
respect to the Trust and any other accounts  managed by the  Sub-adviser,  could
result in the Trust paying a commission  or spread on a  transaction  that is in
excess of the amount of commission or spread  another  broker-dealer  might have
charged for executing the same  transaction.  In selecting  brokers and dealers,
the  Sub-advisers  will also give  consideration to the value and quality of any
research, statistical, quotation or valuation services provided by the broker or
dealer.  In placing a purchase or sale  order,  a  Sub-adviser  may use a broker
whose  commission in effecting the transaction is higher than that of some other
broker if the Sub-adviser determines in good faith that the amount of the higher
commission  is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research
services  provided  by such  broker,  viewed in terms of either  the  particular
transaction or the Sub-adviser's  overall  responsibilities  with respect to the
Trust and any other accounts managed by the Sub-adviser.  Brokerage and research
services  provided by brokers and dealers  include  advice,  either  directly or
through  publications  or  writings,   as  to  the  value  of  securities,   the
advisability of purchasing or selling securities, the availability of securities
or  purchasers  or sellers of  securities,  and analyses and reports  concerning
issuers,  industries,  securities,  economic  factors  and trends and  portfolio
strategy.  Consistent  with the foregoing  considerations  and the Rules of Fair
Practice  of the NASD,  sales of  contracts  for which the  broker-dealer  or an
affiliate  thereof is responsible may be considered as a factor in the selection
of such brokers or dealers.  A higher cost  broker-dealer  will not be selected,
however,  solely on the basis of sales volume but will be selected in accordance
with the criteria set forth above.

         To the  extent  research  services  are  used  by the  Sub-advisers  in
rendering investment advice to the Trust, such services would tend to reduce the
Sub-advisers'  expenses.  However, the Sub-advisers do not believe that an exact
dollar value can be assigned to these services.  Research  services  received by
the Sub-advisers  from brokers or dealers  executing  transactions for the Trust
will be  available  also for the  benefit  of other  portfolios  managed  by the
Sub-advisers.

         The  Trustees  periodically  review the  Adviser's  performance  of its
responsibilities  in connection with the placement of portfolio  transactions on
behalf of the Series and review  commissions paid by the Series over a period of
time to  determine  if they are  reasonable  in  relation  to the benefit to the
Series.

         Any portfolio  transaction for a Series may be executed through brokers
that  are  affiliated  with the  Trust,  JNFS  and/or  sub-adviser,  if,  in the
sub-adviser's  judgment,  the use of such affiliated brokers is likely to result
in  price  and  execution  at  least as  favorable  as those of other  qualified
brokers, and if, in the transaction,  the affiliated broker charges the Series a
commission  rate  consistent  with  those  charged by the  affiliated  broker to
comparable unaffiliated customers in similar transactions. All transactions with
affiliated brokers will comply with Rule 17e-1 under the 1940 Act.

         Trust portfolio  transactions may be effected with  broker/dealers  who
have  assisted  investors in the purchase of  Contracts.  However,  neither such
assistance  nor sale of other  investment  company  shares  is a  qualifying  or
disqualifying factor in a broker/dealer's selection, nor is the selection of any
broker/dealer based on the volume of shares sold.

         There may be occasions  when portfolio  transactions  for the Trust are
executed  as part of  concurrent  authorizations  to  purchase  or sell the same
security for trusts or other accounts served by affiliated  companies of JNFS or
the sub-advisers.  Although such concurrent authorizations  potentially could be
either advantageous or disadvantageous to the Trust, they are effected only when
JNFS and the sub-advisers believe that to do so is in the interest of the Trust.
When such concurrent authorizations occur the executions will be allocated in an
equitable manner.

         During the periods indicated,  the Series paid the following amounts in
brokerage commissions:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                  Fiscal year ended       Fiscal year ended      Fiscal year ended
                                                  December 31, 1999       December 31, 1998      December 31, 1997
                                                  -----------------       -----------------      -----------------

<S>                                                            <C>                    <C>                    <C>
JNL/Alger Growth Series***                                     $543,677               $300,075               $183,075
JNL/Alliance Growth Series*****                                  16,815                  7,467                      0
JNL/Eagle Core Equity Series****                                176,866                 70,878                 17,298
JNL/Eagle SmallCap Equity Series****                             38,923                 59,117                 33,313
JNL/J.P. Morgan International & Emerging
     Markets Series*****                                         16,988                 34,462                      0
JNL/J.P. Morgan Enhanced S&P 500 Stock Index
     Series*                                                      3,495                      0                      0
JNL/Janus Aggressive Growth Series**                            500,158                194,347                162,153
JNL/Janus Capital Growth Series**                               277,576                209,026                147,014
JNL/Janus Global Equities Series**                              559,149                487,399                453,347
JNL/Janus Growth & Income Series (formerly,
Goldman Sachs/JNL Growth & Income
     Series)*****                                                23,133                 12,650                      0
JNL/PIMCO Total Return Bond Series*****                             349                    275                      0
JNL/Putnam Growth Series**                                      323,736                169,997                181,765
JNL/Putnam International Equity Series
     (formerly, T. Rowe Price/JNL International
     Equity Investment Series)**                                 98,046                 87,777                142,628
JNL/Putnam Value Equity Series**                                475,590                249,514                139,522
Lazard/JNL Mid Cap Value Series*****                             23,907                 11,510                      0
Lazard/JNL Small Cap Value Series*****                           12,644                  8,479                      0
PPM America/JNL Balanced Series**                                73,565                 27,513                 43,630
PPM America/JNL High Yield Bond Series**                              0                  4,823                      0
PPM America/JNL Money Market Series**                                 0                      0                      0
Salomon Brothers/JNL Balanced Series*****                         4,741                  2,066                      0
Salomon Brothers/JNL Global Bond Series**                             0                     32                      0
Salomon Brothers/JNL High-Yield Bond Series*****                      0                      0                      0
Salomon Brothers/JNL U.S. Government and
     Quality Bond Series**                                            0                      0                      0
T. Rowe Price/JNL Established Growth Series**                   420,664                239,877                114,988
T. Rowe Price/JNL Mid-Cap Growth Series**                       350,062                195,160                164,887
</TABLE>

* Commenced operations on May 16, 1999.
** Commenced operations on May 15, 1995.
*** Commenced operations on October 16, 1995.
**** Commenced operations on September 16, 1996.
***** Commenced operations on March 2, 1998.


         During the periods  indicated,  the Trust paid the following amounts in
brokerage commissions to affiliated broker/dealers:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                Period Ended December   Period Ended December       Period Ended
Name of Broker/Dealer                                  31, 1999                31, 1998           December 31, 1997
- ---------------------                                  --------                --------           -----------------
<S>                                                   <C>                   <C>                     <C>
Fred Alger & Co., Inc.                                 $629,057.11           $  297,614.70           $  181,990.33
Goldman Sachs                                             1,142.73                  821.76                    0.00
Jardine Fleming                                             551.77                    0.00                    0.00
Raymond James & Associates, Inc.                          7,281.60                4,700.00                4,306.92
Robert Fleming                                            2,426.04                9,558.28               34,696.52
Salomon Brothers Inc.                                       264.00                  178.00                    0.00
</TABLE>

         Each of the  broker/dealers  listed above is affiliated  with the Trust
through a sub-adviser.


         The percentage of the Trust's aggregate  brokerage  commissions paid to
affiliated  broker/dealers  during  the period  ended  December  31,  1999 is as
follows:


                       Broker/Dealer      Percentage of Aggregate Commissions
Fred Alger & Co., Inc.                                15.966%
Goldman Sachs                                          0.030%
Jardine Fleming                                        0.014%
Raymond James & Associates, Inc.                       0.185%
Robert Fleming                                         0.062%
Salomon Brothers Inc.                                  0.007%


         As of December 31, 1999, the following  Series owned  securities of one
of the Trust's regular broker/dealers:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                         Amount of
                                                                                                        Securities
                         Series                                          Broker/Dealer                     Owned
                         ------                                          -------------                     -----

<S>                                                        <C>                                             <C>
JNL/Alger Growth Series                                    Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc.                       13,803,925
JNL/Alger Growth Series                                    Merrill Lynch Pierce, Fenner & Smith             1,862,050
JNL/Alliance Growth Series                                 CIT Group Holdings                                 202,800
JNL/Alliance Growth Series                                 Goldman Sachs & Co.                                178,956
JNL/Alliance Growth Series                                 Merrill Lynch Pierce, Fenner & Smith               175,350
JNL/Alliance Growth Series                                 Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc.                          656,650
JNL/Janus Growth & Income Series (formerly, Goldman        Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc.                           57,100
Sachs/JNL Growth & Income Series)
JNL/J.P. Morgan Enhanced S&P 500 Stock Index               CIT Group Holdings                                   4,225
JNL/J.P. Morgan Enhanced S&P 500 Stock Index               Goldman, Sachs & Co.                                27,314
JNL/J.P. Morgan Enhanced S&P 500 Stock Index               Merrill Lynch Pierce, Fenner & Smith                25,885
JNL/PIMCO Total Return Bond Series                         Goldman, Sachs & Co.                               116,438
JNL/PIMCO Total Return Bond Series                         Merrill Lynch Pierce, Fenner & Smith               252,123
JNL/PIMCO Total Return Bond Series                         Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc.                          271,685
JNL/Putnam  International  Equity  Series  (formerly,  T.  Credit Suisse Group                                373,702
Rowe Price/JNL International Equity Investment Series)
JNL/Putnam International Equity Series (formerly, T.       HSBC Securities                                    387,007
Rowe Price/JNL International Equity Investment Series)
JNL/Putnam Value Equity Series                             J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc.                     2,625,569
JNL/Putnam Value Equity Series                             Merrill Lynch Pierce, Fenner & Smith             1,987,718
Lazard/JNL Mid Cap Value Series                            CIT Group Holdings                                  80,275
Salomon Brothers/JNL Balanced Series                       Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette                        48,563
Salomon Brothers/JNL Balanced Series                       Merrill Lynch Pierce, Fenner & Smith                70,875
Salomon Brothers/JNL Global Bond Series                    Merrill Lynch Pierce, Fenner & Smith               806,710
T. Rowe Price/JNL Established Growth Series                HSBC Holdings                                      883,386
T. Rowe Price/JNL Established Growth Series                Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc                         2,398,200
T. Rowe Price/JNL Mid-Cap Growth Series                    CIT Group Inc.                                   1,719,575
</TABLE>

CODE OF ETHICS.  To mitigate  the  possibility  that a Series will be  adversely
affected by personal trading of employees,  the Trust, JNFS and the sub-advisers
have  adopted  Codes of Ethics  under  Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act.  These  Codes
contain  policies  restricting  securities  trading in personal  accounts of the
portfolio  managers and others who normally come into  possession of information
on portfolio  transactions.  These Codes comply, in all material respects,  with
the  recommendations of the Investment  Company Institute.  Employees subject to
the Code of Ethics may invest in securities for their own  investment  accounts,
including securities that may be purchased or held by the Trust.


                  PURCHASES, REDEMPTIONS AND PRICING OF SHARES

         An  insurance  company  may  purchase  shares  of the  Series  at their
respective net asset values,  using premiums  received with respect to Contracts
issued by the company's separate accounts. These separate accounts are funded by
shares of the Trust.

         All investments in the Trust are credited to the shareholder's  account
in the form of full and FRACTIONAL  shares of the designated  Series (rounded to
the nearest 1/1000 of a share). The Trust does not issue share certificates.

         As stated in the  Prospectus,  the net asset  value  (NAV) of a Series'
shares is determined  once each day on which the New York Stock Exchange  (NYSE)
is open  (Business  Day) at the  close of the  regular  trading  session  of the
Exchange (normally 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, Monday through Friday). The NAV of a
Series'  shares is not  determined  on the days the NYSE is  closed,  which days
generally are New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Jr. holiday,  President's  Day,
Good  Friday,  Memorial  Day,  Independence  Day,  Labor Day,  Thanksgiving  and
Christmas.

         The per share NAV of a Series is determined by dividing the total value
of the securities  and other assets,  less  liabilities,  by the total number of
shares  outstanding.  In  determining  NAV,  securities  listed on the  national
securities exchanges,  the Nasdaq National Market and foreign markets are valued
at the  closing  prices on such  markets,  or if such price is  lacking  for the
trading period immediately preceding the time of determination,  such securities
are  valued  at their  current  bid  price.  Securities  that are  traded on the
over-the-counter  market  are  valued  at  their  closing  bid  prices.  Foreign
securities and currencies are converted to U.S.  dollars using exchange rates in
effect at the time of  valuation.  A Series may  determine  the market  value of
individual  securities  held by it,  by  using  prices  provided  by one or more
professional  pricing  services  which may provide market prices to other funds,
or, as needed, by obtaining market  quotations from independent  broker-dealers.
Short-term  securities  maturing within 60 days are valued on the amortized cost
basis.

         Trading in securities on European and Far Eastern securities  exchanges
and  over-the-counter  markets is  normally  completed  well before the close of
business on each Business Day. In addition,  European and Far Eastern securities
trading generally or in a particular  country or countries may not take place on
all  Business  Days.  Furthermore,  trading  takes place in Japanese  markets on
certain  Saturdays and in various foreign markets on days which are not Business
Days and on which a Series' NAV is not calculated.  A Series  calculates NAV per
share, and therefore  effects sales,  redemptions and repurchases of its shares,
as of the  close of the NYSE  once on each day on which  the NYSE is open.  Such
calculation does not take place  contemporaneously with the determination of the
prices  of the  majority  of the  foreign  portfolio  securities  used  in  such
calculation.

         For the PPM America/JNL  Money Market Series,  securities are valued at
amortized cost,  which  approximates  market value, in accordance with Rule 2a-7
under the 1940 Act. The net income of the PPM America/JNL Money Market Series is
determined once each day, on which the NYSE is open, at the close of the regular
trading  session of the NYSE (normally 4:00 p.m.,  Eastern time,  Monday through
Friday).  All the net income of the  Series,  so  determined,  is  declared as a
dividend to  shareholders  of record at the time of such  determination.  Shares
purchased  become  entitled to dividends  declared as of the first day following
the date of  investment.  Dividends  are  distributed  in the form of additional
shares of the Series on the last  business  day of each month at the rate of one
share (and  fraction  thereof) of the Series for each one dollar  (and  fraction
thereof) of dividend income.

         For this purpose,  the net income of the PPM  America/JNL  Money Market
Series (from the time of the immediately preceding  determination thereof) shall
consist  of: (a) all  interest  income  accrued on the  portfolio  assets of the
Series,  (b) less all actual  and  accrued  expenses,  and (c) plus or minus net
realized  gains and losses on the assets of the Series  determined in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles. Interest income includes discount
earned  (including  both original  issue and market  discount) on discount paper
accrued ratably to the date of maturity. Securities are valued at amortized cost
which  approximates  market,  which the Trustees  have  determined in good faith
constitutes fair value for the purposes of complying with the 1940 Act.

         Because the net income of the PPM  America/JNL  Money Market  Series is
declared  as a dividend  each time the net income is  determined,  the net asset
value per share (i.e.,  the value of the net assets of the Series divided by the
number of shares outstanding)  remains at one dollar per share immediately after
each such determination and dividend declaration. Any increase in the value of a
shareholder's  investment  in  the  Series,  representing  the  reinvestment  of
dividend  income,  is  reflected  by an  increase in the number of shares of the
Series in its  account.  Pursuant to its  objective of  maintaining  a fixed one
dollar share price,  the Series will not  purchase  securities  with a remaining
maturity  of more  than 397 days and will  maintain  a  dollar-weighted  average
portfolio maturity of 90 days or less.

         The Trust may suspend the right of redemption for any Series only under
the  following  unusual  circumstances:  (a) when the NYSE is closed (other than
weekends and holidays) or trading is restricted;  (b) when an emergency  exists,
making  disposal of  portfolio  securities  or the  valuation  of net assets not
reasonably  practicable;  or (c)  during  any  period  when the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission  has by order  permitted a suspension of redemption for the
protection of shareholders.


                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

DESCRIPTION OF SHARES. The Declaration of Trust permits the Trustees to issue an
unlimited  number of full and fractional  shares of beneficial  interest of each
Series and to divide or combine  such shares into a greater or lesser  number of
shares without thereby changing the  proportionate  beneficial  interests in the
Trust. Each share of a Series represents an equal proportionate interest in that
Series with each other share.  The Trust  reserves the right to create and issue
any number of Series of shares.  In that case,  the shares of each Series  would
participate  equally in the earnings,  dividends,  and assets of the  particular
Series.  Upon  liquidation of a Series,  shareholders  are entitled to share pro
rata  in  the  net  assets  of  such  Series   available  for   distribution  to
shareholders.

VOTING RIGHTS. Shareholders are entitled to one vote for each share held. Except
for matters affecting a particular Series, as described below, all shares of the
Trust have equal voting  rights and may be voted in the election of Trustees and
on  other  matters  submitted  to the  vote of the  shareholders.  Shareholders'
meetings  ordinarily  will  not be held  unless  required  by the 1940  Act.  As
permitted by Massachusetts law, there normally will be no shareholders' meetings
for the purpose of electing  Trustees unless and until such time as fewer than a
majority of the Trustees  holding office have been elected by  shareholders.  At
that time, the Trustees then in office will call a shareholders' meeting for the
election of Trustees.  The Trustees must call a meeting of shareholders  for the
purpose of voting upon the removal of any Trustee when requested to do so by the
record holders of 10% of the  outstanding  shares of the Trust. A Trustee may be
removed  after  the  holders  of  record  of not  less  than  two-thirds  of the
outstanding  shares  have  declared  that  the  Trustee  be  removed  either  by
declaration  in writing  or by votes  cast in person or by proxy.  Except as set
forth  above,  the  Trustees  shall  continue  to hold  office  and may  appoint
successor  Trustees,  provided that  immediately  after the  appointment  of any
successor Trustee,  at least two-thirds of the Trustees have been elected by the
shareholders.  Shares do not have cumulative voting rights.  Thus,  holders of a
majority of the shares  voting for the  election  of Trustees  can elect all the
Trustees.

         In matters  affecting only a particular  Series,  the matter shall have
been effectively  acted upon by a majority vote of that Series even though:  (1)
the matter has not been approved by a majority vote of any other Series;  or (2)
the matter has not been approved by a majority vote of the Trust.

         Shareholders  of a  Massachusetts  business  trust may,  under  certain
circumstances,  be held personally liable as partners for the obligations of the
Trust.  The risk of a shareholder  incurring  any  financial  loss on account of
shareholder  liability  is limited to  circumstances  in which the Trust  itself
would be unable to meet its  obligations.  The  Declaration of Trust contains an
express disclaimer of shareholder liability for acts or obligations of the Trust
and  provides  that notice of the  disclaimer  must be given in each  agreement,
obligation or instrument entered into or executed by the Trust or Trustees.  The
Declaration  of Trust  provides  for  indemnification  of any  shareholder  held
personally  liable for the  obligations  of the Trust and also  provides for the
Trust to reimburse the shareholder  for all legal and other expenses  reasonably
incurred in connection with any such claim or liability.

         No  amendment  may be made to the  Declaration  of  Trust  without  the
affirmative  vote of a majority  of the  outstanding  shares of the  Trust.  The
Trustees  may,  however,  amend the  Declaration  of Trust  without  the vote or
consent of shareholders to:

o        designate Series of the Trust; or

o        change the name of the Trust; or

o        supply any  omission,  cure,  correct,  or  supplement  any  ambiguous,
         defective,  or  inconsistent  provision to conform the  Declaration  of
         Trust to the requirements of applicable federal or state regulations if
         they deem it necessary.

If  not  terminated  by  the  vote  or  written  consent  of a  majority  of its
outstanding  shares,  the  Trust  will  continue  indefinitely.  Shares  have no
pre-emptive or conversion rights. Shares are fully paid and non-assessable.

SHAREHOLDER  INQUIRIES.  All inquiries regarding the Trust should be directed to
the Trust at the telephone number or address shown on the back cover page of the
Prospectus.

                                   TAX STATUS

         The Trust's policy is to meet the  requirements  of Subchapter M of the
Internal Revenue Code. Each Series intends to distribute  taxable net investment
income and capital  gains to  shareholders  in amounts  that will avoid  federal
income or excise  tax.  In  addition,  each  Series  intends to comply  with the
diversification  requirements of Code Section 817(h) related to the tax-deferred
status of annuity  and life  insurance  contracts  issued by  insurance  company
separate accounts.  If any Series failed to qualify for treatment as a regulated
investment  company for any  taxable  year,  (1) it would be taxed at  corporate
rates on the full amount of its taxable  income for that year without being able
to deduct the distributions it makes to its  shareholders,  (2) the shareholders
would treat all those distributions, including distributions of net capital gain
(the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term  capital loss), as
dividends (that is, ordinary  income) to the extent of the Series'  earnings and
profits,  and (3) most  importantly,  each insurance  company  separate  account
invested  therein  would fail to satisfy  the  diversification  requirements  of
Section 817(h), with the result that the variable annuity contracts supported by
that account  would no longer be eligible  for tax  deferral.  In addition,  the
Series could be required to recognize  unrealized  gains, pay substantial  taxes
and  interest  and  make  substantial   distributions  before  requalifying  for
regulated investment company treatment.

         All income dividends and capital gain distributions,  if any, on Series
shares are reinvested  automatically  in additional  shares of the Series at the
NAV  determined  on the first  Business Day  following  the record date,  unless
otherwise requested by a shareholder.

         Each  Series is treated as a separate  corporation  for  purpose of the
Code and,  therefore,  the assets,  income, and distributions of each Series are
considered  separately  for  purposes of  determining  whether or not the Series
qualifies as a regulated investment company.

<PAGE>


                                JNL SERIES TRUST

                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



The financial statements of the JNL Series Trust for the year ended December 31,
1999  are   incorporated  by  reference  from  the  Trust's  Annual  Reports  to
shareholders  which are available at no charge upon written or telephone request
to the Trust at the address and telephone  number set forth on the front page of
this Statement of Additional Information.




<PAGE>
                      APPENDIX A -- RATINGS OF INVESTMENTS

MOODY'S INVESTORS SERVICE, INC.

COMMERCIAL  PAPER RATINGS.  The ratings  Prime-1 and Prime-2 are the two highest
commercial paper ratings assigned by Moody's Investors Service,  Inc. (Moody's).
Among the factors  considered by it in assigning ratings are the following:  (1)
evaluation  of the  management  of the issuer;  (2) economic  evaluation  of the
issuer's industry or industries and an appraisal of speculative-type risks which
may be inherent in certain  areas;  (3)  evaluation of the issuer's  products in
relation to competition and  customer-acceptance;  (4) liquidity; (5) amount and
quality of long-term debt; (6) trend of earnings over a period of ten years; (7)
financial  strength of a parent company and the  relationships  which exist with
the issuer;  and (8)  recognition by the management of obligations  which may be
present or may arise as a result of public interest  questions and  preparations
to meet such  obligations.  Relative  strength or weakness of the above  factors
determines whether the issuer's commercial paper is rated Prime-1 or 2.

BOND RATINGS.
    AAA.  Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best  quality.  They
carry the smallest  degree of investment  risk and are generally  referred to as
"gilt-edge."  Interest  payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally
stable margin and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are
likely to change,  such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair
the fundamentally strong position of such issues.

    AA.  Bonds  which  are  rated Aa are  judged  to be of high  quality  by all
standards.  Together with the Aaa group,  they comprise what are generally known
as high grade bonds. They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins of
protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective
elements  may be of greater  amplitude  or there may be other  elements  present
which make the long-term risks appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities.

    A. Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment  attributes and
are to be considered as upper medium grade obligations.  Factors giving security
to principal  and interest are  considered  adequate but elements may be present
which suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.

    BAA. Bonds which are rated Baa are  considered as medium grade  obligations,
i.e., they are neither highly  protected nor poorly secured.  Interest  payments
and principal  security appear  adequate for the present but certain  protective
elements may be lacking or may be  characteristically  unreliable over any great
length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding  investment  characteristics and, in
fact, have speculative characteristics as well.

    BA. Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements;  their
future cannot be considered  as well assured.  Often the  protection of interest
and  principal  payments may be very  moderate and thereby not well  safeguarded
during  both  good  and bad  times  over the  future.  Uncertainty  of  position
characterizes bonds in this class.

    B. Bonds which are rated B generally lack  characteristics  of the desirable
investment.  Assurance of interest and principal  payments or of  maintenance of
other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small.

    CAA. Bonds which are rated Caa are of poor  standing.  Such issues may be in
default or there may be present elements of danger with respect to principal and
interest.

    CA. Bonds which are rated Ca represent  obligations which are speculative in
a  high  degree.  Such  issues  are  often  in  default  or  have  other  marked
shortcomings.

    C. Bonds which are rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds and issues so
rated can be regarded as having  extremely  poor prospects of ever attaining any
real investment standing.


STANDARD & POOR'S RATINGS SERVICES

ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS  DEFINITIONS.  A Standard & Poor's issue credit rating is a
current opinion of the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific
financial obligation,  a specific class of financial obligations,  or a specific
financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial
paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors,
insurers,  or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into
account the currency in which the  obligation is  denominated.  The issue credit
rating  is  not  a  recommendation  to  purchase,  sell,  or  hold  a  financial
obligation,  inasmuch as it does not comment as to market  price or  suitability
for a particular investor.


Issue credit ratings are based on current information  furnished by the obligors
or  obtained  by Standard & Poor's  from other  sources it  considers  reliable.
Standard & Poor's does not perform an audit in connection with any credit rating
and may, on occasion,  rely on unaudited financial  information.  Credit ratings
may  be  changed,  suspended,  or  withdrawn  as a  result  of  changes  in,  or
unavailability of, such information, or based on other circumstances.


Issue credit ratings can be either long-term or short-term.  Short-term  ratings
are  generally  assigned  to  those  obligations  considered  short-term  in the
relevant  market.  In the U.S.,  for  example,  that means  obligations  with an
original  maturity  of no more  than  365  days -  including  commercial  paper.
Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the  creditworthiness of an obligor
with  respect to put  features on  long-term  obligations.  The result is a dual
rating, in which the short-term rating addresses the put feature, in addition to
the usual long-term rating. Medium-term notes are assigned long-term ratings.

LONG-TERM  ISSUE  CREDIT  RATINGS.  Issue credit  ratings are based,  in varying
degrees, on the following considerations:

        1. Likelihood of payment-capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet
        its financial  commitment on an obligation in accordance  with the terms
        of the obligation;
        2. Nature of and provisions of the obligation;
        3. Protection  afforded by, and relative  position of, the obligation in
        the event of bankruptcy,  reorganization, or other arrangement under the
        laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors' rights.

The issue rating  definitions  are  expressed in terms of default risk. As such,
they  pertain  to  senior  obligations  of an  entity.  Junior  obligations  are
typically rated lower than senior obligations,  to reflect the lower priority in
bankruptcy,  as noted above.  (Such  differentiation  applies when an entity has
both senior and subordinated obligations,  secured and unsecured obligations, or
operating company and holding company obligations.) Accordingly,  in the case of
junior debt, the rating may not confirm exactly with the category definition.

    AAA. An obligation  rated AAA has the highest rating  assigned by Standard &
Poor's.  The  obligor's  capacity  to  meet  its  financial  commitment  on  the
obligation is extremely strong.

    AA. An obligation rated AA differs from the  highest-rated  obligations only
in small degree. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial  commitment on the
obligation is very strong.

    A. An obligation rated A is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects
of  changes  in  circumstances  and  economic  conditions  than  obligations  in
higher-rated  categories.  However, the obligor's capacity to meet its financial
commitment on the obligation is still strong.

    BBB.  An  obligation  rated BBB  exhibits  adequate  protection  parameters.
However,  adverse economic conditions or changing  circumstances are more likely
to lead to a weakened  capacity of the obligor to meet its financial  commitment
on the obligation.

    Obligations  rated BB, B, CCC, CC, and C are regarded as having  significant
speculative characteristics.  BB indicates the least degree of speculation and C
the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective
characteristics,  these  may be  outweighed  by  large  uncertainties  or  major
exposures to adverse conditions.

    BB. An  obligation  rated BB is less  vulnerable  to  nonpayment  than other
speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to
adverse  business,  financial,  or economic  conditions  which could lead to the
obligor's   inadequate  capacity  to  meet  its  financial   commitment  on  the
obligation.

    B. An obligation  rated B is more vulnerable to nonpayment than  obligations
rated BB, but the  obligor  currently  has the  capacity  to meet its  financial
commitment  on  the  obligation.   Adverse  business,   financial,  or  economic
conditions will likely impair the obligor's  capacity or willingness to meet its
financial commitment on the obligation.

    CCC. An obligation rated CCC is currently  vulnerable to nonpayment,  and is
dependent upon  favorable  business,  financial and economic  conditions for the
obligor to meet its  financial  commitment  on the  obligation.  In the event of
adverse business,  financial, or economic conditions,  the obligor is not likely
to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

    CC.  An obligation rated CC is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.

    C. The C rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition
has been filed or similar action has been taken, but payments on this obligation
are being continued.

    D. An obligation  rated D is in payment  default.  The D rating  category is
used when  payments  on an  obligation  are not made on the date due even if the
applicable grace period has not expired,  unless Standard & Poor's believes that
such payments  will be made during such grace period.  The D rating also will be
used upon the filing of a bankruptcy  petition or the taking of a similar action
if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

    PLUS (+) OR MINUS (-).  The  ratings  from AA to CCC may be  modified by the
addition  of a plus or minus  sign to show  relative  standing  within the major
rating categories.

    R. This symbol is attached to the ratings of  instruments  with  significant
noncredit  risks.  It  highlights  risks to principal or  volatility of expected
returns  which  are  not  addressed  in the  credit  rating.  Examples  include:
obligations  linked  or  indexed  to  equities,   currencies,   or  commodities;
obligations   exposed  to  severe  prepayment   risk-such  as  interest-only  or
principal-only  mortgage  securities;   and  obligations  with  unusually  risky
interest terms, such as inverse floaters.

SHORT-TERM ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS.
    A-1. A short-term  obligation  rated A-1 is rated in the highest category by
Standard & Poor's.  The obligor's  capacity to meet its financial  commitment on
the  obligation  is  strong.  Within  this  category,  certain  obligations  are
designated  with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor's  capacity to
meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

    A-2. A short-term  obligation  rated A-2 is somewhat more susceptible to the
adverse  effects  of changes  in  circumstances  and  economic  conditions  than
obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor's capacity to meet
its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

    A-3.  A  short-term   obligation  rated  A-3  exhibits  adequate  protection
parameters.  However,  adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are
more likely to lead to a weakened  capacity of the obligor to meet its financial
commitment on the obligation.


    B. A  short-term  obligation  rated  B is  regarded  as  having  significant
speculative characteristics.  The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its
financial  commitment  on  the  obligation;  however,  it  faces  major  ongoing
uncertainties which could lead to the obligor's  inadequate capacity to meet its
financial commitment on the obligation.


    C. A short-term obligation rated C is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and
is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the
obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

    D. A  short-term  obligation  rated D is in  payment  default.  The D rating
category  is used when  payments on an  obligation  are not made on the date due
even if the applicable  grace period has not expired,  unless  Standard & Poor's
believes that such payments will be made during such grace period.  The D rating
also will be used upon the filing of a  bankruptcy  petition  or the taking of a
similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

LOCAL CURRENCY AND FOREIGN  CURRENCY RISKS.  Country risk  considerations  are a
standard part of Standard & Poor's  analysis for credit ratings on any issuer or
issue.  Currency of  repayment  is a key factor in this  analysis.  An obligor's
capacity to repay foreign currency obligations may be lower than its capacity to
repay  obligations in its local currency due to the sovereign  government's  own
relatively  lower  capacity  to  repay  external  versus  domestic  debt.  These
sovereign risk  considerations  are incorporated in the debt ratings assigned to
specific  issues.  Foreign currency issuer ratings are also  distinguished  from
local currency  issuer ratings to identify those instances where sovereign risks
make them different for the same issuer.

<PAGE>
                                JNL SERIES TRUST

                                     PART C
                                OTHER INFORMATION

Note:  Items 23-30 have been answered with respect to all investment  portfolios
(Series) of the Registrant.

Item 23.  Exhibits

(a)  Agreement  and  Declaration  of Trust of  Registrant  dated  June 1,  1994,
incorporated by reference to Registrant's  Post-Effective  Amendment No. 5 filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 28, 1996.

(b) Amended and Restated  By-laws of  Registrant,  incorporated  by reference to
Registrant's  Post-Effective  Amendment  No.  7 filed  with the  Securities  and
Exchange Commission on September 13, 1996.

(c)      Not Applicable

(d)      (1)      Amended Investment  Advisory and Management  Agreement between
                  Registrant and Jackson National Financial Services, Inc. dated
                  August 17, 1995,  incorporated  by  reference to  Registrant's
                  Post-Effective  Amendment No. 5 filed with the  Securities and
                  Exchange Commission on June 28, 1996.

         (2)      Investment  Sub-Advisory  Agreement  between Jackson  National
                  Financial Services, Inc. and Fred Alger Management, Inc. dated
                  August 16, 1995,  incorporated  by  reference to  Registrant's
                  Post-Effective  Amendment No. 5 filed with the  Securities and
                  Exchange Commission on June 28, 1996.

         (3)      Investment  Sub-Advisory  Agreement  between Jackson  National
                  Financial  Services,  Inc. and Janus Capital Corporation dated
                  February 28, 1995,  incorporated  by reference to Registrant's
                  Post-Effective  Amendment No. 5 filed with the  Securities and
                  Exchange Commission on June 28, 1996.

         (4)      Investment  Sub-Advisory  Agreement  between Jackson  National
                  Financial Services,  Inc. and PPM America, Inc. dated February
                  17,  1995,   incorporated   by   reference   to   Registrant's
                  Post-Effective  Amendment No. 5 filed with the  Securities and
                  Exchange Commission on June 28, 1996.

         (5)      Investment  Sub-Advisory  Agreement  between Jackson  National
                  Financial Services, Inc. and Rowe Price-Fleming International,
                  Inc.  dated  February 20, 1995,  incorporated  by reference to
                  Registrant's  Post-Effective  Amendment  No. 5 filed  with the
                  Securities and Exchange Commission on June 28, 1996.

         (6)      Investment  Sub-Advisory  Agreement  between Jackson  National
                  Financial Services, Inc. and Salomon Brothers Asset Management
                  Inc dated  February  8, 1995,  incorporated  by  reference  to
                  Registrant's  Post-Effective  Amendment  No. 5 filed  with the
                  Securities and Exchange Commission on June 28, 1996.

         (7)      Investment  Sub-Advisory  Agreement  between Jackson  National
                  Financial  Services,  Inc. and T. Rowe Price Associates,  Inc.
                  dated  February  20,  1995,   incorporated   by  reference  to
                  Registrant's  Post-Effective  Amendment  No. 5 filed  with the
                  Securities and Exchange Commission on June 28, 1996.

         (8)      Amendment dated August 7, 1996 to Amended Investment  Advisory
                  and  Management   Agreement  between  Registrant  and  Jackson
                  National  Financial  Services,  Inc.  dated  August 17,  1995,
                  incorporated  by  reference  to  Registrant's   Post-Effective
                  Amendment  No.  7  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
                  Commission on September 13, 1996.

         (9)      Investment  Sub-Advisory  Agreement  between Jackson  National
                  Financial  Services,  Inc.  and Eagle Asset  Management,  Inc.
                  dated   August  9,  1996,   incorporated   by   reference   to
                  Registrant's  Post-Effective  Amendment  No. 7 filed  with the
                  Securities and Exchange Commission on September 13, 1996.

         (10)     Amendment  dated  August 21, 1996 to  Investment  Sub-Advisory
                  Agreement between Jackson National  Financial  Services,  Inc.
                  and  Janus  Capital   Corporation  dated  February  28,  1995,
                  incorporated  by  reference  to  Registrant's   Post-Effective
                  Amendment  No.  7  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
                  Commission on September 13, 1996.

         (11)     Amendment dated April 18, 1997 to Amended Investment  Advisory
                  and  Management   Agreement  between  Registrant  and  Jackson
                  National  Financial  Services,  Inc.  dated  August 17,  1995,
                  incorporated  by  reference  to  Registrant's   Post-Effective
                  Amendment  No.  11 filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
                  Commission on October 16, 1997.

         (12)     Amendment  dated  April 18,  1997 to  Investment  Sub-Advisory
                  Agreement between Jackson National  Financial  Services,  Inc.
                  and PPM America, Inc. dated February 17, 1995, incorporated by
                  reference  to  Registrant's  Post-Effective  Amendment  No. 11
                  filed with the Securities  and Exchange  Commission on October
                  16, 1997.

         (13)     Sub-Advisory  Agreement  between  Jackson  National  Financial
                  Services,  Inc. and Putnam Investment  Management,  Inc. dated
                  April 22, 1997,  incorporated  by  reference  to  Registrant's
                  Post-Effective  Amendment No. 11 filed with the Securities and
                  Exchange Commission on October 16, 1997.

         (14)     Amendment  dated  December  17,  1997  to  Amended  Investment
                  Advisory  and  Management  Agreement  between  Registrant  and
                  Jackson  National  Financial  Services,  Inc. dated August 17,
                  1995, incorporated by reference to Registrant's Post-Effective
                  Amendment  No.  12 filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
                  Commission on January 16, 1998.

         (15)     Sub-Advisory  Agreement  between  Jackson  National  Financial
                  Services,  Inc. and Alliance  Capital  Management  L.P.  dated
                  December 17, 1997,  incorporated  by reference to Registrant's
                  Post-Effective  Amendment No. 12 filed with the Securities and
                  Exchange Commission on January 16, 1998.

         (16)     Amendment  dated  December  21,  1998  to  Amended  Investment
                  Advisory and Management  Agreement  between the Registrant and
                  Jackson  National  Financial  Services,  LLC dated  August 17,
                  1995, attached hereto.

         (17)     Sub-Advisory  Agreement  between  Jackson  National  Financial
                  Services,  Inc.  and  Goldman  Sachs  Asset  Management  dated
                  December 17, 1997,  incorporated  by reference to Registrant's
                  Post-Effective  Amendment No. 13 filed with the Securities and
                  Exchange Commission on March 27, 1998.

         (18)     Sub-Advisory  Agreement  between  Jackson  National  Financial
                  Services,  Inc. and J.P.  Morgan  Investment  Management  Inc.
                  dated  December  17,  1997,   incorporated   by  reference  to
                  Registrant's  Post-Effective  Amendment  No. 12 filed with the
                  Securities and Exchange Commission on January 16, 1998.

         (19)     Sub-Advisory  Agreement  between  Jackson  National  Financial
                  Services,  Inc. and Lazard Asset Management dated December 17,
                  1997, incorporated by reference to Registrant's Post-Effective
                  Amendment  No.  12 filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
                  Commission on January 16, 1998.

         (20)     Sub-Advisory  Agreement  between  Jackson  National  Financial
                  Services, Inc. and Pacific Investment Management Company dated
                  December 17, 1997,  incorporated  by reference to Registrant's
                  Post-Effective  Amendment No. 12 filed with the Securities and
                  Exchange Commission on January 16, 1998.

         (21)     Amendment  dated December 17, 1997 to Investment  Sub-Advisory
                  Agreement between Jackson National  Financial  Services,  Inc.
                  and Salomon  Brothers  Asset  Management Inc dated February 8,
                  1995, incorporated by reference to Registrant's Post-Effective
                  Amendment  No.  12 filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
                  Commission on January 16, 1998.

         (22)     Sub-Advisory  Agreement  between  Jackson  National  Financial
                  Services,  Inc.  and  Standard  & Poor's  Investment  Advisory
                  Services,  Inc. dated March 2, 1998, incorporated by reference
                  to Registrant's Post-Effective Amendment No. 14 filed with the
                  Securities and Exchange Commission on May 1, 1998.

         (23)     Amendment  dated  April 30,  1999 to  Investment  Sub-Advisory
                  Agreement between Jackson National Financial Services, LLC and
                  J.P.  Morgan  Investment  Management,  Inc. dated December 17,
                  1997, attached hereto.

         (24)     Amendment  dated December 31, 1999 to Investment  Sub-Advisory
                  Agreement between Jackson National Financial Services, LLC and
                  Standard & Poor's  Investment  Advisory  Services,  Inc. dated
                  March 2, 1998, attached hereto.

         (25)     Sub-Advisory  Agreement  between  Jackson  National  Financial
                  Services,  LLC and Pacific Investment Management Company dated
                  March 14, 2000, attached hereto.

         (26)     Amendment  dated  February  10,  2000  to  Amended  Investment
                  Advisory and Management  Agreement  between the Registrant and
                  Jackson  National  Financial  Services,  LLC dated  August 17,
                  1995, attached hereto.

         (27)     Amendment  dated February 10, 2000 to Investment  Sub-Advisory
                  Agreement between Jackson National Financial Services, LLC and
                  T. Rowe  Price  Associates,  Inc.  dated  February  20,  1995,
                  attached hereto.

         (28)     Amendment  dated February 10, 2000 to Investment  Sub-Advisory
                  Agreement between Jackson National Financial Services, LLC and
                  Putnam  Investment  Management,  Inc.  dated  August 17, 1995,
                  attached hereto.

         (29)     Amendment  dated February 10, 2000 to Investment  Sub-Advisory
                  Agreement between Jackson National Financial Services, LLC and
                  Janus Capital  Corporation  dated February 28, 1995,  attached
                  hereto.

(e)      (1)      Amended  Fund  Participation   Agreement  between  Registrant,
                  Jackson  National Life Insurance  Company and Jackson National
                  Separate  Account I dated September 19, 1995,  incorporated by
                  reference to Registrant's Post-Effective Amendment No. 5 filed
                  with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 28, 1996.

         (2)      Amendment  dated August 7, 1996 to Amended Fund  Participation
                  Agreement  between JNL Series  Trust,  Jackson  National  Life
                  Insurance  Company and  Jackson  National  Separate  Account I
                  dated  September  19,  1995,   incorporated  by  reference  to
                  Registrant's  Post-Effective  Amendment  No. 7 filed  with the
                  Securities and Exchange Commission on September 13, 1996.

         (3)      Amendment  dated April 18, 1997 to Amended Fund  Participation
                  Agreement  between JNL Series  Trust,  Jackson  National  Life
                  Insurance  Company and  Jackson  National  Separate  Account I
                  dated  September  19,  1995,   incorporated  by  reference  to
                  Registrant's  Post-Effective  Amendment  No. 11 filed with the
                  Securities and Exchange Commission on October 16, 1997.

         (4)      Fund  Participation  Agreement  between  Registrant,   Jackson
                  National Life Insurance  Company and Jackson National Separate
                  Account III dated March 16, 1998, incorporated by reference to
                  Registrant's  Post-Effective  Amendment  No. 13 filed with the
                  Securities and Exchange Commission on March 27, 1998.

         (5)      Amendment  dated March 16, 1998 to Amended Fund  Participation
                  Agreement  between JNL Series  Trust,  Jackson  National  Life
                  Insurance  Company and  Jackson  National  Separate  Account I
                  dated  September  19,  1995,   incorporated  by  reference  to
                  Registrant's  Post-Effective  Amendment  No. 13 filed with the
                  Securities and Exchange Commission on March 27, 1998.

         (6)      Fund  Participation  Agreement  between  Registrant,   Jackson
                  National Life Insurance  Company and Jackson National Separate
                  Account V dated February 11, 1999, attached hereto.

         (7)      Fund  Participation  Agreement  between  Registrant,   Jackson
                  National Life Insurance Company of New York and JNLNY Separate
                  Account I dated March 16, 1998,  incorporated  by reference to
                  Registrant's  Post-Effective  Amendment  No. 13 filed with the
                  Securities and Exchange Commission on March 27, 1998.

         (8)      Fund  Participation  Agreement  between  Registrant,   Jackson
                  National Life Insurance Company of New York and JNLNY Separate
                  Account II dated December 16, 1999, attached hereto.

(f)      Not Applicable

(g)      (1)      Custodian  Contract  between  Registrant and State Street Bank
                  and Trust Company dated  September 16, 1996,  incorporated  by
                  reference  to  Registrant's  Post-Effective  Amendment  No. 10
                  filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 15,
                  1997.

         (2)      Custody Contract between  Registrant and Boston Safe deposit &
                  Trust Company dated May 14, 1999, attached hereto.

(h)      (1)      Administration   Agreement  between   Registrant  and  Jackson
                  National  Financial  Services,  LLC  dated  January  1,  1999,
                  incorporated  by  reference  to  Registrant's   Post-Effective
                  Amendment  No.  17 filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
                  Commission on March 1, 1999.

         (2)      Amendment dated February 10, 2000 to Administration  Agreement
                  between  Registrant and Jackson National  Financial  Services,
                  LLC dated January 1, 1999, attached hereto.

(i)      Consent of Counsel, attached hereto.

(j)      Consent of Auditors, attached hereto.

(k)      Not Applicable

(l)      Not Applicable

(m)      Not Applicable

(n)      Not Applicable

(o)      Not Applicable

(p)      (1)      The Registrant's Code of Ethics, attached hereto.

         (2)      Alliance  Capital  Management  L.P.  Code of Ethics,  attached
                  hereto.

         (3)      Eagle Asset Management, Inc. Code of Ethics, attached hereto.

         (4)      Fred Alger Management, Inc. Code of Ethics, attached hereto.

         (5)      J.P.  Morgan  Investment   Management  Inc.  Code  of  Ethics,
                  attached hereto.

         (6)      Janus Capital Corporation Code of Ethics, attached hereto.

         (7)      Lazard Asset Management Code of Ethics, attached hereto.

         (8)      Pacific Investment Management Company Code of Ethics, attached
                  hereto.

         (9)      PPM America, Inc. Code of Ethics, attached hereto.

         (10)     Putnam Investment  Management,  Inc. Code of Ethics,  attached
                  hereto.

         (11)     Salomon Brothers Asset Management Inc Code of Ethics, attached
                  hereto.

         (12)     Standard & Poor's Investment  Advisory Services,  Inc. Code of
                  Ethics, attached hereto.

         (13)     T.  Rowe  Price  Associates,  Inc.  Code of  Ethics,  attached
                  hereto.

Item 24. Persons controlled by or under Common Control with Registrant.

                  Jackson  National   Separate  Account  -  I  Jackson  National
                  Separate  Account  III  Jackson  National  Separate  Account V
                  Jackson National  Separate Account VI JNLNY Separate Account I
                  JNLNY Separate Account II

Item 25. Indemnification.

                  Article VIII of the Registrant's  Agreement and Declaration of
                  Trust   provides  that  each  of  its  Trustees  and  Officers
                  (including  persons who serve at the  Registrant's  request as
                  directors,  officers or trustees  of another  organization  in
                  which  the  Registrant  has  any  interest  as a  shareholder,
                  creditor or otherwise)  (each,  a "Covered  Person")  shall be
                  indemnified  by the  Registrant  against all  liabilities  and
                  expenses  that may be  incurred  by  reason of being or having
                  been such a Covered  Person,  except  that no  Covered  Person
                  shall be  indemnified  against any liability to the Registrant
                  or  its  shareholders  to  which  such  Covered  Person  would
                  otherwise  be subject by reason of  willful  misfeasance,  bad
                  faith,  gross  negligence or reckless  disregard of the duties
                  involved in the conduct of such Covered Person's office.

                  The foregoing indemnification  arrangements are subject to the
                  provisions of Section 17(h) of the  Investment  Company Act of
                  1940.

                  Insofar as  indemnification  by the Registrant for liabilities
                  arising under the  Securities  Act of 1933 may be permitted to
                  directors,  officers and controlling persons of the Registrant
                  pursuant  to  the  foregoing  provisions,  or  otherwise,  the
                  Registrant  has  been  advised  that  in  the  opinion  of the
                  Securities and Exchange  Commission  such  indemnification  is
                  against  public  policy  as  expressed  in  the  Act  and  is,
                  therefore,  unenforceable.  In  the  event  that a  claim  for
                  indemnification  against  such  liabilities  (other  than  the
                  payment by the  Registrant  of expenses  incurred or paid by a
                  director,  officer or controlling  person of the Registrant in
                  the successful  defense of any action,  suit or proceeding) is
                  asserted  against the Registrant by such director,  officer or
                  controlling  person in connection  with the  securities  being
                  registered,  the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its
                  counsel the matter has been settled by controlling  precedent,
                  submit to a court of  appropriate  jurisdiction  the  question
                  whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as
                  expressed  in the  Act  and  will  be  governed  by the  final
                  adjudication of such issue.

                  In addition  to the above  indemnification,  Jackson  National
                  Life Insurance Company extends its  indemnification of its own
                  officers,  directors  and  employees  to cover  such  persons'
                  activities   as   officers,   trustees  or  employees  of  the
                  Registrant,  and by separate  agreement  Jackson National Life
                  Insurance  Company  has agreed to  indemnify  trustees  of the
                  Registrant who are not interested persons of the Registrant or
                  its investment adviser.

Item 26. Business and Other Connections of Investment Adviser.

                  Incorporated  herein  by  reference  from the  Prospectus  and
                  Statement of Additional  Information relating to the Trust are
                  the  following:  the  description  of the  business of Jackson
                  National Financial Services,  LLC ("JNFSLLC") contained in the
                  section entitled  "Management of the Trust" of the Prospectus,
                  and  the  biographical   information   pertaining  to  Messrs.
                  Hopping,Frauenheim,  Meyer,  Fritts,  McLellan,  McPherson and
                  Nerud and Ms. Min, contained in the section entitled "Trustees
                  and  Officers  of the  Trust" and the  description  of JNFSLLC
                  contained  in the  section  entitled  "Investment  Adviser and
                  Other Services" of the Statement of Additional Information.

                  Directors and Officers of JNFSLLC:

    Name                       Address                  Principal Occupation

    Andrew B. Hopping          5901 Executive Drive     President, Managing
                               Lansing, MI 48911        Board Member
                                                        (3/98 to Present)

    Mark D. Nerud              5901 Executive Drive     Chief Financial Officer,
                               Lansing, MI 48911        Managing Board Member
                                                        (3/98 to Present)

    Susan S. Min               5901 Executive Drive     Secretary
                               Lansing, MI 48911        (1/00 to Present)


                  Alliance  Capital  Management  L.P.,  Eagle Asset  Management,
                  Inc., Fred Alger Management,  Inc., Janus Capital Corporation,
                  J.P.  Morgan   Investment   Management   Inc.,   Lazard  Asset
                  Management,   Pacific  Investment   Management  Company,   PPM
                  America,  Inc., Putnam Investment  Management,  Inc.,  Salomon
                  Brothers  Asset   Management  Inc,   Salomon   Brothers  Asset
                  Management  Limited,  Standard  & Poor's  Investment  Advisory
                  Services,  Inc.,  and T.  Rowe  Price  Associates,  Inc.,  the
                  sub-advisers  of certain  series of the Trust,  are  primarily
                  engaged  in the  business  of  rendering  investment  advisory
                  services.  Reference  is made to the most  recent Form ADV and
                  schedules   thereto  on  file  with  the   Commission   for  a
                  description  of the names and  employment of the directors and
                  officers of the sub-advisers and other required information:

                                                                       File No.
                  Alliance Capital Management L.P.                     801-32361
                  Eagle Asset Management, Inc.                         801-21343
                  Fred Alger Management, Inc.                          801-06709
                  Janus Capital Corporation                            801-13991
                  J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc.               801-21011
                  Lazard Asset Management                               801-6568
                  Pacific Investment Management Company                801-48187
                  PPM America, Inc.                                    801-40783
                  Putnam Investment Management, Inc.                   801-7974
                  Salomon Brothers Asset Management Inc                801-32046
                  Standard & Poor's Investment Advisory
                  Services, Inc.                                       801-51431
                  T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.                         801-856
                  Salomon Brothers Asset Management Limited            801-43335

Item 27. Principal Underwriters.

                  Not Applicable.

Item 28. Location of Accounts and Records

                  Certain  accounts,  books and other  documents  required to be
                  maintained  pursuant to Rule 31a-1(b)(4),  (5), (6), (7), (9),
                  (10),  and  (11)  are  in  the  physical   possession  of  the
                  Registrant at 5901 Executive Drive,  Lansing,  Michigan 48911;
                  certain  accounts,  books and other  documents  required to be
                  maintained  pursuant to Rule 31a-1(b)(4),  (5), (6), (7), (9),
                  (10),  and  (11)  are  in  the  physical   possession  of  the
                  Registrant  at 225 West Wacker  Drive,  Suite  1200,  Chicago,
                  Illinois 60606; all other books,  accounts and other documents
                  required  to  be   maintained   under  Section  31(a)  of  the
                  Investment  Company  Act of  1940  and the  Rules  promulgated
                  thereunder  are in the  physical  possession  of  Boston  Safe
                  Deposit and Trust Company, One Boston Place, Boston, MA 02108.

Item 21.          Management Services.

                  Not Applicable.

Item 30. Undertakings.

                  Not Applicable.

<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES


         Pursuant to the  requirements  of the Securities Act and the Investment
Company  Act,  the  Fund  certifies  that it  meets  all of the  rquirments  for
effectiveness  of this  Post-Effective  Amendment  under rule  485(b)  under the
Securities Act and has duly caused this Post-Effective Amendment to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned,  duly authorized,  in the City of Lansing and the
State of Michigan on the 28th day of April, 2000.


                                    JNL SERIES TRUST


                  By: /s/ Andrew B. Hopping by Thomas J. Meyer*
                      ---------------------------------------------
                      Andrew B. Hopping
                      President, CEO and Trustee


         Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Post-Effective
Amendment has been signed below by the following  persons in the  capacities and
on the date indicated.


/s/ Andrew B. Hopping               President, CEO and
         by Thomas J. Meyer*        Trustee                   April 28, 2000
- --------------------------------                              -----------------
Andrew B. Hopping

/s/ Robert A. Fritts                Vice President,
         by Thomas J. Meyer*        Treasurer, CFO and        April 28, 2000
- --------------------------------    Trustee                   -----------------
Robert A. Fritts

/s/ Joseph Frauenheim               Trustee
         by Thomas J. Meyer*                                  April 28, 2000
- --------------------------------                              -----------------
Joseph Frauenheim

/s/ Richard McLellan                Trustee
         by Thomas J. Meyer*                                  April 28, 2000
- --------------------------------                              -----------------
Richard McLellan

/s/ Peter McPherson                 Trustee
         by Thomas J. Meyer*                                  April 28, 2000
- --------------------------------                              -----------------
Peter McPherson


* Attorney In Fact
<PAGE>
                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each of the undersigned as directors of JNL
SERIES TRUST, a Massachusetts  business trust, which has filed or will file with
the  Securities and Exchange  Commission  under the provisions of the Securities
Act of 1933 and Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, various Registration
Statements and amendments  thereto for the  registration  under said Acts of the
sale of shares of beneficial interest of JNL Series Trust, hereby constitute and
appoint Andrew B. Hopping, Thomas J. Meyer and Robert P. Saltzman, his attorney,
with full power of substitution and  resubstitution,  for and in his name, place
and  stead,  in any and all  capacities  to approve  and sign such  Registration
Statements  and any and all  amendments  thereto and to file the same,  with all
exhibits  thereto and other  documents,  granting unto said  attorneys,  each of
them,  full power and  authority  to do and  perform all and every act and thing
requisite to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person,  hereby
ratifying and confirming that which said attorneys, or any of them, may lawfully
do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.  This instrument may be executed in one
or more counterparts.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  undersigned  have  herewith set their names as of the
dates set forth below.


/s/ Andrew B. Hopping                                     April 1, 2000
- ---------------------------------                         -----------------
Andrew B. Hopping                                         Date


/s/  Robert A. Fritts                                     April 1, 2000
- ---------------------------------                         -----------------
Robert A. Fritts                                          Date


/s/ Joseph Frauenheim                                     April 1, 2000
- ---------------------------------                         -----------------
Joseph Frauenheim                                         Date


/s/ Richard McLellan                                      April 1, 2000
- ---------------------------------                         -----------------
Richard McLellan                                          Date


/s/ Peter McPherson                                       April 1, 2000
- ---------------------------------                         -----------------
Peter McPherson                                           Date

<PAGE>

                                  EXHIBIT LIST


Exhibit
Number                     Description
- ------                     -----------

     23.(d)(16)            Amendment   dated   December   21,  1998  to  Amended
                           Investment Advisory and Management  Agreement between
                           the   Registrant  and  Jackson   National   Financial
                           Services,  LLC dated August 17, 1995, attached hereto
                           as EX-99.d16 ADVSR CONT.

     23.(d)(23)            Amendment   dated  April  30,   1999  to   Investment
                           Sub-Advisory   Agreement   between  Jackson  National
                           Financial  Services,  LLC and J.P. Morgan  Investment
                           Management,  Inc. dated  December 17, 1997,  attached
                           hereto as EX-99.d23 ADVSR CONT.

     23.(d)(24)            Amendment  dated  December  31,  1999  to  Investment
                           Sub-Advisory   Agreement   between  Jackson  National
                           Financial   Services,   LLC  and  Standard  &  Poor's
                           Investment  Management,  Inc.  dated  March 2,  1998,
                           attached hereto as EX-99.d24 ADVSR CONT.

     23.(d)(25)            Sub-Advisory   Agreement   between  Jackson  National
                           Financial   Services,   LLC  and  Pacific  Investment
                           Management  Company  dated March 14,  1999,  attached
                           hereto as EX-99.d25 ADVSR CONT.

     23.(d)(26)            Amendment   dated   February   10,  2000  to  Amended
                           Investment  Sub-Advisory  Agreement  between  Jackson
                           National Financial  Services,  LLC and the Registrant
                           dated August 17, 1995,  attached  hereto as EX-99.d26
                           ADVSR CONT.

     23.(d)(27)            Amendment  dated  February  10,  2000  to  Investment
                           Sub-Advisory   Agreement   between  Jackson  National
                           Financial Services, LLC and T. Rowe Price Associates,
                           Inc.  dated  February  20, 1995,  attached  hereto as
                           EX-99.d27 ADVSR CONT.

     23.(d)(28)            Amendment  dated  February  10,  2000  to  Investment
                           Sub-Advisory   Agreement   between  Jackson  National
                           Financial   Services,   LLC  and  Putnam   Investment
                           Management,  Inc.  dated  August 17,  1995,  attached
                           hereto as EX-99.d28 ADVSR CONT.

     23.(d)(29)            Amendment  dated  February  10,  2000  to  Investment
                           Sub-Advisory   Agreement   between  Jackson  National
                           Financial Services, LLC and Janus Capital Corporation
                           dated February 28, 1995, attached hereto as EX-99.d29
                           ADVSR CONT.

     23.(i)                Consent of Counsel,  attached hereto as EX-99.i LEGAL
                           OPININ.

     23.(j)                Consent of Auditor,  attached hereto as EX-99.j AUDIT
                           OPININ.

     23.(e)(6)             Fund  Participation   Agreement  between  Registrant,
                           Jackson  National Life Insurance  Company and Jackson
                           National  Separate Account V dated February 11, 1999,
                           attached hereto as EX-99.e6 UND CONTR.

     23.(e)(8)             Fund  Participation   Agreement  between  Registrant,
                           Jackson  National Life Insurance  Company of New York
                           and JNLNY  Separate  Account  II dated  December  16,
                           1999, attached hereto as EX-99.e8 UND CONTR.

     23.(g)(2)             Custody Contract  between  Registrant and Boston Safe
                           deposit & Trust Company dated May 14, 1999,  attached
                           hereto as EX-99.g2 CUST AGRMT.

     23.(h)(2)             Amendment  dated February 10, 2000 to  Administration
                           Agreement  between  Registrant  and Jackson  National
                           Financial  Services,   LLC  dated  January  1,  1999,
                           attached hereto as EX-99.h2 ADMIN AGRMT.

     23.(p)(1)             The Registrant's  Code of Ethics,  attached hereto as
                           EX-99.p1 CODE ETH.

     23.(p)(2)             Alliance  Capital  Management  L.P.  Code of  Ethics,
                           attached hereto as EX-99.p2 CODE ETH.

     23.(p)(3)             Eagle Asset Management, Inc. Code of Ethics, attached
                           hereto as EX-99.p3 CODE ETH.

     23.(p)(4)             Fred Alger Management,  Inc. Code of Ethics, attached
                           hereto as EX-99.p4 CODE ETH.

     23.(p)(5)             J.P.  Morgan  Investment   Management  Inc.  Code  of
                           Ethics, attached hereto as EX-99.p5 CODE ETH.

     23.(p)(6)             Janus Capital  Corporation  Code of Ethics,  attached
                           hereto as EX-99.p6 CODE ETH.

     23.(p)(7)             Lazard  Asset  Management  Code of  Ethics,  attached
                           hereto as EX-99.p7 CODE ETH.

     23.(p)(8)             Pacific Investment Management Company Code of Ethics,
                           attached hereto as EX-99.p8 CODE ETH.

     23.(p)(9)             PPM America, Inc. Code of Ethics,  attached hereto as
                           EX-99.p9 CODE ETH.

     23.(p)(10)            Putnam  Investment  Management,  Inc. Code of Ethics,
                           attached hereto as EX-99.p10 CODE ETH.

     23.(p)(11)            Salomon Brothers Asset Management Inc Code of Ethics,
                           attached hereto as EX-99.p11 CODE ETH.

     23.(p)(12)            Standard & Poor's Investment Advisory Services,  Inc.
                           Code of Ethics,  attached  hereto as  EX-99.p12  CODE
                           ETH.

     23.(p)(13)            T.  Rowe  Price  Associates,  Inc.  Code  of  Ethics,
                           attached hereto as EX-99.p13 CODE ETH.


                                    AMENDMENT
                                       TO
              AMENDED INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT
                                     BETWEEN
                                JNL SERIES TRUST
                                       AND
                    JACKSON NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.


         This  AMENDMENT  is by and between JNL Series  Trust,  a  Massachusetts
business trust (the "Trust") and Jackson  National  Financial  Services,  LLC, a
Michigan  limited  liability  company and  registered  investment  adviser  (the
"Adviser").

         WHEREAS,  the Trust  and  Jackson  National  Financial  Services,  Inc.
("JNFSI") entered into an Amended Investment  Advisory and Management  Agreement
dated August 17, 1995 (the  "Agreement"),  whereby the Trust  retained  JNFSI to
perform investment  advisory and management services for the Series of the Trust
enumerated in the Agreement; and

         WHEREAS,  effective  July 1,  1998,  JNFSI  assigned,  transferred  and
conveyed  to  Adviser,  and  Adviser  assumed,  all  of the  interests,  rights,
responsibilities  and  obligations of JNFSI under the Agreement,  and thereafter
Adviser was deemed a party in lieu of JNFSI to such Agreement; and

         WHEREAS,  nine new  Series  will be added to the  Trust  and the  Trust
desires the Adviser to perform investment  advisory and management  services for
these Series of the Trust; and

         WHEREAS,  the  Adviser  agrees to serve as the  investment  adviser and
business manager for the  above-referenced  Series of the Trust on the terms and
conditions set forth in the Agreement.

         NOW  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the mutual  covenants  contained
herein and for other good and valuable consideration,  the Trust and the Adviser
agree as follows:

         1. Both  parties  hereby  ratify and  approve,  effective as of July 1,
1998,  JNFSI's  assignment,  transfer and  conveyance to Adviser,  and Adviser's
assumption, of all of the interests, rights, responsibilities and obligations of
JNFSI  under the  Agreement,  and  further,  both  parties  hereby  agree  that,
effective  July 1,  1998,  Adviser  is  deemed  a party  in lieu of JNFSI to the
Agreement.



<PAGE>


         2.  Effective  with  respect to a Series  upon  capitalization  of such
Series,  the Adviser shall serve as the investment  adviser and business manager
for the  JNL/J.P.  Morgan  Enhanced  S&P 500  Index  Series,  JNL/SSGA  Enhanced
Intermediate Bond Index Series,  JNL/SSGA  International Index Series,  JNL/SSGA
Russell 2000 Index Series,  JNL/SSGA S&P 500 Index  Series,  JNL/SSGA S&P MidCap
Index Series,  JNL/S&P  Conservative  Growth  Series,  JNL/S&P  Moderate  Growth
Series, and JNL/S&P Aggressive Growth Series.

         3. As  compensation  for  services  performed  and the  facilities  and
personnel provided by the Adviser under the Agreement, the Trust will pay to the
Adviser,  promptly after the end of each month for the services  rendered by the
Adviser during the preceding month, the sum of the following amounts:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                 <C>                       <C>
JNL/J.P. Morgan Enhanced S&P 500 Index Series...................    $0 to $25 million.......  .80%
                                                                    Over $25 million........  .75%

JNL/S&P Conservative Growth Series..............................    $0 to $500 million......  .20%
                                                                    Over $500 million.......  .15%

JNL/S&P Moderate Growth Series..................................    $0 to $500 million......  .20%
                                                                    Over $500 million.......  .15%

JNL/S&P Aggressive Growth Series................................    $0 to $500 million......  .20%
                                                                    Over $500 million.......  .15%

JNL/SSGA Enhanced Intermediate Bond Index Series................    all assets..............  .65%

JNL/SSGA International Index Series.............................    all assets..............  .60%

JNL/SSGA Russell 2000 Index Series..............................    all assets..............  .50%

JNL/SSGA S&P 500 Index Series...................................    all assets..............  .50%

JNL/SSGA S&P MidCap Index Series................................    all assets..............  .50%
</TABLE>

         4. The Trust and the Adviser  agree to abide and be bound by all of the
terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement.

<PAGE>
         IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Trust  and the  Adviser  have  caused  this
Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized officers as of the 21st day of
December, 1998.

                           JNL SERIES TRUST


                           By:      /s/ Andrew B. Hopping
                                    ----------------------------------
                           Name:    Andrew B. Hopping

                           Title:   President


                           JACKSON NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES, LLC


                           By:      /s/ Mark D. Nerud
                                    ----------------------------------
                           Name:    Mark D. Nerud

                           Title:   Chief Financial Officer

                                    AMENDMENT
                                       TO
                        INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT
                                     BETWEEN
                    JACKSON NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.
                                       AND
                     J. P. MORGAN INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT INC.


         This  AMENDMENT  is  made by and  between  JACKSON  NATIONAL  FINANCIAL
SERVICES,  LLC, a Michigan limited liability  company and registered  investment
adviser  ("Adviser"),  and J. P. MORGAN  INVESTMENT  MANAGEMENT INC., a Delaware
corporation and registered investment adviser ("Sub-Adviser").

         WHEREAS,  Jackson  National  Financial  Services,  Inc.  ("JNFSI")  and
Sub-Adviser  entered  into an  Investment  Sub-Advisory  Agreement  dated  as of
December 17, 1997 ("Agreement"),  whereby JNFSI appointed Sub-Adviser to provide
certain sub-investment advisory services to the investment portfolios of the JNL
Series Trust; and

         WHEREAS,  effective  July 1,  1998,  JNFSI  assigned,  transferred  and
conveyed  to  Adviser,  and  Adviser  assumed,  all  of the  interests,  rights,
responsibilities  and  obligations of JNFSI under the Agreement,  and thereafter
Adviser was deemed a party in lieu of JNFSI to such Agreement; and

         WHEREAS,   the  Agreement  provides  that  the  Adviser  will  pay  the
Sub-Adviser for the services  provided and the expenses  assumed pursuant to the
Agreement a sub-advisory fee as set forth on Schedule B to the Agreement and the
Sub-Adviser agrees to accept such sub-advisory fee as full compensation for such
services and expenses; and

         WHEREAS,  the  Adviser  desires to appoint  Sub-Adviser  to provide and
Sub-Adviser agrees to provide sub-investment  advisory services to an additional
investment  portfolio of the JNL Series Trust,  effective  upon execution or, if
later,  the date that  initial  capital for such  investment  portfolio is first
provided.

         NOW  THEREFORE,   in  consideration  of  the  mutual  covenants  herein
contained, the parties hereby agree to amend the Agreement as follows:

         1. Both  parties  hereby  ratify and  approve,  effective as of July 1,
1998,  JNFSI's  assignment,  transfer and  conveyance to Adviser,  and Adviser's
assumption, of all of the interests, rights, responsibilities and obligations of
JNFSI  under the  Agreement,  and  further,  both  parties  hereby  agree  that,
effective  July 1,  1998,  Adviser  is  deemed  a party  in lieu of JNFSI to the
Agreement.

         2.  Schedule A to the  Agreement is hereby  amended and  replaced  with
Schedule A dated May 1, 1999, attached hereto.

         2.  Schedule B to the  Agreement is hereby  amended and  replaced  with
Schedule B dated May 1, 1999, attached hereto.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser  have caused this
Amendment to be executed as of this 30th day of April, 1999.

JACKSON NATIONAL FINANCIAL           J. P. MORGAN INVESTMENT
SERVICES, LLC                        MANAGEMENT INC.


By:      /s/ Andrew B. Hopping       By:  /s/ Diane Minardi
         -------------------------        --------------------------
Name:    Andrew B. Hopping           Name:  Diane Minardi
         -------------------------        --------------------------
Title:   President                   Title: Vice President
         -------------------------        --------------------------
<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE A
                                DATED MAY 1, 1999
                                       TO
                        INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT
                                     BETWEEN
                    JACKSON NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.
                                       AND
                     J. P. MORGAN INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT INC.

                                     (Fund)

                  JNL/J.P. Morgan Enhanced S&P 500 Index Series
             JNL/J.P. Morgan International & Emerging Markets Series






<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE B
                                DATED MAY 1, 1999
                                       TO
                        INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT
                                     BETWEEN
                    JACKSON NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.
                                       AND
                     J. P. MORGAN INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT INC.

                                 (Compensation)


             JNL/J.P. MORGAN INTERNATIONAL & EMERGING MARKETS SERIES

                  Average Daily Net Assets           Annual Rate

                  0 to $50 Million:                  .55%
                  $50 Million to $200 Million:       .50%
                  $200 Million to $350 Million:      .45%
                  Amounts over $350 Million:         .40%


                  JNL/J.P. MORGAN ENHANCED S&P 500 INDEX SERIES

                  Average Daily Net Assets           Annual Rate

                  0 to $25 Million:                  .35%
                  Amounts over $25 Million:          .30%

                                    AMENDMENT
                                       TO
                        INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT
                                     BETWEEN
                    JACKSON NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES, LLC
                                       AND
               STANDARD & POOR'S INVESTMENT ADVISORY SERVICES LLC


     This AMENDMENT is made by and between JACKSON NATIONAL FINANCIAL  SERVICES,
LLC, a Michigan  limited  liability  company and registered  investment  adviser
("Adviser"),  and STANDARD & POOR'S  INVESTMENT  ADVISORY SERVICES LLC (formerly
known as  Standard & Poor's  Investment  Advisory  Services,  Inc.),  a Delaware
limited liability company and registered investment adviser ("Sub-Adviser").

     WHEREAS,   Jackson  National   Financial   Services,   Inc.  ("JNFSI")  and
Sub-Adviser entered into an Investment  Sub-Advisory Agreement dated as of March
2, 1998  ("Agreement"),  whereby JNFSI appointed  Sub-Adviser to provide certain
sub-investment  advisory services to the investment portfolios of the JNL Series
Trust; and

     WHEREAS,  effective July 1, 1998, JNFSI assigned,  transferred and conveyed
to Adviser, and Adviser assumed, all of the interests, rights,  responsibilities
and obligations of JNFSI under the Agreement,  and thereafter Adviser was deemed
a party in lieu of JNFSI to such Agreement; and

     WHEREAS,  pursuant  to  the  Agreement,  the  Adviser  agreed  to  pay  the
Sub-Adviser  for  the  services   provided  and  the  expenses  assumed  by  the
Sub-Advisor a sub-advisory fee as set forth on Schedule B to the Agreement,  and
the  Sub-Adviser  agreed to accept such  sub-advisory  fee as full  compensation
under the Agreement for such services and expenses; and

     WHEREAS,  the  Adviser  desires  to appoint  Sub-Adviser  to  provide,  and
Sub-Adviser has agreed to provide,  additional  sub-investment advisory services
to three new  investment  portfolios  of the JNL Series  Trust,  effective  upon
execution  or,  if later,  the date that  initial  capital  for such  investment
portfolio is first provided.

     NOW THEREFORE,  in consideration of the mutual covenants herein  contained,
the parties hereby agree to amend the Agreement as follows:

1.   Capitalized  terms used and not  defined  herein  shall  have the  meanings
     ascribed thereto in the Agreement.


2.   Both  parties  hereby  ratify and  approve,  effective  as of July 1, 1998,
     JNFSI's  assignment,  transfer and  conveyance  to Adviser,  and  Adviser's
     assumption,  of  all  of  the  interests,   rights,   responsibilities  and
     obligations of JNFSI under the Agreement,  and further, both parties hereby
     agree  that,  effective  July 1,  1998,  Adviser  is  deemed a party to the
     Agreement in lieu of JNFSI.

3.   Schedule A to the Agreement is hereby  deleted and replaced in its entirety
     with Schedule A dated December 31, 1999, attached hereto.

4.   Schedule B to the Agreement is hereby  deleted and replaced in its entirety
     with Schedule B dated December 31, 1999, attached hereto.

5.   Except as expressly set forth above,  all other provisions in the Agreement
     shall remain in full force and effect.

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Adviser  and the  Sub-Adviser  have  caused this
Amendment to be executed as of this 31st day of December, 1999.

JACKSON NATIONAL FINANCIAL                  STANDARD & POOR'S INVESTMENT
SERVICES, LLC                               ADVISORY SERVICES LLC


By:      /s/ Andrew B. Hopping              By:      /s/ Thomas F. Gizicki
         -------------------------------             -------------------------
Name:    Andrew B. Hopping                  Name:    Thomas F. Gizicki
         -------------------------------             -------------------------
Title:   President                          Title:   Vice President & Gen. Mgr.
         -------------------------------             -------------------------


<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE A
                             DATED DECEMBER 31, 1999
                                       TO
                        INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT
                                     BETWEEN
                    JACKSON NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES, LLC
                                       AND
               STANDARD & POOR'S INVESTMENT ADVISORY SERVICES LLC

                                     (Fund)

JNL/S&P  Conservative  Growth Series I JNL/S&P  Moderate Growth Series I JNL/S&P
Aggressive  Growth  Series I JNL/S&P  Very  Aggressive  Growth  Series I JNL/S&P
Equity  Growth  Series I  JNL/S&P  Equity  Aggressive  Growth  Series I  JNL/S&P
Conservative  Growth  Series  II  JNL/S&P  Moderate  Growth  Series  II  JNL/S&P
Aggressive  Growth  Series II JNL/S&P Very  Aggressive  Growth Series II JNL/S&P
Equity  Growth  Series II JNL/S&P  Equity  Aggressive  Growth  Series II JNL/S&P
Conservative  Growth Series JNL/S&P  Moderate  Growth Series JNL/S&P  Aggressive
Growth Series



<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE B
                             DATED DECEMBER 31, 1999
                                       TO
                        INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT
                                     BETWEEN
                    JACKSON NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES, LLC
                                       AND
               STANDARD & POOR'S INVESTMENT ADVISORY SERVICES LLC

                                 (Compensation)

                      JNL/S&P CONSERVATIVE GROWTH SERIES I
                      Average Daily Net Assets Annual Rate
                             0 to $500 Million: .10%
                        Amounts over $500 Million: .075%

                        JNL/S&P MODERATE GROWTH SERIES I
                      Average Daily Net Assets Annual Rate
                             0 to $500 Million: .10%
                        Amounts over $500 Million: .075%

                       JNL/S&P AGGRESSIVE GROWTH SERIES I
                      Average Daily Net Assets Annual Rate
                             0 to $500 Million: .10%
                        Amounts over $500 Million: .075%

                     JNL/S&P VERY AGGRESSIVE GROWTH SERIES I
                      Average Daily Net Assets Annual Rate
                             0 to $500 Million: .10%
                        Amounts over $500 Million: .075%

                         JNL/S&P EQUITY GROWTH SERIES I
                      Average Daily Net Assets Annual Rate
                             0 to $500 Million: .10%
                        Amounts over $500 Million: .075%

                    JNL/S&P EQUITY AGGRESSIVE GROWTH SERIES I
                      Average Daily Net Assets Annual Rate
                             0 to $500 Million: .10%
                        Amounts over $500 Million: .075%

                      JNL/S&P CONSERVATIVE GROWTH SERIES II
                      Average Daily Net Assets Annual Rate
                             0 to $500 Million: .10%
                        Amounts over $500 Million: .075%

                        JNL/S&P MODERATE GROWTH SERIES II
                      Average Daily Net Assets Annual Rate
                             0 to $500 Million: .10%
                        Amounts over $500 Million: .075%

                       JNL/S&P AGGRESSIVE GROWTH SERIES II
                      Average Daily Net Assets Annual Rate
                             0 to $500 Million: .10%
                        Amounts over $500 Million: .075%

                    JNL/S&P VERY AGGRESSIVE GROWTH SERIES II
                      Average Daily Net Assets Annual Rate
                             0 to $500 Million: .10%
                        Amounts over $500 Million: .075%

                         JNL/S&P EQUITY GROWTH SERIES II
                      Average Daily Net Assets Annual Rate
                             0 to $500 Million: .10%
                        Amounts over $500 Million: .075%

                   JNL/S&P EQUITY AGGRESSIVE GROWTH SERIES II
                      Average Daily Net Assets Annual Rate
                             0 to $500 Million: .10%
                        Amounts over $500 Million: .075%

                       JNL/S&P CONSERVATIVE GROWTH SERIES
                      Average Daily Net Assets Annual Rate
                             0 to $500 Million: .10%
                        Amounts over $500 Million: .075%

                         JNL/S&P MODERATE GROWTH SERIES
                      Average Daily Net Assets Annual Rate
                             0 to $500 Million: .10%
                        Amounts over $500 Million: .075%

                        JNL/S&P AGGRESSIVE GROWTH SERIES
                      Average Daily Net Assets Annual Rate
                             0 to $500 Million: .10%
                        Amounts over $500 Million: .075%



                        INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT


         This  AGREEMENT  is  effective  this  14th day of March,  2000,  by and
between JACKSON NATIONAL FINANCIAL  SERVICES,  LLC, a Michigan limited liability
company and registered  investment adviser  ("Adviser"),  and PACIFIC INVESTMENT
MANAGEMENT  COMPANY,  a Delaware general  partnership and registered  investment
adviser ("Sub-Adviser").

         WHEREAS,  Adviser is the  investment  manager for the JNL Series  Trust
(the "Trust"),  an open-end  management  investment company registered under the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended ("1940 Act"); and

         WHEREAS,  the Trust is authorized to issue separate series, each series
having its own investment objective or objectives, policies and limitations;

         WHEREAS,  Adviser  desires to retain  Sub-Adviser as Adviser's agent to
furnish  investment  advisory  services  to the  series of the  Trust  listed on
Schedule A hereto ("Fund").

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of  the  mutual  covenants  herein
contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.       Appointment.  Adviser hereby  appoints  Sub-Adviser to provide  certain
         sub-investment  advisory services to the Fund for the period and on the
         terms set forth in this Agreement. Sub-Adviser accepts such appointment
         and  agrees  to  furnish  the   services   herein  set  forth  for  the
         compensation herein provided.

         In the event the Adviser  designates  one or more series other than the
         Fund with respect to which the Adviser wishes to retain the Sub-Adviser
         to render investment advisory services  hereunder,  it shall notify the
         Sub-Adviser  in writing.  If the  Sub-Adviser is willing to render such
         services, it shall notify the Adviser in writing, whereupon such series
         shall become a Fund hereunder, and be subject to this Agreement.

2.       Delivery of  Documents.  Adviser has or will furnish  Sub-Adviser  with
         copies properly certified or authenticated of each of the following:

         a)       the Trust's  Agreement and Declaration of Trust, as filed with
                  the Secretary of State of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts on
                  June 1,  1994,  and all  amendments  thereto  or  restatements
                  thereof  (such  Declaration,  as presently in effect and as it
                  shall  from time to time be  amended  or  restated,  is herein
                  called the "Declaration of Trust");

         b)       the Trust's By-Laws and amendments thereto;

         c)       resolutions of the Trust's Board of Trustees  authorizing  the
                  appointment of Sub-Adviser and approving this Agreement;

         d)       the Trust's  Notification  of  Registration on Form N-8A under
                  the  1940  Act as  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
                  Commission (the "SEC") and all amendments thereto;

         e)       the  Trust's  Registration  Statement  on Form N-1A  under the
                  Securities  Act of 1933, as amended ("1933 Act") and under the
                  1940 Act as  filed  with  the SEC and all  amendments  thereto
                  insofar as such  Registration  Statement  and such  amendments
                  relate to the Fund; and

         f)       the Trust's most recent prospectus and Statement of Additional
                  Information (collectively called the "Prospectus").

                  Adviser  will furnish the  Sub-Adviser  from time to time with
                  copies of all amendments of or supplements to the foregoing.

3.       Management.  Subject  always to the  supervision  of  Trust's  Board of
         Trustees  and the  Adviser,  Sub-Adviser  will  furnish  an  investment
         program in respect of, and make investment decisions for, all assets of
         the Fund and place all orders for the purchase and sale of  securities,
         all  on  behalf  of  the  Fund.  In  the  performance  of  its  duties,
         Sub-Adviser will satisfy its fiduciary duties to the Fund (as set forth
         below), and will monitor the Fund's  investments,  and will comply with
         the provisions of Trust's  Declaration of Trust and By-Laws, as amended
         from time to time, and the stated investment  objectives,  policies and
         restrictions  of the Fund.  Sub-Adviser  and Adviser will each make its
         officers  and  employees  available  to the other  from time to time at
         reasonable  times  to  review  investment  policies  of the Fund and to
         consult with each other  regarding the investment  affairs of the Fund.
         Sub-Adviser  will report to the Board of Trustees  and to Adviser  with
         respect  to  the   implementation  of  such  program.   Sub-Adviser  is
         responsible for compliance with the provisions of Section 817(h) of the
         Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, applicable to the Fund.

         The Sub-Adviser further agrees that it:

         a)       will use the same skill and care in providing such services as
                  it uses in providing  services to fiduciary accounts for which
                  it has investment responsibilities;

         b)       will conform with all applicable  Rules and Regulations of the
                  Securities  and Exchange  Commission in all material  respects
                  and  in  addition  will  conduct  its  activities  under  this
                  Agreement in accordance with any applicable regulations of any
                  governmental  authority  pertaining to its investment advisory
                  activities;

         c)       will place orders  pursuant to its  investment  determinations
                  for the  Fund  either  directly  with the  issuer  or with any
                  broker or dealer,  including an affiliated broker-dealer which
                  is a member of a national  securities exchange as permitted in
                  accordance  with  guidelines   established  by  the  Board  of
                  Trustees.  In placing  orders with  brokers and  dealers,  the
                  Sub-Adviser  will  attempt to obtain the best  combination  of
                  prompt  execution of orders in an effective  manner and at the
                  most favorable price.  Consistent with this  obligation,  when
                  the  execution  and price  offered  by two or more  brokers or
                  dealers are  comparable  Sub-Adviser  may, in its  discretion,
                  purchase and sell portfolio securities to and from brokers and
                  dealers who provide the  Sub-Adviser  with research advice and
                  other  services.  In no instance will portfolio  securities be
                  purchased  from  or sold to the  Adviser,  Sub-Adviser  or any
                  affiliated   person  of  either   the   Trust,   Adviser,   or
                  Sub-Adviser, except as may be permitted under the 1940 Act;

         d)       will report  regularly to Adviser and to the Board of Trustees
                  and will make appropriate persons available for the purpose of
                  reviewing  with  representatives  of Adviser  and the Board of
                  Trustees on a regular basis at reasonable times the management
                  of the  Fund,  including,  without  limitation,  review of the
                  general investment  strategies of the Fund, the performance of
                  the Fund in relation to standard  industry  indices,  interest
                  rate  considerations  and  general  conditions  affecting  the
                  marketplace  and will provide  various other reports from time
                  to time as reasonably requested by Adviser;

         e)       will prepare and maintain  such books and records with respect
                  to the Fund's securities transactions and will furnish Adviser
                  and  Trust's  Board of  Trustees  such  periodic  and  special
                  reports as the Board or Adviser may request;

         f)       will act upon  instructions from Adviser not inconsistent with
                  the fiduciary duties hereunder;

         g)       will treat  confidentially  and as proprietary  information of
                  Trust all such records and other information relative to Trust
                  maintained by the  Sub-Adviser,  and will not use such records
                  and information for any purpose other than  performance of its
                  responsibilities  and duties  hereunder,  except  after  prior
                  notification  to and  approval  in  writing  by  Trust,  which
                  approval  shall not be  unreasonably  withheld  and may not be
                  withheld  where the  Sub-Adviser  may be  exposed  to civil or
                  criminal  contempt  proceedings  for  failure to comply,  when
                  requested  to divulge  such  information  by duly  constituted
                  authorities, or when so requested by Trust; and

         h)       will vote proxies  received in connection with securities held
                  by the Fund consistent with its fiduciary duties hereunder.

4.       Aggregation of Orders.  Provided the investment  objectives of the Fund
         are adhered to, the Adviser agrees that the  Sub-Adviser  may aggregate
         sales and purchase  orders of securities  held in the Fund with similar
         orders  being made  simultaneously  for other  accounts  managed by the
         Sub-Adviser or with accounts of the affiliates of the  Sub-Adviser,  if
         in the Sub-Adviser's  reasonable judgment such aggregation shall result
         in an overall economic benefit to the Fund,  taking into  consideration
         the advantageous  selling or purchase price,  brokerage  commission and
         other expenses. The Adviser acknowledges that the determination of such
         economic  benefit  to the Fund by the  Sub-Adviser  is  subjective  and
         represents the  Sub-Adviser's  evaluation that the Fund is benefited by
         relatively better purchase or sales prices,  lower commission  expenses
         and  beneficial  timing of  transactions  or a combination of these and
         other factors.

5.       Futures and Options. Provided the investment objectives of the Fund are
         adhered to, the  Sub-Adviser's  investment  authority shall include the
         authority to purchase,  sell,  cover open  positions,  and generally to
         deal in financial futures contracts and options thereon.

         The Adviser will (i) open and maintain brokerage accounts for financial
         futures  and  options  (such  accounts   hereinafter   referred  to  as
         "brokerage accounts") on behalf of and in the name of the Fund and (ii)
         execute  for and on behalf of the Fund,  standard  customer  agreements
         with a broker  or  brokers.  The  Sub-Adviser  may,  using  such of the
         securities  and other  property  in the Fund as the  Sub-Adviser  deems
         necessary or desirable,  direct the Adviser to deposit on behalf of the
         Fund, original and maintenance  brokerage deposits and otherwise direct
         payments of cash,  cash  equivalents  and securities and other property
         into such  brokerage  accounts and to such  brokers as the  Sub-Adviser
         deems desirable or appropriate.

         Upon the solicitation of the Adviser, the Sub-Adviser  delivered to the
         Adviser a copy of its Disclosure  Document,  as amended,  dated July 3,
         1997,  on file  with the  Commodity  Futures  Trading  Commission.  The
         Adviser hereby acknowledges receipt of such copy.

6.       Expenses.  During the term of this Agreement,  Sub-Adviser will pay all
         expenses  incurred by it in connection  with its activities  under this
         Agreement  other  than  the  cost of  securities  (including  brokerage
         commission, if any) purchased for the Fund.

7.       Books and Records.  In compliance  with the  requirements of Rule 31a-3
         under the 1940 Act,  the  Sub-Adviser  hereby  agrees  that all records
         which it  maintains  for the  Trust are the  property  of the Trust and
         further  agrees to surrender  promptly to the Trust any of such records
         upon the Trust's  request.  Sub-Adviser  further agrees to preserve for
         the  periods  prescribed  by Rule 31a-2  under the 1940 Act the records
         required to be maintained by Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act.

8.       Compensation.  For  the  services  provided  and the  expenses  assumed
         pursuant to this Agreement,  Adviser will pay the Sub-Adviser,  and the
         Sub-Adviser  agrees  to  accept  as  full  compensation   therefor,   a
         sub-advisory  fee,  accrued  daily and  payable  monthly on the average
         daily  net  assets  in the  Fund or  Funds  excluding  the  net  assets
         representing  capital  contributed  by Jackson  National Life Insurance
         Company in accordance  with Schedule B hereto.  From time to time,  the
         Sub-Adviser   may  agree  to  waive  or  reduce  some  or  all  of  the
         compensation to which it is entitled under this Agreement.

         The  Sub-Adviser  represents  and  warrants  that in no event shall the
         Sub-Adviser  provide similar investment advisory services to any client
         comparable  to  the  Fund  being  managed  under  this  Agreement  at a
         composite rate of compensation less than that provided for herein.

9.       Services to Others.  Adviser  understands,  and has advised the Trust's
         Board of Trustees, that Sub-Adviser now acts, or may in the future act,
         as an investment  adviser to fiduciary and other managed accounts,  and
         as investment  adviser or  sub-investment  adviser to other  investment
         companies.  Adviser  has no  objection  to  Sub-Adviser  acting in such
         capacities,  provided  that  whenever  the Fund  and one or more  other
         investment  advisory  clients of Sub-Adviser  have available  funds for
         investment, investments selected for each will be allocated in a manner
         believed by  Sub-Adviser to be equitable to each.  Adviser  recognizes,
         and has  advised  Trust's  Board of  Trustees,  that in some cases this
         procedure  may  adversely  affect  the  size of the  position  that the
         participating  Fund may obtain in a particular  security.  In addition,
         Adviser  understands,  and has advised Trust's Board of Trustees,  that
         the persons employed by Sub-Adviser to assist in  Sub-Adviser's  duties
         under this  Agreement  will not devote  their full time to such service
         and  nothing  contained  in this  Agreement  will be deemed to limit or
         restrict the right of Sub-Adviser or any of its affiliates to engage in
         and devote time and attention to other businesses or to render services
         of whatever kind or nature.

10.      Standard of Care and  Limitation of Liability.  The  Sub-Adviser  shall
         exercise its best judgment and shall act in good faith in rendering the
         services pursuant to this Agreement.

         Sub-Adviser, its officers,  directors,  employees, agents or affiliates
         will not be  subject  to any  liability  to the  Adviser or the Fund or
         their  directors,  officers,  employees,  agents or affiliates  for any
         error of  judgment  or mistake of law or for any loss  suffered  by the
         Fund in connection with the performance of  Sub-Adviser's  duties under
         this Agreement,  except for a loss resulting from Sub-Adviser's willful
         misfeasance,  bad faith, or gross  negligence in the performance of its
         duties or by reason of its reckless  disregard of its  obligations  and
         duties under this Agreement.

11.      Indemnification.  Notwithstanding  Section  10 of this  Agreement,  the
         Sub-Adviser  agrees to indemnify  and hold  harmless  the Adviser,  any
         affiliated person of the Adviser,  and each person, if any, who, within
         the  meaning  of  Section  15 of the 1933 Act,  controls  ("controlling
         person") the Adviser (all of such persons being referred to as "Adviser
         Indemnified  Persons")  against  any and all losses,  claims,  damages,
         liabilities,  or  litigation  (including  reasonable  legal  and  other
         expenses)  to which an Adviser  Indemnified  Person may become  subject
         under the 1933 Act, 1940 Act, the Investment  Advisers Act of 1940, the
         Internal  Revenue  Code,  under any  other  statute,  at common  law or
         otherwise,  arising  out  of  the  Sub-Adviser's   responsibilities  as
         Sub-Adviser  to the Fund  and to the  Trust  which  is  based  upon the
         willful  misfeasance,  bad  faith  or  negligence  or  breach  of  this
         Agreement by Sub-Adviser or its agents, or may be based upon any untrue
         statement  of a material  fact  provided in writing by the  Sub-Adviser
         specifically  for  inclusion  in the  Prospectus,  or any  amendment or
         supplement  thereto,  or the omission to state  therein a material fact
         known or which  should  have  been  known  to the  Sub-Adviser  and was
         required  to be stated  therein  or  necessary  to make the  statements
         therein not misleading;  provided,  however,  that in no case shall the
         indemnity  in favor of an  Adviser  Indemnified  Person  be  deemed  to
         protect  such  person  against any  liability  to which any such person
         would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith,
         negligence in the performance of its duties, or by reason of its breach
         of this Agreement.

12.      Duration and Termination.  This Agreement will become effective as to a
         Fund upon execution or, if later,  on the date that initial capital for
         such Fund is first  provided to it and,  unless  sooner  terminated  as
         provided herein,  will continue in effect for two years from such date.
         Thereafter,  if  not  terminated  as to a  Fund,  this  Agreement  will
         continue  in effect as to a Fund for  successive  periods of 12 months,
         provided  that such  continuation  is  specifically  approved  at least
         annually by the  Trust's  Board of Trustees or by vote of a majority of
         the  outstanding  voting  securities of such Fund,  and in either event
         approved  also by a majority  of the  Trustees of the Trust who are not
         interested  persons  of  the  Trust,  or of  the  Adviser,  or  of  the
         Sub-Adviser.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  this  Agreement  may be
         terminated  as to a Fund  at  any  time,  without  the  payment  of any
         penalty,  on sixty days' written notice by the Trust or Adviser,  or on
         sixty days' written  notice by the  Sub-Adviser.  This  Agreement  will
         immediately terminate in the event of its assignment.  (As used in this
         Agreement,  the terms "majority of the outstanding voting  securities",
         "interested  persons" and  "assignment"  have the same meanings of such
         terms in the 1940 Act.)

13.      Amendment of this  Agreement.  No provision  of this  Agreement  may be
         changed,  waived,  discharged  or  terminated  orally;  but  only by an
         instrument in writing signed by the party against which  enforcement of
         the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

14.      Notice. Any notice under this Agreement shall be in writing,  addressed
         and delivered or mailed,  postage  prepaid,  to the other party at such
         address  as such  other  party may  designate  for the  receipt of such
         notice.

15.      Proprietary  Rights.  Sub-Adviser  represents,  and the  Trust  and the
         Adviser  acknowledge,  that  Sub-Adviser is the sole owner of the names
         "Pacific  Investment  Management Company" and "PIMCO" and certain logos
         associated with such names (the "PIMCO Marks").

         The use by the Trust and the Adviser, or their affiliates, on their own
         behalf or on behalf of the JNL/PIMCO  Total Return Bond Series,  of any
         PIMCO  Marks  or  any  representations  regarding  Sub-Adviser  in  any
         disclosure document, advertisement, sales literature or other materials
         promoting the JNL/PIMCO  Total Return Bond Series shall remain  subject
         to  the  approval  of   Sub-Adviser;   provided,   however,   that  (i)
         Sub-Adviser's  review of any material  pursuant to this Agreement shall
         be conducted  in a reasonable  and timely  manner;  (ii)  Sub-Adviser's
         approval under this Agreement shall not be unreasonably  withheld;  and
         (iii) Sub-Adviser's approval under this Agreement shall not be required
         with  respect  to  any  use  which  has  been  previously  approved  by
         Sub-Adviser,  including,  but not  limited  to,  any use which has been
         derived from disclosure  contained in the Trust's or the Adviser's most
         recent  Prospectus and/or Statement of Additional  Information,  or any
         supplements thereto, regarding any PIMCO Marks, PIMCO, or the JNL/PIMCO
         Total  Return  Bond  Series,  which  has been  previously  approved  by
         Sub-Adviser.

         Sub-Adviser  acknowledges  and agrees that it will not use the name the
         JNL/PIMCO Total Return Bond Series on its own behalf, or in relation to
         any investment  company for which Sub-Adviser or its successors and any
         subsidiary or affiliate thereof acts as investment adviser, without the
         express written  permission of the Trust or the Adviser,  respectively,
         except that  Sub-Adviser may state that it acts as a sub-advisor to the
         Trust and the Adviser.

         The parties hereby  acknowledge that the Trust has adopted the name the
         "JNL/PIMCO   Total  Return  Bond  Series"  through  the  permission  of
         Sub-Adviser.

16.      Miscellaneous.   The  captions  in  this  Agreement  are  included  for
         convenience  of  reference  only and in no way define or delimit any of
         the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.
         If any  provision of this  Agreement is held or made invalid by a court
         decision,  statute, rule or otherwise,  the remainder of this Agreement
         will be binding  upon and shall  inure to the  benefit  of the  parties
         hereto.

         The name "JNL Series  Trust" and  "Trustees of JNL Series  Trust" refer
         respectively to the Trust created by, and the Trustees, as trustees but
         not  individually  or personally,  acting from time to time under,  the
         Declaration of Trust,  to which  reference is hereby made and a copy of
         which  is on  file at the  office  of the  Secretary  of  State  of the
         Commonwealth of Massachusetts  and elsewhere as required by law, and to
         any and all  amendments  thereto  so  filed  or  hereafter  filed.  The
         obligations  of the "JNL Series Trust" entered in the name or on behalf
         thereof by any of the Trustees,  representatives or agents are made not
         individually  but only in such  capacities and are not binding upon any
         of  the  Trustees,   Shareholders  or   representatives  of  the  Trust
         personally,  but bind only the assets of the Trust, and persons dealing
         with the Fund must look solely to the assets of the Trust  belonging to
         such Fund for the enforcement of any claims against Trust.

17.      Representations and Warranties of the Sub-Adviser.

         The Sub-Adviser  hereby represents that this Agreement does not violate
         any existing agreements between the Sub-Adviser and any other party.

         The  Sub-Adviser  further  represents  and  warrants  that it is a duly
         registered  investment  adviser  under the  Investment  Advisers Act of
         1940,  as amended  and has  provided  to the Adviser a copy of its most
         recent Form ADV as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

         The   Sub-Adviser   further   represents   that  is  has  reviewed  the
         post-effective  amendment to the  Registration  Statement for the Trust
         filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  that  contains
         disclosure  about the  Sub-Adviser,  and  represents and warrants that,
         with respect to the  disclosure  about the  Sub-Adviser  or information
         relating, directly or indirectly, to the Sub-Adviser, such Registration
         Statement  contains,  as of the date hereof, no untrue statement of any
         material  fact and does not omit any statement of a material fact which
         was required to be stated  therein or necessary to make the  statements
         contained therein not misleading.

18.      Applicable  Law. This Agreement  shall be construed in accordance  with
         applicable federal law and the laws of the State of Michigan.



<PAGE>


         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser  have caused this
Agreement to be executed as of this 14th day of March, 2000.

                           JACKSON NATIONAL FINANCIAL
                           SERVICES, LLC

                           By:         /s/ Andrew B. Hopping
                                       -----------------------------------
                           Name:       Andrew B. Hopping

                           Title:      President

                           PACIFIC INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY

                           By:         PIMCO Management, Inc., a general partner

                           By:
                                       -----------------------------------
                           Name:
                                       -----------------------------------
                           Title:
                                       -----------------------------------



<PAGE>



                                   SCHEDULE A
                                     (Fund)

                       JNL/PIMCO TOTAL RETURN BOND SERIES






<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE B
                                 (Compensation)


                       JNL/PIMCO TOTAL RETURN BOND SERIES

                  Average Daily Net Assets           Annual Rate

                  Amounts over $0:                   .25%






                                    AMENDMENT
                                       TO
              AMENDED INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT
                                     BETWEEN
                                JNL SERIES TRUST
                                       AND
                    JACKSON NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES, LLC


         This  AMENDMENT  is by and between JNL Series  Trust,  a  Massachusetts
business trust (the "Trust") and Jackson National  Financial  Services,  Inc., a
Delaware corporation (the "Adviser").

         WHEREAS,  the Trust and the Adviser entered into an Amended  Investment
Advisory  and  Management  Agreement  dated  August 17, 1995 (the  "Agreement"),
whereby  the Trust  retained  the  Adviser to perform  investment  advisory  and
management services for the Series of the Trust enumerated in the Agreement; and

         WHEREAS,  four new  Series  will be added to the  Trust  and the  Trust
desires the Adviser to perform investment  advisory and management  services for
these Series of the Trust; and

         WHEREAS,  the  Adviser  agrees to serve as the  investment  adviser and
business manager for the  above-referenced  Series of the Trust on the terms and
conditions set forth in the Agreement.

         NOW  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the mutual  covenants  contained
herein and for other good and valuable consideration,  the Trust and the Adviser
agree as follows:

         1.  Effective  with  respect to a Series  upon  capitalization  of such
Series,  the Adviser shall serve as the investment  adviser and business manager
for the JNL/Janus Balanced Series,  JNL/Putnam Mid-Cap Growth Series and T. Rowe
Price/JNL Value Series.

         2. As  compensation  for  services  performed  and the  facilities  and
personnel provided by the Adviser under the Agreement, the Trust will pay to the
Adviser,  promptly after the end of each month for the services  rendered by the
Adviser during the preceding month, the sum of the following amounts:

         JNL/Janus Balanced Series...........  $0 to $300 million ...   0.95%
                                               Over $300 million ....   0.90%

         JNL/Putnam Mid-Cap Growth Series....  $0 to $300 million ...   0.95%
                                               Over $300 million ....   0.90%

         T. Rowe Price/JNL Value Series......  $0 to $300 million ...   0.90%
                                               Over $300 million ....   0.85%

         3. The Trust and the Adviser  agree to abide and be bound by all of the
terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement.

         IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Trust  and the  Adviser  have  caused  this
Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized officers as of the 10th day of
February, 2000.

                                     JNL SERIES TRUST


                                     By:      /s/ Andrew B. Hopping
                                              -------------------------------

                                     Name:    Andrew B. Hopping
                                              -------------------------------

                                     Title:   President
                                              -------------------------------


                                     JACKSON NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES, LLC


                                     By:      /s/ Thomas J. Meyer
                                              -------------------------------

                                     Name:    Thomas J. Meyer
                                              -------------------------------

                                     Title:   Senior Vice President
                                              -------------------------------

                                    AMENDMENT
                                       TO
                        INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT
                                     BETWEEN
                    JACKSON NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES, LLC
                                       AND
                         T. ROWE PRICE ASSOCIATES, INC.

         This  AMENDMENT  is  made by and  between  JACKSON  NATIONAL  FINANCIAL
SERVICES,  LLC, a Michigan limited liability  company and registered  investment
adviser ("Adviser"),  and T. ROWE PRICE ASSOCIATES, INC., a Maryland corporation
and registered investment adviser ("Sub-Adviser").

         WHEREAS,  the  Adviser  and  Sub-Adviser  entered  into  an  Investment
Sub-Advisory  Agreement  dated as of February  20, 1995  ("Agreement"),  whereby
Adviser  appointed  Sub-Adviser  to  provide  certain  sub-investment   advisory
services to the investment portfolios of the JNL Series Trust; and

         WHEREAS,  pursuant  to the  Agreement,  the  Adviser  agreed to pay the
Sub-Adviser  for  the  services   provided  and  the  expenses  assumed  by  the
Sub-Advisor a sub-advisory fee as set forth on Schedule B to the Agreement,  and
the  Sub-Adviser  agreed to accept such  sub-advisory  fee as full  compensation
under the Agreement for such services and expenses; and

         WHEREAS,  the Adviser  desires to appoint  Sub-Adviser to provide,  and
Sub-Adviser has agreed to provide, additional sub-investment advisory services a
new investment  portfolio of the JNL Series Trust,  effective upon execution or,
if later,  the date that initial capital for such investment  portfolio is first
provided.

         NOW  THEREFORE,   in  consideration  of  the  mutual  covenants  herein
contained, the parties hereby agree to amend the Agreement as follows:

1.            Schedule A to the Agreement is hereby  deleted and replaced in its
              entirety with Schedule A dated May 1, 2000, attached hereto.

2.            Schedule B to the Agreement is hereby  deleted and replaced in its
              entirety with Schedule B dated May 1, 2000, attached hereto.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser  have caused this
Amendment to be executed as of this 29th day of February, 2000.

JACKSON NATIONAL FINANCIAL          T. ROWE PRICE ASSOCIATES, INC.
SERVICES, LLC


By:      /s/ Andrew B. Hopping      By:    /s/ Darrell N. Braman
       --------------------                -------------------

Name:    Andrew B. Hopping          Name:   Darrell N. Braman
       --------------------                -------------------

Title:   President                  Title:  Vice President
       --------------------                --------------------
<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE A
                                DATED MAY 1, 2000
                                       TO
                        INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT
                                     BETWEEN
                    JACKSON NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES, LLC
                                       AND
                         T. ROWE PRICE ASSOCIATES, INC.

                                     (Fund)

                   T. Rowe Price/JNL Established Growth Series
                     T. Rowe Price/JNL Mid-Cap Growth Series
                         T. Rowe Price/JNL Value Series


<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE B
                                DATED MAY 1, 2000
                                       TO
                        INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT
                                     BETWEEN
                    JACKSON NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES, LLC
                                       AND
                         T. ROWE PRICE ASSOCIATES, INC.

                                 (Compensation)

                     T. Rowe Price Established Growth Series

                      Average Daily Net Assets Annual Rate
                             $0 to $20 million 0.45%
                            $20 to $50 million 0.40%
                           $50 to $200 million 0.40%*
                            Above $200 million 0.40%

                     T. Rowe Price/JNL Mid-Cap Growth Series

                      Average Daily Net Assets Annual Rate
                             $0 to $20 million 0.60%
                            $20 to $50 million 0.50%
                           $50 to $200 million 0.50%*
                            Above $200 million 0.50%

*When average daily net assets exceed this amount, the annual rate asterisked is
applicable to all the amounts in the T. Rowe Price/JNL Established Growth and T.
Rowe Price/JNL Mid-Cap Growth Series, respectively.


                         T. Rowe Price/JNL Value Series

                      Average Daily Net Assets Annual Rate
                             $0 to $50 million 0.50%
                         Amounts over $50 million 0.40%


                                    AMENDMENT
                                       TO
                        INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT
                                     BETWEEN
                    JACKSON NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES, LLC
                                       AND
                       PUTNAM INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.

         This  AMENDMENT  is  made by and  between  JACKSON  NATIONAL  FINANCIAL
SERVICES,  LLC, a Michigan limited liability  company and registered  investment
adviser  ("Adviser"),  and PUTNAM  INVESTMENT  MANAGEMENT,  INC. a Massachusetts
corporation and registered investment adviser ("Sub-Adviser").

         WHEREAS,  the  Adviser  and  Sub-Adviser  entered  into  an  Investment
Sub-Advisory  Agreement  dated as of  August  17,  1995  ("Agreement"),  whereby
Adviser  appointed  Sub-Adviser  to  provide  certain  sub-investment   advisory
services to the investment portfolios of the JNL Series Trust; and

         WHEREAS,  pursuant  to the  Agreement,  the  Adviser  agreed to pay the
Sub-Adviser  for  the  services   provided  and  the  expenses  assumed  by  the
Sub-Advisor a sub-advisory fee as set forth on Schedule B to the Agreement,  and
the  Sub-Adviser  agreed to accept such  sub-advisory  fee as full  compensation
under the Agreement for such services and expenses; and

         WHEREAS,  the Adviser  desires to appoint  Sub-Adviser to provide,  and
Sub-Adviser has agreed to provide,  additional  sub-investment advisory services
to two  new  investment  portfolios  of the JNL  Series  Trust,  effective  upon
execution  or,  if later,  the date that  initial  capital  for such  investment
portfolio is first provided.

         NOW  THEREFORE,   in  consideration  of  the  mutual  covenants  herein
contained, the parties hereby agree to amend the Agreement as follows:

1.            Schedule A to the Agreement is hereby  deleted and replaced in its
              entirety with Schedule A dated May 1, 2000, attached hereto.

2.            Schedule B to the Agreement is hereby  deleted and replaced in its
              entirety with Schedule B dated May 1, 2000, attached hereto.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser  have caused this
Amendment to be executed as of this 29th day of February, 2000.

JACKSON NATIONAL FINANCIAL                  PUTNAM INVESTMENT
SERVICES, LLC                               MANAGEMENT, INC.



By:    /s/ Andrew B. Hopping                 By:   /s/ John Verani
       --------------------------------            --------------------------
Name:  Andrew B. Hopping                     Name: John Verani
       --------------------------------            --------------------------
Title: President                             Title:Senior Vice President
       --------------------------------            --------------------------

<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE A
                                DATED MAY 1, 2000
                                       TO
                        INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT
                                     BETWEEN
                    JACKSON NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES, LLC
                                       AND
                       PUTNAM INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.

                                     (Fund)

                            JNL/Putnam Growth Series
                         JNL/Putnam Value Equity Series
                     JNL/Putnam International Equity Series
                        JNL/Putnam Mid-Cap Growth Series




<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE B
                                DATED MAY 1, 2000
                                       TO
                        INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT
                                     BETWEEN
                    JACKSON NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES, LLC
                                       AND
                       PUTNAM INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.

                                 (Compensation)

                            JNL/Putnam Growth Series
                         JNL/Putnam Value Equity Series

                      Average Daily Net Assets Annual Rate

                            First $150 million                   0.50%
                            Next $150 million                    0.45%
                            Over $300 million                    0.35%


                     JNL/Putnam International Equity Series

                      Average Daily Net Assets Annual Rate

                            First $150 million                  0.65%
                            Next $150 million                   0.55%
                            Over $300 million                   0.45%


                        JNL/Putnam Mid-Cap Growth Series

                      Average Daily Net Assets Annual Rate

                            $0 to $250 million                  0.50%
                            Over $250 million                   0.45%

                                    AMENDMENT
                                       TO
                        INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT
                                     BETWEEN
                    JACKSON NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES, LLC
                                       AND
                            JANUS CAPITAL CORPORATION


         This  AMENDMENT  is  made by and  between  JACKSON  NATIONAL  FINANCIAL
SERVICES,  LLC, a Michigan limited liability  company and registered  investment
adviser ("Adviser"),  and JANUS CAPITAL CORPORATION,  a Colorado corporation and
registered investment adviser ("Sub-Adviser").

         WHEREAS,  the  Adviser  and  Sub-Adviser  entered  into  an  Investment
Sub-Advisory  Agreement  dated as of February  28, 1995  ("Agreement"),  whereby
Adviser  appointed  Sub-Adviser  to  provide  certain  sub-investment   advisory
services to the investment portfolios of the JNL Series Trust; and

         WHEREAS,  pursuant  to the  Agreement,  the  Adviser  agreed to pay the
Sub-Adviser  for  the  services   provided  and  the  expenses  assumed  by  the
Sub-Advisor a sub-advisory fee as set forth on Schedule B to the Agreement,  and
the  Sub-Adviser  agreed to accept such  sub-advisory  fee as full  compensation
under the Agreement for such services and expenses; and

         WHEREAS,  the Adviser  desires to appoint  Sub-Adviser to provide,  and
Sub-Adviser has agreed to provide,  additional  sub-investment advisory services
to two  new  investment  portfolios  of the JNL  Series  Trust,  effective  upon
execution  or,  if later,  the date that  initial  capital  for such  investment
portfolio is first provided.

         NOW  THEREFORE,   in  consideration  of  the  mutual  covenants  herein
contained, the parties hereby agree to amend the Agreement as follows:

1.            Schedule A to the Agreement is hereby  deleted and replaced in its
              entirety with Schedule A dated May 1, 2000, attached hereto.

2.            Schedule B to the Agreement is hereby  deleted and replaced in its
              entirety with Schedule B dated May 1, 2000, attached hereto.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser  have caused this
Amendment to be executed as of this 29th day of February, 2000.

JACKSON NATIONAL FINANCIAL JANUS CAPITAL CORPORATION
SERVICES, LLC


By:    /s/ Andrew B. Hopping        By:    /s/ Bonnie M. Howe
       ---------------------------         --------------------------
Name:  Andrew B. Hopping            Name:  Bonnie M. Howe
       ---------------------------         --------------------------

Title: President                    Title: Vice President
       ---------------------------         --------------------------
<PAGE>
                                   SCHEDULE A
                                DATED MAY 1, 2000
                                       TO
                        INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT
                                     BETWEEN
                    JACKSON NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES, LLC
                                       AND
                                 JANUS CAPITAL CORPORATION

                                     (Fund)

                         JNL/Janus Capital Growth Series
                       JNL/Janus Aggressive Growth Series
                        JNL/Janus Global Equities Series
                            JNL/Janus Balanced Series
                        JNL/Janus Growth & Income Series


<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE B
                                DATED MAY 1, 2000
                                       TO
                        INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT
                                     BETWEEN
                    JACKSON NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES, LLC
                                       AND
                            JANUS CAPITAL CORPORATION

                                 (Compensation)

                         JNL/Janus Capital Growth Series

                      Average Daily Net Assets Annual Rate
                             $0 to $100 million .55%
                        $100 million to $500 million .50%
                         Amounts over $500 million .45%

                       JNL/Janus Aggressive Growth Series

                      Average Daily Net Assets Annual Rate
                             $0 to $100 million .55%
                        $100 million to $500 million .50%
                         Amounts over $500 million .45%

                        JNL/Janus Global Equities Series

                      Average Daily Net Assets Annual Rate
                             $0 to $100 million .55%
                        $100 million to $500 million .50%
                         Amounts over $500 million .45%

                            JNL/Janus Balanced Series

                      Average Daily Net Assets Annual Rate
                             $0 to $100 million .55%
                        $100 million to $500 million .50%
                         Amounts over $500 million .45%

                        JNL/Janus Growth & Income Series

                      Average Daily Net Assets Annual Rate
                             $0 to $100 million .55%
                        $100 million to $500 million .50%
                         Amounts over $500 million .45%

                                  April 4, 2000



Board of Trustees
JNL Series Trust
5901 Executive Drive
Lansing, MI 48911

         Re: Opinion of Counsel - JNL Series Trust

Gentlemen:

         You have requested our Opinion of Counsel in connection with the filing
with the Securities and Exchange  Commission of Post-Effective  Amendment No. 20
to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A with respect to the JNL Series Trust.

         We have made such examination of the law and have examined such records
and  documents as in our judgment are necessary or  appropriate  to enable us to
render the opinions expressed below.

         We are of the following opinions:

     1.  JNL  Series  Trust  ("Trust")  is a valid and  existing  unincorporated
         voluntary association, commonly known as a business trust.

     2.  The Trust is a business Trust created and validly  existing pursuant to
         the Massachusetts Laws.

     3.  All of the prescribed  Trust  procedures for the issuance of the shares
         have been followed, and, when such shares are issued in accordance with
         the Prospectus contained in the Registration Statement for such shares,
         all state  requirements  relating  to such Trust  shares will have been
         complied with.


<PAGE>


Board of Trustees
JNL Series Trust
April 4, 2000
Page 2



     4.  Upon the  acceptance  of  purchase  payments  made by  shareholders  in
         accordance with the Prospectus contained in the Registration  Statement
         and upon compliance with  applicable law, such  shareholders  will have
         legally-issued, fully paid, non-assessable shares of the Trust.

         You may use this opinion  letter,  or a copy thereof,  as an exhibit to
the Registration.

                                            Sincerely,

                                            BLAZZARD, GRODD & HASENAUER, P.C.


                                            By:/s/ Raymond A. O'Hara III
                                               ---------------------------------
                                               Raymond A. O'Hara III





                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS


We  hereby  consent  to the  incorporation  by  reference  in this  Registration
Statement  on Form N-1A of our report dated  February 12, 2000,  relating to the
financial  statements and financial  highlights which appear in the December 31,
1999  Annual  Report to the  Shareholder  of JNL  Series  Trust,  which are also
incorporated by reference into the  Registration  Statement.  We also consent to
the references to us under the headings "Financial  Highlights" and "Independent
Accountants" in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
203 North Lasalle Street
Chicago, Illinois 60601
April 7, 2000

                          FUND PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT


         THIS  FUND  PARTICIPATION  AGREEMENT,  made on  this  the  11th  day of
February,  1999 among JNL Series Trust (the "Trust"), a business trust organized
under the laws of the Commonwealth of  Massachusetts,  and Jackson National Life
Insurance Company (the "Company"),  a life insurance company organized under the
laws of the State of  Michigan,  on behalf  of itself  and on behalf of  Jackson
National  Separate  Account V ("Separate  Account"),  a separate  account of the
Company existing pursuant to the Michigan Insurance Code.

                                   WITNESSETH:

         WHEREAS,  the Trust is an open-end management  investment company which
is divided into various investment series ("Series"),  each Series being subject
to separate investment objectives and restrictions. (See Exhibit A for available
Series); and

         WHEREAS,  the  Trust's  shares may be offered to  variable  annuity and
variable life insurance separate accounts of insurance  companies,  which may or
may not be affiliated persons of each other ("Participating Insurers"), pursuant
to fund participation agreements substantially identical to this Agreement; and

         WHEREAS,  the Company,  by  resolution,  has  established  the Separate
Account on its books of account  for the  purpose  of funding  certain  variable
contracts ("Contracts"); and

         WHEREAS,  the Separate  Account,  registered  with the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission as a unit investment trust under the Investment Company Act
of 1940 ("1940  Act"),  is divided  into  various  "Portfolios"  under which the
income, gains and losses, whether or not realized, from assets allocated to each
such  Portfolio are, in accordance  with the  Contracts,  credited to or charged
against such Portfolio  without  regard to any other income,  gains or losses of
other Portfolios or separate accounts or of the Company; and

         WHEREAS,  the Separate Account desires to purchase shares of the Trust;
and

         WHEREAS,  the Trust  agrees to make its  shares  available  to serve as
underlying  investment media for the various  Portfolios of the Separate Account
with each Series of the Trust serving as the  underlying  investment  medium for
the corresponding Portfolio of the Separate Account; and

         WHEREAS,  the Trust has undertaken that its Board of Trustees ("Board")
will  monitor  the  Trust  for  the  existence  of any  material  irreconcilable
conflicts  that may arise  between the contract  owners of separate  accounts of
insurance  companies that invest in the Trust for the purpose of identifying and
remedying any such conflict;

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  foregoing  and  of  mutual
covenants  and  conditions  set forth  herein  and for other  good and  valuable
consideration,  the Trust and the Company (on behalf of itself and the  Separate
Account) hereby agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

                              SALE OF TRUST SHARES

         1.1 The Contracts  funded by the Separate  Account will provide for the
allocation of net amounts among the various  Portfolios of the Separate  Account
for  investment in the shares of the particular  Series of the Trust  underlying
each Portfolio.  The selection of a particular Portfolio is to be made (and such
selection may be changed) in accordance with the terms of the Contract.

         1.2 Trust shares to be made available to the  respective  Portfolios of
the Separate Account shall be sold by each of the respective Series of the Trust
and  purchased  by the  Company for that  Portfolio  at the net asset value next
computed  after receipt of each order,  as  established  in accordance  with the
provisions of the then current  prospectus of the Trust.  Shares of a particular
Series of the Trust  shall be  ordered in such  quantities  and at such times as
determined  by the Company to be  necessary  to meet the  requirements  of those
Contracts  having amounts  allocated to the Portfolio for which the Trust Series
shares serve as the underlying investment medium. Orders and payments for shares
purchased  will be sent  promptly  to the Trust and will be made  payable in the
manner  established  from  time to time by the  Trust  for the  receipt  of such
payments.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the Board of the Trust may refuse to
sell shares of any Series to any person or suspend or terminate  the offering of
shares  of any  Series  if  such  action  is  required  by law or by  regulatory
authority  having  jurisdiction  over the Trust or is, in the sole discretion of
the  Board  acting  in good  faith and in light of its  fiduciary  duties  under
federal and any  applicable  state laws,  necessary in the best interests of the
shareholders of such Series.

         1.3 The Trust  will  redeem  the  shares  of the  various  Series  when
requested  by the  Company  on  behalf  of the  corresponding  Portfolio  of the
Separate  Account at the net asset  value next  computed  after  receipt of each
request for redemption,  as established in accordance with the provisions of the
then current  prospectus of the Trust. The Trust will make payment in the manner
established  from time to time by the Trust for the  receipt of such  redemption
requests,  but in no event shall payment be delayed for a greater period than is
permitted by the 1940 Act.

         1.35 For purposes of paragraphs  1.2 and 1.3  hereinabove,  the Company
shall be the agent of the Trust for the receipt of (1) orders to  purchase,  and
(2)  requests  to  redeem,  shares  of the  Series of the Trust on behalf of the
Separate  Account,  and receipt of such orders and  requests by such agent shall
constitute receipt thereof by the Trust, provided that the Trust receives actual
notice of such order or request by 12:00 noon (at the  Trust's  offices)  on the
next following  Business Day. "Business Day" shall mean any day on which the New
York Stock  Exchange is open for trading and on which the Trust  calculates  its
net asset value pursuant to the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

         1.4 Transfer of the Trust's shares will be by book entry only. No stock
certificates  will be issued to the  Separate  Account.  Shares  ordered  from a
particular  Series of the Trust will be recorded in an appropriate title for the
corresponding Portfolio of the Separate Account.

         1.5 The Trust  shall  furnish  same day  notice to the  Company  of any
dividend  or  distribution  payable on its  shares.  All of such  dividends  and
distributions  as are payable on each of the Series  shares in the title for the
corresponding   Portfolio  of  the  Separate   Account  shall  be  automatically
reinvested  in  additional  shares of that Series of the Trust.  The Trust shall
notify the Company of the number of shares so issued.

         1.6 The Trust  shall make the net asset  value per share of each Series
available to the Company on a daily basis as soon as reasonably  practical after
the net asset value per share is  calculated  and shall use its best  efforts to
make such net asset value per share available by 6:00 p.m. Eastern Time.

                                   ARTICLE II

                         SALES MATERIAL AND INFORMATION

         2.1 The  Company  shall  furnish  to the  Trust  each  piece  of  sales
literature or other  promotional  material in which the Trust or its  investment
adviser is named at least ten business  days prior to its use. No such  material
shall be used if the Trust  objects to such use within five  business days after
receipt of such material.

         2.2  The  Company   shall  not  give  any   information   or  make  any
representations  or statements on behalf of the Trust or concerning the Trust in
connection  with  the  sale of the  Contracts  other  than  the  information  or
representations  contained in the  registration  statement or prospectus for the
Trust  shares,  as such  documents may be amended or  supplemented  from time to
time, or in reports or proxy statements for the Trust, or in sales literature or
other promotional  material approved by the Trust, except with the permission of
the Trust.

         2.3 The  Trust  shall  furnish  to the  Company  each  piece  of  sales
literature  or other  promotional  material in which the Company or the Separate
Account is named at least ten business  days prior to its use. No such  material
shall be used if the Company objects to such use within five business days after
receipt of such material.

         2.4  The   Trust   shall   not  give  any   information   or  make  any
representations on behalf of the Company or concerning the Company, the Separate
Account,  or  the  Contracts  other  than  the  information  or  representations
contained in the registration statement or prospectus for the Contracts, as such
registration  statement and prospectus may be amended or supplemented  from time
to time,  or in  published  reports for the  Separate  Account  which are in the
public domain or approved by the Company for distribution to Contract owners, or
in sales  literature  or other  promotional  material  approved by the  Company,
except with the permission of the Company.

         2.5 The Trust will provide to the Company at least one complete copy of
all registration statements, prospectuses, statements of additional information,
reports,  proxy statements,  sales literature and other  promotional  materials,
applications for exemptions,  requests for no-action letters, and all amendments
to any of the above that  relate to the Trust or its  shares,  contemporaneously
with the filing of such document with the Securities and Exchange  Commission or
other regulatory authorities.

         2.6 The Company will provide to the Trust at least one complete copy of
all registration statements, prospectuses, statements of additional information,
reports,  solicitations  for voting  instructions,  sales  literature  and other
promotional  materials,  applications  for  exemptions,  requests for  no-action
letters, and all amendments to any of the above, that relate to the Contracts or
the Separate Account,  contemporaneously  with the filing of such documents with
the Securities and Exchange Commission or other regulatory authorities.

         2.7 For purposes of this Article II, the phrase  "sales  literature  or
other  promotional  material"  includes,  but is not limited to,  advertisements
(such as material published,  or designed for use in, a newspaper,  magazine, or
other  periodical,  radio,  television,  telephone or tape recording,  videotape
display,  signs or billboards,  motion pictures,  or other public media),  sales
literature  (i.e.,  any  written  communication  distributed  or made  generally
available to customers or the public, including brochures,  circulars,  research
reports,  market letters,  form letters,  seminar texts, reprints or excerpts of
any other advertisement, sales literature, or published article), educational or
training  materials  or  other  communications  distributed  or  made  generally
available  to some or all  agents or  employees,  and  registration  statements,
prospectuses,  statements of additional  information,  shareholder  reports, and
proxy materials.

                                   ARTICLE III

                                    EXPENSES

         3.1 The Trust  shall pay no fee or other  compensation  to the  Company
under this  Agreement.  All expenses  incident to performance by the Trust under
this  Agreement  shall be paid by the Trust.  The Trust shall bear the  expenses
for: the cost of registration  of the Trust's shares;  preparation and filing of
the Trust's  prospectus and  registration  statement;  preparation and filing of
proxy materials and reports; setting the prospectus in type; setting in type the
proxy materials and reports to  shareholders;  the preparation of all statements
and notices  required of the Trust by any federal or state law; and all taxes on
the issuance or transfer of the Trust's shares.

         3.2 The Trust's prospectus shall state that the statement of additional
information  for the Trust is available  from the Trust,  and the Trust,  at its
expense,  shall provide such  statement free of charge to the Company and to any
Contract owner or prospective Contract owner who requests such statement.

         3.3 The Trust, at its expense, shall provide the Company with copies of
its  proxy  material,  reports  to  stockholders  and  other  communications  to
stockholders  in such  quantity  as the  Company  shall  reasonably  require for
distributing to Contract owners.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                     VOTING

         4.1 The Company shall  provide  pass-through  voting  privileges to all
Contract owners so long as the Securities and Exchange  Commission  continues to
interpret the 1940 Act to require  pass-through  voting  privileges for variable
contract owners. The Company shall be responsible for assuring that the Separate
Account  calculates  voting  privileges in a manner  consistent  with  standards
provided  by  the  Trust,  which  standards  will  also  be  provided  to  other
Participating  Insurers.  To the extent  required by law,  the Company will vote
shares  for  which it has not  received  voting  instructions  as well as shares
attributable  to the Company in the same proportion as it votes shares for which
it has received instructions.

         4.2 The Trust will comply with all provisions of the 1940 Act requiring
voting by  shareholders  and, in  particular,  the Trust will either provide for
annual meetings or comply with Section 16(c) of the 1940 Act (although the Trust
is not one of the trusts described in Section 16(c) of that Act) as well as with
Sections 16(a) and, if and when applicable,  16(b).  Further, the Trust will act
in accordance with the Securities and Exchange  Commission's  interpretation  of
the  requirements  of  Section  16(a)  with  respect to  periodic  elections  of
directors and with whatever rules the  Commission  may  promulgate  with respect
thereto.

                                    ARTICLE V

                               POTENTIAL CONFLICTS

         5.1 The Board of the Trust will monitor the Trust for the  existence of
any  material  irreconcilable  conflict  between the  interests  of the contract
owners of all separate accounts  investing in the Trust. The Company will report
to the Board any potential or existing conflicts of which it is or becomes aware
between any of its Contract  owners,  or between any of its Contract  owners and
contract owners of other Participating Insurers. The Company will be responsible
for  assisting  the Board in carrying out its  responsibilities  to identify and
resolve material conflicts by providing the Board with all information available
to it that is reasonably  necessary for the Board to consider any issues raised,
including  information  as to a  decision  by the  Company to  disregard  voting
instructions of its Contract owners.

         5.2 The Board's  determination  of the existence of any  irreconcilable
material conflict and its implications shall be made known promptly by it to the
Company and other Participating  Insurers.  An irreconcilable  material conflict
may  arise  for a  variety  of  reasons,  including:  (a) an action by any state
insurance  regulatory  authority;  (b) a change in  applicable  federal or state
insurance tax, or securities  laws or regulations,  or a public ruling,  private
letter ruling, or any similar action by insurance, tax, or securities regulatory
authorities;  (c)  an  administrative  or  judicial  decision  in  any  relevant
proceeding;  (d) the  manner in which the  investments  of any  Series are being
managed;  (e) a  difference  in voting  instructions  given by variable  annuity
contract  owners and  variable  life  insurance  contract  owners or by contract
owners of different Participating Insurers; or (f) a decision by a Participating
Insurer to disregard the voting instructions of its variable contract owners.

         5.3 If it is determined by a majority of the Board or a majority of its
disinterested  Trustees  that a material  irreconcilable  conflict  exists  that
affects the interests of the Contract  owners,  the Company shall, to the extent
reasonably practicable (as determined by a majority of the Trust's disinterested
Trustees),  take  whatever  steps  are  necessary  to remedy  or  eliminate  the
irreconcilable material conflict, which steps could include: (a) withdrawing the
assets  allocable  to the  Separate  Account  from the Trust or any  Series  and
reinvesting  such assets in a different  investment  medium,  including  another
Series of the Trust,  or  participating  in the  submission  of the  question of
whether  such  segregation  should  be  implemented  to a vote  of all  affected
contract  owners and, as  appropriate,  segregating the assets of any particular
group (e.g.  annuity  contract  owners or life insurance  contract  owners) that
votes in favor of such segregation,  or offering to the affected contract owners
the  option  of making  such a change;  and (b)  establishing  a new  registered
management  investment  company or managed separate  account.  The Company shall
take such steps at its expense if the conflict  affects  solely the interests of
the owners of the Company's Contracts, but shall bear only its equitable portion
of any such expense if the conflict  also affects the  interests of the contract
owners of one or more Participating  Insurers other than the Company,  provided:
that this  sentence  shall not be  construed  to  require  the Trust to bear any
portion of such expense. If a material irreconcilable conflict arises because of
the Company's decision to disregard Contract owner voting  instructions and that
decision  represents a minority  position or would preclude a majority vote, the
Company may be required,  at Trust's election, to withdraw the investment of the
Separate  Account  in the Trust,  and no charge or penalty  will be imposed as a
result of such a withdrawal.  The Company agrees to take such remedial action as
may be required  under this  paragraph  5.3 with a view only to the interests of
its  Contract  owners.  For  purposes of this  paragraph  5.3, a majority of the
disinterested  members of the Trust's Board shall  determine  whether or not any
proposed action adequately remedies any irreconcilable conflict, but in no event
will Trust be  required  to  establish  a new  funding  medium for any  variable
contract. The Company shall not be required by this paragraph 5.3 to establish a
new funding medium if any offer to do so has been declined by vote of a majority
of contract  owners  materially  and  adversely  affected by the  irreconcilable
material conflict.

         Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  if the Company is required under this
paragraph 5.3 to withdraw the  investment of the Separate  Account in the Trust,
such  withdrawal  may take place  within six (6)  months  after the Trust  gives
written notice that this paragraph 5.3 is being implemented,  provided: That the
Trust may require that such  withdrawal  must take place within a shorter period
of time after  such  notice if a majority  of the  disinterested  members of the
Trust's  Board  determines  that  such  shorter  period  is  necessary  to avoid
irreparable harm to its shareholders;  and further provided:  That until the end
of such six month (or  shorter)  period the Trust  shall  continue to accept and
implement orders by the Company for the purchase and redemption of Trust Shares.
The Company will not be required to withdraw investments in the Separate Account
of the Trust until all regulatory approval is obtained.

         5.4 In  discharging  its  responsibilities  under  this  Article V, the
Company will cooperate and coordinate,  to the extent necessary,  with the Board
and with other Participating Insurers.

         5.5 If and to the extent that Rule 6e-2 and Rule  6e-3(T) are  amended,
or a  subsequent  Rule 6e-3 is  adopted,  to provide  exemptive  relief from any
provision of the Act or the rules  promulgated  thereunder with respect to mixed
or shared  funding  on terms and  conditions  materially  different  from  those
contained in the Trust's  mixed and shared  funding  order then the Trust or the
Participating  Insurers,  as  appropriate,  shall  take  such  steps  as  may be
necessary to comply with Rules 6e-2 and 6e-3(T),  and related  Rules as amended,
to the extent such rules are applicable.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

         6.1 The Company  represents and warrants that the Contracts are or will
be registered under the Securities Act of 1933 ("1933 Act"),  that the Contracts
will be  issued  and  sold in  compliance  in all  material  respects  with  all
applicable  federal and state  laws,  and that the sale of the  Contracts  shall
comply in all material respects with state insurance  suitability  requirements.
The Company further represents and warrants that it is an insurance company duly
organized and in good standing under applicable laws and that it has legally and
validly  established the Separate  Account prior to any issuance or sale thereof
as a  segregated  asset  account  under  the  Michigan  Insurance  Code  and has
registered or, prior to any issuance or sale of the Contracts, will register the
Separate Account as a unit investment trust in accordance with the provisions of
the 1940 Act to serve as a segregated investment account for the Contracts.

         6.2 The Trust  represents  and warrants that Trust shares sold pursuant
to this  Agreement  shall  be  registered  under  the  1933  Act,  shall be duly
authorized  for  issuance and sold in  compliance  with the laws of the State of
Massachusetts and all applicable  federal and state securities laws and that the
Trust is and shall remain  registered  under the 1940 Act. The Trust shall amend
the  Registration  Statement  for its shares under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act
from time to time as required in order to effect the continuous  offering of its
shares.  The Trust represents that it is lawfully organized and validly existing
under the laws of the State of Massachusetts and that it does and will comply in
all material respects with the 1940 Act.

         6.3 The Trust  represents  and warrants that it intends to qualify each
of its  Series as a  Regulated  Investment  Company  under  Subchapter  M of the
Internal  Revenue  Code,  as amended,  (the  "Code") and that it will make every
effort to maintain such  qualification  (under  Subchapter M or any successor or
similar provision) and that it will notify the Company immediately upon having a
reasonable  basis for  believing  that any such Series may not so qualify in the
future.

         6.4 The Trust  represents and warrants that it will at all times invest
money from the Contracts in such a manner as to ensure that the  Contracts  will
be treated  as  variable  contracts  under the Code and the  regulations  issued
thereunder.  Without limiting the scope of the foregoing,  the Trust will at all
times comply with  Section  817(h) of the Code and the  Regulations  thereunder,
relating to the  diversification  requirements for annuity,  endowment,  or life
insurance contracts and any amendments or other modifications to such Section or
Regulation.

         6.5 The  Company  represents  that the  Contracts  are to be treated as
annuity,  endowment, or life insurance contracts, under applicable provisions of
the Code, and that it will make every effort to maintain such treatment and that
it will  notify  the  Trust  immediately  upon  having a  reasonable  basis  for
believing that the Contracts have ceased to be so treated or that they might not
be so treated in the future.

         6.6 The Trust makes no  representation  as to whether any aspect of its
operations  (including,  but not limited to, fees and  expenses  and  investment
policies)  complies with the insurance laws or regulations of the various states
except that the Trust represents that its investment policies, fees and expenses
are and shall at all times  remain in  compliance  with the laws of the State of
Massachusetts  and the Trust represents that its operations are and shall at all
times remain in material compliance with the 1940 Act.

         6.7  The  Trust  represents  and  warrants  that  all of its  Trustees,
officers,  employees,  investment  advisers,  and other persons dealing with the
money or  securities  of the  Trust are and  shall  continue  to be at all times
covered by a blanket  fidelity  bond or similar  coverage for the benefit of the
Trust in an amount not less that the minimal  coverage as required  currently by
Section 17(g) of the 1940 Act or related  provisions as may be promulgated  from
time to time.  The  aforesaid  bond  shall  include  coverage  for  larceny  and
embezzlement and shall be issued by a reputable bonding company.

         6.8 The Company  represents  and  warrants  that all of its  directors,
officers,  employees,  and other persons who are directly dealing with the money
or securities of the Trust are and shall  continue to be at all times covered by
a blanket  fidelity bond or similar  coverage in amounts which shall comply with
Rule 17g-1 under the 1940 Act.

         6.9 The Trust  represents and warrants that shares of the Trust will be
sold only to Participating  Insurers and their separate accounts or to qualified
plans as permitted  under  section  817(h) of the Code.  No shares of any Series
will be sold to the general  public.  The Trust further  represents and warrants
that it will not sell Trust shares to any insurance  company or separate account
except pursuant to an agreement containing provisions  substantially the same as
those contained in Articles IV and V of this Agreement  governing  voting rights
and conflicts of interest, respectively.

         6.10 The Company  represents and warrants that it will make  reasonable
efforts to market those  Contracts it determines  from time to time to offer for
sale and,  although it is not  required to offer for sale new  Contracts  in all
cases, will accept payments and otherwise  service existing  Contracts funded in
the Separate  Account.  No  representation is made as to the number or amount of
such Contracts to be sold.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                                 INDEMNIFICATION

         7.1 The Company  agrees to  indemnify  and hold  harmless the Trust and
each of the Trust's Trustees and officers and each person,  if any, who controls
the Trust  within the  meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act against any and all
losses,  claims,  damages,  liabilities or litigation (including legal and other
expenses),  arising  out of the  acquisition  of any  shares of the Trust by any
person, to which the Trust or such Trustees,  officers or controlling person may
become  subject under the 1933 Act,  under any other  statute,  at common law or
otherwise,  which (i) may be based upon any wrongful act by the Company,  any of
its  employees or  representatives,  any  affiliate  of or any person  acting on
behalf of the Company or a principal  underwriter of its insurance products,  or
(ii) may be based upon any untrue  statement  or alleged  untrue  statement of a
material  fact  contained in a  registration  statement or  prospectus  covering
shares  of the Trust or any  amendment  thereof  or  supplement  thereto  or the
omission or alleged  omission to state  therein a material  fact  required to be
stated  therein or necessary to make the  statements  therein not  misleading if
such a statement or omission was made in reliance upon information  furnished to
the Trust by the  Company,  or (iii)  may be based on any  untrue  statement  or
alleged  untrue  statement  of a  material  fact  contained  in  a  registration
statement or prospectus covering the Contracts,  or any amendments or supplement
thereto,  or the omission or alleged  omission to state  therein a material fact
required to be stated  therein or necessary to make the  statement or statements
therein not  misleading,  unless such statement or omission was made in reliance
upon  information  furnished to the Company or such affiliate by or on behalf of
the Trust; provided,  however, that in no case (i) is the Company's indemnity in
favor of a Trustee or officer or any other person deemed to protect such Trustee
or officer or other person  against any liability to which any such person would
otherwise  be  subject  by reason of willful  misfeasance,  bad faith,  or gross
negligence  in the  performance  of his or her duties or by reason of his or her
reckless disregard of obligations and duties under this Agreement or (ii) is the
Company to be liable under its indemnity  agreement  contained in this Paragraph
7.1 with respect to any claim made  against the Trust or any person  indemnified
unless the Trust or such  person,  as the case may be,  shall have  notified the
Company  in  writing  pursuant  to  Paragraph  10 of  this  Agreement  within  a
reasonable   time  after  the  summons  or  other  first  legal  process  giving
information of the nature of the claims shall have been served upon the Trust or
upon such person (or after the Trust or such person shall have  received  notice
of such service on any designated  agent),  but failure to notify the Company of
any such claim shall not relieve the Company from any liability  which it has to
the Trust or any person  against whom such action is brought  otherwise  than on
account of its indemnity  agreement contained in this Paragraph 7.1. The Company
shall be entitled to participate,  at its own expense, in the defense, or, if it
so elects,  to assume the defense of any suit which could result in liability to
it under this  Paragraph  7.1,  but,  if it elects to assume the  defense,  such
defense shall be conducted by counsel chosen by it and satisfactory to the Trust
and to such of its officers,  Trustees and controlling  person or persons as may
be defendants  in the suit.  In the event that the Company  elects to assume the
defense of any such suit and retain  such  counsel,  the Trust,  such  officers,
Trustees and  controlling  person or persons shall bear the fees and expenses of
any additional counsel retained by them, but, in case the Company does not elect
to assume the defense of any such suit,  the Company will  reimburse  the Trust,
such  officers,  Trustees and  controlling  person or persons for the reasonable
fees and expenses of any counsel  retained by them. The Company agrees  promptly
to  notify  the  Trust  pursuant  to  Paragraph  10 of  this  Agreement  of  the
commencement of any litigation or proceedings  against it in connection with the
issue and sale of any shares of the Trust.

         7.2 The Trust agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and its
affiliated  principal  underwriter  of the  Contracts  and each of the Company's
Directors and officers and each person,  if any, who controls the Company within
the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act  against  any and all losses,  claims,
damages, liabilities or litigation (including legal and other expenses) to which
it or such  directors,  officers or controlling  person may become subject under
the 1933 Act, under any other statute,  at common law or otherwise,  arising out
of the  acquisition  of any shares of the Trust by any  person  which (i) may be
based  upon  any  wrongful  act  by  the  Trust  or  any  of  its  employees  or
representatives,  or (ii) may be based  upon any  untrue  statement  or  alleged
untrue  statement of a material fact  contained in a  registration  statement or
prospectus  covering shares of the Trust or any amendment  thereof or supplement
thereto or the  omission or alleged  omission to state  therein a material  fact
required to be stated  therein or necessary to make the  statements  therein not
misleading  unless  such  statement  or  omission  was  made  in  reliance  upon
information  furnished to the Trust by the Company, or (iii) may be based on any
untrue  statement or alleged untrue  statement of a material fact contained in a
registration statement or prospectus covering the Contracts, or any amendment or
supplement  thereto,  or the  omission or alleged  omission  to state  therein a
material fact  required to be stated  therein or necessary to make the statement
or statements therein not misleading,  if such statement or omission was made in
reliance upon information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of the Trust;
provided,  however,  that in no case (i) is the Trust's  indemnity in favor of a
Director  or officer or any other  person  deemed to protect  such  Director  or
officer or other  person  against any  liability  to which any such person would
otherwise  be  subject  by reason of willful  misfeasance,  bad faith,  or gross
negligence  in the  performance  of his or her duties or by reason of his or her
reckless disregard of obligations and duties under this Agreement or (ii) is the
Trust to be liable under its indemnity agreement contained in this Paragraph 7.2
with  respect to any  claims  made  against  the  Company or any such  Director,
officer or  controlling  person  unless  it,  Director,  officer or  controlling
person, as the case may be, shall have notified the Trust in writing pursuant to
Paragraph 10 of this Agreement within a reasonable time after the summons or the
first legal  process  giving  information  of the nature of the claim shall have
been served upon it or upon such  Director,  officer or  controlling  person (or
after the Company or such  Director,  officer or  controlling  person shall have
received notice of such service on any designated  agent), but failure to notify
the Trust of any claim shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have
to the person  against whom such action is brought  otherwise than on account of
its  indemnity  agreement  contained  in this  Paragraph  7.2. The Trust will be
entitled  to  participate,  at its own  expense,  in the  defense,  or, if it so
elects,  to assume the defense of any suit which could result in liability to it
under this Paragraph  7.2, but, if the Trust elects to assume the defense,  such
defense  shall be  conducted  by counsel  chosen by it and  satisfactory  to the
Company and to such of its Directors, officers and controlling person or persons
as may be  defendants  in the suit. In the event that the Trust elects to assume
the  defense  of any such  suit and  retain  such  counsel,  the  Company,  such
Directors,  officers and  controlling  person or persons shall bear the fees and
expenses of any additional counsel retained by them, but, in case the Trust does
not elect to assume the defense of any such suit, it will reimburse the Company,
such Directors,  officers and  controlling  person or persons for the reasonable
fees and expenses of any counsel  retained by them. The Trust agrees promptly to
notify  the  Company   pursuant  to  Paragraph  10  of  this  Agreement  of  the
commencement of any litigation or proceedings  against it or any of its officers
or Trustees in connection with the issue and sale of any of its shares.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                 CONFIDENTIALITY

         8.  Subject  to  the  requirements  of  legal  process  and  regulatory
authority,  each party shall treat as confidential  all  information  reasonably
identified as  confidential  in writing by any other party hereto and, except as
permitted  by  this  Agreement,  shall  not  disclose,  disseminate  or  utilize
confidential  information  without the express  written  consent of the affected
party until such time as it may come into the public domain.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                                   TERMINATION

         9.1      This Agreement shall terminate:

                  (a)      at the  option of the  Company  or the Trust  upon 90
                           days' advance  written notice to all other parties to
                           this Agreement,  provided, however, such notice shall
                           not  be  given   earlier   than  twenty  four  months
                           following the date of this Agreement; or

                  (b)      at the option of the  Company  if any of the  Trust's
                           shares  are not  reasonably  available  to  meet  the
                           requirements of the Contracts  funded in the Separate
                           Account as determined by the Company; or

                  (c)      at the  option  of any party to this  Agreement  upon
                           institution of formal  proceedings  against any other
                           party  to  this   Agreement  by  the  Securities  and
                           Exchange Commission or any other regulatory body; or

                  (d)      upon the vote of Contract  owners  having an interest
                           in a particular  Portfolio  of the Separate  Account.
                           The Company will give 30 days' prior  written  notice
                           to the  Trust of the date of any  proposed  action to
                           replace the Trust's shares; or

                  (e)      at the option of the  Company if the  Trust's  shares
                           are not registered, issued or sold in accordance with
                           applicable  state  and/or  federal  law or  such  law
                           precludes  the use of such  shares as the  underlying
                           investment  medium  of the  Contracts  funded  in the
                           Separate Account; or

                  (f)      at the  option of the  Company  if any  Series of the
                           Trust  ceases to  qualify as a  Regulated  Investment
                           Company  under  Subchapter M of the Code or under any
                           successor  similar  provision,   or  if  the  Company
                           reasonably  believes that any Series of the Trust may
                           fail to so qualify; or

                  (g)      at the  option of the  Company  if any  Series of the
                           Trust fails to meet the diversification  requirements
                           specified in paragraph 6.4 hereof.

         9.2 Prompt  notice of election to terminate  under  subparagraphs  (b),
(c), (e), (f) and (g) of paragraph 9.1 shall be furnished by the electing party.

         9.3 Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, the Trust shall,
at the option of the Company,  continue to make available  additional  shares of
the Trust  pursuant  to the  terms  and  conditions  of this  Agreement  for all
Contracts  in effect on the  effective  date of  termination  of this  Agreement
(hereinafter  referred  to  as  "Existing  Contracts").   Specifically,  without
limitation,  the  owners  of  the  Existing  Contracts  shall  be  permitted  to
reallocate  investments in the Trust,  redeem investments in the Trust or invest
in the Trust upon the making of additional  purchase payments under the Existing
Contracts.  The  parties  agree that this  paragraph  9.3 shall not apply to any
terminations under Article V and the effect of such Article V terminations shall
be governed by Article V of this Agreement.

         9.4  Notwithstanding  Article V and the  foregoing  provisions  of this
Article IX, the  provisions  of Article VII  (Indemnification)  and Article VIII
(Confidentiality) shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

                                    ARTICLE X

                                     NOTICES

         10. Any notice shall be  sufficiently  given when sent by registered or
certified  mail to each other party at the address of such party set forth below
or at such other  address as such party may from time to time specify in writing
to the other party.

         If to the Trust:

                  JNL Series Trust
                  ATTN:  Andrew B. Hopping
                  President
                  5901 Executive Drive
                  Lansing, MI  48911

         If to the Company or the Separate Account:

                  Jackson National Life Insurance Company
                  ATTN:  Thomas J. Meyer
                  Senior Vice President
                  5901 Executive Drive
                  Lansing, MI  48911

                                   ARTICLE XI

                                 APPLICABLE LAW

         11. This  Agreement  shall be construed in accordance  with the laws of
the State of Michigan.

                                   ARTICLE XII

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         12.1 The captions in this  Agreement  are included for  convenience  of
reference only and in no way define or delineate any of the provisions hereof or
otherwise affect their construction or effect.

         12.2 If any provision of this  Agreement  shall be held or made invalid
by a court decision,  statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of the Agreement
shall not be affected thereby.

         12.3 The rights,  remedies and obligations  contained in this Agreement
are  cumulative  and  are in  addition  to any  and  all  rights,  remedies  and
obligations, at law or in equity, which the parties hereto are entitled to under
state and federal laws.

         12.4  This  Agreement  may be  executed  simultaneously  in two or more
counterparts,  each of which taken  together  shall  constitute one and the same
instrument.

         12.5 The Trust and the Company agree that the  obligations of the Trust
under  this   Agreement   shall  not  be  binding  upon  any  of  the  Trustees,
shareholders,  nominees, officers, employees or agents, whether past, present or
future,  of the Trust  individually,  but are  binding  only upon the assets and
property of the Trust or of the appropriate  Series thereof,  as provided in the
Agreement and Declaration of Trust. The execution and delivery of this Agreement
has been  authorized  by the Trustees of the Trust,  and signed by an authorized
officer of the Trust,  acting as such,  and neither such  authorization  by such
Trustees nor such execution and delivery by such officer shall be deemed to have
been  made by any of them or any  shareholder  of the Trust  individually  or to
impose any liability on any of them or any shareholder of the Trust  personally,
but shall bind only the assets and  property of the Trust or of the  appropriate
Series thereof as provided in the Agreement and Declaration of Trust.



<PAGE>


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as
of the date first above written.

Attest:                    JNL Series Trust

/s/ Barbra Homier          By:      /s/ Andrew B. Hopping
- ------------------------            ----------------------------
                                    Andrew B. Hopping
                                    President

Attest:                    Jackson National Life Insurance Company

/s/ Barbra Homier          By:      /s/ Thomas J. Meyer
- ------------------------            ----------------------------
                                    Thomas J. Meyer
                                    Senior Vice President

                           Jackson National Separate Account V
Attest:                    By:      Jackson National Life Insurance Company

/s/ Barbra Homier          By:      /s/ Thomas J. Meyer
- ------------------------            ----------------------------
                                    Thomas J. Meyer
                                    Senior Vice President

<PAGE>


EXHIBIT A


                                JNL SERIES TRUST

- - JNL/Alliance Growth Series
- - JNL/J.P. Morgan Enhanced S&P 500 Index Series
- - JNL/J.P. Morgan International & Emerging Markets Series
- - JNL/Janus Aggressive Growth Series
- - JNL/Janus Global Equities Series
- - JNL/PIMCO Total Return Bond Series
- - JNL/S&P Conservative Growth Series
- - JNL/S&P Moderate Growth Series
- - JNL/S&P Aggressive Growth Series
- - Goldman Sachs/JNL Growth & Income Series
- - Lazard/JNL Small Cap Value Series
- - Lazard/JNL Mid Cap Value Series
- - PPM America/JNL Money Market Series
- - Salomon Brothers/JNL Balanced Series
- - Salomon Brothers/JNL Global Bond Series
- - Salomon Brothers/JNL High Yield Bond Series
- - T. Rowe Price/JNL International Equity Investment Series
- - T. Rowe Price/JNL Mid-Cap Growth Series

                          FUND PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT


         This  FUND  PARTICIPATION  AGREEMENT,  made on  this  the  16th  day of
December, 1999, among JNL Series Trust (the "Trust"), a business trust organized
under the laws of the Commonwealth of  Massachusetts,  and Jackson National Life
Insurance  Company  of  New  York  (the  "Company"),  a life  insurance  company
organized  under the laws of the State of New York,  on behalf of itself  and on
behalf of JNLNY Separate Account II ("Separate Account"),  a separate account of
the Company existing pursuant to the New York Insurance Code.

                                   WITNESSETH:

         WHEREAS, the Trust is an open-end management investment company,  which
is divided into various investment series ("Series"),  each Series being subject
to  separate  investment  objectives  and  restrictions.  (See  Schedule  A  for
available Series); and

         WHEREAS,  the  Trust's  shares may be offered to  variable  annuity and
variable life insurance separate accounts of insurance  companies,  which may or
may not be affiliated persons of each other ("Participating Insurers"), pursuant
to fund participation  agreements substantially identical to this Agreement; and
+
         WHEREAS,  the  Company,  by  resolution  has  established  the Separate
Account on its books of account  for the  purpose  of funding  certain  variable
contracts ("Contracts"); and

         WHEREAS,  the Separate  Account,  registered  with the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission as a unit investment trust under the Investment Company Act
of 1940, as amended  ("1940 Act"),  is divided into various  "Portfolios"  under
which the  income,  gains and  losses,  whether  or not  realized,  from  assets
allocated to each such Portfolio are, in accordance with the Contracts, credited
to or charged against such Portfolio  without regard to any other income,  gains
or losses of other Portfolios or separate accounts or of the Company; and

         WHEREAS,  the Separate Account desires to purchase shares of the Trust;
and

         WHEREAS,  the Trust  agrees to make its  shares  available  to serve as
underlying  investment media for the various  Portfolios of the Separate Account
with each Series of the Trust serving as the  underlying  investment  medium for
the corresponding Portfolio of the Separate Account; and

         WHEREAS,  the Trust has undertaken that its Board of Trustees ("Board")
will  monitor  the  Trust  for  the  existence  of any  material  irreconcilable
conflicts that may arise between the contract owners of the separate accounts of
insurance  companies that invest in the Trust for the purpose of identifying and
remedying any such conflict;

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  foregoing  and  of  mutual
covenants  and  conditions  set forth  herein  and for other  good and  valuable
consideration,  the Trust and the Company (on behalf of itself and the  Separate
Account) hereby agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

                              SALE OF TRUST SHARES

         1.1 The Contracts  funded by the Separate  Account will provide for the
allocation of net amounts among the various  Portfolios of the Separate  Account
for  investment in the shares of the particular  Series of the Trust  underlying
each Portfolio.  The selection of a particular Portfolio is to be made (and such
selection may be changed) in accordance with the terms of the Contract.

         1.2 Trust shares to be made available to the  respective  Portfolios of
the Separate Account shall be sold by each of the respective Series of the Trust
and  purchased  by the  Company for that  Portfolio  at the net asset value next
computed  after receipt of each order,  as  established  in accordance  with the
provisions of the then current  prospectus of the Trust.  Shares of a particular
Series of the Trust  shall be  ordered in such  quantities  and at such times as
determined  by the Company to be  necessary  to meet the  requirements  of those
Contracts  having amounts  allocated to the Portfolio for which the Trust Series
shares serve as the underlying investment medium. Orders and payments for shares
purchased  will be sent  promptly  to the Trust and will be made  payable in the
manner  established  from  time to time by the  Trust  for the  receipt  of such
payments.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the Board of the Trust may refuse to
sell shares of any Series to any person or suspend or terminate  the offering of
shares  of any  Series  if  such  action  is  required  by law or by  regulatory
authority  having  jurisdiction  over the Trust or is, in the sole discretion of
the  Board  acting  in good  faith and in light of its  fiduciary  duties  under
federal and any  applicable  state laws,  necessary in the best interests of the
shareholders of such Series.

         1.3 The Trust  will  redeem  the  shares  of the  various  Series  when
requested  by the  Company  on  behalf  of the  corresponding  Portfolio  of the
Separate  Account at the net asset  value next  computed  after  receipt of each
request for redemption,  as established in accordance with the provisions of the
then current  prospectus of the Trust. The Trust will make payment in the manner
established  from time to time by the Trust for the  receipt of such  redemption
requests,  but in no event shall payment be delayed for a greater period than is
permitted by the 1940 Act.

         1.4 For purposes of paragraphs 1.2 and 1.3 above,  the Company shall be
the agent of the Trust  for the  receipt  of (1)  orders  to  purchase,  and (2)
requests to redeem,  shares of the Series of the Trust on behalf of the Separate
Account,  and receipt of such orders and requests by such agent shall constitute
receipt thereof by the Trust,  provided that the Trust receives actual notice of
such  order or  request  by  12:00  noon (at the  Trust's  offices)  on the next
following  Business Day. "Business Day" shall mean any day on which the New York
Stock  Exchange is open for trading  and on which the Trust  calculates  its net
asset value pursuant to the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

         1.5 Transfer of the Trust's shares will be by book entry only. No stock
certificates  will be issued to the  Separate  Account.  Shares  ordered  from a
particular  Series of the Trust will be recorded in an appropriate title for the
corresponding Portfolio of the Separate Account.

         1.6 The Trust  shall  furnish  same day  notice to the  Company  of any
dividend  or  distribution  payable on its  shares.  All of such  dividends  and
distributions  as are payable on each of the Series  shares in the title for the
corresponding   Portfolio  of  the  Separate   Account  shall  be  automatically
reinvested  in  additional  shares of that Series of the Trust.  The Trust shall
notify the Company of the number of shares so issued.

         1.7 The Trust  shall  make the net asset  value  per  interest  of each
Series available to the Company on a daily basis as soon as reasonably practical
after the net asset  value per  interest  is  calculated  and shall use its best
efforts to make such net asset value per interest available by 6:00 p.m. Eastern
time.

                                   ARTICLE II

                         SALES MATERIAL AND INFORMATION

         2.1 The  Company  shall  furnish  to the  Trust  each  piece  of  sales
literature or other  promotional  material in which the Trust or its  investment
adviser is named at least ten business  days prior to its use. No such  material
shall be used if the Trust  objects to such use within five  business days after
receipt of such material.

         2.2  The  Company   shall  not  give  any   information   or  make  any
representations  or statements on behalf of the Trust or concerning the Trust in
connection  with  the  sale of the  Contracts  other  than  the  information  or
representations  contained in the  registration  statement or prospectus for the
Trust  shares,  as such  documents may be amended or  supplemented  from time to
time, or in reports or proxy statements for the Trust, or in sales literature or
other promotional  material approved by the Trust, except with the permission of
the Trust.

         2.3 The  Trust  shall  furnish  to the  Company  each  piece  of  sales
literature  or other  promotional  material in which the Company or the Separate
Account is named at least ten business  days prior to its use. No such  material
shall be used if the Company objects to such use within five business days after
receipt of such material.

         2.4  The   Trust   shall   not  give  any   information   or  make  any
representations on behalf of the Company or concerning the Company, the Separate
Account,  or  the  Contracts  other  than  the  information  or  representations
contained in the registration statement or prospectus for the Contracts, as such
registration  statement and prospectus may be amended or supplemented  from time
to time,  or in  published  reports for the  Separate  Account  which are in the
public domain or approved by the Company for distribution to Contract owners, or
in sales  literature  or other  promotional  material  approved by the  Company,
except with the permission of the Company.

         2.5 The Trust will provide to the Company at least one complete copy of
all registration statements, prospectuses, statements of additional information,
reports,  proxy statements,  sales literature and other  promotional  materials,
applications for exemptions,  requests for no-action letters, and all amendments
to any of the above that  relate to the Trust or its  shares,  contemporaneously
with the filing of such document with the Securities and Exchange  Commission or
other regulatory authorities.

         2.6 The Company will provide to the Trust at least one complete copy of
all registration statements, prospectuses, statements of additional information,
reports,  solicitations  for voting  instructions,  sales  literature  and other
promotional  materials,  applications  for  exemptions,  requests for  no-action
letters, and all amendments to any of the above, that relate to the Contracts or
the Separate Account,  contemporaneously  with the filing of such documents with
the Securities and Exchange Commission or other regulatory authorities.

         2.7 For purposes of this Article II, the phrase  "sales  literature  or
other  promotional  material"  includes,  but is not limited to,  advertisements
(such as material published,  or designed for use in, a newspaper,  magazine, or
other  periodical,  radio,  television,  telephone or tape recording,  videotape
display,  signs or billboards,  motion pictures,  or other public media),  sales
literature  (i.e.,  any  written  communication  distributed  or made  generally
available to customers or the public, including brochures,  circulars,  research
reports,  market letters,  form letters,  seminar texts, reprints or excerpts of
any other advertisement, sales literature, or published article), educational or
training  materials  or  other  communications  distributed  or  made  generally
available  to some or all  agents or  employees,  and  registration  statements,
prospectuses, statements of additional information, interest holder reports, and
proxy materials.

                                   ARTICLE III

                                    EXPENSES

         3.1 The Trust  shall pay no fee or other  compensation  to the  Company
under this  Agreement.  All expenses  incident to performance by the Trust under
this  Agreement  shall be paid by the Trust.  The Trust shall bear the  expenses
for: the cost of registration  of the Trust's shares;  preparation and filing of
the Trust's  prospectus and  registration  statement;  preparation and filing of
proxy materials and reports; setting the prospectus in type; setting in type the
proxy materials and reports to  shareholders;  the preparation of all statements
and notices  required of the Trust by any federal or state law; and all taxes on
the issuance or transfer of the Trust's shares.

         3.2 The Trust's prospectus shall state that the statement of additional
information  for the Trust is available  from the Trust,  and the Trust,  at its
expense,  shall provide such  statement free of charge to the Company and to any
Contract owner or prospective Contract owner who requests such statement.

         3.3 The Trust, at its expense, shall provide the Company with copies of
its  proxy  material,  reports  to  shareholders  and  other  communications  to
shareholders  in such  quantities  as the Company shall  reasonably  require for
distribution to Contract owners.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                     VOTING

         4.1 The Company shall  provide  pass-through  voting  privileges to all
Contract owners so long as the Securities and Exchange  Commission  continues to
interpret the 1940 Act to require  pass-through  voting  privileges for variable
contract owners. The Company shall be responsible for assuring that the Separate
Account  calculates  voting  privileges in a manner  consistent  with  standards
provided  by  the  Trust,  which  standards  will  also  be  provided  to  other
Participating  Insurers.  To the extent  required by law,  the Company will vote
shares  for  which it has not  received  voting  instructions  as well as shares
attributable  to the Company in the same proportion as it votes shares for which
it has received instructions.

         4.2 The Trust will comply with all provisions of the 1940 Act requiring
voting by  shareholders  and, in  particular,  the Trust will either provide for
annual meetings or comply with Section 16(c) of the 1940 Act (although the Trust
is not one of the trusts described in Section 16(c) of that Act) as well as with
Sections 16(a) and, if and when applicable,  16(b).  Further, the Trust will act
in accordance with the Securities and Exchange  Commission's  interpretation  of
the  requirements  of  Section  16(a)  with  respect to  periodic  elections  of
directors and with whatever rules the  Commission  may  promulgate  with respect
thereto.

                                    ARTICLE V

                               POTENTIAL CONFLICTS

         5.1 The Board of the Trust will monitor the Trust for the  existence of
any material  irreconcilable  conflict between the shares of the contract owners
of the separate accounts  investing in the Trust. The Company will report to the
Board any  potential  or  existing  conflicts  of which it is or  becomes  aware
between any of its Contract owners and contracts  owners of other  Participating
Insurers.  The Company will be  responsible  for assisting the Board in carrying
out its responsibilities to identify and resolve material conflicts by providing
the Board with all information  available to it that is reasonably necessary for
the Board to consider any issues raised,  including information as to a decision
by the Company to disregard voting instructions of its Contract owners.

         5.2 The Board's  determination  of the existence of any  irreconcilable
material conflict and its implications shall be made known promptly by it to the
Company and other Participating  Insurers.  An irreconcilable  material conflict
may  arise  for a  variety  of  reasons,  including:  (a) an action by any state
insurance  regulatory  authority;  (b) a change in  applicable  federal or state
insurance tax, or securities  laws or regulations,  or a public ruling,  private
letter ruling, or any similar action by insurance, tax, or securities regulatory
authorities;  (c)  an  administrative  or  judicial  decision  in  any  relevant
proceeding;  (d) the  manner in which the  investments  of any  Series are being
managed;  (e) a  difference  in voting  instructions  given by variable  annuity
contract owners and variablelife insurance contract owners or by contract owners
of  different  Participating  Insurers;  or (f) a  decision  by a  Participating
Insurer to disregard the voting instructions of its variable contract owners.

         5.3 If it is determined by a majority of the Board or a majority of its
disinterested  Trustees  that a material  irreconcilable  conflict  exists  that
affects the shares of the  Contract  owners,  the Company  shall,  to the extent
reasonably practicable (as determined by a majority of the Trust's disinterested
Trustees),  take  whatever  steps  are  necessary  to remedy  or  eliminate  the
irreconcilable material conflict, which steps could include: (a) withdrawing the
assets  allocable  to the  Separate  Account  from the Trust or any  Series  and
reinvesting  such assets in a different  investment  medium,  including  another
Series of the Trust,  or offering to the affected  Contract owners the option of
making  such  a  change;  and  (b)  establishing  a  new  registered  management
investment  company or managed separate  account.  If a material  irreconcilable
conflict  arises because of the Company's  decision to disregard  Contract owner
voting  instructions and that decision  represents a minority  position or would
preclude a majority vote, the Company may be required,  at the Trust's election,
to withdraw the investment of the Separate  Account in the Trust,  and no charge
or penalty will be imposed as a result of such a withdrawal.  The Company agrees
to take such remedial  action as may be required under this paragraph 5.3 with a
view only to the shares of its Contract  owners.  For purposes of this paragraph
5.3, a  majority  of the  disinterested  Trustees  of the  Trust's  Board  shall
determine   whether  or  not  any  proposed  action   adequately   remedies  any
irreconcilable conflict, but in no event will the Trust be required to establish
a new  funding  medium  for any  variable  contract.  The  Company  shall not be
required by this paragraph 5.3 to establish a new funding medium if any offer to
do so has been declined by vote of a majority of Contract owners  materially and
adversely affected by the irreconcilable material conflict.

         Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  if the Company is required under this
paragraph 5.3 to withdraw the  investment of the Separate  Account in the Trust,
such  withdrawal  may take place  within six (6)  months  after the Trust  gives
written notice that this paragraph 5.3 is being  implemented,  provided that the
Trust may require that such  withdrawal  must take place within a shorter period
of time after such  notice if a majority  of the  disinterested  Trustees of the
Trust's  Board  determines  that  such  shorter  period  is  necessary  to avoid
irreparable harm to its shareholders; and further provided that until the end of
such six month (or  shorter)  period  the Trust  shall  continue  to accept  and
implement orders by the Company for the purchase and redemption of Trust shares.
The Company will not be required to withdraw investments in the Separate Account
of the Trust until all regulatory approval is obtained.

         5.4 In  discharging  its  responsibilities  under  this  Article V, the
Company will cooperate and coordinate, to the extent necessary, with the Board.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

         6.1 The Company  represents and warrants that the Contracts are or will
be registered under the Securities Act of 1933 ("1933 Act"),  that the Contracts
will be  issued  and  sold in  compliance  in all  material  respects  with  all
applicable  federal and state  laws,  and that the sale of the  Contracts  shall
comply in all material respects with state insurance  suitability  requirements.
The Company further represents and warrants that it is an insurance company duly
organized and in good standing under applicable laws and that it has legally and
validly  established the Separate  Account prior to any issuance or sale thereof
as a  segregated  asset  account  under  the New  York  Insurance  Code  and has
registered or, prior to any issuance or sale of the Contracts, will register the
Separate Account as a unit investment trust in accordance with the provisions of
the 1940 Act to serve as a segregated investment account for the Contracts.

         6.2 The Trust  represents  and warrants that Trust shares sold pursuant
to this  Agreement  shall  be  registered  under  the  1933  Act,  shall be duly
authorized  for  issuance and sold in  compliance  with the laws of the State of
Massachusetts and all applicable  federal and state securities laws and that the
Trust is and shall remain  registered  under the 1940 Act. The Trust shall amend
the  Registration  Statement  for its shares under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act
from time to time as required in order to effect the continuous  offering of its
shares.  The Trust represents that it is lawfully organized and validly existing
under the laws of the State of Massachusetts and that it does and will comply in
all material respects with the 1940 Act.

         6.3 The Trust  represents and warrants that it will at all times invest
money from the Contracts in such a manner as to ensure that the  Contracts  will
be treated  as  variable  contracts  under the Code and the  regulations  issued
thereunder.  Without limiting the scope of the foregoing,  the Trust will at all
times comply with  Section  817(h) of the Code and the  Regulations  thereunder,
relating to the  diversification  requirements for annuity,  endowment,  or life
insurance contracts and any amendments or other modifications to such Section or
Regulation.

         6.4 The  Company  represents  that the  Contracts  are to be treated as
annuity,  endowment or life insurance contracts,  under applicable provisions of
the Code, and that it will make every effort to maintain such treatment and that
it will  notify  the  Trust  immediately  upon  having a  reasonable  basis  for
believing that the Contracts have ceased to be so treated or that they might not
be so treated in the future.

         6.5 The Trust makes no  representation  as to whether any aspect of its
operations  (including,  but not limited to, fees and  expenses  and  investment
policies)  complies with the insurance laws or regulations of the various states
except that the Trust represents that its investment policies, fees and expenses
are and shall at all times  remain in  compliance  with the laws of the State of
Massachusetts  and the Trust represents that its operations are and shall at all
times remain in material compliance with the 1940 Act.

         6.6 The Trust  represents and warrants that all of tits  Trustees,  its
officers,  employees,  investment  advisers,  and other persons dealing with the
money or  securities  of the  Trust are and  shall  continue  to be at all times
covered by a blanket  fidelity  bond or similar  coverage for the benefit of the
Trust in an amount not less that the minimal  coverage as required  currently by
Section 17(g) of the 1940 Act or related  provisions as may be promulgated  from
time to time.  The  aforesaid  bond  shall  include  coverage  for  larceny  and
embezzlement and shall be issued by a reputable bonding company.

         6.7 The Company  represents  and  warrants  that all of its  directors,
officers,  employees,  and other persons who are directly dealing with the money
or securities of the Trust are and shall  continue to be at all times covered by
a blanket  fidelity bond or similar  coverage in amounts which shall comply with
Rule 17g-1 under the 1940 Act.

         6.8 The Trust  represents and warrants that shares of the Trust will be
sold only to the  Participating  Insurers  and  their  separate  accounts  or to
qualified  plans as permitted under section 817(h) of the Code. No shares of any
Series will be sold to the general  public.  The Trust  further  represents  and
warrants that it will not sell Trust shares to any insurance company or separate
Account except pursuant to an agreement containing provisions  substantially the
same as those contained in Articles IV and V of this Agreement  governing voting
rights and conflicts of interest, respectively.

         6.9 The Company  represents  and warrants that it will make  reasonable
efforts to market those  Contracts it determines  from time to time to offer for
sale and,  although it is not  required to offer for sale new  Contracts  in all
cases, will accept payments and otherwise  service existing  Contracts funded in
the Separate  Account.  No  representation is made as to the number or amount of
such Contracts to be sold.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                                 INDEMNIFICATION

         7.1 The Company  agrees to  indemnify  and hold  harmless the Trust and
each of the Trust's Trustees and officers and each person,  if any, who controls
the Trust  within the  meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act against any and all
losses,  claims,  damages,  liabilities or litigation (including legal and other
expenses),  arising  out of the  acquisition  of any  shares of the Trust by any
person, to which the Trust or such Trustees,  officers or controlling person may
become  subject under the 1933 Act,  under any other  statute,  at common law or
otherwise,  which (i) may be based upon any wrongful act by the Company,  any of
its  employees or  representatives,  any  affiliate  of or any person  acting on
behalf of the Company or a principal  underwriter of its insurance products,  or
(ii) may be based upon any untrue  statement  or alleged  untrue  statement of a
material  fact  contained in a  registration  statement or  prospectus  covering
shares  of the Trust or any  amendment  thereof  or  supplement  thereto  or the
omission or alleged  omission to state  therein a material  fact  required to be
stated  therein or necessary to make the  statements  therein not  misleading if
such a statement or omission was made in reliance upon information  furnished to
the Trust by the  Company,  or (iii)  may be based on any  untrue  statement  or
alleged  untrue  statement  of a  material  fact  contained  in  a  registration
statement or prospectus covering the Contracts,  or any amendments or supplement
thereto,  or the omission or alleged  omission to state  therein a material fact
required to be stated  therein or necessary to make the  statement or statements
therein not  misleading,  unless such statement or omission was made in reliance
upon  information  furnished to the Company or such affiliate by or on behalf of
the Trust; provided,  however, that in no case (i) is the Company's indemnity in
favor of a Trustee or officer or any other person deemed to protect such Trustee
or officer or other person  against any liability to which any such person would
otherwise  be  subject  by reason of willful  misfeasance,  bad faith,  or gross
negligence  in the  performance  of his or her duties or by reason of his or her
reckless disregard of obligations and duties under this Agreement or (ii) is the
Company to be liable under its indemnity  agreement  contained in this Paragraph
7.1 with respect to any claim made  against the Trust or any person  indemnified
unless the Trust or such  person,  as the case may be,  shall have  notified the
Company  in  writing  pursuant  to  Paragraph  10 of  this  Agreement  within  a
reasonable   time  after  the  summons  or  other  first  legal  process  giving
information of the nature of the claims shall have been served upon the Trust or
upon such person (or after the Trust or such person shall have  received  notice
of such service on any designated  agent),  but failure to notify the Company of
any such claim shall not relieve the Company from any liability  which it has to
the Trust or any person  against whom such action is brought  otherwise  than on
account of its indemnity  agreement contained in this Paragraph 7.1. The Company
shall be entitled to participate,  at its own expense, in the defense, or, if it
so elects,  to assume the defense of any suit which could result in liability to
it under this  Paragraph  7.1,  but,  if it elects to assume the  defense,  such
defense shall be conducted by counsel chosen by it and satisfactory to the Trust
and to such of its officers,  Trustees and controlling  person or persons as may
be defendants  in the suit.  In the event that the Company  elects to assume the
defense of any such suit and retain  such  counsel,  the Trust,  such  officers,
Trustees and  controlling  person or persons shall bear the fees and expenses of
any additional counsel retained by them, but, in case the Company does not elect
to assume the defense of any such suit,  the Company will  reimburse  the Trust,
such  officers,  Trustees and  controlling  person or persons for the reasonable
fees and expenses of any counsel  retained by them. The Company agrees  promptly
to  notify  the  Trust  pursuant  to  Paragraph  10 of  this  Agreement  of  the
commencement of any litigation or proceedings  against it in connection with the
issue and sale of any shares of the Trust.

         7.2 The Trust agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and its
affiliated  principal  underwriter  of the  Contracts  and each of the Company's
Directors and officers and each person,  if any, who controls the Company within
the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act  against  any and all losses,  claims,
damages, liabilities or litigation (including legal and other expenses) to which
it or such  directors,  officers or controlling  person may become subject under
the 1933 Act, under any other statute,  at common law or otherwise,  arising out
of the  acquisition  of any shares of the Trust by any  person  which (i) may be
based  upon  any  wrongful  act  by  the  Trust  or  any  of  its  employees  or
representatives,  or (ii) may be based  upon any  untrue  statement  or  alleged
untrue  statement of a material fact  contained in a  registration  statement or
prospectus  covering shares of the Trust or any amendment  thereof or supplement
thereto or the  omission or alleged  omission to state  therein a material  fact
required to be stated  therein or necessary to make the  statements  therein not
misleading  unless  such  statement  or  omission  was  made  in  reliance  upon
information  furnished to the Trust by the Company, or (iii) may be based on any
untrue  statement or alleged untrue  statement of a material fact contained in a
registration statement or prospectus covering the Contracts, or any amendment or
supplement  thereto,  or the  omission or alleged  omission  to state  therein a
material fact  required to be stated  therein or necessary to make the statement
or statements therein not misleading,  if such statement or omission was made in
reliance upon information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of the Trust;
provided,  however,  that in no case (i) is the Trust's  indemnity in favor of a
Director  or officer or any other  person  deemed to protect  such  Director  or
officer or other  person  against any  liability  to which any such person would
otherwise  be  subject  by reason of willful  misfeasance,  bad faith,  or gross
negligence  in the  performance  of his or her duties or by reason of his or her
reckless disregard of obligations and duties under this Agreement or (ii) is the
Trust to be liable under its indemnity agreement contained in this Paragraph 7.2
with  respect to any  claims  made  against  the  Company or any such  Director,
officer or  controlling  person  unless  it,  Director,  officer or  controlling
person, as the case may be, shall have notified the Trust in writing pursuant to
Paragraph 10 of this Agreement within a reasonable time after the summons or the
first legal  process  giving  information  of the nature of the claim shall have
been served upon it or upon such  Director,  officer or  controlling  person (or
after the Company or such  Director,  officer or  controlling  person shall have
received notice of such service on any designated  agent), but failure to notify
the Trust of any claim shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have
to the person  against whom such action is brought  otherwise than on account of
its  indemnity  agreement  contained  in this  Paragraph  7.2. The Trust will be
entitled  to  participate,  at its own  expense,  in the  defense,  or, if it so
elects,  to assume the defense of any suit which could result in liability to it
under this Paragraph  7.2, but, if the Trust elects to assume the defense,  such
defense  shall be  conducted  by counsel  chosen by it and  satisfactory  to the
Company and to such of its Directors, officers and controlling person or persons
as may be  defendants  in the suit. In the event that the Trust elects to assume
the  defense  of any such  suit and  retain  such  counsel,  the  Company,  such
Directors,  officers and  controlling  person or persons shall bear the fees and
expenses of any additional counsel retained by them, but, in case the Trust does
not elect to assume the defense of any such suit, it will reimburse the Company,
such Directors,  officers and  controlling  person or persons for the reasonable
fees and expenses of any counsel  retained by them. The Trust agrees promptly to
notify  the  Company   pursuant  to  Paragraph  10  of  this  Agreement  of  the
commencement of any litigation or proceedings  against it or any of its officers
or Trustees in connection with the issue and sale of any of its shares.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                 CONFIDENTIALITY

         8.  Subject  to  the  requirements  of  legal  process  and  regulatory
authority,  each party shall treat as confidential  all  information  reasonably
identified as  confidential  in writing by any other party hereto and, except as
permitted  by  this  Agreement,  shall  not  disclose,  disseminate  or  utilize
confidential  information  without the express  written  consent of the affected
party until such time as it may come into the public domain.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                                   TERMINATION

         9.1      This Agreement shall terminate:

                  (a)      at the  option of the  Company  or the Trust  upon 90
                           days' advance  written notice to all other parties to
                           this Agreement,  provided, however, such notice shall
                           not  be  given   earlier   than  twenty  four  months
                           following the date of this Agreement; or

                  (b)      at the option of the  Company  if any of the  Trust's
                           shares  are not  reasonably  available  to  meet  the
                           requirements of the Contracts  funded in the Separate
                           Account as determined by the Company; or

                  (c)      at the  option  of any party to this  Agreement  upon
                           institution of formal  proceedings  against any other
                           party  to  this   Agreement  by  the  Securities  and
                           Exchange Commission or any other regulatory body; or

                  (d)      upon the vote of Contract  owners  having an interest
                           in a particular  Portfolio  of the Separate  Account.
                           The Company will give 30 days' prior  written  notice
                           to the  Trust of the date of any  proposed  action to
                           replace the Trust's shares; or

                  (e)      at the option of the  Company if the  Trust's  shares
                           are not registered, issued or sold in accordance with
                           applicable  state  and/or  federal  law or  such  law
                           precludes  the use of such  shares as the  underlying
                           investment  medium  of the  Contracts  funded  in the
                           Separate Account; or

                  (f)      at the  option of the  Company  if any  Series of the
                           Trust  ceases to  qualify as a  Regulated  Investment
                           Company  under  Subchapter M of the Code or under any
                           successor  similar  provision,   or  if  the  Company
                           reasonable  believes that any Series of the Trust may
                           fail to so qualify; or

                  (f)      at the  option of the  Company  if any  Series of the
                           Trust fails to meet the diversification  requirements
                           specified in paragraph 6.4 hereof.

         9.2 Prompt  notice of election to terminate  under  subparagraphs  (b),
(c), (e), (f) and (g) of paragraph 9.1 shall be furnished by the electing party.

         9.3 Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, the Trust shall,
at the option of the Company,  continue to make available  additional  shares of
the Trust  pursuant  to the  terms  and  conditions  of this  Agreement  for all
Contracts  in effect on the  effective  date of  termination  of this  Agreement
(hereinafter  referred  to  as  "Existing  Contracts").   Specifically,  without
limitation,  the  owners  of  the  Existing  Contracts  shall  be  permitted  to
reallocate  investments in the Trust,  redeem investments in the Trust or invest
in the Trust upon the making of additional  purchase payments under the Existing
Contracts.  The  parties  agree that this  paragraph  9.3 shall not apply to any
terminations under Article V and the effect of such Article V terminations shall
be governed by Article V of this Agreement.

         9.4  Notwithstanding  Article V and the  foregoing  provisions  of this
Article IX, the  provisions  of Article VII  (Indemnification)  and Article VIII
(Confidentiality) shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

                                    ARTICLE X

                                     NOTICES

         10. Any notice shall be  sufficiently  given when sent by registered or
certified  mail to each other party at the address of such party set forth below
or at such other  address as such party may from time to time specify in writing
to the other party.

         If to the Trust:

                  JNL Series Trust
                  ATTN:  Andrew B. Hopping
                  President
                  5901 Executive Drive
                  Lansing, MI  48911

         If to the Company or the Separate Account:

                  Jackson National Life Insurance Company of New York
                  ATTN:  Thomas J. Meyer
                  Senior Vice President
                  5901 Executive Drive
                  Lansing, MI  48911

                                   ARTICLE XI

                                 APPLICABLE LAW

         11. This  Agreement  shall be construed in accordance  with the laws of
the State of New York.

                                   ARTICLE XII

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         12.1 The captions in this  Agreement  are included for  convenience  of
reference only and in no way define or delineate any of the provisions hereof or
otherwise affect their construction or effect.

         12.2 If any provision of this  Agreement  shall be held or made invalid
by a court decision,  statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of the Agreement
shall not be affected thereby.

         12.3 The rights,  remedies and obligations  contained in this Agreement
are  cumulative  and  are in  addition  to any  and  all  rights,  remedies  and
obligations, at law or in equity, which the parties hereto are entitled to under
state and federal laws.

         12.4  This  Agreement  may be  executed  simultaneously  in two or more
counterparts,  each of which taken  together  shall  constitute one and the same
instrument.

         12.5 The Trust and the Company agree that the  obligations of the Trust
under  this   Agreement   shall  not  be  binding  upon  any  of  the  Trustees,
shareholders,  nominees, officers, employees or agents, whether past, present or
future,  of the Trust  individually,  but are  binding  only upon the assets and
property of the Trust or of the appropriate  Series thereof,  as provided in the
Agreement  and  Declaration  of the Trust.  The  execution  and delivery of this
Agreement  has been  authorized  by the Trustees of the Trust,  and signed by an
authorized officer of the Trust,  acting as such, and neither such authorization
by such Trustees nor such execution and delivery by such officer shall be deemed
to have been made by any of them or any shareholder of the Trust individually or
to  impose  any  liability  on any of them or any  interest  holder of the Trust
personally,  but shall bind only the assets and  property of the Trust or of the
appropriate  Series thereof as provided in the Agreement and  Declaration of the
Trust.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as
of the date first above written.

Attest:                    JNL Series Trust

/s/ Barbra Homier                   /s/ Andrew B. Hopping
- -------------------------  By:      ---------------------------
                                    Andrew B. Hopping
                                    President

Attest:                    Jackson National Life Insurance Company of New York

/s/ Barbra Homier                   /s/ Thomas J. Meyer
- -------------------------  By:      ---------------------------
                                    Thomas J. Meyer
                                    Senior Vice President

                           JNLNY Separate Account II
Attest:                    By:      Jackson National Life Insurance Company of
                                    New York

/s/ Barbra Homier                   /s/ Thomas J. Meyer
- -------------------------  By:      ---------------------------
                                    Thomas J. Meyer
                                    Senior Vice President



<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE A
                             DATED February 16, 1999


JNL/Alliance Growth Series
JNL/J.P. Morgan International & Emerging Markets Series
JNL/Janus Aggressive Growth Series
JNL/Janus Global Equities Series
JNL/PIMCO Total Return Bond Series
JNL/Putnam Growth Series
JNL/Putnam Value Equity Series
JNL/S&P Conservative Growth Series II
JNL/S&P Moderate Growth Series II
JNL/S&P Aggressive Growth Series II
JNL/S&P Very Aggressive Growth Series II
JNL/S&P Equity Growth Series II
JNL/S&P Equity Aggressive Growth Series II
Goldman Sachs/JNL Growth & Income Series
Lazard/JNL Small Cap Value Series
Lazard/JNL Mid Cap Value Series
PPM America/JNL Money Market Series
Salomon Brothers/JNL Balanced Series
Salomon Brothers/JNL Global Bond Series
Salomon Brothers/JNL High Yield Bond Series
T. Rowe Price/JNL International Equity Investment Series
T. Rowe Price/JNL Mid-Cap Growth Series

             DELEGATION, CUSTODY AND INFORMATION SERVICES AGREEMENT


        AGREEMENT dated as of May 14, 1999 between JNL Series Trust ("Trust"), a
Massachusetts  business trust  organized  under the laws of the  Commonwealth of
Massachusetts  having its  principal  office and place of  business  at 225 West
Wacker  Drive,  Suite 1200,  Chicago,  IL 60606,  Boston Safe  Deposit and Trust
Company ("Custodian"), a Massachusetts trust company with its principal place of
business at One Boston Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02108.

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

        WHEREAS, The Trust is authorized to issue shares in separate series with
each such series  representing  interests in a separate  portfolio of securities
and other assets, and the Trust has made the Series listed on Appendix D subject
to this Agreement (each such series, together with all other series subsequently
established  by the Trust and made subject to the Agreement in  accordance  with
the  terms  hereof,  shall be  referred  to as a Fund" and  collectively  as the
"Funds");

        WHEREAS,  The Board desires to delegate certain of its  responsibilities
for performing the services set forth in paragraphs (c)(1), (c)(2) and (c)(3) of
Rule 17f-5 to the Custodian;

        WHEREAS,  The Custodian agrees to accept such delegation with respect to
Assets  held by  Eligible  Foreign  Custodians  in the  jurisdictions  listed on
Appendix B as set forth in Article II;

        WHEREAS,  The Trust desires to hire the Custodian as a vendor to provide
certain  information   available  to  the  Custodian  with  respect  to  foreign
jurisdictions,  Securities  Depositories  and Foreign  Custodians  not listed on
Appendix B for which the board or a delegatee  other than the  Custodian has the
responsibilities  described  in  paragraphs  (c)(1),  (c)(2)  and (c)(3) of Rule
17f-5; and

        WHEREAS,  The Custodian agrees to provide,  as a vendor, the information
described in Article IV if, and when available in accordance  with the terms and
conditions of Article IV.

        WHEREAS, The Trust and the Custodian desire to set forth their agreement
with  respect to the  custody of the Funds'  Assets and other  property  and the
processing of securities transactions;

        NOW THEREFORE,  in consideration of the mutual promises  hereinafter set
forth, the Trust and the Custodian agree as follows:



<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

        Whenever used in this Agreement or in any Appendices to this  Agreement,
the following words and phrases,  unless the context otherwise  requires,  shall
have the following meanings:

(a)      "Affiliated  Person" shall have the meaning of the term within  Section
         2(a) 3 of the 1940 Act.

(b)      "Agreement"  shall  mean  this  Delegation,   Custody  and  Information
         Services Agreement.

(c)      "Assets" shall mean any of the Funds' investmentsand such cash and cash
         equivalents   as  are   reasonably   necessary  to  effect  the  Funds'
         transactions in such investments.

(d)      "Authorized  Person" shall be deemed to include the President,  and any
         Vice  President,  the  Secretary,  the  Treasurer or any other  person,
         whether or not any such  person is an officer or employee of the Trust,
         duly authorized by the Board to add or delete jurisdictions pursuant to
         Article II and to give Oral  Instructions  and Written  Instructions on
         behalf of a Fund and  listed  in the  certification  annexed  hereto as
         Appendix A , as may be amended from time to time.

(e)      "Board" shall mean the Board of Trustees of the Trust.

(f)      "Book-Entry System" shall mean the Federal Reserve/Treasury  book-entry
         system for United States and federal agency  securities,  its successor
         or successors and its nominee or nominees.

(g)      "Business Day" shall mean any day on which the Fund, the Custodian, the
         Book-Entry System and appropriate clearing  corporation(s) are open for
         business.

(h)      "Certificate" shall mean any notice, instruction or other instrument in
         writing,  authorized  or required by this  Agreement to be given to the
         Custodian,  which is actually  received by the  Custodian and signed on
         behalf of a Fund by any two Authorized Persons.

(i)      "Country Risk" means all factors  reasonably  related to the systematic
         risk of  holding  assets in a  particular  country  including,  but not
         limited to, such  country's  financial  infrastructure  (including  any
         Securities Depositories operating in such country),  prevailing custody
         and settlement  practices and laws  applicable to the  safekeeping  and
         recovery of Assets held in custody.

(j)      "Custodian"  shall mean  Boston Safe  Deposit and Trust  Company in its
         capacity as delegate,  custodian or  information  services  provider as
         required under the terms of each Article.

(k)      "Custody  Agreement" shall mean the provisions of Articles I, III and V
         of this Agreement and any Appendices referenced therein and attached to
         this Agreement.

(l)      "Information  Services Agreement" shall mean the provisions of Articles
         I and IV and V of this Agreement and any Appendices  referenced therein
         and attached to this Agreement.

(m)      Master Trust Agreement shall mean Declaration and Agreement of Trust of
         the Trust  dated June 1, 1994 as the same may be  amended  from time to
         time.

(n)      "Foreign  Custodian"  shall mean:  (a) a banking  institution  or trust
         company  incorporated  or organized  under the laws of a country  other
         than the United  States,  that is  regulated  as such by the  country's
         government   or  an  agency  of  the   country's   government;   (b)  a
         majority-owned  direct  or  indirect  subsidiary  of  a  U.S.  Bank  or
         bank-holding  company;  or (c)  any  entity  other  than  a  Securities
         Depository with respect to which exemptive or no-action relief has been
         granted  by the U.  S.  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission.  For the
         avoidance  of doubt,  the term  "Foreign  Custodian"  shall not include
         Euroclear,   Cedel,   First  Chicago   Clearing  Centre  or  any  other
         transnational   system  for  the  central  handling  of  securities  or
         equivalent  book-entries regardless of whether or not such entities are
         acting in a custodial capacity with respect to Assets or other property
         of the Fund.

(o)      "Delegation  Agreement" shall mean the provisions of Articles I, II and
         V of this Agreement and any Appendices  referenced therein and attached
         to this Agreement.

(p)      "Money Market Security" shall be deemed to include, without limitation,
         debt  obligations  issued or guaranteed as to interest and principal by
         the  government of the United  States or agencies or  instrumentalities
         thereof  ("U.S.   government   securities"),   commercial  paper,  bank
         certificates of deposit,  bankers' acceptances and short-term corporate
         obligations,  where the  purchase or sale of such  securities  normally
         requires  settlement  in federal funds on the same day as such purchase
         or sale, and repurchase and reverse repurchase  agreements with respect
         to any of the foregoing types of securities.

(q)      "Oral Instructions" shall mean verbal instructions actually received by
         the Custodian from a person reasonably  believed by the Custodian to be
         an Authorized Person or Senior Authorized Person.

(r)      "Prospectus"  shall mean a Fund's  current  prospectus and statement of
         additional  information  relating  to the  registration  of the  Fund's
         Shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(s)      "Rule 17f-5" shall mean Rule 17f-5  promulgated  under Section 17(f) of
         the 1940 Act as such rule (and any successor regulation) may be amended
         from time to time.

(t)      "Selected  Countries" means the  jurisdictions  listed on Appendix B as
         such may be amended from time to time in accordance with Article II.

(u)      "Senior  Authorized  Person" shall be such individuals so designated on
         Appendix A.

(v)      "Shares" refers to shares of beneficial interest of each Fund.

(w)      "Securities Depository" shall mean any entity described in subparagraph
         (a)(1)(ii)  or paragraph  (a)(6) of Rule 17f-5 or any other  recognized
         foreign or domestic clearing facility,  book-entry system,  centralized
         custodial  depository  or similar  organization.  For the  avoidance of
         doubt, the term "Securities Depository" shall include Euroclear, Cedel,
         First Chicago Clearing Centre or any other transnational system for the
         central handling of securities or equivalent book-entries regardless of
         whether or not such  entities are acting in a custodial  capacity  with
         respect to Assets or other property of the Funds.

(x)      "Transfer  Agent"  shall mean the person  which  performs  the transfer
         agent,  dividend  disbursing  agent  and  shareholder  servicing  agent
         functions for a Fund.

(y)      "Written  Instructions"  shall  mean a written  communication  actually
         received  by the  Custodian  from a person  reasonably  believed by the
         Custodian to be an Authorized Person or Senior Authorized Person by any
         system,  including,   without  limitation,   electronic  transmissions,
         facsimile and telex.

(z)      The "1940 Act" refers to the  Investment  Company Act of 1940,  and the
         Rules and Regulations thereunder, all as amended from time to time.



<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE II

                              DELEGATION AGREEMENT

1.       REPRESENTATIONS.

         (a)      Status of  Custodian.  The Custodian  represents  that it is a
                  U.S. Bank within the meaning of paragraph (a)(7) of Rule 17f-5
                  and a  "Securities  Intermediary"  as that term is  defined in
                  Section 8-102 (A)(4) of Article 8 of the Massachusetts Uniform
                  Commercial Code.

         (b)      Trust Determinations and Authorizations.  The Board represents
                  that  it has  determined  that  it is  reasonable  to  rely on
                  Custodian to perform the  responsibilities  delegated pursuant
                  to  this  Delegation  Agreement  and  that  it  has  made  the
                  delegations set forth below, subject to the acceptance of such
                  delegation  by the Custodian on the terms and  conditions  set
                  forth in this Delegation Agreement.

         (c)      Trust  Responsibilities.  The Trust  acknowledges  and  agrees
                  that,  except  as  expressly  set  forth  in  this  Delegation
                  Agreement,  the Trust is solely responsible to assure that the
                  maintenance  of each Fund's  Assets  hereunder  complies  with
                  applicable laws and regulations,  including without limitation
                  the  1940  Act  and  the  rules  and  regulations  promulgated
                  thereunder   and   applicable   interpretations   thereof   or
                  exemptions therefrom.

2. DELEGATION AND CUSTODIAN'S SERVICES.

         (a)      Delegation.  Subject  to the  provisions  of  this  Delegation
                  Agreement and the requirements of Rule 17f-5, the Board hereby
                  delegates  to, and the  Custodian  hereby agrees to accept the
                  responsibility for selecting,  contracting with and monitoring
                  Foreign  Custodians in Selected  Countries in accordance  with
                  paragraphs (c)(1),  (c)(2) and (c)(3) of Rule 17f-5.  Pursuant
                  to this  delegation,  the Board  authorizes  the  Custodian to
                  place  and  maintain   Assets  in  the  care  of  any  Foreign
                  Custodian(s)  in the Selected  Countries and to enter into, on
                  behalf of a Fund, such written contracts  governing the Fund's
                  foreign custody arrangements with such Foreign Custodian(s) as
                  the Custodian deems reasonably appropriate.

         (b)      Scope of Delegation.  The delegation contained in Section 2(a)
                  applies  only  to  the  selection  of,  contracting  with  and
                  monitoring of Foreign Custodians located in Selected Countries
                  and  only  with   respect  to  Assets  held  by  such  Foreign
                  Custodians in Selected Countries.  The Board and the Custodian
                  agree  that  nothing  in  this  Delegation  Agreement  or this
                  Agreement  as a whole  shall  cause or be  deemed to cause any
                  delegation   to  the   Custodian   of   any  of  the   Board's
                  responsibilities with respect to Assets or other property held
                  in   Securities   Depositories   or  Assets  held  by  Foreign
                  Custodians in jurisdictions other than Selected Countries.

         (c)      Additions  to Appendix B.  Appendix B may be amended from time
                  to time  to add  jurisdictions  by an  instrument  in  writing
                  signed by an  Authorized  Person and the  Custodian,  provided
                  that with respect to any amendment that adds a jurisdiction to
                  Appendix B, the Custodian's  responsibility and authority with
                  respect  to any  jurisdiction  so added will  commence  at the
                  later of (i) the time that the  Custodian  and the  Authorized
                  Person have both  executed  such  amendment,  or (ii) the time
                  that the Custodian receives a copy of such executed amendment.

         (d)      Deletions   from  Appendix  B.  The  Board  may  withdraw  its
                  delegation with respect to any jurisdiction listed in Appendix
                  B upon written  notice to the Custodian.  The Custodian  shall
                  withdraw its acceptance of delegated authority with respect to
                  any  jurisdiction  listed in Appendix B upon written notice to
                  the Board.  Upon  receipt of such  notice by the party to whom
                  such  notice is given,  the  Custodian  shall  have no further
                  responsibilities  under this Delegation Agreement with respect
                  to the  selecting,  contracting  with,  and  monitoring of any
                  Foreign Custodian holding Assets in the removed jurisdiction.

         (e)      Reports to Board.  Custodian  shall  provide  written  reports
                  notifying  Board of the  placement of Assets with a particular
                  Foreign  Custodian  and of any  material  change  in a  Fund's
                  foreign custody  arrangements.  Such reports shall be provided
                  to Board initially  within 30 days after the execution of this
                  Agreement and thereafter quarterly, except as otherwise agreed
                  by the Custodian and the Trust.

         (f)      Monitoring  System.  In each case in which the  Custodian  has
                  exercised  the  authority  delegated  under this  Article  II,
                  Section  2 to place  Assets  with an  Foreign  Custodian,  the
                  Custodian is  authorized  to, and shall,  on behalf of a Fund,
                  establish  a system  to  re-assess  or  re-evaluate,  at least
                  annually (i) the  appropriateness  of maintaining  Assets with
                  such Foreign  Custodian  and (ii) the contract  governing  the
                  Fund's arrangements with such Foreign Custodian.

3.       GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES.

         (a)      Country  Risk. In exercising  its  delegated  authority  under
                  Article  II,  Section 2, the  Custodian  may  assume,  for all
                  purposes,  that the Board (or the Fund's  investment  adviser,
                  pursuant to authority  delegated by the Board) has considered,
                  and,  pursuant  to its  fiduciary  duties to the Funds and the
                  Fund's  shareholders,  determined to accept,  Country Risk. In
                  exercising its delegated  authority  under Article II, Section
                  2, the Custodian may also assume that the Board (or the Fund's
                  investment  adviser,  pursuant to  authority  delegated by the
                  Board) has, and will continue to, monitor such Country Risk to
                  the extent the Board deems necessary or  appropriate.  Nothing
                  in this  Delegation  Agreement  shall require the Custodian to
                  make any selection or to engage in any monitoring on behalf of
                  a Fund (i) that would entail  consideration of Country Risk or
                  (ii) otherwise in connection with any Securities Depository or
                  Foreign  Custodians  in  jurisdictions   other  than  Selected
                  Countries.

         (b)      Standard of Care for Selection of Eligible Foreign Custodians.
                  In  exercising  the  authority  delegated  under  Article  II,
                  Section  2, to place  Assets  with a  Foreign  Custodian  in a
                  Selected  Country,  the Custodian  shall determine that Assets
                  will be subject to  reasonable  care,  based on the  standards
                  applicable to custodians in the Selected  Country in which the
                  Assets will be held, after considering all factors relevant to
                  the  safekeeping  of such  assets,  including  the factors set
                  forth in Rule 17f-5(c)(1)(i)-(iv).

         (c)      Standard for Contracting with Eligible Foreign Custodians.  In
                  exercising the authority  delegated  under Article II, Section
                  2, to enter into a written contract governing a Fund's foreign
                  custody  arrangements  with a Foreign  Custodian in a Selected
                  Country,  the  Custodian  shall  determine  that such contract
                  provides  reasonable  care for Assets  based on the  standards
                  applicable to Foreign  Custodians in the Selected Country.  In
                  making this  determination,  the Custodian  shall consider the
                  provisions of Rule 17f-5(c)(2).


         (d)      Standard of Care for Delegated  Authority.  In exercising  the
                  authority delegated under Article II, Section 2, the Custodian
                  agrees to exercise  reasonable  care,  prudence and  diligence
                  such  as  a  person  having  direct   responsibility  for  the
                  safekeeping of the Assets would exercise.



<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE III

                               CUSTODY PROVISIONS

1.      APPOINTMENT OF CUSTODIAN.

         (a)      The Board hereby  constitutes  and  appoints the  Custodian as
                  custodian of all the Assets and monies at the time owned by or
                  in the  possession  of the  Funds  during  the  period of this
                  Agreement.

         (b)      The Custodian hereby accepts appointment as such custodian and
                  agrees to perform the duties thereof as hereinafter set forth


2.       CUSTODY OF CASH AND SECURITIES.

         (a)      Receipt and Holding of Assets. The Funds will deliver or cause
                  to be delivered to the  Custodian  all Assets and monies owned
                  by  them  at any  time  during  the  period  of  this  Custody
                  Agreement.  The  Custodian  will not be  responsible  for such
                  Assets and monies  until  actually  received  by it. The Board
                  hereby specifically authorizes the Custodian to hold Assets or
                  other  property of the Funds with any  domestic  subcustodian,
                  Foreign Custodian or Securities Depository.  Assets and monies
                  of the Funds  deposited  in a  Securities  Depository  will be
                  represented  in accounts which include only assets held by the
                  Custodian for customers, including but not limited to accounts
                  for which the Custodian acts in a fiduciary or  representative
                  capacity.

         (b)      Accounts and Disbursements.  The Custodian shall establish and
                  maintain a separate account in the name of each Fund and shall
                  credit to such separate accounts all monies,  Assets and other
                  property received by it for the account of each Fund and shall
                  disburse the same only:

                  1.       In  payment   for   Securities   purchased   for  the
                           applicable Fund;

                  2.       In payment of dividends or distributions with respect
                           to the Shares;

                  3.       In  payment  of  original  issue or other  taxes with
                           respect to the Shares;

                  4.       In payment for Shares which have been redeemed by the
                           applicable Fund;

                  5.       Pursuant to Written Instructions received by a Senior
                           Authorized  Person setting forth the name and address
                           of the person to whom the payment is to be made,  the
                           amount to be paid and the purpose  for which  payment
                           is  to  be  made,  provided  that  in  the  event  of
                           disbursements  pursuant to this sub-section 2(b), the
                           Trust shall indemnify and hold the Custodian harmless
                           from  any  claims  or  losses  arising  out  of  such
                           disbursements    in   reliance   on   such    Written
                           Instructions  which it, reasonably and in good faith,
                           believes  to  be  received  from  Senior   Authorized
                           Persons; or

                  6.       In  payment  of  fees  and  in  reimbursement  of the
                           reasonable  expenses and liabilities of the Custodian
                           attributable  to the applicable  Fund, as provided in
                           Article III, Section 9(I) and Article V, Section 1.

         (c)      Confirmation  and  Statements.  Promptly  after  the  close of
                  business on each day, the Custodian shall furnish by Facsimile
                  each Fund with confirmations and a summary of all transfers to
                  or from the  account of the Fund  during  said  Business  Day.
                  Where securities purchased by a Fund are in a fungible bulk of
                  securities  registered  in the name of the  Custodian  (or its
                  nominee) or shown on the Custodian's account on the books of a
                  Securities  Depository,  the Custodian  shall by book-entry or
                  otherwise identify the quantity of those securities  belonging
                  to that Fund. At least  monthly,  the Custodian  shall furnish
                  each Fund with a detailed  statement  of the Assets and monies
                  held for the Fund under this Custody Agreement.

         (d)      Registration  of  Securities  and  Physical  Separation.   The
                  Custodian is authorized to hold all Assets,  or other property
                  of each Fund in nominee  name, in bearer form or in book-entry
                  form.  The Custodian may register any Assets or other property
                  of each Fund in the name of the Trust or the Fund, in the name
                  of  the  Custodian,  any  domestic  subcustodian,  or  Foreign
                  Custodian,  in the  name  of  any  duly  appointed  registered
                  nominee  of  such  entity,  or in  the  name  of a  Securities
                  Depository or its successor or  successors,  or its nominee or
                  nominees.  The Custodian will credit to each Fund's Account at
                  the Custodian  such Assets or other property of the respective
                  Fund. The Custodian is hereby  authorized to deposit with, and
                  hold Assets or other property of the applicable  Fund with any
                  Securities  Depository.  The Trust  agrees to  furnish  to the
                  Custodian  appropriate  instruments to enable the Custodian to
                  hold or deliver in proper form for transfer, or to register in
                  the  name  of  its  registered  nominee  or in the  name  of a
                  Securities  Depository,  any Assets  which it may hold for the
                  account of the applicable Fund and which may from time to time
                  be registered in the name of the Trust or the applicable Fund.
                  The  Custodian   shall  hold  all  such  Assets   specifically
                  allocated  to the  applicable  Fund  which  are not  held in a
                  Securities  Depository  in a separate  account for the Fund in
                  the name of the Fund  physically  segregated at all times from
                  those of any other person or persons.

         (e)      Segregated  Accounts.  Upon receipt of a Written  Instruction,
                  the Custodian will establish  segregated accounts on behalf of
                  the applicable Fund to hold liquid or other assets as it shall
                  be directed  by a Written  Instruction  and shall  increase or
                  decrease  the  assets in such  segregated  account  only as it
                  shall be directed by subsequent Written Instruction.

         (f)      Collection of Income and Other Matters  Affecting  Securities.
                  Unless  otherwise  instructed  to the  contrary  by a  Written
                  Instruction,  the Custodian by itself, or through the use of a
                  Securities  Depository  with  respect  to  Securities  therein
                  deposited,  shall with respect to all Securities  held for the
                  Funds in accordance with this Agreement:

                  1.       Collect all income due or payable,  provided that the
                           Custodian shall not be responsible for the failure to
                           receive payment of (or late payment of) distributions
                           with respect to Assets held in the account;

                  2.       Present for  payment  and collect the amount  payable
                           upon all  Securities  which may  mature or be called,
                           redeemed,   retired  or  otherwise   become  payable.
                           Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the Custodian  shall
                           have no responsibility to the Funds for monitoring or
                           ascertaining any call, redemption or retirement dates
                           with  respect  to put  bonds  which  are owned by the
                           Funds and held by the Custodian or its nominees.  Nor
                           shall  the  Custodian  have  any   responsibility  or
                           liability  to the Funds for any loss by the Funds for
                           any  missed  payments  or  other  defaults  resulting
                           therefrom,   unless  the  Custodian  received  timely
                           notification  from the  Funds  specifying  the  time,
                           place and manner for the  presentment of any such put
                           bond owned by the Funds and held by the  Custodian or
                           its nominee.  The Custodian  shall not be responsible
                           and  assumes  no   liability   for  the  accuracy  or
                           completeness  of any  notification  the Custodian may
                           furnish  to the  Funds  with  respect  to put  bonds,
                           unless the  Custodian  has not acted in a  reasonably
                           prudent  manner  in  transmitting   information  with
                           respect to the accuracy,  completeness or furnishings
                           of such notice;

                  3.       Surrender Securities in temporary form for definitive
                           Securities;

                  4.       Promptly   execute  any  necessary   declarations  or
                           certificates  of ownership  under the Federal  income
                           tax  laws or the  laws or  regulations  of any  other
                           taxing authority now or hereafter in effect; and

                  5.       Hold  directly,  or through a  Securities  Depository
                           with respect to Securities therein deposited, for the
                           account of the applicable Fund all rights and similar
                           Securities issued with respect to any Securities held
                           by the Custodian hereunder for that Fund.

         (g)      Delivery of Securities and Evidence of Authority. Upon receipt
                  of  a  Written  Instruction  and  not  otherwise,  except  for
                  subparagraphs 5, 6, 7, and 8 of this section 2(g) which may be
                  effected  by  Oral or  Written  Instructions,  the  Custodian,
                  directly or through the use of a Securities Depository, shall:

                  1.       Execute and promptly  deliver or cause to be executed
                           and delivered to such persons as may be designated in
                           such   Written   Instructions,   proxies,   consents,
                           authorizations, and any other instruments whereby the
                           authority  of the  applicable  Fund as  owner  of any
                           Securities may be exercised;

                  2.       Deliver or cause to be delivered any Securities  held
                           for  the  applicable   Fund  in  exchange  for  other
                           Securities or cash issued or paid in connection  with
                           the liquidation, reorganization, refinancing, merger,
                           consolidation or recapitalization of any corporation,
                           or the exercise of any conversion privilege;

                  3.       Deliver or cause to be delivered any Securities  held
                           for the applicable Fund to any protective  committee,
                           reorganization   committee   or   other   person   in
                           connection  with  the  reorganization,   refinancing,
                           merger,  consolidation or recapitalization or sale of
                           assets of any corporation, and receive and hold under
                           the terms of this  Custody  Agreement in the separate
                           account  for the Fund such  certificates  of deposit,
                           interim receipts or other instruments or documents as
                           may be issued to it to evidence such delivery;

                  4.       Make or cause to be made such  transfers or exchanges
                           of the assets specifically  allocated to the separate
                           account  of the  applicable  Fund and take such other
                           steps as shall be stated in Written  Instructions  to
                           be  for  the   purpose  of   effectuating   any  duly
                           authorized  plan  of   liquidation,   reorganization,
                           merger,  consolidation  or  recapitalization  of  the
                           Fund;

                  5.       Deliver  Securities  upon sale of such Securities for
                           the  account  of  the  applicable  Fund  pursuant  to
                           Section 3;

                  6.       Deliver  Securities  upon the  receipt  of payment in
                           connection with any repurchase  agreement  related to
                           such Securities entered into by the applicable Fund;

                  7.       Deliver  Securities  owned by the applicable  Fund to
                           the issuer thereof or its agent when such  Securities
                           are called,  redeemed,  retired or  otherwise  become
                           payable; provided, however, that in any such case the
                           cash or other consideration is to be delivered to the
                           Custodian.   Notwithstanding   the   foregoing,   the
                           Custodian  shall have no  responsibility  to the Fund
                           for monitoring or ascertaining  any call,  redemption
                           or  retirement  dates  with  respect to the put bonds
                           which are owned by the Fund and held by the Custodian
                           or its  nominee.  Nor  shall the  Custodian  have any
                           responsibility  or liability to the Fund for any loss
                           by the Fund for any missed  payment or other  default
                           resulting  therefrom  unless the  Custodian  received
                           timely  notification  from  the Fund  specifying  the
                           time,  place and  manner for the  presentment  of any
                           such  put  bond  owned  by the  Fund  and held by the
                           Custodian or its nominee.  The Custodian shall not be
                           responsible  and assumes no liability to the Fund for
                           the accuracy or completeness of any  notification the
                           Custodian may furnish to the Fund with respect to put
                           bonds;

                  8.       Deliver  Securities in  connection  with any loans of
                           Securities made by the Funds but only against receipt
                           of  adequate  collateral  as agreed upon from time to
                           time by the  Custodian  and the Funds which may be in
                           the form of cash or U.S.  government  securities or a
                           letter of credit;

                  9.       Deliver Securities as security in connection with any
                           borrowings  by the  Funds  requiring  a pledge of the
                           applicable Fund's assets, but only against receipt of
                           amounts borrowed;

                  10.      Deliver    Securities   upon   receipt   of   Written
                           Instructions from a Fund for delivery to the Transfer
                           Agent or to the holders of Shares in connection  with
                           distributions  in kind, as may be described from time
                           to time in the Fund's Prospectus,  in satisfaction of
                           requests  by  holders  of Shares  for  repurchase  or
                           redemption;

                  11.      Deliver  Securities as collateral in connection  with
                           short  sales by a Fund of common  stock for which the
                           Fund owns the stock or owns preferred  stocks or debt
                           securities   convertible  or  exchangeable,   without
                           payment or further consideration,  into shares of the
                           common stock sold short;

                  12.      Deliver   Securities   for  any   purpose   expressly
                           permitted  by  and  in  accordance   with  procedures
                           described in the Trust's Prospectus; and

                  13.      Deliver  Securities  for any  other  proper  business
                           purpose,  but only upon  receipt  of, in  addition to
                           Written   Instructions,   a   certified   copy  of  a
                           resolution  of  the  Board  signed  by an  Authorized
                           Person and  certified by the  Secretary of the Funds,
                           specifying  the  Securities to be delivered,  setting
                           forth the  purpose  for which such  delivery is to be
                           made,  declaring such purpose to be a proper business
                           purpose,  and  naming  the  person or persons to whom
                           delivery of such Securities shall be made.

                  Notwithstanding  anything in this  Agreement to the  contrary,
                  the Custodian shall not be liable for the acts or omissions of
                  any agent  appointed under paragraph (f) of Section 9 pursuant
                  to Oral or Written Instructions including, but not limited to,
                  any  broker-dealer or other entity designated by a Fund or its
                  investment advisor to hold any Securities or other property of
                  the Fund as collateral or otherwise pursuant to any investment
                  strategy.

         (h)      Endorsement  and  Collection of Checks,  Etc. The Custodian is
                  hereby authorized to endorse and collect all checks, drafts or
                  other  orders  for  the  payment  of  money  received  by  the
                  Custodian for the account of the applicable Fund.

3.      SETTLEMENT OF FUNDS TRANSACTIONS.

         (a)      Customary Practices.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
                  in this  Agreement,  the  Custodian  is  authorized  to settle
                  transactions   in  accordance   with  trading  and  processing
                  practices  customary in the  jurisdiction  or market where the
                  transaction  occurs.  The Trust acknowledges that this may, in
                  certain  circumstances,   require  the  delivery  of  cash  or
                  Securities (or other property) without the concurrent  receipt
                  of  Securities  (or  other  property)  or  cash  and,  in such
                  circumstances,   the  Trust  shall  have   responsibility  for
                  nondelivery of Securities or other property (or late delivery)
                  or  nonreceipt  of payments of monies (or late payment) by the
                  counterparty,  provided,  however,  that in such an event, the
                  Custodian agrees to provide reasonable assistance to the Trust
                  in order to consummate such incomplete transaction(s) .

         (b)    Contractual  Income.  The Custodian  shall credit the applicable
                Fund  with  income  and  maturity   proceeds  on  securities  on
                contractual payment date net of any taxes or upon actual receipt
                as agreed  between the Custodian and the Fund. To the extent the
                Fund  and  the  Custodian   have  agreed  to  credit  income  on
                contractual   payment  date,  the  Custodian  may  reverse  such
                accounting  entries with back value to the  contractual  payment
                date if the  Custodian  reasonably  believes  that  it will  not
                receive such amount.

       (c)      Contractual  Settlement.   The  Custodian  will  attend  to  the
                settlement  of  securities  transactions  on the basis of either
                contractual settlement date accounting or actual settlement date
                accounting as agreed between the Trust and the Custodian. To the
                extent the Trust and the Custodian have agreed to settle certain
                securities  transactions on the basis of contractual  settlement
                date  accounting,  the  Custodian may reverse with back value to
                the  contractual  settlement  date any  entry  relating  to such
                contractual  settlement  where the related  transaction  remains
                unsettled in accordance with established procedures.

4.       LENDING OF SECURITIES.

         The Custodian  may lend the assets of the Funds in accordance  with the
         terms  and  conditions  of a  separate  securities  lending  agreement,
         approved by the Trust.

5.       PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS OR DISTRIBUTIONS.

         (a)      The Trust shall furnish to the Custodian the vote of the Board
                  certified by the Secretary (i)  authorizing the declaration of
                  distributions  on a specified  periodic basis and  authorizing
                  the  Custodian  to  rely  on  Oral  or  Written   Instructions
                  specifying the date of the  declaration of such  distribution,
                  the  date of  payment  thereof,  the  record  date as of which
                  shareholders  entitled  to payment  shall be  determined,  the
                  amount payable per share to the  shareholders  of record as of
                  the record date and the total  amount  payable to the Transfer
                  Agent on the payment  date,  or (ii) setting forth the date of
                  declaration  of any  distribution  by the  Funds,  the date of
                  payment  thereof,  the  record  date as of which  shareholders
                  entitled to payment shall be  determined,  the amount  payable
                  per share to the  shareholders of record as of the record date
                  and the total  amount  payable  to the  Transfer  Agent on the
                  payment date.

         (b)      Upon  the  payment   date   specified   in  such  vote,   Oral
                  Instructions or Written Instructions,  as the case may be, the
                  Custodian  shall  pay  out the  total  amount  payable  to the
                  Transfer Agent of the Trust.

6.       SALE AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES OF THE FUNDS.

         (a)      Whenever a Fund shall sell any Shares, that Fund shall deliver
                  or  cause  to  be  delivered   to  the   Custodian  a  Written
                  Instruction duly specifying:

                  1.       The number of Shares sold, trade date, and price; and

                  2.       The amount of money to be received  by the  Custodian
                           for the sale of such Shares.

                  The Custodian understands and agrees that Written Instructions
                  may be furnished subsequent to the purchase of Shares and that
                  the  information  contained  therein  will be derived from the
                  sales of Shares as reported to the Fund by the Transfer Agent.

         (b)      Upon receipt of money from the Transfer  Agent,  the Custodian
                  shall  credit  such  money  to  the  separate  account  of the
                  applicable Fund.

         (c)      Upon issuance of any Shares in  accordance  with the foregoing
                  provisions  of this  Section  6, the  Custodian  shall pay all
                  original   issue  or  other  taxes  required  to  be  paid  in
                  connection  with such  issuance  upon the receipt of a Written
                  Instruction specifying the amount to be paid.

         (d)      Except  as  provided   hereafter,   whenever  any  Shares  are
                  redeemed,  a Fund shall cause the  Transfer  Agent to promptly
                  furnish to the Custodian Written Instructions, specifying:

                  1.       The number of Shares redeemed; and

                  2.       The amount to be paid for the Shares redeemed.

                  The  Custodian   further   understands  that  the  information
                  contained  in such Written  Instructions  will be derived from
                  the  redemption  of  Shares  as  reported  to the  Fund by the
                  Transfer Agent.

         (e)      Upon receipt from the Transfer  Agent of advice  setting forth
                  the  number  of  Shares  received  by the  Transfer  Agent for
                  redemption and that such Shares are valid and in good form for
                  redemption,  the Custodian  shall make payment to the Transfer
                  Agent of the total amount  specified in a Written  Instruction
                  issued pursuant to paragraph (d) of this Section 6.

         (f)      Notwithstanding the above provisions  regarding the redemption
                  of Shares,  whenever such Shares are redeemed  pursuant to any
                  check  redemption  privilege  which  may from  time to time be
                  offered  by  the  Funds,   the  Custodian,   unless  otherwise
                  instructed  by a Written  Instruction  shall,  upon receipt of
                  advice from the Funds or its agent stating that the redemption
                  is in good form for  redemption in  accordance  with the check
                  redemption  procedure,  honor the check  presented  as part of
                  such check redemption privilege out of the monies specifically
                  allocated to the Funds in such advice for such purpose.

7.       INDEBTEDNESS.

         (a)      The Trust will cause to be delivered  to the  Custodian by any
                  bank  (excluding the Custodian)  from which the a Fund borrows
                  money for temporary administrative or emergency purposes using
                  Securities  as  collateral  for such  borrowings,  a notice or
                  undertaking  in the form  currently  employed by any such bank
                  setting forth the amount which such bank will loan to the Fund
                  against  delivery of a stated amount of  collateral.  The Fund
                  shall promptly deliver to the Custodian  Written  Instructions
                  stating with respect to each such  borrowing:  (1) the name of
                  the bank; (2) the amount and terms of the borrowing, which may
                  be  set  forth  by  incorporating  by  reference  an  attached
                  promissory  note,  duly  endorsed by the Funds,  or other loan
                  agreement;  (3) the time and date, if known, on which the loan
                  is to be entered into (the "borrowing  date"); (4) the date on
                  which the loan becomes due and  payable;  (5) the total amount
                  payable  to the Funds on the  borrowing  date;  (6) the market
                  value of  Securities  to be delivered as  collateral  for such
                  loan,  including  the name of the  issuer,  the  title and the
                  number  of shares or the  principal  amount of any  particular
                  Securities;  (7)  whether  the  Custodian  is to deliver  such
                  collateral  through  a  Securities   Depository;   and  (8)  a
                  statement that such loan is in  conformance  with the 1940 Act
                  and the Trust's Prospectus.

         (b)      Upon  receipt  of  the  Written  Instruction  referred  to  in
                  subparagraph  (a) above,  the  Custodian  shall deliver on the
                  borrowing  date  the  specified  collateral  and the  executed
                  promissory  note, if any, against delivery by the lending bank
                  of the total  amount of the loan  payable,  provided  that the
                  same conforms to the total amount  payable as set forth in the
                  Written  Instruction.  The Custodian may, at the option of the
                  lending bank, keep such collateral in its possession, but such
                  collateral  shall be subject to all rights therein  granted to
                  the  lending  bank by  virtue of any  promissory  note or loan
                  agreement.   The   Custodian   shall   deliver  as  additional
                  collateral  in the  manner  directed  by the Fund from time to
                  time  such   Securities   as  may  be   specified  in  Written
                  Instruction to collateralize further any transaction described
                  in this  Section  7.  The  Fund  shall  cause  all  Securities
                  released from collateral status to be returned directly to the
                  Custodian,  and the Custodian  shall receive from time to time
                  such  return of  collateral  as may be  tendered to it. In the
                  event that the Fund  fails to  specify in Written  Instruction
                  all of  the  information  required  by  this  Section  7,  the
                  Custodian  shall not be under any  obligation  to deliver  any
                  Securities. Collateral returned to the Custodian shall be held
                  hereunder as it was prior to being used as collateral.

8.       PERSONS HAVING ACCESS TO ASSETS OF THE FUNDS.

         (a)      No trustee or agent of the Trust,  and no  officer,  director,
                  employee or agent of the Trust's  investment  adviser,  of any
                  sub-investment  adviser  of  the  Trust,  or  of  the  Trust's
                  administrator, shall have physical access to the assets of the
                  Funds held by the  Custodian or be  authorized or permitted to
                  withdraw any investments of the Funds, nor shall the Custodian
                  deliver  any  assets  of the  Funds  to any  such  person.  No
                  officer,  director,  employee  or agent of the  Custodian  who
                  holds  any  similar  position  with  the  Trust's   investment
                  adviser, with any sub-investment  adviser of the Trust or with
                  the Trust's  administrator  shall have access to the assets of
                  the Funds.

         (b)      Nothing in this Section 8 shall  prohibit any duly  authorized
                  officer, employee or agent of the Trust, including the Trust's
                  independent public accountants or any duly authorized officer,
                  director,  employee or agent of the investment adviser, of any
                  sub-investment   adviser   of  the  Funds  or  of  the  Fund's
                  administrator,   from  giving  Oral  Instructions  or  Written
                  Instructions  to the Custodian or executing a  Certificate  so
                  long as it does not result in  delivery of or access to assets
                  of the Funds prohibited by paragraph (a) of this Section 8.

9.       CONCERNING THE CUSTODIAN.

         (a)      Standard of Conduct.  Notwithstanding  any other  provision of
                  this Custody Agreement,  the Custodian shall not be liable for
                  any loss or damage, including counsel fees, resulting from its
                  action or  omission to act or  otherwise,  except for any such
                  loss or damage arising out of the negligence, recklessness, or
                  willful  misconduct  of the  Custodian  or its  breach of this
                  Agreement.  The  Custodian  will  use  reasonable  care in the
                  performance of its duties under this  contract.  The Custodian
                  may,  with respect to  questions of law,  apply for and obtain
                  the advice  and  opinion of counsel to the Trust or of its own
                  counsel  with  substantial  experience  in the subject  matter
                  concerning  such  questions  of the law, at the expense of the
                  Trust,  and shall be fully  protected with respect to anything
                  done  or  omitted  by it  reasonably  and  in  good  faith  in
                  conformity with such advice or opinion.

         (b)      Limit  of  Duties.  Without  limiting  the  generality  of the
                  foregoing,  the Custodian shall be under no duty or obligation
                  to inquire into, and shall not be liable for:

                  1.       The validity of the issue of any Securities purchased
                           by the Funds,  the legality of the purchase  thereof,
                           or the propriety of the amount paid therefor;

                  2.       The  legality  of the sale of any  Securities  by the
                           Funds or the  propriety  of the  amount for which the
                           same are sold;

                  3.       The  legality of the issue or sale of any Shares,  or
                           the   sufficiency   of  the  amount  to  be  received
                           therefor;

                  4.       The legality of the redemption of any Shares,  or the
                           propriety of the amount to be paid therefor;

                  5.       The  legality  of the  declaration  or payment of any
                           distribution of the Funds;

                  6.       The   legality  of  any   borrowing   for   temporary
                           administrative or emergency purposes.

         (c)      No Liability Until Receipt.  The Custodian shall not be liable
                  for, or considered to be the Custodian of, any money,  whether
                  or not represented by any check,  draft,  or other  instrument
                  for the  payment  of  money,  received  by it on behalf of the
                  Funds until the Custodian  actually receives and collects such
                  money.

         (d)      Amounts Due from Transfer  Agent.  The Custodian  shall not be
                  under  any  duty  or  obligation  to  take  action  to  effect
                  collection  of any amount  due to the Funds from the  Transfer
                  Agent nor to take any action to effect payment or distribution
                  by the Transfer  Agent of any amount paid by the  Custodian to
                  the Transfer Agent in accordance with this Custody Agreement.

         (e)      Collection Where Payment  Refused.  The Custodian shall not be
                  under  any  duty  or  obligation  to  take  action  to  effect
                  collection of any amount,  if the  Securities  upon which such
                  amount is  payable  are in  default,  or if payment is refused
                  after due  demand  or  presentation,  unless  and until (i) it
                  shall be  directed to take such  action by a  Certificate  and
                  (ii) it shall be assured to its  satisfaction of reimbursement
                  of its costs and expenses in connection with any such action.

         (f)      Appointment  of  Subcustodians.  (i) The  Custodian  is hereby
                  authorized  to  appoint  one or  more  domestic  subcustodians
                  (which  may  be  an  affiliate  of  the   Custodian)  to  hold
                  Securities  and  monies  at any time  owned  by the  Funds.The
                  Custodian is also hereby  authorized  to place Assets with any
                  Foreign  Custodian  located in a  jurisdiction  which is not a
                  Selected  Country and with  Euroclear,  Cedel,  First  Chicago
                  Clearing Centre or any other transnational depository.

         (g)      No Duty to Ascertain  Authority.  The  Custodian  shall not be
                  under  any  duty  or  obligation  to  ascertain   whether  any
                  Securities  at any  time  delivered  to or  held by it for the
                  Funds are such as may  properly be held by the Funds under the
                  provisions of the Master Trust Agreement and the Prospectus.

         (h)      Reliance on Certificates and Instructions. The Custodian shall
                  be  entitled  to rely  upon any  Certificate,  notice or other
                  instrument in writing received by the Custodian and reasonably
                  believed by the Custodian to be genuine and to be signed by an
                  officer or Authorized  Person or a Senior  Authorized  Person.
                  The  Custodian  shall be  entitled  to rely  upon any  Written
                  Instructions  or Oral  Instructions  actually  received by the
                  Custodian   pursuant  to  the  applicable   Sections  of  this
                  Agreement  and  reasonably  believed  by the  Custodian  to be
                  genuine  and to be given by such  person.  The Funds  agree to
                  forward  to  the  Custodian   Written   Instructions  from  an
                  Authorized  Person or Senior Authorized Person confirming such
                  Oral   Instructions  in  such  manner  so  that  such  Written
                  Instructions  are received by the  Custodian,  whether by hand
                  delivery,  telex or otherwise, by the close of business on the
                  same  day  that  such  Oral  Instructions  are  given  to  the
                  Custodian.  The Funds agree that the fact that such confirming
                  instructions are not received by the Custodian shall in no way
                  affect the validity of the transactions or  enforceability  of
                  the  transactions  hereby  authorized by the Funds.  The Funds
                  agree that the Custodian shall incur no liability to the Funds
                  in  acting  upon  Oral  Instructions  given  to the  Custodian
                  hereunder   concerning   such   transactions   provided   such
                  instructions  reasonably  appear to have been  received from a
                  duly  Authorized  Person  or  Senior  Authorized  Person.  The
                  Custodian  shall be under no duty to question any direction of
                  an  Authorized  Person  or a  Senior  Authorized  Person  with
                  respect to the portion of the  account  over which such person
                  has authority,  to review any property held in the account, to
                  make  any  suggestions  with  respect  to the  investment  and
                  reinvestment  of the assets in the account,  or to evaluate or
                  question the  performance of any  Authorized  Person or Senior
                  Authorized  Person.  The Custodian shall not be responsible or
                  liable for any  diminution of value of any securities or other
                  property held by the Custodian.

         (i)      Overdraft Facility and Security for Payment. In the event that
                  the  Custodian  is  directed by Written  Instruction  (or Oral
                  Instructions  confirmed in writing in accordance  with Section
                  9(h)  hereof)  to make any  payment or  transfer  of monies on
                  behalf of the Funds for which  there would be, at the close of
                  business on the date of such payment or transfer, insufficient
                  monies  held by the  Custodian  on  behalf of the  Funds,  the
                  Custodian  may, in its sole  discretion,  provide an overdraft
                  (an "Overdraft") to the Funds in an amount sufficient to allow
                  the  completion  of such  payment or transfer.  The  Custodian
                  shall promptly notify the Funds (an "Overdraft Notice") of any
                  Overdraft by facsimile transmission or in such other manner as
                  the Funds and the Custodian may agree. Any Overdraft  provided
                  hereunder: (a) shall be payable on the next Business Day after
                  receipt of an Overdraft Notice, unless otherwise agreed by the
                  Funds and the  Custodian;  and (b) shall accrue  interest from
                  the date of the  Overdraft  to the date of  payment in full by
                  the Funds at a rate  agreed  upon  from  time to time,  by the
                  Custodian   and  the  Funds.   The  Custodian  and  the  Funds
                  acknowledge   that  the  purpose  of  such   Overdraft  is  to
                  temporarily  finance  the  purchase of  Securities  for prompt
                  delivery  in  accordance  with  the  terms  hereof,   to  meet
                  unanticipated or unusual redemptions,  to allow the settlement
                  of  foreign  exchange  contracts  or to meet  other  emergency
                  expenses not reasonably  foreseeable  by the Funds.  To secure
                  payment  of any  Overdraft,  the  Funds  hereby  grant  to the
                  Custodian  a  continuing  security  interest  in and  right of
                  setoff against the Securities and cash in the Fund's  accounts
                  from time to time in the full amount of such Overdraft. Should
                  the Funds fail to pay promptly any amounts owed hereunder, the
                  Custodian  shall  be  entitled  to use  available  cash in the
                  applicable  Fund's account and to liquidate  Securities in the
                  account as is necessary to meet the Fund's  obligations  under
                  the  Overdraft.  In any such case,  and without  limiting  the
                  foregoing,  the Custodian shall be entitled to take such other
                  actions(s) or exercise such other  options,  powers and rights
                  as the Custodian  now or hereafter  has as a secured  creditor
                  under the Massachusetts  Uniform  Commercial Code or any other
                  applicable law.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                         INFORMATION SERVICES AGREEMENT

The following  sets forth our agreement  with respect to the delivery of certain
information  to the Board or its agents as  requested  by the Board from time to
time.

1.       PROVISIONS OF INFORMATION

         In  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  this  Information   Services
         Agreement,  the  Custodian  agrees to provide  to the Board,  or at the
         direction  of  the  Board,  to the  Trust's  investment  advisers,  the
         information  set forth in Article IV, Section 2 with respect to Foreign
         Custodians and Securities  Depositories which hold Securities,  Assets,
         or other  property  of the Funds and the systems  and  environment  for
         securities  processing  in  the  jurisdiction  in  which  such  Foreign
         Custodians or Securities  Depositories are located. The Custodian shall
         provide  only  that  portion  of  such  information  as  is  reasonably
         available to it.

2.       INFORMATION TO BE PROVIDED

         COUNTRY INFORMATION
o        Settlement Environment
o        Depository
o        Settlement Period
o        Trading
o        Security Registration
o        Currency
o        Foreign Investment Restrictions
o        Entitlements
o        Proxy Voting
o        Foreign Taxation


<PAGE>



         Depository Information (if applicable to the Country)
o        Name
o        Information relative to Determining Compulsory or
         Voluntary Status of the Facility
o        Type of Entity
o        Ownership Structure
o        Operating History
o        Eligible Instruments
o        Security Form
o        Financial Data
o        Regulator
o        External Auditor

         SUBCUSTODIAN INFORMATION
o        Financial Information
o        Regulator
o        External Auditor
o        How Securities are Held
o        Operational Capabilities
o        Insurance Coverage

         INFORMATION ON THE FOLLOWING LEGAL QUESTIONS

o        Would the  applicable  foreign law  restrict  the access  afforded  the
         independent  public  accountants of the Funds to books and records kept
         by a foreign custodian?

o        Would the  applicable  foreign law restrict the ability of the Funds to
         recover  their  assets  in the  event  of  bankruptcy  of  the  foreign
         custodian?

o        Would the  applicable  foreign law restrict the ability of the Funds to
         recover  assets that are lost while under the control or in the custody
         of the foreign custodian?

o        What are the  foreseeable  difficulties  in converting  the Fund's cash
         from the relevant foreign currency into U.S. dollars?

3.  LIABILITY AND WARRANTIES

The Custodian  will use reasonable  best efforts to ensure that the  information
provided pursuant to Article IV, Section 1 is accurate and current as of time of
provision.  However,  due to the nature and source of this information,  and the
necessity of relying on various information sources,  most of which are external
to the Custodian,  the Custodian  shall have no liability for direct or indirect
use of such information if the Custodian acted  reasonably.  The Custodian makes
no  other  warranty  or  condition,   either  express  or  implied,  as  to  the
merchantability  or  fitness  for  any  particular  purpose  of the  information
provided under this Article IV.

                                    ARTICLE V

                              ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS

1.       COMPENSATION.

         (a)      The  Custodian  shall be entitled  to  receive,  and the Trust
                  agrees to pay to the Custodian,  such reasonable  compensation
                  as may be agreed upon from time to time between the  Custodian
                  and the Trust.  The  Custodian  may charge  against any monies
                  held on behalf of the Funds  pursuant to this  Agreement  such
                  reasonable  compensation and any reasonable  expenses incurred
                  by the Custodian in the  performance of its duties pursuant to
                  this Agreement. The Custodian shall also be entitled to charge
                  against any money held on behalf of the Funds pursuant to this
                  Agreement the amount of any loss, damage, liability or expense
                  incurred  with respect to the Funds,  including  counsel fees,
                  for  which it shall be  entitled  to  reimbursement  under the
                  provisions of this Agreement. The expenses which the Custodian
                  may charge against such account  include,  but are not limited
                  to,  the  expenses  of  domestic   subcustodians  and  Foreign
                  Custodians  incurred  in  settling   transactions  outside  of
                  Boston, Massachusetts or New York City, New York involving the
                  purchase and sale of Securities.

         (b)      The Trust  will  compensate  the  Custodian  for its  services
                  rendered under this Agreement in accordance  with the fees set
                  forth  in a  separate  Fee  Schedule  which  schedule  may  be
                  modified by the Custodian  upon not less than sixty days prior
                  written notice to the Trust.

         (c)      Any compensation agreed to hereunder may be adjusted from time
                  to time by a  revised  Fee  Schedule,  dated  and  signed by a
                  Senior Authorized Person or authorized  representative of each
                  party hereto.

         (d)      The  Custodian  will  bill the  Trust  for  services  rendered
                  hereunder  as  soon  as  practicable  after  the  end of  each
                  calendar  month but in no event later than the 15th day of the
                  month   following  the  month  in  which  such  services  were
                  rendered.  The Trust will  promptly pay to the  Custodian  the
                  amount of such billing  unless such fees have been  previously
                  debited  under  Section  1(a).  In making  payments to service
                  providers   pursuant  to  Written   Instructions,   the  Trust
                  acknowledges  that the  Custodian  is acting as a paying agent
                  and  not as the  payor,  for  tax  information  reporting  and
                  withholding purposes.

2.       INSOLVENCY OF ELIGIBLE FOREIGN CUSTODIANS.

         The  Custodian  shall not be  responsible  or liable  for any losses or
         damages  suffered by the Funds arising as a result of the insolvency of
         any Foreign  Custodian except with respect to any Foreign  Custodian in
         any Selected  Country which the Custodian  appointed in accordance with
         the  provisions of Article II but only to the extent that the Custodian
         failed to comply with the standard of care set forth in Article II with
         respect to the selection and monitoring of such Foreign Custodian.

3.       LIABILITY FOR DEPOSITORIES.

         The Custodian  shall not be responsible  for any losses  resulting from
         the deposit or maintenance  of Securities,  Assets or other property of
         the Funds with any Securities Depository.

4.       DAMAGES.

         Under no circumstances  shall the Custodian be liable for any indirect,
         consequential  or special damages with respect to its role as Delegate,
         Custodian or information vendor.

5.       LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.

         The Funds and the  Custodian  agree that the  obligations  of the Trust
         under this  Agreement  shall not be binding  upon any of the  Trustees,
         shareholders,  nominees,  officers,  employees or agents, whether past,
         present or future,  of the Funds,  individually,  but are binding  only
         upon the assets and  property  of the Trust,  as provided in the Master
         Trust Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement have been
         authorized  by the Trustees of the Trust,  and signed by an  authorized
         officer of the Trust,  acting as such.  Neither such  authorization  by
         such Trustees nor such  execution and delivery by such officer shall be
         deemed to have been made by any of them or any shareholder of the Funds
         individually  or to  impose  any  liability  on  any  of  them  or  any
         shareholder of the Funds personally, but shall bind only the assets and
         property of the Trust as provided in the Master Trust Agreement.

6.       TERM AND TERMINATION.

         (a)      This Agreement and any portion thereof shall become  effective
                  on the date first set forth above (the  "Effective  Date") and
                  shall  continue in effect  thereafter  until such time as this
                  Agreement may be terminated in accordance  with the provisions
                  hereof.

         (b)      Either of the parties hereto may terminate this Agreement as a
                  whole or may terminate either the Delegation  Agreement or the
                  Information Services Agreement  individually or the Delegation
                  Agreement  collectively  by giving to the other party a notice
                  in writing  specifying the date and scope of such termination,
                  which shall be not less than 60 days after the date of receipt
                  of such  notice.  In the  event  such  notice  is given by the
                  Trust,  it shall be  accompanied  by a  certified  vote of the
                  Board,  electing to terminate this Agreement or the applicable
                  portion thereof .

                  In the  event  such  notice is given by the  Custodian  of any
                  termination  which includes the Custody  Agreement,  the Trust
                  shall,  on or before  the  termination  date,  deliver  to the
                  Custodian  a  certified  vote  of  the  Board,  designating  a
                  successor  custodian  or  custodians.  In the  absence of such
                  designation  by the  Trust,  the  Custodian  may  designate  a
                  successor  custodian,  which shall be a person qualified to so
                  act under the 1940 Act.  If the  Trust  fails to  designate  a
                  successor  custodian,  the Trust shall upon the date specified
                  in the notice of  termination  of this  Agreement and upon the
                  delivery by the  Custodian of all  Securities  and monies then
                  owned by the Funds,  be deemed to be its own custodian and the
                  Custodian   shall  thereby  be  relieved  of  all  duties  and
                  responsibilities  pursuant to this Agreement or the portion so
                  terminated,  other than the duty with  respect  to  Securities
                  held in the Book-Entry System which cannot be delivered to the
                  Funds.

         (c)      Upon the date set forth in such notice under  paragraph (b) of
                  this  Section  6, this  Agreement  or  portion  thereof  shall
                  terminate to the extent  specified in such notice,  and if the
                  Custody  Agreement  is  terminated  the  Custodian  shall upon
                  receipt of a notice of acceptance  by the successor  custodian
                  on that date deliver  directly to the successor  custodian all
                  Securities  and monies then held by the Custodian on behalf of
                  the  Funds,  after  deducting  all  fees,  expenses  and other
                  amounts  for the  payment or  reimbursement  of which it shall
                  then be entitled as set forth in this Agreement.

         (d)      If there is a  material  default  in the  Agreement  by either
                  party, the non-defaulting party may immediately  terminate the
                  Agreement pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 6(b)
                  and the  non-defaulting  party shall be entitled to reasonable
                  attorney's fees.

7.       FORCE MAJEURE.

         Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, neither the
         Custodian nor the Trust shall be liable for any losses  resulting  from
         or caused by events or  circumstances  beyond its  reasonable  control,
         including,  but not limited to, losses resulting from  nationalization,
         strikes,   expropriation,   devaluation,   revaluation,   confiscation,
         seizure,   cancellation,   destruction   or   similar   action  by  any
         governmental   authority,   de  facto  or  de   jure;   or   enactment,
         promulgation,  imposition  or  enforcement  by  any  such  governmental
         authority of currency restrictions, exchange controls, taxes, levies or
         other charges affecting the Fund's property; or the breakdown,  failure
         or malfunction of any utilities or  telecommunications  systems; or any
         order or  regulation of any banking or  securities  industry  including
         changes in market rules and market  conditions  affecting the execution
         or settlement of transactions; or acts of war, terrorism,  insurrection
         or revolution;  or any other similar or third-party event. This Section
         shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

8. INSPECTION OF BOOKS AND RECORDS.

         The books and records of the Custodian  shall be open to inspection and
         audit at  reasonable  times by officers  and  auditors  employed by the
         Trust  at  its  own  expense  and  with  prior  written  notice  to the
         Custodian,  and by the appropriate staff of the Securities and Exchange
         Commission.

9.       MISCELLANEOUS.

         (a)      Annexed hereto as Appendix C is a certification  signed by the
                  Secretary  of the  Trust  setting  forth  the  names  and  the
                  signatures  of the present  Authorized  and Senior  Authorized
                  Persons.  The Trust  agrees to furnish to the  Custodian a new
                  certification  in  similar  form in the  event  that  any such
                  present  person  ceases  to be such an  Authorized  Person  or
                  Senior  Authorized  Person  or in  the  event  that  other  or
                  additional  persons are elected or  appointed.  Until such new
                  certification shall be received,  the Custodian shall be fully
                  protected in acting  under the  provisions  of this  Agreement
                  upon Oral Instructions or signatures of the present Authorized
                  and  Senior  Authorized  Persons  as set  forth  in  the  last
                  delivered certification.

         (b)      Annexed hereto as Appendix A is a certification  signed by the
                  Secretary  of the  Trust  setting  forth  the  names  and  the
                  signatures  of the present  officers  of the Trust.  The Trust
                  agrees to  furnish to the  Custodian  a new  certification  in
                  similar form in the event any such present  officer  ceases to
                  be an  officer  of the  Trust or in the  event  that  other or
                  additional  officers are elected or appointed.  Until such new
                  certification shall be received,  the Custodian shall be fully
                  protected in acting  under the  provisions  of this  Agreement
                  upon the  signature  of an  officer  as set  forth in the last
                  delivered certification.

         (c)      Any  notice or other  instrument  in  writing,  authorized  or
                  required by this Agreement to be given to the Custodian, shall
                  be sufficiently given if actually received by the Custodian at
                  its offices at One Boston Place,  Boston,  Massachusetts 02108
                  or at such other place as the  Custodian may from time to time
                  designate in writing.

         (d)      Any  notice or other  instrument  in  writing,  authorized  or
                  required by this Agreement to be given to the Trust,  shall be
                  sufficiently  given if  actually  received by the Trust at its
                  offices at 225 West  Wacker  Drive,  Suite 1200,  Chicago,  IL
                  60606 or at such  other  place as the  Trust  may from time to
                  time designate in writing.

         (e)      Except as provided in Article II, Section 2 this Agreement may
                  not be amended or modified  in any manner  except by a written
                  agreement  executed by both parties with the same formality as
                  this Agreement (i)  authorized,  or ratified and approved by a
                  vote of the  Board  of  Trustees  of the  Trust,  including  a
                  majority  of the members of the Board of Trustees of the Trust
                  who are not  "interested  persons"  of the Fund (as defined in
                  the 1940 Act), or (ii) authorized, or ratified and approved by
                  such other  procedures  as may be permitted or required by the
                  1940 Act.

         (f)      This  Agreement  shall extend to and shall be binding upon the
                  parties hereto,  and their respective  successors and assigns;
                  provided, however, that this Agreement shall not be assignable
                  by the Trust without the written consent of the Custodian,  or
                  by the  Custodian  without  the  written  consent of the Trust
                  authorized  or  approved by a vote of the Board of Trustees of
                  the Trust provided, however, that the Custodian may assign the
                  Agreement to an Affiliated Person and any attempted assignment
                  without such written  consent shall be null and void.  Nothing
                  in this Agreement shall give or be construed to give or confer
                  upon any third party any rights hereunder.

         (g)      The Trust represents that a copy of the Master Trust Agreement
                  is  on  file  with  the  Secretary  of  the   Commonwealth  of
                  Massachusetts and with the Boston City Clerk.

         (h)      This Agreement  shall be construed in accordance with the laws
                  of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

         (i)      The captions of this Agreement are included for convenience of
                  reference  only and in no way  define  or  delimit  any of the
                  provisions  hereof or otherwise  affect their  construction or
                  effect.

         (j)      This Agreement may be executed in any number of  counterparts,
                  each of which  shall be  deemed  to be an  original,  but such
                  counterparts shall, together, constitute only one instrument.

         (k)      Each party  represents  to the other that it has all necessary
                  power and authority,  and has obtained any consent or approval
                  necessary  to permit it, to enter into and perform  under this
                  Agreement and that this  Agreement  does not violate,  breach,
                  give  rise to a  default  or  right  of  termination  under or
                  otherwise  conflict  with  any  applicable  law,   regulation,
                  ruling,  decree  or other  governmental  authorization  or any
                  contract  to which it is a party or by which any of its assets
                  is bound.

         (l)      Custodian convenants that it will maintain financial insurance
                  coverage for its operations,  including  errors and omissions,
                  directors and officers and Fidelity bond insurance.

         (m)      The  parties  agree that  information  disclosed  between  the
                  parties,  including but not limited to information  learned by
                  one party from the other party's employees,  agents or through
                  inspection  of  its  property,  that  relates  to  it  or  its
                  affiliates'  (which  includes any entity  controlling or under
                  the common control of such party) products,  designs, business
                  plans,    business    opportunities,    finances,    research,
                  development,  know-how,  personnel,  third-party  confidential
                  information,  the  terms  and  conditions  of this  Agreement,
                  information   regarding  either  party's  or  its  affiliates'
                  customers  and the  existence  of the  discussion  between the
                  parties will be  considered  and referred to  collectively  in
                  this Agreement as  "Confidential  Information,"  provided that
                  information   disclosed   by   the   disclosing   party   (the
                  "discloser")  will be considered  Confidential  Information by
                  the   receiving   party   (the   "recipient").    Confidential
                  Information,  however,  does not include information that: (1)
                  is now or  subsequently  becomes  generally  available  to the
                  public  through  no  fault  or  breach  on  the  part  of  the
                  recipient;  (2) the  recipient  can  demonstrate  to have  had
                  rightfully  in  its  possession  free  of  any  obligation  of
                  Confidentiality;   (3)  is  independently   developed  by  the
                  recipient without the use of any Confidential Information;  or
                  (4) the  recipient  rightfully  obtains from a third party who
                  has the right to transfer or disclose it or if such party does
                  not have such right,  then the recipient had no reason to know
                  of  such   circumstance   and  no  actual  knowledge  of  such
                  circumstance.

                  The  recipient  will not  disclose,  publish,  or  disseminate
                  Confidential  Information  to anyone  other  than those of its
                  employees or consultant (or its  affiliates' or  subsidiaries'
                  employees  or  consultants)  with  a need  to  know,  and  the
                  recipient agrees to take reasonable precautions to prevent any
                  unauthorized use, disclosure, publication, or dissemination of
                  Confidential  Information.  The  recipient  agrees  to  accept
                  Confidential   Information   for  the  sole   purpose  of  the
                  performance of its duties in connection  with this  Agreement.
                  The  recipient  agrees  not  to use  Confidential  Information
                  otherwise for its own or any third party's benefit without the
                  prior written approval of an authorized  representative of the
                  discloser in each instance.

                  All  Confidential  Information,  and any  Derivative  thereof,
                  whether created by the recipient or the discloser, remains the
                  property of the  discloser  and no license or other  rights to
                  Confidential  Information  is granted or implied  hereby.  For
                  purposes of this Agreement,  "Derivatives" shall mean: (1) for
                  copyrightable  or  copyrighted   material,   any  translation,
                  abridgment,  revision or other form in which an existing  work
                  may be recast,  transformed or adapted;  (2) for patentable or
                  patented  material,  or any improvement  thereon;  and (3) for
                  material which is protected by trade secret,  any new material
                  derived from such existing  trade secret  material,  including
                  any new material  which may be protected by copyright,  patent
                  and/or trade secret.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed by their respective  representatives  duly authorized as of the day and
year first above written.

                                         JNL SERIES TRUST


                                         By:         /s/ Andrew B. Hopping
                                                     ---------------------------
                                         Name:       Andrew B. Hopping
                                         Title:      President

                                         BOSTON SAFE DEPOSIT AND TRUST COMPANY

                                         By:         /s/ Christopher Healy
                                                     ---------------------------
                                         Name:       Christopher Healy
                                         Title:      Vice President


<PAGE>
                                   APPENDIX A




        I, Thomas J. Meyer,  the Secretary of the JNL Series  Trust,  a business
trust  organized  under  the  laws of the  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts  (the
"Trust"), do hereby certify that:

        The  following  individuals  have been  duly  authorized  as  Authorized
Persons to give Oral  Instructions  and  Written  Instructions  on behalf of the
Trust and each Fund thereof and the specimen signatures set forth opposite their
respective names are their true and correct signatures:

NAME                                POSITION                   SIGNATURE


Andrew B. Hopping         President and Chief         /s/ Andrew B. Hopping
                          Executive Officer           --------------------------

Robert A. Fritts          Vice President,             /s/ Robert A. Fritts
                          Treasurer and Chief         --------------------------
                          Financial Officer

Thomas J. Meyer           Vice President, Counsel     /s/ Thomas J. Meyer
                          and Secretary               --------------------------

Mark D. Nerud             Vice President and          /s/ Mark D. Nerud
                          Assistant Treasurer         --------------------------

Amy D. Eisenbeis          Vice President and          /s/ Amy D. Eisenbeis
                          Assistant Secretary         --------------------------

William V. Simon          Employee of Jackson         /s/ William V. Simon
                          National Financial          --------------------------
                          Services, LLC

Elsa Chessani             Employee of  Jackson        /s/ Elsa Chessani
                          National Financial          --------------------------
                          Services, LLC


                                                      By:  /s/ Thomas J. Meyer
                                                           ---------------------
                                                           Secretary
                                                           Dated
<PAGE>
                                   APPENDIX B
                               SELECTED COUNTRIES

ARGENTINA                                  KOREA, REPULBIC OF
AUSTRALIA                                  LUXEMBOURG
AUSTRIA                                    MALAYSIA
BANGLADESH                                 MAURITIUS
BELGIUM                                    MEXICO
BERMUDA                                    NAMIBIA
BOSTWANA                                   THE NETHERLANDS
BRAZIL                                     NEW ZEALAND
CANADA                                     NORWAY
CHILE                                      PAKISTAN
CHINA, PEOPLES' REPUBLIC OF                PERU
COLOMBIA                                   THE PHILIPPINES
CYPRUS                                     POLAND
THE CZECH REPUBLIC                         PORTUGAL
DENMARK                                    SINGAPORE
EGYPT                                      SLOVAK REPUBLIC
FINLAND                                    SOUTH AFRICA
FRANCE                                     SPAIN
GERMANY                                    SRI LANKA
GHANA                                      SWEDEN
GREECE                                     SWITZERLAND
HONG KONG                                  TAIWAN
HUNGARY                                    TURKEY
INDIA                                      UNITED KINGDOM
INDONESIA                                  URUGUAY
IRELAND                                    VENEZUELA
ISRAEL                                     ZAMBIA
ITALY                                      ZIMBABWE
JAPAN
KENYA
<PAGE>
                                   APPENDIX C



        I, Thomas J. Meyer,  the Secretary of the JNL Series  Trust,  a business
trust  organized  under  the  laws of the  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts  (the
"Trust"), do hereby certify that:

        The following individuals serve in the following positions with the Fund
and each individual has been duly elected or appointed to each such position and
qualified therefor in conformity with the Trust's Master Trust Agreement and the
specimen signatures set forth opposite their respective names are their true and
correct signatures:

NAME                                POSITION                   SIGNATURE


Andrew B. Hopping         President and Chief         /s/ Andrew B. Hopping
                          Executive Officer           --------------------------

Robert A. Fritts          Vice President,             /s/ Robert A. Fritts
                          Treasurer and Chief         --------------------------
                          Financial Officer

Thomas J. Meyer           Vice President, Counsel     /s/ Thomas J. Meyer
                          and Secretary               --------------------------

Mark D. Nerud             Vice President and          /s/ Mark D. Nerud
                          Assistant Treasurer         --------------------------

Amy D. Eisenbeis          Vice President and          /s/ Amy D. Eisenbeis
                          Assistant Secretary         --------------------------


                                                      By:  /s/ Thomas J. Meyer
                                                           ---------------------
                                                           Secretary
                                                           Dated
<PAGE>


                                   APPENDIX D
                           AS AMENDED AUGUST 30, 1999

                                JNL SERIES TRUST

SERIES:

JNL/J.P. Morgan Enhanced S&P 500 Index Series
JNL/Janus Aggressive Growth Series
JNL/Janus Capital Growth Series
JNL/Janus Global Equities Series
JNL/Alger Growth Series
JNL/Eagle Core Equity Series
JNL/Eagle SmallCap Equity Series
JNL/Putnam Growth Series
JNL/Putnam Value Equity Series
PPM America/JNL Balanced Series
PPM America/JNL High Yield Bond Series
PPM America/JNL Money Market Series
Salomon Brothers/JNL Balanced Series
Salomon Brothers/JNL Global Bond Series
Salomon Brothers/JNL High Yield Bond Series
Salomon Brothers/JNL U.S. Government & Quality Bond Series
T. Rowe Price/JNL Established Growth Series
T. Rowe Price/JNL International Equity Investment Series
T. Rowe Price/JNL Mid-Cap Growth Series
JNL/Alliance Growth Series
JNL/J.P. Morgan International & Emerging Markets Series
JNL/PIMCO Total Return Bond Series
Goldman Sachs/JNL Growth & Income Series
Lazard/JNL Small Cap Value Series
Lazard/JNL Mid Cap Value Series

JNL SERIES TRUST                            BOSTON SAFE DEPOSIT AND
                                            TRUST COMPANY

By:  /s/ Mark D. Nerud                      By:  /s/ Christopher Healy
     ----------------------------                ---------------------------
Name:  Mark D. Nerud                        Name:  Christopher Healy
Title:  VP                                           Title:  Vice President


                                    AMENDMENT
                                       TO
                            ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT
                                     BETWEEN
                                JNL SERIES TRUST
                                       AND
                    JACKSON NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES, LLC

         This  AMENDMENT  is  made by and  between  JACKSON  NATIONAL  FINANCIAL
SERVICES, LLC, a Michigan limited liability company  ("Administrator"),  and JNL
SERIES TRUST, a Massachusetts business trust ("Trust").

         WHEREAS, the Administrator and the Trust entered into an Administration
Agreement dated as of January 1, 1999  ("Agreement"),  whereby the Administrator
agreed to provide certain  administrative  services to the investment portfolios
of the JNL Series Trust; and

         WHEREAS,  pursuant  to the  Agreement,  each  Series  agreed to pay the
Administrator  for the services provided and the expenses assumed by each Series
as set forth in Schedule B to the  Agreement,  and the  Administrator  agreed to
accept such fee as full  compensation  under the Agreement for such services and
expenses; and

         WHEREAS,  the Trust desires to appoint  Administrator  to provide,  and
Administrator has agreed to provide,  additional  administrative services to six
new investment portfolios of the JNL Series Trust,  effective upon execution or,
if later,  the date that initial capital for such investment  portfolio is first
provided.

         NOW  THEREFORE,   in  consideration  of  the  mutual  covenants  herein
contained, the parties hereby agree to amend the Agreement as follows:

1.            Schedule A to the Agreement is hereby  deleted and replaced in its
              entirety with Schedule A dated May 1, 2000, attached hereto.

2.            Schedule B to the Agreement is hereby  deleted and replaced in its
              entirety with Schedule B dated May 1, 2000, attached hereto.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the  Administrator  and the Trust have caused this
Amendment to be executed as of this 10th day of February, 2000.

JACKSON NATIONAL FINANCIAL          JNL SERIES TRUST
SERVICES, LLC


By:      /s/ Mark D. Nerud          By:    /s/ Andrew B. Hopping
         -------------------------         -----------------------
Name:    Mark D. Nerud              Name:  Andrew B. Hopping
         -------------------------         -----------------------
Title:   Chief Financial Officer    Title: President
         -------------------------         -----------------------

<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE A
                                DATED MAY 1, 2000
JNL/Alger Growth Series
JNL/Alliance Growth Series
JNL/Eagle Core Equity Series
JNL/Eagle SmallCap Equity Series
JNL/J.P. Morgan Enhanced S&P 500 Index Series
JNL/J.P. Morgan International & Emerging Markets Series
JNL/Janus Aggressive Growth Series
JNL/Janus Capital Growth Series
JNL/Janus Global Equities Series
JNL/Janus Balanced Series
JNL/Janus Growth & Income Series
JNL/PIMCO Total Return Bond Series
JNL/Putnam Growth Series
JNL/Putnam Value Equity Series
JNL/Putnam International Equity Series
JNL/Putnam Mid-Cap Growth Series
JNL/S&P Conservative Growth Series I
JNL/S&P Moderate Growth Series I
JNL/S&P Aggressive Growth Series I
JNL/S&P Very Aggressive Growth Series I
JNL/S&P Equity Growth Series I
JNL/S&P Equity Aggressive Growth Series I
JNL/S&P Conservative Growth Series II
JNL/S&P Moderate Growth Series II
JNL/S&P Aggressive Growth Series II
JNL/S&P Very Aggressive Growth Series II
JNL/S&P Equity Growth Series II
JNL/S&P Equity Aggressive Growth Series II
JNL/S&P Aggressive Growth Index Series
JNL/S&P Conservative Growth Index Series
JNL/S&P Moderate Growth Index Series
JNL/SSGA Enhanced Intermediate Bond Index Series
JNL/SSGA International Index Series
JNL/SSGA Russell 2000 Index Series
JNL/SSGA S&P 500 Index Series
JNL/SSGA S&P MidCap Index Series
Lazard/JNL Small Cap Value Series
Lazard/JNL Mid Cap Value Series
PPM America/JNL Balanced Series
PPM America/JNL High Yield Bond Series
PPM America/JNL Money Market Series
Salomon Brothers/JNL Balanced Series
Salomon Brothers/JNL Global Bond Series
Salomon Brothers/JNL High Yield Bond Series
Salomon Brothers/JNL U.S. Government & Quality Bond Series
T. Rowe Price/JNL Established Growth Series
T. Rowe Price/JNL Mid-Cap Growth Series
T. Rowe Price/JNL Value Series


<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE B
                                DATED MAY 1, 2000

Series                                                                Fee
- ------                                                                ---
JNL/Alger Growth Series                                              .10%
JNL/Alliance Growth Series                                           .10%
JNL/Eagle Core Equity Series                                         .10%
JNL/Eagle SmallCap Equity Series                                     .10%
JNL/J.P. Morgan Enhanced S&P 500 Index Series                        .10%
JNL/J.P. Morgan International & Emerging Markets Series              .10%
JNL/Janus Aggressive Growth Series                                   .10%
JNL/Janus Capital Growth Series                                      .10%
JNL/Janus Global Equities Series                                     .10%
JNL/Janus Balanced Series                                            .10%
JNL/Janus Growth & Income Series                                     .10%
JNL/PIMCO Total Return Bond Series                                   .10%
JNL/Putnam Growth Series                                             .10%
JNL/Putnam Value Equity Series                                       .10%
JNL/Putnam International Equity Series                               .10%
JNL/Putnam Mid-Cap Series                                            .10%
JNL/S&P Conservative Growth Series I                                 .00%
JNL/S&P Moderate Growth Series I                                     .00%
JNL/S&P Aggressive Growth Series I                                   .00%
JNL/S&P Very Aggressive Growth Series I                              .00%
JNL/S&P Equity Growth Series I                                       .00%
JNL/S&P Equity Aggressive Growth Series I                            .00%
JNL/S&P Conservative Growth Series II                                .00%
JNL/S&P Moderate Growth Series II                                    .00%
JNL/S&P Aggressive Growth Series II                                  .00%
JNL/S&P Very Aggressive Growth Series II                             .00%
JNL/S&P Equity Growth Series II                                      .00%
JNL/S&P Equity Aggressive Growth Series II                           .00%
JNL/S&P Aggressive Growth Index Series                               .00%
JNL/S&P Conservative Growth Index Series                             .00%
JNL/S&P Moderate Growth Index Series                                 .00%
JNL/SSGA Enhanced Intermediate Bond Index Series                     .10%
JNL/SSGA International Index Series                                  .15%
JNL/SSGA Russell 2000 Index Series                                   .10%
JNL/SSGA S&P 500 Index Series                                        .10%
JNL/SSGA S&P MidCap Index Series                                     .10%
Lazard/JNL Small Cap Value Series                                    .10%
Lazard/JNL Mid Cap Value Series                                      .10%
PPM America/JNL Balanced Series                                      .10%
PPM America/JNL High Yield Bond Series                               .10%
PPM America/JNL Money Market Series                                  .10%
Salomon Brothers/JNL Balanced Series                                 .10%
Salomon Brothers/JNL Global Bond Series                              .10%
Salomon Brothers/JNL High Yield Bond Series                          .10%
Salomon Brothers/JNL U.S. Government & Quality Bond Series           .10%
T. Rowe Price/JNL Established Growth Series                          .10%
T. Rowe Price/JNL Mid-Cap Growth Series                              .10%
T. Rowe Price/JNL Value Series                                       .10%


                                 CODE OF ETHICS

                    JACKSON NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES, LLC
                                JNL SERIES TRUST
                              JNL VARIABLE FUND LLC
                            JNL VARIABLE FUND III LLC
                             JNL VARIABLE FUND V LLC
                            JNLNY VARIABLE FUND I LLC
                           JNLNY VARIABLE FUND II LLC
PURPOSE

         The Board of Directors of Jackson National Financial Services, LLC, the
         Board of Trustees of the JNL Series Trust (the "Trust"),  and the Board
         of Managers of each of the JNL Variable Fund LLC, the JNL Variable Fund
         III LLC, the JNL Variable  Fund V LLC, the JNLNY  Variable  Fund I LLC,
         and the JNLNY  Variable  Fund II LLC (each a "Fund",  collectively  the
         "Funds") have adopted this Code of Ethics  ("Code") in accordance  with
         the provisions of Rule 17j-1 under the  Investment  Company Act of 1940
         ("Act"). Its purpose is to govern the personal investment activities of
         those  persons  who are  involved  in, or who are in a position to gain
         information  regarding,  investment  recommendations and decisions with
         respect to the portfolio  activities of the Trust or a Fund.  Each such
         person is hereby  required  to conduct his or her  personal  securities
         transactions  in  accordance  with this Code and in such a manner as to
         avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest or any abuse of such
         person's position of trust and responsibility.  Further, no such person
         shall take  inappropriate  advantage  of his or her  position  with the
         Trust or a Fund;  and  each  such  person  shall be under a duty at all
         times to place  the  interests  of the  shareholders  of the Trust or a
         Fund, as applicable, before his or her own interests.

SECTION 1 - DEFINITIONS

(a)      "Access person" means any trustee,  officer,  or advisory person of the
         Trust  or a Fund;  and any  employee  of the  Trust or a Fund or of any
         company  in a  control  relationship  to the Trust or a Fund,  who,  in
         connection with his regular  functions or duties,  obtains  information
         regarding  the  purchase  or sale of a Security by the Trust or a Fund,
         and any natural person in a control relationship to the Trust or a Fund
         who obtains information concerning recommendations made to the Trust or
         a Fund with regard to the purchase or sale of a Security.

         However,  a person does not become an Access person simply by virtue of
the following:

         (i)      normally  assisting in the preparation of public  reports,  or
                  receiving public reports, but not receiving  information about
                  current recommendations or trading; or

         (ii)     a  single   instance  of   obtaining   knowledge   of  current
                  recommendations  or  trading  activity,  or  infrequently  and
                  inadvertently obtaining such knowledge.

         The  Compliance  officer shall  determine  those persons who are Access
persons of the Trust or a Fund.

(b)      "Advisory  person"  means any employee of the Trust or a Fund or of any
         company  in a  control  relationship  to the  Trust  or a Fund,  or any
         natural person in a control  relationship  to the Trust or a Fund, who,
         in  connection  with his or her regular  functions  or duties  makes or
         participates  in the  purchase  or sale of a Security by the Trust or a
         Fund, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations or
         providing  information or advice to the Trust or a Fund with respect to
         such purchases or sales.

(c)      A "Security  held or to be  acquired"  by the Trust or a Fund means any
         Security which, within the most recent 15 days, (i) is or has been held
         by the  Trust or a Fund,  as  applicable,  or (ii) is being or has been
         considered by the Trust or a Fund, as applicable.

(d)      "Beneficial  ownership"  shall be  interpreted in the same manner as it
         would be in  determining  whether a person is subject to the provisions
         of Section 16 of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and
         regulations  thereunder,  except  that the  determination  of direct or
         indirect  beneficial  ownership shall apply to all Securities  which an
         Access person has or acquires.

(e)      "Control" means the power to exercise a controlling  influence over the
         management  or  policies  of the Trust or a Fund,  unless such power is
         solely the result of an official position with the Trust or a Fund.

(f)      "Disinterested  person" means a trustee of the Trust or a member of the
         Board of  Managers of a Fund who is not an  "interested  person" of the
         Trust or Fund, as applicable, within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of
         the Act.

(g)      "Purchase or sale of a Security"  includes,  inter alia, the writing of
         an option to purchase or sell a Security.

(h)      "Security"  shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(36) of the
         Act,  except that it shall not include  shares of  registered  open-end
         investment companies, Securities issued by the Government of the United
         States,  short term debt Securities  which are "Government  Securities"
         within  the  meaning  of  Section   2(a)(16)   of  the  Act,   bankers'
         acceptances,  bank certificates of deposit,  commercial paper, and such
         other money market  instruments  as may be designated by the applicable
         Board.

(i)      A  security  is  "being   considered  for  purchase  or  sale"  when  a
         recommendation  to  purchase  or sell a  security  has  been  made  and
         communicated and, with respect to the person making the recommendation,
         when such person seriously considers making such a recommendation.

(j)      "Personal  investment  transaction"  means a  transaction  by an Access
         person for the direct or  indirect  purchase  or sale of a Security  in
         which  such  Access  person  has,  or by  reason  of  such  transaction
         acquires, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership.

(k)      "Compliance  officer"  means an  officer  of the  Trust  or a Fund,  as
         applicable, responsible for administering this Code.

SECTION 2 - PROHIBITED PURCHASES AND SALES

(a)      It is a policy of the Trust and each Fund that information with respect
         to current portfolio  transactions of the Trust or Fund, as applicable,
         be kept confidential. No Access person shall take personal advantage of
         any information concerning prospective or actual portfolio transactions
         in any manner  which might prove  detrimental  to the  interests of the
         Trust or Fund.

(b)      No  Access  person  shall use his  position  to gain  personal  benefit
         through work  relationships.  No such person shall attempt to cause the
         Trust or a Fund to purchase,  sell or hold a particular  security  when
         that action may reasonably be expected to create a personal  benefit to
         the Access person.

(c)      No Access  person  shall,  in  connection  with the  purchase  or sale,
         directly  or  indirectly,  by such  person of a Security  held or to be
         acquired by the Trust or a Fund:

         (i)      Employ any device,  scheme or artifice to defraud the Trust or
                  a Fund;

         (ii)     Make to the Trust or a Fund any untrue statement of a material
                  fact or omit to state to the Trust or a Fund a  material  fact
                  necessary in order to make the  statements  made,  in light of
                  the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading;

         (iii)    Engage in act, practice,  or course of business which operates
                  or would  operate  as a fraud or  deceit  upon the  Trust or a
                  Fund; or

         (iv) Engage in any manipulative practice with respect to the Trust or a
Fund.

(d)      No Access person shall engage in a Personal investment transaction with
         respect to any  Security  which to his or her actual  knowledge  at the
         time of such transaction:

         (i)      is being  considered  for  purchase  or sale by the Trust or a
                  Fund, as applicable,  or any other investment company for whom
                  the  investment  adviser  to the Trust or a Fund or any of its
                  sub-advisers serves as investment adviser; or

         (ii)     is the  subject of a pending buy or sell order by the Trust or
                  a  Fund  or  any  other  investment   company  for  which  the
                  investment  adviser  or  any  of its  sub-advisers  serves  as
                  investment adviser.

(e)      No Advisory person shall:

         (i)      engage  in  any  Personal   investment   transaction  for  the
                  acquisition of a Security in an initial public offering;

         (ii)     profit from the purchase and sale,  or sale and  purchase,  of
                  the same (or equivalent)  Securities  within 60 calendar days.
                  Any  profits  realized  on such  short  term  trades  shall be
                  disgorged to the  appropriate  Series of the Trust or Fund, or
                  as otherwise determined by the appropriate Board;

         (iii)    receive any gift or other thing of more than de minimis  value
                  from any person or entity that does business with or on behalf
                  of the Trust or a Fund;

         (iv)     serve  on  the  board  of  directors  of any  publicly  traded
                  company, unless prior authorization therefor by the applicable
                  Board has been given after a  determination  by the Board that
                  such service is consistent  with the interests of the Trust or
                  a Fund and its  shareholders.  Where such  approval  is given,
                  such Advisory person is prohibited,  during the period of such
                  service and for a 6 month period  thereafter from (1) engaging
                  in any  communication  regarding  such  company with any other
                  Advisory  person,  and (2) causing any Series with  respect to
                  which he or she is an Advisory person to purchase any security
                  issued by such company; or

         (v)      participate  in any  consideration  of whether  the Trust or a
                  Fund should  invest in  securities  of an issuer in which such
                  Advisory  person  has  invested  through a  private  placement
                  without  disclosing  such investment of the Advisory person to
                  the other participants. Under such circumstances, the decision
                  to  purchase  securities  of the issuer by the Trust or a Fund
                  shall be  subject  to the  independent  review by  appropriate
                  Advisory persons (or corresponding personnel of the investment
                  adviser  or  appropriate   sub-adviser)   having  no  personal
                  interest in the matter.

SECTION 3 - EXEMPTED TRANSACTIONS

(a) The prohibitions of Sections 2(d) and 2(e) of this Code shall not apply to:

         (i)      Purchases  or sales  effected  in any  account  over which the
                  Access person has no direct or indirect influence or control.

         (ii)     Purchases or sales of Securities which are  non-volitional  on
                  the part of either the  Access  person or the Trust or a Fund,
                  as applicable.

         (iii)  Purchases which are part of an automatic  dividend  reinvestment
plan.

         (iv)     Purchases  effected  upon the exercise of rights  issued by an
                  issuer pro rata to all  holders of a class of its  Securities,
                  to the extent such rights were acquired from such issuer,  and
                  sales of such rights so acquired.

         (v)      Purchases or sales which are only remotely potentially harmful
                  to the Trust or a Fund because they would be very  unlikely to
                  affect a  highly  institutional  market,  or  clearly  are not
                  related  economically to the Securities to be purchased,  sold
                  or held by the Trust, as determined by the Board of Trustees.

(b) The prohibitions of Sections 2(d), 2(e)(iii),  2(e)(iv), and 2(e)(v) of this
Code shall not apply to:

         (i)      Purchases  or sales of  Securities  which are not eligible for
                  purchase or sale by the Trust or a Fund.

SECTION 4 - COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES

(a)      No Access  person,  except a  Disinterested  person,  shall engage in a
         Personal  investment  transaction  unless  such  transaction  has  been
         submitted to, and approved by, the Compliance officer in advance of the
         transaction.  The Compliance officer shall make all such approvals only
         after making a determination that the proposed transaction would not be
         inconsistent  with this Code.  For purposes of the preceding  sentence,
         the prohibitions of Section 2(d) shall be applied without regard to the
         requirement of actual knowledge  contained in such Section. In the case
         of a proposed Personal investment transaction for the acquisition by an
         Advisory  person of a Security in a private  placement,  the Compliance
         officer shall confer with appropriate representatives of the investment
         adviser to determine  whether  such  investment  opportunity  should be
         reserved for the Trust or a Fund,  as  applicable;  and the  Compliance
         officer shall not approve such transaction if it appears to him or her,
         after appropriate inquiry,  that (1) the opportunity should be reserved
         for the Trust or a Fund;  or (2) such  opportunity  has been offered to
         the Advisory  person by virtue of his or her position with the Trust or
         a Fund.

(b)      Every Access person,  other than a Disinterested  person,  shall direct
         each broker  through whom he or she engages in any Personal  investment
         transaction to supply the Compliance  officer with duplicate  copies of
         (1) all confirmations of such transactions, and (2) periodic statements
         of all securities accounts. Such directives shall require the broker to
         transmit such duplicate  copies within five days after the original has
         been transmitted to such Access person.

(c)      Every Access person, other than a Disinterested person, shall report to
         the  Compliance  officer the  information  described in Section 4(e) of
         this Code with respect to every Personal investment transaction engaged
         in by such Access  persons  provided,  however,  that an Access  person
         shall not be  required to make a report  with  respect to  transactions
         effected  for any  account  over  which such  person  does not have any
         direct or indirect  influence,  or Security  transactions which are not
         eligible for purchase or sale by the Trust or a Fund, as applicable.

(d)      A Disinterested  person need only report a transaction in a Security if
         such Disinterested person, at the time of that transaction, knew or, in
         the ordinary  course of fulfilling his official  duties as a trustee of
         the  Trust or member of the Board of  Mangers  of a Fund,  should  have
         known that, during the 15-day period immediately preceding or after the
         date of the  transaction,  such  Security was  purchased or sold by the
         Trust or a Fund or was being  considered  by the Trust or a Fund or its
         investment  adviser  for  purchase  or sale by the Trust or a Fund,  as
         applicable.

(e)      Every  report shall be made not later than 10 days after the end of the
         calendar  quarter in which the  transaction to which the report relates
         was effected, and shall contain the following information:

         (i)      The date of the  transaction,  the  title  and the  number  of
                  shares, and the principal amount of each Security involved;

         (ii)     The nature of the  transaction  (i.e.,  purchase,  sale or any
                  other type of acquisition or disposition);

         (iii)    The price at which the transaction was effected; and,

         (iv)     The name of the  broker,  dealer or bank with or through  whom
                  the transaction was effected.

(f)      Any such report may contain a  statement  that the report  shall not be
         construed as an admission by the person  making such report that he has
         any direct or indirect  beneficial  ownership  in the Security to which
         the report relates.

(g)      Each Advisory person shall disclose all securities holdings in which he
         or she has a direct or indirect beneficial  ownership to the Compliance
         officer (1) upon  commencement of employment,  and (2) thereafter on an
         annual basis.

(h)      Each Access person shall certify annually that such Access person:

         (i)      has read and understands this Code;

         (ii)     recognizes that he or she is subject thereto;

         (iii)    has complied with all requirements thereof; and

         (iv)     has disclosed or reported all Personal investment transactions
                  required  to  be  disclosed   or  reported   pursuant  to  the
                  requirements thereof.

(i)      The  Compliance  officer shall  formulate  and implement  procedures to
         carry out the  provisions  of this  Code,  including  the  adoption  of
         appropriate  questionnaires and reporting forms reasonably  designed to
         provide  sufficient  information to determine whether any provisions of
         this  Code are  violated.  Such  procedures  shall  include  procedures
         reasonably  necessary to monitor the Securities  trading  activities of
         Access  persons  after  approval  of Personal  investment  transactions
         pursuant to Section 4(a) of this Code.  The  Compliance  officer  shall
         prepare an annual report to the Board of Trustees (1)  summarizing  the
         existing  procedures  concerning  personal investing by Access persons,
         including any changes made to such procedures during the period covered
         by the report;  (2)  identifying any violations  requiring  significant
         remedial action during such period; and (3) identifying any recommended
         changes in existing  procedures based upon the Trust's experience under
         this Code, evolving industry  practices,  or developments in applicable
         laws or regulations.

(j)      Any person  becoming  aware of a violation or an apparent  violation of
         this Code of Ethics shall report such matter to the appropriate Board.

SECTION 5 - SANCTIONS

The Board  shall  review any  violation  or apparent  violation  of this Code of
Ethics and may adopt and apply whatever  sanctions it may determine  appropriate
in respect of such  violation,  including,  inter  alia,  a letter of censure or
suspension or termination of the employment of the violator.

SECTION 6 - RECORD MAINTENANCE

The Trust shall,  at its principal  place of business,  maintain  records in the
following manner:

(a)      A copy of this Code of Ethics and any Code of Ethics  adopted  pursuant
         to Rule 17j-1  under the Act which  within the past five years has been
         in effect, shall be preserved in an easily accessible place;

(b)      A record of any  violation  of this Code of  Ethics,  and of any action
         taken as a result of such  violation,  shall be  preserved in an easily
         accessible place for a period of not less than five years following the
         end of the fiscal year in which the violation occurs;

(c)      A copy of each report made by an Access person pursuant to this Code of
         Ethics shall be preserved for a period of not less than five years from
         the end of the fiscal year in which it is made,  the first two years in
         an easily accessible place;

(d)      A list of all persons who are, or within the past five years have been,
         required  to make  reports  pursuant  to this Code of  Ethics  shall be
         maintained in an easily accessible place; and

(e)      A copy of such prior clearance procedure for securities transactions as
         the Compliance officer shall from time to time determine.

SECTION 7 - INVESTMENT ADVISERS

Personnel of the Investment  Adviser or any Investment  Sub-Adviser of the Trust
or a Fund who are "Access  persons" may, as an alternative to complying with the
foregoing  provisions of this Code,  comply with the  requirements  of a code of
ethics adopted  pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the Act by such Investment  Adviser
or Investment Sub-Adviser; provided that:

(a)      Such code of ethics meets the requirements of Rule 17j-1 under the Act;

(b)      Such code of ethics  applies to the  activities of the Access person as
         they relate to the Trust; and

(c)      Such Investment Adviser or Investment  Sub-Adviser  submits a report to
         the  appropriate  Board on a quarterly  basis,  which  report shall (1)
         identify the Access persons associated with it that are relying on this
         Section 7; (2) certify  that the  conditions  of Section  7(a) and 7(b)
         have been met at all times during the period covered by the report; and
         (3) either certify that no violation of such code of ethics by any such
         Access person has occurred during the period covered by the report,  or
         identify  all such  violations.  The  report  shall be  accompanied  by
         appropriate documentation.



Rev. 2-99


                                  FEBRUARY 2000
                             AS AMENDED AND RESTATED

                        ALLIANCE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT L.P.

         CODE OF ETHICS AND STATEMENT OF POLICY AND PROCEDURES REGARDING
                        PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS

1.       PURPOSES

         (A)      Alliance Capital Management L.P. ("Alliance", "we" or "us") is
                  a registered investment adviser and acts as investment manager
                  or adviser to investment  companies and other Clients. In this
                  capacity,  we  serve as  fiduciaries  and owe our  Clients  an
                  undivided  duty of loyalty.  We must avoid even the appearance
                  of a  conflict  that may  compromise  the trust  Clients  have
                  placed in us and must insist on strict  adherence to fiduciary
                  standards and compliance with all applicable federal and state
                  securities  laws.   Adherence  to  this  Code  of  Ethics  and
                  Statement  of  Policy  and   Procedures   Regarding   Personal
                  Securities  Transactions  (the  "Code  and  Statement")  is  a
                  fundamental   condition   of  service  with  us,  any  of  our
                  subsidiaries or our general partner (the "Alliance Group").

         (B)      The Code and  Statement  is intended to comply with Rule 17j-1
                  under the  Investment  Company Act which applies to us because
                  we serve as an  investment  adviser to  registered  investment
                  companies. Rule 17j-1 specifically requires us to adopt a code
                  of ethics that  contains  provisions  reasonably  necessary to
                  prevent our "access  persons"  (defined in Rule 17j-1 to cover
                  persons  such  as  officers,  directors,  portfolio  managers,
                  traders,  research  analysts  and  others)  from  engaging  in
                  fraudulent conduct, including insider trading. Each investment
                  company  we advise  has also  adopted  a code of  ethics  with
                  respect  to its  access  persons.  As set  forth in  Section 3
                  below, our Code and Statement applies to all Employees and all
                  other  individuals  who  are  Access  Persons.  The  Code  and
                  Statement is also  intended to comply with the  provisions  of
                  Rule  204-2  under the  Investment  Advisers  Act of 1940 (the
                  "Advisers  Act")  which  requires  us to  maintain  records of
                  securities transactions in which certain of our personnel have
                  any Beneficial Ownership.

         (C)      All Employees and all other individuals who are Access Persons
                  (collectively,  "you") also serve as fiduciaries  with respect
                  to our Clients and in this capacity you owe an undivided  duty
                  of  loyalty  to our  Clients.  As  part of  this  duty  and as
                  expressed  throughout the Code and Statement,  you must at all
                  times:

                  (i)      Place the interests of our Clients first;

                  (ii)     Conduct   all   personal   securities    transactions
                           consistent with this Code and Statement and in such a
                           manner that avoids any actual or  potential  conflict
                           of interest or any abuse of your  responsibility  and
                           position of trust; and

                  (iii)    Abide by the  fundamental  standard that you not take
                           inappropriate advantage of your position.

         (D)      This Code and  Statement  does not  attempt  to  identify  all
                  possible  conflicts of interests and literal  compliance  with
                  each of the  specific  procedures  will  not  shield  you from
                  liability for personal trading or other conduct which violates
                  your  fiduciary  duties to our  Clients.  In  addition  to the
                  specific  prohibitions  contained in this Code and  Statement,
                  you are also subject to a general requirement not to engage in
                  any act or  practice  that would  defraud  our  Clients.  This
                  general prohibition  includes, in connection with the purchase
                  or sale of a Security  held or to be acquired or sold (as this
                  phrase is defined below in Section 2(k)) by a Client:

                  (i)      Making any untrue statement of a material fact;

                  (ii)     Creating   materially   misleading   impressions   by
                           omitting   to  state  or  failing   to  provide   any
                           information necessary to make any statements made, in
                           light of the  circumstances  in which  they are made,
                           not misleading;

                  (iii)    Making  investment  decisions,  changes  in  research
                           ratings and trading  decisions other than exclusively
                           for the  benefit of and in the best  interest  of our
                           Clients;

                  (iv)     Using   information   about   investment  or  trading
                           decisions  or changes in  research  ratings  (whether
                           considered,  proposed  or made) to  benefit  or avoid
                           economic  injury  to you or  anyone  other  than  our
                           Clients;

                  (v)      Taking,  delaying or omitting to take any action with
                           respect  to any  research  recommendation,  report or
                           rating or any  investment  or trading  decision for a
                           Client  in order to avoid  economic  injury to you or
                           anyone other than our Clients;

                  (vi)     Purchasing  or  selling  a  Security  on the basis of
                           knowledge of a possible trade by or for a Client;

                  (vii)    Revealing to any other  person  (except in the normal
                           course of your  duties  on  behalf  of a Client)  any
                           information regarding Securities  transactions by any
                           Client or the consideration by any Client of Alliance
                           of any such Securities transactions; or

                  (viii)   Engaging in any manipulative practice with respect to
                           any Client.

         (E)      The  provisions  contained in this Code and Statement  must be
                  followed when making a personal securities transaction.  These
                  policies  and   procedures,   which  must  be  followed,   are
                  considerably  more restrictive and  time-consuming  than those
                  applying to  investments in the mutual funds and other Clients
                  we  advise.  If you are not  prepared  to  comply  with  these
                  policies and procedures, you must forego personal trading.



<PAGE>


2.       DEFINITIONS

         The following  definitions apply for purposes of the Code and Statement
         in addition to the definitions contained in the text itself.

         (A)      "ACCESS  PERSON"  means any director or officer of the general
                  partner of Alliance, as well as any of the following persons:

                  (i)      any  Employee  who,  in  connection  with  his or her
                           regular functions or duties --

                           (A)      makes,    participates    in,   or   obtains
                                    information  regarding  the purchase or sale
                                    of  a  Security   by  a  Client,   or  whose
                                    functions   relate  to  the  making  of  any
                                    recommendations   with   respect   to   such
                                    purchases or sales;

                           (B)      obtains    information   from   any   source
                                    regarding any change,  or  consideration  of
                                    any change in Alliance's  internal  research
                                    coverage, a research rating or an internally
                                    published view on a Security or issuer; or

                           (C)      obtains    information   from   any   source
                                    regarding  the  placing or  execution  of an
                                    order for a Client account; and

                  (ii)     any  natural  person  having the power to  exercise a
                           controlling influence over the management or policies
                           of Alliance  (unless  that power is solely the result
                           of his or her position with Alliance) who:

                           (A)      obtains        information        concerning
                                    recommendations made to a Client with regard
                                    to the purchase or sale of a Security;

                           (B)      obtains    information   from   any   source
                                    regarding any change,  or  consideration  of
                                    any change in  research  coverage,  research
                                    rating or a published  view on a Security or
                                    issuer; and

                           (C)      obtains    information   from   any   source
                                    regarding  the  placing or  execution  of an
                                    order for a Client account.

         (B)      A SECURITY IS "BEING CONSIDERED FOR PURCHASE OR SALE" WHEN:

                  (i)      an  Alliance   research   analyst   issues   research
                           information  (including  as part of the daily morning
                           call)  regarding  initial  coverage of, or changing a
                           rating with respect to, a Security;

                  (ii)     a portfolio  manager has indicated  (during the daily
                           morning call or  otherwise)  his or her  intention to
                           purchase or sell a Security;

                  (iii)    a portfolio manager places an order for a Client; or

                  (iv)     a  portfolio  manager  gives a trader  discretion  to
                           execute an order for a Client over a specified period
                           of time.

         (C)      "BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP" is interpreted in the same manner as in
                  determining  whether a person is subject to the  provisions of
                  Section 16 of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934  ("Exchange
                  Act"),   Rule  16a-1  and  the  other  rules  and  regulations
                  thereunder and includes  ownership by any person who, directly
                  or    indirectly,    through   any   contract,    arrangement,
                  understanding,  relationship  or  otherwise,  has or  shares a
                  direct or  indirect  pecuniary  interest  in a  Security.  For
                  example,  an individual has an indirect  pecuniary interest in
                  any  Security  owned by the  individual's  spouse.  Beneficial
                  Ownership also includes,  directly or indirectly,  through any
                  contract,   arrangement,   understanding,   relationship,   or
                  otherwise,  having or sharing  "voting  power" or  "investment
                  power,"  as  those  terms  are  used in  Section  13(d) of the
                  Exchange Act and Rule 13d-3 thereunder.

         (D)      "CLIENT"  means any person or entity,  including an investment
                  company,  for which Alliance  serves as investment  manager or
                  adviser.

         (E)      "COMPLIANCE OFFICER" refers to Alliance's Compliance Officer.

         (F)      "CONTROL" has the same meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(9) of
                  the Investment Company Act.

         (G)      "EMPLOYEE"  refers to any  person  who is an  employee  of any
                  member  of  the  Alliance  Group,   including  both  part-time
                  employees, as well as consultants (acting in the capacity of a
                  portfolio  manager,  trader  or  research  analyst)  under the
                  control of Alliance who, but for their status as  consultants,
                  would otherwise come within the definition of Access Person.

         (H)      "INITIAL  PUBLIC  OFFERING"  means an offering  of  securities
                  registered  under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  the issuer of
                  which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to
                  the  reporting  requirements  of  Sections  13 or 15(d) of the
                  Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

         (I)      "INVESTMENT PERSONNEL" refers to:

                  (i)      any  Employee who acts in the capacity of a portfolio
                           manager, research analyst or trader;

                  (ii)     any  Employee  who  assists  someone  acting  in  the
                           capacity of a portfolio manager,  research analyst or
                           trader and as an assistant has access to  information
                           generated  or used by  portfolio  managers,  research
                           analysts   and  traders   (including,   for  example,
                           assistants who have access to the Alliance Investment
                           Review  or  the  Alliance  International   Investment
                           Review);

                  (iii)    any Employee  who  receives  the Alliance  Investment
                           Review  or  the  Alliance  International   Investment
                           Review;  or (iv)  any  natural  person  who  Controls
                           Alliance  and  who  obtains  information   concerning
                           recommendations   made  to  a  Client  regarding  the
                           purchase or sale of securities by the Client.

         (J)      "LIMITED  OFFERING"  means an  offering  that is  exempt  from
                  registration  under the  Securities  Act of 1933  pursuant  to
                  Sections 4(2) or 4(6) thereof or pursuant to Rules 504, 505 or
                  506 under the Securities Act of 1933.

         (K)      "PERSONAL ACCOUNT" refers to any account  (including,  without
                  limitation,  a custody  account,  safekeeping  account  and an
                  account maintained by an entity that may act in a brokerage or
                  a principal  capacity)  in which an Access  Person or Employee
                  has any Beneficial  Ownership and any such account  maintained
                  by or for a financial dependent.  For example, this definition
                  includes Personal Accounts of:

                  (i)      an Access Person's or Employee's spouse,  including a
                           legally   separated  or  divorced  spouse  who  is  a
                           financial dependent,

                  (ii)     financial  dependents residing with the Access Person
                           or Employee, and

                  (iii)    any person financially  dependent on an Access Person
                           or  Employee  who does not reside  with that  person,
                           including  financially  dependent  children  away  at
                           college.

         (L)      "PURCHASE  OR  SALE  OF  A  SECURITY"  includes,  among  other
                  transactions,  the  writing or purchase of an option to sell a
                  Security and any short sale of a Security.

         (M)      "SECURITY"  has the meaning  set forth in Section  2(a)(36) of
                  the  Investment  Company  Act  and  any  derivative   thereof,
                  commodities,  options or  forward  contracts,  except  that it
                  shall not  include  shares of  open-end  investment  companies
                  registered under the Investment Company Act, securities issued
                  by  the  Government  of the  United  States,  short-term  debt
                  securities that are government  securities  within the meaning
                  of Section  2(a)(16) of the Investment  Company Act,  bankers'
                  acceptances,  bank certificates of deposit,  commercial paper,
                  and such other money market  instruments  as are designated by
                  the Compliance Officer.



<PAGE>


         (N) "SECURITY HELD OR TO BE ACQUIRED OR SOLD" means:

                  (i)      any  Security  which,  within the most recent 15 days
                           (1) is or has been  held by a Client  or (2) is being
                           or has been  considered  by a Client  (to the  extent
                           known by  Alliance)  or Alliance  for purchase by the
                           Client; and

                  (ii)     any  option to  purchase  or sell,  and any  Security
                           convertible into or exchangeable for, a Security.

         (O)      "SUBSIDIARY"  refers  to  either  of the  following  types  of
                  entities   with  respect  to  which   Alliance,   directly  or
                  indirectly,  through the  ownership of voting  securities,  by
                  contract  or  otherwise  has the  power to direct or cause the
                  direction of management or policies of such entity:

                  (i)      any U.S. entity engaged in money management; and

                  (ii)     any non-U.S.  entity engaged in money  management for
                           U.S. accounts.

3.       APPLICATION

         (A)      This Code and  Statement  applies to all  Employees and to all
                  other  individuals  who are Access  Persons.  Please note that
                  certain   provisions   apply  to  all  Employees  while  other
                  provisions  apply only to Access Persons and others apply only
                  to  certain   categories  of  Access   Persons  who  are  also
                  Investment  Personnel (e.g.,  portfolio  managers and research
                  analysts).

         (B)      Alliance will provide a copy of this Code and Statement to all
                  Employees  and all  individuals  who are  Access  Persons.  In
                  addition, the Compliance Officer will maintain lists of Access
                  Persons and Investment Personnel, including a separate list of
                  portfolio managers and research analysts.

4.       LIMITATIONS ON PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS

         (A)      ALL EMPLOYEES

                  It is the  responsibility  of each Employee to ensure that all
                  personal securities transactions are made in strict compliance
                  with the restrictions and procedures in the Code and Statement
                  and otherwise  comply with all applicable legal and regulatory
                  requirements.

                  EMPLOYEES MUST HOLD ALL SECURITIES IN A PERSONAL ACCOUNT. This
                  requirement  applies  to  all  types  of  personal  securities
                  transactions   including,   for   example,   the  purchase  of
                  Securities in a private placement or other direct  investment.
                  In addition,  Employees  may not take  physical  possession of
                  certificates or other formal evidence of ownership.


<PAGE>


                  Personal securities transactions for Employees may be effected
                  only  in  a  Personal  Account  and  in  accordance  with  the
                  following provisions:

                  (i)      DESIGNATED BROKERAGE ACCOUNTS

                           All  Personal   Accounts  of  an  Employee  that  are
                           maintained as brokerage accounts must be held only at
                           the following designated  broker-dealers:  Donaldson,
                           Lufkin & Jenrette,  Merrill  Lynch & Co., and Charles
                           Schwab.

                  (ii)     SECURITIES  BEING  CONSIDERED FOR CLIENT  PURCHASE OR
                           SALE

                           An Employee may not  purchase or sell a Security,  or
                           engage in any short sale of a Security, in a Personal
                           Account  if,  at the  time  of the  transaction,  the
                           Security is being considered for purchase or sale for
                           a Client or is being  purchased or sold for a Client.
                           The   following   non-exhaustive   list  of  examples
                           illustrates this restriction:

                           o        An Alliance research analyst issues research
                                    information  (including as part of the daily
                                    morning call) regarding initial coverage of,
                                    or  changing  a rating  with  respect  to, a
                                    Security.

                           o        A portfolio  manager  has,  during the daily
                                    morning call, indicated his or her intention
                                    to purchase or sell a Security.

                           o        A portfolio  manager  places an order in the
                                    Security to  purchase  or sell the  Security
                                    for a Client.

                           o        An open order in the Security  exists on the
                                    trading desk.

                           o        An open limit  order  exists on the  trading
                                    desk,  and it is reasonably  likely that the
                                    Security  will reach that limit price in the
                                    near future.

                  (iii)    RESTRICTED LIST

                           A Security may not be purchased or sold in a Personal
                           Account  if,  at the  time  of the  transaction,  the
                           Security  appears on the  Alliance  Daily  Restricted
                           List and is restricted for Employee transactions. The
                           Daily Restricted List is made available each business
                           day to all Employees via Lotus Notes and the Alliance
                           Alert.

                  (iv)     PRECLEARANCE REQUIREMENT

                           An Employee  may not  purchase  or sell,  directly or
                           indirectly,  any  Security in which the  Employee has
                           (or after such transaction would have) any Beneficial
                           Ownership  unless  the  Employee  obtains  the  prior
                           written   approval  to  the   transaction   from  the
                           Compliance  Department and, in the case of Investment
                           Personnel, the head of the business unit in which the
                           Employee  works. A request for  preclearance  must be
                           made  in  writing  in  advance  of  the  contemplated
                           transaction and must state:

                           a.       the name of the Security involved,

                           b.       the number of shares or principal  amount to
                                    be purchased or sold, and

                           c.       a response to all questions contained in the
                                    appropriate pre-clearance form.

                           Preclearance  requests  will be acted on only between
                           the hours of 10:00 a.m.  and 3:30 p.m.  Any  approval
                           given under this paragraph will remain in effect only
                           until  the  end  of the  trading  day  on  which  the
                           approval was granted.

                           When a Security is being  considered  for purchase or
                           sale for a Client or is being purchased or sold for a
                           Client  following  the  approval on the same day of a
                           personal  trading  request  form with  respect to the
                           same   security,   the   Compliance   Department   is
                           authorized to cancel the personal order if (x) it has
                           not been  executed  and the  order  exceeds  a market
                           value of  $50,000  or (y) the  Compliance  Department
                           determines,  after  consulting  with the trading desk
                           and  the   appropriate   business   unit   head   (if
                           available),   that  the   order,   based  on   market
                           conditions,  liquidity  and other  relevant  factors,
                           could  have an  adverse  impact  on a Client  or on a
                           Client's  ability to purchase or sell the Security or
                           other Securities of the issuer involved.

                  (v)      AMOUNT OF TRADING

                           No  more   than  an   aggregate   of  20   securities
                           transactions  may  occur  in an  Employee's  Personal
                           Accounts in any consecutive thirty-day period.

                  (vi)     DISSEMINATION OF RESEARCH INFORMATION

                            An Employee may not buy or sell any Security that is
                           the subject of "significantly  new" or "significantly
                           changed"  research  during a forty-eight  hour period
                           commencing  with the first  publication or release of
                           the  research.  The  terms  "significantly  new"  and
                           "significantly changed" include:

                           a.       the  initiation  of  coverage by an Alliance
                                    research analysts;

                           b.       any change in a research  rating or position
                                    by an Alliance  research analyst (unless the
                                    research   analyst   who  makes  the  change
                                    advises the Compliance Department in writing
                                    that  the   change  is  the   result  of  an
                                    unanticipated       widely      disseminated
                                    announcement  or  market  event,  e.g.,  the
                                    announcement of a major earnings  warning as
                                    opposed    to    the    research    analysts
                                    independently    rethinking   his   or   her
                                    subjective assessment of the security); and
c.                                  any other rating,  view,  opinion, or advice
                                    from  an  Alliance  research  analyst,   the
                                    issuance  (or  reissuance)  of  which in the
                                    opinion of such research  analyst or head of
                                    research would be reasonably  likely to have
                                    a  material  effect  on  the  price  of  the
                                    security.

         (B)      ACCESS PERSONS

                  In addition to the  requirements set forth in paragraph (a) of
                  this Section 4, the following restrictions apply to all Access
                  Persons:

                  (i)      SHORT SALES

                           No Access  Person shall engage in any short sale of a
                           Security  if,  at the  time of the  transaction,  any
                           Client has a long position in such  Security  (except
                           that an  Access  Person  may  engage  in short  sales
                           against the box and  covered  call  writing  provided
                           that these personal  securities  transactions  do not
                           violate the prohibition against short-term trading).

                  (ii)     SHORT-TERM TRADING

                           All Access Persons are subject to a mandatory buy and
                           hold  of all  Securities  for 60  calendar  days.  An
                           Access Person may,  however,  after 30 calendar days,
                           sell a  Security  if the sale price is lower than the
                           original  purchase  price  (i.e.,  at a  loss  on the
                           original investment).  Any trade made in violation of
                           this paragraph  shall be unwound,  or, if that is not
                           practicable,  all profits from the short-term trading
                           must  be  disgorged  as  directed  by the  Compliance
                           Officer.

                  (iii)    NON-EMPLOYEE ACCESS PERSONS

                           Any non-Employee  Access Person with actual knowledge
                           that a Security is being  considered  for purchase or
                           sale  for a  Client  may not  purchase  or sell  such
                           Security.

         (C)      INVESTMENT PERSONNEL

                  In addition to the  requirements  set forth in paragraphs  (a)
                  and (b) of this Section 4, the following restrictions apply to
                  all Investment Personnel:

                  (i)      INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERINGS

                           No Investment  Personnel  shall acquire any direct or
                           indirect  Beneficial  Ownership in any  Securities in
                           any Initial Public Offering.

                  (ii)     LIMITED OFFERINGS

                           No Investment  Personnel shall acquire any Beneficial
                           Ownership in any  Securities in any Limited  Offering
                           of Securities  unless the Compliance  Officer and the
                           business   unit  head  give  express   prior  written
                           approval  and  document  the  basis for  granting  or
                           denying  approval  after due inquiry.  The Compliance
                           Officer,  in determining  whether  approval should be
                           given,  will take into account,  among other factors,
                           whether the investment opportunity should be reserved
                           for a Client and  whether  the  opportunity  is being
                           offered  to the  individual  by  virtue of his or her
                           position   with  the   Alliance   Group.   Investment
                           Personnel so  authorized  to acquire  Securities in a
                           Limited  Offering must disclose that  investment when
                           they   play  a  part  in  any   Client's   subsequent
                           consideration of an investment in the issuer,  and in
                           such a case,  the  decision  of  Alliance to purchase
                           Securities  of  that  issuer  for a  Client  will  be
                           subject  to  an  independent   review  by  Investment
                           Personnel with no personal interest in such issuer.

                  (iii)    BOARD MEMBER OR TRUSTEE

                           No Investment  Personnel  shall serve on any board of
                           directors  or  trustees  or in any  other  management
                           capacity  of any  private or public  company  without
                           prior  written   authorization  from  the  Compliance
                           Officer based upon a determination  that such service
                           would not be  inconsistent  with the interests of any
                           Client.  This prohibition does not include non-profit
                           corporations,   charities  or  foundations;  however,
                           approval from the Investment  Personnel's  supervisor
                           is necessary.

                  (iv)     RECEIPT OF GIFTS

                           No  Investment  Personnel  shall  receive any gift or
                           other  thing of more than de  minimis  value from any
                           person or entity, other than a member of the Alliance
                           Group,  that does business with Alliance on behalf of
                           a Client,  provided,  however,  that  receipt  of the
                           following shall not be prohibited:

                           a.       an occasional breakfast, luncheon, dinner or
                                    reception, ticket to a sporting event or the
                                    theater, or comparable  entertainment,  that
                                    is  not  so  frequent,  so  costly,  nor  so
                                    extensive   as  to  raise  any  question  of
                                    impropriety;

                           b.       a breakfast,  luncheon, dinner, reception or
                                    cocktail  party in  conjunction  with a bona
                                    fide business meeting; and

                           c.       a gift approved in writing by the Compliance
                                    Officer.

         (D)      PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

                  In addition to the  requirements  set forth in paragraphs (a),
                  (b) and (c) of this  Section  4,  the  following  restrictions
                  apply to all  persons  acting in the  capacity  of a portfolio
                  manager of a Client account:



<PAGE>


                  (i)      BLACKOUT PERIODS

                           No  person  acting  in the  capacity  of a  portfolio
                           manager  shall buy or sell a Security  for a Personal
                           Account within seven calendar days before and after a
                           Client trades in that Security. In the case of Client
                           accounts managed by more than one portfolio  manager,
                           this restriction will apply to the portfolio  manager
                           who  makes  the  decision  to  purchase  or sell  the
                           relevant Security.  If a portfolio manager engages in
                           such  a  personal  securities  transaction  during  a
                           blackout  period,  the Compliance  Officer will break
                           the  trade or, if the  trade  cannot be  broken,  the
                           Compliance   Officer  will  direct  that  any  profit
                           realized on the trade be disgorged.

                  (ii)     ACTIONS DURING BLACKOUT PERIODS

                           No  person  acting  in the  capacity  of a  portfolio
                           manager  shall delay or accelerate a Client trade due
                           to a previous  purchase  or sale of a Security  for a
                           Personal  Account.  In the  event  that  a  portfolio
                           manager determines that it is in the best interest of
                           a Client to buy or sell a Security for the account of
                           the Client  within seven days of the purchase or sale
                           of the  same  Security  in a  Personal  Account,  the
                           portfolio   manager  should  contact  the  Compliance
                           Officer  immediately who may direct that the trade in
                           the  Personal  Account  be  canceled  or  take  other
                           appropriate relief.

                  (iii)    TRANSACTIONS CONTRARY TO CLIENT POSITIONS

                           No  person  acting  in the  capacity  of a  portfolio
                           manager  shall  purchase  or  sell  a  Security  in a
                           Personal  Account  contrary to  investment  decisions
                           made on  behalf  of a Client,  unless  the  portfolio
                           manager  represents  and  warrants  in  the  personal
                           trading  request form that (x) it is appropriate  for
                           the Client  account to buy,  sell or continue to hold
                           that  Security  and (y) the  decision  to purchase or
                           sell the  Security for the  Personal  Account  arises
                           from the need to raise or invest  cash or some  other
                           valid reason  specified by the portfolio  manager and
                           approved  by  the  Compliance   Officer  and  is  not
                           otherwise  based on the portfolio  manager's  view of
                           how the Security is likely to perform.

         (E)      RESEARCH ANALYSTS

                  In addition to the  requirements  set forth in paragraphs (a),
                  (b), (c) of this Section 4, the following  restrictions  apply
                  to all persons acting in the capacity of a research analyst:

                  (i)      BLACKOUT PERIODS

                           No person  acting as a research  analyst shall buy or
                           sell a Security within seven calendar days before and
                           after making a change in a rating or other  published
                           view with  respect  to that  Security.  If a research
                           analyst   engages  in  such  a  personal   securities
                           transaction  during a blackout period, the Compliance
                           Officer  will break the trade or, if the trade cannot
                           be broken,  the  Compliance  Officer will direct that
                           any profit realized on the trade be disgorged.

                  (ii)     ACTIONS DURING BLACKOUT PERIODS

                           No person acting as a research analyst shall delay or
                           accelerate  a rating  or other  published  view  with
                           respect  to  any  Security   because  of  a  previous
                           purchase  or sale  of a  Security  in  such  person's
                           Personal  Account.  In  the  event  that  a  research
                           analyst  determines  that it is appropriate to make a
                           change in a rating  or other  published  view  within
                           seven  days  of the  purchase  or  sale  of the  same
                           Security in a Personal Account,  the research analyst
                           should contact the Compliance Officer immediately who
                           may direct that the trade in the Personal  Account be
                           canceled or take other appropriate relief.

                  (iii)    ACTIONS CONTRARY TO RATINGS

                           No person acting as a research analyst shall purchase
                           or sell a Security  (to the extent  such  Security is
                           included in the research analyst's research universe)
                           contrary  to  an  outstanding  rating  or  a  pending
                           ratings  change,  unless  (x)  the  research  analyst
                           represents  and  warrants  in  the  personal  trading
                           request form that (as applicable)  there is no reason
                           to change the outstanding rating and (y) the research
                           analyst's  personal  trade  arises  from  the need to
                           raise  or  invest  cash or some  other  valid  reason
                           specified by the research analyst and approved by the
                           Compliance  Officer and is not otherwise based on the
                           research analyst's view of how the security is likely
                           to perform.

5.       EXEMPTED TRANSACTIONS

         (A)      The  pre-clearance  requirements,   as  described  in  Section
                  4(a)(iv) of this Code and Statement, do not apply to:

                  (i)      NON-VOLITIONAL TRANSACTIONS

                           Purchases   or   sales   that   are    non-volitional
                           (including,  for example,  any  Security  received as
                           part of an individual's  compensation) on the part of
                           an  Employee  (and any  Access  Person  who is not an
                           Employee) or are pursuant to a dividend  reinvestment
                           plan (up to an  amount  equal to the cash  value of a
                           regularly  declared  dividend,  but not in  excess of
                           this amount).

                  (ii)     EXERCISE OF PRO RATA ISSUED RIGHTS

                           Purchases effected upon the exercise of rights issued
                           by an issuer  pro rata to all  holders  of a class of
                           the  issuer's  Securities,  to the extent such rights
                           were  acquired  from such  issuer,  and sales of such
                           rights so acquired.  This  exemption  applies only to
                           the  exercise  or sale of rights  that are  issued in
                           connection  with a specific  upcoming public offering
                           on a specified  date,  as opposed to rights  acquired
                           from the issuer (such as warrants or options),  which
                           may  be  exercised  from  time-to-time  up  until  an
                           expiration date. This exemption does not apply to the
                           sale of stock  acquired  pursuant to the  exercise of
                           rights.

         (B)      The  restrictions on effecting  transactions in a (1) Security
                  being  considered  for  purchase  or  sale,  as  described  in
                  Sections  4(a)(ii) and 4(b)(iii) or (2) that is the subject of
                  "significantly  new" or "significantly  changed" research,  as
                  described in Section  4(a)(vi) of this Code and Statement,  do
                  not apply to:

                  (i)      NON-VOLITIONAL TRANSACTIONS

                           Purchases   or   sales   that   are    non-volitional
                           (including,  for example,  any  Security  received as
                           part of an individual's  compensation) on the part of
                           an  Access  Person  or  are  pursuant  to a  dividend
                           reinvestment  plan (up to an amount equal to the cash
                           value of a regularly  declared  dividend,  but not in
                           excess of this amount).

                  (ii)     EXERCISE OF PRO RATA ISSUED RIGHTS

                           Purchases effected upon the exercise of rights issued
                           by an issuer  pro rata to all  holders  of a class of
                           the  issuer's  Securities,  to the extent such rights
                           were  acquired  from such  issuer,  and sales of such
                           rights so acquired.  This  exemption  applies only to
                           the  exercise  or sale of rights  that are  issued in
                           connection  with a specific  upcoming public offering
                           on a specified  date,  as opposed to rights  acquired
                           from the issuer (such as warrants or options),  which
                           may  be  exercised  from  time-to-time  up  until  an
                           expiration date. This exemption does not apply to the
                           sale of stock  acquired  pursuant to the  exercise of
                           rights.

                  (iii)    DE MINIMIS TRANSACTIONS -- FIXED INCOME SECURITIES

                           Any of the  following  Securities,  if at the time of
                           the  transaction,  the  Access  Person  has no actual
                           knowledge  that the Security is being  considered for
                           purchase  or sale by a Client,  that the  Security is
                           being  purchased  or sold by the  Client  or that the
                           Security  is  the  subject  of  significantly  new or
                           significantly changed research:

                           a.       Fixed    income    securities    transaction
                                    involving no more than 100 units or having a
                                    principal amount not exceeding $25,000; or

                           b.       Non-convertible    debt    securities    and
                                    non-convertible  preferred  stocks which are
                                    rated by at least one nationally  recognized
                                    statistical rating organization ("NRSRO") in
                                    one of the three  highest  investment  grade
                                    rating categories.

                  (iv)     DE MINIMIS TRANSACTIONS -- EQUITY SECURITIES

                           Any  equity  Securities  transaction,  or  series  of
                           related  transactions,  involving  shares  of  common
                           stock and  excluding  options,  warrants,  rights and
                           other derivatives, provided

                           a.       any orders are entered  after 10:00 a.m. and
                                    before 3:00 p.m. and are not  designated  as
                                    "market on open" or "market on close";

                           b.       the aggregate  value of the  transactions do
                                    not exceed (1) $10,000 for securities with a
                                    market   capitalization   of  less  than  $1
                                    billion;  (2) $25,000 for securities  with a
                                    market  capitalization  of $1  billion to $5
                                    billion and (3) $50,000 for securities  with
                                    a market  capitalization  of greater than $5
                                    billion; and

                           c.       the Access  Person  has no actual  knowledge
                                    that the  Security is being  considered  for
                                    purchase  or  sale  by a  Client,  that  the
                                    Security  is being  purchased  or sold by or
                                    for the Client or that the  Security  is the
                                    subject    of    significantly     new    or
                                    significantly changed research.

         (C)      NON-EMPLOYEE ACCESS PERSONS

                  The restrictions on Employees and Access Persons, as described
                  in Sections 4(a) and 4(b) of this Code and  Statement,  do not
                  apply to non-Employee  Access  Persons,  if at the time of the
                  transaction involved, such person has no actual knowledge that
                  the  Security  involved is being  considered  for  purchase or
                  sale.

         (D)      EXTREME HARDSHIP

                  In addition to the  exceptions  contained  in Section 5(a) and
                  (b),   the   Compliance   Officer   may,   in   very   limited
                  circumstances, grant other exceptions under any Section of the
                  Code and Statement on a case-by-case basis, provided:

                  (i)      The individual seeking the exception furnishes to the
                           Compliance Officer:

                           a.       a written  statement  detailing  the efforts
                                    made to  comply  with the  requirement  from
                                    which the individual seeks an exception;

                           b.       a    written    statement    containing    a
                                    representation   and   warranty   that   (1)
                                    compliance with the requirement would impose
                                    a severe  undue  hardship on the  individual
                                    and  (2) the  exception  would  not,  in any
                                    manner or degree, harm or defraud the Client
                                    or compromise the individual's or Alliance's
                                    fiduciary duty to any Client; and

                           c.       any   supporting   documentation   that  the
                                    Compliance Officer may request;

                  (ii)     The Compliance Officer conducts an interview with the
                           individual  or takes such other steps the  Compliance
                           Officer  deems  appropriate  in order to verify  that
                           granting  the  exception  will not in any  manner  or
                           degree,  harm or defraud the Client or compromise the
                           individual's  or  Alliance's  fiduciary  duty  to any
                           Client; and

                  (iii)    The   Compliance   Officer   maintains,   along  with
                           statements  provided  by the  individual,  a  written
                           record that contains:

                           a.       the name of the individual;

                           b.       the specific  requirement  of Section 4 from
                                    which the individual sought an exception;

                           c.       the  name  of  the  Security  involved,  the
                                    number  of  shares   or   principal   amount
                                    purchased or sold,  and the date or dates on
                                    which the Securities were purchased or sold;

                           d.       the  reason(s)  the  individual   sought  an
                                    exception from the  requirements  of Section
                                    4;

                           e.       the  efforts the  individual  made to comply
                                    with  the  requirements  of  Section  4 from
                                    which the individual  sought to be excepted;
                                    and

                           f.       the   independent   basis   upon  which  the
                                    Compliance   Officer   believes   that   the
                                    exemption should be granted.

         (E)      Any Employee or Access  Person who acquires an interest in any
                  private  investment  fund  (including  a "hedge  fund") or any
                  other Security that cannot be purchased and held in a Personal
                  Account  shall  be  excepted  from  the  requirement  that all
                  Securities  be held in a Personal  Account,  as  described  in
                  Section  4(a) of this Code and  Statement.  Such  Employee  or
                  Access  Person  shall  provide the  Compliance  Officer with a
                  written  statement  detailing  the  reason  why such  Security
                  cannot  be   purchased   and  held  in  a  Personal   Account.
                  Transactions in these Securities  nevertheless  remain subject
                  to  all  other   requirements  of  this  Code  and  Statement,
                  including    applicable    private    placement    procedures,
                  preclearance   requirements   and  blackout   period   trading
                  restrictions.

6.       REPORTING

         (A)      INITIAL HOLDINGS REPORTS BY ALL ACCESS PERSONS

                  Each  Access  Person  must,  at the time of becoming an Access
                  Person,  provide an initial  holdings report to the Compliance
                  Officer disclosing the following:

                  (i)      all  Securities  beneficially  owned  by  the  Access
                           Person (including the title,  number of shares and/or
                           principal   amount  of  each  Security   beneficially
                           owned);

                  (ii)     the   name   of  any   broker-dealer   or   financial
                           institution  where  the  Access  Person  maintains  a
                           Personal Account; and

                  (iii)    the  date  the  report  is  submitted  by the  Access
                           Person.

                           This report must be  submitted  no later than 10 days
                  after a person  becomes  an Access  Person.  In the event that
                  Alliance   already   maintains   a  record  of  the   required
                  information  via account  statements  received from the Access
                  Person's  broker-dealer  (because,  for example,  a new Access
                  Person is already an Alliance Employee), the Access Person may
                  satisfy this  requirement  by (i) confirming in writing (which
                  may include  e-mail) the accuracy of the record within 10 days
                  after becoming an Access Person and (ii) recording the date of
                  the confirmation.

(A)      ANNUAL HOLDINGS REPORTS BY ACCESS PERSONS

                  Each Access Person must,  by January 30 of each year,  provide
                  an annual holdings report to the Compliance Officer disclosing
                  the following:

                  (i)      all  Securities  beneficially  owned  by  the  Access
                           Person (including the title,  number of shares and/or
                           principal   amount  of  each  Security   beneficially
                           owned);

                  (ii)     the   name   of  any   broker-dealer   or   financial
                           institution  where  the  Access  Person  maintains  a
                           Personal Account; and

                  (iii)    the  date  the  report  is  submitted  by the  Access
                           Person.

                           The first annual  holdings  report  submitted will be
                  for the year ending  December 31, 2000 and must be provided to
                  the Compliance Officer by January 30, 2001.

                           The information must be current as of a date not more
                  than 30 days before the report is submitted. In the event that
                  Alliance   already   maintains   a  record  of  the   required
                  information  via account  statements  received from the Access
                  Person's  broker-dealer,  an Access  Person may  satisfy  this
                  requirement  by (i)  confirming in writing  (which may include
                  e-mail) the accuracy of the record and (ii) recording the date
                  of the confirmation.

(B)      DISCLOSURE OF PERSONAL ACCOUNTS AND BENEFICIALLY OWNED SECURITIES

         Upon commencement of employment with a member of the Alliance Group, an
Employee must:

                  (i)      file  with  the  Compliance  Officer  a  list  of all
                           Personal   Accounts  by   completing   the   Employee
                           Compliance  Statement (a copy of which is attached as
                           Appendix A), and while so employed  maintain the list
                           on a current basis; and

                  (ii)     Disclose to the  Compliance  Officer  all  Securities
                           holdings  in which the  Employee  has any  Beneficial
                           Ownership,  and thereafter on an annual basis, to the
                           extent  these   Securities   do  not  appear  on  the
                           Employee's account statements.

(C)      ACCESS PERSONS WHO ARE NOT EMPLOYEES OF ALLIANCE

                  Every Access Person who is not an Employee of Alliance,  shall
                  report to the Compliance Officer the information  described in
                  Section  6(a) and (b) as well as 6(e)  below  with  respect to
                  transactions  in any Security in which such Access Person has,
                  or by  reason of such  transaction  acquires,  any  Beneficial
                  Ownership in the Security; provided, however, that such Access
                  Person  is not  required  to make a  report  with  respect  to
                  transactions  effected  in any  account  over which the Access
                  Person  does not have any  direct  or  indirect  influence  or
                  control,  including  such an account in which an Access Person
                  has any Beneficial Ownership.

(D)      REPORT CONTENTS

                  Every  report of a  non-Employee  Access  Person  required  by
                  Section  6(d) (b)  above  shall  be in  writing  and  shall be
                  delivered  not  later  than  ten  days  after  the  end of the
                  calendar  quarter in which a  transaction  to which the report
                  relates  was   effected,   and  shall  contain  the  following
                  information:

                  (i)      the date of the transaction, the title and the number
                           of shares,  and the principal amount of each Security
                           involved;

                  (ii)     the nature of the transaction (i.e.,  purchase,  sale
                           or any other type of acquisition or disposition);

                  (iii)    the price at which the transaction was effected; and

                  (iv)     the  name  of the  broker,  dealer  or  bank  with or
                           through whom the transaction was effected.

(E)      REPORT REPRESENTATIONS

                  Any such report may contain a statement that the report is not
                  to be  construed  as an  admission  by the  person  making the
                  report  that he or she has any direct or  indirect  Beneficial
                  Ownership in the Security to which the report relates.

(F)      MAINTENANCE OF REPORTS

                  The Compliance Officer shall maintain the information required
                  by Section 6 and such other  records,  if any, as are required
                  by Rule 17j-1 under the Investment  Company Act and Rule 204-2
                  under the Advisers Act. All reports furnished pursuant to this
                  Section  will be kept  confidential,  subject to the rights of
                  inspection  by  the  Compliance   Officer,   the   Transaction
                  Compliance  Committee,  the Securities and Exchange Commission
                  and by other third parties pursuant to applicable law.

7.       ANNUAL VERIFICATIONS

         Each person  subject to this Code and Statement  must certify  annually
         that he or she has  read  and  understands  this  Code  and  Statement,
         recognizes  that he or she is subject thereto and has complied with its
         provisions   and   disclosed  or  reported   all  personal   Securities
         transactions  required  to be  disclosed  or  reported by this Code and
         Statement.  Such  certificates  and  reports  are  to be  given  to the
         Compliance Officer.

8.       SANCTIONS

         Upon learning of a violation of this Code and Statement,  any member of
         the Alliance  Group,  with the advice of the  Compliance  Officer,  may
         impose such sanctions as it deems appropriate,  including,  among other
         things,  censure,  suspension or  termination  of service.  Individuals
         subject to this Code and  Statement  who fail to comply  with this Code
         and  Statement  may also be violating  the federal  securities  laws or
         other  federal and state  laws.  Any such  person who is  suspected  of
         violating this Code and Statement should be reported immediately to the
         Compliance Officer.


<PAGE>



                                  CERTIFICATION

         I hereby  acknowledge  receipt of the Code of Ethics and  Statement  of
Policy and Procedures Regarding Personal Securities  Transactions (the "Code and
Statement") of Alliance Capital Management L.P. and its Subsidiaries.  I certify
that I have read and  understand  the Code and Statement and recognize that I am
subject  to its  provisions.  I also  certify  that I  have  complied  with  the
requirements  of the Code and  Statement  and have  disclosed  or  reported  all
personal securities  transactions  required to be disclosed or reported pursuant
to the Code and Statement.

                                     Name
                                            ------------------------------------
                                                          (please print)

                                Signature
                                            ------------------------------------

                                     Date
                                            ------------------------------------

<PAGE>



                                   APPENDIX A

                        ALLIANCE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT L.P.

                          EMPLOYEE COMPLIANCE STATEMENT

                  I hereby  certify that I have read and  understand the Code of
Ethics and  Statement of Policy and  Procedures  Regarding  Personal  Securities
Transactions (the "Code and Statement"),  dated August 1999 and hereby agree, in
consideration of my continued  employment by Alliance Capital Management L.P. or
one of its subsidiaries, to comply with the policies and procedures contained in
the Code and Statement.

1 .      In connection therewith, I agree to:

         a.       file with the  Compliance  Officer  and  maintain on a current
                  basis a list of all Personal Accounts (as defined in paragraph
                  2(h) of the Code and Statement);

         b.       arrange to have  duplicate  trade  confirmations  and periodic
                  statements  for  each  Personal   Account   submitted  to  the
                  Compliance Officer directly by the securities firm maintaining
                  the Account(s); and

         c.       be  personally  responsible  for  determining  if any security
                  transaction  for my Personal  Account(s)  is prohibited by the
                  Code and Statement or any other Alliance policy statement.

2.       The   following    Personal    Account(s)   are   maintained   at   the
         broker-dealer(s)  and/or financial  institution(s) named below (if none
         write "none"):

         a.       registered in my name at the following BROKER-DEALER(S) AND/OR
                  FINANCIAL INSTITUTION(S):

                  --------------------------------------------------------------

         b.       registered   in  the  name  of  my  spouse  at  the  following
                  BROKER-DEALER(S) AND/OR FINANCIAL INSTITUTION(S):

                  --------------------------------------------------------------


<PAGE>



         c.       registered  in the name of a family member who resides with me
                  at   the   following    BROKER-DEALER(S)    AND/OR   FINANCIAL
                  INSTITUTION(S):

                  name of family member         name of broker-dealer and/or
                                                financial institution(s)
                  =====================         ===========================

                  -------------------           --------------------------------

         d.       registered in the name of any other person who resides with me
                  and  is   financially   dependent  on  me  at  the   following
                  BROKER-DEALER(S) AND/OR FINANCIAL INSTITUTION(S):

                  name of person                 name of broker-dealer and/or
                                                 financial institution(s)
                  ====================           ===========================

                  --------------------           -------------------------------

         e.       registered in the name of any other person who does not reside
                  with  me,  but  who is  financially  dependent  on me,  at the
                  following BROKER-DEALER(S) AND/OR FINANCIAL INSTITUTION(S):

                  name of person                 name of broker-dealer and/or
                                                 financial institution(s)
                  ====================           ============================

                  --------------------           -------------------------------

3.       I have investment discretion over the following other account(s) at the
         following BROKER-DEALER(S) AND/OR FINANCIAL INSTITUTION(S) (do not list
         Client accounts):

                  name and description of account    name of broker-dealer
                                                     and/or financial
                                                     institution(s)
                  ===============================    =====================

                  -------------------------------    ---------------------------

4.       I will notify the Compliance Officer if a Personal Account is opened or
         closed. If the answers to paragraphs a through e of Section 2 above are
         all "none",  I certify  that  neither I nor any member of my family who
         resides with me, any other person who resides with me currently  and is
         financially  dependent  on me, or any other  person who is  financially
         dependent  on me  maintains  a  BROKERAGE  ACCOUNT  OR  OTHER  TYPE  OF
         FINANCIAL ACCOUNT.


- -----------------------                               -------------------------
Date                                                  Employee Signature

                                                      -------------------------
                                                      Type or print name

                          EAGLE ASSET MANAGEMENT, INC.

                                 CODE OF ETHICS



A.       Important General Prohibitions

         The specific  provisions  and reporting  requirements  of this Code are
concerned  with certain  investment  activities  of "Access  Persons," as herein
defined,  who may  benefit  by, or  interfere  with,  the  purchase  and sale of
securities  by an  "investment  company,"  as  defined  herein.  Rule 17j-1 (the
"Rule") under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "Act") prohibits an access
person  of  an  investment   adviser  from  using  information   concerning  the
investments  or investment  intentions of an investment  company,  or from using
their ability to influence such investment intentions, for personal gain or in a
manner detrimental to the interest of an investment company.  Specifically,  the
Rule makes it unlawful,  and it shall be a violation of this Code, for an access
person,  directly or  indirectly,  in connection  with the purchase or sale of a
security held or to be acquired by an investment company:

         1. to employ any device,  scheme or artifice to defraud the  investment
company;

         2. to make to the investment  company (or its agents or affiliates) any
untrue  statement  of a  material  fact,  or to omit to state to the  investment
company (or its agents or affiliates) a material fact necessary in order to make
the statements  made, in light of the  circumstances  under which they are made,
not misleading;

         3. to engage in any act, practice, or course of business which operates
or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon the investment company; or

         4.  to  engage  in  any  manipulative  practice  with  respect  to  the
investment company.

B.       Definitions

         1. Access Person. The term "access person" means any director, officer,
or advisory person of Eagle Asset Management, Inc. ("Eagle").

         2. Investment  Company.  The term "investment  company" means a company
registered as such under the Investment  Company Act of 1940 and for which Eagle
is the investment adviser.

         3. Advisory Person.  The term "advisory  person" of Eagle means (a) any
employee of Eagle (or of any company in a control relationship to Eagle) who, in
connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes,  participates in,
or obtains  information  regarding  the  purchase  or sale of a  security  by an
investment   company,   or  whose   functions   relate  to  the  making  of  any
recommendations  with respect to such  purchases  or sales;  and (b) any natural
person in a control  relationship  to Eagle who obtains  information  concerning
recommendations  made to an  investment  company  with regard to the purchase or
sale of a security.

         4. Beneficial Ownership. "Beneficial ownership" shall be interpreted in
the same manner as it would be in determining whether a person is subject to the
provisions  of Section 16 of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules
and  regulations  thereunder.  "Beneficial  ownership"  includes  accounts  of a
spouse,  minor children and relatives  resident in the access  person's home, as
well as accounts of another person if by reason of any contract,  understanding,
relationship, agreement or other arrangement the access person obtains therefrom
benefits  substantially  equivalent to those of ownership.  Access person should
contact the  designated  compliance  officer  regarding any questions  they have
concerning what constitutes beneficial ownership.

         5. Control.  The term "control  shall have the same meaning as that set
forth in Section 2(a)(9) of the Investment Company Act of 1940. A natural person
shall  be  presumed  not to be a  "control  person  for this  purpose,  unless a
contrary determination is made by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

         6.  Purchase  or Sale of a Security.  "Purchase  or sale of a security"
includes, inter alia, the writing of an option to purchase or sell a security.

         7.  Security.  The term  `security'  shall have the same meaning as set
forth in Section 2(a)(36) of the Investment  Company Act of 1940, except that it
shall not include  securities  issued by the  Government  of the United  States,
bankers' acceptances,  bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and shares
of  registered  open-end  investment  companies.  Any  questions as to whether a
particular  investment  constitutes  a  "security"  should  be  referred  to the
designated compliance officer.

         8.  Designated  Compliance  Officer.  The term  "designated  compliance
officer"  shall mean the Eagle  officer(s)  designated  by Eagle's  President as
being  responsible  for receiving  reports or notices and performing  such other
duties as required by this Code of Ethics.

C.       Prohibited Transactions.

         1. Purchases and Sales of a Security. Transactions which are prohibited
under the rules of Eagle's Employee Security Transaction  Guidelines,  which are
incorporated herein by reference,  shall be considered  prohibited  transactions
for access persons under this Code.

D.       Exempt Transactions.

         Exempt transactions shall include:

         1.  Purchases or sales in any account over which the access  person has
no direct or indirect influence or control.

         2.  Purchases or sales which are  non-volitional  on the part of either
the access person or an investment company.

         3.  Purchases  effected upon the exercise of rights issued by an issuer
pro rata to all holders of a class of its  securities  to the extent such rights
were acquired from such issuer, and sales of such rights so acquired.

         4.  Purchases  or sales  which  receive  the prior  approval of Eagle's
Compliance   Officer,   pursuant  to  Eagle's  Employee   Security   Transaction
Guidelines, which are incorporated herein by reference.

E.       Reporting.

         1. In  accordance  with  the  reporting  requirements  of the  Employee
Security  Transaction  Guidelines,  every  access  person  shall  report  to the
designated   compliance  officer  the  following  information  with  respect  to
transactions  in any  security in which such access  person has, or by reason of
such transaction  acquires,  any direct or indirect beneficial  ownership in the
security:

         (a) The date of the  transaction,  the title and the  number of shares,
         and the principal amount of each security involved;

         (b) The nature of the transaction  (i.e.,  purchase,  sale or any other
         type of acquisition or disposition);

         (c) The price at which the transaction was effected; and,

         (d) The name of the broker,  dealer,  or bank with or through  whom the
         transaction was effected.

         2.(a) A person who  becomes an access  person on or after March 1, 2000
must file an initial  holdings  report with the designated  compliance  officers
within 10 days of  becoming  an access  person.  The  report  will  contain  the
following information:

                  (i) The title,  number of shares and principal  amount of each
                  security in which the access person had any direct or indirect
                  beneficial ownership when the person became an access person;

                  (ii) The name of any  broker,  dealer  or bank  with  whom the
                  access person  maintained  an account in which any  securities
                  were held for the  direct or  indirect  benefit  of the access
                  person as of the date the person became an access person; and

                  (iii) The date  that the  report is  submitted  by the  access
                  person.

         (b)  Every  access  person  must  submit  an  annual   holdings  report
         containing  the  following  information  (which must be current as of a
         date no more than 30 days before the date of the report):

                  (i) The title,  number of shares and principal  amount of each
                  security in which the access person had any direct or indirect
                  beneficial ownership;

                  (ii) The name of any  broker,  dealer  or bank  with  whom the
                  access person maintains an account in which any securities are
                  held for the direct or indirect  benefit of the access person;
                  and

                  (iii) The date  that the  report is  submitted  by the  access
                  person.

         3. Any report  pursuant to this Section E. shall not be construed as an
admission  by the  person  making  the  report  that he or she has any direct or
indirect beneficial ownership in the security to which the report relates.

         4. The  designated  compliance  officer  shall  review  all  reports to
determine if a violation has occurred.  Upon finding a material  violation,  the
officer  shall  submit a report to the Chief  Compliance  Officer of Eagle,  who
shall review the events to  determine  what  remedial  action,  if any,  will be
recommended to the President of Eagle.

F.       Sanctions.

         Upon  discovering  a  violation  of this Code,  Eagle may  impose  such
sanctions as it deems  appropriate,  including  inter alia, a letter of censure,
suspension  or  termination  of the  employment  of the  violator.  All material
violations of this Code and any sanctions  imposed with respect thereto shall be
reported  periodically to the board of directors of the investment  company with
respect to whose securities the violation occurred.

                          CODE OF ETHICS CERTIFICATION




I hereby certify that:

         -        I have read and understand the Code;

         -        I am subject to the Code;

         -        I  have   complied  and  will  continue  to  comply  with  the
                  requirements of the Code; and

         -        I have  disclosed  and will  continue to disclose all personal
                  securities  transactions  required to be disclosed pursuant to
                  the Code.





                                         ---------------------------------------
                                                            (Signature)


                                         ---------------------------------------
                                                           (Print Name)


                                         ---------------------------------------
                                                              (Date)


<PAGE>
                                   MEMORANDUM


TO:

FROM:    Greg Duch

DATE:    03/20/2000

RE:               Code of Ethics

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


         In accordance with the provisions of our Code of Ethics we require that
all employees must certify annually that:

                  -        they have read and understood the Code;
                  -        they are subject to the Code;
                  -        they have  complied and will  continue to comply with
                           the  requirements  of  the  Code;  and
                  -        they have disclosed and will continue to disclose all
                           personal  securities   transactions  required  to  be
                           disclosed pursuant to the Code.

         Therefore, attached to this memorandum is a copy of our current Code of
Ethics together with a Certification Form.

         PLEASE SIGN THE  CERTIFICATION  FORM AND RETURN IT BY MARCH 27, 2000 TO
ROSEMARY KIERNAN.

         If you have any questions,  please contact Mary  Marsden-Cochran  (ext.
3638) or Felix Mazer (ext. 5292).
<PAGE>

                                 CODE OF ETHICS



I.       General Principles

         This Code of Ethics ("Code")  establishes  rules of conduct that govern
         personal  investment  activities of employees of Fred Alger Management,
         Inc. ("Alger"),  Fred Alger & Company,  Incorporated ("Alger Inc.") and
         each registered  investment  company for which Alger acts as investment
         adviser ("Alger Fund").

         The following categories of personnel are covered by the Code:

         (1)      portfolio   managers  -  those   employees   who  have  direct
                  responsibility  and  authority  to make  investment  decisions
                  affecting  an Alger Fund and their  immediate  family  members
                  residing in the same household;

         (2)      investment personnel - portfolio managers and all persons such
                  as securities  analysts and traders,  who provide  information
                  and  advice to a  portfolio  manager or who help  execute  the
                  portfolio  manager's  decisions  and  their  immediate  family
                  members residing in the same household; and

         (3)      access  persons  - all  employees  of  Alger  and  Alger  Inc.
                  (including  investment  personnel) and their immediate  family
                  members  residing  in the  same  household;  and  "interested"
                  directors or trustees and officers of Alger, Alger Inc. or any
                  Alger Fund.

         (4)      An  independent  trustee or director of any Alger Fund will be
                  subject to the  preclearance  and  reporting  requirements  of
                  Section  III of the Code only if such  person,  at the time of
                  his   transaction,   knows,  or  in  the  ordinary  course  of
                  fulfilling  his official  duties as a director of such company
                  should  know,  that  during  the  15-day  period   immediately
                  preceding or after the date of the transaction by such person,
                  the  security  such  person  purchases  or  sells,  is or  was
                  purchased or sold by any Alger Fund or is being considered for
                  purchase or sale by any Alger Fund or Alger.

         Certain general  fiduciary  principles  govern the personal  investment
activities of all employees:

         (1)      the duty at all times to place  the  interests  of Alger  Fund
                  shareholders and Alger investment accounts first;

         (2)      the requirement that all personal  securities  transactions be
                  conducted  consistent with the Code and in such a manner as to
                  avoid any actual or  potential  conflict  of  interest  or any
                  abuse of an individual's position of trust and responsibility;
                  and
<PAGE>
         (3)      the fundamental  standard that Alger personnel should not take
                  inappropriate advantage of their positions.


         The  restrictions  and  procedures of the Code apply to all accounts in
         which an access person has, or by reason of the subsequent  transaction
         acquires,  any direct or indirect  beneficial  ownership (as defined in
         Exhibit A).

         For  purposes  of the  Code,  the term  "security"  shall  not  include
         government  securities,  bankers'  acceptances,  bank  certificates  of
         deposit,  commercial paper and shares of registered open-end investment
         companies.


II.      Restrictions on Personal Investing

         A.       Initial Public Offerings

                  -        Investment  personnel may not acquire any  securities
                           in an initial public offering.

         B.       Private Placements

                  -        Investment  personnel  must obtain prior  approval of
                           any acquisition of securities in a private placement.

                           (a)      Any  such  approved   acquisition   must  be
                                    disclosed   if   the    investment    person
                                    subsequently   participates   in  any  Alger
                                    Fund's consideration of an investment in the
                                    issuer.

                           (b)      Any  Alger  Fund's  subsequent  decision  to
                                    purchase  securities  of the issuer  will be
                                    subject to independent  review by investment
                                    personnel  with no personal  interest in the
                                    issuer.

         C.       Blackout Periods

                  1.       An  access   person  may  not  execute  a  securities
                           transaction  at a time when any Portfolio  Manager is
                           considering the purchase or sale of that security. If
                           the  Alger  Fund  is in the  middle  of a  buying  or
                           selling  program for that security,  the program must
                           be completed before the access person may execute his
                           or her transaction.

                           (a)      An  access  person  may  not  recommend  any
                                    securities  transaction  by  an  Alger  Fund
                                    without   having   disclosed   his   or  her
                                    interest,  if any, in such securities or the
                                    issuer    thereof,     including     without
                                    limitation:

<PAGE>

                                    (1)      direct   or   indirect   beneficial
                                             ownership of any  securities of the
                                             issuer;

                                    (2)      any position with the issuer or its
                                             affiliates; and

                                    (3)      any  present or  proposed  business
                                             relationship  between the issuer or
                                             its  affiliates  and such person or
                                             any party in which such  person has
                                             a significant interest.

                  2.       A  portfolio  manager  may not buy or sell a security
                           within seven calendar days before and after the Alger
                           Fund that he or she manages  trades in that  security
                           unless one of the following situations exists:

                           (a)      The Alger Fund  receives  a better  price on
                                    its  transaction  made within  seven days of
                                    the portfolio manager's transaction.

                           (b)      If a  portfolio  manager has  recommended  a
                                    security  for  purchase  or sale by an Alger
                                    Fund  and  his  or  her   recommendation  is
                                    overruled  by Senior  Management,  he or she
                                    may  purchase or sell that  security for his
                                    or her own  account.  If  Senior  Management
                                    subsequently  changes its position regarding
                                    that  security  and  decides to  purchase or
                                    sell the security for an Alger Fund within 7
                                    days of the portfolio manager's  transaction
                                    for  his  or her  own  account,  the  Fund's
                                    purchase    or   sale   will   not   require
                                    disgorgement by the portfolio manager.

                           (c)      The portfolio manager can demonstrate that a
                                    hardship  exists which  requires the sale of
                                    the  security  within  the  prohibited  time
                                    period.

                   3.      Any profits  realized on trades within the proscribed
                           periods must be disgorged  to the  appropriate  Alger
                           Fund or to charity.


         D.       Short-term Trading

                  Investment  personnel may not profit in the purchase and sale,
                  or sale and purchase, of the same (or equivalent)  securities*
                  within 60 calendar days unless the security is not held by any
                  Alger Fund and is not eligible for purchase by any Alger Fund.

                     -     The  Compliance  Officer will consider  exemptions to
                           this  prohibition on a case-by-case  basis when it is
                           clear that no abuse is involved  and the  equities of
                           the situation strongly support an exemption.

* Includes options and short sales
<PAGE>

         E.       Gifts

                  Investment personnel may not accept any gift or other thing of
                  more than de minimus value from any person or entity that does
                  business with or on behalf of an Alger Fund.


         F.       Service as a Director

                  Investment  Personnel must obtain prior authorization to serve
                  on the board of directors of a publicly traded  company.  Such
                  authorization  will be based on a determination that the board
                  service  would be  consistent  with the interests of the Alger
                  Fund and its shareholders.


III.     Compliance Procedures

         A.       Preclearance

                  All access  persons must preclear  their  personal  securities
                  transactions with the Compliance Officer.

                  -        The  Compliance  Officer  must  preclear the personal
                           securities  transactions  of all access  persons with
                           the  Portfolio  Managers in addition to  preclearance
                           with the trading desk.

                  -        Any approval  will be valid only for the day on which
                           it is granted.


         B.       Brokerage Confirmations and Statements

                  All  access  persons  should  direct  their  brokers to supply
                  duplicate copies of all confirmations and periodic  statements
                  to the firm's Compliance Officer.


         C.       Disclosure of Personal Holdings

                  All   investment   personnel   must  disclose  their  personal
                  securities   holdings  upon  commencement  of  employment  and
                  thereafter on an annual basis.
<PAGE>
         D.       Certification of Compliance With the Code

                  All access persons must certify annually that:

                  -        they have read and understood the Code;

                  -        they are subject to the Code;

                  -        they have complied with the requirements of the Code;
                           and

                  -        they   have   disclosed   all   personal   securities
                           transactions required to be disclosed pursuant to the
                           Code.


         E.       The  management  of each  Alger  Fund will  prepare  an annual
                  report to the Fund's Board of Trustees/Directors that:

                  -        summarizes  existing  procedures  concerning personal
                           investing  and any changes  made during the  previous
                           year;

                  -        identifies  any  violations   requiring   significant
                           remedial action during the previous year; and

                  -        identifies  any   recommended   changes  in  existing
                           restrictions or procedures.


 IV.     Sanctions

         Upon  discovering  that an  access  person  has not  complied  with the
         requirements  of this Code,  the Board of  Directors of Alger or of any
         Alger Fund may impose on that person whatever sanctions the Board deems
         appropriate,  including,  among other  things,  censure,  suspension or
         termination of employment.


  V.     Confidentiality

         All information obtained from any access person hereunder shall be kept
         in strict  confidence,  except that reports of securities  transactions
         hereunder  will  be  made  available  to the  Securities  and  Exchange
         Commission or any other regulatory or  self-regulatory  organization to
         the extent required by law or regulation.
<PAGE>

  VI.    Other Laws, Rules and Statements of Policy

         Nothing  contained in this Code shall be  interpreted  as relieving any
         access  person  from acting in  accordance  with the  provision  of any
         applicable law, rule, or regulation or any other statement of policy or
         procedure adopted by Alger or by an Alger Fund governing the conduct of
         such person.










                                                                      03/17/2000

<PAGE>
                                                                       EXHIBIT A



         For purposes of the  attached  Code of Ethics,  "beneficial  ownership"
shall be interpreted in the same manner as it would be in determining  whether a
person is subject to the provisions of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934 and the rules and regulations thereunder,  except that the determination
of direct or indirect beneficial ownership shall apply to all securities that an
Access  Person has or acquires.  The term  "beneficial  ownership" of securities
would include not only ownership of securities  held by an Access Person for his
own benefit,  whether in bearer form or registered in his name or otherwise, but
also  ownership  of  securities  held for his benefit by others  (regardless  of
whether or how they are  registered)  such as  custodians,  brokers,  executors,
administrators,  or trustees  (including trusts in which he has only a remainder
interest), and securities held for his account by pledgees,  securities owned by
a  partnership  in  which  he is a  member,  if he may  exercise  a  controlling
influence  over the  purchase,  sale or voting of such  securities  held for his
account by pledgees,  securities owned by a partnership in which he is a member,
if he may exercise a controlling influence over the purchase,  sale or voting of
such securities and securities owned by any corporation.  Correspondingly,  this
term  would  exclude  securities  held by an Access  Person  for the  benefit of
someone else.

         Ordinarily, this term would not include securities held by executors or
administrators  in estates in which an Access Person is a legatee or beneficiary
unless  there is a specific  legacy to such  person of such  securities  or such
person is the sole  legatee  or  beneficiary  and there are other  assets in the
estate  sufficient to pay debts ranking ahead of such legacy,  or the securities
are held in the estate more than a year after the decedent's death.

         Securities  held  in the  name  of  another  should  be  considered  as
"beneficially"  owned by an Access  Person  where such person  enjoys  "benefits
substantially  equivalent to ownership".  The Securities and Exchange Commission
has said that  although the final  determination  of  beneficial  ownership is a
question  to be  determined  in the light of the facts of the  particular  case,
generally a person is regarded as the beneficial owner of securities held in the
name of his or her spouse and their minor children. Absent special circumstances
such  relationship   ordinarily   results  in  such  person  obtaining  benefits
substantially  equivalent to ownership,  e.g., application of the income derived
from such  securities  to maintain a common  home,  to meet  expenses  that such
person  otherwise  would meet from other  sources,  or the ability to exercise a
controlling influence over the purchase, sale or voting of such securities.

         An  Access  Person  also may be  regarded  as the  beneficial  owner of
securities  held in the name of another  person,  if by reason of any  contract,
understanding,   relationship,  agreement,  or  other  arrangement,  he  obtains
therefrom benefits substantially equivalent to those of ownership.


<PAGE>

         Moreover,  the fact that the  holder is a  relative  or  relative  of a
spouse and sharing the same home as an Access Person may in itself indicate that
the Access  Person would obtain  benefits  substantially  equivalent to those of
ownership  from  securities  held in the  name of such  relative.  Thus,  absent
countervailing facts, it is expected that securities held by relatives who share
the same home as an Access Person will be treated as being beneficially owned by
the Access Person.

         An Access Person also is regarded as the beneficial owner of securities
held in the name of a spouse,  minor  children or other  person,  even though he
does not obtain therefrom the  aforementioned  benefits of ownership,  if he can
vest or revest title in himself at once or at some future time.

                                 CODE OF ETHICS


1.  Purposes

         This Code of Ethics (the "Code") has been  adopted by the  Directors of
J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. (the "Adviser"),  in accordance with Rule
17j-1(c)  promulgated under the Investment  Company Act of 1940, as amended (the
"Act"). Rule 17j-1 under the Act generally proscribes fraudulent or manipulative
practices  with  respect  to  purchases  or  sales of  securities  Held or to be
Acquired  (defined in Section  2(k) of this Code) by  investment  companies,  if
effected by associated persons of such companies. The purpose of this Code is to
adopt provisions reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from engaging in
any unlawful conduct as set forth in Rule 17j-1(b) as follows:

         It is unlawful for any  affiliated  person of or principal  underwriter
for a Fund, or any  affiliated  person of an investment  adviser of or principal
underwriter  for a Fund,  in connection  with the purchase or sale,  directly or
indirectly, by the person of a Security Held or to be Acquired by the Fund:

         (a)      To employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud the Fund;

         (b)      To make any untrue statement of a material fact to the Fund or
                  omit to state a material  fact  necessary in order to make the
                  statements  made to the  Fund,  in light of the  circumstances
                  under which they are made, not misleading;

         (c)      To engage in any act,  practice,  or course of  business  that
                  operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit on the Fund; or

         (d)      To engage in any  manipulative  practice  with  respect to the
                  Fund.

2.       Definitions

         (a)      "Access Person" means any director,  officer,  general partner
                  or Advisory Person of the Adviser.

         (b)      "Administrator" means Morgan Guaranty Trust Company.

         (c)      "Advisory Person" means (i) any employee of the Adviser or the
                  Administrator (or any company in a control relationship to the
                  Adviser) who, in connection with his or her regular  functions
                  or duties,  makes,  participates  in, or  obtains  information
                  regarding  the purchase or sale of  securities  for a Fund, or
                  whose  functions  relate to the making of any  recommendations
                  with respect to such purchases or sales;  and (ii) any natural
                  person in a control  relationship  to the  Adviser who obtains
                  information concerning  recommendations regarding the purchase
                  or sale of securities by a Fund.

         (d)      "Beneficial ownership" shall be interpreted in the same manner
                  as  it  would  be  under   Exchange  Act  Rule   16a-1(a)(2)in
                  determining  whether a person is subject to the  provisions of
                  Section  16 of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934  and the
                  rules and regulations thereunder.

         (e)      "Control"  has the same  meaning as in Section  2(a)(9) of the
                  Act.

         (f)      "Covered Security" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
                  2(a)(36) of the Act,  except that it shall not include  shares
                  of open-end  funds,  direct  obligations  of the United States
                  Government,   bankers'   acceptances,   bank  certificates  of
                  deposit,  commercial  paper and high quality  short-term  debt
                  instruments, including repurchase agreements.

         (g)      "Fund"  means  an  Investment  Company  registered  under  the
                  Investment Company Act of 1940.

         (h)      "Initial  Public  Offering"  means an offering  of  Securities
                  registered  under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  the issuer of
                  which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to
                  the  reporting  requirements  of  Sections  13 or 15(d) of the
                  Securities Exchange Act.

         (i)      "Limited  Offering"  means an  offering  that is  exempt  from
                  registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(2)
                  or Section 4(6) or pursuant to Rule 504, Rule 505, or Rule 506
                  under the Securities Act.

         (j)      "Purchase or sale of a Covered Security" includes, among other
                  things, the writing of an option to purchase or sell a Covered
                  Security.

         (k)      "Security Held or to be Acquired" by a Adviser means:  (i) any
                  Covered Security which,  within the most recent 15 days, is or
                  has been held by a Fund or other  client of the  Adviser or is
                  being or has been  considered by the Adviser for purchase by a
                  Fund or other  client of the  Adviser;  and (ii) any option to
                  purchase  or  sell,  and  any  security  convertible  into  or
                  exchangeable  for,  a Covered  Security  described  in Section
                  2(k)(i) of this Code.

3.       Statement of Principles

         It is understood that the following general fiduciary principles govern
the personal investment activities of Access Persons:

         (a)      the duty to at all times place the  interests of  shareholders
                  and other clients of the Adviser first;

         (b)      the requirement that all personal  securities  transactions be
                  conducted  consistent  with this Code of Ethics  and in such a
                  manner  as to  avoid  any  actual  or  potential  conflict  of
                  interest or any abuse of an individual's position of trust and
                  responsibility;

         (c)      the  fundamental  standard that  Investment  Personnel may not
                  take inappropriate advantage of their position; and

         (d)      all personal  transactions must be oriented toward investment,
                  not short-term or speculative trading.

         It  is  further   understood   that  the   procedures,   reporting  and
recordkeeping  requirements  set forth below are hereby adopted and certified by
the Adviser as reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from violating the
provisions of this Code of Ethics.

4.       Procedures  to be followed  regarding  Personal  Investments  by Access
         Persons

         (a)      Pre-clearance  requirement.  Each  Access  Person  must obtain
                  prior  written  approval  from  his  or  her  group  head  (or
                  designee)   and  from  the   Adviser's   trading  desk  before
                  transacting   in  any  Covered   Security   based  on  certain
                  quidelines  set  forth  from  time to  time  by the  Adviser's
                  compliance  Department.  For details regarding transactions in
                  mutual funds, see Section 4(e).

         (b)      Brokerage  transaction  reporting  requirement.   Each  Access
                  Person  working in the United  States must maintain all of his
                  or her  accounts and the accounts of any person of which he or
                  she  is  deemed  to  be  a  beneficial  owner  with  a  broker
                  designated  by the  Adviser  and must  direct  such  broker to
                  provide   broker   trade   confirmations   to  the   Adviser's
                  legal/compliance  department,  unless  an  exception  has been
                  granted by the  Adviser's  legal/compliance  department.  Each
                  Access  Person to whom an exception to the  designated  broker
                  requirement  has been granted must  instruct his or her broker
                  to forward all trade  confirms and monthly  statements  to the
                  Adviser's legal/compliance department.  Access Persons located
                  outside the United  States are required to provide  details of
                  each brokerage  transaction of which he or she is deemed to be
                  the beneficial owner, to the Adviser's legal/compliance group,
                  within  the  customary  period  for the  confirmation  of such
                  trades in that market.

         (c)      Initial  public  offerings  (new issues).  Access  Persons are
                  prohibited  from  participating  in Initial Public  Offerings,
                  whether  or not J.P.  Morgan  or any of its  affiliates  is an
                  underwriter   of  the  new  issue,   while  the  issue  is  in
                  syndication.

         (d)      Minimum  investment  holding  period.  Each  Access  Person is
                  subject  to a  60-day  minimum  holding  period  for  personal
                  transactions  in  Covered  Securities.  An  exception  to this
                  minimum holding period  requirement may be granted in the case
                  of hardship as determined by the legal/compliance department.

         (e)      Mutual funds.  Each Access Person must pre-clear  transactions
                  in shares of closed-end Funds with the Adviser's trading desk,
                  as they would with any other  Covered  Security.  See  Section
                  4(a). Each Access Person must obtain pre-clearance from his or
                  her group head(or designee) before buying or selling shares in
                  an open-end Fund or a sub-advised  Fund managed by the Adviser
                  if such Access Person or the Access  Person's  department  has
                  had recent dealings or responsibilities  regarding such mutual
                  fund.

         (f)      Limited  offerings.  An Access  Person  may  participate  in a
                  limited  offering  only with  written  approval of such Access
                  Person's   group   head  (or   designee)   and  with   advance
                  notification to the Adviser's compliance group.

         (g)      Blackout  periods.  Advisory  Persons  are subject to blackout
                  periods 7 calendar  days  before and after the trade date of a
                  Covered   Security   where   such   Advisory   Person   makes,
                  participates in, or obtains information regarding the purchase
                  or sale of  such  Covered  Security  for any of  their  client
                  accounts.  In addition,  Access  Persons are  prohibited  from
                  executing a transaction in a Covered  Security during a period
                  in which there is a pending buy or sell order on the Adviser's
                  trading desk.

         (h)      Prohibitions.    Short   sales   are   generally   prohibited.
                  Transactions in options, rights, warrants, or other short-term
                  securities  and in  futures  contracts  (unless  for bona fide
                  hedging) are  prohibited,  except for  purchases of options on
                  widely traded  indices  specified by the Adviser's  compliance
                  group if made for investment purposes.

         (i)      Securities  of J.P.  Morgan.  No Access Person may buy or sell
                  any  security  issued  by J.P.  Morgan  from  the 27th of each
                  March,  June,  September,  and  December  until the first full
                  business  day after  earnings  are  released in the  following
                  month.  All  transactions in securities  issued by J.P. Morgan
                  must be pre-cleared  with the Adviser's  compliance  group and
                  executed  through an approved  trading area.  Transactions  in
                  options and short sales of J.P. Morgan stock are prohibited.

         (j)      Certification  requirements.  In  addition  to  the  reporting
                  requirements detailed in Sections 6 below, each Access Person,
                  no later than 30 days after  becoming an Access  Person,  must
                  certify to the Adviser's  compliance  group that he or she has
                  complied with the broker requirements in Section 4(b).

5.       Other Potential Conflicts of Interest

         (a)      Gifts.  No employee of the  Adviser or the  Administrator  may
                  (i)accept  gifts,  entertainment,  or  favors  from a  client,
                  potential client,  supplier, or potential supplier of goods or
                  services  to the Adviser or the  Administrator  unless what is
                  given is of  nominal  value and  refusal to accept it would be
                  discourteous   or   otherwise   harmful  to  the   Adviser  or
                  Administrator; (ii)provide excessive gifts or entertainment to
                  clients  or  potential   clients;   and  (iii)  offer  bribes,
                  kickbacks, or similar inducements.

         (b)      Outside Business Activities. The prior consent of the Chairman
                  of the  Board  of  J.P.  Morgan,  or his or her  designee,  is
                  required  for an officer of the  Adviser or  Administrator  to
                  engage in any business-related activity outside of the Adviser
                  or  Administrator,  whether the  activity is  intermittent  or
                  continuing,  and whether or not compensation is received.  For
                  example, such approval is required such an officer to become:

                           -An officer,  director, or trustee of any corporation
                  (other than a nonprofit corporation or cooperative corporation
                  owning the building in which the officer resides);
                           -A  member  of a  partnership  (other  than a limited
                  partner in a  partnership  established  solely for  investment
                  purposes);
                           -An executor, trustee, guardian, or similar fiduciary
                  advisor (other than for a family member).

6.       Reporting Requirements

(a)      Every Access Person must report to the Adviser:

                  (i)Initial  Holdings Reports.  No later than 10 days after the
                  person  becomes an Access Person,  the following  information:
                  (A) the title,  number of shares and principal  amount of each
                  Covered  Security in which the Access Person had any direct or
                  indirect beneficial ownership when the person became an Access
                  Person;  (B) the name of any broker,  dealer or bank with whom
                  the Access  Person  maintained an account in which any Covered
                  Securities were held for the direct or indirect benefit of the
                  Access  Person  as of the date the  person  became  an  Access
                  Person;  and (C) the date that the report is  submitted by the
                  Access Person.

                  (ii)Quarterly Transaction Reports. No later than 10 days after
                  the end of a calendar quarter, with respect to any transaction
                  during the  quarter in a Covered  Security in which the Access
                  Person had any direct or indirect  Beneficial  Ownership:  (A)
                  the date of the transaction,  the title, the interest rate and
                  maturity  date (if  applicable),  the  number  of  shares  and
                  principal  amount of each Covered Security  involved;  (B) the
                  nature  of the  transaction;  (C)  the  price  of the  Covered
                  Security at which the transaction  was effected;  (D) the name
                  of the  broker,  dealer  or bank  with or  through  which  the
                  transaction was effected;  and (E) the date that the report is
                  submitted by the Access Person.

                  (iii)New  Account  Report.  No later  than 10 days  after  the
                  calendar quarter,  with respect to any account  established by
                  the Access  Person in which any Covered  Securities  were held
                  during the quarter  for the direct or indirect  benefit of the
                  Access Person: (A) the name of the broker, dealer or bank with
                  whom the Access Person  established the account;  (B) the date
                  the account was established;  and (C) the date that the report
                  is submitted by the Access Person.

                  (iv)Annual   Holdings   Report.    Annually,   the   following
                  information (which information must be current as of a date no
                  more than 30 days  before  the report is  submitted):  (A) the
                  title,  number of shares and principal  amount of each Covered
                  Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect
                  beneficial  ownership;  (B) the name of any broker,  dealer or
                  bank with whom the Access Person maintains an account in which
                  any  Covered  Securities  are held for the direct or  indirect
                  benefit of the Access Person: and (C) the date that the report
                  is submitted by the Access Person.

(b)      Exceptions from the Reporting Requirements.

                  (i)  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6(a), no Access
                  Person shall be required to make:

         A.       a report with respect to transactions effected for any account
                  over which such  person  does not have any direct or  indirect
                  influence or control;

         B.       a Quarterly  Transaction  or New Account Report under Sections
                  6(a)(ii) or (iii) if the report  would  duplicate  information
                  contained in broker trade  confirmations or account statements
                  received by the Adviser with  respect to the Access  Person no
                  later than 10 days after the  calendar  quarter end, if all of
                  the information required by Sections 6(a)(ii) or (iii), as the
                  case may be, is contained in the broker trade confirmations or
                  account statements, or in the records of the Adviser.

(c)      Each Access Person shall promptly report any  transaction  which is, or
         might  appear to be, in  violation  of this  Code.  Such  report  shall
         contain the information required in Quarterly Transaction Reports filed
         pursuant to Section 6(a)(ii).

(d)      All reports prepared pursuant to this Section 6 shall be filed with the
         appropriate compliance personnel designated by the Adviser and reviewed
         in accordance with procedures adopted by such personnel.

(e)      The Adviser will  identify all Access  Persons who are required to file
         reports  pursuant  to this  Section  6 and  will  inform  them of their
         reporting obligation.

(f)      The Adviser no less  frequently than annually shall furnish to a Fund's
         board of directors for their consideration a written report that:

         (a)      describes  any  issues  under  this Code of Ethics or  related
                  procedures  since the last  report to the board of  directors,
                  including,   but  limited  to,   information   about  material
                  violations of the Code or procedures and sanctions  imposed in
                  response to the material violations; and

         (b)      certifies that the Adviser has adopted  procedures  reasonably
                  necessary to prevent  Access  Persons from violating this Code
                  of Ethics.

7.       Recordkeeping Requirements

         The Adviser must at its principal place of business maintain records in
         the manner  and  extent  set out in this  Section of this Code and must
         make available to the Securities and Exchange  Commission  (SEC) at any
         time and from time to time for reasonable,  periodic,  special or other
         examination:

         (a)      A copy of its code of ethics that is in effect, or at any time
                  within the past five years was in effect,  must be  maintained
                  in an easily accessible place;

         (b)      A record of any  violation  of the code of ethics,  and of any
                  action taken as a result of the violation,  must be maintained
                  in an easily  accessible  place for at least five years  after
                  the end of the fiscal year in which the violation occurs;

         (c)      A copy of each report made by an Access  Person as required by
                  Section 6(a) including any  information  provided in lieu of a
                  quarterly  transaction report, must be maintained for at least
                  five  years  after  the end of the  fiscal  year in which  the
                  report is made or the  information is provided,  the first two
                  years in an easily accessible place.

         (d)      A record of all  persons,  currently  or within  the past five
                  years,  who are or were  required  to make  reports  as Access
                  Persons or who are or were  responsible  for  reviewing  these
                  reports, must be maintained in an easily accessible place.

         (e)      A  copy  of  each  report  required  by  6(f)  above  must  be
                  maintained for at least five years after the end of the fiscal
                  year in which it is made,  the  first  two  years in an easily
                  accessible place.

         (f)      A  record  of any  decision  and the  reasons  supporting  the
                  decision  to  approve  the  acquisition  by Access  Persons of
                  securities  under Section 4(f) above,  for at least five years
                  after  the end of the  fiscal  year in which the  approval  is
                  granted.

8.       Sanctions

         Upon discovering a violation of this Code, the Directors of the Adviser
may impose  such  sanctions  as they deem  appropriate,  including,  inter alia,
financial  penalty,  a letter of censure or  suspension  or  termination  of the
employment of the violator.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               JANUS ETHICS RULES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

"ACT IN THE BEST  INTEREST OF OUR  INVESTORSCEARN  THEIR  CONFIDENCE  WITH EVERY
ACTION"

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                 CODE OF ETHICS
                             INSIDER TRADING POLICY
                                   GIFT POLICY
                            OUTSIDE EMPLOYMENT POLICY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                           LAST REVISED MARCH 1, 2000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

DEFINITIONS....................................................................1

INTRODUCTION...................................................................4
         CAUTION REGARDING PERSONAL TRADING ACTIVITIES.........................4
         COMMUNICATIONS WITH OUTSIDE TRUSTEES/DIRECTORS........................4

CODE OF ETHICS.................................................................5
         OVERVIEW..............................................................5
         GENERAL PROHIBITIONS..................................................5
         TRADING RESTRICTIONS..................................................6
                  EXCLUDED TRANSACTIONS........................................6
                  DISCLOSURE OF CONFLICTS......................................7
                  PRECLEARANCE.................................................7
                  TRADING BAN ON PORTFOLIO MANAGERS AND
                  ASSISTANT PORTFOLIO MANAGERS.................................8
                  BAN ON IPOs AND HOT ISSUES...................................8
                  60 DAY RULE..................................................8
                  BLACKOUT PERIOD..............................................8
                  FIFTEEN DAY RULE.............................................8
                  SEVEN DAY RULE...............................................9
                  SHORT SALES..................................................9
                  HEDGE FUNDS, INVESTMENT CLUBS, AND OTHER INVESTMENTS.........9
         PRECLEARANCE PROCEDURES...............................................9
                  GENERAL PRECLEARANCE.........................................9
                  PRECLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR INVESTMENT PERSONNEL..........10
                  PRECLEARANCE OF COMPANY STOCK...............................10
                  PRECLEARANCE OF TENDER OFFERS AND STOCK PURCHASE PLANS......11
                  FOUR DAY EFFECTIVE PERIOD...................................11
         REPORTING REQUIREMENTS...............................................11
                  ACCOUNT STATEMENTS..........................................11
                  HOLDINGS REPORTS............................................12
                  PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTION REPORTS.....................12
                  NON-INFLUENCE AND NON-CONTROL ACCOUNTS......................12
         OTHER REQUIRED FORMS.................................................13
                  ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF RECEIPT FORM..............................13
                  ANNUAL CERTIFICATION FORM...................................13
                  OUTSIDE DIRECTOR/TRUSTEE REPRESENTATION FORM................13

INSIDER TRADING POLICY........................................................14
         BACKGROUND INFORMATION...............................................14
                  WHO IS AN INSIDER?..........................................15
                  WHEN IS INFORMATION NONPUBLIC?..............................15
                  WHAT IS MATERIAL INFORMATION?...............................15
                  WHEN IS INFORMATION MISAPPROPRIATED?........................15
                  PENALTIES FOR INSIDER TRADING...............................16
                  WHO IS A CONTROLLING PERSON?................................16
         PROCEDURES TO IMPLEMENT POLICY.......................................16
                  IDENTIFYING MATERIAL INSIDE INFORMATION.....................16
                  REPORTING INSIDE INFORMATION................................17
                  WATCH AND RESTRICTED LISTS..................................17
                  PROTECTING INFORMATION......................................18
                  RESPONSIBILITY TO MONITOR TRANSACTIONS......................19
                  RECORD RETENTION............................................19
                  TENDER OFFERS...............................................19

GIFT POLICY...................................................................20
         GIFT GIVING..........................................................20
         GIFT RECEIVING.......................................................20
         CUSTOMARY BUSINESS AMENITIES.........................................20

OUTSIDE EMPLOYMENT POLICY.....................................................21

PENALTY GUIDELINES............................................................22
         OVERVIEW.............................................................22
         PENALTY GUIDELINES   ................................................22

SUPERVISORY AND COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES.........................................23
         SUPERVISORY PROCEDURES...............................................23
                  PREVENTION OF VIOLATIONS....................................23
                  DETECTION OF VIOLATIONS.....................................23
         COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES................................................24
                  REPORTS OF POTENTIAL DEVIATIONS OR VIOLATIONS...............24
                  ANNUAL REPORTS..............................................24
                  RECORDS  24
                  INSPECTION..................................................25
                  CONFIDENTIALITY.............................................25
                  FILING OF REPORTS...........................................25
         THE ETHICS COMMITTEE.................................................25
                  MEMBERSHIP OF THE COMMITTEE.................................25
                  COMMITTEE MEETINGS..........................................25
                  SPECIAL DISCRETION..........................................26

GENERAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE ETHICS RULES....................................27
                  DESIGNEES...................................................27
                  ENFORCEMENT.................................................27
                  INTERNAL USE................................................27

FORMS.........................................................................28


<PAGE>
                               JANUS ETHICS RULES

"ACT IN THE BEST  INTEREST OF OUR INVESTORS - EARN THEIR  CONFIDENCE  WITH EVERY
ACTION"


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   DEFINITIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The following definitions are used throughout this document. You are responsible
for reading and being familiar with each definition.

1.       "Access Person" shall mean:

1)       Any trustee, director, officer or Advisory Person of the Janus Funds or
         JCC;

2)       Any director or officer of JDI who in the ordinary course of his or her
         business makes,  participates in or obtains  information  regarding the
         purchase or sale of securities  for the Janus Funds or for the advisory
         clients or whose  functions or duties as part of the ordinary course of
         his or her business relate to the making of any  recommendation  to the
         Janus  Funds or  advisory  clients  regarding  the  purchase or sale of
         securities; and

3) Any other  persons  designated  by the Ethics  Committee as having  access to
current trading information.

2.       "Advisory Person" shall mean:

         1)       Any employee of the Janus Funds or JCC (or of any company in a
                  control  relationship  to  the  Janus  Funds  or  JCC)  who in
                  connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes,
                  participates in or obtains information  regarding the purchase
                  or sale of a  security  by the  Funds  or for the  account  of
                  advisory  clients,  or whose functions relate to the making of
                  any recommendations  with respect to such purchases and sales;
                  and

         2)       Any natural person in a control  relationship  to the Funds or
                  JCC who obtains information concerning recommendations made to
                  the Funds or for the  account  of Clients  with  regard to the
                  purchase or sale of a security.

3.       "Beneficial  Ownership"  shall be  interpreted in the same manner as it
         would be under Rule  16a-1(a)(2)  under the Securities  Exchange Act of
         1934 in  determining  whether a person is subject to the  provisions of
         Section  16  except  that  the  determination  of  direct  or  indirect
         Beneficial  Ownership  shall apply to all Covered  Securities  which an
         Access Person has or acquires.  For example,  in addition to a person's
         own accounts the term  "Beneficial  Ownership"  encompasses  securities
         held in the name of a spouse or equivalent domestic partnership,  minor
         children,  a relative  sharing your home, or certain trusts under which
         you  or  a  related  party  is  a  beneficiary,  or  held  under  other
         arrangements indicating a sharing of financial interest.

4.       "Company  Stock"  is any stock or  option  issued  by  Janus,  Stilwell
         Financial,  Inc. ("Stilwell") or Kansas City Southern Industries,  Inc.
         ("KCSI").

5.       "Control"  shall  have the same  meaning  as that set forth in  Section
         2(a)(9) of the 1940 Act.

6.       "Covered Persons" are all Directors, Trustees, officers, and full-time,
         part-time or temporary employees of Janus, and persons working at Janus
         on a contract basis.

7.       "Covered  Securities"   generally  include  all  securities  (including
         Company Stock),  whether publicly or privately traded,  and any option,
         future,  forward contract or other  obligation  involving a security or
         index thereof,  including an instrument whose value is derived or based
         on any  of the  above  (a  "derivative").  The  term  Covered  Security
         includes  any  separate   security,   which  is  convertible   into  or
         exchangeable  for, or which confers a right to purchase such  security.
         The following investments are not Covered Securities:

         o        shares of  registered  open-end  investment  companies  (e.g.,
                  mutual funds);

         o        direct  obligations  of the U.S.  government  (e.g.,  Treasury
                  securities), or any derivative thereof;

         o        securities  representing a limited  partnership  interest in a
                  real estate limited partnership;

         o        high-quality money market instruments, such as certificates of
                  deposit,    bankers   acceptances,    repurchase   agreements,
                  commercial paper, and U.S. government agency obligations;

         o        insurance  contracts,  including  life  insurance  or  annuity
                  contracts;

         o        direct  investments  in real estate,  business  franchises  or
                  similar ventures; and

         o        physical commodities  (including foreign  currencies),  or any
                  derivatives thereof.

8.       "Designated  Compliance  Representatives"  are David Kowalski and Ernie
         Overholt or their designee(s).

9.       "Designated Legal  Representatives" are Bonnie Howe and Heidi Walter or
         their designee(s).

10.      "Designated Trading Operations  Representatives"  are Lesa Finney, John
         Porro, and Mark Farrell.

11.      "Directors" are directors of JCC.

12.      "Executive  Committee" is comprised of Thomas Bailey, Jim Craig, Thomas
         Early, Steve Goodbarn, Margie Hurd, and Mark Whiston.

13.      "Executive  Investment  Committee" is comprised of Jim Craig, Jim Goff,
         Helen Hayes, Warren Lammert, and Scott Schoelzel.

14.      "Ethics Committee" is comprised of Thomas Early, Steve Goodbarn,  David
         Kowalski and Ernie Overholt.

15.      "Initial Public  Offering"  means an offering of securities  registered
         under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  the  issuer of which,  immediately
         before the registration,  was not subject to the reporting requirements
         of sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

16.      "Inside Trustees and Directors" are Trustees and Directors who are also
         employed by Janus.

17.      "Investment  Personnel"  shall  mean (i) a person  who makes  decisions
         regarding  the  purchase or sale of  securities  by or on behalf of the
         Janus  Funds or  advisory  clients and any person such as an analyst or
         trader who directly assists in the process, and (ii) any natural person
         who  controls  the  Janus  Funds  or JCC  and who  obtains  information
         concerning  recommendations made to the Funds regarding the purchase or
         sale of Covered Securities by the Funds.

18.      "Janus" is Janus  Investment  Fund,  Janus Aspen Series,  Janus Capital
         Corporation, Janus Service Corporation, Janus Distributors, Inc., Janus
         Capital  International  Ltd.,  Janus  International  (UK)  Ltd.,  Janus
         Capital Trust  Manager Ltd.,  Janus  Universal  Funds,  and Janus World
         Funds Plc.

19.      "Janus Funds" are Janus  Investment  Fund,  Janus Aspen  Series,  Janus
         Universal Funds, and Janus World Funds Plc.

20.      "JCC" is Janus Capital Corporation,  Janus Capital  International Ltd.,
         Janus International (UK) Ltd. and Janus Capital Trust Manager Ltd.

21.      "JDI" is Janus Distributors, Inc.

22.      "JDI's Operations Manager" is Dana Stephens and/or her designee(s).

23.      "Limited  Offering" means an offering that is exempt from  registration
         under the  Securities  Act of 1933  pursuant to section 4(2) or section
         4(6) or pursuant to rule 504, rule 505 or rule 506 thereunder.

24.      "NASD" is the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

25.      "Non-Access Person" is any person that is not an Access Person.

26.      "Outside Directors" are Directors who are not employed by Janus.

27.      "Outside Trustees" are Trustees who are not "interested persons" of the
         Janus Funds within the meaning of Section 2(a)(9) of the 1940 Act.

28.      "Registered Persons" are persons registered with the NASD by JDI.

29.      "Security  Held or to be Acquired"  means any Covered  Security  which,
         within  the most  recent  15 days (i) is or has been  held by the Janus
         Funds;  or (ii) is being or has been  considered  by the Janus Funds or
         JCC for purchase.

30.      "SEC" is Securities and Exchange Commission.

31.      "Trustees"  are  trustees  of Janus  Investment  Fund and  Janus  Aspen
         Series.

These  definitions  may be  updated  from  time to time to  reflect  changes  in
personnel.
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  INTRODUCTION
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         These Ethics Rules  ("Rules") apply to all Covered  Persons.  The Rules
apply to  transactions  for your  personal  accounts and any other  accounts you
Beneficially Own. You may be deemed the beneficial owner of any account in which
you have a direct or indirect financial interest.  Such accounts include,  among
others,  accounts  held in the  name  of  your  spouse  or  equivalent  domestic
partnership,  your minor  children,  a relative  sharing  your home,  or certain
trusts under which you or such persons are a beneficiary.

         The Rules are  intended to ensure that you (i) at all times place first
the interests of the Janus Funds, investment companies for which Janus serves as
subadviser,  and other advisory clients  ("Clients");  (ii) conduct all personal
trading consistent with the Rules and in such a manner as to avoid any actual or
potential  conflict  of  interest  or any  abuse of your  position  of trust and
responsibility;  and  (iii)  not  use  any  material  nonpublic  information  in
securities  trading.  The Rules also establish policies regarding other matters,
such as outside employment and the giving or receiving of gifts.

         You are  required to read and retain these Rules and to sign and return
the attached  Acknowledgment  of Receipt Form to Compliance upon commencement of
employment  or  other  services.  On an  annual  basis  thereafter,  you will be
required to complete an Annual Certification Form. The Annual Certification Form
confirms that (i) you have received,  read and asked any questions  necessary to
understand the Rules;  (ii) you agree to conduct yourself in accordance with the
Rules;  and (iii) you have  complied with the Rules during such time as you have
been  associated  with Janus.  Depending on your status,  you may be required to
submit  additional  reports  and/or obtain  clearances  as discussed  more fully
below.

         Unless  otherwise  defined,  all capitalized  terms shall have the same
meaning as set forth in the Definitions section.

                  CAUTION REGARDING PERSONAL TRADING ACTIVITIES

         Certain  personal  trading  activities may be risky not only because of
the nature of the transactions, but also because action necessary to close out a
position  may become  prohibited  for some  Covered  Persons  while the position
remains  open.  For  example,  you may not be able to close out short  sales and
transactions  in  derivatives.  Furthermore,  if JCC  becomes  aware of material
nonpublic  information,  or if a Client  is  active  in a given  security,  some
Covered  Persons may find themselves  "frozen" in a position.  JCC will not bear
any losses in personal accounts resulting from the application of these Rules.

                 COMMUNICATIONS WITH OUTSIDE TRUSTEES/DIRECTORS

         As a regular  business  practice,  JCC attempts to keep  Directors  and
Trustees informed with respect to its investment  activities through reports and
other  information  provided to them in connection with board meetings and other
events. In addition, Janus personnel are encouraged to respond to inquiries from
Directors  and  Trustees,  particularly  as  they  relate  to  general  strategy
considerations or economic or market conditions affecting Janus.  However, it is
JCC's policy not to communicate  specific trading  information  and/or advice on
specific issues to Outside  Directors and Outside Trustees (i.e., no information
should be given on securities for which current activity is being considered for
Clients).  Any pattern of repeated requests by such Directors or Trustees should
be reported to the Chief Compliance Officer or the Compliance Manager.

<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 CODE OF ETHICS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                    OVERVIEW

         In general,  it is  unlawful  for persons  affiliated  with  investment
companies,  their principal  underwriters or their investment advisers to engage
in personal  transactions  in securities  held or to be acquired by a registered
investment company,  if such personal  transactions are made in contravention of
rules  which  the  SEC  has  adopted  to  prevent   fraudulent,   deceptive  and
manipulative  practices.  Such rules require each registered investment company,
investment  adviser and principal  underwriter  to adopt its own written code of
ethics containing  provisions reasonably necessary to prevent its employees from
engaging in such conduct, and to maintain records, use reasonable diligence, and
institute such procedures as are reasonably  necessary to prevent  violations of
such code. This Code of Ethics ("Code") and information  reported hereunder will
enable Janus to fulfill these requirements.

                              GENERAL PROHIBITIONS

         The following  activities are prohibited for applicable Covered Persons
(remember,  if you  work at  Janus  full-time,  part-time,  temporarily  or on a
contract  basis,  or you are a Trustee or Director,  you are a Covered  Person).
Persons  who  violate any  prohibition  may be required to disgorge  any profits
realized in connection with such violation to a charitable organization selected
by the Ethics  Committee  and may be subject to other  sanctions  imposed by the
Ethics Committee, as outlined in the Penalty Guidelines.

1.       Covered  Persons may not cause a Client to take  action,  or to fail to
         take action, for personal benefit,  rather than to benefit such Client.
         For  example,  a Covered  Person  would  violate this Code by causing a
         Client to  purchase  a  security  owned by the  Covered  Person for the
         purpose of supporting  or  increasing  the price of that security or by
         causing a Client to refrain  from  selling a security  in an attempt to
         protect a personal investment, such as an option on that security.

2.       Covered Persons may not use knowledge of portfolio transactions made or
         contemplated for Clients to profit,  or cause others to profit,  by the
         market effect of such transactions.

3.       Covered Persons may not disclose current portfolio transactions made or
         contemplated for Clients as well as any other nonpublic  information to
         anyone outside of Janus.

4.       Covered Persons may not engage in fraudulent conduct in connection with
         the purchase or sale of a Security  Held or to be Acquired by a Client,
         including without limitation:

         1)       Employing  any  device,  scheme or  artifice  to  defraud  any
                  Client;

         2)       Making to any Client any untrue  statement of material fact or
                  omitting to state to any Client a material  fact  necessary in
                  order  to  make  the   statements   made,   in  light  of  the
                  circumstances under which they are made, not misleading;

         3)       Engaging  in any act,  practice  or course of  business  which
                  operates  or  would  operate  as a fraud  or  deceit  upon any
                  Client;

         4)       Engaging  in any  manipulative  practice  with  respect to any
                  Client; or

         5)       Investing in  derivatives  to evade the  restrictions  of this
                  Code. Accordingly, individuals may not use derivatives to take
                  positions in securities that would be otherwise  prohibited by
                  the Code if the positions were taken directly.

5.       Investment  Personnel  may not  serve on the  board of  directors  of a
         publicly  traded company without prior written  authorization  from the
         Ethics  Committee.  No such service shall be approved without a finding
         by  the  Ethics   Committee   that  the  board  service  would  not  be
         inconsistent  with  the  interests  of  Clients.  If board  service  is
         authorized by the Ethics Committee, the Investment Personnel serving as
         director  normally  should be  isolated  from those  making  investment
         decisions with respect to the company  involved through "Chinese Walls"
         or other procedures.

                              TRADING RESTRICTIONS

         The  trading  restrictions  of the Code apply to all direct or indirect
acquisitions or dispositions of Covered Securities,  whether by purchase,  sale,
tender offers,  stock purchase plan,  gift,  inheritance,  or otherwise.  Unless
otherwise  noted,  the  following  trading  restrictions  are  applicable to any
transaction  in a  Covered  Security  Beneficially  Owned by a  Covered  Person.
Outside   Directors  and  Outside  Trustees  are  exempt  from  certain  trading
restrictions  because of their limited access to current  information  regarding
Client investments.

         Any  disgorgement  of  profits  required  under  any of  the  following
provisions shall be donated to a charitable  organization selected by the Ethics
Committee,  as outlined in the Penalty  Guidelines.  However, if disgorgement is
required as a result of trades by a portfolio  manager that conflicted with that
manager's  own Clients,  disgorgement  proceeds  shall be paid  directly to such
Clients.  If disgorgement is required under more than one provision,  the Ethics
Committee  shall  determine  in its sole  discretion  the  provision  that shall
control.1

EXCLUDED TRANSACTIONS

         Some or all of the trading  restrictions  listed  below do not apply to
the following  transactions;  however, these transactions must still be reported
to Compliance (see Reporting Requirements):

o Tender  offer  transactions  are exempt from all trading  restrictions  except
preclearance.


<PAGE>

o        The  acquisition of securities  through stock purchase plans are exempt
         from all trading restrictions except  preclearance,  the trading ban on
         portfolio managers and assistant portfolio managers,  and the seven day
         rule. (Note: the sales of securities  acquired through a stock purchase
         plan are subject to all of the trading restrictions of the Code).

o        The  acquisition  of  securities  through  stock  dividends,  automatic
         dividend  reinvestment  plans,  stock  splits,  reverse  stock  splits,
         mergers,   consolidations,   spin-offs,   or  other  similar  corporate
         reorganizations or distributions generally applicable to all holders of
         the  same  class  of  such  securities  are  exempt  from  all  trading
         restrictions.  The  acquisition  of securities  through the exercise of
         rights  issued  by an  issuer  pro  rata to all  holders  of a class of
         securities,  to the extent the rights  were  acquired  in the issue are
         exempt from all trading restrictions.

o        Non-discretionary  transactions in Company Stock (e.g., the acquisition
         of securities  through  Stilwell or KCSI's Employee Stock Purchase Plan
         ("ESPP")  or the  receipt  of  options  in  Company  Stock as part of a
         compensation or benefit plan) are exempt from all trading restrictions.
         Discretionary  transactions  in Company  Stock issued by JCC are exempt
         from all trading  restrictions.  Discretionary  transactions in Company
         Stock issued by Stilwell or KCSI (e.g.,  exercising  options or selling
         ESPP   Stock)  are  exempt  from  all   trading   restrictions   except
         preclearance (See procedures for Preclearance of Company Stock).

o        The acquisition of securities by gift or inheritance is exempt from all
         trading  restrictions.  (Note: the sales of securities acquired by gift
         or inheritance are subject to all trading restrictions of the Code).

o        Transactions  in  options  on and  securities  based  on the  following
         indexes are exempt from all trading  restrictions:  S&P 500 Index,  S&P
         MidCap 400 Index, S&P 100 Index, FTSE 100 Index or Nikkei 225 Index.

DISCLOSURE OF CONFLICTS

         If an Investment  Person is planning to invest or make a recommendation
to invest in a security for a Client, and such person has a material interest in
the  security,  such  person  must first  disclose  such  interest to his or her
manager or the Chief Investment Officer.  The manager or Chief Investment Office
shall  conduct an  independent  review of the  recommendation  to  purchase  the
security for  Clients.  The manager or Chief  Investment  Officer may review the
recommendation  only if he or she has no material  interest in the  security.  A
material   interest  is   Beneficial   Ownership  of  any  security   (including
derivatives,  options, warrants or rights), offices, directorships,  significant
contracts, or interests or relationships that are likely to affect such person's
judgment.

PRECLEARANCE

         Access Persons  (except  Outside  Directors and Outside  Trustees) must
obtain  preclearance  prior to engaging in any personal  transaction  in Covered
Securities. (See Preclearance Procedures below).

TRADING BAN ON PORTFOLIO MANAGERS AND ASSISTANT PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

         Portfolio  managers and their  assistants are  prohibited  from trading
personally in Covered Securities.  However,  the following types of transactions
are exempt from this policy, but are subject to all applicable provisions of the
Rules, including preclearance:

o        Purchases or sales of Company Stock;

o        The sale of any security that is not held by any Client; and

o        The  sale  of  any  security  in  order  to  raise  capital  to  fund a
         significant life event.  For example,  purchasing a home or automobile,
         or paying medical or education expenses.

BAN ON IPOs AND HOT ISSUES

         Covered Persons (except Outside Directors and Outside Trustees) may not
purchase  securities in an initial  public  offering or in a secondary  offering
that constitutes a "hot issue" as defined in NASD rules.  Such securities may be
purchased or received,  however,  where the  individual has an existing right to
purchase the security based on his or her status as an investor, policyholder or
depositor of the issuer. In addition,  securities issued in reorganizations  are
also  outside  the scope of this  prohibition  if the  transaction  involves  no
investment  decision on the part of the Covered Person except in connection with
a shareholder vote.

60 DAY RULE

         Access Persons  (except Outside  Directors and Outside  Trustees) shall
disgorge any profits realized in the purchase and sale, or sale and purchase, of
the same or equivalent  Covered  Securities within sixty (60) calendar days if a
Client held or traded the security during the sixty (60) calendar day period.

BLACKOUT PERIOD

         No Access Person may engage in a transaction in a Covered Security when
such  person  knows or should  have  known at the time there to be  pending,  on
behalf  of any  Client,  a "buy" or  "sell"  order in that  same  security.  The
existence  of  pending  orders  will be  checked  by  Compliance  as part of the
Preclearance process. Preclearance may be given when any pending Client order is
completely executed or withdrawn.

FIFTEEN DAY RULE

         Any Access Person (except Outside  Directors and Outside  Trustees) who
buys or sells a Covered  Security  within  fifteen  calendar  days  before  such
security  is  bought or sold on behalf of any  Client  must  disgorge  any price
advantage  realized.  The price advantage shall be the favorable spread, if any,
between the price paid or received by such person and the least  favorable price
paid or received by a Client during such  period.2 The Ethics  Committee has the
authority by unanimous  action to exempt any person from the fifteen-day rule if
such person is selling a security to raise  capital to fund a  significant  life
event.  For  example,  purchasing  a home or  automobile,  or paying  medical or
education  expenses.  In  order  for  the  Ethics  Committee  to  consider  such
exemption,  the life event must occur within  thirty (30)  calendar  days of the
security  transaction,  and the person must provide written  confirmation of the
event.

SEVEN DAY RULE

         Any portfolio manager or assistant  portfolio manager who buys or sells
a Covered  Security  within seven calendar days before or after he or she trades
in that  security on behalf of a Client shall  disgorge any profits  realized on
such transaction.

SHORT SALES

         Any Access  Person who sells short a Covered  Security that such person
knows or should have known is held long by any Client shall  disgorge any profit
realized on such  transaction.  This prohibition  shall not apply,  however,  to
securities indices or derivatives  thereof (such as futures contracts on the S&P
500 index).  Client  ownership of Covered  Securities will be checked as part of
the Preclearance process.

HEDGE FUNDS, INVESTMENT CLUBS, AND OTHER INVESTMENTS

         No Access Person (except  Outside  Directors and Outside  Trustees) may
participate  in  hedge  funds,   partnerships,   investment  clubs,  or  similar
investment  vehicles,  unless  such  person does not have any direct or indirect
influence or control over the trading. Covered Persons wishing to rely upon this
provision must submit a Certification of  Non-Influence  and Non-Control Form to
the Compliance Manager for approval. (See Non-Influence and Non-Control Accounts
section below.)

                             PRECLEARANCE PROCEDURES

         Access Persons must obtain preclearance for all applicable transactions
in  Covered  Securities  in which  such  person  has a  Beneficial  Interest.  A
Preclearance  Form must be completed  and  forwarded to  Compliance.  Compliance
shall  promptly  notify the  person of  approval  or denial of the  transaction.
Notification  of approval or denial of the  transaction  may be given  verbally;
however,  it shall be  confirmed  in writing  within  seventy-two  (72) hours of
verbal  notification.  When preclearance has been approved,  the person then has
four business days from and including the day of first  notification  to execute
the trade.

GENERAL PRECLEARANCE

         General  preclearance  shall be obtained from an authorized person from
each of the following three groups:

o        A DESIGNATED LEGAL OR COMPLIANCE  REPRESENTATIVE,  who will present the
         personal  investment to the attendees of the weekly investment meeting,
         whereupon an opportunity will be given to orally object. An attendee of
         the weekly  investment  meeting shall object to such  clearance if such
         person  knows of a  conflict  with a pending  Client  transaction  or a
         transaction  known by such  attendee  to be under  consideration  for a
         Client.  Objections  to such  clearance  should also take into account,
         among other  factors,  whether  the  investment  opportunity  should be
         reserved for a Client.  If no  objections  are raised,  the  Designated
         Legal or  Compliance  Representative  shall so  indicate by signing the
         Preclearance  Form.  Such  approval  shall not be required for sales of
         securities not held by any Clients.

         In place of this  authorization,  Investment  Personnel are required to
         obtain  approvals from all Executive  Investment  Committee  members as
         noted in the  section  below  entitled  Preclearance  Requirements  for
         Investment Personnel.

o        A  DESIGNATED  TRADING  OPERATIONS  REPRESENTATIVE,   who  may  provide
         clearance if such Representative knows at the time of the request of no
         pending "buy" or "sell" order in the security on behalf of a Client and
         no such trades are known by such person to be under consideration.

o        The   COMPLIANCE   MANAGER,   OR  A  DESIGNATED   LEGAL  OR  COMPLIANCE
         REPRESENTATIVE  IF THE  COMPLIANCE  MANAGER IS NOT  AVAILABLE,  who may
         provide clearance if no legal  prohibitions are known by such person to
         exist with respect to the proposed trade.  Approvals for such clearance
         should take into  account,  among other  factors,  the existence of any
         Watch  List  or   Restricted   List  and,  to  the  extent   reasonably
         practicable, recent trading activity and holdings of Clients.

          No authorized  person may preclear a transaction  in which such person
has a Beneficial Interest.

PRECLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR INVESTMENT PERSONNEL

         Trades by Investment Personnel may not be precleared by presentation at
the weekly investment  meeting.  Instead,  Investment  Personnel must obtain the
following management  approvals.  However,  such approvals shall not be required
for sales of securities not held by any Clients:

o        TRADES IN EQUITY  SECURITIES  require prior  written  approval from all
         members of the  Executive  Investment  Committee,  Investment  Person's
         manager and either Ron Speaker or Sandy Rufenacht;

o        TRADES IN DEBT  SECURITIES  require  prior  written  approval  from all
         senior fixed income portfolio  managers,  either Jim Craig or two other
         Executive   Investment   Committee  members,  and  Investment  Person's
         manager.

         A portfolio manager may not preclear his or her own transaction.

PRECLEARANCE OF COMPANY STOCK

         Officers of Janus and certain persons designated by Compliance who wish
to  make  discretionary   transactions  in  Stilwell  or  KCSI  securities,   or
derivatives   thereon,   must  preclear  such  transactions.   A  Company  Stock
Preclearance  Form must be completed  and  forwarded to  Compliance.  Compliance
shall  promptly  notify the person of  approval  or denial for the  transaction.
Notification  of approval or denial for the  transaction  may be given verbally;
however,  it shall be  confirmed  in writing  within  seventy-two  (72) hours of
verbal  notification.  When preclearance has been approved,  the person then has
four business days from and including the day of first  notification  to execute
the trade.

         If such persons are subject to the  provisions  of Section 16(b) of the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  trading will generally be allowed only in the
ten (10) business day period beginning  seventy-two (72) hours after Stilwell or
KCSI files its  quarterly  results  with the SEC (e.g.,  10Q or 10K filing,  not
earnings  release).  To preclear the trade, the Compliance Manager or such other
Representative  shall discuss the  transaction  with Janus's  General Counsel or
Chief Financial Officer. PRECLEARANCE OF TENDER OFFERS AND STOCK PURCHASE PLANS

         Access Persons (other than Outside  Directors and Outside Trustees) who
wish to  participate in a tender offer or stock purchase plan must preclear such
trades  only  with  the  Compliance   Manager  prior  to  submitting  notice  to
participate  in such  tender  offer or notice  of  participation  in such  stock
purchase plan to the applicable  company.  To preclear the trade, the Compliance
Manager shall consider all material factors relevant to a potential  conflict of
interest  between the Access  Person and Clients.  In addition,  any increase of
$100 or more to a pre-existing stock purchase plan must be precleared.

FOUR DAY EFFECTIVE PERIOD

         Clearances  to trade will be in effect  for only four  trading/business
days  from and  including  the date of the last  Authorized  Person's  signature
(which may not be provided more than one day after the first Authorized Person's
signature).  For tender offers, stock purchase plans,  exercise of Company Stock
and  similar  transactions,  the date the  request is  submitted  to the company
processing  the  transaction  will be considered  the trade date for purposes of
this requirement. Open orders, including stop loss orders, will generally not be
allowed  unless  such  order is  expected  to be  completed  within the four day
effective  period.  It is necessary  to  re-preclear  transactions  not executed
within the four day effective period.

                             REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

ACCOUNT STATEMENTS

         ACCESS  PERSONS (other than Outside  Trustees) and  REGISTERED  PERSONS
must notify Compliance of each brokerage account in which they have a Beneficial
Interest and must arrange for their brokers or financial institutions to provide
to Compliance, on a timely basis, duplicate account statements and confirmations
showing all transactions in brokerage or commodities accounts in which they have
a Beneficial  Interest.  A Personal  Brokerage Account Disclosure Form should be
completed for this purpose.

         PLEASE NOTE THAT, EVEN IF SUCH PERSON DOES NOT TRADE COVERED SECURITIES
IN A PARTICULAR  BROKERAGE OR COMMODITIES ACCOUNT (E.G., TRADING MUTUAL FUNDS IN
A  SCHWAB  ACCOUNT),   THE  REPORTING  OF  DUPLICATE   ACCOUNT   STATEMENTS  AND
CONFIRMATIONS IS STILL REQUIRED.  HOWEVER, IF SUCH PERSON ONLY USES A PARTICULAR
BROKERAGE ACCOUNT FOR CHECKING ACCOUNT PURPOSES, AND NOT INVESTMENT PURPOSES, HE
OR SHE MAY IN LIEU OF REPORTING DUPLICATE ACCOUNT  STATEMENTS,  REPORT DUPLICATE
TRADE CONFIRMATIONS AND MAKE A QUARTERLY REPRESENTATION TO COMPLIANCE INDICATING
THAT NO  INVESTMENT  TRANSACTIONS  OCCURRED IN THE ACCOUNT  DURING THE  CALENDAR
QUARTER.  Reporting  of  accounts  that do not  allow  any  trading  in  Covered
Securities  (e.g., a mutual fund account held directly with the fund sponsor) is
not required.

         Covered Persons must notify  Compliance of each  reportable  account at
the time it is opened, and annually  thereafter,  including the name of the firm
and the name under which the account is carried.  A Personal  Brokerage  Account
Disclosure Form should be completed for this purpose.

         Certain transactions might not be reported through a brokerage account,
such as private  placements,  inheritances or gifts. In these instances,  Access
Persons must report these  transactions  within ten (10)  calendar  days using a
Personal Securities Transaction Report as noted below.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Registered  Persons are reminded that they must also inform any  brokerage  firm
with which they open an account,  at the time the  account is opened,  that they
are registered with JDI.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         NON-ACCESS  PERSONS  who engage in an  aggregate  of $25,000 or more of
transactions  in  Covered   Securities  within  a  calendar  year  must  provide
Compliance with an Annual  Transaction  Report listing all such  transactions in
all accounts in which such person has a  Beneficial  Interest.  Compliance  will
request this  information  annually and will spot check all or a portion of such
transactions or accounts.

HOLDINGS REPORTS

         ACCESS  PERSONS  (other than Outside  Trustees)  must,  within ten (10)
calendar  days  after  becoming  an Access  Person,  provide  Compliance  with a
Holdings  Report which lists all Covered  Securities  beneficially  held and any
brokerage  accounts  through which such securities are maintained.  In addition,
such persons  must  provide a brief  description  of any  positions  held (e.g.,
director,  officer, other) with for-profit entities other than Janus. The report
must contain  information  current as of no more than thirty (30)  calendar days
from the time the report is submitted.

PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTION REPORTS

         ACCESS  PERSONS  (other than Outside  Trustees) must provide a Personal
Securities  Transaction Report within ten (10) calendar days after any month end
showing all transactions in Covered Securities for which confirmations are known
by such  person  to not  have  been  timely  provided  to  Janus,  and all  such
transactions  that  are not  effected  in  brokerage  or  commodities  accounts,
including without limitation  non-brokered private placements,  and transactions
in  securities  that  are  in  certificate   form,   which  may  include  gifts,
inheritances, and other transactions in Covered Securities.

         OUTSIDE  TRUSTEES need only report a transaction in a Covered  Security
if such person, at the time of that transaction, knew or, in the ordinary course
of fulfilling his or her official  duties as a Trustee should have known,  that,
during  the  fifteen-day  period  immediately  preceding  the date of his or her
personal  transaction,  such  security  was  purchased  or sold by, or was being
considered  for  purchase  or sale on behalf  of,  any Janus Fund for which such
person acts as Trustee.

SUCH PERSONS MUST PROMPTLY COMPLY WITH ANY REQUEST OF THE COMPLIANCE  MANAGER TO
PROVIDE  TRANSACTION  REPORTS  REGARDLESS  OF  WHETHER  THEIR  BROKER  HAS  BEEN
INSTRUCTED TO PROVIDE  DUPLICATE  CONFIRMATIONS.  SUCH REPORTS MAY BE REQUESTED,
FOR EXAMPLE, TO CHECK THAT ALL APPLICABLE CONFIRMATIONS ARE BEING RECEIVED OR TO
SUPPLEMENT THE REQUESTED  CONFIRMATIONS WHERE A BROKER IS DIFFICULT TO WORK WITH
OR OTHERWISE FAILS TO PROVIDE DUPLICATE CONFIRMATIONS ON A TIMELY BASIS.

NON-INFLUENCE AND NON-CONTROL ACCOUNTS

         The Rules  shall  not apply to any  account,  partnership,  or  similar
investment  vehicle  over  which a Covered  Person  has no  direct  or  indirect
influence or control.  Covered  Persons  wishing to rely upon this provision are
required to receive approval from the Ethics Committee. In order to request such
approval,  a  Certification  of  Non-Influence  and  Non-Control  Form  must  be
submitted to the Compliance Manager.

         Any account  beneficially  owned by a Covered Person that is managed by
JCC in a  discretionary  capacity  is not covered by these Rules so long as such
person has no direct or indirect  influence  or control  over the  account.  The
employment  relationship  between the account-holder and the individual managing
the  account,  in the absence of other  facts  indicating  control,  will not be
deemed to give such account-holder influence or control over the account.

                              OTHER REQUIRED FORMS

         In addition to the  Preclearance  Form,  Preclearance  Form for Company
Stock,  Personal Brokerage Account Disclosure Form,  Holdings Report,  Report of
Personal Securities  Transactions,  Annual Transaction Report, and Certification
of  Non-Influence  and  Non-Control  Form discussed  above,  the following forms
(available through Lotus Notes) must be completed if applicable to you:

ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF RECEIPT FORM

         Each Covered Person must provide  Compliance with an  Acknowledgment of
Receipt Form within ten (10)  calendar  days of  commencement  of  employment or
other  services  certifying  that he or she has  received a current  copy of the
Rules and acknowledges, as a condition of employment, that he or she will comply
with the Rules in their entirety.

ANNUAL CERTIFICATION FORM

         Each Covered Person must provide Compliance annually within thirty (30)
calendar days from date of request with an Annual  Certification Form certifying
that he or she:

         1)       Has received, read and understands the Rules;

         2)       Has complied with the requirements of the Rules; and

         3)       Has disclosed or reported all open  brokerage and  commodities
                  accounts,    personal   holdings   and   personal   securities
                  transactions  required to be disclosed or reported pursuant to
                  the requirements of the Rules.

OUTSIDE DIRECTOR/TRUSTEE REPRESENTATION FORM

         All Outside  Directors and Outside Trustees must, upon  commencement of
services  and  annually   thereafter,   provide   Compliance   with  an  Outside
Director/Trustee  Representation Form. The Form declares that such persons agree
to refrain from trading in any  securities  when they are in  possession  of any
information regarding trading recommendations made or proposed to be made to any
Client by Janus or its officers or employees.
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             INSIDER TRADING POLICY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                             BACKGROUND INFORMATION

         The term  "insider  trading" is not  defined in the federal  securities
statutes,  but  generally  is used to  refer  to the use of  material  nonpublic
information  to trade in  securities  (whether or not one is an "insider") or to
communications of material nonpublic information to others.

         While the law  concerning  insider  trading can be complex and unclear,
you should assume that the law prohibits:

o        Trading  by an  insider,  while in  possession  of  material  nonpublic
         information,

o        Trading by a  non-insider,  while in possession  of material  nonpublic
         information,  where the  information  was disclosed to the  non-insider
         (either directly or through one or more intermediaries) in violation of
         an insider's duty to keep it confidential,

o        Communicating  material nonpublic  information to others in breach of a
         duty not to disclose such information, and

o        Misappropriating   confidential   information  for  securities  trading
         purposes,  in breach of a duty owed to the source of the information to
         keep the information confidential.

         Trading based on material  nonpublic  information  about an issuer does
not violate this policy unless the trader (i) is an "insider" with respect to an
issuer;  (ii) receives the information  from an insider or from someone that the
trader  knows  received  the  information  from an insider,  either  directly or
indirectly,  or (iii)  misappropriates  the nonpublic  information or obtains or
misuses it in breach of a duty of trust and confidence owed to the source of the
information.  Accordingly, trading based on material nonpublic information about
an issuer can be, but is not  necessarily,  a violation of this Policy.  Trading
while in possession of material nonpublic information relating to a tender offer
is prohibited under this Policy regardless of how such information was obtained.

         Application  of the law of insider  trading to particular  transactions
can be  difficult,  particularly  if it involves a  determination  about trading
based on material nonpublic information. You legitimately may be uncertain about
the  application  of this Policy in  particular  circumstances.  If you have any
questions  regarding  the  application  of the  Policy or you have any reason to
believe that a violation  of the Policy has  occurred or is about to occur,  you
should contact the Chief Compliance Officer or the Compliance Manager.

         The  following  discussion  is  intended  to help  you  understand  the
principal concepts involved in insider trading.

<PAGE>
WHO IS AN INSIDER?

         The concept of "insider" is broad. It includes officers,  directors and
employees of a company. In addition, a person can be a "temporary insider" if he
or she  enters  into a special  confidential  relationship  in the  conduct of a
company's affairs and as a result is given access to information  solely for the
company's purposes.  A temporary insider can include,  among others, a company's
attorneys, accountants, consultants, bank lending officers, and the employees of
such organizations.  In addition, one or more of the Janus entities may become a
temporary  insider  of a  company  it  advises  or for which it  performs  other
services.  To be considered an insider,  the company must expect the outsider to
keep the disclosed  nonpublic  information  confidential and/or the relationship
must at least imply such a duty.

WHEN IS INFORMATION NONPUBLIC?

         Information   remains   nonpublic   until  it  has  been  made  public.
Information  becomes  public when it has been  effectively  communicated  to the
marketplace,  such as by a public  filing  with  the SEC or  other  governmental
agency,  inclusion  in the Dow Jones  "tape" or  publication  in The Wall Street
Journal or another publication of general circulation. Moreover, sufficient time
must have passed so that the information has been disseminated widely.

WHAT IS MATERIAL INFORMATION?

         Trading on inside  information is not a basis for liability  unless the
information is material.  "Material information" generally means information for
which  there  is a  substantial  likelihood  that a  reasonable  investor  would
consider it important in making his or her investment decisions,  or information
that is  reasonably  certain  to have a  substantial  effect  on the  price of a
company's  securities.  Information that should be considered material includes,
but  is not  limited  to:  dividend  changes,  earnings  estimates,  changes  in
previously  released  earnings  estimates,  significant  merger  or  acquisition
proposals  or  agreements,   major   litigation,   liquidation   problems,   and
extraordinary management developments.

         Material  information  may also  relate to the market  for a  company's
securities. Information about a significant order to purchase or sell securities
may, in some contexts, be deemed material. Similarly, prepublication information
regarding  reports  in the  financial  press  also may be deemed  material.  For
example,  the Supreme Court upheld the criminal  convictions of insider  trading
defendants who capitalized on  prepublication  information about The Wall Street
Journal's "Heard on the Street" column.

WHEN IS INFORMATION MISAPPROPRIATED?

         The   misappropriation   theory  prohibits  trading  on  the  basis  of
non-public information by a corporate "outsider" in breach of a duty owed not to
a trading party, but to the source of confidential information. Misappropriation
of information occurs when a person obtains the non-public  information  through
deception  or in  breach  of a duty of trust and  loyalty  to the  source of the
information.
<PAGE>
PENALTIES FOR INSIDER TRADING

         Penalties   for  trading  on  or   communicating   material   nonpublic
information are severe,  both for individuals  involved in such unlawful conduct
and their  employers or other  controlling  persons.  A person can be subject to
some or all of the penalties below even if he or she does not personally benefit
from the violation.
Penalties include:

o        Civil injunctions

o        Treble damages

o        Disgorgement of profits

o        Jail sentences for up to 10 years

o        Fines up to  $1,000,000  (or  $2,500,000  for  corporations  and  other
         entities)

o        Civil  penalties  for the person who  committed  the violation of up to
         three  times the  profit  gained or loss  avoided,  whether  or not the
         person actually benefited, and

o        Civil penalties for the employer or other  controlling  person of up to
         the  greater  of  $1,000,000  or three  times the  amount of the profit
         gained or loss avoided.

         In addition,  any violation of the law may result in serious  sanctions
by Janus, including termination of employment.

WHO IS A CONTROLLING PERSON?

         Included as controlling  persons are Janus and its Directors,  Trustees
and officers. If you are a Director,  Trustee or officer, you have a duty to act
to  prevent  insider  trading.  Failure  to  fulfill  such a duty may  result in
penalties as described above.

                         PROCEDURES TO IMPLEMENT POLICY


         The following  procedures  have been  established to aid the Directors,
Trustees,  officers and employees of Janus in avoiding insider  trading,  and to
aid Janus in  preventing,  detecting  and  imposing  sanctions  against  insider
trading.

IDENTIFYING MATERIAL INSIDE INFORMATION

         Before  trading for  yourself or others,  including  the Janus Funds or
other Clients, in the securities of a company about which you may have potential
inside information, ask yourself the following questions:

o        To whom has this  information  been provided?  Has the information been
         effectively communicated to the marketplace?

o        Has this  information  been  obtained  from  either  the issuer or from
         another  source  in  breach  of a duty  to  that  source  to  keep  the
         information confidential?

o        Is the information material? Is this information that an investor would
         consider important in making his or her investment  decisions?  Is this
         information  that would  affect the market price of the  securities  if
         generally disclosed?

         Special  caution  should be taken  with  respect  to  potential  inside
information  regarding JCC. Although JCC's shares are not publicly traded, JCC's
parent,  KCSI, is a publicly traded company.  KCSI owns 82% of the stock of JCC.
As a result,  potential inside  information  regarding JCC may affect trading in
KCSI stock and should be reported  pursuant to the  procedures  set forth below.
The following is a non-exclusive  list of situations  that Investment  Personnel
should report immediately pursuant to the procedures below: (i) participation in
private placements;  (ii) the receipt of any information from an issuer pursuant
to a confidentiality agreement; (iii) participation on or receipt of information
from a  bankruptcy  committee  of an issuer;  and (iv)  receipt  of  information
regarding  earnings or sales  figures in advance of the public  release of those
numbers.

REPORTING INSIDE INFORMATION

         If, after  consideration of the above, you believe that the information
is  material  and  nonpublic,  or  if  you  have  questions  as to  whether  the
information is material and nonpublic, you should take the following steps:

o        Do not purchase or sell the securities on behalf of yourself or others,
         including Clients.

o        Do not communicate the  information  inside or outside of Janus,  other
         than to the Chief Compliance Officer or the Compliance Manager.

o        Immediately  advise the Chief Compliance  Officer or Compliance Manager
         of the  nature  and source of such  information.  The Chief  Compliance
         Officer or  Compliance  Manager  will review the  information  with the
         Ethics Committee.

o        Depending upon the determination  made by the Ethics  Committee,  or by
         the Chief Compliance  Officer until the Committee can be convened,  you
         may be  instructed  to continue  the  prohibition  against  trading and
         communication  and the Compliance  Manager will place the security on a
         Restricted List or Watch List, as described below. Alternatively, if it
         is determined that the information  obtained is not material  nonpublic
         information,   you  may  be  allowed  to  trade  and   communicate  the
         information.

WATCH AND RESTRICTED LISTS

         Whenever  the  Ethics  Committee  or  the  Chief   Compliance   Officer
determines  that a  Director,  Trustee,  officer  or  employee  of  Janus  is in
possession  of  material  nonpublic   information  with  respect  to  a  company
(regardless  of whether it is  currently  owned by any Client) such company will
either be placed on a Watch List or on a Restricted List.
<PAGE>
WATCH LIST

         If the security is placed on a Watch List, the flow of the  information
to other Janus  personnel  will be  restricted in order to allow such persons to
continue  their  ordinary  investment  activities.  This  procedure  is commonly
referred to as a "Chinese Wall."

RESTRICTED LIST

         If the Ethics Committee or the Chief Compliance Officer determines that
material  nonpublic  information  is in the  possession of a Director,  Trustee,
officer,  or employee of Janus and cannot be adequately isolated through the use
of a Chinese Wall,  the company will be placed on the Restricted  List.  While a
company is on the  Restricted  List,  no  Investment  Person  shall  initiate or
recommend any transaction in any Client  account,  and no Access Person shall be
precleared  to  transact  in any  account  in which  he or she has a  beneficial
interest,  with respect to the securities of such company.  The Ethics Committee
or the Chief  Compliance  Officer  will also have the  discretion  of  placing a
company on the Restricted List even though no "break in the Chinese Wall" has or
is expected to occur with respect to the material  nonpublic  information  about
the  company.  Such  action  may be taken by such  persons  for the  purpose  of
avoiding any appearance of the misuse of material nonpublic information.

         The  Ethics  Committee  or  the  Chief   Compliance   Officer  will  be
responsible  for  determining  whether to remove a  particular  company from the
Watch List or  Restricted  List.  The only  persons  who will have access to the
Watch List or Restricted  List are members of the Ethics  Committee,  Designated
Legal or  Compliance  Representatives  and such  persons who are affected by the
information.  The Watch List and  Restricted  List are highly  confidential  and
should,  under no  circumstances,  be discussed with or  disseminated  to anyone
other than the persons noted above.

PROTECTING INFORMATION

         Directors, Trustees, officers and employees of Janus shall not disclose
any nonpublic  information  (whether or not it is material) relating to Janus or
its securities  transactions to any person outside Janus (unless such disclosure
has  been  authorized  by the  Chief  Compliance  Officer).  Material  nonpublic
information may not be communicated to anyone, including any Director,  Trustee,
officer or employee of Janus, except as provided in this Policy.  Access to such
information must be restricted. For example, access to files containing material
nonpublic  information and computer files containing such information  should be
restricted,  and conversations  containing such  information,  if appropriate at
all, should be conducted in private.

         To insure the  integrity  of the Chinese  Wall and to avoid  unintended
disclosures,  it is important that all employees  take the following  steps with
respect to confidential or nonpublic information:

o        Do not  discuss  confidential  information  in  public  places  such as
         elevators, hallways or social gatherings.

o        To the extent  practical,  limit  access to the areas of the firm where
         confidential  information  could be observed or  overheard to employees
         with a business need for being in the area.

o        Avoid use of  speakerphones  in areas  where  unauthorized  persons may
         overhear conversations.

o        Avoid  use  of  wireless  and  cellular  phones,   or  other  means  of
         communication, which may be intercepted.

o        Where appropriate, maintain the confidentiality of Client identities by
         using code names or numbers for confidential projects.

o        Exercise  care  to  avoid  placing  documents  containing  confidential
         information in areas where they may be read by unauthorized persons and
         to store such documents in secure locations when they are not in use.

o        Destroy copies of confidential documents no longer needed for a project
         unless  required to be saved  pursuant  to  applicable  record  keeping
         policies or requirements.

RESPONSIBILITY TO MONITOR TRANSACTIONS

         Compliance will monitor transactions of Clients and employees for which
reports are received to detect the existence of any unusual  trading  activities
with respect to companies on the Watch and  Restricted  Lists.  Compliance  will
immediately  report any unusual  trading  activity  directly  to the  Compliance
Manager,  and in his or her absence,  the Chief Compliance Officer,  who will be
responsible for determining what, if any, action should be taken.

RECORD RETENTION

         Compliance  shall maintain copies of the Watch List and Restricted List
for a minimum of six years.

TENDER OFFERS

         Tender  offers  represent  a  particular  concern in the law of insider
trading  for  two  reasons.   First,   tender  offer   activity  often  produces
extraordinary  fluctuations  in the price of the  target  company's  securities.
Trading during this time period is more likely to attract  regulatory  attention
(and produces a disproportionate  percentage of insider trading cases).  Second,
the SEC has adopted a rule which  expressly  forbids trading and "tipping" while
in  possession  of  material  nonpublic  information  regarding  a tender  offer
received from the tender offeror,  the target company or anyone acting on behalf
of either.  Janus  employees and others  subject to this Policy should  exercise
particular caution any time they become aware of nonpublic  information relating
to a tender offer.
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   GIFT POLICY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         Gifts may be given (or accepted)  only if they are in  accordance  with
normally  accepted  business   practices  and  do  not  raise  any  question  of
impropriety.  A question of  impropriety  may be raised if a gift  influences or
gives the  appearance of  influencing  the  recipient.  The  following  outlines
Janus's policy on giving and receiving gifts to help us maintain those standards
and is applicable  to all Inside  Directors  and Inside  Trustees,  officers and
employees of Janus.

                                   GIFT GIVING

         Neither  you nor  members of your  immediate  family may give any gift,
series of  gifts,  or other  thing of value,  including  cash,  loans,  personal
services,  or  special  discounts  ("Gifts")  in  excess of $100 per year to any
Client or any one person or entity that does or seeks to do business  with or on
behalf of Janus or any  Client  (collectively  referred  to herein as  "Business
Relationships").

                                 GIFT RECEIVING

         Neither you nor members of your  immediate  family may receive any Gift
of  material  value  from  any  single  Business  Relationship.  A Gift  will be
considered  material  in  value if it  influences  or gives  the  appearance  of
influencing the recipient.

         In the event the aggregate  fair market value of all Gifts  received by
you from any single  Business  Relationship  is  estimated to exceed $250 in any
12-month period, you must immediately notify your manager. Managers that receive
such notification  must report this information to the Compliance  Manager if it
appears that such Gifts may have improperly influenced the receiver. If the Gift
is made in connection  with the sale or  distribution  of registered  investment
company or variable contract securities,  the aggregate fair market value of all
such Gifts  received  by you from any  single  Business  Relationship  may never
exceed $100 in any 12-month period.

         Occasionally,  Janus  employees are invited to attend or participate in
conferences,  tour a company's  facilities,  or meet with  representatives  of a
company.  Such  invitations  may involve  traveling  and may  require  overnight
lodging.  Generally, Janus must pay for all travel and lodging expenses provided
in connection with such  activities.  However,  if  appropriate,  and with prior
approval from your manager, you may accept travel related amenities if the costs
are considered insubstantial and are not readily ascertainable.

         The  solicitation of a Gift is prohibited  (i.e., you may not request a
Gift, such as tickets to a sporting event, be given to you).

                          CUSTOMARY BUSINESS AMENITIES

         Customary  business  amenities are not considered Gifts so long as such
amenities are business related (e.g., if you are accepting tickets to a sporting
event, the offerer must go with you), reasonable in cost, appropriate as to time
and place,  and  neither so frequent  nor so costly as to raise any  question of
impropriety.  Customary business  amenities which you and, if appropriate,  your
guests,  may accept (or give) include an occasional meal, a ticket to a sporting
event or the theater,  greens  fees,  an  invitation  to a reception or cocktail
party, or comparable entertainment.
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            OUTSIDE EMPLOYMENT POLICY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         No Inside Director,  Inside Trustee, officer or employee of Janus shall
accept  employment or compensation  as a result of any business  activity (other
than a passive  investment),  outside the scope of his  relationship  with Janus
unless such person has provided  prompt  written  notice of such  employment  or
compensation to the Chief  Compliance  Officer (or, for Registered  Persons,  to
JDI's Operations Manager), and, in the case of securities-related  employment or
compensation,  has received the prior written approval of the Ethics  Committee.
Registered  Persons are  reminded to update and submit  their  Outside  Business
Activity  Disclosure forms as appropriate  pursuant to JDI's Written Supervisory
Procedures and applicable NASD rules.



<PAGE>


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               PENALTY GUIDELINES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                    OVERVIEW
         Covered Persons who violate any of the requirements,  restrictions,  or
prohibitions  of the Rules may be  subject  to  sanctions  imposed by the Ethics
Committee.  The following guidelines shall be used by the Compliance Manager for
recommending  remedial  actions for Covered Persons who violate  prohibitions or
disregard  requirements of the Rules.  Deviations from the Fifteen-Day  Rule are
not considered to be violations under the Rules and, therefore,  are not subject
to the penalty guidelines.

         Upon learning of a potential deviation from, or violation of the Rules,
the Compliance Manager will provide a written  recommendation of remedial action
to the Ethics  Committee.  The Ethics  Committee has full  discretion to approve
such  recommendation or impose other sanctions it deems appropriate.  The Ethics
Committee  will  take  into  consideration,  among  other  things,  whether  the
violation was a technical violation of the Rules or inadvertent oversight (i.e.,
ill-gotten  profits  versus general  oversight).  The guidelines are designed to
promote   consistency   and  uniformity  in  the  imposition  of  sanctions  and
disciplinary matters.

                               PENALTY GUIDELINES

         Outlined below are the guidelines for the sanctions that may be imposed
on Covered Persons who fail to comply with the Rules:

o        1st  violation-  Compliance  will send a memorandum of reprimand to the
         person,  copying his or her  supervisor.  The memorandum will generally
         reinforce the person's  responsibilities  under the Rules,  educate the
         person on the severity of personal  trading  violations  and inform the
         person of the possible penalties for future violations of the Rules;

o        2nd violation- Janus's Chief Investment Officer, James Craig, will meet
         with the person to discuss the  violations in detail and will reinforce
         the importance of complying with the Rules;

o        3rd violation- Janus's Chairman of the Board,  Thomas Bailey, will meet
         with the person to discuss the  violations in detail and will reinforce
         the importance of complying with the Rules;

o        4th violation- The Executive Committee will impose such sanctions as it
         deems appropriate,  including without limitation,  a letter of censure,
         fines,  withholding of bonus payments,  or suspension or termination of
         employment or personal trading privileges.

         In addition to the above  disciplinary  sanctions,  such persons may be
required to disgorge any profits realized in connection with such violation. All
disgorgement  proceeds  collected  will be donated to a charitable  organization
selected by the Ethics  Committee.  The Ethics Committee may determine to impose
any  of  the  sanctions  set  forth  in  item 4  above,  including  termination,
immediately  and  without  notice  if it  determines  that the  severity  of any
violation or  violations  warrants such action.  All  sanctions  imposed will be
documented in such person's  personal trading file maintained by Janus, and will
be reported to the Executive Committee.


<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      SUPERVISORY AND COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         The Chief Compliance Officer and Compliance Manager are responsible for
implementing   supervisory  and  compliance   review   procedures.   Supervisory
procedures can be divided into two classifications: prevention of violations and
detection of violations.  Compliance  review procedures  include  preparation of
special and annual reports,  record maintenance and review, and  confidentiality
preservation.

                             SUPERVISORY PROCEDURES

PREVENTION OF VIOLATIONS

         To prevent  violations of the Rules, the Compliance  Manager should, in
addition to enforcing the procedures outlined in the Rules:

1.       Review  and  update the Rules as  necessary,  at least  once  annually,
         including  but  not  limited  to a  review  of the  Code  by the  Chief
         Compliance Officer, the Ethics Committee and/or counsel;

2.       Answer  questions  regarding the Rules,  or refer the same to the Chief
         Compliance Officer;

3.       Request from all persons upon  commencement  of services,  and annually
         thereafter, any applicable forms and reports as required by the Rules;

4.       Identify all Access  Persons and notify them of their  responsibilities
         and reporting requirements;

5.       Write   letters   to  the   securities   firms   requesting   duplicate
         confirmations and account statements where necessary; and

6.       With such  assistance  from the Human  Resources  Department  as may be
         appropriate,  maintain a continuing education program consisting of the
         following:

         1)       Orienting  Covered  Persons who are new to Janus to the Rules,
                  and

         2)       Further  educating  Covered Persons by  distributing  memos or
                  other  materials  that may be issued by outside  organizations
                  such as the Investment Company Institute  discussing the issue
                  of insider trading and other issues raised by the Rules.

DETECTION OF VIOLATIONS

         To detect violations of these Rules, the Compliance  Manager should, in
addition to enforcing the procedures outlined in the Rules:

o        Implement   procedures  to  review  holding  and  transaction  reports,
         confirmations,    forms   and   statements   relative   to   applicable
         restrictions, as provided under the Code; and

o        Implement  procedures to review the Restricted and Watch Lists relative
         to applicable  personal and Client trading activity,  as provided under
         the Policy.

         Spot checks of certain  information  are  permitted  as noted under the
Code.


                              COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES

REPORTS OF POTENTIAL DEVIATIONS OR VIOLATIONS

         Upon learning of a potential deviation from, or violation of the Rules,
the  Compliance  Manager  shall report such  violation  to the Chief  Compliance
Officer,  together  with  all  documents  relating  to  the  matter.  The  Chief
Compliance  Officer  shall either  present the  information  at the next regular
meeting  of the  Ethics  Committee,  or  conduct a special  meeting.  The Ethics
Committee shall thereafter take such action as it deems appropriate (see Penalty
Guidelines).

ANNUAL REPORTS

         The  Compliance  Manager shall  prepare a written  report to the Ethics
Committee and the Trustees at least annually. The written report to the Trustees
shall include any  certification  required by Rule 17j-1.  This report shall set
forth the following information, and shall be confidential:

o        Copies of the Rules,  as  revised,  including  a summary of any changes
         made since the last report;

o        Identification of any material issues arising under the Rules including
         material  violations  requiring  significant  remedial action since the
         last report;

o        Identification  of any  material  conflicts  that arose  since the last
         report; and

o        Recommendations,  if any, regarding changes in existing restrictions or
         procedures based upon Janus's  experience  under these Rules,  evolving
         industry practices, or developments in applicable laws or regulations.

         The Trustees must  initially  approve these Rules within the time frame
required  by Rule 17-1.  Any  material  changes to these  Rules must be approved
within six months.

RECORDS

         Compliance shall maintain the following records on behalf of each Janus
entity:

o        A copy of this Code and any  amendment  thereof which is or at any time
         within the past five years has been in effect.

o        A record of any violation of this Code, or any amendment  thereof,  and
         of any action taken as a result of such violation.

o        Files for personal  securities  transaction  confirmations  and account
         statements,  all reports and other forms  submitted by Covered  Persons
         pursuant to these Rules and any other pertinent information.

o        A list of all persons who are, or have been,  required to make  reports
         pursuant to these Rules.

o        A list of  persons  who are,  or within  the last five  years have been
         responsible for, reviewing transaction and holdings reports.

o        A copy of each report made to the Trustees pursuant to this Code.

INSPECTION

         The records and reports maintained by Compliance  pursuant to the Rules
shall at all times be available for  inspection,  without  prior notice,  by any
member of the Ethics Committee.

CONFIDENTIALITY

         All procedures,  reports and records monitored,  prepared or maintained
pursuant to these Rules shall be  considered  confidential  and  proprietary  to
Janus and shall be  maintained  and protected  accordingly.  Except as otherwise
required by law or this Policy,  such  matters  shall not be disclosed to anyone
other than to members of the Ethics Committee, as requested.

FILING OF REPORTS

         To the extent that any report, form acknowledgment or other document is
required to be in writing and signed,  such  documents  may be  submitted  in by
e-mail or other  electronic  form approved by Compliance.  Any report filed with
the Chief Compliance  Officer or Compliance Manager of JCC shall be deemed filed
with the Janus Funds.
                              THE ETHICS COMMITTEE

         The purpose of this  Section is to describe the Ethics  Committee.  The
Ethics  Committee is created to provide an effective  mechanism  for  monitoring
compliance with the standards and procedures  contained in the Rules and to take
appropriate  action at such times as  violations  or  potential  violations  are
discovered.

MEMBERSHIP OF THE COMMITTEE

         The Committee  consists of Thomas A. Early,  Vice President and General
Counsel;  Steven R.  Goodbarn,  Vice  President of Finance,  Treasurer and Chief
Financial Officer; David Kowalski,  Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer;
and Ernie C. Overholt,  Compliance  Manager.  The Compliance  Manager  currently
serves as the Chairman of the Committee. The composition of the Committee may be
changed from time to time.

COMMITTEE MEETINGS

         The  Committee  shall  generally  meet every four months or as often as
necessary  to  review  operation  of the  compliance  program  and  to  consider
technical deviations from operational procedures, inadvertent oversights, or any
other  potential  violation  of  the  Rules.  Deviations  alternatively  may  be
addressed by including them in the employee's  personnel  records  maintained by
Janus.  Committee  meetings  are  primarily  intended for  consideration  of the
general  operation  of  the  compliance   program  and  substantive  or  serious
departures from standards and procedures in the Rules.

         Such other persons may attend a Committee meeting, at the discretion of
the Committee,  as the Committee shall deem  appropriate.  Any individual  whose
conduct has given rise to the  meeting  also may be called  upon,  but shall not
have the right, to appear before the Committee.

         It is not required that minutes of Committee meetings be maintained; in
lieu of minutes the  Committee may issue a report  describing  any action taken.
The  report  shall  be  included  in the  confidential  file  maintained  by the
Compliance  Manager with respect to the particular  employee or employees  whose
conduct has been the subject of the meeting.

SPECIAL DISCRETION

         The Committee  shall have the  authority by unanimous  action to exempt
any person or class of persons or transaction or class of transactions  from all
or a portion of the Rules, provided that:

o        The Committee  determines,  on advice of counsel,  that the  particular
         application of all or a portion of the Rules is not legally required;

o        The Committee  determines that the likelihood of any abuse of the Rules
         by such exempted person(s) or as a result of such exempted  transaction
         is remote;

o        The terms or  conditions  upon which any such  exemption  is granted is
         evidenced in writing; and

o        The exempted  person(s) agrees to execute and deliver to the Compliance
         Manager,  at  least  annually,  a  signed  Acknowledgment  Form,  which
         Acknowledgment  shall,  by  operation of this  provision,  include such
         exemptions and the terms and conditions upon which it was granted.

         The  Committee  shall also have the  authority by  unanimous  action to
impose  such  additional  requirements  or  restrictions  as  it,  in  its  sole
discretion,  determines  appropriate  or  necessary,  as outlined in the Penalty
Guidelines.

         Any exemption,  and any additional  requirement or restriction,  may be
withdrawn by the Committee at any time (such  withdrawal  action is not required
to be unanimous).
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   GENERAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE ETHICS RULES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DESIGNEES

         The  Compliance  Manager and the Chief  Compliance  Officer may appoint
designees to carry out their functions pursuant to these Rules.

ENFORCEMENT

         In addition to the penalties  described in the Penalty  Guidelines  and
elsewhere in the Rules,  upon  discovering  a violation of the Rules,  the Janus
entity  with which you are  associated  may impose  such  sanctions  as it deems
appropriate,  including without limitation, a letter of censure or suspension or
termination of employment or personal  trading  privileges of the violator.  All
material  violations of the Rules and any sanctions imposed with respect thereto
shall be reported  periodically  to the Directors and Trustees and the directors
of any other Janus entity which has been directly affected by the violation.

INTERNAL USE

         The Rules are  intended  solely  for  internal  use by Janus and do not
constitute an admission,  by or on behalf of such companies,  their  controlling
persons  or  persons  they  control,  as to  any  fact,  circumstance  or  legal
conclusion.  The Rules are not  intended  to  evidence,  describe  or define any
relationship of control between or among any persons. Further, the Rules are not
intended to form the basis for  describing  or defining  any conduct by a person
that  should  result in such person  being  liable to any other  person,  except
insofar as the conduct of such person in violation  of the Rules may  constitute
sufficient  cause for Janus to  terminate  or  otherwise  adversely  affect such
person's relationship with Janus.

- --------
         1 Unless otherwise noted,  restrictions on personal  transactions apply
to transactions involving Covered Securities,  including any derivative thereof.
When  determining  the  amount  of  disgorgement  required  with  respect  to  a
derivative,  consideration  will be  given  to  price  differences  in both  the
derivative and the underlying securities,  with the lesser amount being used for
purposes  of  computing  disgorgement.   For  example,  in  determining  whether
reimbursement is required when the applicable  personal trade is in a derivative
and the Client  transaction is in the underlying  security,  the amount shall be
calculated  using the  lesser of (a) the  difference  between  the price paid or
received for the  derivative  and the closing bid or ask price (as  appropriate)
for the derivative on the date of the Client transaction,  or (b) the difference
between the last sale price,  or the last bid or ask price (as  appropriate)  of
the underlying security on the date of the derivative transaction, and the price
received or paid by the Client for the underlying security. Neither preclearance
nor  disgorgement  shall be required if such person=s  transaction  is to close,
sell or exercise a derivative within five days of its expiration.
         2  Personal  purchases  are  matched  only  against  subsequent  Client
purchases and personal  sales are matched only against  subsequent  Client sales
for purposes of this restriction.

                                                                REVISED 09/27/99

                             LAZARD ASSET MANAGEMENT

                                  A DIVISION OF

                        LAZARD FRERES & CO. LLC. ("LAM")

                                 CODE OF ETHICS

Set  forth  below is LAM's  policy on  personal  securities  transactions.  As a
general rule,  LAM personnel are reminded that the interests of LAM clients take
priority over the investment  desires of LAM  personnel.  All LAM personnel must
conduct  themselves in a manner consistent with LAM's  requirements as set forth
in this Code of Ethics and the  respective  Codes of Ethics of The Lazard Funds,
Inc. and Lazard  Retirement  Series,  Inc. as well as the  Compliance  Manual of
Lazard  Freres & Co. LLC ("LF&Co" or the "Firm") then in effect.  Please  review
this Code of Ethics carefully and contact the Compliance Department if there are
any questions.

PERSONAL SECURITIES ACCOUNTS COVERED

The restrictions  set forth below apply to trading for all "Personal  Securities
Accounts." These include:

- -    Accounts in the Managing Director's or employee's name or accounts in which
     the  Managing  Director or  employee or any Related  Person has a direct or
     indirect  beneficial  interest  other than an  account  which is managed by
     another manager, or by other LAM portfolio managers, for a fee;

- -    Accounts in the name of the Managing Director's or employee's spouse;

- -    Accounts in the name of children under the age of 21, whether or not living
     with the Managing Director or employee,  and relatives or other individuals
     living with the  Managing  Director  or  employee or for whose  support the
     Managing Director or employee is wholly or partially  responsible (together
     with the Managing Director's or employee's spouse, "Related Persons");

- -    Accounts in which the Managing  Director or employee or any Related  Person
     directly  or  indirectly  controls,  participates  in,  or has the right to
     control or participate in,  investment  decisions,  except for trades where
     the Managing Director or employee or Related Person does not provide input.



RESTRICTIONS

The following  restrictions apply to trading for Personal Securities Accounts of
LAM personnel, all of which are subject to certain de minimus provisions and may
be  waived  upon  consent  of  LAM's  or;  to the  extent  applicable,  LF&Co's,
compliance personnel:

1.   No transactions for a Personal Securities Account may be made in a security
     that is on the Restricted List;

2.   No security may be purchased or sold for a Personal Securities Account: (a)
     if the security is currently  being  considered for purchase or sale for an
     LAM client;  or (b) if the  security is being  purchased or sold for an LAM
     client on that day or has been  purchased or sold for an LAM client  within
     the immediately preceding 7 calendar day period;

3.   No purchase and sale,  or sale and  purchase,  of a security for a Personal
     Securities  Account  may occur  within  any  60-day  period  without  prior
     approval of Norman Eig, Herb Gullquist or Bill Butterly;

4.   No transaction for a Personal  Securities Account may be made in securities
     offered  pursuant to a public  offering.  Securities  offered pursuant to a
     private  placement  may not be purchased for Personal  Securities  Accounts
     without the approval of Norman Eig, Herb Gullquist or Bill Butterly;

5.   No transaction for a Personal  Securities  Account may be made in "deal" or
     "rumor"  securities,  which are defined as securities of companies that are
     the  subject of reports  or rumors of actual or  anticipated  extraordinary
     corporate transactions or other corporate events;

6.   Absent  approval  from  the  appropriate  compliance  personnel,   Managing
     Directors  and  employees  are  prohibited  from engaging in the trading of
     options or futures and from engaging in  speculative  trading as opposed to
     investment activity. When such approval is given and Managing Directors and
     employees  effect opening  transactions in options,  the resulting  closing
     transaction  will be  considered  effected  on the  day  that  the  opening
     transaction was effected for compliance purposes.  The Managing Director or
     employee must wait 60 days from the date of the opening  transaction before
     effecting  the closing  transaction.  Managing  Directors and employees are
     prohibited from engaging in short sales of any security.

7.   No  transaction  may  be  made  in  violation  of the  Material  Non-Public
     Information  Policies  and  Procedures  as outlined in Chapter X of LF&Co's
     Compliance Manual; and

8.   All  transactions  for Personal  Securities  Accounts must be approved by a
     Managing  Director of LAM,  preferably  the  Managing  Director to whom the
     employee reports, and pre-cleared by Don Klein and Bill Butterly,  or their
     respective representatives.  These approvals should be written on the trade
     ticket. In addition, each Managing Director or employee should complete and
     deliver to Bill Butterly,  prior to the transaction,  the attached personal
     securities  transaction  form.  The procedure for  pre-clearing a personnel
     trade is explained in greater detail below.

EXEMPTIONS

         The  restrictions  and  prohibitions  contained  in this Code shall not
apply to:

         (a)      Purchases  or sales of  securities  which  receive  the  prior
                  approval of either Norman Eig or Herbert W. Gullquist and Bill
                  Butterly (the approving officer having no personal interest in
                  such  purchases or sales)  because such purchases or sales are
                  not likely to have any economic  impact on any client  account
                  managed or advised by LAM

         (b)      Any securities transaction,  or series of related transactions
                  during any 30-day period,  involving 500 shares or less in the
                  aggregate  of  any  security,  if  the  issuer  has  a  market
                  capitalization  (outstanding  shares multiplied by the current
                  price per  share)  greater  than US $1  billion  ("de  minimus
                  exemption"). This provision does not provide an exemption from
                  the 60-day holding period.

OTHER ITEMS

1.   LAM  personnel  may not serve on the board of directors of any  corporation
     (other  than a  not-for-profit  corporation  or a  related  Lazard  entity)
     without the prior approval of Norman Eig or Herb Gullquist;

2.   All  LAM  personnel  must  complete  quarterly  Personal  Security  Account
     transaction  reports.  By law, these reports must be returned to Compliance
     by the  tenth  day  following  the end of the  quarter.  To  ensure  strict
     compliance  with these  requirements,  the forms  should be returned by the
     seventh day following the end of the quarter; and

3.   Each LAM Managing  Director and employee must annually  certify  compliance
     with  the LAM  Code of  Ethics  with  respect  to all  Personal  Securities
     Accounts.

SECURITIES COVERED

LAM's policies and procedures  regarding  personal  securities trading set forth
herein apply to transactions involving all equity and debt securities, including
common and preferred stock, investment and non-investment grade debt securities,
investments  convertible into or exchangeable  for stock or debt securities,  or
any  derivative  instrument  relating to any such security or securities  index,
including  options,  warrants and futures,  or any interest in a partnership  or
other entity that invests in any of the foregoing.  Investments in mutual funds,
certificates  of deposit and federal  government  obligations are not covered by
these  policies  and  procedures.  Any other  exception  to personal  securities
trading policies and procedures must be approved.

TRANSACTION APPROVAL PROCEDURES

INTERNAL ACCOUNTS
To pre-clear a transaction being made in a Personal  Securities  Account held at
the Firm (an "Internal Account"), LAM personnel must:

1.   Electronically complete and "sign" a "New Equity Order" or "New Bond Order"
     trade ticket located in the Firm's Lotus-Notes e-mail application under the
     heading "Employee  Trades." The ticket should be directed to the employee's
     supervising  Managing  Director,  or,  in the  absence  of the  supervising
     Managing  Director,  to another  LAM  Managing  Director  or one of the LAM
     Directors designated in the database.

2.   Upon review of the ticket by the designated supervisor, the employee should
     receive an automatic e-mail  notification  informing her/him that the trade
     has been approved or rejected.

3.   Following  the  supervisor's  approval,  the ticket is  transmitted  to the
     Compliance  Department where it is processed and, if approved, is routed to
     the trading  desk for  execution,  provided  the  employee had selected the
     "Direct Execution" button when completing the ticket.

The cut-off time for receipt of  supervisor-approved  tickets in the  Compliance
Department  is 9.30 a.m. each trading day. Any ticket  received  after this time
will be processed for  execution the next trading day. It is the  responsibility
of each  employee to ensure  that  tickets  sent to a  supervisor  for  approval
receive the supervisor's timely attention.

NOTE

In completing a new ticket,  if the employee  de-selects the "Direct  Execution"
button,  the ticket will be returned to her/him  after  Compliance  approval for
submission to the trading desk. In such case, the trade must be submitted within
2 days or it will expire and be null and void.

To assist each employee with  monitoring the status of a trade ticket  submitted
for approval,  the system is designed to generate an e-mail  notification to the
employee  every time the  ticket is  reviewed  or acted upon by the  supervisor,
compliance  department or the trading  desk.  Additionally,  every  supervisor's
assistant  is set up to receive a summary of the each  approval  request sent to
the  supervisor so that in the absence of the  supervisor,  the assistant  would
advise the employee to re-rout the trade to another supervisor. For more details
on the set-up and use of the Employee  Trades  database,  please  contact  David
Osunkwo at ext. 6065.

OUTSIDE ACCOUNTS

LAM personnel may not maintain a securities or commodities  account (including a
foreign  securities  account) at any other broker or dealer or bank (an "Outside
Account")  without the prior written consent of the Firm.  Where such consent is
given,  employees must provide the Firm with the name of the broker-dealer  firm
with  whom  they  carry  their  personal  accounts  and  must  request  that the
broker-dealer  send to Lazard,  to the  attention  of both Donald Klein and Bill
Butterly,  copies of monthly  account  statements  and all trade  confirmations.
These same  principles  apply to  establishing  an account at another  brokerage
house where the employee has control over the trading in that account (such as a
discretionary  account,  a nominee account,  an account for a general or limited
partnership,  a trust account),  or an account of a corporation where trading is
controlled or  influenced  by the LAM  employee.  If you already have an Outside
Account,  please  notify Bill  Butterly as soon as  possible to  facilitate  the
distribution   and  review  of  your  monthly   account   statements  and  trade
confirmations.

Managing Directors and employees are required to report promptly to Donald Klein
and Bill  Butterly any change in status or location of any account in which they
have a beneficial  interest as defined above. With respect to a trust account of
which a Managing  Director or employee  or member of his  immediate  family is a
beneficiary,   the  Firm  policy  requires  that  the  Firm  receive   duplicate
confirmations and monthly account  statements for each such account.  Similarly,
Managing  Directors and employees are required to report private  securities and
commodities  transactions  effected by or for (i)  themselves,  (ii) spouses and
unemancipated family members, (iii) accounts over which the employee has control
as described  above,  or (iv)  accounts of which the employee or a member of his
family is a beneficiary, or (v) accounts of family members including accounts of
in-laws where introduced or carried by an employee or Managing Director's member
organization. Deviations from the foregoing policies will be permitted only with
the  prior  written  approval  of  an  appropriate  individual  with  compliance
responsibilities.

To pre-clear a transaction being made in an outside account,  LAM personnel must
follow the "Transaction Approval Procedures" relating to Internal Accounts.

NOTE:

Once a Managing Director or employee receives  approval,  the LAM personnel must
transmit appropriate trade instructions to their outside broker within two days,
or the approval will become null and void.

                              PIMCO CODE OF ETHICS

                         Effective as of March 31, 2000

                                  INTRODUCTION

                               GENERAL PRINCIPLES


         This Code of Ethics is based on the principle  that you, as a director,
officer or other  Advisory  Employee of Pacific  Investment  Management  Company
("PIMCO"),  owe a fiduciary duty to, among others, the shareholders of the Funds
and other clients  (together with the Funds,  the "Advisory  Clients") for which
PIMCO  serves  as  an  advisor  or  subadvisor.   Accordingly,  you  must  avoid
activities,  interests  and  relationships  that  might  interfere  or appear to
interfere with making decisions in the best interests of our Advisory Clients.

         At all times, you must observe the following GENERAL RULES:

         1.       YOU MUST PLACE THE INTERESTS OF OUR ADVISORY CLIENTS FIRST. In
                  other  words,  as a  fiduciary  you  must  scrupulously  avoid
                  serving your own personal  interests ahead of the interests of
                  our  Advisory  Clients.   You  must  adhere  to  this  general
                  fiduciary principle as well as comply with the Code's specific
                  provisions.  Technical  compliance with the Code's  procedures
                  will not automatically  insulate from scrutiny any trades that
                  indicate an abuse of your  fiduciary  duties or that create an
                  appearance of such abuse.

                  Your  fiduciary  obligation  applies not only to your personal
                  trading  activities  but also to  actions  taken on  behalf of
                  Advisory Clients. In particular, you may not cause an Advisory
                  Client  to  take  action,  or not to  take  action,  for  your
                  personal  benefit  rather  than the  benefit  of the  Advisory
                  Client. For example, you would violate this Code if you caused
                  an Advisory Client to purchase a Security or Futures  Contract
                  you  owned for the  purpose  of  increasing  the value of that
                  Security or Futures  Contract.  If you are a portfolio manager
                  or  an  employee  who  provides  information  or  advice  to a
                  portfolio  manager  or helps  execute  a  portfolio  manager's
                  decisions,  you  would  also  violate  this Code if you made a
                  personal  investment  in a Security or Futures  Contract  that
                  might be an  appropriate  investment  for an  Advisory  Client
                  without first  considering the Security or Futures Contract as
                  an investment for the Advisory Client.

         2.       YOU MUST CONDUCT ALL OF YOUR PERSONAL INVESTMENT  TRANSACTIONS
                  IN FULL  COMPLIANCE  WITH THIS CODE,  THE PIMCO  ADVISORS L.P.
                  INSIDER  TRADING POLICY AND PROCEDURES  (THE "INSIDER  TRADING
                  POLICY"), AND THE PIMCO ADVISORS L.P. POLICY REGARDING SPECIAL
                  TRADING PROCEDURES FOR SECURITIES OF PIMCO
<PAGE>
                  ADVISORS L.P. (THE "SPECIAL TRADING  PROCEDURES")1 AND IN SUCH
                  A MANNER  AS TO AVOID  ANY  ACTUAL OR  POTENTIAL  CONFLICT  OF
                  INTEREST   OR  ANY  ABUSE  OF  YOUR   POSITION  OF  TRUST  AND
                  RESPONSIBILITY.  PIMCO  encourages  you  and  your  family  to
                  develop   personal   investment   programs.   However,   those
                  investment  programs must remain within boundaries  reasonably
                  necessary  to  ensure  that  appropriate  safeguards  exist to
                  protect the  interests  of our  Advisory  Clients and to avoid
                  even the APPEARANCE of unfairness or impropriety. Accordingly,
                  YOU MUST COMPLY WITH THE POLICIES AND  PROCEDURES SET FORTH IN
                  THIS CODE UNDER THE HEADING PERSONAL INVESTMENT  TRANSACTIONS.
                  In addition,  you must comply with the policies and procedures
                  set forth in the INSIDER  TRADING  POLICY AND SPECIAL  TRADING
                  PROCEDURES, which are attached to this Code as Appendix II and
                  III,  respectively.  Doubtful situations should be resolved in
                  favor  of our  Advisory  Clients  and  against  your  personal
                  trading.

         3.       YOU MUST NOT TAKE  INAPPROPRIATE  ADVANTAGE OF YOUR  POSITION.
                  The receipt of investment opportunities, perquisites, gifts or
                  gratuities from persons  seeking  business with PIMCO directly
                  or on behalf of an Advisory  Client  could call into  question
                  the independence of your business judgment.  Accordingly,  you
                  must comply with the policies and procedures set forth in this
                  Code  under the  heading  GIFTS  AND  SERVICE  AS A  DIRECTOR.
                  Doubtful  situations  should be resolved against your personal
                  interest.

                         THE GENERAL SCOPE OF THE CODE'S
                 APPLICATIONS TO PERSONAL INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES


         The Code reflects the fact that PIMCO  specializes in the management of
fixed income  portfolios.  The vast majority of assets PIMCO purchases and sells
on behalf of its Advisory Clients consist of corporate debt Securities, U.S. and
foreign   government   obligations,   asset-backed   Securities,   money  market
instruments,  foreign currencies, and futures contracts and options with respect
to those instruments. For its StocksPLUS Funds, PIMCO also purchases futures and
options on the S & P 500 index and,  on rare  occasions,  may  purchase  or sell
baskets of the stocks  represented  in the S & P 500. For its  Convertible  Bond
Fund and other Advisory Clients, PIMCO purchases convertible securities that may
be converted or exchanged into  underlying  shares of common stock.  Other PIMCO
Funds may also invest in convertible  securities.  The Convertible Bond Fund and
other  Advisory  Clients  may also  invest a portion  of their  assets in common
stocks.

         Rule 17j-1 under the Investment  Company Act of 1940 requires REPORTING
of  all  personal   transactions  in  Securities   (other  than  certain  Exempt
Securities) by certain persons, whether or not they are Securities that might be
purchased  or  sold by  PIMCO  on  behalf  of its  Advisory  Clients.  The  Code
implements that reporting requirement.

- --------
1 PIMCO expects  Allianz of America  ("AZOA") to acquire a majority  interest in
PIMCO  Advisors  L.P.  ("PALP")  in  the  second  quarter  of  2000.  When  that
acquisition is consummated,  the Special Trading  Procedures for PALP securities
will no longer apply since PALP securities will not be publicly owned or traded.
<PAGE>

         However,  since  the  purpose  of the  Code is to  avoid  conflicts  of
interest  arising from  personal  trading  activities  in  Securities  and other
instruments  that are  held or  might be  acquired  on  behalf  of our  Advisory
Clients,  this Code only places  RESTRICTIONS on personal trading  activities in
such investments.  As a result,  this Code does not place  restrictions  (beyond
reporting) on personal trading in most individual equity Securities.  Except for
the  small  number  of  Portfolio  Employees  who are  responsible  for  PIMCO's
Municipal  Bond  Fund,  this  Code  also  does not  place  restrictions  (beyond
reporting) on personal trading in Tax-Exempt Municipal Bonds.  Although equities
and Tax-Exempt Municipal Bonds are Securities, they are not purchased or sold by
PIMCO on behalf of the vast majority of PIMCO's  Advisory  Clients and PIMCO has
established  special  procedures  to avoid  conflicts  of  interest  that  might
otherwise arise from personal  trading in those  Securities.  On the other hand,
this Code does  require  reporting  and  restrict  trading  in  certain  Futures
Contracts  which,  although they are not  Securities,  are  instruments in which
PIMCO frequently trades for many of its Advisory Clients.

         This Code applies to PIMCO's  officers and  directors as well as to all
of its Advisory  Employees.  The Code recognizes that portfolio managers and the
investment  personnel  who  provide  them  with  advice  and who  execute  their
decisions occupy more sensitive positions than other Advisory Employees and that
it is  appropriate to subject their  personal  investment  activities to greater
restrictions.

                                                THE ORGANIZATION OF THE CODE

         The  remainder of this Code is divided into three  sections.  The first
section concerns PERSONAL INVESTMENT TRANSACTIONS.  The second section describes
the  restrictions  on  GIFTS  AND  SERVICE  AS A  DIRECTOR.  The  third  section
summarizes the methods for ensuring COMPLIANCE under the Code. In addition,  the
following APPENDICES are also a part of this Code:

I.       Definitions of Capitalized Terms.
II.      The PIMCO Advisors L.P. Insider Trading Policy and Procedures.
III.     The PIMCO Advisors L.P. Policy Regarding Special Trading Procedures for
         Securities  of PIMCO  Advisors  L.P.  IV.  Form for  Acknowledgment  of
         Receipt of this Code.
V.       Form for Annual Certification of Compliance with this Code.
VI.      Form for Initial Report of Accounts.
VII.     Form for Quarterly Report of Investment Transactions.
VIII.    Form for Annual Holdings Report.
IX.      Preclearance Request Form
X.       List of PIMCO Compliance Officers.

                                    QUESTIONS


         Questions  regarding  this Code  should be  addressed  to a  Compliance
Officer  listed on  Appendix  X. Those  Compliance  Officers  compose  the PIMCO
Compliance Committee.
<PAGE>
                        PERSONAL INVESTMENT TRANSACTIONS

                                   IN GENERAL


         Subject to the limited exceptions  described below, you are required to
report all Investment  Transactions in SECURITIES AND FUTURES  CONTRACTS made by
you, a member of your Immediate Family or a trust in which you have an interest,
or on behalf of any  account in which you have an  interest or which you direct.
In addition, you must PRECLEAR certain Investment Transactions in SECURITIES AND
FUTURES  CONTRACTS  THAT PIMCO  HOLDS OR MAY  ACQUIRE  ON BEHALF OF AN  ADVISORY
CLIENT, INCLUDING CERTAIN INVESTMENT TRANSACTIONS IN RELATED SECURITIES.

         The  details  of these  reporting  and  preclearance  requirements  are
described below.  This Code uses a number of capitalized  terms,  e.g.  Advisory
Employee,  Beneficial  Ownership,  Designated Equity Security,  Exempt Security,
Fixed Income Security, Fund, Futures Contract,  Immediate Family, Initial Public
Offering,  Investment Transaction,  Municipal Bond Portfolio Employee,  Personal
Account,  Portfolio Employee,  Private Placement,  Qualified Foreign Government,
Related  Account,  Related  Security,  and Security.  The  definitions  of these
capitalized   terms  are  set  forth  in   Appendix   I.  TO   UNDERSTAND   YOUR
RESPONSIBILITIES  UNDER THE CODE, IT IS IMPORTANT THAT YOU REVIEW AND UNDERSTAND
THE DEFINITIONS IN APPENDIX I.

                              REPORTING OBLIGATIONS


         Notification Of Reporting Obligations

         As an  Advisory  Employee,  you are  required  to report  accounts  and
Investment Transactions in accordance with the requirements of this Code.

         Use Of Broker-Dealers And Futures Commission Merchants

         Unless  you are an  independent  director,  YOU MUST  USE A  REGISTERED
BROKER-DEALER  OR  REGISTERED  FUTURES  COMMISSION  MERCHANT  to  engage  in any
purchase  or sale  of a  publicly-traded  Security  or  Publicly-Traded  Futures
Contract.   This  requirement  also  applies  to  any  purchase  or  sale  of  a
publicly-traded  Security or of a Publicly-Traded  Futures Contract in which you
have, or by reason of the  Investment  Transaction  will  acquire,  a Beneficial
Ownership  interest.  Thus, as a general matter,  any Investment  Transaction in
publicly-traded  Securities or  Publicly-Traded  Futures Contracts by members of
your Immediate Family will need to be made through a registered broker-dealer or
futures commission merchant.

         Initial Report

         Within 10 days  after  commencing  employment  or within 10 days of any
event that  causes  you to become  subject  to this Code  (e.g.  promotion  to a
position that makes you an Advisory Employee),  you shall supply to a Compliance
Officer copies of the most recent statements for each and every Personal Account
and  Related  Account  that holds or is likely to hold a  Security  or a Futures
Contract in which you have a Beneficial Ownership interest, as well as copies of
confirmations  for  any  and  all  Investment  Transactions  subsequent  to  the
effective date of those  statements.  These  documents  shall be supplied to the
Compliance Officer by attaching them to the form appended hereto as Appendix VI.
<PAGE>
         On that same form you shall supply the name of any broker, dealer, bank
or futures  commission  merchant  and the number for any  Personal  Account  and
Related Account that holds or is likely to hold a Security or a Futures Contract
in which you have a Beneficial  Ownership  interest for which you cannot  supply
the most recent account  statement.  You shall also certify,  where indicated on
the form,  that the  contents  of the form and the  documents  attached  thereto
disclose all such Personal Accounts and Related Accounts.

         In addition,  you shall also supply,  where  indicated on the form, the
following  information for each Security or Futures Contract in which you have a
Beneficial  Ownership  interest,  to the  extent  that this  information  is not
available from the statements attached to the form:

         1.       A description of the Security or Futures  Contract,  including
                  its name or title;

         2.       The  quantity  (e.g.  in terms of numbers of shares,  units or
                  contracts)  and principal  amount (in dollars) of the Security
                  or Futures Contract; and

         3.       The name of any  broker,  dealer,  bank or futures  commission
                  merchant  with  which you  maintained  an account in which the
                  Security or Futures Contract was held.

         New Accounts

         Immediately  upon the  opening of a NEW  Personal  Account or a Related
Account  that holds or is likely to hold a Security or a Futures  Contract,  you
shall supply a Compliance Officer with the name of the broker,  dealer,  bank or
futures  commission  merchant for that account,  the identifying number for that
Personal Account or Related Account, and the date the account was established.

         Timely Reporting Of Investment Transactions

         You must cause each broker, dealer, bank or futures commission merchant
that maintains a Personal  Account or a Related Account that holds a Security or
a Futures Contract in which you have a Beneficial  Ownership interest to provide
to  a  Compliance  Officer,  on  a  timely  basis,  duplicate  copies  of  trade
confirmations  of all  Investment  Transactions  in that account and of periodic
statements for that account ("duplicate broker reports").

         In  addition,  you must  report to a  Compliance  Officer,  on a timely
basis,  any Investment  Transaction in a Security or a Futures Contract in which
you have or  acquired  a  Beneficial  Ownership  interest  that was  established
without the use of a broker, dealer, bank or futures commission merchant.

         Quarterly Certifications And Reporting

         At the  end  of the  first,  second  and  third  calendar  quarters,  a
Compliance  Officer will  provide you with a list of all accounts  that you have
previously  identified to PIMCO as a Personal  Account or a Related Account that
holds or is likely to hold a Security or Futures Contract.  Within 10 days after
the end of that  calendar  quarter,  you  shall  make any  necessary  additions,
corrections or deletions to that list and return it to a Compliance Officer with
a  certification  that: (a) the list, as modified (if  necessary),  represents a
complete list of the Personal Accounts and Related Accounts that hold Securities
or Futures  Contracts in which you have or had a Beneficial  Ownership  interest
and for which PIMCO should have received or will receive timely duplicate broker
reports for the calendar quarter just ended, and (b) the broker, dealer, bank or
futures commission  merchant for each account on the list has been instructed to
send a Compliance Officer timely duplicate broker reports for that account.
<PAGE>
         You shall  provide,  on a copy of the form attached  hereto as Appendix
VII,  the  following  information  for each  Investment  Transaction  during the
calendar quarter just ended, to the extent that the duplicate broker reports for
that calendar quarter did not supply this information to PIMCO:

         1.       The  date  of  the  Investment  Transaction,  the  title,  the
                  interest rate and maturity date (if applicable), the number of
                  shares or contracts, and the principal amount of each Security
                  or Futures Contract involved;

         2.       The nature of the Investment Transaction (i.e. purchase,  sale
                  or any other type of acquisition or disposition);

         3.       The price of the  Security  or Futures  Contract  at which the
                  transaction was effected; and

         4.       The name of the broker,  dealer,  bank, or futures  commission
                  merchant with or through which the transaction was effected.

You shall provide similar  information for the fourth calendar quarter on a copy
of the form attached hereto as Appendix VIII,  which form shall also be used for
the Annual Holdings Report described below.

         Annual Holdings Reports

         Beginning with calendar year 2000, a Compliance Officer will provide to
you,  promptly  after the end of the calendar  year, a list of all accounts that
you have  previously  identified  to PIMCO as a  Personal  Account  or a Related
Account  that held or was likely to hold a Security or Futures  Contract  during
that  calendar  year.  Within 10 days after the end of that calendar  year,  you
shall make any necessary  additions,  corrections  or deletions to that list and
return it to a Compliance  Officer with a  certification  that: (a) the list, as
modified (if necessary), represents a complete list of the Personal Accounts and
Related  Accounts that held  Securities or Futures  Contracts in which you had a
Beneficial  Ownership interest as of the end of that calendar year and for which
PIMCO should have  received or will receive an account  statement of holdings as
of the end of that calendar  year, and (b) the broker,  dealer,  bank or futures
commission  merchant for each account on the list has been  instructed to send a
Compliance Officer such an account statement.
<PAGE>
         You shall  provide,  on a copy of the form attached  hereto as Appendix
VIII, the following  information for each Security or Futures  Contract in which
you had a Beneficial Ownership interest,  as of the end of the previous calendar
year, to the extent that the previously  referenced  account statements have not
supplied or will not supply this information to PIMCO:

         1.       The title, quantity (e.g. in terms of numbers of shares, units
                  or contracts) and principal amount of each Security or Futures
                  Contract in which you had any Beneficial  Ownership  interest;
                  and

         2.       The name of any  broker,  dealer,  bank or futures  commission
                  merchant  with which you maintain an account in which any such
                  Securities or Futures Contracts have been held or are held for
                  your benefit.

In addition,  you shall also provide, on that same form, Investment  Transaction
information  for the  fourth  quarter  of the  calendar  year just  ended.  This
information  shall be of the type and in the  form  required  for the  quarterly
reports described above.

         Related Accounts

         The reporting and certification  obligations described above also apply
to any  Related  Account  (as  defined  in  Appendix  I)  and to any  Investment
Transaction in a Related Account.

         It is important for you to recognize  that the  definitions of "Related
Account" and "Beneficial Ownership" in Appendix I may require you to provide, or
to arrange  for the  broker,  dealer,  bank or futures  commission  merchant  to
furnish,  copies  of  reports  for any  account  used by or for a member of your
Immediate  Family or a trust in which you or a member of your  Immediate  Family
has any vested interest, as well as for any other accounts in which you may have
the  opportunity,  directly  or  indirectly,  to profit  or share in the  profit
derived from any Investment Transaction in that account.

         Exemptions From Reporting

         You need not report  Investment  Transactions in any account over which
neither  you nor an  Immediate  Family  Member has or had any direct or indirect
influence or control.

         You also need not report  Investment  Transactions in Exempt Securities
(as defined in Appendix I) nor need you  furnish,  or require a broker,  dealer,
bank or futures  commission  merchant to  furnish,  copies of  confirmations  or
periodic statements for accounts that hold only Exempt Securities. This includes
accounts that only hold U.S. Government Securities,  money market interests,  or
shares in  open-end  mutual  funds.  This  exemption  from  reporting  shall end
immediately, however, at such time as there is an Investment Transaction in that
account in a Futures Contract or in a Security that is not an Exempt Security.
<PAGE>
                       PROHIBITED INVESTMENT TRANSACTIONS


         Initial Public Offerings of Equity Securities

         If you are a Portfolio Employee (as defined in Appendix I), you may not
acquire  Beneficial  Ownership  of any  equity  Security  in an  Initial  Public
Offering.

         Private Placements and Initial Public Offering of Debt Securities

         If you are a  Portfolio  Employee,  you may not  acquire  a  Beneficial
Ownership  interest in any Security through a Private Placement (or subsequently
sell it), or acquire a Beneficial  Ownership interest in any debt Security in an
Initial Public Offering  unless you have received the prior written  approval of
the  Chief  Executive  Officer  of PIMCO or of a  Compliance  Officer  listed on
Appendix X. Approval will not be given unless a  determination  is made that the
investment  opportunity should not be reserved for one or more Advisory Clients,
and that the opportunity to invest has not been offered to you by virtue of your
position with PIMCO.

         If,  after  receiving  the  necessary  approval,  you have  acquired  a
Beneficial  Ownership interest in Securities  through a Private  Placement,  you
must DISCLOSE that investment when you play a part in any  consideration  of any
investment  by an  Advisory  Client  in the  issuer of the  Securities,  and any
decision  to  make  such  an  investment  must be  INDEPENDENTLY  REVIEWED  by a
portfolio  manager  who does not have a  Beneficial  Ownership  interest  in any
Securities of the issuer.

         PIMCO Advisors L.P.

         You may not engage in any Investment  Transaction in interests in PIMCO
Advisors L.P. ("PALP"), except in compliance with the Special Trading Procedures
applicable to such transactions.(2)

                                  PRECLEARANCE

         All Investment  Transactions  in Securities and Futures  Contracts in a
Personal  Account or Related  Account,  or in which you  otherwise  have or will
acquire a Beneficial  Ownership  interest,  must be  precleared  by a Compliance
Officer  unless an Investment  Transaction,  Security or Futures  Contract falls
into  one of the  following  categories  that are  identified  as  "exempt  from
preclearance."

         Preclearance Procedure

         Preclearance  shall be requested by completing and submitting a copy of
the  preclearance  request form  attached  hereto as Appendix IX to a Compliance
Officer. No Investment Transaction subject to preclearance may be effected prior
to receipt of written  authorization of the transaction by a Compliance Officer.
The  authorization  and the  date of  authorization  will  be  reflected  on the
preclearance request form. Unless otherwise specified,  that authorization shall
be effective, unless revoked, until the earlier of: (a) the close of business on
the day  the  authorization  is  given,  or (b)  until  you  discover  that  the
information on the preclearance request form is no longer accurate.

- -------------
2 As indicated in note 1, above,  those  procedures will expire and no longer be
effective after AZOA completes its acquisition of a majority interest in PALP.

<PAGE>

         The Compliance  Officer from whom authorization is sought may undertake
such  investigation  as he or she  considers  necessary  to  determine  that the
Investment  Transaction for which preclearance has been sought complies with the
terms of this Code and is consistent  with the general  principles  described at
the beginning of the Code.

         Before  deciding  whether to authorize an Investment  Transaction  in a
particular Security or Futures Contract,  the Compliance Officer shall determine
and consider,  based upon the  information  reported or known to that Compliance
Officer,  whether within the most recent 15 days: (a) the Security,  the Futures
Contract or any Related Security is or has been held by an Advisory  Client,  or
(b) is being or has been  considered  for  purchase by an Advisory  Client.  The
Compliance  Officer shall also determine  whether there is a pending BUY or SELL
order in the same Security or Futures  Contract,  or in a Related  Security,  on
behalf of an Advisory  Client.  If such an order  exists,  authorization  of the
personal  Investment  Transaction shall not be given until the Advisory Client's
order is executed or withdrawn.  This  prohibition may be waived by a Compliance
Officer if he or she is convinced that: (a) your personal Investment Transaction
is necessary, (b) your personal Investment Transaction will not adversely affect
the pending order of the Advisory Client,  and (c) provision can be made for the
Advisory  Client trade to take precedence (in terms of price) over your personal
Investment Transaction.

         Exemptions From Preclearance

         Preclearance  shall  NOT  be  required  for  the  following  Investment
Transactions,  Securities and Futures  Contracts.  They are exempt only from the
Code's preclearance requirement, and, unless otherwise indicated, remain subject
to the Code's other requirements, including its reporting requirements.

                  Investment Transactions Exempt From Preclearance

         Preclearance shall NOT be required for any of the following  Investment
Transactions:

         1.       Any  transaction  in a  Security  or  Futures  Contract  in an
                  account  that is  managed or held by a broker,  dealer,  bank,
                  futures commission  merchant,  investment  adviser,  commodity
                  trading  advisor or trustee and over which you do not exercise
                  investment  discretion,  have notice of transactions  prior to
                  execution,  or otherwise have any direct or indirect influence
                  or control.  There is a presumption  that you can influence or
                  control  accounts  held by  members of your  Immediate  Family
                  sharing the same household.  This  presumption may be rebutted
                  only by convincing evidence.

         2.       Purchases of Securities under dividend reinvestment plans.

         3.       Purchases of  Securities  by exercise of rights  issued to the
                  holders of a class of Securities  pro rata, to the extent they
                  are  issued  with  respect to  Securities  in which you have a
                  Beneficial Ownership interest.
<PAGE>
         4.       Acquisitions  or dispositions of Securities as the result of a
                  stock  dividend,  stock split,  reverse  stock split,  merger,
                  consolidation,    spin-off   or   other   similar    corporate
                  distribution or reorganization  applicable to all holders of a
                  class of Securities  in which you have a Beneficial  Ownership
                  interest.

                  Securities Exempt From Preclearance
                  Regardless Of Transaction Size

         Preclearance shall NOT be required for an Investment Transaction in the
following  Securities  or  Related  Securities,  regardless  of the size of that
transaction:

         1.       All  "Exempt  Securities"  defined in  Appendix  I, i.e.  U.S.
                  Government  Securities,  shares in open-end mutual funds,  and
                  high quality short-term debt instruments.

         2.       All  closed-end  mutual  funds  (other  than PIMCO  Commercial
                  Mortgage  Securities Trust,  Inc.), and rights  distributed to
                  shareholders in closed-end mutual funds.

         3.       All options on any index of equity Securities.

         4.       All   Fixed   Income   Securities   issued  by   agencies   or
                  instrumentalities  of, or  unconditionally  guaranteed by, the
                  Government of the United States.

         5.       All  options  on  foreign  currencies  or  baskets  of foreign
                  currencies  (whether  or not traded on an exchange or board of
                  trade).

         6.       EXCEPT  FOR  DESIGNATED   EQUITY  SECURITIES  (as  defined  in
                  Appendix I and  discussed  below),  all equity  Securities  or
                  options, warrants or other rights to equity Securities.

         7.       EXCEPT FOR MUNICIPAL BOND  PORTFOLIO  EMPLOYEES (as defined in
                  Appendix I), all Tax-Exempt Municipal Bonds.

                  Securities Exempt from Preclearance
                  Depending On Transaction Size

         Preclearance shall NOT be required for an Investment Transaction in the
following  Securities or Related  Securities if they do not exceed the specified
transaction size thresholds:

         1.       Purchases  or sales of up to  $1,000,000  (in market  value or
                  face amount  whichever  is  greater)  per  calendar  month per
                  issuer  of  Fixed  Income  Securities  issued  by a  Qualified
                  Foreign Government.

         2.       Purchases  or sales of up to $100,000 (in market value or face
                  amount, whichever is greater) per calendar month per issuer of
                  corporate   debt   Securities,   mortgage-backed   and   other
                  asset-backed    Securities,    structured   notes   and   loan
                  participations,  and foreign government debt Securities issued
                  by non-qualified foreign governments.
<PAGE>
         Preclearance of Designated Equity Securities

         If a Compliance Officer receives notification from a Portfolio Employee
that an  equity  Security  or an  option,  warrant  or other  right to an equity
Security is being  considered  for purchase or sale by PIMCO on behalf of one of
its Advisory Clients,  the Compliance Officer will send you an e-mail message or
similar transmission  notifying you that this equity Security or option, warrant
or other right to an equity  Security is now a "Designated  Equity  Security." A
current list of Designated  Equity Securities (if any) will also be available on
the PIMCO  intranet  site.  You must preclear any  Investment  Transaction  in a
Designated  Equity  Security or a Related  Security  during the period when that
designation is in effect.

                  Futures Contracts Exempt From Preclearance
                  Regardless Of Transaction Size

         Preclearance shall NOT be required for an Investment Transaction in the
following  Futures  Contracts,  regardless of the size of that  transaction  (as
indicated  in Appendix  I, for these  purposes a "Futures  Contract"  includes a
futures option):

         1.       Currency Futures Contracts.

         2.       U.S. Treasury Futures Contracts.

         3.       Eurodollar Futures Contracts.

         4.       Futures Contracts an any index of equity Securities.

         5.       Futures  Contracts on physical  commodities or indices thereof
                  (e.g. contracts for future delivery of grain, livestock, fiber
                  or metals whether for physical delivery or cash).

         6.       Privately-Traded Contracts.

                  Futures Contracts Exempt From Preclearance
                  Depending On Transaction Size

         Preclearance shall NOT be required for an Investment Transaction in the
following Futures  Contracts if the total number of contracts  purchased or sold
during a calendar month does not exceed the specified limitations:

         1.       Purchases  or  sales  of  up  to  50  PUBLICLY-TRADED  FUTURES
                  CONTRACTS  to  acquire  Fixed  Income  Securities  issued by a
                  particular Qualified Foreign Government.

         2.       Purchases  or  sales  of up to 10  OF  EACH  OTHER  INDIVIDUAL
                  PUBLICLY-TRADED  FUTURES  CONTRACT if the open market interest
                  for such  Futures  Contract  as  reported  in The Wall  Street
                  Journal on the date of your  Investment  Transaction  (for the
                  previous trading day) is at least 1,000 contracts. Examples of
                  Futures  Contracts for which this exemption would be available
                  include  a  Futures  Contract  on a  foreign  government  debt
                  Security issued by a non-qualified  foreign government as well
                  as a 30-day federal funds Futures Contract.
<PAGE>
For  purposes  of these  limitations,  a  Futures  Contract  is  defined  by its
expiration month. For example,  you need not obtain  preclearance to purchase 50
December  Futures  Contracts  on German  Government  Bonds and 50 March  Futures
Contracts on German Government Bonds. Similarly,  you may roll over 10 September
Fed Funds  Futures  Contracts by selling  those 10 contracts  and  purchasing 10
October Fed Funds Futures  Contracts  since the  contracts  being sold and those
being purchased have different  expiration  months. On the other hand, you could
not  purchase 10 January Fed Funds  Future  Contracts  if the open  interest for
those contracts was less than 1,000  contracts,  even if the total open interest
for all Fed Funds Futures Contracts was greater than 1,000 contracts.

                  Additional Exemptions From Preclearance

         The  Compliance  Committee  may  exempt  other  classes  of  Investment
Transactions,  Securities  or Futures  Contracts  from the  Code's  preclearance
requirement  upon  a  determination   that  they  do  not  involve  a  realistic
possibility  of violating the general  principles  described at the beginning of
the Code.

                  Preclearance Required

         Given the exemptions  described above,  preclearance  shall be required
for Investment Transactions in:

         1.       Designated Equity Securities.

         2.       Tax-Exempt   Municipal   Bonds  by  Municipal  Bond  Portfolio
                  Employees.

         3.       More than $100,000 per calendar  month per issuer of corporate
                  debt  Securities,   mortgage-backed   and  other  asset-backed
                  Securities,  taxable  municipal  debt  Securities,  structured
                  notes and loan  participations,  and foreign  government  debt
                  Securities issued by non-qualified foreign governments.

         4.       More than  $1,000,000 per calendar month in debt Securities of
                  a Qualified Foreign Government.

         5.       Related  Securities that are  exchangeable  for or convertible
                  into one of the Securities  requiring  preclearance under (1),
                  (2), (3) or (4) above.

         6.       More than 50  Publicly-Traded  Futures  Contracts per calendar
                  month  to  acquire  Fixed  Income   Securities   issued  by  a
                  particular Qualified Foreign Government.

         7.       More than 10 of any other individual  Publicly-Traded  Futures
                  Contract or any Publicly-Traded Futures Contract for which the
                  open market interest as reported in The Wall Street Journal on
                  the date of your  Investment  Transaction  (for  the  previous
                  trading day) is less than 1,000 contracts,  unless the Futures
                  Contract is exempt from preclearance regardless of transaction
                  size.
<PAGE>
         8.       Any other Security or Publicly-Traded Futures Contract that is
                  not within the "exempt" categories listed above.

         9.       PIMCO Commercial Mortgage Securities Trust, Inc.

                           SHORT-TERM TRADING PROFITS


         You may not  profit  from  the  purchase  and  sale,  or the  sale  and
purchase,  within 60  calendar  days,  of FIXED  INCOME  SECURITIES  OR  RELATED
SECURITIES.  Portfolio  Employees  may not profit from the purchase and sale, or
the sale and purchase,  within 60 calendar days, of DESIGNATED EQUITY SECURITIES
and  Municipal  Bond  Portfolio  Employees  may not profit from the purchase and
sale, or the sale and purchase, within 60 calendar days, of TAX-EXEMPT MUNICIPAL
BONDS. Any such short-term  trade must be unwound,  or if that is not practical,
the profits must be contributed to a charitable organization.

         This ban does NOT apply to Investment  Transactions in U.S.  Government
Securities, most equity Securities, mutual fund shares, index options or Futures
Contracts. This ban also does not apply to a purchase or sale in connection with
one of the four categories of Investment  Transactions  Exempt From Preclearance
described on pages 9-10, above.

         You are  considered to profit from a short-term  trade if Securities in
which you have a  Beneficial  Ownership  interest  are sold for more than  their
purchase price, even though the Securities purchased and the Securities sold are
held of record or beneficially by different persons or entities.

                                BLACKOUT PERIODS

         You MAY NOT  purchase  or sell a  Security,  a  Related  Security  or a
Futures  Contract at a time when you intend or know of  another's  intention  to
purchase  or sell that  Security or Futures  Contract on behalf of any  Advisory
Client.

         As noted previously in the description of the Preclearance  Process,  a
Compliance Officer may not preclear an Investment Transaction in a Security or a
Futures Contract at a time when there is a pending BUY OR SELL order in the same
Security  or  Futures  Contract,  or a Related  Security,  until  that  order is
executed or withdrawn.

         These  prohibitions  do not  apply to  Investment  Transactions  in any
Futures  Contracts that are exempt from  preclearance  regardless of transaction
size.
<PAGE>
                         GIFTS AND SERVICE AS A DIRECTOR


                                      GIFTS

         You MAY NOT accept any investment opportunity,  gift, gratuity or other
thing of more than nominal  value from any person or entity that does  business,
or  desires to do  business,  with PIMCO  directly  or on behalf of an  Advisory
Client (a "Giver").  You MAY, however,  accept gifts from a single Giver so long
as their  aggregate  annual  value  does not  exceed  $500,  and you MAY  attend
business meals, sporting events and other entertainment events at the expense of
a Giver (without regard to their aggregate annual value), so long as the expense
is reasonable and both you and the Giver are present.

                              SERVICE AS A DIRECTOR

         If you are an  Advisory  Employee,  you may not  serve on the  board of
directors or other governing board of a publicly traded entity,  other than of a
Fund for which PIMCO is an advisor or  subadvisor,  unless you have received the
prior  written  approval  of the Chief  Executive  Officer  and the Chief  Legal
Officer of PIMCO. Approval will not be given unless a determination is made that
your service on the board would be consistent with the interests of our Advisory
Clients. If you are permitted to serve on the board of a publicly traded entity,
you will be ISOLATED from those Advisory Employees who make investment decisions
with respect to the Securities of that entity, through a "Chinese Wall" or other
procedures.

                                   COMPLIANCE

                                 CERTIFICATIONS

         Upon Receipt Of This Code

         Upon  commencement  of your  employment or the  effective  date of this
Code,  whichever occurs later,  you shall be required to acknowledge  receipt of
your copy of this Code by  completing  and returning a copy of the form attached
hereto as Appendix IV. By that acknowledgment, you will also agree:

         1.       To read the Code,  to make a reasonable  effort to  understand
                  its provisions,  and to ask questions  about those  provisions
                  you find confusing or difficult to understand.

         2.       To comply with the Code, including its general principles, its
                  reporting requirements, its preclearance requirements, and its
                  provisions regarding gifts and service as a director.

         3.       To advise  the  members  of your  Immediate  Family  about the
                  existence of the Code,  its  applicability  to their  personal
                  trading activity, and your responsibility to assure that their
                  personal trading activity complies with the Code.

         4.       To cooperate fully with any  investigation or inquiry by or on
                  behalf of a Compliance  Officer to determine  your  compliance
                  with the provisions of the Code.
<PAGE>
In addition,  your acknowledgment will recognize that any failure to comply with
the Code and to honor the commitments made by your  acknowledgment may result in
disciplinary action, including dismissal.

         Annual Certificate Of Compliance

         You are required to certify on an annual  basis,  on a copy of the form
attached  hereto as Appendix V, that you have  complied  with each  provision of
your  initial   acknowledgment   (see  above).   In   particular,   your  annual
certification  will  require  that you  certify  that you have read and that you
understand the Code, that you recognize you are subject to its provisions,  that
you complied  with the  requirements  of the Code during the year just ended and
that you have  disclosed,  reported,  or caused to be  reported  all  Investment
Transactions  required to be disclosed or reported  pursuant to the requirements
of the Code.

                              POST-TRADE MONITORING

         The  Compliance  Officers will review the duplicate  broker reports and
other  information   supplied  to  them  concerning  your  personal   Investment
Transactions  so that they can detect and prevent  potential  violations  of the
Code.  The  Compliance  Officers will perform such  investigation  and make such
inquiries as they  consider  necessary to perform  this  function.  You agree to
cooperate with any such  investigation  and to respond to any such inquiry.  You
should expect that,  as a matter of course,  the  Compliance  Officers will make
inquiries regarding any personal Investment Transaction in a Security or Futures
Contract  that occurs on the same day as a  transaction  in the same Security or
Futures Contract on behalf of an Advisory Client.

                                REMEDIAL ACTIONS

         If you violate this Code,  you are subject to remedial  actions,  which
may include,  but are not limited to,  disgorgement of profits,  imposition of a
fine, censure,  demotion,  suspension or dismissal. As part of any sanction, you
may be required to reverse an Investment  Transaction  and to forfeit any profit
or to absorb any loss from the transaction.

         The Compliance Committee shall have the ultimate authority to determine
whether you have violated the Code and, if so, the remedial actions it considers
appropriate.  In  making  its  determination,  the  Compliance  Committee  shall
consider,  among other factors, the gravity of your violation,  the frequency of
your  violations,  whether any violation caused harm or the potential of harm to
any Advisory  Client,  your efforts to cooperate with their  investigation,  and
your efforts to correct any conduct that led to a violation.

                        REPORTS TO DIRECTORS AND TRUSTEES

         Reports Of Significant Remedial Actions

         The  General  Counsel  of PIMCO  Advisors  L.P.  and the  directors  or
trustees of any affected  Fund that is an Advisory  Client will be informed on a
timely  basis  of each  SIGNIFICANT  REMEDIAL  ACTION  taken  in  response  to a
violation of this Code.  For this purpose,  a significant  remedial  action will
include any action that has a significant financial effect on the violator.
<PAGE>
         Reports of Material Changes To The Code

         PIMCO will  promptly  advise the directors or trustees of any Fund that
is an Advisory Client if PIMCO makes any material change to this Code.

         Annual Reports

         PIMCO's  management  will  furnish a  written  report  annually  to the
General  Counsel of PIMCO Advisors L.P. and to the directors or trustees of each
Fund that is an Advisory Client. Each report, at a minimum, will:

         1.       Describe any  significant  issues  arising  under the Code, or
                  under procedures implemented by PIMCO to prevent violations of
                  the Code, since management's last report,  including,  but not
                  limited to, information about material  violations of the Code
                  or those  procedures  and  sanctions  imposed in  response  to
                  material violations; and

         2.       Certify that PIMCO has adopted procedures reasonably necessary
                  to prevent Advisory Employees from violating the Code.

                                  RECORDKEEPING

         Beginning on the effective date of this Code,  PIMCO will maintain,  at
its principal place of business, the following records, which shall be available
to  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  or  any  representative  of  the
Commission at any time and from time to time for reasonable periodic, special or
other examination:

         1.       PIMCO's Chief Compliance Officer shall maintain, in any easily
                  accessible place:

                  (a)      a  copy  of   PIMCO's   current   Code  and  of  each
                           predecessor  of that  Code  that was in effect at any
                           time within the previous five (5) years;

                  (b)      a record of any  violation  of the  Code,  and of any
                           action  taken as a result  of the  violation,  for at
                           least five (5) years after the end of the fiscal year
                           in which the violation occurred;

                  (c)      a copy of each report  made by an  Advisory  Employee
                           pursuant to this Code, including any duplicate broker
                           report submitted on behalf of that Advisory Employee,
                           for at  least  two  (2)  years  after  the end of the
                           fiscal  year in which  that  report  was made or that
                           information was provided;

                  (d)      a record of all persons, currently or within the past
                           five  (5)  years,  who are or were  required  to make
                           reports  pursuant  to  this  Code  or who are or were
                           responsible for reviewing such reports; and

                  (e)      a copy of each report to the General Counsel of PIMCO
                           Advisors L.P. or to the directors or trustees of each
                           Fund that is an Advisory  Client for at least two (2)
                           years  after the end of the fiscal year in which that
                           report was made.


<PAGE>
         2.       PIMCO shall also maintain the following additional records:

                  (a)      a copy of each report  made by an  Advisory  Employee
                           pursuant to this Code, including any duplicate broker
                           report submitted on behalf of that Advisory Employee,
                           for at least  five  (5)  years  after  the end of the
                           fiscal  year in which  that  report  was made or that
                           information was provided;

                   (b)     a copy of each report to the General Counsel of PIMCO
                           Advisors L.P. or to the directors or trustees of each
                           Fund that is an Advisory Client for at least five (5)
                           years  after the end of the fiscal year in which that
                           report was made; and

                  (c)      a record of any decision,  and the reasons supporting
                           the  decision,   to  approve  the  acquisition  by  a
                           Portfolio Employee of a Beneficial Ownership interest
                           in any Security in an Initial Public Offering or in a
                           Private  Placement  for at least five (5) years after
                           the end of the fiscal year in which such approval was
                           granted.



<PAGE>
                                   APPENDIX I

                        DEFINITIONS OF CAPITALIZED TERMS


         The following  definitions  apply to the capitalized  terms used in the
Code:

ADVISORY EMPLOYEE

         The term "Advisory  Employee" means: (1) a director,  officer,  general
partner  or  employee  of PIMCO  who,  in  connection  with  his or her  regular
functions or duties,  makes,  participates in, or obtains information  regarding
the purchase or sale of a Security or Futures  Contract by PIMCO on behalf of an
Advisory Client, or whose functions relate to the making of any  recommendations
with respect to such purchases or sales, or (2) or a natural person in a control
relationship to PIMCO,  or an employee of any company in a control  relationship
to PIMCO, who: (a) makes,  participates in, or obtains information regarding the
purchase or sale of a Security by a Fund that is an  Advisory  Client,  or whose
functions  relate to the  making of any  recommendations  with  respect  to such
purchases or sales, or (b) obtains information  concerning  recommendations to a
Fund with regard to the purchase or sale of a Security by the Fund.

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP

         As  a  GENERAL  MATTER,  you  are  considered  to  have  a  "Beneficial
Ownership"  interest  in a  Security  or a  Futures  Contract  if you  have  the
opportunity,  directly or  indirectly,  to profit or share in any profit derived
from an Investment  Transaction  in that Security or Futures  Contract.  YOU ARE
PRESUMED TO HAVE A  BENEFICIAL  OWNERSHIP  INTEREST  IN ANY  SECURITY OR FUTURES
CONTRACT  HELD,  INDIVIDUALLY  OR JOINTLY,  BY YOU OR A MEMBER OF YOUR IMMEDIATE
FAMILY (AS  DEFINED  BELOW).  In  addition,  unless  specifically  excepted by a
Compliance  Officer  based on a showing  that your  interest  in a  Security  or
Futures  Contract  is  sufficiently  attenuated  to  avoid  the  possibility  of
conflict,  you will be considered to have a Beneficial  Ownership  interest in a
Security  or Futures  Contract  held by: (1) a JOINT  ACCOUNT to which you are a
party,  (2) a  PARTNERSHIP  in which  you are a general  partner,  (3) a LIMITED
LIABILITY COMPANY in which you are a manager-member, or (4) a TRUST in which you
or a member of your Immediate Family has a vested interest.

         As a TECHNICAL MATTER, the term "Beneficial  Ownership" for purposes of
this Code shall be  interpreted in the same manner as it would be under SEC Rule
16a-1(a)(2) (17 C.F.R. ss.240.16a-1(a)(2)) in determining whether a person has a
beneficial  ownership  interest in a Security  for purposes of Section 16 of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations thereunder.

DESIGNATED EQUITY SECURITY

         The term  "Designated  Equity Security" shall mean any equity Security,
option,  warrant or other right to an equity  Security  designated  as such by a
Compliance Officer,  after receiving notification from a Portfolio Employee that
said Security is being considered for purchase or sale by PIMCO on behalf of one
of its Advisory Clients.
<PAGE>
EXEMPT SECURITY

         The term "Exempt  Security" shall mean any Security not included within
the  definition  of Covered  Security  in SEC Rule  17j-l(a)(4)  (17 C.F.R.  ss.
17j-1(a)(4)), including:

         1.       Direct obligations of the Government of the United States;

         2.       Shares issued by open-end Funds; and

         3.       Bankers' acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial
                  paper and high quality short-term debt instruments,  including
                  repurchase  agreements.  For these  purposes,  a "high quality
                  short-term  debt  instrument"  means any  instrument  having a
                  maturity  at  issuance of less than 366 days and that is rated
                  in one of the two highest  rating  categories  by a Nationally
                  Recognized Statistical Rating Organization.

FIXED INCOME SECURITY

         For purposes of this Code, the term "Fixed Income  Security" shall mean
a  fixed  income  Security  issued  by  an  agency  or  instrumentality  of,  or
unconditionally  guaranteed by, the Government of the United States, a corporate
debt Security, a mortgage-backed or other asset-backed Security, a taxable fixed
income Security issued by a state or local government or a political subdivision
thereof,  a structured  note or loan  participation,  a foreign  government debt
Security,  or a debt  Security  of an  international  agency or a  supranational
agency. For purposes of this Code, the term "Fixed Income Security" shall not be
interpreted to include a U.S.  Government  Security or any other Exempt Security
(as defined above) nor shall it be interpreted to include a Tax-Exempt Municipal
Bond (as defined below).

FUND

         The term  "Fund"  means an  investment  company  registered  under  the
Investment Company Act.

FUTURES CONTRACT

         The term  "Futures  Contract"  includes  (a) a futures  contract and an
option  on a futures  contract  traded on a United  States or  foreign  board of
trade, such as the Chicago Board of Trade, the Chicago Mercantile Exchange,  the
London  International  Financial  Futures  Exchange  or the New York  Mercantile
Exchange  (a  "Publicly-Traded  Futures  Contract"),  as well  as (b) a  forward
contract, a swap, a cap, a collar, a floor and an over-the-counter option (other
than an option on a foreign  currency,  an option on a basket of currencies,  an
option  on  a   Security   or  an  option   on  an  index  of   Securities)   (a
"Privately-Traded  Contract").  Consult  with  a  Compliance  Officer  prior  to
entering  into a  transaction  in  case  of any  doubt.  For  purposes  of  this
definition,  a  Publicly-Traded  Futures  Contract is defined by its  expiration
month,  i.e. a  Publicly-Traded  Futures  Contract on a U.S.  Treasury Bond that
expires in June is treated as a separate  Publicly-Traded Futures Contract, when
compared to a  Publicly-Traded  Futures  Contract on a U.S.  Treasury  Bond that
expires in July.

<PAGE>
IMMEDIATE FAMILY

         The term  "Immediate  Family"  means any of the  following  persons who
RESIDE IN YOUR HOUSEHOLD OR DEPEND ON YOU FOR BASIC LIVING SUPPORT: your spouse,
any child, stepchild,  grandchild,  parent,  stepparent,  grandparent,  sibling,
mother-in-law,  father-in-law,  son-in-law, daughter-in-law,  brother-in-law, or
sister-in-law, including any adoptive relationships.

INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING

         The term  "Initial  Public  Offering"  means an offering of  securities
registered  under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C.  ss. 77a), the issuer of
which,  immediately  before the  registration,  was not subject to the reporting
requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 (15
U.S.C. ss. 78m or ss. 78o(d)).

INVESTMENT TRANSACTION

         For purposes of this Code, the term "Investment  Transaction" means any
transaction in a Security or Futures Contract in which you have, or by reason of
the transaction will acquire,  a Beneficial  Ownership  interest,  and includes,
among other things, the writing of an option to purchase or sell a Security.

MUNICIPAL BOND PORTFOLIO EMPLOYEE

         The term "Municipal  Bond Portfolio  Employee" shall mean any Portfolio
Employee  (as  defined  below)  who  makes  investment  decisions  for the PIMCO
Municipal  Bond  Fund or any  other  Advisory  Client  that  purchases  or sells
Tax-Exempt Municipal Bonds.  Municipal Bond Portfolio Employees shall be subject
to "Chinese Wall' arrangements that will preclude them from sharing  information
with other Advisory Employees  concerning their investment decisions relating to
Tax-Exempt  Municipal Bonds or their analyses or opinions  regarding  individual
Tax-Exempt Municipal Bonds.

PERSONAL ACCOUNT

         The term "Personal  Account" means the following  accounts that hold or
are likely to hold a  Security  (as  defined  below) or a Futures  Contract  (as
defined above) in which you have a Beneficial Ownership interest: any account in
your individual name; any joint or tenant-in-common account in which you have an
interest  or are a  participant;  any  account  for  which  you act as  trustee,
executor, or custodian; any account over which you have investment discretion or
otherwise can exercise  control (other than non-related  clients'  accounts over
which you have  investment  discretion),  including  the  accounts  of  entities
controlled  directly or  indirectly  by you; and any other  account in which you
have a Beneficial  Ownership  interest  (other than such accounts over which you
have no investment discretion and cannot otherwise exercise control).
<PAGE>
PORTFOLIO EMPLOYEE

         The term "Portfolio  Employee"  means:  (1) a portfolio  manager or any
employee of PIMCO (or of any company in a control  relationship with PIMCO) who,
in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes or participates
in making  recommendations  regarding  the purchase or sale of  securities  by a
Fund, or (2) any natural person who controls  PIMCO and who obtains  information
concerning  recommendations  made to a Fund that is an Advisory Client regarding
the purchase or sale of Securities by the Fund.  For these  purposes,  "control"
has the same meaning as in Section  2(a)(9) of the  Investment  Advisers Act (15
U.S.C. ss. 80a-2(a)(9)).

PRIVATE PLACEMENT

         The term  "Private  Placement"  means an  offering  that is exempt from
registration  under the  Securities  Act of 1933  pursuant  to  Section  4(2) or
Section 4(6) (15 U.S.C.  ss. 77d(2) or ss. 77d(6)) or pursuant to SEC Rules 504,
505 or 506 (17 C.F.R. ss.ss. 230.504,  230.505, or 230.506) under the Securities
Act of 1933.

QUALIFIED FOREIGN GOVERNMENT

         The term "Qualified Foreign  Government" means a national government of
a developed  foreign country with outstanding  Fixed Income Securities in excess
of fifty  billion  dollars.  A list of  Qualified  Foreign  Governments  will be
prepared as of the last business day of each calendar quarter, will be available
from the Chief  Compliance  Officer,  and will be  effective  for the  following
calendar quarter.

RELATED ACCOUNT

         The term  "Related  Account"  means any account,  other than a Personal
Account,  that  holds a  Security  or  Futures  Contract  in  which  you  have a
Beneficial Ownership interest.

RELATED SECURITY

         The term "Related  Security" shall mean any option to purchase or sell,
and any Security convertible into or exchangeable for, a Security that is or has
been held by PIMCO on behalf of one of its Advisory Clients or any Security that
is being or has been  considered  for  purchase by PIMCO on behalf of one of its
Advisory Clients.

SECURITY

         As a GENERAL MATTER,  the term "Security"  shall mean any stock,  note,
bond,   debenture  or  other  evidence  of  indebtedness   (including  any  loan
participation  or  assignment),   limited  partnership  interest  or  investment
contract OTHER THAN AN EXEMPT SECURITY (as defined  above).  The term "Security"
includes an option on a Security, on an index of Securities, on a currency or on
a basket of currencies,  including such an option traded on the Chicago Board of
Options  Exchange or on the New York,  American,  Pacific or Philadelphia  Stock
Exchanges, as well as such an option traded in the over-the-counter  market. The
term  "Security"  shall not include a Futures  Contract or a physical  commodity
(such as foreign exchange or a precious metal).
<PAGE>
         As a TECHNICAL  MATTER,  the term "Security" shall have the meaning set
forth in Section  2(a)(36) of the Investment  Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. ss.
80a-2(a)(36)), which defines a Security to mean:

         Any  note,  stock,   treasury  stock,   bond  debenture,   evidence  of
indebtedness,  certificate of interest or  participation  in any  profit-sharing
agreement,   collateral-trust   certificate,   preorganization   certificate  of
subscription, transferable share, investment contract, voting-trust certificate,
certificate  of deposit for a security,  fractional  undivided  interest in oil,
gas, or other mineral rights, any put, call,  straddle,  option, or privilege on
any security  (including a  certificate  of deposit) or on any group or index of
securities  (including any interest  therein or based on the value thereof),  or
any put,  call,  straddle,  option,  or  privilege  entered  into on a  national
securities exchange relating to foreign currency,  or, in general,  any interest
or instrument commonly known as a "security",  or any certificate of interest or
instrument  commonly  known as a "security",  or any  certificate of interest or
participation in, temporary or interim  certificate for, receipt for,  guarantee
of, warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase,  any of the foregoing,  except
that the term  "Security"  shall  not  include  any  Security  that is an Exempt
Security (as defined above), a Futures Contract or a physical commodity (such as
foreign exchange or precious metal).

TAX-EXEMPT MUNICIPAL BOND

         The term  "Tax-Exempt  Municipal  Bond"  shall  mean any  Fixed  Income
Security  exempt  from  federal  income  tax that is  issued by a state or local
government or a political subdivision thereof.
<PAGE>
                                   APPENDIX II

                      INSIDER TRADING POLICY AND PROCEDURES
                               PIMCO ADVISORS L.P.

                           Effective as of May 1, 1996

SECTION I.  POLICY STATEMENT ON INSIDER TRADING.

A.       POLICY STATEMENT ON INSIDER TRADING.

         PIMCO ADVISORS L.P.  ("PALP"),  ITS AFFILIATED  SUBPARTNERSHIPS,  PIMCO
PARTNERS,   G.P.   ("PIMCO  GP")  AND  PIMCO  FUNDS   DISTRIBUTORS  LLC  ("PFD")
(collectively  the "Company" or "PIMCO  Advisors") FORBID ANY OF THEIR OFFICERS,
DIRECTORS OR EMPLOYEES  FROM TRADING,  EITHER  PERSONALLY OR ON BEHALF OF OTHERS
(such as, mutual funds and private  accounts  managed by PALP or its  affiliated
Subpartnerships),   ON  THE  BASIS  OF  MATERIAL,   NON-PUBLIC   INFORMATION  OR
COMMUNICATING  MATERIAL,  NON-PUBLIC  INFORMATION  TO OTHERS IN VIOLATION OF THE
LAW. THIS CONDUCT IS FREQUENTLY REFERRED TO AS "INSIDER TRADING."

         The term  "insider  trading" is not  defined in the federal  securities
laws,  but  generally  is  used to  refer  to the  use of  material,  non-public
information to trade in securities or to communications of material,  non-public
information to others in breach of a fiduciary duty.

         While the law concerning insider trading is not static, it is generally
understood that the law prohibits:

         (1)      trading  by an  insider,  while  in  possession  of  material,
                  non-public information; or

         (2)      trading by a  non-insider,  while in  possession  of material,
                  non-public information, where the information was disclosed to
                  the  non-insider  in violation of an insider's duty to keep it
                  confidential; or

         (3)      communicating  material,  non-public  information to others in
                  breach of a fiduciary duty.


         This communication applies to every such officer, director and employee
and extends to  activities  within and outside  their duties at PIMCO  Advisors.
Every officer, director and employee must read and retain this policy statement.
Any questions  regarding  this policy  statement and the related  procedures set
forth  herein  should  be  referred  to a  Compliance  Officer  of  PALP  or the
applicable subpartnership.

         The  remainder of this  memorandum  discusses in detail the elements of
insider  trading,  the penalties for such  unlawful  conduct and the  procedures
adopted by the Company to implement its policy against insider trading.
<PAGE>
1.       TO WHOM DOES THIS POLICY APPLY?

         This Policy applies to all employees, officers and directors (direct or
indirect) of the Company ("Covered Persons"),  as well as to any transactions in
any securities participated by family members, trusts or corporations controlled
by such persons.
In particular, this Policy applies to securities transactions by:

         o        the Covered Person's spouse;
         o        the Covered Person's minor children;
         o        any other relative living in the Covered Person's household;
         o        a trust in which the Covered Person has a beneficial interest,
                  unless such person has no direct or indirect  control over the
                  trust;
         o        a trust as to which the Covered Person is a trustee;
         o        a revocable trust as to which the Covered Person is a settlor;
         o        a  corporation  of which the  Covered  Person  is an  officer,
                  director or 10% or greater stockholder; or
         o        a  partnership  of  which  the  Covered  Person  is a  partner
                  (including most investment  clubs),  unless the Covered Person
                  has no direct or indirect control over the partnership.

2.       WHAT IS MATERIAL INFORMATION?

         Trading on inside  information is not a basis for liability  unless the
information  is  material.   "Material  information"  generally  is  defined  as
information  for  which  there is a  substantial  likelihood  that a  reasonable
investor would consider it important in making his or her investment  decisions,
or information  that is reasonably  certain to have a substantial  effect on the
price of a company's securities.

         Although  there  is  no  precise,   generally  accepted  definition  of
materiality, information is likely to be "material" if it relates to significant
changes affecting such matters as:

           dividend or earnings expectations;
           write-downs or write-offs of assets;
           additions to reserves for bad debts or contingent liabilities;
           expansion or curtailment of company or major division operations;
           proposals  or   agreements   involving  a  joint   venture,   merger,
           acquisition,  divestiture,  or  leveraged  buy-out;
           new  products or services;
           exploratory,  discovery or research developments;
           criminal indictments, civil litigation or government investigations;
           disputes with major  suppliers  or  customers  or  significant
             changes in the relationships with such parties;
           labor disputes including strikes or lockouts;
           substantial changes in accounting methods;
<PAGE>
           major litigation developments;
           major  personnel  changes;
           debt  service or liquidity problems;
           bankruptcy  or   insolvency;
           extraordinary   management developments;
           public  offerings  or private  sales of debt or equity securities;
           calls, redemptions or purchases of a company's own stock;
           issuer tender offers; or recapitalizations.

         Information  provided  by a company  could be  material  because of its
expected effect on a particular  class of the company's  securities,  all of the
company's  securities,  the securities of another company,  or the securities of
several companies.  Moreover,  the resulting  prohibition against the misuses of
"material"  information  reaches all types of securities (whether stock or other
equity  interests,  corporate  debt,  government  or municipal  obligations,  or
commercial paper) as well as any option related to that security (such as a put,
call or index security).

         Material  information does not have to relate to a company's  business.
For  example,  in  Carpenter v. U.S.,  108 U.S.  316 (1987),  the Supreme  Court
considered as material certain  information  about the contents of a forthcoming
newspaper column that was expected to affect the market price of a security.  In
that case, a reporter for The Wall Street  Journal was found  criminally  liable
for  disclosing  to others the dates that  reports  on various  companies  would
appear in the Journal and whether those reports would be favorable or not.

3.       WHAT IS NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION?

         In order for issues  concerning  insider trading to arise,  information
must not only be "material," it must be "non-public."  "Non-public"  information
is  information  which  has not been  made  available  to  investors  generally.
Information  received in circumstances  indicating that it is not yet in general
circulation  or where the  recipient  knows or should know that the  information
could  only have been  provided  by an  "insider"  is also  deemed  "non-public"
information.

         At such time as material,  non-public  information has been effectively
distributed to the investing  public, it is no longer subject to insider trading
restrictions.   However,   for   "non-public"   information   to  become  public
information, it must be disseminated through recognized channels of distribution
designed to reach the securities marketplace.

         To show that  "material"  information is public,  you should be able to
point  to  some  fact  verifying  that  the  information  has  become  generally
available,  for example,  disclosure in a national  business and financial  wire
service (Dow Jones or Reuters),  a national news service (AP or UPI), a national
newspaper  (The  Wall  Street  Journal  or The New York  Times),  or a  publicly
disseminated  disclosure  document  (a  proxy  statement  or  prospectus).   The
circulation of rumors or "talk on the street," even if accurate,  widespread and
reported in the media, does not constitute the requisite public disclosure.  The
information  must not only be  publicly  disclosed,  there must also be adequate
time for the market as a whole to digest the  information.  Although  timing may
vary depending upon the circumstances,  a good rule of thumb is that information
is considered non-public until the third business day after public disclosure.
<PAGE>
         Material,  non-public  information  is not  made  public  by  selective
dissemination.  Material information  improperly disclosed only to institutional
investors or to a fund analyst or a favored group of analysts retains its status
as "non-public"  information  which must not be disclosed or otherwise  misused.
Similarly, partial disclosure does not constitute public dissemination.  So long
as any material component of the "inside"  information  possessed by the Company
has yet to be publicly disclosed, the information is deemed "non-public" and may
not be misused.

         Information   Provided  in  Confidence.   Occasionally,   one  or  more
directors,  officers,  or employees  of  companies in PIMCO  Advisors may become
temporary  "insiders"  because of a fiduciary or  commercial  relationship.  For
example,  personnel  at PALP or a  subpartnership  may become  insiders  when an
external  source,  such as a company whose securities are held by one or more of
the accounts managed by PALP or a subpartnership,  entrusts material, non-public
information to the Company  portfolio  managers or analysts with the expectation
that the information will remain confidential.

         As an  "insider,"  the Company has a  fiduciary  responsibility  not to
breach the trust of the party that has communicated  the "material,  non-public"
information by misusing that information. This fiduciary duty arises because the
Company has entered or has been invited to enter into a commercial  relationship
with the client or prospective  client and has been given access to confidential
information  solely for the  corporate  purposes of that  client or  prospective
client.   This  obligation   remains  whether  or  not  the  Company  ultimately
participates in the transaction.

         Information  Disclosed  in Breach  of a Duty.  Analysts  and  portfolio
managers at PIMCO  Advisors  must be especially  wary of "material,  non-public"
information  disclosed in breach of a corporate  insider's  fiduciary duty. Even
where  there is no  expectation  of  confidentiality,  a person  may  become  an
"insider" upon receiving material, non-public information in circumstances where
a  person  knows,  or  should  know,  that a  corporate  insider  is  disclosing
information in breach of the fiduciary duty he or she owes the  corporation  and
its  shareholders.  Whether the disclosure is an improper "tip" that renders the
recipient a "tippee" depends on whether the corporate insider expects to benefit
personally,  either directly or indirectly,  from the disclosure. In the context
of an  improper  disclosure  by a corporate  insider,  the  requisite  "personal
benefit"  may not be limited to a present or future  monetary  gain.  Rather,  a
prohibited personal benefit could include a reputational benefit, an expectation
of a quid pro quo from the  recipient or the  recipient's  employer by a gift of
the "inside" information.

         A person may, depending on the circumstances,  also become an "insider"
or "tippee" when he or she obtains apparently material,  non-public  information
by happenstance,  including information derived from social situations, business
gatherings,  overheard  conversations,  misplaced  documents,  and  "tips"  from
insiders or other third parties.
<PAGE>
4.       IDENTIFYING MATERIAL INFORMATION?

         Before trading for yourself or others,  including  investment companies
or private  accounts managed by PALP or its affiliated  Subpartnerships,  in the
securities of a company about which you may have potential material,  non-public
information, ask yourself the following questions:

         i.       Is this information that an investor could consider  important
                  in making his or her investment decisions? Is this information
                  that  could  substantially  affect  the  market  price  of the
                  securities if generally disclosed?

         ii.      To  whom  has  this   information   been  provided?   Has  the
                  information been  effectively  communicated to the marketplace
                  by being  published  in Reuters,  The Wall  Street  Journal or
                  other publications of general circulation.

         Given the potentially severe  regulatory,  civil and criminal sanctions
to  which  you and  PIMCO  Advisors  and its  personnel  could be  subject,  any
director, officer and employee uncertain as to whether the information he or she
possesses is "material,  non-public"  information  should  immediately  take the
following steps:

         i.       Report the matter  immediately to a Compliance  Officer or the
                  Chief Executive Officer of PALP;

         ii.      Do not purchase or sell the  securities  on behalf of yourself
                  or others,  including investment companies or private accounts
                  managed by PALP or the applicable  affiliated  subpartnership;
                  and

         iii.     Do not  communicate  the  information  inside or  outside  the
                  Company,  other  than to a  Compliance  Officer  or the  Chief
                  Executive Officer of PALP.

         After a Compliance  Officer or the Chief Executive Officer has reviewed
the issue, you will be instructed to continue the  prohibitions  against trading
and communication or will be allowed to trade and communicate the information.

5.       PENALTIES FOR INSIDER TRADING.

         Penalties  for  trading  on  or  communicating   material,   non-public
information are severe,  both for individuals  involved in such unlawful conduct
and their  employers.  A person can be  subject to some or all of the  penalties
below  even  if he or she  does  not  personally  benefit  from  the  violation.
Penalties include:

         civil injunctions
         treble damages
         disgorgement of profits
         jail sentences
         fines for the person who  committed  the violation of up to three times
         the profit gained or loss avoided,  whether or not the person  actually
         benefited, and
         fines for the employer or other controlling person of up to the
         greater of  $1,000,000  or three times the amount of the profit gained
         or loss avoided.
<PAGE>
         In addition,  any violation of this policy statement can be expected to
result in  serious  sanctions  by PIMCO  Advisors,  including  dismissal  of the
persons involved.


SECTION II.       PROCEDURES TO IMPLEMENT PIMCO ADVISORS' POLICY.

A.       PROCEDURES TO IMPLEMENT THE POLICY AGAINST INSIDER TRADING.

         The following  procedures  have been  established  to aid the officers,
directors and employees of PIMCO Advisors in avoiding  insider  trading,  and to
aid the Company in preventing,  detecting and imposing sanctions against insider
trading.  Every  officer,  director and employee of PIMCO  Advisors  must follow
these procedures or risk serious  sanctions,  including  dismissal,  substantial
personal liability and criminal penalties.

TRADING RESTRICTIONS AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

1.       No employee, officer or director of the Company who possesses material,
         non-public information relating to the Company or any of its affiliates
         or  subsidiaries,  may buy or sell any  securities  of the  Company  or
         engage in any other action to take  advantage of, or pass on to others,
         such material, non-public information.

2.       No employee,  officer or director of the Company who obtains  material,
         non-public  information which relates to any other company or entity in
         circumstances  in which  such  person is deemed to be an  insider or is
         otherwise subject to restrictions under the federal securities laws may
         buy or sell  securities of that company or otherwise take advantage of,
         or pass on to others, such material, non-public information.

3.       No  employee,  officer or  director of the  Company  shall  engage in a
         securities   transaction  with  respect  to  the  securities  of  PIMCO
         Advisors,  except in accordance with the specific procedures  published
         from time to time by the company.

4.       Each employee,  officer or director of the Company shall submit reports
         of every securities  transaction involving securities of PIMCO Advisors
         to a Compliance  Officer in accordance  with the terms of the Company's
         Code of Ethics as they relate to any other securities transaction.

5.       No Employee (as such term is defined in the applicable  Code of Ethics)
         shall engage in a securities transaction with respect to any securities
         of any other company, except in accordance with the specific procedures
         set forth in the Company's Code of Ethics.

6.       Employees shall submit reports  concerning each securities  transaction
         in  accordance  with the terms of the Code of Ethics and  verify  their
         personal  ownership of securities in accordance with the procedures set
         forth in the Code of Ethics.
<PAGE>
7.       Because even inadvertent disclosure of material, non-public information
         to  others  can  lead  to  significant  legal  difficulties,  officers,
         directors  and  employees  of  the  Company   should  not  discuss  any
         potentially material,  non-public information concerning the Company or
         other  companies,  including other  officers,  employees and directors,
         except as specifically required in the performance of their duties.

B.       CHINESE WALL PROCEDURES.

         The Insider Trading and Securities  Fraud  Enforcement Act requires the
establishment  and strict  enforcement  of  procedures  reasonably  designed  to
prevent the misuse of "inside" information.1 Accordingly, you should not discuss
material,  non-public  information  about the  Company or other  companies  with
anyone, including other employees, except as required in the performance of your
regular duties.  In addition,  care should be taken so that such  information is
secure. For example, files containing material, non-public information should be
sealed;  access to computer files containing  material,  non-public  information
should be restricted.

C.       RESOLVING ISSUES CONCERNING INSIDER TRADING.

         The federal  securities  laws,  including  the laws  governing  insider
trading,  are complex. If you have any doubts or questions as to the materiality
or  non-public  nature of  information  in your  possession  or as to any of the
applicability or interpretation of any of the foregoing  procedures or as to the
propriety of any action, you should contact a Compliance Officer.  Until advised
to the contrary by a Compliance Officer, you should presume that the information
is  material  and  non-public  and you  should  NOT trade in the  securities  or
disclose this information to anyone.






- --------
1 The  antifraud  provisions  of United  States  securities  laws reach  insider
trading  or  tipping  activity  worldwide  which  defrauds  domestic  securities
markets.  In addition,  the Insider Trading and Securities Fraud Enforcement Act
specifically  authorizes  the SEC to conduct  investigations  at the  request of
foreign  governments,  without  regard to whether  the conduct  violates  United
States law.
<PAGE>
                                  APPENDIX III

                               PIMCO ADVISORS L.P.

                   POLICY REGARDING SPECIAL TRADING PROCEDURES
                      FOR SECURITIES OF PIMCO ADVISORS L.P.

                           Effective as of May 1, 1996


INTRODUCTION

         PIMCO Advisors L.P. (as defined  below) has adopted an Insider  Trading
Policy and  Procedures  applicable  to all  personnel  which  prohibits  insider
trading in any securities,  and prohibits all employees from improperly using or
disclosing material,  non-public information,  a copy of which has been supplied
to you.

         For the  purposes  of this  memorandum,  the term the  "Company"  shall
include PIMCO Advisors L.P. ("PALP"),  PIMCO Partners,  G.P. ("PIMCO GP"), PIMCO
Funds  Distributors LLC ("PFD") and any entity in relation to which PALP acts as
a general partner or owns 50% or more of one the issued and outstanding stock.


PERSONS TO WHOM THIS SPECIAL TRADING POLICY APPLIES

         This Policy applies to all employees of the Company and, in the case of
PALP, the inside members of the Operating  Board and the Equity Board  ("Covered
Persons"),  as well as to any  transactions  in  securities  participated  in by
family  members,  trusts or  corporations  controlled  by a Covered  Person.  In
particular, this Policy applies to securities transactions by:

a.       the Covered Person's spouse;
b.       the Covered Person's minor children;
c.       any other relatives living in the Covered Person's household;
d.       a trust in which the Covered Person has a beneficial  interest,  unless
         such Covered Person has no direct or indirect control over the trust;
e.       a trust as to which the Covered Person is a trustee;
f.       a revocable trust as to which the Covered Person is a settlor;
g.       a corporation  of which the Covered  Person is an officer,  director or
         10% or greater stockholder; or
h.       a partnership of which the Covered Person is a partner  (including most
         investment clubs),  unless the Covered Person has no direct or indirect
         control over the partnership.

         The family members, trust and corporations listed above are hereinafter
referred to as  "Related  persons."  SECURITIES  TO WHICH THIS  SPECIAL  TRADING
POLICY APPLIES
<PAGE>
         Unless stated otherwise, the following Special Trading Procedures apply
to all  transactions by Covered Persons and their Related Persons  involving any
class or series of units of limited partner interest of PALP or other securities
of PALP, including options and other derivative  securities (such as a put, call
or index security) in relation to such securities (the "PALP Securities").


SPECIAL TRADING PROCEDURES RELATING TO SECURITIES OF PIMCO ADVISORS L.P.


1.       TRADING WINDOWS

         There  are  times  when  the  Company  may  be  engaged  in a  material
non-public  development  or  transaction.  Even  if you are  not  aware  of this
development  or  transaction,   if  you  trade  PALP's  Securities  before  such
development or transaction is disclosed to the public, you might expose yourself
and the  Company  to a charge  of  insider  trading  that  could be  costly  and
difficult to refute.  In  addition,  such a trade by you could result in adverse
publicity to you or the company.

         Therefore,  the following rule shall apply: each Covered Person and all
of such  person's  Related  Persons may only  purchase  or sell PALP  Securities
during four  "trading  windows" that occur each year.  The four trading  windows
consist of the months of  February,  May,  August and  November.  TRADING ON THE
BASIS OF MATERIAL  NON-PUBLIC  INFORMATION OR COMMUNICATING  MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC
INFORMATION TO OTHERS AT ANY TIME, INCLUDING IN A TRADING WINDOW, IS A VIOLATION
OF THE LAW AND A VIOLATION OF THIS POLICY.

         In  accordance  with the  procedure  for waivers  described  below,  in
special circumstances a waiver may be given to allow a trade to occur outside of
a trading window.

         Employees  of PALP  should  be  aware  that  there  are  potential  tax
consequences for such employees resulting from the ownership of PALP Securities.
Each such employee  contemplating  purchasing PALP Securities should discuss the
matter with such employee's tax advisor.

         The exercise of options to purchase  PALP  Securities  for cash are not
Covered to the procedures outlined above, but the securities so acquired may not
be sold except during a trading window and after all other  requirements of this
policy have been satisfied.


2.       POST-TRADE REPORTING

         All Covered  Persons  shall submit to a Compliance  Officer a report of
every  securities  transaction in PALP Securities in which they and any of their
Related  Persons  have  participated  as  soon  as  practicable   following  the
transaction  and in any event not later  than the fifth day after the end of the
month in which the transaction occurred.  The report shall include: (1) the date
of the  transaction  and the title and number of shares or  principal  amount of
each security involved; (2) the nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase,  sale
or any other type of  acquisition  or  disposition);  (3) the price at which the
transaction was effected;  and (4) the name of the broker/dealer with or through
whom the transaction was effected. In addition, on an annual basis, each Covered
Person must confirm the amount of PALP Securities  which such person and his her
Related Persons beneficially own.
<PAGE>
         Each Covered Person (and not the Company) is personally responsible for
insuring that his or her  transactions  comply fully with any and all applicable
securities laws,  including,  but not limited to, the restrictions imposed under
Section 16(b) of the  Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 144 under the
Securities Act of 1933.


3.       RESOLVING ISSUES CONCERNING INSIDER TRADING

         If you have any  doubts  or  questions  as to  whether  information  is
material or non-public,  or as to the  applicability or interpretation of any of
the  foregoing  procedures,  or as to the  propriety  of any action,  you should
contact a Compliance  Officer before trading or communicating the information to
anyone. Until these doubts or questions are satisfactorily  resolved, you should
presume that the information is material and non-public and you should NOT trade
in the securities or communicate this information to anyone.


4.       MODIFICATIONS AND WAIVERS

         The Company reserves the right to amend or modify this policy statement
at any time.  Waiver of any  provision  of this policy  statement  in a specific
instance may be  authorized  in writing by a  Compliance  Officer and either the
Chief  Executive  Officer of PALP or any member of the  Operating  Committee  of
PALP,  and any such waiver shall be reported to the Equity and Operating  Boards
of PALP at the next regularly scheduled meeting of each.

<PAGE>
                                   APPENDIX IV

                            ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF RECEIPT

                                     OF THE
                                 CODE OF ETHICS
                                     AND THE
                    INSIDER TRADING POLICY AND PROCEDURES OF

                      PACIFIC INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY

         I hereby  certify that I have  received the attached Code of Ethics and
Insider Trading Policy and Procedures.  I hereby agree to read the Code, to make
a reasonable  effort to understand  its  provisions  and to ask questions  about
those  provisions I find confusing or difficult to  understand.  I also agree to
comply  with  the  Code,   including  its  general  principles,   its  reporting
requirements,  its preclearance requirements, and its provisions regarding gifts
and service as a director. I also agree to advise members of my Immediate Family
about the existence of the Code of Ethics,  its  applicability to their personal
trading  activity,  and my  responsibility to assure that their personal trading
activity complies with the Code of Ethics.  Finally,  I agree to cooperate fully
with any  investigation  or inquiry by or on behalf of a  Compliance  Officer to
determine my compliance  with the  provisions of the Code. I recognize  that any
failure to comply in all aspects with the Code and to honor the commitments made
by this acknowledgment may result in disciplinary action, including dismissal.



Date:  -------------------------------          --------------------------------
                                                Signature

                                                --------------------------------
                                                Print Name



<PAGE>
                                   APPENDIX V

                       ANNUAL CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE

                                    WITH THE
                                CODE OF ETHICS OF

                      PACIFIC INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY



         I hereby certify that I have complied with the requirements of the Code
of Ethics and Insider  Trading  Policy and  Procedures  that have  applied to me
during the year ended  December 31, 200_. In addition,  I hereby  certify that I
have  read  the  Code and  understand  its  provisions.  I also  certify  that I
recognize  that I am  subject  to the  provisions  of the  Code  and that I have
disclosed,  reported,  or caused to be reported all transactions  required to be
disclosed or reported pursuant to the requirements of the Code. I recognize that
any failure to comply in all aspects with the Code and that any false  statement
in this certification may result in disciplinary action, including dismissal.




Date:  -------------------------------          --------------------------------
                                                Signature

                                                --------------------------------
                                                Print Name



<PAGE>
                                   APPENDIX VI

                           INITIAL REPORT OF ACCOUNTS

                                 PURSUANT TO THE
                                CODE OF ETHICS OF

                      PACIFIC INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY

         In  accordance  with the Code of Ethics,  I have  attached to this form
copies of the most recent  statements  for each and every  Personal  Account and
Related  Account that holds or is likely to hold a Security or Futures  Contract
in  which  I  have a  Beneficial  Ownership  interest,  as  well  as  copies  of
confirmations  for  any  and  all  Investment  Transactions  subsequent  to  the
effective dates of those statements.1

         In addition,  I hereby  supply the following  information  for each and
every  Personal  Account  and  Related  Account  in  which  I have a  Beneficial
Ownership interest for which I cannot supply the most recent account statement:

(1)      Name of employee:
                                                   -----------------------------

(2)      If different than #1, name of the person
         in whose name the account is held:
                                                   -----------------------------

(3)      Relationship of (2) to (1):
                                                   -----------------------------

(4)      Firm(s) at which Account is maintained:
                                                   -----------------------------
                                                   -----------------------------
                                                   -----------------------------
                                                   -----------------------------
                                                   -----------------------------

(5)      Account Number(s):
                                                   -----------------------------
                                                   -----------------------------
                                                   -----------------------------
                                                   -----------------------------
                                                   -----------------------------

(6)      Phone number(s) of Broker or Representative:
                                                   -----------------------------
                                                   -----------------------------
                                                   -----------------------------
                                                   -----------------------------
                                                   -----------------------------
<PAGE>
(7)      Account holdings:

        Name of Security       Quantity         Principal Amount  Custodian
1.
        -------------------    --------------    ---------------  --------------
2.
        -------------------    --------------    ---------------  --------------
3.
        -------------------    --------------    ---------------  --------------
4.
        -------------------    --------------    ---------------  --------------
5.
        -------------------    --------------    ---------------  --------------

(Attach additional sheets if necessary)

         I also supply the following  information for each and every Security or
Futures Contract in which I have a Beneficial Ownership interest,  to the extent
this information is not available  elsewhere on this form or from the statements
and  confirmations  attached to this form.  This includes  Securities or Futures
Contracts held at home, in safe deposit boxes, or by an issuer.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
        Person Who            Description
     Owns the Security      of the Security
    Or Futures Contract   Or Futures Contract       Quantity        Principal Amount       Custodian
    -------------------   -------------------       --------        ----------------       ---------

<S>                         <C>                 <C>                 <C>                 <C>
1.
    -------------------     -----------------   -----------------   -----------------   -----------------
2.
    -------------------     -----------------   -----------------   -----------------   -----------------
3.
    -------------------     -----------------   -----------------   -----------------   -----------------
4.
    -------------------     -----------------   -----------------   -----------------   -----------------
5
    -------------------     -----------------   -----------------   -----------------   -----------------
</TABLE>

(Attach additional sheets if necessary.)


         I hereby certify that this form and the  attachments  (if any) identify
all of the Personal Accounts, Related Accounts, Securities and Futures Contracts
in which I have a Beneficial Ownership interest as of this date.



                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 Signature



                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 Print Name


Date:
      --------------------

Attachments
<PAGE>
                                  APPENDIX VII

                      PACIFIC INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY

                          PIMCO FUNDS DISTRIBUTORS LLC

                   QUARTERLY REPORT OF INVESTMENT TRANSACTIONS

                       FOR THE QUARTER ENDED             , 2000

================================================================================
Please mark one of the following:

         No reportable Investment Transactions have occurred.
         Except as indicated below, all reportable Investment  Transactions were
made through Personal  Accounts and Related Accounts  identified on the attached
list,  which,  except as  indicated,  represents a complete list of the Personal
Accounts and Related Accounts that hold Securities or Futures Contracts in which
I have or had a  Beneficial  Ownership  interest and for which PIMCO should have
received or will  receive  timely  duplicate  broker  reports  for the  calendar
quarter just ended.1 I hereby certify that the broker,  dealer,  bank or futures
commission  merchant  for  each  such  account  has  been  instructed  to send a
Compliance Officer timely duplicate broker reports for that account.

The  following  information  for  Investment  Transactions  during the  calendar
quarter just ended does not appear on the duplicate  broker  reports  referenced
above.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Transaction  Title, Interest Rate and Maturity    Number of Shares or Contracts  Nature of Transaction  Transaction  Broker, Dealer,
Date         Date of Security or Futures Contract And Principal Amount           (i.e., Buy or Sell)    Price        Bank or FCM
<S>          <C>                                  <C>                            <C>                    <C>          <C>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

SPECIAL NOTE TO PIMCO FUNDS DISTRIBUTORS LLC REGISTERED REPS AND ACCESS PERSONS:
You will not have to fill out an extra  form for each  quarter  for PIMCO  Funds
Distributors LLC.

                                             SIGNED:
                                                    ----------------------------
                                             PRINT NAME:
                                                        ------------------------
                                             DATE:
                                                  ------------------------------
- --------
1 The Code of Ethics uses various capitalized terms that are defined in Appendix
I to the  Code.  The  capitalized  terms  used  in this  Report  have  the  same
definitions.
<PAGE>


1.       Please see the CODE OF ETHICS for a full  description of the Investment
         Transactions that must be reported.

2.       TRANSACTION DATE. In the case of a market transaction,  state the trade
         date (not the settlement date).

3.       TITLE OF SECURITY OR FUTURES CONTRACT. State the name of the issuer and
         the class of the  Security  (e.g.,  common  stock,  preferred  stock or
         designated  issue of debt  securities).  For Fixed  Income  Securities,
         please  provide the  Security's  interest rate and maturity date. For a
         Futures  Contract,  state  the  title of any  Security  subject  to the
         Futures Contract and the expiration date of the Futures Contract.

4.       NUMBER OF SHARES OR CONTRACTS AND PRINCIPAL AMOUNT. State the number of
         shares of Securities, the face amount of Fixed Income Securities or the
         units of other securities.  For options, state the amount of securities
         subject to the option. Provide the principal amount of each Security or
         Futures  Contract.  If your  ownership  interest  was through a spouse,
         relative or other natural person or through a partnership, trust, other
         entity,  state the entire  quantity of Securities or Futures  Contracts
         involved in the transaction.  You may indicate, if you wish, the extent
         of your interest in the transaction.

5.       NATURE OF TRANSACTION.  Identify the nature of the  transaction  (e.g.,
         purchase, sale or other type of acquisition or disposition).

6.       TRANSACTION  PRICE. State the purchase or sale price per share or other
         unit,  exclusive of brokerage  commissions or other costs of execution.
         In the case of an  option,  state  the  price at which it is  currently
         exercisable.  No price need be reported for  transactions not involving
         cash.

7.       BROKER,  DEALER, BANK OR FCM EFFECTING  TRANSACTION.  State the name of
         the broker,  dealer,  bank or FCM with or through which the transaction
         was effected.

8.       SIGNATURE. Sign and date the report in the spaces provided.

9.       FILING OF REPORT.  A report  should be filed NOT LATER THAN 10 CALENDAR
         DAYS after the end of each calendar quarter with:

                  PIMCO
                  ATTN:  Compliance Officer
                  840 Newport Center Drive
                  Suite 300
                  Newport Beach, CA  92660

10.      DUPLICATE BROKER REPORTS.  Please remember that duplicates of all trade
         confirmations,  purchase and sale reports, and periodic statements must
         be sent to the firm by your broker. You should use the address above.
<PAGE>
                                  APPENDIX VIII

                      PACIFIC INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY

                          PIMCO FUNDS DISTRIBUTORS LLC

                           ANNUAL HOLDINGS REPORT AND
                FOURTH QUARTER REPORT OF INVESTMENT TRANSACTIONS

================================================================================

                FOR THE YEAR AND QUARTER ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2000

================================================================================

         I hereby  certify that,  except as indicated  below,  all Securities or
Futures Contracts in which I had a Beneficial  Ownership  interest at the end of
the 2000  calendar  year were held in  Personal  Accounts  or  Related  Accounts
identified  on the attached  list,  for which PIMCO should have received or will
receive an account statement of holdings as of the end of that calendar year.1 I
hereby certify that the broker,  dealer, bank or futures commission merchant for
each such  account  has been  instructed  to send a  Compliance  Officer  timely
duplicate  broker reports,  including a statement of holdings in that account as
of the end of the calendar year.

The following  information  describes other  Securities or Futures  Contracts in
which I had a Beneficial  Ownership  interest as of the end of the 2000 calendar
year:

Title, Interest Rate and Maturity   Number of Shares           Broker, Dealer,
Date of Security or                 or Contracts And           Bank or FCM
or Futures Contract                 Principal Amount

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ----------
         1 The Code of Ethics uses various capitalized terms that are defined in
Appendix I to the Code. The capitalized  terms used in this Report have the same
definitions.
<PAGE>
         Except as  indicated  below,  all  reportable  Investment  Transactions
during the quarter ended December 31, 2000, were made through Personal  Accounts
and  Related  Accounts  identified  on  the  attached  list,  which,  except  as
indicated,  represents  a complete  list of the  Personal  Accounts  and Related
Accounts  that hold  Securities  or Futures  Contracts  in which I have or had a
Beneficial  Ownership  interest and for which PIMCO should have received or will
receive timely duplicate broker reports for the calendar quarter just ended.

The  following  information  for  Investment  Transactions  during the  calendar
quarter just ended does not appear on the duplicate  broker  reports  referenced
above.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Transaction  Title, Interest Rate and Maturity    Number of Shares or Contracts  Nature of Transaction  Transaction  Broker, Dealer,
Date         Date of Security or Futures Contract And Principal Amount           (i.e., Buy or Sell)    Price        Bank or FCM
<S>          <C>                                  <C>                            <C>                    <C>          <C>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

SPECIAL NOTE TO PIMCO FUNDS DISTRIBUTORS LLC REGISTERED REPS AND ACCESS PERSONS:
You  will not have to fill out an  extra  form  for each  year for  PIMCO  Funds
Distributors LLC.
                                             SIGNED:
                                                    ----------------------------
                                             PRINT NAME:
                                                        ------------------------
                                             DATE:
                                                  ------------------------------
<PAGE>
1.       Please see the CODE OF ETHICS for a full  description of the Investment
         Transactions that must be reported.

2.       TRANSACTION DATE. In the case of a market transaction,  state the trade
         date (not the settlement date).

3.       TITLE OF SECURITY OR FUTURES CONTRACT. State the name of the issuer and
         the class of the  Security  (e.g.,  common  stock,  preferred  stock or
         designated  issue of debt  securities).  For Fixed  Income  Securities,
         please  provide the  Security's  interest rate and maturity date. For a
         Futures  Contract,  state  the  title of any  Security  subject  to the
         Futures Contract and the expiration date of the Futures Contract.

4.       NUMBER OF SHARES OR CONTRACTS AND PRINCIPAL AMOUNT. State the number of
         shares of Securities, the face amount of Fixed Income Securities or the
         units of other securities.  For options, state the amount of securities
         subject to the option. Provide the principal amount of each Security or
         Futures  Contract.  If your  ownership  interest  was through a spouse,
         relative or other natural person or through a partnership, trust, other
         entity,  state the entire  quantity of Securities or Futures  Contracts
         involved in the transaction.  You may indicate, if you wish, the extent
         of your interest in the transaction.

5.       NATURE OF TRANSACTION.  Identify the nature of the  transaction  (e.g.,
         purchase, sale or other type of acquisition or disposition).

6.       TRANSACTION  PRICE. State the purchase or sale price per share or other
         unit,  exclusive of brokerage  commissions or other costs of execution.
         In the case of an  option,  state  the  price at which it is  currently
         exercisable.  No price need be reported for  transactions not involving
         cash.

7.       BROKER,  DEALER, BANK OR FCM EFFECTING  TRANSACTION.  State the name of
         the broker,  dealer,  bank or FCM with or through which the transaction
         was effected.

8.       SIGNATURE. Sign and date the report in the spaces provided.

9.       FILING OF REPORT.  A report  should be filed NOT LATER THAN 10 CALENDAR
         DAYS after the end of each calendar quarter with:

                  PIMCO
                  ATTN:  Compliance Officer
                  840 Newport Center Drive
                  Suite 300
                  Newport Beach, CA  92660

10.      DUPLICATE BROKER REPORTS.  Please remember that duplicates of all trade
         confirmations,  purchase and sale reports, and periodic statements must
         be sent to the firm by your broker. You should use the address above.
<PAGE>

                                   Appendix IX

                            PRECLEARANCE REQUEST FORM



         This form must be submitted to a Compliance  Officer  before  executing
any Investment  Transaction  for which  preclearance is required under the PIMCO
Code of Ethics.  Before  completing this form, you should review the PIMCO Code,
including the terms  defined in that Code.  The  capitalized  terms used in this
form  are  governed  by  those  definitions.  In  addition,  the  Code  provides
information  regarding  your  preclearance   obligations  under  the  Code,  and
information  regarding the  Transactions,  Securities and Futures Contracts that
are exempt from the Code's preclearance requirement.1

         No Investment Transaction subject to preclearance may be effected prior
to  receipt  of  written  authorization  of  that  Investment  Transaction  by a
Compliance  Officer.  Unless otherwise  specified,  that authorization  shall be
effective, unless revoked, until the earlier of (a) the close of business on the
date  authorization is given, or (b) until you discover that information on this
preclearance request form is no longer accurate.

(1)      Your Name:

(2)      If the Investment  Transaction will be in someone else's name or in the
         name of a trust, the name of that person or trust:

         The relationship of that person or trust to you:

(3)      Name of the  firm  (e.g.,  broker,  dealer,  bank,  futures  commission
         merchant) through which the Investment Transaction will be executed:

         The relevant account number at that firm:

(4)      Issuer of the  Security or identity of the Futures  Contract  for which
         preclearance is requested:

         The relevant CUSIP number or call symbol:

(5)      The maximum number of shares, units or contracts for which preclearance
         is  requested,  or the market  value or face amount of the Fixed Income
         Securities for which preclearance is requested:

(6)      The type of Investment Transaction for which preclearance is
         requested (check all that apply):  [] Purchase   [] Sale     [] Market
                                                                         Order
                                   [] Limit Order (Price Of Limit Order:[])

         PLEASE ANSWER THE FOLLOWING QUESTIONS TO THE BEST OF YOUR KNOWLEDGE AND
         BELIEF:

(a)      Do you possess material nonpublic information regarding the Security or
         Futures  Contract  identified  above or  regarding  the  issuer of that
         Security? [] Yes [] No

(b)      Is the Security or Futures Contract  identified above held by any PIMCO
         Advisory  Client or is it a Related  Security  (as defined in the PIMCO
         Code)? [] Yes [] No

(c)      Is there a pending  buy or sell  order on  behalf  of a PIMCO  Advisory
         Client for the Security or Futures  Contract  identified above or for a
         Security  for  which  the  Security   identified  above  is  a  Related
         Security?[] Yes [] No
- ----------
1 Preclearance is required for any Investment Transaction in Securities, Related
Securities or Futures  Contracts in a Personal  Account or a Related  Account in
which you have or will acquire a Beneficial Ownership interest.

<PAGE>
(d)      Do you intend or do you know of another's intention to purchase or sell
         the Security or Futures  Contract  identified  above, or a Security for
         which the Security identified above is a Related Security, on behalf of
         a PIMCO Advisory Client?[] Yes [] No

(e)      Has the  Security  or Futures  Contract  identified  above or a Related
         Security been considered for purchase by a PIMCO Advisory Client within
         the most  recent  15  days?  (Note:  rejection  of any  opportunity  to
         purchase the Security or Futures  Contract for an Advisory Client would
         require an affirmative response to this question.) [] Yes [] No

(f)      If you are a Portfolio  Employee,  is the Security being acquired in an
         Initial Public Offering?2 [] Yes [] No

(g)      If you are a Portfolio  Employee,  are you acquiring or did you acquire
         Beneficial Ownership of the Security in a Private Placement?3 [] Yes []
         No

(h)      If you are seeking  preclearance  of a purchase or sale of  Securities,
         have you purchased or sold the same or similar Securities,  or have you
         acquired or disposed of a Beneficial  Ownership interest in the same or
         similar Securities, within the past 60 calendar days?4 [] Yes [] No


BY EXECUTING THIS FORM, YOU HEREBY CERTIFY THAT YOU HAVE REVIEWED THE PIMCO CODE
OF  ETHICS  AND  BELIEVE  THAT THE  INVESTMENT  TRANSACTION  FOR  WHICH  YOU ARE
REQUESTING  PRECLEARANCE  COMPLIES WITH THE GENERAL  PRINCIPLES AND THE SPECIFIC
REQUIREMENTS OF THE PIMCO CODE.


                                             -----------------------------------
                                                    Employee Signature



                                             -----------------------------------
                                                    Print or Type name



                                             -----------------------------------
                                                    Date Submitted

- ----------
2 Under the PIMCO Code,  Portfolio  Employees  generally  are not  permitted  to
acquire Securities in an Initial Public Offering.

3 The PIMCO Code applies special rules to the acquisition of Securities  through
a Private  Placement and to the  disposition  of Securities  acquired  through a
Private Placement.

4 Under the PIMCO  Code,  you may not  profit  from  short-term  trades in Fixed
Income Securities. A Portfolio Employee may not profit from short-term trades in
Designated  Equities  Securities and a Municipal Bond Portfolio Employee may not
profit from short-term trades in Tax-Exempt  Municipal Bonds. This rule does not
apply to transactions in U.S. Government  Securities,  mutual fund shares, index
options or Futures Contracts.
<PAGE>
You are authorized to execute the Investment Transaction described above. Unless
indicated otherwise below, this authorization remains effective, unless revoked,
until:  (a) the close of  business  today,  or (b) until you  discover  that the
information on this request form is no longer accurate.


            -------------------------------------------------
                            Compliance Officer


            -------------------------------------------------
                           Date of Authorization


<PAGE>
                                   APPENDIX X

                               COMPLIANCE OFFICERS

                      PACIFIC INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY

                                 March 31, 2000



             PIMCO's Compliance Officers, as of March 31, 2000, are:


                                Denise C. Seliga
                           (Chief Compliance Officer)

                               Mohan V. Phansalkar

                               Ernest L. Schmider

                                 Richard M. Weil

                               PPM HOLDINGS, INC.
                                PPM AMERICA, INC.
                                PPM FINANCE, INC.

                                PPM AMERICA FUNDS

                           CODE OF ETHICS AND CONDUCT

         As an investment adviser,  PPM America,  Inc. ("PPMA") owes its clients
and  shareholders  of the PPM America  Funds ("PPM  Funds") the highest  duty of
diligence and loyalty.  Accordingly,  one of the fundamental policies of PPMA is
to avoid any conflict of interest.  In furtherance of this  fundamental  policy,
this Code of Ethics and Conduct  ("Code")  has been  adopted by PPMA,  by PPMA's
immediate parent company, PPM Holdings,  Inc., by PPMA's affiliated company, PPM
Finance,  Inc.,  and by the PPM Funds.  PPMA,  PPM  Holdings and PPM Finance are
referred to  collectively  in the Code as "PPM".  The PPM Funds have  separately
adopted a Code of Ethics for the disinterested trustees.

         The Code  applies to each  employee  of PPM,  including  all  executive
officers of PPMA, PPM Holdings or PPM Finance,  and to all access persons of the
PPM Funds (each referred to  collectively  in the Code as an  "Employee").  Each
Employee  should  consult with the Chief  Compliance  Officer of the PPM Company
with which the Employee is affiliated  regarding any question  about the Code or
other  issues  relating to PPM's  fiduciary  obligations  to its clients  before
taking any  action.  Please  also  remember  that PPM has  developed  Policy and
Procedures  Regarding Inside Information and Chinese Walls ("Inside  Information
Policy"). Please refer to the Inside Information Policy as appropriate.

                              I. GENERAL STANDARDS

         A. FAIR DEALING.  Each Employee shall act in a manner  consistent  with
the  obligation  of PPM and each person  covered by the Code to deal fairly with
all clients when taking investment  action. Any investment ideas developed by an
Employee in the course of the  Employee's  work for PPM shall be made  available
for use by PPM's  clients  prior to any personal  trading or  investment  by any
Employee  based on such ideas,  including  trading or  investment by an Employee
directly or indirectly.

         B. PERSONAL SECURITIES  TRANSACTIONS.  No Employee may purchase or sell
any  security  in  which  the  Employee  has a  beneficial  interest  except  in
accordance  with this Code. See Appendix A for examples of situations in which a
person  covered by the Code will be deemed to have a  beneficial  interest  in a
security  for  purposes  of  the  Code.  Specific   prohibitions  and  reporting
requirements are contained in Sections III and IV of the Code.

         C. GIFTS, FAVORS, AND GRATUITIES.  An Employee may not accept any gift,
favor,  gratuity or invitation offered by any broker,  client,  approved company
(i.e.,  a company  whose  securities  are held by a PPM  client,  including  PPM
Funds),  supplier,  or other person or organization with whom PPM has a business
relationship,  that creates a conflict between the Employee's personal financial
interest and the interests of PPM's clients.  Specifically,  an Employee may not
accept any such gift,  favor,  gratuity or invitation except those extended as a
customary courtesy of business life.  Prohibited gifts or gratuities include the
receipt of any  credit  facility,  personal  investment  opportunities  or other
special  treatment  from any broker or dealer  that is not  available  from that
broker  or dealer to  similarly  situated  customers  not in the  securities  or
investment management business.

         No Employee should offer any gift, favor,  gratuity, or invitation that
influences  decision-making  or otherwise  creates a conflict of interest on the
part of the intended recipient.

         D.  CONFIDENTIALITY.  Information relating to any client's portfolio or
activities is strictly  confidential  and shall not be  disclosed,  orally or in
writing,  to anyone  outside PPM,  unless that  Employee  has been  specifically
authorized  to release that  information.  For further  guidance in this regard,
consult PPM's Press Policy and policy  regarding  Confidential  Information  and
Non-Competition.

         E.  SERVICE AS A  DIRECTOR.  No  Employee  shall  serve on the board of
directors  (or  equivalent)  of  any  company  with  a  class  of  publicly-held
securities,  unless  such  service  has  been  authorized  by  PPM's  Management
Committee.  Board service  increases  the  likelihood of possession of material,
non-public information. Please refer to PPM's Inside Information Policy.

         F. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE CODE'S PROVISIONS. The purpose of the Code is to
prevent the damage that might result from a conflict between the interests of an
Employee of PPM and PPM's  clients,  not to impose  undue  financial  burdens on
persons subject to the Code. For that reason,  the Chief Compliance  Officer has
the  authority to grant an  exemption,  in advance of any proposed  transaction,
from any  provision of this Code except the  provisions  requiring  reporting of
personal  securities  transactions  if, in the judgment of the Chief  Compliance
Officer,  compliance  with the  provision  of the Code  would  result in serious
financial hardship to the Employee and the requested  exemption would not result
in any  breach by PPM of its  duties to its  clients.  EXEMPTION  OF A  PROPOSED
TRANSACTION FROM THE CODE IS EXPECTED TO BE GRANTED VERY RARELY.

                      II. TRANSACTIONS COVERED BY THE CODE
                             AND EXEMPT TRANSACTIONS

         The Code regulates  personal  securities  transactions as a part of the
effort by PPM to detect  and  prevent  conduct  that  might  create an actual or
potential  conflict of interest with a client. The Code flatly prohibits certain
transactions and establishes reporting  requirements for all transactions except
those listed as exempt in Section II.B.

         A. TRANSACTIONS COVERED BY THE CODE. Every transaction in a security by
or for the benefit of an Employee is subject to the Code.

         Security is defined very broadly for purposes of the Code. Transactions
involving  options,  warrants,  and  futures  contracts  are subject to the same
restrictions  and procedures as those set forth in this Code with respect to the
underlying securities.

         The Code covers  transactions  in the personal  account of an Employee,
the account of any member of the Employee's  immediate family (including spouse,
minor children or any relative living in the Employee's home), any other account
in which  the  Employee  has a direct  or  indirect  financial  or  "beneficial"
ownership  interest,  or in any  nonclient  account  controlled  by or under the
influence  of  the  Employee.   As  required  by  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission,  beneficial interest is defined broadly;  see Appendix A to the Code
for examples of ownership  arrangements covered by the Code. Having a beneficial
interest  in a security  for  purposes of the Code is not  necessarily  the same
thing as ownership for other purposes (including, for example, tax purposes).

         If you have any question  about whether a transaction is covered by the
Code, contact the Chief Compliance Officer before taking any action.

         B. EXEMPT TRANSACTIONS.  The following transactions are exempt from the
reporting provisions of this Code:

                  1.       purchases or sales effected in any account over which
                           an Employee  has no direct or indirect  influence  or
                           control or in any  account of the  Employee  which is
                           managed on a  discretionary  basis by a person  other
                           than the  Employee  and  with  respect  to which  the
                           Employee  does  not  in  fact  influence  or  control
                           purchase or sale transactions;

                  2.       purchases or sales which are  involuntary on the part
                           of the Employee  (for  example,  the  redemption of a
                           debt security by the issuer);

                  3.       purchases  which  are part of an  automatic  dividend
                           reinvestment plan;

                  4.       purchases of  securities  by  exercising  rights that
                           were  issued  pro rata to all  holders  of a class of
                           securities,  but only if the  Employee  acquired  the
                           rights  directly from the issuer (and not by purchase
                           from  someone  other than the  issuer),  and sales of
                           rights that were acquired by the Employee by pro rata
                           issuance directly from the issuer; and

                  5.       transactions involving: shares of registered open-end
                           mutual funds;  securities issued by the United States
                           Government;  bankers' acceptances;  bank certificates
                           of  deposit;   commercial   paper;   short-term  debt
                           securities  issued  or  guaranteed  by any  agency or
                           instrumentality of the United States  Government;  or
                           other money market instruments designated by PPMA.
<PAGE>
                         III. PERSONAL INVESTMENT RULES


         A.       PROHIBITED   TRANSACTIONS.   The  following  transactions  are
                  prohibited:

                  1.       FRONT-RUNNING.    No   Employee   shall   engage   in
                           "front-running" an order or  recommendation,  even if
                           the Employee is not handling  either the order or the
                           recommendation    and   even   if   the    order   or
                           recommendation  is for someone other than a client of
                           PPM.    Front-running   consists   of   executing   a
                           transaction  in the  same or  underlying  securities,
                           options, rights, warrants, convertible securities, or
                           other  related  securities,  in  advance  of block or
                           large  transactions  of a  similar  nature  likely to
                           affect  the  value  of the  securities,  based on the
                           knowledge   of   the   forthcoming   transaction   or
                           recommendation.

                  2.       SECURITIES ON RESTRICTED  LISTS;  INSIDE  INFORMATION
                           POLICY. No Employee may purchase or sell any security
                           prohibited   by  the   Inside   Information   Policy,
                           including:

                           a.       any  security  on the Firm  Wide  Restricted
                                    List; and

                           b.       for  Employees   designated  in  the  Inside
                                    Information Policy as members of the Private
                                    Information  Investment  and Access  Groups,
                                    any  security  on  the  Private  Information
                                    Restricted List.

                           See  the   Inside   Information   Policy   for   more
                           information and definitions.

                  3.       BLACKOUT PERIOD FOR CLIENT TRANSACTIONS.  No Employee
                           may purchase or sell any security which: (a) is being
                           purchased  or sold on  behalf of a client  (i.e.,  an
                           order  has  been  entered  but  not  executed  for  a
                           client),  (b) has been  purchased or sold by a client
                           within the prior seven calendar days, or (c) is being
                           planned for purchase or sale on any  client's  behalf
                           within the next seven days.

                           Notwithstanding  the  prohibition  in  the  preceding
                           paragraph,  no  blackout  period  will  apply  to any
                           Exempt  Transaction,  as defined in Section  II.B. of
                           the Code, or to any  transaction  in a security which
                           is being  purchased  or sold,  has been  purchased or
                           sold,  or is being  planned for purchase or sale,  on
                           behalf of a PPMA client by a foreign  affiliate of or
                           subadviser to PPMA.

                  4.       PRE-APPROVAL OF PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS.  No
                           Employee may initiate, recommend, or in any other way
                           participate in a personal securities transaction in a
                           security  that  is  not  an  Exempt  Transaction  (as
                           defined in this Code)  unless  that  transaction  has
                           been pre-approved as described in III.B., below.

                  5.       INITIAL  PUBLIC  OFFERINGS.  No Employee may purchase
                           any equity security or any security  convertible into
                           an equity  security  in an  initial  public  offering
                           ("IPO") of that security.

                  6.       PRIVATE  PLACEMENTS.  No Employee  may  purchase  any
                           security  in a private  placement  without  the prior
                           written approval of the Chief Compliance Officer.

                  7.       SHORT SALES.  No Employee may sell short any security
                           that is held in any PPMA client account.

                  8.       DEALING  WITH  CLIENTS.   No  Employee  may  sell  or
                           purchase any security to or from a client portfolio.

                  9.       BETS.  No  Employee  shall make a wager or bet of any
                           kind on the  change in the price of any  security  or
                           the value of any securities index.

         B. PROCEDURES FOR PRE-APPROVAL OF PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS.

                  1.       TRANSACTIONS  FOR  WHICH  PRE-APPROVAL  IS  REQUIRED.
                           Except for Exempt Transactions (as defined in Section
                           II.B.,  above),  each  Employee  MUST obtain  written
                           approval to initiate,  recommend, or in any other way
                           participate in a personal  securities  transaction of
                           any kind (including purchases,  sales,  exercises and
                           exchanges) from the Chief Compliance  Officer of PPMA
                           or  any  other   person   designated   by  the  Chief
                           Compliance Officer.

                  2.       HOW TO REQUEST PRE-APPROVAL.  Requests by an Employee
                           for   prior    approval   of   personal    securities
                           transactions   must  be  made  in  writing  on  PPM's
                           standard Personal Trade  Information form ("PTI").  A
                           copy  of the  PTI  is  attached  as  Appendix  B.  In
                           requesting  pre-approval,  an Employee  must disclose
                           any relationship  between the security proposed to be
                           purchased  and any  security  held or  planned  to be
                           acquired by any PPM client (for example, the security
                           proposed  to be  purchased  has been  made  available
                           because   of   purchases   of  the  same  or  related
                           securities by PPM clients).

                  3.       APPROVAL  BY  A  COMPLIANCE  OFFICER.  The  reviewing
                           Compliance  Officer  shall mark his  response  on the
                           PTI,  give two  copies to the  Employee  and give the
                           other  copy  to  the  Chief  Compliance   Officer.  A
                           Compliance  Officer will generally approve a personal
                           securities  transaction  if, in the  judgment  of the
                           Compliance Officer:

                           a.       the  transaction  is not  prohibited  by the
                                    Code;

                           b.       the  transaction   does  not  violate  PPM's
                                    Inside Information Policy; and

                           c.       the transaction  does not involve a conflict
                                    of interest or  potential  for a conflict of
                                    interest.

                  4.       EXECUTING A PRE-APPROVED TRANSACTION. Pre-approval of
                           a securities  transaction  is effective for three New
                           York Stock  Exchange  trading days following the date
                           approval is granted.1 If an Employee becomes aware of
                           a significant  change in the  circumstances  on which
                           approval   was  based  before  the   transaction   is
                           executed,  the  member  shall  bring  that  change in
                           circumstances  to the  attention  of  the  Compliance
                           Officer who  approved  the  transaction  to determine
                           whether the  previously  granted  approval  should be
                           revoked or modified.

                           If the  transaction  is executed,  the Employee shall
                           submit to the Chief Compliance  Officer a copy of the
                           completed  PTI within two business  days of execution
                           of  the   transaction,   showing  the  terms  of  the
                           transaction as executed.  If the  transactions is not
                           executed,  the PTI  should be  returned  to the Chief
                           Compliance  Officer  showing that the transaction was
                           not completed.

                  5.       EFFECT OF PRE-APPROVAL.  The approval of any personal
                           securities  transaction by a Compliance  Officer does
                           not   relieve   an   Employee   of  that   Employee's
                           Responsibilities  under the federal  securities laws,
                           including those relating to insider trading, or PPM's
                           policies, including this Code.

         C.       REPORTS OF PERSONAL INVESTMENTS AND TRANSACTIONS.

                  1.       ACCOUNT AND HOLDINGS REPORT. Upon entering employment
                           with PPM and annually thereafter, every Employee must
                           submit to the  Chief  Compliance  Officer a  Personal
                           Securities  Accounts and Holdings  Report  ("Personal
                           Securities  Report")  (a copy of which is attached as
                           Appendix  C)  with  respect  to  every  security  and
                           securities  account  in  which  the  Employee  has or
                           expects  to  have a  beneficial  interest  and  every
                           nonclient  account  for  which  he or  she  exercises
                           influence or control over investment decisions.

                           As to securities  accounts,  the Personal  Securities
                           Report   requires   the   Employee  to  identify  the
                           brokerage   firm  at  which  each  such   account  is
                           maintained,  the title of the  account,  the  account
                           number,   and  the   names  and   addresses   of  all
                           individuals   with  a  beneficial   interest  in  the
                           account.  When an  Employee  opens  a new  securities
                           account, closes an existing account, or no longer has
                           influence  or control  over an account,  the Employee
                           shall promptly notify the Chief Compliance Officer in
                           writing.

                           As to securities  holdings,  the Personal  Securities
                           Report  requires   disclosure  of  the  name  of  the
                           security,  the type of security, the number of shares
                           or principal amount (for debt securities), the nature
                           of the Employee's  interest in the security,  and the
                           brokerage firm where it is held. An Employee need not
                           report securities  obtained in Exempt Transactions as
                           described in Section II.B., above.
- ----------
1        Accordingly,  approval  for limit  orders  must be renewed  every three
         business days until the order is filled or withdrawn.
<PAGE>
                           The  annual  submission  of the  Personal  Securities
                           Report is due by February 28 of each year,  reporting
                           each Employee's  securities  accounts and holdings as
                           of  December   31  of  the  prior  year.   The  Chief
                           Compliance  Officer shall keep a copy of all Personal
                           Securities Reports.

                  2.       TRANSACTION REPORTING. Each Employee shall report all
                           completed  personal  securities  transactions  to the
                           Chief  Compliance  Officer by  completing  the PTI in
                           accordance  with the  procedures set forth in Section
                           III.B., above.

                  3.       CONFIRMATIONS   AND  STATEMENTS.   Each  Employee  is
                           responsible for arranging to have  confirmations  and
                           monthly account statements for each account listed by
                           the Employee in the  Employee's  Personal  Securities
                           Report sent by the broker or other entity holding the
                           account to the Chief Compliance Officer.

                         IV. ADMINISTRATION OF THE CODE

         A.       COMMUNICATIONS.

                  1.       INITIAL   COMMUNICATION   AND   CERTIFICATION.   Upon
                           adoption   of  the  Code  or  the   commencement   of
                           employment,  each  Employee of PPM is provided with a
                           copy of the Code. At that time, each Employee also is
                           scheduled   to  discuss   the  Code  with  the  Chief
                           Compliance  Officer.  Each  Employee  is  required to
                           acknowledge  his or her  understanding  of the Code's
                           prohibitions and requirements by signing a Compliance
                           Certificate and returning it to the Chief  Compliance
                           Officer for retention in PPM's files.

                  2.       ANNUAL CERTIFICATION.  Each year PPM recirculates the
                           Code to its  Employees and requires that each of them
                           sign a Compliance Certificate and return the executed
                           copy to the Chief Compliance Officer.

                  3.       QUESTIONS. Persons subject to the Code are encouraged
                           to direct any questions that may arise concerning the
                           Code and its  prohibitions  to the  Chief  Compliance
                           Officer.

         B.       REVIEW OF PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS.

                  1.       REVIEW OF  CONFIRMATIONS.  Within five  business days
                           after  the  receipt  of  a  confirmation,  the  Chief
                           Compliance  Officer or someone under his  supervision
                           shall  match the  confirmation  with the  appropriate
                           PTI, to ensure that all trades  have  received  prior
                           authorization, if required.

                           If a confirmation  discloses a securities transaction
                           which was required to be pre-approved,  but for which
                           no prior written approval was obtained,  or which was
                           executed after the prior approval expired,  the Chief
                           Compliance Officer shall discuss the circumstances of
                           the  transaction  and the reason  for the  failure to
                           follow  required  procedures  with the  Employee  and
                           shall make a written record of the matter.  A copy of
                           that  record  shall be  retained  in that  Employee's
                           personal  securities  transactions  file. This action
                           does not preclude any other sanction for violation of
                           the Code.

                  2.       MONTHLY  REVIEW.   On  a  monthly  basis,  the  Chief
                           Compliance  Officer or someone under his  supervision
                           shall  review  each  Employee's  personal  securities
                           transactions,  using  the  PTIs,  confirmations,  and
                           other account  documentation  to look for indications
                           of improper  personal  securities  transactions.  The
                           Chief   Compliance    Officer   shall   discuss   any
                           questionable   transactions  with  the  Employee  who
                           effected  the trade and make such other  inquiries as
                           the Chief Compliance  Officer in his discretion deems
                           appropriate.  The Chief Compliance Officer shall make
                           a written  record of any  determination  made and the
                           reasons underlying that determination.

         C.  RECORDKEEPING.  The Chief  Compliance  Officer or someone under his
supervision  shall  maintain the records listed below for a period of five years
at PPM's principal place of business in an easily accessible place:

                  1.       LIST OF PERSONS  COVERED  BY THE CODE.  A list of all
                           Employees,  which  shall  constitute  a  list  of all
                           persons subject to the Code during the period.

                  2.       COMPLIANCE   CERTIFICATES.   Compliance  Certificates
                           signed  by all  Employees  acknowledging  receipt  of
                           copies  of the Code and  acknowledging  that they are
                           subject to it, and, in the case of Employees  subject
                           to the Code in prior periods,  certifying  that he or
                           she complied with the Code during that prior period.

                  3.       THE CODE. A copy of each code of ethics that has been
                           in effect at any time during the period.

                  4.       REPORTS.  A copy of each Personal  Securities Report,
                           PTI,  confirmation and monthly statement submitted by
                           an Employee and a record of any known  violation  and
                           action taken as a result thereof during the period.

         D.  ANNUAL  REVIEW OF  PROCEDURES.  The Code shall be reviewed by PPM's
management on an annual basis to assess its  effectiveness,  in conjunction with
PPM's other policies and procedures, in preventing improper and illegal personal
securities trading by PPM's Employees.

                            V. VIOLATIONS OF THE CODE

         If the Chief Compliance Officer determines that a violation or possible
violation  of any of the  provisions  of  this  Code  has  occurred,  the  Chief
Compliance Officer shall report that determination to the President of PPMA (or,
if the violation of the Code is believed to involve the  President,  appropriate
executive  officers of PPM  Limited).  The Chief  Compliance  shall  discuss the
matter with the Employee. If the President of PPMA agrees with the determination
of the Chief Compliance  Officer,  the Chief  Compliance  Officer shall promptly
report such  violation  to the Board of Directors of PPMA and/or to the Board of
Trustees of PPM Funds.  PPMA's  Board of  Directors  may impose  such  sanctions
against  the  Employee as it deems  appropriate  under the  circumstances.  Such
sanctions may include  unwinding a transaction,  forfeiture of any profit from a
transaction,   reduction  in  salary,  censure,  suspension  or  termination  of
employment.

         Violations of this Code may also violate the federal  securities  laws.
Sanctions for violations of the federal securities laws, particularly violations
of  the  antifraud  provisions,   include  fines,  money  damages,  injunctions,
imprisonment,  and bars  from  certain  types of  employment  in the  securities
business.
<PAGE>
                                   Appendix A

                        EXAMPLES OF BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP

         You will be deemed to have a  beneficial  interest  in a  security  for
purposes of the Code in the circumstances listed below.

         1. Securities held by you for your own benefit, whether such securities
are in bearer form, registered in your own name, or otherwise;

         2. Securities held by others for your benefit (regardless of whether or
how such securities are registered),  such as, for example,  securities held for
you by custodians, brokers, relatives, executors, or administrators;

         3. Securities held by a pledgee for your account;

         4.  Securities  held by a trust  in  which  you  have  an  interest.  A
remainder  interest will confer  beneficial  ownership only if you have power to
exercise or share investment control over the trust.

         5. Securities held by you as trustee or co-trustee, where either you or
any member of your  immediate  family (i.e.,  spouse,  children or  descendants,
stepchildren,  parents  and  their  ancestors,  and  stepparents,  in each  case
treating a legal adoption as blood relationship) has an interest in the trust.

         6. Securities held by a trust of which you are the settlor, if you have
the  power  to  revoke  the  trust  without  obtaining  the  consent  of all the
beneficiaries and have or share investment control;

         7.  Securities  held by any  non-public  partnership in which you are a
partner to the extent of your interest in partnership capital or profits;

         8.  Securities  held by a personal  holding  company  controlled by you
alone or jointly with others;

         9. Securities held in the name of your spouse unless legally separated,
or in the name of you and your spouse jointly;

         10.  Securities  held in the name of your minor children or in the name
of any immediate family member of you or your spouse  (including an adult child)
who is presently sharing your home. This applies even if the securities were not
received  from you and the income from the  securities  is not actually used for
the maintenance of your household;

         11.  Securities held in the name of any person other than you and those
listed  in  paragraphs  (9) and  (10),  above,  if by  reason  of any  contract,
understanding, relationship, agreement, or other arrangement you obtain benefits
substantially equivalent to those of ownership;

         12.  Securities  held in the name of any person  other  than you,  even
though you do not obtain benefits substantially equivalent to those of ownership
(as described in (11), above), if you can vest or revest title in yourself.
<PAGE>
                                   Appendix B

                           PERSONAL TRADE INFORMATION
                                  CONFIDENTIAL

                  Employee Name:
                                ------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


PART A:         PRE-CLEARANCE

                Securities Description:

         Buy    |_|                                                    Sell  |_|

         Quantity1:

         Is this security or transaction  related in any way to a security being
         held, purchased or sold by PPM on behalf of a client?

         No    |_|        Yes    |_|

         Give Details
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
         PRE-APPROVAL SIGNATURE:                                 DATE:

         Reminder:  Pre-approval is valid for only 3 NYSE trading days following
         the date of pre-approval.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


PART B:         TRADE DETAIL

         Buy    |_|                                                    Sell  |_|

         Trade Date:                Quantity:             Price per Unit:

         Broker:

         Check here if the transaction was NOT executed:  |_|

Employee Signature:                                       Date:

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


PART C:         REVIEW

Reviewer's Notes:



         Reviewer's Initials:                           Date of Review:


- ----------
1        For equity securities, enter the number of shares. For debt securities,
         enter the par value.
<PAGE>
                                   Appendix C

                PERSONAL SECURITIES ACCOUNTS AND HOLDINGS REPORT

         In  accordance  with  PPM's Code of Ethics and  Conduct  (the  "Code"),
please provide a list of all of your securities accounts and securities holdings
in which you have a beneficial  interest.  More  detailed  instructions  are set
forth  below.  You will be asked to complete  this report  upon  entering  PPM's
employment and annually thereafter.  In addition, during the course of the year,
if you open a new  account  or  otherwise  obtain  a  beneficial  interest  in a
securities  account,  the Code  requires  that you  report  that new  account in
writing to the Chief Compliance  Officer. If you have any question as to whether
a security  account or holding  should be  reported on this  Report,  you should
consult with the Chief Compliance Officer.

1. Please provide a list identifying all securities accounts in which you have a
beneficial  interest.  See Appendix A to the Code for examples of  situations in
which you will be deemed to have a  beneficial  interest in a  security.  If you
have any  question  as to  whether  an account  should be  reported,  you should
consult with the Chief Compliance Officer.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NAME OF ACCOUNT               Account Number              Name of Brokerage Firm
- ------------------------- ---------------------- -------------------------------

- ------------------------- ---------------------- -------------------------------
- ------------------------- ---------------------- -------------------------------
- ------------------------- ---------------------- -------------------------------
- ------------------------- ---------------------- -------------------------------
- ------------------------- ---------------------- -------------------------------
- ------------------------- ---------------------- -------------------------------
- ------------------------- ---------------------- -------------------------------
- ------------------------- ---------------------- -------------------------------
- ------------------------- ---------------------- -------------------------------
- ------------------------- ---------------------- -------------------------------
- ------------------------- ---------------------- -------------------------------

         NOTE:  CONTINUE LISTING AS NECESSARY ON ADDITIONAL SHEETS

         2.  Please  provide  a list  of all  securities  in  which  you  have a
beneficial  interest.  See Appendix A to the Code for examples of  situations in
which you will be deemed to have a beneficial  interest in a security.  You need
not include  securities  that you obtained in Exempt  Transactions as defined in
the Code.  If you do not have any  securities  holdings  to report,  write NONE.
INSTEAD OF  FILLING  OUT THIS FORM,  YOU MAY  ATTACH  COPIES OF THE MOST  RECENT
STATEMENTS OF EACH OF THE ACCOUNTS LISTED ABOVE.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         Number of
                                         Shares or
                        Type of          Principal(2)         Brokerage Firm
 NAME OF SECURITY      Security(1)           Amount             Where Held

- ------------------- ----------------- ---------------- -------------------------
- ------------------- ----------------- ---------------- -------------------------
- ------------------- ----------------- ---------------- -------------------------
- ------------------- ----------------- ---------------- -------------------------
- ------------------- ----------------- ---------------- -------------------------
- ------------------- ----------------- ---------------- -------------------------
- ------------------- ----------------- ---------------- -------------------------
- ------------------- ----------------- ---------------- -------------------------
- ------------------- ----------------- ---------------- -------------------------
- ------------------- ----------------- ---------------- -------------------------
- ------------------- ----------------- ---------------- -------------------------
- ------------------- ----------------- ---------------- -------------------------
- ------------------- ----------------- ---------------- -------------------------

         NOTE:  CONTINUE LISTING AS NECESSARY ON ADDITIONAL SHEETS

         I  CERTIFY  THAT  THE  STATEMENTS  MADE BY ME ON THIS  FORM  ARE  TRUE,
COMPLETE,  AND  CORRECT TO THE BEST OF MY  KNOWLEDGE  AND BELIEF AND ARE MADE IN
GOOD FAITH.


Date                                                        Signature


- ----------
1        Insert  the  following  symbol as  pertinent  to  indicate  the type of
         security held: C-common stock, P-preferred stock, O-option,  W-warrant,
         D-debt security, and X-other.

2        For Debt Securities.
<PAGE>
                                PPM AMERICA, INC.



                             COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE



- -------------------------
Name (print or type)

         This is to  certify  that  the  attached  Code of  Ethics  and  Conduct
("Code")   was   distributed   and   explained  to  me  at  a  meeting  held  on
                  ,  199      .  I have read and  understand the Code. I certify
that I will comply with these  policies and  procedures  during the course of my
employment by PPM and that, since my last Compliance  Certification  (if any), I
have complied with the Code.  Moreover,  I agree to promptly report to the Chief
Compliance  Officer any  violation or possible  violation of these  policies and
procedures.  I  UNDERSTAND  THAT  VIOLATION  OF THE CODE  SHALL BE  GROUNDS  FOR
DISCIPLINARY  ACTION OR DISMISSAL AND MAY ALSO BE A VIOLATION OF FEDERAL  AND/OR
STATE SECURITIES LAWS.


- ------------------------------                ----------------------------------
Date                                          Signature
<PAGE>
                              PROFESSIONAL CONDUCT


                         POLICY AND PROCEDURES REGARDING
                      INSIDE INFORMATION AND CHINESE WALLS


                                 I. INTRODUCTION

         The problem of insider  trading poses a significant  threat to investor
confidence in the fairness and integrity of the securities markets. The business
of PPM America, Inc. ("PPMA"), and therefore the business of its parent company,
PPM Holdings,  Inc., and its affiliated company,  PPM Finance,  Inc., depends on
that confidence.

         A person found guilty of insider  trading may be fined as much as three
times the profit gained or loss avoided or $1 million, whichever is greater, and
jailed  for  up to 10  years.  Investment  advisers,  broker/dealers  and  their
"controlling persons" are required to establish and enforce written policies and
procedures  that are  reasonably  designed  to  prevent  the  misuse  of  inside
information.

         "Controlling  persons"  includes  not  only  an  employer  but  also an
employee who has supervisory responsibility over another employee. A controlling
person  who fails to take  adequate  steps to  prevent  insider  trading  may be
subject to  potential  civil  liability.  THIS MEANS THAT  PPMA'S  OFFICERS  AND
DIRECTORS,  PERSONALLY,  ARE AT RISK OF INCURRING  CIVIL  PENALTIES IF EMPLOYEES
UNDER THEIR  SUPERVISION  VIOLATE THE INSIDER TRADING LAWS. The term controlling
persons also could include PPMA's direct and indirect parent  companies and each
of their officers and directors.

         This Statement of Policies and Procedures  Regarding Inside Information
and Chinese Walls (the  "Statement")  includes a prohibition of insider  trading
that applies to all  directors,  officers and  employees of PPMA,  PPM Holdings,
Inc. and PPM Finance,  Inc. (which are referred to collectively in the Statement
as "PPM"). The Statement also includes procedures that are intended to block the
flow, and potential  misuse,  of inside  information from those employees of PPM
whose duties bring them into contact  with  non-public  information  (called the
Private  Information  Investment  and Access Groups in this  Statement) to other
employees of PPM. PPM's Chief Compliance Officer will from time to time identify
those employees, or groups of employees, of PPM who are to be considered part of
the  Private  Information  Investment  and Access  Groups.  The members of those
Groups are included as Appendix A and B to this Statement.

         The Statement MUST be strictly  adhered to by all directors,  officers,
and employees of PPM. Failure to observe the policies and procedures outlined in
this  Statement  could result in your  dismissal  or removal from office,  could
constitute a criminal act in violation of federal and/or state  securities  laws
and could  subject  both you and PPM to  liability.  The rules  included in this
Statement apply to your conduct both in connection with your services to PPM and
in all other contexts.

         If you have any questions  about this  Statement you should consult the
Chief Compliance Officer of PPM.

                                 II. DEFINITIONS

         A. INSIDE  INFORMATION.  Inside information is information that is both
MATERIAL and NON-PUBLIC.

         1.       Material  information is any  information for which there is a
                  substantial   likelihood  that  a  reasonable  investor  would
                  consider it important  in making an  investment  decision,  or
                  information  that is reasonably  certain to have a substantial
                  effect on the  price of an  issuer's  securities.  Information
                  that  should  be  considered  material  includes,  but  is not
                  limited to: dividend changes,  earnings estimates,  changes in
                  previously released earnings estimates,  significant merger or
                  acquisition   proposals  or  agreements,   major   litigation,
                  liquidation    problems,    and    extraordinary    management
                  developments.

                  Material  information  does not have to relate to an  issuer's
                  business, but need only be expected to affect the market price
                  of the security.

         2.       Non-public  information is any  information  that has not been
                  effectively communicated to the market place. One must be able
                  to point to some fact to show that  information  is  generally
                  public (for example,  inclusion of the information in a filing
                  with  the SEC,  or  appearance  in a  publication  of  general
                  circulation).

         B. SECURITIES. The term securities as used in this Statement applies to
all types of investments,  including but not limited to common stocks, preferred
stocks,  bonds,  warrants,   puts,  calls,  options,  futures  and  commodities.
Securities,  for this  purpose,  do not  include (i) direct  obligations  of the
United States or (ii)  investments  in open-end  mutual funds.  Transactions  in
securities include both "long" and "short" sales.

         C. TRADING.  Trading means buying, selling, or tendering a security, or
participating in a decision,  or exerting influence on a decision,  to buy, sell
or  tender a  security,  for  yourself  or in any  security  in which you have a
beneficial interest.  See Appendix C for examples of ownership arrangements that
would be deemed to give you a beneficial interest in the securities owned.

         Trading also includes  transactions  in securities  over which you have
investment discretion (including client accounts), even if you have no ownership
interest in the securities.  Trading also includes participating in any trade as
a TIPPER or TIPPEE.

         D. TIPPING.  Tipping is the act of  disseminating  material  non-public
information.

         E.  PRIVATE  INFORMATION  INVESTMENT  GROUP.  The  Private  Information
Investment Group includes those employees of PPM investment groups identified by
the Chief  Compliance  Officer  from time to time as people whose duties make it
reasonably  likely  that they will come into  possession  of inside  information
during the course of performing  their  investment  responsibilities.  The Chief
Compliance  Officer  will  identify  all  members  of  the  Private  Information
Investment Group on Appendix A to this Statement.  Appendix A will be revised by
the Chief Compliance Officer as necessary.

         F. PRIVATE  INFORMATION  ACCESS GROUP. The Private  Information  Access
Group includes those employees of PPM identified by the Chief Compliance Officer
from time to time as people whose duties make it possible that they could become
aware of inside  information  during the course of performing  their PPM related
job  duties.  The Chief  Compliance  Officer  will  identify  all members of the
Private  Information  Access Group, on Appendix B to this Statement.  Appendix B
will be revised by the Chief Compliance Officer as necessary.

         G. RESTRICTED  LISTS.  PPM maintains two lists of issuers of securities
in which trading is restricted:

         1.       Firm Wide  Restricted  List. The Firm Wide  Restricted List is
                  circulated to all persons covered by this  Statement.  Trading
                  restrictions relating to an issuer on the Firm Wide Restricted
                  List apply to all PPM directors, officers and employees.

         2.       Private  Information  Restricted  List.  Copies of the Private
                  Information  Restricted  List are circulated to members of the
                  Private  Information  Investment  and Access  Groups.  Trading
                  restrictions  relating to an issuer on the Private Information
                  Restricted   List  apply  only  to  members  of  the   Private
                  Information Investment and Access Groups. See III (E.) below.

                  III. POLICIES RELATING TO INSIDE INFORMATION

         In order to prevent the possible misuse of inside information,  all PPM
directors, officers and employees must follow these rules:

         A.  ACTIONS  TO TAKE IF YOU HAVE  INSIDE  INFORMATION.  If you  receive
inside  information you must immediately  notify the Chief Compliance Officer or
another person so designated, who will be responsible for ensuring that the Firm
Wide Restricted List or Private Information Restricted List, as appropriate,  is
updated.

         B. NO TIPPING.  No PPM  director,  officer or employee may  communicate
inside information to others (i.e., tipping).

         C. NO  TRADING  ON INSIDE  INFORMATION.  No PPM  director,  officer  or
employee may trade in a security while in possession of inside information about
that security or the issuer of that security.

         Great  care must be taken  that no trading be done in "deal" or "rumor"
securities if you are in possession  of any  information  that may be considered
material  non-public  information  other than the general rumors always found in
the marketplace. Deal or rumor securities are securities of issuers which are or
may be  involved in a material  transaction  or event,  such as a merger,  proxy
battle,  bankruptcy  proceeding,  etc.  Such  securities  and issuers  typically
receive wide  exposure in  financial  industry  publications  or other media and
therefore are subject to greater scrutiny by regulatory authorities.

         D. FIRM WIDE RESTRICTED  LIST. In addition to the trading  restrictions
set forth above,  trading in the  securities of issuers  placed on the Firm Wide
Restricted List is ABSOLUTELY PROHIBITED, whether for yourself or for clients.

         E. PRIVATE INFORMATION RESTRICTED LIST.

         1.       Personal  transactions.  Members  of the  Private  Information
                  Investment  and Access Groups are prohibited  from  personally
                  trading in a security of a company on the Private  Information
                  Restricted List.

         2.       Client  transactions.  A  member  of the  Private  Information
                  Investment  Group may engage in a  transaction  on behalf of a
                  client  involving  a  security  of a  company  on the  Private
                  Information  Restricted  List ONLY if the transaction is not a
                  public market  transaction and the counterparty is in the same
                  position as the client,  or PPM on behalf of the client,  with
                  respect to access to information  about the issuer. IF YOU ARE
                  UNCERTAIN ABOUT WHETHER A PROPOSED  TRANSACTION ON BEHALF OF A
                  CLIENT MEETS THE STANDARDS SET FORTH ABOVE,  CONSULT THE CHIEF
                  COMPLIANCE OFFICER BEFORE ENTERING INTO ANY SUCH TRANSACTION.

         F. INFORMATION  BLOCKING.  Each PPM director,  officer or employee must
follow the  information  blocking  procedures  contained  in Section IV. of this
Statement.

         G. PERSONAL  SECURITIES TRADING.  All personal securities  transactions
must be in compliance with PPM's Code of Ethics and Conduct.

                       IV. INFORMATION BLOCKING PROCEDURES

         A. POLICY.  The following  Procedures  are intended by PPM to block the
flow, and potential misuse, of material  non-public  information from members of
the  Private  Information  Investment  and  Access  Group's  from all  other PPM
employees and related  organizations.  From time to time, members of the Private
Information  Investment  Group  may  serve  on  formal  or  informal  creditors'
committees  in efforts to  restructure,  reorganize or liquidate the issuer of a
security held by a PPM client. In the course of that work and in connection with
due  diligence  and  workout  efforts  and  otherwise,  members  of the  Private
Information  Investment  Group  are  likely to come  into  possession  of inside
information.  Compliance with these procedures is essential to permitting PPM to
continue to perform its ordinary  business  functions  without undue restriction
resulting from the activities of the Private Information Investment Group.
<PAGE>
         B.       PROHIBITED COMMUNICATIONS.

         1.       No Disclosure Before Execution. Information about transactions
                  in  securities  initiated by employees  who are NOT members of
                  the  Private  Information  Investment  Group may not be shared
                  with members of the Private  Information  Investment  Group in
                  advance of execution.

         2.       No  Communication  of  Inside  Information.  No  member of the
                  Private  Information  Investment Group shall communicate,  any
                  inside  information  in the  presence or within the hearing of
                  any person not a member of that Group other than the President
                  or the Chief Compliance  Officer of PPM. In turn,  neither the
                  President,  nor the  Chief  Compliance  Officer  of PPM  shall
                  communicate any inside  information  (communicated  to them in
                  their  capacity as such) in the presence or within  hearing of
                  any  person  not   otherwise   authorized   to  receive   such
                  information.  Further,  no member of the  Private  Information
                  Access Group who obtains inside  information shall communicate
                  such information to anyone within PPM other than the President
                  or Chief Compliance Officer.

         C. PHYSICAL SECURITY.

         1.       The offices  occupied  by members of the  Private  Information
                  Investment  Group, and in which the records and files relating
                  to the  operations  of members  of that Group are  maintained,
                  shall be  physically  separate  from the  offices  occupied by
                  people who are not members of that Group.  Keys to the offices
                  and   records   storage   areas  of  members  of  the  Private
                  Information  Investment Group shall be held only by members of
                  that Group and the Private Information Access Group.

         2.       All business of members of the Private Information  Investment
                  Group  conducted  within the offices of PPM shall be conducted
                  within the  offices of those Group  members or the  designated
                  common  conference  room areas within PPM's offices,  provided
                  that  members  of the  Private  Information  Investment  Group
                  conducting  business in a common  conference room area have an
                  obligation to ensure that all material non-public  information
                  is secure at all times.

         3.       Access  to the files of  members  of the  Private  Information
                  Investment  Group  within  PPMA's  computer  systems  shall be
                  limited to members  of that Group and  certain  members of the
                  Finance  and  Administration  Group.  Access  to the  files of
                  employees  who  are not  members  of the  Private  Information
                  Investment   Group  shall  be  restricted  so  as  not  to  be
                  accessible  to members of the Private  Information  Investment
                  Group.

         4.       Members of the Private Information Access Group possessing any
                  inside   information   should  at  all  times   maintain  such
                  information  in a secure  location or in computer  files which
                  are inaccessible to other PPM staff.

                      V. REVIEW PROCEDURES AND ENFORCEMENT

         A. REVIEW OF  TRANSACTIONS.  The Chief Compliance  Officer,  or someone
under  his  supervision,   shall  review  all  reports  of  personal  securities
transactions  received  under  the Code of Ethics  and  Conduct  and all  client
transactions  for  indications of improper  securities  transactions.  The Chief
Compliance  Officer shall discuss any questionable  transactions with the person
who  effected the trade and make such other  inquiries  as the Chief  Compliance
Officer,  at his discretion,  deems  appropriate.  The Chief Compliance  Officer
shall make a written record of any determination made and the reasons underlying
that determination.

         B.  ENFORCEMENT.  If the Chief  Compliance  Officer  determines  that a
violation or possible  violation of any of the  provisions of this Statement has
occurred,  the Chief Compliance  Officer shall report that  determination to the
President  of PPM.  The  President  of PPM shall  review  the  Chief  Compliance
Officer's  determination and shall discuss the matter with the person claimed to
have  violated  the  Statement.   If  the  President  of  PPM  agrees  with  the
determination of the Chief  Compliance  Officer,  the Chief  Compliance  Officer
shall  promptly  report  such  violation  to the Board of  Directors  of the PPM
company or companies with which the person is associated. The Board of Directors
may impose such sanctions  against the person as it deems  appropriate under the
circumstances. Such sanctions may include unwinding a transaction, forfeiture of
any  profit  from a  transaction,  reduction  in  salary,  censure,  suspension,
termination of employment, or removal from the Board of Directors of PPM.

         As  described  in  the  introductory   provisions  of  this  Statement,
violations of the Statement may also violate the federal securities laws.

                               VI. OTHER POLICIES

         The policies and procedures contained in this Statement are in addition
to those contained in PPM's Employee Guide to Personnel  Policies (the "Guide").
You are required to read and understand the Guide.  Particular  attention should
be given to  Section  VII of the Guide  containing  PPM's (a) Code of Ethics and
Conduct; (b) policy regarding Confidential Information and Non-Competition;  and
(c) policy regarding Inside Information and Prudential Share Dealings.

         PLEASE  INDICATE THAT YOU HAVE READ AND  UNDERSTOOD  THIS  STATEMENT BY
COMPLETING  THE  COMPLIANCE  CERTIFICATE(S)  ATTACHED  AS  APPENDIX  D  OF  THIS
DOCUMENT.
<PAGE>
                                   Appendix A
                               LIST OF MEMBERS OF

                      PRIVATE INFORMATION INVESTMENT GROUP

                             AS OF OCTOBER 22, 1997



o          All employees of the Private Finance Group

o          All employees of the Special Investments Group



<PAGE>
                                   Appendix B

                               LIST OF MEMBERS OF

                        PRIVATE INFORMATION ACCESS GROUP

                             AS OF OCTOBER 22, 1997



o        President of PPM

o        Administrative Assistant to President of PPM

o        All members of the Finance and Administration Group

o        All members of the Human Resources Group

o        Vice President Corporate Finance





<PAGE>
                                   Appendix C

                        EXAMPLES OF BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP

         You will be deemed to have a  beneficial  interest  in a  security  for
purposes of the Code in the circumstances listed below.

         1. Securities held by you for your own benefit, whether such securities
are in bearer form, registered in your own name, or otherwise;

         2. Securities held by others for your benefit (regardless of whether or
how such securities are registered),  such as, for example,  securities held for
you by custodians, brokers, relatives, executors, or administrators;

         3. Securities held by a pledgee for your account;

         4.  Securities held by a trust in which you have an income or remainder
interest,  unless your only  interest is to receive  principal (a) if some other
remainderman dies before  distribution or (b) if some other person can direct by
will a distribution of trust property or income to you;

         5. Securities held by you as trustee or co-trustee, where either you or
any member of your  immediate  family (i.e.,  spouse,  children or  descendants,
stepchildren,  parents  and  their  ancestors,  and  stepparents,  in each  case
treating a legal  adoption  as blood  relationship)  has an income or  remainder
interest in the trust.

         6. Securities held by a trust of which you are the settlor, if you have
the  power  to  revoke  the  trust  without  obtaining  the  consent  of all the
beneficiaries;

         7.  Securities  held by any  non-public  partnership in which you are a
partner;

         8.  Securities  held by a personal  holding  company  controlled by you
alone or jointly with others;

         9. Securities held in the name of your spouse unless legally separated,
or in the name of you and your spouse jointly;

         10.  Securities  held in the name of your minor children or in the name
of any  relative  of you or  your  spouse  (including  an  adult  child)  who is
presently  sharing  your home.  This  applies  even if the  securities  were not
received  from you and the income from the  securities  is not actually used for
the maintenance of your household;

         11.  Securities held in the name of any person other than you and those
listed  in  paragraphs  (9) and  (10),  above,  if by  reason  of any  contract,
understanding, relationship, agreement, or other arrangement you obtain benefits
substantially equivalent to those of ownership;

         12.  Securities  held in the name of any person  other  than you,  even
though you do not obtain benefits substantially equivalent to those of ownership
(as described in (11), above), if you can vest or revest title in yourself.

<PAGE>
                                   Appendix D

                   INSIDE INFORMATION AND CHINESE WALL POLICY
                             COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Name (print or type)


         This  is to  certify  that  the  attached  Statement  of  Policies  and
Procedures  Regarding Inside Information and Chinese Walls (the "Statement") was
distributed  and  explained  to me at a meeting  held on , 199_. I have read and
understand the Statement. I certify that I have complied with these policies and
procedures during the course of my employment and that I will continue to adhere
to these policies and procedures in the future.  I agree to promptly  report any
violation or possible  violation of these  policies and  procedures to the Chief
Compliance Officer. I UNDERSTAND THAT VIOLATION OF THE ABOVE-REFERENCED POLICIES
AND  PROCEDURES  SHALL BE GROUNDS FOR  DISCIPLINARY  ACTION OR DISMISSAL AND MAY
ALSO BE A VIOLATION OF FEDERAL AND/OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS.


Date:
       -----------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    Signature

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       CERTIFICATION FOR MEMBERS OF PPM'S
                PRIVATE INFORMATION INVESTMENT AND ACCESS GROUPS


         I have read and  understand  the  special  policies  contained  in this
Statement  relating  to  blocking  the  flow of  information  from  the  Private
Information Investment and Access Groups to other PPM Groups. I acknowledge that
I may have  access to  certain  inside  information,  and agree to  fulfill  the
obligations  placed on me to prevent the  disclosure of information in violation
of the provisions or intent of the Statement.


Date:
       -------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    Signature


                                 Code of Ethics










It is the personal  responsibility of every Putnam employee to avoid any conduct
that could create a conflict,  or even the  appearance  of a conflict,  with our
clients,  or to do  anything  that could  damage or erode the trust our  clients
place in Putnam and its employees. 44156 4/2000



<PAGE>

Table of Contents

Overview          ...........................................................iii

Preamble          ...........................................................vii

Definitions:      Code of Ethics..............................................ix

Section I.        Personal Securities Rules for All Employees..................1
                      A.              Restricted List..........................1
                      B.              Prohibited Purchases and Sales...........6
                      C.              Discouraged Transactions.................9
                      D.              Exempted Transactions...................10

Section II.       Additional Special Rules for Personal Securities Transactions
                  of Access Persons and Certain Investment Professionals......13

Section III.      Prohibited Conduct for All Employees........................19

Section IV.       Special Rules for Officers and Employees of Putnam
                  Europe Ltd..................................................29

Section V.        Reporting Requirements for All Employees....................31

Section VI.       Education Requirements......................................35

Section VII.      Compliance and Appeal Procedures............................37

Appendix A        ............................................................39
                      Preamble        ........................................41
                      Definitions:    Insider Trading.........................43
                      Section 1.      Rules Concerning Inside Information.....45
                      Section 2.      Overview of Insider Trading.............49

Appendix B.       Policy Statement Regarding Employee Trades in Shares of
                  Putnam Closed-End Funds.....................................55

Appendix C.       Clearance Form for Portfolio Manager Sales Out of
                  Personal Account of Securities Also
                  Held by Fund (For compliance with "Contra-Trading"Rule).....57

Appendix D.       Procedures for Approval of New Financial Instruments........59

Index             ............................................................61

<PAGE>
Overview
Every Putnam employee is required,  as a condition of continued  employment,  to
read,  understand,  and comply with the entire Code of Ethics.  This Overview is
provided only as a convenience  and is not intended to substitute  for a careful
reading of the complete document.

It is the personal  responsibility of every Putnam employee to avoid any conduct
that could create a conflict,  or even the  appearance  of a conflict,  with our
clients,  or do anything  that could damage or erode the trust our clients place
in  Putnam  and its  employees.  This is the  spirit of the Code of  Ethics.  In
accepting  employment at Putnam,  every employee accepts the absolute obligation
to comply  with the  letter  and the  spirit of the Code of  Ethics.  Failure to
comply with the spirit of the Code of Ethics is just as much a violation  of the
Code as failure to comply with the written rules of the Code.

The  rules  of  the  Code  cover  activities,   including  personal   securities
transactions,  of Putnam  employees,  certain family  members of employees,  and
entities (such as corporations,  trusts, or partnerships)  that employees may be
deemed to control or influence.

Sanctions  will be imposed for  violations of the Code of Ethics.  Sanctions may
include bans on personal  trading,  reductions  in salary  increases or bonuses,
disgorgement of trading  profits,  suspension of employment,  and termination of
employment.

- --     Insider trading:

      Putnam  employees are  forbidden to buy or sell any security  while either
      Putnam or the employee is in possession of non-public information ("inside
      information")  concerning  the  security  or the issuer.  A  violation  of
      Putnam's  insider  trading  policies  may  result  in  criminal  and civil
      penalties, including imprisonment and substantial fines.

- --     Conflicts of interest:

      The Code of Ethics imposes limits on activities of Putnam  employees where
      the  activity may  conflict  with the  interests of Putnam or its clients.
      These  include  limits on the  receipt  and  solicitation  of gifts and on
      service as a fiduciary for a person or entity outside of Putnam.

      For example,  Putnam employees  generally may not accept gifts over $50 in
      total value in a calendar year from any entity or any supplier of goods or
      services to Putnam.  In  addition,  a Putnam  employee  may not serve as a
      director of any  corporation  without prior approval of the Code of Ethics
      Officer, and Putnam employees may not be members of investment clubs.

- --     Confidentiality:

      Information  about  Putnam  clients  and Putnam  investment  activity  and
      research is proprietary and  confidential and may not be disclosed or used
      by any Putnam employee outside Putnam without a valid business purpose.
<PAGE>
- --     Personal securities trading:

      Putnam  employees  may not buy or sell any  security for their own account
      without  clearing  the  proposed  transaction  in advance with the Code of
      Ethics Administrator.

      Certain  securities  are excepted  from this  requirement  (e.g.,  Marsh &
      McLennan stock and shares of open-end (not closed-end)  Putnam Funds). The
      Code of Ethics  Officer  will permit  employees  to purchase or sell up to
      1,000  shares  of stock  of an  issuer  whose  capitalization  exceeds  $5
      billion, but such purchases or sales must still be cleared.

      Clearance  must be obtained in advance,  between  11:30 a.m. and 4:00 p.m.
      EST on the day of the trade.  Clearance may be obtained  between 9:00 a.m.
      and 4:00 p.m.  on the day of the trade for up to 1,000  shares of stock of
      an issuer whose  capitalization  exceeds $5 billion.  A clearance is valid
      only  for the day it is  obtained.  The  Code  also  strongly  discourages
      excessive  trading by employees for their own account (i.e.,  more than 10
      trades in any calendar  quarter).  Trading in excess of this level will be
      reviewed with the Code of Ethics Oversight Committee.

- --     Short Selling:

      Putnam  employees are prohibited from short selling any security,  whether
      or not it is held in a Putnam client portfolio,  except that short selling
      against the S&P 100 and 500 indexes and "against the box" are permitted.

- --     Confirmations of trading and periodic account statements:

      All  Putnam  employees  must have  their  brokers  send  confirmations  of
      personal  securities  transactions,  including  transactions  of immediate
      family  members  and  accounts  over  which the  employee  has  investment
      discretion, to the Code of Ethics Officer. Employees must contact the Code
      of Ethics  Administrator to obtain an authorization letter from Putnam for
      setting up a personal brokerage account.

- --     Quarterly and annual reporting:

      Certain Putnam employees (so-called "Access Persons" as defined by the SEC
      and in the Code of Ethics) must report all their  securities  transactions
      in each  calendar  quarter  to the Code of Ethics  Officer  within 10 days
      after  the end of the  quarter.  All  Access  Persons  must  disclose  all
      personal   securities   holdings  upon   commencement  of  employment  and
      thereafter on an annual basis. You will be notified if these  requirements
      apply to you. If these requirements apply to you and you fail to report as
      required, salary increases and bonuses will be reduced.
<PAGE>
- --     IPOs and private placements:

      Putnam  employees may not buy any securities in an initial public offering
      or in a private  placement,  except in  limited  circumstances  when prior
      written authorization is obtained.

- --     Procedures for Approval of New Financial Instruments:

      No new types of securities or instruments  may be purchased for any Putnam
      fund or other  client  account  without  the  prior  approval  of the Risk
      Management Committee.

- --    Personal securities  transactions by Access Persons and certain investment
      professionals:

      The Code  imposes  several  special  restrictions  on personal  securities
      transactions by Access Persons and certain investment professionals, which
      are summarized as follows:

      --   "60-Day  Holding  Period".  No Access  Person  shall  profit from the
           purchase and sale, or sale and  purchase,  of any security or related
           derivative security within 60 calendar days.

      --   "7-Day"  Rule.  Before a portfolio  manager  places an order to buy a
           security for any portfolio he manages, he must sell from his personal
           account any such security or related  derivative  security  purchased
           within the preceding 7 calendar days and disgorge any profit from the
           sale.

      --   "Blackout"  Rules.  No  portfolio  manager  may sell any  security or
           related derivative security for her personal account until 7 calendar
           days have passed since the most recent  purchase of that  security or
           related  derivative   security  by  any  portfolio  she  manages.  No
           portfolio manager may buy any security or related derivative security
           for his personal  account until 7 calendar days have passed since the
           most recent sale of that security or related  derivative  security by
           any portfolio he manages.

      --   "Contra-Trading"  Rule.  No  portfolio  manager  may  sell out of her
           personal account any security or related derivative  security that is
           held in any portfolio she manages unless she has received the written
           approval of a CIO and the Code of Ethics Officer.

      --    No  manager  may  cause  a  Putnam  client  to take  action  for the
            manager's own personal benefit.

      --    SIMILAR RULES LIMIT PERSONAL  SECURITIES  TRANSACTIONS  BY ANALYSTS,
            CO-MANAGERS,  AND CHIEF INVESTMENt OFFICERS. PLEASE READ THESE RULES
            CAREFULLY. YOU ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR UNDERSTANDING THE RESTRICTIONS.

This  Overview is  qualified in its  entirety by the  provisions  of the Code of
Ethics. The Code requires that all Putnam employees read, understand, and comply
with the entire Code of Ethics.
<PAGE>
Preamble
It is the personal  responsibility of every Putnam employee to avoid any conduct
that would create a conflict,  or even the  appearance  of a conflict,  with our
clients,  or  embarrass  Putnam  in any way.  This is the  spirit of the Code of
Ethics.  In accepting  employment  at Putnam,  every  employee  also accepts the
absolute  obligation  to comply  with the  letter  and the spirit of the Code of
Ethics.  Failure to comply with the spirit of the Code of Ethics is just as much
a violation of the Code as failure to comply with the written rules of the Code.

Sanctions  will be imposed for  violations of the Code of Ethics,  including the
Code's reporting  requirements.  Sanctions may include bans on personal trading,
reductions  in salary  increases or bonuses,  disgorgement  of trading  profits,
suspension of employment and termination of employment.

Putnam  Investments is required by law to adopt a Code of Ethics. The purpose of
the law is to prevent abuses in the investment  advisory business that can arise
when conflicts of interest exist between the employees of an investment  adviser
and its clients.  Having an effective Code of Ethics is good business  practice,
as well. By adopting and enforcing a Code of Ethics, we strengthen the trust and
confidence reposed in us by demonstrating that, at Putnam, client interests come
before personal interests.

Putnam  has had a Code of  Ethics  for many  years.  The first  Putnam  Code was
written  more  than  30  years  ago  by  George  Putnam.  It  has  been  revised
periodically,  and was  re-drafted  in its  entirety in 1989 to take  account of
legal and regulatory  developments in the investment  advisory  business.  Since
1989,  the  Code has been  revised  regularly  to  reflect  developments  in our
business.

The Code that follows represents a balancing of important interests.  On the one
hand,  as a  registered  investment  adviser,  Putnam  owes a duty of  undivided
loyalty to its clients,  and must avoid even the  appearance  of a conflict that
might be perceived as abusing the trust they have placed in Putnam. On the other
hand, Putnam does not want to prevent conscientious professionals from investing
for their own account where conflicts do not exist or are so attenuated as to be
immaterial to investment decisions affecting Putnam clients.

When  conflicting  interests  cannot be  reconciled,  the Code makes clear that,
first and foremost,  Putnam employees owe a fiduciary duty to Putnam clients. In
most cases,  this means that the  affected  employee  will be required to forego
conflicting   personal  securities   transactions.   In  some  cases,   personal
investments  will be  permitted,  but only in a  manner  which,  because  of the
circumstances  and  applicable  controls,  cannot  reasonably  be  perceived  as
adversely  affecting Putnam client  portfolios or taking unfair advantage of the
relationship Putnam employees have to Putnam clients.
<PAGE>
The Code contains specific rules prohibiting defined types of conflicts. Because
every  potential  conflict  cannot  be  anticipated  in  advance,  the Code also
contains certain general provisions prohibiting conflict situations.  In view of
these general  provisions,  it is critical that any  individual  who is in doubt
about the  applicability  of the Code in a given  situation seek a determination
from the Code of Ethics  Officer  about the propriety of the conduct in advance.
The procedures for obtaining such a  determination  are described in Section VII
of the Code.

It is critical that the Code be strictly  observed.  Not only will  adherence to
the Code ensure that Putnam renders the best possible service to its clients, it
will ensure that no individual is liable for violations of law.

It should be emphasized that adherence to this policy is a fundamental condition
of  employment  at  Putnam.   Every  employee  is  expected  to  adhere  to  the
requirements  of this  Code of  Ethics  despite  any  inconvenience  that may be
involved.  Any  employee  failing to do so may be  subject to such  disciplinary
action,  including  financial  penalties  and  termination  of  employment,   as
determined  by the Code of Ethics  Oversight  Committee  or the Chief  Executive
Officer of Putnam Investments.


<PAGE>
Definitions:         Code of Ethics
The words given below are defined specifically for the purposes of Putnam's Code
of Ethics.

Gender references in the Code of Ethics alternate.

Rule  of  construction  regarding  time  periods.  Unless the context  indicates
      otherwise,  time  periods  used in the Code of  Ethics  shall be  measured
      inclusively,  i.e.,  including the dates from and to which the measurement
      is made.

Access Persons. Access  Persons  are  (i)  all  officers  of  Putnam  Investment
      Management,  Inc. (the investment manager of Putnam's mutual funds),  (ii)
      all employees  within Putnam's  Investment  Division,  and (iii) all other
      employees of Putnam who, in  connection  with their regular  duties,  have
      access to information regarding purchases or sales of portfolio securities
      by a Putnam  mutual  fund,  or who have  access to  information  regarding
      recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales.

Code  of Ethics  Administrator.  The individual designated by the Code of Ethics
      Officer  to  assume   responsibility  for  day-to-day,   non-discretionary
      administration  of this Code. The current Code of Ethics  Administrator is
      Laura Rose, who can be reached at extension 11104.

Code  of  Ethics  Officer.   The  Putnam  officer  who  has  been  assigned  the
      responsibility of enforcing and interpreting this Code. The Code of Ethics
      Officer shall be the General Counsel or such other person as is designated
      by the President of Putnam  Investments.  If the Code of Ethics Officer is
      unavailable,  the Deputy Code of Ethics  Officer (to be  appointed  by the
      Code of Ethics Officer) shall act in his stead.

Code  of  Ethics  Oversight   Committee.   Has  oversight   responsibility   for
      administering  the Code of  Ethics.  Members  include  the Code of  Ethics
      Officer,  the Head of  Investments,  and other members of Putnam's  senior
      management approved by the Chief Executive Officer of Putnam.

Immediate family.  Spouse, minor children, or other relatives living in the same
      household as the Putnam employee.

Policy Statements. The Policy Statement  Concerning Insider Trading Prohibitions
      attached  to the Code as  Appendix  A and the Policy  Statement  Regarding
      Employee Trades in Shares of Putnam  Closed-End Funds attached to the Code
      as Appendix B.

Private  placement.  Any  offering  of a  security  not  to the  public,  but to
      sophisticated  investors who have access to the kind of information  which
      would  be  contained  in  a   prospectus,   and  which  does  not  require
      registration with the relevant securities authorities.

Purchase or sale of a security.  Any  acquisition or transfer of any interest in
      the  security  for direct or  indirect  consideration,  and  includes  the
      writing of an option.
<PAGE>
Putnam. Any or all of Putnam Investments, Inc., and its subsidiaries, any one of
      which shall be a "Putnam company."

Putnam client. Any of the Putnam Funds, or any advisory,  trust, or other client
of Putnam.

Putnam employee (or "employee"). Any employee of Putnam.

Restricted List. The list established in accordance with Rule 1 of Section I.A.

Security. Any type or class of equity or debt  security and any rights  relating
      to a security,  such as put and call options,  warrants,  and  convertible
      securities.  Unless otherwise noted, the term "security" does not include:
      currencies, direct and indirect obligations of the U.S. government and its
      agencies,   commercial   paper,   certificates   of  deposit,   repurchase
      agreements,  bankers'  acceptances,  any other money  market  instruments,
      shares of open-end mutual funds (including  Putnam open-end mutual funds),
      securities of The Marsh & McLennan Companies,  Inc., commodities,  and any
      option  on a  broad-based  market  index  or  an  exchange-traded  futures
      contract or option thereon.

Transaction for a  personal  account  (or  "personal  securities  transaction").
      Securities transactions: (a) for the personal account of any employee; (b)
      for the account of a member of the immediate  family of any employee;  (c)
      for the account of a partnership  in which a Putnam  employee or immediate
      family  member  is  a  general   partner  or  a  partner  with  investment
      discretion;  (d) for the account of a trust in which a Putnam  employee or
      immediate family member is a trustee with investment  discretion;  (e) for
      the account of a closely-held  corporation  in which a Putnam  employee or
      immediate  family  member  holds  shares  and for which he has  investment
      discretion;  and (f) for any account  other than a Putnam  client  account
      which  receives  investment  advice  of any  sort  from  the  employee  or
      immediate  family member,  or as to which the employee or immediate family
      member has investment discretion.


<PAGE>
Section I.           Personal Securities Rules for All Employees
A.     Restricted List
       RULE I

       No Putnam  employee shall  purchase or sell for his personal  account any
       security  without prior  clearance  obtained  through  Putnam's  Intranet
       pre-clearance  system  or from  the  Code  of  Ethics  Administrator.  No
       clearance  will be granted for  securities  appearing  on the  Restricted
       List.  Securities shall be placed on the Restricted List in the following
       circumstances:

       (a)  when orders to purchase or sell such  security have been entered for
            any Putnam client, or the security is being actively  considered for
            purchase or sale for any Putnam client;

       (b)  with respect to voting  securities of  corporations  in the banking,
            savings  and  loan,   communications,   or  gaming  (i.e.,  casinos)
            industries,  when holdings of Putnam  clients  exceed 7% (for public
            utilities, the threshold is 4%);

       (c)  when,  in  the  judgment  of  the  Code  of  Ethics  Officer,  other
            circumstances  warrant restricting  personal  transactions of Putnam
            employees in a particular security;

       (d)  the  circumstances  described  in the  Policy  Statement  Concerning
            Insider Trading Prohibitions, attached as Appendix A.

       Reminder:   Securities  for  an  employee's  "personal  account"  include
       securities  owned by certain family members of a Putnam  employee.  Thus,
       this Rule prohibits certain trades by family members of Putnam employees.
       See Definitions.

       Compliance with this rule does not exempt an employee from complying with
       any  other  applicable  rules of the  Code,  such as those  described  in
       Section  III.  In  particular,  Access  Persons  and  certain  investment
       professionals must comply with the special rules set forth in Section II.

       EXCEPTIONS

       A.   "Large Cap"  Exception.  If a security  appearing on the  Restricted
            List is an  equity  security  for  which  the  issuer  has a  market
            capitalization  (defined as outstanding shares multiplied by current
            price per  share) of over $5  billion,  then a Putnam  employee  may
            purchase or sell up to 1,000  shares of the security per day for his
            personal  account.  This  exception  does not apply if the  security
            appears on the  Restricted  List in the  circumstances  described in
            subpart (b), (c), or (d) of Rule 1.
<PAGE>
       B.   Investment  Grade Or Higher  Fixed-Income  Exception.  If a security
            being  traded  or  considered  for  trade  for a Putnam  client is a
            non-convertible  fixed-income  security  which bears a rating of BBB
            (Standard & Poor's) or Baa  (Moody's)  or any  comparable  rating or
            higher,  then a Putnam  employee may purchase or sell that  security
            for his personal  account  without  regard to the activity of Putnam
            clients.  This  exception  does not apply if the  security  has been
            placed on the  Restricted  List in the  circumstances  described  in
            subpart (b), (c), or (d) of Rule 1.

       C.   Pre-Clearing  Transactions  Effected  by  Share  Subscription.   The
            purchase and sale of securities made by subscription  rather than on
            an exchange are limited to issuers having a market capitalization of
            $5  billion  or more and are  subject to a 1,000  share  limit.  The
            following  are  procedures  to comply  with Rule 1 when  effecting a
            purchase or sale of shares by subscription:

               (a)  The Putnam  employee must  pre-clear the trade on the day he
                    or she submits a subscription to the issuer,  rather than on
                    the  actual  day of the trade  since the  actual  day of the
                    trade  typically  will  not be  known  to the  employee  who
                    submits the subscription. At the time of pre-clearance,  the
                    employee  will be told whether the purchase is permitted (in
                    the case of a corporation having a market  capitalization of
                    $5  billion  or more),  or not  permitted  (in the case of a
                    smaller capitalization issuer).

               (b)  The  subscription for any purchase or sale of shares must be
                    reported on the  employee's  quarterly  personal  securities
                    transaction  report,  noting the trade was  accomplished  by
                    subscription.

               (c)  As  no  brokers  are  involved  in  the   transaction,   the
                    confirmation   requirement   will  be   waived   for   these
                    transactions,  although the Putnam employee must provide the
                    Legal  and  Compliance   Department   with  any  transaction
                    summaries or statements sent by the issuer.



<PAGE>


       SANCTION GUIDELINES

       A.   Failure to Pre-Clear a Personal Trade

             1.   First  violation:  One month trading ban with written  warning
                  that a future violation will result in a longer trading ban.

             2.   Second  violation:  Three month trading ban and written notice
                  to Managing Director of the employee's division.

             3.   Third violation: Six month trading ban with possible longer or
                  permanent  trading  ban  based  upon  review by Code of Ethics
                  Oversight Committee.

       B.   Failure to Pre-Clear Securities on the Restricted List

             1.   First   violation:   Disgorgement   of  any  profit  from  the
                  transaction, one month trading ban, and written warning that a
                  future violation will result in a longer trading ban.

             2.   Second   violation:   Disgorgement  of  any  profit  from  the
                  transaction,  three month  trading ban, and written  notice to
                  Managing Director of the employee's division.

             3.   Third   violation:   Disgorgement   of  any  profit  from  the
                  transaction, and six month trading ban with possible longer or
                  permanent  trading  ban  based  upon  review by Code of Ethics
                  Oversight Committee.

             NOTE: These are the sanction  guidelines for successive failures to
             pre-clear  personal  trades  within  a 2-year  period.  The Code of
             Ethics  Oversight  Committee  retains  the  right  to  increase  or
             decrease the  sanction  for a particular  violation in light of the
             circumstances.    The   Committee's   belief   that   an   employee
             intentionally  has  violated the Code of Ethics will result in more
             severe  sanctions  than  outlined  in  the  guidelines  above.  The
             sanctions  described  in  Paragraph  B  apply  to  Restricted  List
             securities  that are:  (i)  small  cap  stocks  (i.e.,  stocks  not
             entitled  to the "Large Cap"  exception)  and (ii) large cap stocks
             that  exceed the daily  1,000  share  maximum  permitted  under the
             "Large Cap" exception.  Failure to pre-clear an otherwise permitted
             trade of up to 1,000  shares of a large cap  security is subject to
             the sanctions described above in Paragraph A.

       IMPLEMENTATION

A.       Maintenance of Restricted List. The Restricted List shall be maintained
         by the Code of Ethics Adinistrator.

B.       Consulting  Restricted  List. An employee wishing to trade any security
         for his personal account shall first obtain clearance  through Putnam's
         Intranet  pre-clearance  system.  The system may be accessed  from your
         desktop  computer  through  Internet  access software and following the
         directions  provided in the system. The current address of the Intranet
         pre-clearance   system  can  be  obtained   from  the  Code  of  Ethics
         Administrator.  Employees may pre-clear  all  securities  between 11:30
         a.m. and 4:00 p.m. EST, and may  pre-clear  purchases or sales of up to
         1,000 shares of issuers having a market  capitalization of more than $5
         billion between 9:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. EST.  Requests to make personal
         securities  transactions  may not be made using the system or presented
         to the Code of Ethics Administrator after 4:00 p.m.
<PAGE>
         The pre-clearance  system will inform the employee whether the security
         may be traded and  whether  trading in the  security  is subject to the
         "Large Cap" limitation.  The response of the pre-clearance system as to
         whether a security  appears on the Restricted  List and, if so, whether
         it is eligible  for the  exceptions  set forth after this Rule shall be
         final, unless the employee appeals to the Code of Ethics Officer, using
         the procedure  described in Section VII, regarding the request to trade
         a particular security.

         A CLEARANCE IS ONLY VALID FOR TRADING ON THE DAY IT IS OBTAINED. Trades
         in securities listed on Asian or European stock exchanges, however, may
         be executed WITHIN ONE BUSINESS DAY AFTER PRE-CLEARANCE IS OBTAINED.

         If a  security  is  not  on  the  Restricted  List,  other  classes  of
         securities of the same issuer (e.g., preferred or convertible preferred
         stock)  may  be  on  the   Restricted   List.  It  is  the   employee's
         responsibility  to identify with  particularity the class of securities
         for which permission is being sought for a personal investment.

         If the Intranet  pre-clearance system does not recognize a security, or
         if an  employee is unable to use the system or has any  questions  with
         respect to the system or  pre-clearance,  the  employee may consult the
         Code of Ethics  Administrator.  The Code of Ethics  Administrator shall
         not have authority to answer any questions  about a security other than
         whether  trading  is  permitted.  The  response  of the Code of  Ethics
         Administrator  as to whether a security  appears on the Restricted List
         and, if so,  whether it is eligible for the  exceptions set forth after
         this Rule shall be final,  unless the  employee  appeals to the Code of
         Ethics Officer, using the procedure described in Section VII, regarding
         the request to trade a particular security.

C.       Removal of Securities from Restricted List. Securities shall be removed
         from the  Restricted  List when:  (a) in the case of  securities on the
         Restricted  List  pursuant  to Rule  1(a),  they  are no  longer  being
         purchased  or sold for a  Putnam  client  or  actively  considered  for
         purchase or sale for a Putnam client;  (b) in the case of securities on
         the  Restricted  List  pursuant  to Rule 1(b),  the  holdings of Putnam
         clients fall below the applicable threshold designated in that Rule, or
         at such earlier time as the Code of Ethics  Officer deems  appropriate;
         or (c) in the case of  securities  on the  Restricted  List pursuant to
         Rule 1(c) or 1(d), when circumstances no longer warrant restrictions on
         personal trading.
<PAGE>

       COMMENTS

       1.   Pre-Clearance.  Subpart  (a) of this Rule is  designed  to avoid the
            conflict  of interest  that might occur when an employee  trades for
            his personal account a security that currently is being traded or is
            likely to be traded for a Putnam client.  Such conflicts  arise, for
            example,  when the trades of an employee might have an impact on the
            price or availability of a particular  security,  or when the trades
            of the client  might  have an impact on price to the  benefit of the
            employee.  Thus,  exceptions involve situations where the trade of a
            Putnam employee is unlikely to have an impact on the market.

       2.   Regulatory  Limits.  Owing to a  variety  of  federal  statutes  and
            regulations in the banking,  savings and loan,  communications,  and
            gaming  industries,  it is critical that accounts of Putnam  clients
            not hold more than 10% of the  voting  securities  of any issuer (5%
            for  public  utilities).  Because  of the  risk  that  the  personal
            holdings of Putnam  employees may be aggregated with Putnam holdings
            for these purposes,  subpart (b) of this Rule limits personal trades
            in these areas.  The 7% limit (4% for public  utilities)  will allow
            the regulatory limits to be observed.

       3.   Options. For the purposes of this Code, options are treated like the
            underlying  security.  See  Definitions.  Thus,  an employee may not
            purchase,  sell, or "write" option  contracts for a security that is
            on the  Restricted  List. A securities  index will not be put on the
            Restricted  List  simply  because  one or  more  of  its  underlying
            securities have been put on the Restricted  List. The exercise of an
            options  contract (the  purchase or writing of which was  previously
            pre-cleared) does not have to be pre-cleared.  Note,  however,  that
            the sale of securities obtained through the exercise of options must
            be pre-cleared.

       4.   Involuntary   Transactions.    "Involuntary"   personal   securities
            transactions are exempted from the Code. Special attention should be
            paid to this exemption. (See Section I.D.)

       5.   Tender  Offers.  This  Rule  does  not  prohibit  an  employee  from
            tendering  securities  from his  personal  account in response to an
            any-and-all  tender offer, even if Putnam clients are also tendering
            securities. A Putnam employee is, however, prohibited from tendering
            securities from his personal account in response to a partial tender
            offer, if Putnam clients are also tendering securities.
<PAGE>
B.     Prohibited Purchases and Sales
       RULE I

         Putnam  employees  are  prohibited  from short  selling  any  security,
         whether or not the security is held in a Putnam client portfolio.

       EXCEPTIONS

         Short selling against the S&P 100 and 500 indexes and "against the box"
         are permitted.

       RULE 2

         No Putnam employee shall purchase any security for her personal account
         in an initial public offering.

       EXCEPTION

         Pre-existing Status Exception. A Putnam employee shall not be barred by
         this Rule or by Rule 1(a) of Section I.A.  from  purchasing  securities
         for her personal  account in connection with an initial public offering
         of securities by a bank or insurance company when the employee's status
         as a policyholder or depositor  entitles her to purchase  securities on
         terms more favorable  than those  available to the general  public,  in
         connection with the bank's  conversion from mutual or cooperative  form
         to stock form, or the  insurance  company's  conversion  from mutual to
         stock form, provided that the employee has had the status entitling her
         to purchase on favorable  terms for at least two years.  This exception
         is only  available  with  respect  to the  value  of bank  deposits  or
         insurance policies that an employee owns before the announcement of the
         initial public offering. This exception does not apply, however, if the
         security appears on the Restricted List in the  circumstances set forth
         in subparts (b), (c), or (d) of Section I.A., Rule 1.

       IMPLEMENTATION

       A.   General  Implementation.  An  employee  shall  inquire,  before  any
            purchase  of a  security  for  her  personal  account,  whether  the
            security to be  purchased  is being  offered  pursuant to an initial
            public  offering.  If the  security  is  offered  through an initial
            public  offering,  the employee shall refrain from  purchasing  that
            security for her personal account unless the exception applies.

       B.   Administration of Exception.  If the employee believes the exception
            applies,   she  shall  consult  the  Code  of  Ethics  Administrator
            concerning  whether the security  appears on the Restricted List and
            if so, whether it is eligible for this exception.
<PAGE>
       COMMENTS

       1.   The  purpose  of this rule is  twofold.  First,  it is  designed  to
            prevent a conflict of interest  between Putnam  employees and Putnam
            clients who might be in  competition  for the same  securities  in a
            limited  public  offering.  Second,  the rule is designed to prevent
            Putnam  employees from being subject to undue  influence as a result
            of  receiving  "favors"  in  the  form  of  special  allocations  of
            securities in a public offering from  broker-dealers  who seek to do
            business with Putnam.

       2.   Purchases of securities in the immediate  after-market of an initial
            public offering are not prohibited,  provided they do not constitute
            violations  of other  portions of the Code of Ethics.  For  example,
            participation in the immediate after-market as a result of a special
            allocation from an underwriting group would be prohibited by Section
            III, Rule 3 concerning gifts and other "favors."

       3.   Public  offerings  subsequent  to initial  public  offerings are not
            deemed to create the same potential for  competition  between Putnam
            employees  and  Putnam  clients  because of the  pre-existence  of a
            market for the securities.

       RULE 3

       No Putnam  employee shall purchase any security for his personal  account
       in a limited private offering or private placement.

       COMMENTS

         1.       The purpose of this Rule is to prevent a Putnam  employee from
                  investing  in  securities  for his own  account  pursuant to a
                  limited   private   offering   that  could   compete  with  or
                  disadvantage  Putnam clients,  and to prevent Putnam employees
                  from being subject to efforts to curry favor by those who seek
                  to do business with Putnam.

         2.       Exemptions to the  prohibition  will  generally not be granted
                  where the proposed  investment  relates directly or indirectly
                  to  investments  by a  Putnam  client,  or  where  individuals
                  involved  in the  offering  (including  the  issuers,  broker,
                  underwriter,  placement agent, promoter,  fellow investors and
                  affiliates  of the  foregoing)  have  any  prior  or  existing
                  business  relationship  with Putnam or a Putnam  employee,  or
                  where the Putnam employee  believes that such  individuals may
                  expect to have a future business relationship with Putnam or a
                  Putnam employee.

         3.       An  exemption  may be granted,  subject to  reviewing  all the
                  facts and circumstances, for investments in:
<PAGE>
             (a)  Pooled investment funds, including hedge funds, subject to the
                  condition  that an employee  investing in a pooled  investment
                  fund  would  have  no   involvement   in  the   activities  or
                  decision-making  process  of the  fund  except  for  financial
                  reports made in the ordinary course of the fund's business.

             (b)  Private  placements where the investment  cannot relate, or be
                  expected  to  relate,  directly  or  indirectly  to  Putnam or
                  investments by a Putnam client.

         4.       Employees  who  apply for an  exemption  will be  expected  to
                  disclose  to the Code of Ethics  Officer in writing  all facts
                  and relationships relating to the proposed investment.

         5.       Limited  partnership  interests are frequently sold in private
                  placements.  An employee  should  assume that  investment in a
                  limited  partnership  is barred  by these  rules,  unless  the
                  employee  has  obtained,  in  advance of  purchase,  a written
                  exemption  under the ad hoc  exemption  set  forth in  Section
                  I.D.,  Rule 2. The procedure for obtaining an ad hoc exemption
                  is described in Section VII, Part 4.

         6.       Applications to invest in private  placements will be reviewed
                  by the Code of Ethics  Oversight  Committee.  This review will
                  take into account,  among other  factors,  the  considerations
                  described in the preceding comments.

       RULE 4

       No Putnam  employee  shall purchase or sell any security for her personal
       account or for any Putnam client account while in possession of material,
       nonpublic information concerning the security or the issuer.

       EXCEPTIONS

         NONE.  Please  read  Appendix A, Policy  Statement  Concerning  Insider
         Trading Prohibitions.

       RULE 5

       No Putnam  employee  shall  purchase  from or sell to a Putnam client any
       securities or other property for his personal account,  nor engage in any
       personal  transaction to which a Putnam client is known to be a party, or
       which transaction may have a significant relationship to any action taken
       by a Putnam client.

       EXCEPTIONS

       None.

       IMPLEMENTATION

       It shall be the  responsibility  of every Putnam employee to make inquiry
       prior to any personal transaction  sufficient to satisfy himself that the
       requirements of this Rule have been met.
<PAGE>
       COMMENT

       This rule is  required  by  federal  law.  It does not  prohibit a Putnam
       employee  from  purchasing  any shares of an open-end  Putnam  fund.  The
       policy with  respect to employee  trading in  closed-end  Putnam funds is
       attached as Appendix B.

C.     Discouraged Transactions
       RULE I

       Putnam  employees are strongly  discouraged from engaging in naked option
       transactions for their personal accounts.

       EXCEPTIONS

       None.

       COMMENT

       Naked option  transactions are particularly  dangerous,  because a Putnam
       employee may be prevented by the restrictions in this Code of Ethics from
       "covering" the naked option at the appropriate time. All employees should
       keep in mind the limitations on their personal securities trading imposed
       by this Code when contemplating such an investment strategy.  Engaging in
       naked  options   transactions   on  the  basis  of  material,   nonpublic
       information is prohibited.  See Appendix A, Policy  Statement  Concerning
       Insider Trading Prohibitions.

       RULE 2

       Putnam  employees  are strongly  discouraged  from  engaging in excessive
trading for their personal accounts.

       EXCEPTIONS

       None.

       COMMENTS

         1.       Although a Putnam employee's  excessive trading may not itself
                  constitute a conflict of interest with Putnam clients,  Putnam
                  believes  that  its  clients'  confidence  in  Putnam  will be
                  enhanced  and  the  likelihood  of  Putnam   achieving  better
                  investment  results for its clients over the long term will be
                  increased if Putnam  employees rely on their  investment--  as
                  opposed  to  trading--  skills in  transactions  for their own
                  account. Moreover,  excessive trading by a Putnam employee for
                  his or her own account  diverts an employee's  attention  from
                  the responsibility of servicing Putnam clients,  and increases
                  the  possibilities  for  transactions  that are in  actual  or
                  apparent conflict with Putnam client transactions.

         2.       Although  this  Rule  does  not  define   excessive   trading,
                  employees  should  be aware  that if their  trades  exceed  10
                  trades per quarter the  trading  activity  will be reviewed by
                  the Code of Ethics Oversight Committee.

D.     Exempted Transactions
       RULE I

       Transactions  which are  involuntary on the part of a Putnam employee are
       exempt from the prohibitions set forth in Sections I.A., I.B., and I.C.

       EXCEPTIONS

       None.

       COMMENTS

         1.       This  exemption  is based on  categories  of conduct  that the
                  Securities   and   Exchange   Commission   does  not  consider
                  "abusive."

         2.       Examples  of  involuntary  personal  securities   transactions
                  include:

             (a)  sales out of the brokerage  account of a Putnam  employee as a
                  result of bona fide margin call,  provided that  withdrawal of
                  collateral by the Putnam employee within the ten days previous
                  to the margin call was not a contributing factor to the margin
                  call;

             (b)  purchases  arising out of an automatic  dividend  reinvestment
                  program of an issuer of a publicly traded security.

       3.   Transactions by a trust in which the Putnam employee (or a member of
            his imediate family) holds a beneficial interest, but for which the
            employee has no direct or indirect influence or control with respect
            to the selection of investments,  are involuntary  transactions.  In
            addition,  these  transactions  do not fall within the definition of
            "personal securities transactions." See Definitions.

       4.   A good-faith  belief on the part of the employee  that a transaction
            was involuntary  will not be a defense to a violation of the Code of
            Ethics.  In the  event  of  confusion  as to  whether  a  particular
            transction is involuntary,  the burden is on the employee to seek a
            prior written  determination of the applicability of this exemption.
            The procedures for obtaining such a determination  appear in Section
            VII, Part 3.

       RULE 2

       Transactions  which have been determined in writing by the Code of Ethics
       Officer  before  the  transaction  occurs  to be no  more  than  remotely
       potentially  harmful to Putnam clients because the  transaction  would be
       very  unlikely to affect a highly  institutional  market,  or because the
       transaction is clearly not related  economically  to the securities to be
       purchased,  sold,  or  held by a  Putnam  client,  are  exempt  from  the
       prohibitions set forth in Sections I.A., I.B., and I.C.

       EXCEPTIONS

       N.A.

       IMPLEMENTATION

       An employee may seek an ad hoc exemption under this Rule by following the
       procedures in Section VII, Part 4.

       COMMENTS

       1.   This  exemption  is also based upon  categories  of conduct that the
            Securities and Exchange Commission does not consider "abusive."

       2.   The burden is on the employee to seek a prior written  determination
            that the  proposed  transaction  meets the  standards  for an ad hoc
            exemption set forth in this Rule.



<PAGE>

Section  II. Additional  Special Rules for Personal  Securities  Transactions of
         Access Persons and Certain Investment Professionals


Access Persons (including all Investment
Professionals and other employees as defined on page ix)

RULE I ("60-DAY" RULE)

No Access  Person shall profit from the purchase and sale, or sale and purchase,
of any security or related derivative security within 60 calendar days.

EXCEPTIONS

None, unless prior written approval from the Code of Ethics Officer is obtained.
Exceptions may be granted on a case-by-case  basis when no abuse is involved and
the equities of the  situation  support an exemption.  For example,  although an
Access Person may buy a stock as a long-term investment,  that stock may have to
be sold involuntarily due to unforeseen activity such as a merger.

IMPLEMENTATION

1. The 60-Day Rule applies to all Access Persons,  as defined in the Definitions
section of the Code.

2.   Calculation  of  whether  there has been a profit is based  upon the market
     prices of the  securities.  THE  CALCULATION  IS NOT NET OF  COMMISSIONS OR
     OTHER SALES CHARGES.

3.    As an example,  an Access Person would not be permitted to sell a security
      at $12 that he purchased within the prior 60 days for $10.  Similarly,  an
      Access  Person  would not be  permitted to purchase a security at $10 that
      she had sold within the prior 60 days for $12. If the proposed transaction
      would  be made at a loss,  it  would  be  permitted  if the  pre-clearance
      requirements are met. See, Section I, Rule 1.

COMMENTS

1.    The prohibition  against  short-term  trading profits by Access Persons is
      designed  to  minimize   the   possibility   that  they  will   capitalize
      inappropriately  on  the  market  impact  of  trades  involving  a  client
      portfolio about which they might possibly have information.

2.    Although Chief Investment Officers,  Portfolio Managers,  and Analysts may
      sell  securities at a profit within 60 days of purchase in order to comply
      with the  requirements  of the 7-Day Rule  applicable  to them  (described
      below), the profit will have to be disgorged to charity under the terms of
      the 7-Day Rule.

3.    Access Persons  occasionally  make a series of  transactions in securities
      over extended  periods of time.  For example,  an Access Person bought 100
      shares of Stock X on Day 1 at $100 per share and then bought 50 additional
      shares on Day 45 at $95 per share.  On Day 75, the Access  Person  sold 20
      shares at $105 per share.  The question  arises  whether the Access Person
      violated the 60-Day Rule. The characterization of the employee's tax basis
      in the shares sold  determines the analysis.  If, for personal  income tax
      purposes,  the Access  Person  characterizes  the shares  sold as having a
      basis of $100 per share (i.e., shares purchased on Day 1), the transaction
      would be consistent with the 60-Day Rule. However, if the tax basis in the
      shares  is  $95  per  share  (i.e.,  shares  purchased  on  Day  45),  the
      transaction would violate the 60-Day Rule.

Certain Investment Professionals
RULE 2 ("7-DAY" RULE)

(a)  Portfolio  Managers:  Before a portfolio  manager  places an order to buy a
security for any Putnam client portfolio that he manages, he shall sell any such
security or related  derivative  security  purchased  in a  transaction  for his
personal account within the preceding seven calendar days.

(b)  Co-Managers:  Before a portfolio  manager places an order to buy a security
for any Putnam client he manages, his co-manager shall sell any such security or
related  derivative  security  purchased in transaction for his personal account
within the preceding seven calendar days.

(c) Analysts:  Before an analyst makes a buy recommendation  for a security,  he
shall sell any such  security  or related  derivative  security  purchased  in a
transaction for his personal account within the preceding seven calendar days.

(d) Chief Investment  Officers:  The Chief  Investment  Officer of an investment
group must sell any  security  or related  derivative  security  purchased  in a
transaction  for his personal  account within the preceding  seven calendar days
before any portfolio  manager in the CIO's  investment  group places an order to
buy such security for any Putnam client account he manages.

EXCEPTIONS

None.

COMMENTS

1.   This Rule applies to portfolio managers and Chief Investment  Officers with
     respect to any purchase (no matter how small) in any client account managed
     or  overseen  by that  portfolio  manager  or CIO  (even  so-called  "clone
     accounts"). In particular, it should be noted that the requirements of this
     rule also apply with  respect to purchases  in client  accounts,  including
     "clone  accounts,"   resulting  from  "cash  flows."  To  comply  with  the
     requirements  of this  rule,  it is the  responsibility  of each  portfolio
     manager and CIO to be aware of the placement of all orders for purchases of
     a security by client accounts that he or she manages or oversees for 7 days
     following the purchase of that security for his or her personal account.

2.   An  investment  professional  who must sell  securities to be in compliance
     with the 7-Day Rule must absorb any loss and disgorge to charity any profit
     resulting from the sale.

3.   This  Rule is  designed  to avoid  even the  appearance  of a  conflict  of
     interest  between an investment  professional  and a Putnam client.  A more
     stringent  rule is warranted  because,  with their  greater  knowledge  and
     control, these investment professionals are in a better position than other
     employees to create an appearance of manipulation of Putnam client accounts
     for personal benefit.

4.    "Portfolio  manager" is used in this Section as a functional label, and is
      intended to cover any  employee  with  authority  to  authorize a trade on
      behalf of a Putnam  client,  whether or not such employee  bears the title
      "portfolio  manager."  "Analyst"  is  also  used  in  this  Section  as  a
      functional  label,  and is  intended  to cover any  employee  who is not a
      portfolio manager but who may make recommendations  regarding  investments
      for Putnam clients.

RULE 3 ("BLACKOUT RULE")

a) Portfolio  Managers:  No portfolio  manager  shall:  (i) sell any security or
related  derivative  security for her personal account until seven calendar days
have  elapsed  since  the most  recent  purchase  of that  security  or  related
derivative security by any Putnam client portfolio she manages or co-manages; or
(ii)  purchase  any  security or related  derivative  security  for her personal
account  until seven  calendar  days have elapsed  since the most recent sale of
that security or related  derivative  security from any Putnam client  portfolio
that she manages or co-manages.

(b)  Analysts:  No analyst  shall:  (i) sell any security or related  derivative
security for his personal  account until seven  calendar days have elapsed since
his most  recent buy  recommendation  for that  security  or related  derivative
security;  or (ii) purchase any security or related derivative  security for his
personal  account  until seven  calendar days have elapsed since his most recent
sell recommendation for that security or related derivative security.

(c) Chief Investment  Officers:  No Chief Investment Officer shall: (i) sell any
security or related  derivative  security for his personal  account  until seven
calendar  days have elapsed  since the most recent  purchase of that security or
related  derivative  security by a portfolio manager in his investment group; or
(ii)  purchase  any  security or related  derivative  security  for his personal
account  until seven  calendar  days have elapsed  since the most recent sale of
that security or related  derivative  security from any Putnam client  portfolio
managed in his investment group.

EXCEPTIONS

None.

COMMENTS

1.    This Rule applies to portfolio managers and Chief Investment Officers with
      respect to any  transaction(no  matter  how  small) in any client  account
      managed or  overseen  by that  portfolio  manager  or CIO (even  so-called
      "clone accounts"). In particular, it should be noted that the requirements
      of this rule also apply with respect to transactions  in client  accounts,
      including  "clone  accounts,"  resulting  from  "cash  flows." In order to
      comply with the  requirements  of this rule, it is the  responsibility  of
      each  portfolio  manager  and CIO to be  aware  of all  transactions  in a
      security by client  accounts  that he or she manages or oversees that took
      place within the 7 days  preceding a transaction  in that security for his
      or her personal account.

2.    This Rule is  designed  to prevent a Putnam  portfolio  manager or analyst
      from engaging in personal investment conduct that appears to be counter to
      the  investment  strategy she is pursuing or  recommending  on behalf of a
      Putnam client.

3.    Trades by a Putnam portfolio manager for her personal account in the "same
      direction"  as the Putnam client  portfolio she manages,  and trades by an
      analyst  for  his  personal   account  in  the  "same  direction"  as  his
      recommendation,  do not  present  the same  danger,  so long as any  "same
      direction"  trades  do not  violate  other  provisions  of the Code or the
      Policy Statements.

RULE 4 ("CONTRA TRADING" RULE)

(a) Portfolio  Managers:  No portfolio  manager shall,  without prior clearance,
sell out of his personal  account  securities or related  derivative  securities
held in any Putnam client portfolio that he manages or co-manages.

(b) Chief Investment Officers:  No Chief Investment Officer shall, without prior
clearance,  sell out of his personal  account  securities or related  derivative
securities held in any Putnam client portfolio managed in his investment group.

EXCEPTIONS

None, unless prior clearance is given.

IMPLEMENTATION

A.    Individuals  Authorized  to Give  Approval.  Prior to engaging in any such
      sale, a portfolio manager shall seek approval, in writing, of the proposed
      sale.  In the case of a  portfolio  manager  or  director,  prior  written
      approval of the proposed  sale shall be obtained  from a chief  investment
      officer to whom he reports or, in his absence,  another  chief  investment
      officer. In the case of a chief investment officer, prior written approval
      of the  proposed  sale shall be obtained  from  another  chief  investment
      officer. In addition to the foregoing, prior written approval must also be
      obtained from the Code of Ethics Officer.

B.    Contents of Written Approval. In every instance, the written approval form
      attached as  Appendix C (or such other form as the Code of Ethics  Officer
      shall  designate)  shall be used. The written approval should be signed by
      the  chief  investment  officer  giving  approval  and dated the date such
      approval was given,  and shall state,  briefly,  the reasons why the trade
      was  allowed  and why the  investment  conduct  pursued  by the  portfolio
      manager,  director,  or chief investment officer was deemed  inappropriate
      for the Putnam  client  account  controlled by the  individual  seeking to
      engage in the transaction for his personal account.  Such written approval
      shall be sent by the chief investment officer approving the transaction to
      the Code of Ethics  Officer  within  twenty-four  hours or as  promptly as
      circumstances  permit.  Approvals  obtained  after a transaction  has been
      completed or while it is in process will not satisfy the  requirements  of
      this Rule.

COMMENT

This  Rule,  like  Rule 3 of this  Section,  is  designed  to  prevent  a Putnam
portfolio manager from engaging in personal  investment  conduct that appears to
be counter to the investment  strategy that he is pursuing on behalf of a Putnam
client.

RULE 5

No portfolio  manager  shall cause,  and no analyst  shall  recommend,  a Putnam
client to take action for the  portfolio  manager's  or  analyst's  own personal
benefit.

EXCEPTIONS

None.

COMMENTS

1.    A  portfolio  manager  who  trades  in,  or  an  analyst  who  recommends,
      particular  securities for a Putnam client account in order to support the
      price of securities in his personal account,  or who "front runs" a Putnam
      client order is in violation of this Rule. Portfolio managers and analysts
      should be aware that this Rule is not limited to personal  transactions in
      securities (as that word is defined in  "Definitions").  Thus, a portfolio
      manager or analyst who "front  runs" a Putnam  client  purchase or sale of
      obligations of the U.S.  government is in violation of this Rule, although
      U.S.   government   obligations   are  excluded  from  the  definition  of
      "security."

2.    This Rule is not limited to instances when a portfolio  manager or analyst
      has malicious intent. It also prohibits conduct that creates an appearance
      of impropriety.  Portfolio  managers and analysts who have questions about
      whether proposed conduct creates an appearance of impropriety  should seek
      a prior written  determination from the Code of Ethics Officer,  using the
      procedures described in Section VII, Part 3.


<PAGE>



A

Section III.         Prohibited Conduct for All Employees
RULE I

All  employees  must  comply with  applicable  laws and  regulations  as well as
company policies.  This includes tax,  antitrust,  political  contribution,  and
international  boycott  laws.  In addition,  no employee at Putnam may engage in
fraudulent conduct of any kind.

EXCEPTIONS

None.

COMMENTS

1.   Putnam may report to the appropriate  legal  authorities  conduct by Putnam
     employees that violates this rule.

2.   It should also be noted that the U.S.  Foreign Corrupt  Practices Act makes
     it a criminal offense to make a payment or offer of payment to any non-U.S.
     governmental official,  political party, or candidate to induce that person
     to affect any governmental act or decision, or to assist Putnam's obtaining
     or retaining business.

RULE 2

No Putnam  employee  shall conduct  herself in a manner which is contrary to the
interests  of,  or in  competition  with,  Putnam or a Putnam  client,  or which
creates an actual or apparent conflict of interest with a Putnam client.

EXCEPTIONS

None.

COMMENTS

1.    This Rule is designed to recognize the  fundamental  principle that Putnam
      employees owe their chief duty and loyalty to Putnam and Putnam clients.

2.    It is expected  that a Putnam  employee who becomes aware of an investment
      opportunity  that she  believes  is suitable  for a Putnam  client who she
      services will present it to the appropriate  portfolio  manager,  prior to
      taking advantage of the opportunity herself.

RULE 3

No Putnam employee shall seek or accept gifts, favors,  preferential  treatment,
or special  arrangements  of material value from any  broker-dealer,  investment
adviser,  financial  institution,  corporation,  or  other  entity,  or from any
existing or prospective supplier of goods or services to Putnam or Putnam Funds.
Specifically,  any gift over $50 in value, or any accumulation of gifts which in
aggregate  exceeds  $50 in value  from  one  source  in one  calendar  year,  is
prohibited. Any Putnam employee who is offered or receives an item prohibited by
this Rule must report the details in writing to the Code of Ethics Officer.

EXCEPTIONS

None.

COMMENTS

1.    This rule is intended to permit only proper  types of  customary  business
      amenities.  Listed  below are  examples  of items that would be  permitted
      under proper  circumstances  and of items that are  prohibited  under this
      rule.   These   examples   are   illustrative   and   not   all-inclusive.
      Notwithstanding  these  examples,  a Putnam  employee  may not,  under any
      circumstances,  accept  anything  that could create the  appearance of any
      kind of conflict of interest. For example, acceptance of any consideration
      is  prohibited  if  it  would  create  the  appearance  of a  "reward"  or
      inducement for conducting Putnam business either with the person providing
      the gift or his employer.

2.    This rule also  applies to gifts or  "favors"  of  material  value that an
      investment  professional  may receive from a company or other entity being
      researched  or  considered  as a possible  investment  for a Putnam client
      account.

3.    Among  items not  considered  of  "material  value"  which,  under  proper
      circumstances, would be considered permissible are:

      (a)  Occasional lunches or dinners conducted for business purposes;

      (b) Occasional cocktail parties or similar social gatherings conducted for
business purposes;

      (c)  Occasional  attendance  at theater,  sporting or other  entertainment
           events conducted for business purposes; and

      (d)  Small gifts, usually in the nature of reminder  advertising,  such as
           pens, calendars, etc., with a value of no more than $50.

4. Among items which are considered of "material value" and which are prohibited
are:

      (a) Entertainment of a recurring nature such as sporting events,  theater,
golf games, etc.;

      (b)  The  cost  of   transportation  to  a  locality  outside  the  Boston
           metropolitan area, and lodging while in another locality, unless such
           attendance  and  reimbursement  arrangements  have  received  advance
           written approval of the Code of Ethics Officer;

      (c)  Personal  loans to a Putnam  employee  on terms more  favorable  than
           those  generally   available  for  comparable   credit  standing  and
           collateral; and

      (d)  Preferential  brokerage  or  underwriting  commissions  or spreads or
           allocations  of shares or interests in an investment for the personal
           account of a Putnam employee.

5.    As with any of the  provisions of the Code of Ethics,  a sincere belief by
      the employee that he was acting in  accordance  with the  requirements  of
      this Rule will not satisfy his obligations under the Rule.  Therefore,  an
      employee who is in doubt  concerning  the propriety of any gift or "favor"
      should seek a prior written determination from the Code of Ethics Officer,
      as provided in Part 3 of Section VII.

RULE 4

No Putnam employee may pay, offer, or commit to pay any amount of  consideration
which might be or appear to be a bribe or kickback in  connection  with Putnam's
business.

EXCEPTIONS

None.

COMMENT

Although the rule does not specifically address political contributions,  Putnam
employees  should be aware that it is against  corporate  policy to use  company
assets  to  fund  political   contributions   of  any  sort,   even  where  such
contributions may be legal. No Putnam employee should offer or agree to make any
political  contributions  (including political dinners and similar fund-raisers)
on behalf of  Putnam,  and no  employee  will be  reimbursed  by Putnam for such
contributions made by the employee personally.

RULE 5

No  contributions  may be made with  corporate  funds to any political  party or
campaign, whether directly or by reimbursement to an employee for the expense of
such a contribution. No Putnam employee shall solicit any charitable,  political
or other  contributions using Putnam letterhead or making reference to Putnam in
the  solicitation.   No  Putnam  employee  shall  personally  solicit  any  such
contribution while on Putnam business.

EXCEPTIONS

None.

COMMENT

1.    Putnam has established a political action committee (PAC) that contributes
      to worthy  candidates  for  political  office.  Any request  received by a
      Putnam employee for a political  contribution must be directed to Putnam's
      Legal and Compliance Department.

2.    This rule does not prohibit  solicitation on personal letterhead by Putnam
      employees.   Nonetheless,   Putnam  employees  should  use  discretion  in
      soliciting contributions from individuals or entities who provide services
      to Putnam.  There should never be a suggestion  that any service  provider
      must contribute to keep Putnam's business.

RULE 6

No unauthorized disclosure may be made by any employee or former employee of any
trade  secrets  or  proprietary  information  of Putnam  or of any  confidential
information.  No information  regarding any Putnam client  portfolio,  actual or
proposed  securities trading activities of any Putnam client, or Putnam research
shall be  disclosed  outside the Putnam  organization  without a valid  business
purpose.

EXCEPTIONS

None.

COMMENT

All information about Putnam and Putnam clients is strictly confidential. Putnam
research  information  should  not be  disclosed  unnecessarily  and  never  for
personal gain.

RULE 7

No Putnam  employee  shall  serve as  officer,  employee,  director,  trustee or
general  partner of a  corporation  or entity other than Putnam,  without  prior
approval of the Code of Ethics Officer.

EXCEPTION

Charitable  or  Non-profit  Exception.  This Rule shall not  prevent  any Putnam
employee  from  serving as  officer,  director,  or trustee of a  charitable  or
not-for-profit  institution,  provided that the employee abides by the spirit of
the Code of Ethics  and the Policy  Statements  with  respect to any  investment
activity  for which she has any  discretion  or input as officer,  director,  or
trustee.  The pre-clearance and reporting  requirements of the Code of Ethics do
not  apply  to the  trading  activities  of such  charitable  or  not-for-profit
institutions for which an employee serves as an officer, director, or trustee.

COMMENTS

1.    This Rule is designed to ensure that Putnam  cannot be deemed an affiliate
      of any issuer of securities by virtue of service by one of its officers or
      employees as director or trustee.

2.    Certain  charitable or  not-for-profit  institutions  have assets (such as
      endowment   funds  or  employee   benefit  plans)  which  require  prudent
      investment.  To the extent that a Putnam employee (because of her position
      as officer,  director,  or trustee of an outside  entity) is charged  with
      responsibility  to invest  such assets  prudently,  she may not be able to
      discharge that duty while simultaneously abiding by the spirit of the Code
      of Ethics and the Policy  Statements.  Employees are  cautioned  that they
      should  not  accept  service  as an  officer,  director,  or trustee of an
      outside   charitable  or  not-for-profit   entity  where  such  investment
      responsibility is involved, without seriously considering their ability to
      discharge their fiduciary duties with respect to such investments.

RULE 8

No Putnam  employee  shall serve as a trustee,  executor,  custodian,  any other
fiduciary,  or as an  investment  adviser or counselor  for any account  outside
Putnam.

EXCEPTIONS

Charitable  or  Religious  Exception.  This Rule  shall not  prevent  any Putnam
employee  from  serving as fiduciary  with respect to a religious or  charitable
trust or foundation, so long as the employee abides by the spirit of the Code of
Ethics and the Policy  Statements  with respect to any investment  activity over
which  he  has  any  discretion  or  input.  The   pre-clearance  and  reporting
requirements  of the Code of Ethics do not apply to the  trading  activities  of
such a religious or charitable trust or foundation.

Family  Trust or Estate  Exception.  This  Rule  shall not  prevent  any  Putnam
employee from serving as fiduciary with respect to a family trust or estate,  so
long as the  employee  abides  by all of the  Rules of the Code of  Ethics  with
respect to any investment activity over which he has any discretion.

COMMENT

The roles  permissible  under  this Rule may carry with them the  obligation  to
invest assets  prudently.  Once again,  Putnam employees are cautioned that they
may not be able to fulfill  their  duties in that respect  while  abiding by the
Code of Ethics and the Policy Statements.

RULE 9

No Putnam employee may be a member of any investment club.

EXCEPTIONS

None.

COMMENT

This Rule guards  against the danger that a Putnam  employee may be in violation
of the Code of Ethics  and the  Policy  Statements  by  virtue  of his  personal
securities  transactions  in or  through  an  entity  that is not  bound  by the
restrictions  imposed by this Code of Ethics and the Policy  Statements.  Please
note that this  restriction  also applies to the spouse of a Putnam employee and
any relatives of a Putnam employee living in the same household as the employee,
as their transactions are covered by the Code of Ethics (see page x).

RULE I0

No Putnam employee may become involved in a personal  capacity in  consultations
or negotiations for corporate financing,  acquisitions or other transactions for
outside companies (whether or not held by any Putnam client),  nor negotiate nor
accept a fee in connection  with these  activities  without  obtaining the prior
written permission of the president of Putnam Investments.

EXCEPTIONS

None.

RULE II

No new types of securities or instruments  may be purchased for a Putnam fund or
other client account without following the procedures set forth in Appendix D.

EXCEPTIONS

None.

COMMENT

See Appendix D.

RULE I2

No  employee  may create or  participate  in the  creation of any record that is
intended to mislead anyone or to conceal anything that is improper.

EXCEPTIONS

None.

COMMENT

In many cases,  this is not only a matter of company policy and ethical behavior
but also  required by law.  Our books and records  must  accurately  reflect the
transactions  represented  and their true nature.  For example,  records must be
accurate as to the recipient of all payments;  expense items, including personal
expense  reports,  must  accurately  reflect the true nature of the expense.  No
unrecorded fund or asset shall be established or maintained for any reason.

RULE I3

No employee should have any direct or indirect  (including by a family member or
close relative)  personal  financial interest (other than normal investments not
material to the  employee in the entity's  publicly  traded  securities)  in any
business,  with which Putnam has dealings  unless such interest is disclosed and
approved by the Code of Ethics Officer.

RULE I4

No  employee  shall,  with  respect to any  affiliate  of Putnam  that  provides
investment  advisory  services and is listed below in Comment 4 to this Rule, as
revised from time to time (each an "NPA"),

(a)  directly or  indirectly  seek to  influence  the  purchase,  retention,  or
disposition of, or exercise of voting, consent,  approval or similar rights with
respect to, any portfolio security in any account or fund advised by the NPA and
not by Putnam,

(b) transmit any  information  regarding the purchase,  retention or disposition
of, or exercise of voting, consent,  approval or similar rights with respect to,
any portfolio  security held in a Putnam or NPA client  account to any personnel
of the NPA,

(c)  transmit  any  trade  secrets,  proprietary  information,  or  confidential
information of Putnam to the NPA without a valid business purpose,

(d) use confidential  information or trade secrets of the NPA for the benefit of
the employee, Putnam, or any other NPA, or

(e) breach any duty of loyalty to the NPA by virtue of service as a director  or
officer of the NPA.

COMMENT

1.    Sections  (a) and (b) of the Rule are  designed  to help  ensure  that the
      portfolio  holdings  of Putnam  clients and clients of the NPA need not be
      aggregated for purposes of determining  beneficial ownership under Section
      13(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  or  applicable   regulatory  or
      contractual  investment  restrictions  that incorporate such definition of
      beneficial  ownership.  Persons who serve as directors or officers of both
      Putnam and an NPA would take care to avoid even inadvertent  violations of
      Section (b). Section (a) does not prohibit a Putnam employee who serves as
      a  director  or  officer  of  the  NPA  from  seeking  to  influence   the
      modification or termination of a particular investment product or strategy
      in a manner that is not directed at any specific securities.  Sections (a)
      and (b) do not  apply  when a Putnam  affiliate  serves as an  adviser  or
      subadviser to the NPA or one of its products,  in which case normal Putnam
      aggregation rules apply.

2.    As a  separate  entity,  any NPA may have trade  secrets  or  confidential
      information  that it would not choose to share with  Putnam.  This  choice
      must be respected.

3.    When Putnam  employees  serve as directors or officers of an NPA, they are
      subject to common law duties of loyalty to the NPA,  despite  their Putnam
      employment.  In general,  this means that when performing  their duties as
      NPA  directors or officers,  they must act in the best interest of the NPA
      and its shareholders. Putnam's Legal and Compliance Department will assist
      any  Putnam  employee  who is a  director  or  officer  of an NPA  and has
      questions about the scope of his or her responsibilities to the NPA.

4.    Entities that are currently non-Putnam affiliates within the scope of this
      Rule are:  Cisalpina  Gestioni,  S.p.A.,  PanAgora Asset  Management Inc.,
      PanAgora Asset  Management  Ltd.,  Nissay Asset  Management Co., Ltd., and
      Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P.

RULE I5

No employee shall use computer hardware,  software,  data, Internet,  electronic
mail, voice mail,  electronic  messaging  ("e-mail" or "cc: Mail"), or telephone
communications  systems in a manner that is  inconsistent  with their use as set
forth in policy  statements  governing  their use that are adopted  from time to
time by Putnam.  No employee shall introduce a computer "virus" or computer code
that may result in damage to Putnam's information or computer systems.

EXCEPTIONS

None.

COMMENT

1.    Internet and Electronic Messaging Policies.  As more and more employees of
      Putnam  Investments  use the Internet to connect with Putnam's  customers,
      vendors,  suppliers and other key organizations,  it is important that all
      Putnam  employees  understand  the  appropriate  use guidelines and how to
      protect  assets of Putnam and its  clients  whenever  using the  Internet.
      Internet  access is  provided  to  designated  employees  to connect  with
      worldwide  information  resources  for the  benefit of the company and its
      clients. Such access is not intended for personal use. Employees using the
      Internet or any electronic  messaging  system must do so in a responsible,
      ethical and lawful manner.

o     Putnam has adopted a Policy and Guidelines on Internet Use. A copy of this
      policy  statement  is  included  in the Putnam  Employee  Handbook  and is
      available online (you may contact Putnam's Human Resources  Department for
      the on-line  address).  Failure to comply with this policy  statement is a
      violation of Putnam's Code of Ethics.

2.    System Security Policy Statement.  It is the policy of Putnam  Investments
      to secure its computer hardware,  software,  data,  electronic mail, voice
      mail and Internet  access by placing strict  controls and  restrictions on
      their access and use.

o     Putnam  has  adopted  a System  Security  Policy  Statement.  This  policy
      statement  governs  the  use of  computer  hardware  and  software,  data,
      electronic  mail,  voice mail,  Internet and commercial  online  services,
      computer passwords and logon Ids, and workstation security. A copy of this
      policy  statement  is  included  in the Putnam  Employee  Handbook  and is
      available online (you may contact Putnam's Human Resources  Department for
      the on-line  address).  Failure to comply with this policy  statement is a
      violation of Putnam's Code of Ethics.

3.    Computer Virus Policy and  Procedure.  Putnam has adopted a Computer Virus
      Policy  and  Procedure.  This  policy  sets  forth  guidelines  to prevent
      computer viruses, procedures to be followed in the event a computer may be
      infected with a virus, and a description of virus symptoms. A copy of this
      policy  statement  is  included  in the Putnam  Employee  Handbook  and is
      available online (you may contact Putnam's Human Resources  Department for
      the on-line  address).  Failure to comply with this policy  statement is a
      violation of Putnam's Code of Ethics.







<PAGE>
Section IV. Special Rules for Officers and Employees of Putnam Europe Ltd.

RULE I

In  situations  subject  to  Section  I.A.,  Rule 1  (Restricted  List  Personal
Securities  Transactions),  the Putnam Europe Ltd.  ("PEL") employee must obtain
clearance  not only as  provided  in that rule,  but also from PEL's  Compliance
Officer or her designee,  who must approve the  transaction  before any trade is
placed and record the approval.

EXCEPTIONS

None.

IMPLEMENTATION

Putnam's Code of Ethics Administrator in Boston (the "Boston Administrator") has
also  been  designated  the  Assistant  Compliance  Officer  of PEL and has been
delegated the right to approve or disapprove personal securities transactions in
accordance with the foregoing requirement.  Therefore, approval from the Code of
Ethics  Administrator for PEL employees to make personal securities  investments
constitutes  approval  under  the  Code of  Ethics  and  also  for  purposes  of
compliance with IMRO, the U.K. self-regulatory organization that regulates PEL.

The position of London Code of Ethics Administrator (the "London Administrator")
has also been created  (Jane Barlow is the current  London  Administrator).  All
requests  for  clearances  must be made by  e-mail to the  Boston  Administrator
copying the London  Administrator.  The e-mail must include the number of shares
to be bought or sold and the name of the  broker(s)  involved.  Where time is of
the essence clearances can be made by telephone to the Boston  Administrator but
they must be followed up by e-mail.

Both the Boston and London Administrators will maintain copies of all clearances
for inspection by senior management and regulators.

RULE 2

No PEL employee may trade with any broker or dealer unless that broker or dealer
has sent a letter to the London  Administrator  agreeing  to  deliver  copies of
trade  confirmations  to PEL. No PEL  employee  may enter into any margin or any
other  special  dealing  arrangement  with any  broker-dealer  without the prior
written consent of the PEL Compliance Officer.

EXCEPTIONS

None.

IMPLEMENTATION

PEL employees will be notified separately of this requirement once a year by the
PEL Compliance Officer,  and are required to provide an annual  certification of
compliance with the Rule.

All PEL  employees  must  inform  the London  Administrator  of the names of all
brokers  and  dealers  with  whom  they  trade  prior  to  trading.  The  London
Administrator will send a letter to the broker(s) in question requesting them to
agree to  deliver  copies of  confirms  to PEL.  The London  Administrator  will
forward  copies of the confirms to the Boston  Administrator.  PEL employees may
trade with a broker only when the London  Administrator  has received the signed
agreement from that broker.

RULE 3

For  purposes of the Code of Ethics,  including  Putnam's  Policy  Statement  on
Insider Trading Prohibitions,  PEL employees must also comply with Part V of the
Criminal Justice Act 1993 on insider dealing.

EXCEPTIONS

None.

IMPLEMENTATION

To ensure compliance with U.K. insider dealing  legislation,  PEL employees must
observe the relevant  procedures set forth in PEL's Compliance Manual, a copy of
which  is sent to each PEL  employee,  and sign an  annual  certification  as to
compliance.



<PAGE>
Section V.           Reporting Requirements for All Employees

Reporting of Personal Securities Transactions
RULE I

Each Putnam employee shall ensure that  broker-dealers send all confirmations of
securities transactions for his personal accounts to the Code of Ethics Officer.
(For the purpose of this Rule,  "securities"  shall  include  securities  of The
Marsh & McLennan  Companies,  Inc.,  and any option on a security or  securities
index, including broad-based market indexes.)

EXCEPTIONS

None.

IMPLEMENTATION

1.    Putnam employees must instruct their  broker-dealers to send confirmations
      to Putnam and must follow up with the  broker-dealer on a reasonable basis
      to ensure  that the  instructions  are being  followed.  Putnam  employees
      should  contact the Code of Ethics  Administrator  to obtain a letter from
      Putnam  authorizing  the  setting  up  of a  personal  brokerage  account.
      Confirmations  should be  submitted  to the Code of Ethics  Administrator.
      (Specific  procedures  apply to employees of Putnam  Europe Ltd.  ("PEL").
      Employees of PEL should contact the London Code of Ethics  Administrator.)
      Failure of a  broker-dealer  to comply with the  instructions  of a Putnam
      employee to send confirmations shall be a violation by the Putnam employee
      of this Rule.

COMMENTS

1.    "Transactions  for personal  accounts" is defined  broadly to include more
      than   transaction   in  accounts   under  an  employee's  own  name.  See
      Definitions.

2.    A  confirmation  is required  for all  personal  securities  transactions,
      whether or not exempted or excepted by this Code.

3.    To the  extent  that a  Putnam  employee  has  investment  authority  over
      securities  transactions  of a family  trust or estate,  confirmations  of
      those  transactions  must also be made, unless the employee has received a
      prior written exception from the Code of Ethics Officer.



<PAGE>



RULE 2

Every Access Person shall file a quarterly  report,  within ten calendar days of
the end of each quarter, recording all purchases and sales of any securities for
personal accounts as defined in the Definitions.  (For the purpose of this Rule,
"securities" shall include securities of The Marsh & McLennan  Companies,  Inc.,
and any option on a security or securities index,  including  broad-based market
indexes.)

EXCEPTIONS

None.

IMPLEMENTATION

All  employees  required to file such a report will  receive a blank form at the
end of the quarter from the Code of Ethics Administrator.  The form will specify
the  information  to be reported.  The form shall also contain a  representation
that employees have complied fully with all provisions of the Code of Ethics.

COMMENT

1.    The date for each  transaction  required to be disclosed in the  quarterly
      report is the trade date for the transaction, not the settlement date.

2.    If the requirement to file a quarterly  report applies to you and you fail
      to report within the required 10-day period,  salary increases and bonuses
      will be reduced in accordance with guidelines stated in the form.



Reporting of Personal Securities Holdings
RULE 3

Access  Persons must  disclose all personal  securities  holdings to the Code of
Ethics  Officer upon  commencement  of  employment  and  thereafter on an annual
basis.

EXCEPTIONS

None.

COMMENT

These  requirements  are  mandated  by  SEC  regulations  and  are  designed  to
facilitate the monitoring of personal securities transactions.  Putnam's Code of
Ethics  Administrator will provide Access Persons with the form for making these
reports and the specific information that must be disclosed at the time that the
disclosure is required.

Other Reporting Policies
The following  rules are designed to ensure that Putnam's  internal  Control and
Reporting  professionals  are aware of all items that might need to be addressed
by Putnam or reported to appropriate entities.
RULE 4

If a Putnam employee suspects that fraudulent or other irregular  activity might
be  occurring  at Putnam,  the  activity  must be  reported  immediately  to the
Managing Director in charge of that employee's business unit. Managing Directors
who are notified of any such activity must  immediately  report it in writing to
Putnam's Chief Financial Officer or Putnam's General Counsel.

RULE 5

Putnam  employees must report all  communications  from regulatory or government
agencies (federal,  state, or local) to the Managing Director in charge of their
business  unit.  Managing  Directors who are notified of any such  communication
must  immediately  report it in writing to Putnam's Chief  Financial  Officer or
Putnam's General Counsel.

RULE 6

All claims,  circumstances  or situations that come to the attention of a Putnam
employee must be reported through the employee's  management structure up to the
Managing Director in charge of the employee's  business unit. Managing Directors
who are notified of any such claim,  circumstance  or situation  that might give
rise to a claim against Putnam for more than $100,000 must immediately report in
writing it to Putnam's Chief Financial Officer or Putnam's General Counsel.

RULE 7

All  possible  violations  of law or  regulations  at  Putnam  that  come to the
attention  of a Putnam  employee  must be reported  immediately  to the Managing
Director in charge of the employee's  business unit.  Managing Directors who are
notified of any such activity must immediately  report it in writing to Putnam's
Chief Financial Officer or Putnam's General Counsel.

RULE 8

Putnam employees must report all requests by anyone for Putnam to participate in
or cooperate with an international boycott to the Managing Director in charge of
their  business  unit.  Managing  Directors who are notified of any such request
must  immediately  report it in writing to Putnam's Chief  Financial  Officer or
Putnam's General Counsel.



<PAGE>



Section VI.          Education Requirements
Every Putnam employee has an obligation to fully  understand the requirements of
the Code of Ethics.  The Rules set forth  below are  designed  to  enhance  this
understanding.

RULE I

A copy of the  Code of  Ethics  will be  distributed  to every  Putnam  employee
periodically.  All Access Persons will be required to certify  periodically that
they have read,  understood,  and will comply with the provisions of the Code of
Ethics,  including  the  Code's  Policy  Statement  Concerning  Insider  Trading
Prohibitions.

RULE 2

Every investment  professional  will attend a meeting  periodically at which the
Code of Ethics will be reviewed.



<PAGE>

Section VII.         Compliance and Appeal Procedures
1.    Assembly  of  Restricted  List.  The  Code of  Ethics  Administrator  will
      coordinate the assembly and  maintenance of the Restricted  List. The list
      will be assembled  each day by 11:30 a.m. EST. No employee may engage in a
      personal  securities  transaction without prior clearance on any day, even
      if the employee  believes  that the trade will be subject to an exception.
      Note that  pre-clearance  may be obtained after 9:00 a.m. for purchases or
      sales of up to 1,000 shares of issuers having a market  capitalization  in
      excess of $5 billion.

2.    Consultation of Restricted List. It is the responsibility of each employee
      to pre-clear through the Intranet pre-clearance system or consult with the
      Code of Ethics  Administrator  prior to engaging in a personal  securities
      transaction,  to  determine if the security he proposes to trade is on the
      Restricted  List and,  if so,  whether it is  subject  to the "Large  Cap"
      limitation.  The  Intranet  pre-clearance  system  and the Code of  Ethics
      Administrator  will be able to tell an  employee  whether a security is on
      the Restricted  List. No other  information  about the Restricted  List is
      available through the Intranet  pre-clearance  system.  The Code of Ethics
      Administrator  shall not be authorized  to answer any questions  about the
      Restricted  List,  or to  render  an  opinion  about  the  propriety  of a
      particular  personal securities  transaction.  Any such questions shall be
      directed to the Code of Ethics Officer.

3.    Request for Determination.  An employee who has a question  concerning the
      applicability  of the  Code of  Ethics  to a  particular  situation  shall
      request a determination from the Code of Ethics Officer before engaging in
      the  conduct  or  personal  securities  transaction  about  which he has a
      question.

      If the question pertains to a personal securities transaction, the request
      shall  state  for  whose  account  the   transaction   is  proposed,   the
      relationship of that account to the employee,  the security proposed to be
      traded,  the  proposed  price  and  quantity,  the  entity  with  whom the
      transaction  will take  place (if  known),  and any other  information  or
      circumstances of the trade that could have a bearing on the Code of Ethics
      Officer's  determination.  If the question pertains to other conduct,  the
      request for  determination  shall give  sufficient  information  about the
      proposed  conduct to assist the Code of Ethics Officer in ascertaining the
      applicability  of the Code. In every instance,  the Code of Ethics Officer
      may  request  additional   information,   and  may  decline  to  render  a
      determination if the information provided is insufficient.

      The  Code  of  Ethics   Officer  shall  make  every  effort  to  render  a
determination promptly.

      No perceived  ambiguity in the Code of Ethics shall excuse any  violation.
      Any person who believes the Code to be ambiguous in a particular situation
      shall request a determination from the Code of Ethics Officer.

4.    Request for Ad Hoc Exemption.  Any employee who wishes to obtain an ad hoc
      exemption  under  Section  I.D.,  Rule 2, shall  request  from the Code of
      Ethics  Officer an  exemption  in  writing  in  advance of the  conduct or
      transaction  sought to be exempted.  In the case of a personal  securities
      transaction,  the  request  for an ad hoc  exemption  shall  give the same
      information about the transaction  required in a request for determination
      under Part 3 of this  Section,  and shall state why the proposed  personal
      securities  transaction would be unlikely to affect a highly institutional
      market, or is unrelated economically to securities to be purchased,  sold,
      or held by any Putnam client.  In the case of other  conduct,  the request
      shall  give  information  sufficient  for the Code of  Ethics  Officer  to
      ascertain whether the conduct raises questions of propriety or conflict of
      interest (real or apparent).

      The Code of Ethics  Officer  shall make every effort to promptly  render a
      written determination concerning the request for an ad hoc exemption.

5.    Appeal to Code of Ethics  Officer with Respect to  Restricted  List. If an
      employee  ascertains  that a  security  that he  wishes  to trade  for his
      personal  account appears on the Restricted List, and thus the transaction
      is prohibited, he may appeal the prohibition to the Code of Ethics Officer
      by submitting a written  memorandum  containing  the same  information  as
      would be  required in a request  for a  determination.  The Code of Ethics
      Officer shall make every effort to respond to the appeal promptly.

6.    Information Concerning Identity of Compliance Personnel. The names of Code
      of Ethics  personnel are available by contacting  the Legal and Compliance
      Department.


<PAGE>





                                   Appendix A
            Policy Statement Concerning Insider Trading Prohibitions












<PAGE>





Preamble
Putnam has always forbidden trading on material nonpublic  information  ("inside
information")  by its  employees.  Tougher  federal laws make it  important  for
Putnam to restate that  prohibition  in the  strongest  possible  terms,  and to
establish,  maintain, and enforce written policies and procedures to prevent the
misuse of material nonpublic information.

Unlawful  trading  while in  possession  of inside  information  can be a crime.
Today,  federal law provides that an  individual  convicted of trading on inside
information  go to jail  for some  period  of  time.  There is also  significant
monetary liability for an inside trader; the Securities and Exchange  Commission
can seek a court order requiring a violator to pay back profits and penalties of
up to three  times those  profits.  In  addition,  private  plaintiffs  can seek
recovery  for harm  suffered  by them.  The  inside  trader  is not the only one
subject to liability. In certain cases,  "controlling persons" of inside traders
(including  supervisors  of inside  traders or Putnam  itself) can be liable for
large penalties.

Section 1 of this Policy Statement contains rules concerning inside information.
Section 2 contains a discussion of what constitutes unlawful insider trading.

Neither material  nonpublic  information nor unlawful insider trading is easy to
define.  Section 2 of this Policy  Statement gives a general overview of the law
in this area. However,  the legal issues are complex and must be resolved by the
Code of Ethics  Officer.  If an  employee  has any doubt as to  whether  she has
received  material  nonpublic  information,  she must  consult  with the Code of
Ethics Officer prior to using that  information in connection  with the purchase
or sale of a security  for his own account or the account of any Putnam  client,
or  communicating  the  information to others.  A simple rule of thumb is if you
think the information is not available to the public at large, don't disclose it
to others and don't trade securities to which the inside information relates. If
an employee  has failed to consult the Code of Ethics  Officer,  Putnam will not
excuse  employee  misuse of inside  information  on the ground that the employee
claims to have been  confused  about this Policy  Statement or the nature of the
information in his possession.

If Putnam  determines,  in its sole  discretion,  that an employee has failed to
abide  by this  Policy  Statement,  or has  engaged  in  conduct  that  raises a
significant   question  concerning  insider  trading,  he  will  be  subject  to
disciplinary action, including termination of employment.

THERE ARE NO EXCEPTIONS TO THIS POLICY STATEMENT AND NO ONE IS EXEMPT.



<PAGE>





Definitions:    Insider Trading
Gender references in Appendix A alternate.

Code  of Ethics  Administrator.  The individual designated by the Code of Ethics
      Officer  to  assume   responsibility  for  day-to-day,   non-discretionary
      administration of this Policy Statement.

Code  of  Ethics  Officer.   The  Putnam  officer  who  has  been  assigned  the
      responsibility of enforcing and interpreting  this Policy  Statement.  The
      Code of Ethics  Officer shall be the General  Counsel or such other person
      as  is  designated  by  the  President  of  Putnam  Investments.  If he is
      unavailable,  the Deputy Code of Ethics  Officer (to be  appointed  by the
      Code of Ethics Officer) shall act in his stead.

Immediate family.  Spouse,  minor children or other relatives living in the same
household as the Putnam employee.

Purchase or sale of a security.  Any  acquisition or transfer of any interest in
      the security for direct or indirect  consideration,  including the writing
      of an option.

Putnam. Any or all of Putnam Investments, Inc., and its subsidiaries, any one of
      which shall be a "Putnam company."

Putnam  client.  Any of the Putnam  Funds,  or any  advisory or trust  client of
Putnam.

Putnam employee (or "employee"). Any employee of Putnam.

Security.  Anything  defined as a security  under federal law. The term includes
      any type of equity or debt  security,  any interest in a business trust or
      partnership,  and any rights relating to a security,  such as put and call
      options, warrants,  convertible securities, and securities indices. (Note:
      The definition of "security" in this Policy Statement varies significantly
      from that in the Code of  Ethics.  For  example,  the  definition  in this
      Policy Statement  specifically includes securities of The Marsh & McLennan
      Companies, Inc.)

Transaction for a  personal  account  (or  "personal  securities  transaction").
      Securities transactions: (a) for the personal account of any employee; (b)
      for the account of a member of the immediate  family of any employee;  (c)
      for the account of a partnership  in which a Putnam  employee or immediate
      family member is a partner with investment discretion; (d) for the account
      of a trust in which a Putnam  employee  or  immediate  family  member is a
      trustee with investment discretion;  (e) for the account of a closely-held
      corporation  in which a Putnam  employee or immediate  family member holds
      shares and for which he has investment discretion; and (f) for any account
      other than a Putnam client account which receives investment advice of any
      sort from the  employee or  immediate  family  member,  or as to which the
      employee or immediate family member has investment discretion.

      Officers and employees of Putnam Europe Ltd. ("PEL") must also consult the
      relevant  procedures on compliance with U.K.  insider dealing  legislation
      set forth in PEL's Compliance Manual (see Rule 3 of Section IV of the Code
      of Ethics).



<PAGE>
Section 1.      Rules Concerning Inside Information
RULE I

No Putnam  employee  shall  purchase or sell any  security  listed on the Inside
Information  List (the "Red  List")  either  for his  personal  account or for a
Putnam client.

IMPLEMENTATION

When an employee contacts the Code of Ethics Administrator seeking clearance for
a personal securities transaction,  the Code of Ethics Administrator's  response
as to whether a security appears on the Restricted List will include  securities
on the Red List.

COMMENT

This Rule is designed to prohibit  any employee  from  trading a security  while
Putnam may have inside information concerning that security or the issuer. Every
trade, whether for a personal account or for a Putnam client, is subject to this
Rule.

RULE 2

No Putnam  employee shall  purchase or sell any security,  either for a personal
account or for the account of a Putnam client,  while in possession of material,
nonpublic information  concerning that security or the issuer, without the prior
written approval of the Code of Ethics Officer.

IMPLEMENTATION

In order to obtain  prior  written  approval  of the Code of Ethics  Officer,  a
Putnam employee should follow the reporting steps prescribed in Rule 3.

COMMENTS

1.    Rule 1 concerns the conduct of an employee when Putnam possesses  material
      nonpublic  information.  Rule 2 concerns  the conduct of an  employee  who
      herself possesses material, nonpublic information about a security that is
      not yet on the Red List.

2.    If an employee has any question as to whether information she possesses is
      material and/or nonpublic information, she must contact the Code of Ethics
      Officer in  accordance  with Rule 3 prior to  purchasing  or  selling  any
      security  related to the information or  communicating  the information to
      others.  The Code of  Ethics  Officer  shall  have the sole  authority  to
      determine  what  constitutes  material,   nonpublic  information  for  the
      purposes of this Policy Statement.  An employee's mistaken belief that the
      information  was not  material  nonpublic  information  will not  excuse a
      violation of this Policy Statement.

RULE 3

Any Putnam  employee  who  believes  he may have  received  material,  nonpublic
information  concerning  a security or the issuer shall  immediately  report the
information  to the Code of Ethics Officer and to no one else.  After  reporting
the  information,  the Putnam  employee shall comply strictly with Rule 2 by not
trading in the security without the prior written approval of the Code of Ethics
Officer and shall: (a) take precautions to ensure the continued  confidentiality
of the  information;  and (b) refrain  from  communicating  the  information  in
question to any person.

EXCEPTION

This rule shall not apply to material,  nonpublic information obtained by Putnam
employees who are  directors or trustees of publicly  traded  companies,  to the
extent that such  information  is received in their  capacities  as directors or
trustees,  and then only to the extent such  information is not  communicated to
anyone else within the Putnam organization.

IMPLEMENTATION

1.    In order to make any use of  potential  material,  nonpublic  information,
      including   purchasing  or  selling  a  security  or   communicating   the
      information to others,  an employee must  communicate  that information to
      the Code of Ethics Officer in a way designed to prevent the spread of such
      information.  Once the employee has reported potential material, nonpublic
      information to the Code of Ethics Officer, the Code of Ethics Officer will
      evaluate whether information constitutes material,  nonpublic information,
      and whether a duty exists that makes use of such information  improper. If
      the Code of Ethics Officer  determines  either (a) that the information is
      not material or is public,  or (b) that use of the  information is proper,
      he will issue a written approval to the employee specifically  authorizing
      trading  while  in  possession  of the  information,  if the  employee  so
      requests.   If  the  Code  of  Ethics  Officer  determines  (a)  that  the
      information  may be  nonpublic  and  material,  and (b)  that  use of such
      information  may be  improper,  he will  place  the  security  that is the
      subject of such information on the Red List.

2.    An employee who reports potential inside information to the Code of Ethics
      Officer   should  expect  that  the  Code  of  Ethics  Officer  will  need
      significant  information to make the evaluation described in the foregoing
      paragraph,  including  information  about  (a) the  manner  in  which  the
      employee acquired the information,  and (b) the identity of individuals to
      whom the  employee has revealed  the  information,  or who have  otherwise
      learned the information. The Code of Ethics Officer may place the affected
      security  or  securities  on the Red List  pending the  completion  of his
      evaluation.

3.    If an employee possesses  documents,  disks, or other materials containing
      the potential  inside  information,  an employee must take  precautions to
      ensure  the   confidentiality  of  the  information  in  question.   Those
      precautions include (a) putting documents  containing such information out
      of the view of a casual  observer,  and (b) securing files containing such
      documents or ensuring that computer files  reflecting such information are
      secure from viewing by others.



<PAGE>
Section 2.      Overview of Insider Trading
A.     Introduction
       This section of the Policy Statement provides guidelines for employees as
       to what may  constitute  inside  information.  It is possible that in the
       course of her employment, an employee may receive inside information.  No
       employee  should misuse that  information,  either by trading for her own
       account or by communicating the information to others.

B.     What constitutes unlawful insider trading?
       The basic  definition of unlawful insider trading is trading on material,
       nonpublic information (also called "inside information") by an individual
       who has a duty not to "take advantage" of the information. What does this
       definition mean? The following sections help explain the definition.

       1.  WHAT IS MATERIAL INFORMATION?

           Trading on inside information is not a basis for liability unless the
           information  is material.  Information  is "material" if a reasonable
           person would attach  importance to the information in determining his
           course of action  with  respect to a security.  Information  which is
           reasonably  likely to affect the price of a company's  securities  is
           "material,"  but  effect  on  price  is not the  sole  criterion  for
           determining  materiality.  Information that employees should consider
           material includes but is not limited to: dividend  changes,  earnings
           estimates,   changes  in  previously   released  earnings  estimates,
           reorganization,  recapitalization,  asset sales,  plans to commence a
           tender offer,  merger or acquisition  proposals or agreements,  major
           litigation,    liquidity   problems,   significant   contracts,   and
           extraordinary management developments.

           Material information does not have to relate to a company's business.
           For example, a court considered as material certain information about
           the contents of a forthcoming  newspaper  column that was expected to
           affect the market  price of a security.  In that case, a reporter for
           The Wall Street Journal was found criminally liable for disclosing to
           others the dates that  reports on various  companies  would appear in
           the Journal's  "Heard on the Street" column and whether those reports
           would be favorable or not.

       2. WHAT IS NONPUBLIC INFORMATION?

           Information is nonpublic until it has been  effectively  communicated
           to, and sufficient  opportunity has existed for it to be absorbed by,
           the marketplace.  One must be able to point to some fact to show that
           the information is generally public.  For example,  information found
           in a report filed with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission,  or
           appearing in Dow Jones,  Reuters Economic  Services,  The Wall Street
           Journal,  or  other  publications  of  general  circulation  would be
           considered public.

       3. WHO HAS A DUTY NOT TO "TAKE ADVANTAGE" OF INSIDE INFORMATION?

           Unlawful  insider trading occurs only if there is a duty not to "take
           advantage" of material nonpublic  information.  When there is no such
           duty,  it is  permissible  to  trade  while  in  possession  of  such
           information.  Questions  as to  whether a duty  exists  are  complex,
           fact-specific, and must be answered by a lawyer.

            a.    Insiders and Temporary Insiders.  Corporate  "insiders" have a
                  duty not to take advantage of inside information.  The concept
                  of "insider" is broad. It includes  officers,  directors,  and
                  employees of a  corporation.  In  addition,  a person can be a
                  "temporary insider" if she enters into a special  confidential
                  relationship  with a  corporation  and as a  result  is  given
                  access to information  concerning the corporation's affairs. A
                  temporary insider can include, among others, accounting firms,
                  consulting  firms, law firms,  banks and the employees of such
                  organizations.  Putnam would generally be a temporary  insider
                  of a  corporation  it advises or for which it  performs  other
                  services,  because  typically  Putnam clients expect Putnam to
                  keep any information disclosed to it confidential.

                 EXAMPLE

                 An   investment   adviser  to  the  pension  fund  of  a  large
                 publicly-traded  corporation,  Acme, Inc.,  learns from an Acme
                 employee  that  Acme will not be making  the  minimum  required
                 annual  contribution  to the pension  fund because of a serious
                 downturn in Acme's financial situation.
                 The information conveyed is material and nonpublic.

                 COMMENT

                 Neither the investment adviser, its employees,  nor clients can
                 trade on the basis of that information,  because the investment
                 adviser  and  its  employees  could  be  considered  "temporary
                 insiders" of Acme.

           b.    Misappropriators.  Certain  people  who  are not  insiders  (or
                 temporary  insiders) also have a duty not to  deceptively  take
                 advantage of inside  information.  Included in this category is
                 an individual who  "misappropriates" (or takes for his own use)
                 material,  nonpublic  information  in  violation of a duty owed
                 either  to the  corporation  that  is  the  subject  of  inside
                 information or some other entity. Such a misappropriator can be
                 held liable if he trades while in possession of that  material,
                 nonpublic information.

                 EXAMPLE

                 The chief financial  officer of Acme,  Inc., is aware of Acme's
                 plans to engage in a  hostile  takeover  of  Profit,  Inc.  The
                 proposed hostile takeover is material and nonpublic.

                 COMMENT

                 The chief  financial  officer of Acme  cannot  trade in Profit,
                 Inc.'s stock for his own  account.  Even though he owes no duty
                 to Profit,  Inc., or its  shareholders,  he owes a duty to Acme
                 not to "take  advantage" of the information  about the proposed
                 hostile takeover by using it for his personal benefit.

           c.    Tippers and  Tippees.  A person  (the  "tippee")  who  receives
                 material,    nonpublic   information   from   an   insider   or
                 misappropriator (the "tipper") has a duty not to trade while in
                 possession of that  information if he knew or should have known
                 that the information was provided by the tipper for an improper
                 purpose  and in breach of a duty  owed by the  tipper.  In this
                 context, it is an improper purpose for a person to provide such
                 information for personal benefit, such as money,  affection, or
                 friendship.

                 EXAMPLE

                 The chief executive  officer of Acme,  Inc., tells his daughter
                 that negotiations concerning a previously-announced acquisition
                 of Acme have been terminated. This news is material and, at the
                 time the father  tells his  daughter,  nonpublic.  The daughter
                 sells her shares of Acme.

                 COMMENT

                 The  father is a tipper  because  he has a duty to Acme and its
                 shareholders   not  to  "take  advantage"  of  the  information
                 concerning the breakdown of  negotiations,  and he has conveyed
                 the  information for an "improper"  purpose (here,  out of love
                 and affection for his daughter). The daughter is a "tippee" and
                 is liable for trading on inside information because she knew or
                 should have known that her father was conveying the information
                 to her for his personal benefit, and that her father had a duty
                 not to "take advantage" of Acme information.

                 A  person  can  be a  tippee  even  if he  did  not  learn  the
                 information  directly  from the  tipper,  but learned it from a
                 previous tippee.

                 EXAMPLE

                 An   employee  of  a  law  firm  which  works  on  mergers  and
                 acquisitions learns at work about impending  acquisitions.  She
                 tells  her  friend  and  her  friend's  stockbroker  about  the
                 upcoming acquisitions on a regular basis. The stockbroker tells
                 the brother of a client on a regular  basis,  who in turn tells
                 two friends, A and B. A and B buy shares of the companies being
                 acquired  before public  announcement of the  acquisition,  and
                 regularly  profit from such purchases.  A and B do not know the
                 employee of the law firm. They do not,  however,  ask about the
                 source of the information.

                 COMMENT

                 A and B,  although  they have never  heard of the  tipper,  are
                 tippees  because  they  did not ask  about  the  source  of the
                 information,  even though they were experienced investors,  and
                 were aware that the "tips" they received  from this  particular
                 source were always right.

C. Who can be liable for insider trading?
       The  categories  of  individuals  discussed  above  (insiders,  temporary
       insiders,  misappropriators or tippees) can be liable if they trade while
       in possession of material nonpublic information.

       In addition,  individuals  other than those who actually  trade on inside
       information can be liable for trades of others. A tipper can be liable if
       (a) he provided the  information  in exchange  for a personal  benefit in
       breach of a duty and (b) the recipient of the information  (the "tippee")
       traded while in possession of the information.

       Most importantly,  a controlling  person can be liable if the controlling
       person  "knew or  recklessly  disregarded"  the fact that the  controlled
       person was likely to engage in misuse of inside information and failed to
       take appropriate steps to prevent it. Putnam is a "controlling person" of
       its  employees.  In addition,  certain  supervisors  may be  "controlling
       persons" of those employees they supervise.

       EXAMPLE

       A  supervisor  of an analyst  learns  that the analyst  has,  over a long
       period of time,  secretly received material inside information from Acme,
       Inc.'s chief financial  officer.  The supervisor  learns that the analyst
       has engaged in a number of trades for his  personal  account on the basis
       of the inside information.
       The supervisor takes no action.

       COMMENT

       Even if he is not liable to a private  plaintiff,  the  supervisor can be
       liable to the Securities  and Exchange  Commission for a civil penalty of
       up to three times the amount of the analyst's profit.
       (Penalties are discussed in the following section.)

D.     Penalties for Insider Trading
       Penalties  for  misuse  of  inside  information  are  severe,   both  for
       individuals  involved in such  unlawful  conduct and their  employers.  A
       person who  violates  the insider  trading laws can be subject to some or
       all of the penalties below,  even if he does not personally  benefit from
       the violation. Penalties include:

      -- jail sentences (of which at least one to three years must be served)

      --  criminal  penalties  for  individuals  of up to  $1,000,000,  and  for
      corporations of up to $2,500,000

      -- injunctions  permanently  preventing an individual  from working in the
      securities industry

      --  injunctions  ordering an individual to pay over profits  obtained from
      unlawful insider trading

      -- civil  penalties of up to three times the profit gained or loss avoided
      by the trader,  even if the individual paying the penalty did not trade or
      did not benefit personally

      -- civil penalties for the employer or other  controlling  person of up to
      the greater of  $1,000,000  or three times the amount of profit  gained or
      loss avoided

      -- damages in the amount of actual losses  suffered by other  participants
      in the market for the security at issue.

Regardless of whether  penalties or money  damages are sought by others,  Putnam
will take whatever action it deems appropriate  (including  dismissal) if Putnam
determines,  in its sole discretion,  that an employee appears to have committed
any violation of this Policy Statement,  or to have engaged in any conduct which
raises  significant  questions  about whether an insider  trading  violation has
occurred.



<PAGE>
Appendix  B.  Policy  Statement  Regarding  Employee  Trades in Shares of Putnam
Closed-End Funds


1.    Pre-clearance for all employees

Any purchase or sale of Putnam  closed-end fund shares by a Putnam employee must
be pre-cleared by the Code of Ethics Officer or, in his absence, the Deputy Code
of Ethics Officer.  A list of the closed-end funds can be obtained from the Code
of Ethics Administrator. Trading in shares of closed-end funds is subject to all
the rules of the Code of Ethics.



2.    Special  Rules  Applicable  to  Managing  Directors  of Putnam  Investment
      Management, Inc. and officers of the Putnam Funds

Please  be  aware  that  any  employee  who is a  Managing  Director  of  Putnam
Investment Management,  Inc. (the investment manager of the Putnam mutual funds)
and  officers of the Putnam  Funds will not receive  clearance  to engage in any
combination  of purchase  and sale or sale and purchase of the shares of a given
closed-end fund within six months of each other. Therefore,  purchases should be
made only if you intend to hold the  shares  more than six  months;  no sales of
fund shares should be made if you intend to purchase  additional  shares of that
same fund within six months.

You are also  required to file certain  forms with the  Securities  and Exchange
Commission in connection  with purchases and sales of Putnam  closed-end  funds.
Please  contact the Code of Ethics  Officer or Deputy Code of Ethics Officer for
further information.



3.    Reporting by all employees

As with any purchase or sale of a security,  duplicate confirmations of all such
purchases  and sales  must be  forwarded  to the Code of Ethics  Officer  by the
broker-dealer  utilized by an employee.  If you are required to file a quarterly
report of all personal securities  transactions,  this report should include all
purchases and sales of closed-end fund shares.

Please  contact the Code of Ethics  Officer or Deputy Code of Ethics  Officer if
there are any questions regarding these matters.



<PAGE>


Appendix C. Clearance Form for Portfolio  Manager Sales Out of Personal  Account
of Securities Also Held by Fund (For compliance with "Contra-Trading" Rule)

TO:           Code of Ethics Officer

FROM:

DATE:

RE:           Personal Securities Transaction of

This serves as prior  written  approval of the personal  securities  transaction
described below:

NAME OF PORTFOLIO MANAGER CONTEMPLATING PERSONAL TRADE:



SECURITY TO BE TRADED:



AMOUNT TO BE TRADED:

FUND HOLDING SECURITIES:

AMOUNT HELD BY FUND:

REASON FOR PERSONAL TRADE:

SPECIFIC REASON SALE OF SECURITIES IS INAPPROPRIATE FOR FUND:





(Please attach additional sheets if necessary.)

CIO APPROVAL:                                                              DATE:

LEGAL/COMPLIANCE APPROVAL:                                     DATE:







<PAGE>

Appendix D.          Procedures for Approval of New Financial Instruments


1.    Summary

           a.    Putnam  has  adopted  procedures  for the  introduction  of new
                 instruments  and  securities,  focusing on, but not limited to,
                 derivatives.

           b.    No new types of securities or instruments  may be purchased for
                 any Putnam fund or other client account without the approval of
                 Putnam's New Securities Review Committee ("NSRC").

           c.    Putnam   publishes  from  time  to  time  a  list  of  approved
                 derivatives.  The  purchase  of any  derivative  not  listed is
                 prohibited without specific authorization from the NSRC.

2.    Procedures

           a.    Introduction.  The purchase  and sale of financial  instruments
                 that have not been used previously at Putnam raise  significant
                 investment,  business,  operational,  and compliance issues. In
                 order to address these issues in a comprehensive manner, Putnam
                 has adopted the following  procedures for obtaining approval of
                 the use of new  instruments  or  investments.  In addition,  to
                 provide guidance regarding the purchase of derivatives,  Putnam
                 publishes  from  time to time a list of  approved  derivatives.
                 Only  derivatives  listed  may be  used  for  Putnam  funds  or
                 accounts unless specifically authorized by the NSRC.

            b.    Process of approval.  An  investment  professional  wishing to
                  purchase a new type of investment  should  discuss it with the
                  Investment  Division's   Administrative  office  (the  current
                  contact is Julie Malloy).  Investment Division  Administration
                  will  coordinate a review of a new  instrument by  appropriate
                  NSRC members from an  investment,  operational  and compliance
                  perspective,  including  the  review  of  instruments  by  the
                  Administrative  Services  Division  of  PFTC.  Based  on  this
                  review,  the NSRC will then approve or disapprove the proposed
                  new  investment.   Investment   professionals  must  build  in
                  adequate  time for this  review  before  planned  use of a new
                  instrument.  Further,  the  approval  of the  NSRC  is  only a
                  general one.  Individual  fund and account  guidelines must be
                  reviewed in accordance with standard compliance  procedures to
                  determine whether purchase is permitted.  In addition,  if the
                  instrument  involves legal  documentation,  that documentation
                  must be reviewed and be completed before trading. The NSRC may
                  prepare  a  compliance  and  operational  manual  for  the new
                  derivative.

3.    Violations

           a.    Putnam's  Operating  Committee has determined that adherence to
                 rigorous  internal controls and procedures for novel securities
                 and  instruments  is  necessary  to protect  Putnam's  business
                 standing and reputation.  Violation of these procedures will be
                 treated as violation of both compliance guidelines and Putnam's
                 Code of Ethics.  Putnam  encourages  questions and expects that
                 these guidelines will be interpreted conservatively.





<PAGE>
Index
"7-Day Rule"
  for  transactions by managers,  analysts and CIOs, 14 "60-Day Rule", 13 Access
Persons definition, ix special rules on trading, 13, 32 Analysts
  special rules on trading by, 13
Appeals
  Procedures, 37
Bankers'acceptances
  excluded from securities, x
Blackout rule
  on trading by portfolio managers, analysts and CIOs, 15
Boycotts
  reporting of requests to participate, 33
Bribes, 21
CDs
  excluded from securities, x
Claims against Putnam
  reporting of, 33
Clearance
  how long pre-clearance is valid, 4
  required for personal securities transactions, 1
Closed-end funds
  rules on trading, 55
Commercial paper
  excluded from securities, x
Commodities (other than securities indices)
  excluded from securities, x
Computer use
  compliance with corporate policies required, 27
Confidentiality
  required of all employees, 22
Confirmations
  of personal transactions required, 31
Conflicts of interest
  with Putnam and Putnam clients prohibited, 19
Contra-trading rule
  transactions by managers and CIOs, 17
Convertible securities
  defined as securities, x
Currencies
  excluded as securities, x
Director
  serving as for another entity prohibited, 23
Employee
  serving as for another entity prohibited, 23
Excessive trading (over 10 trades)
  by employees strongly discouraged, 10
Exemptions
  basis for, 10
Family members
  covered in personal securities transactions, x, 43
Fiduciary
  serving as for another entity prohibited, 23
Fraudulent or irregular activities
  reporting of, 33
Gifts
  restrictions on receipt of by employees, 19
Government or regulatory agencies
  reporting of communications from, 33
Holdings
  disclosure of by Access Persons, 32
Initial public offerings/IPOs
  purchases in prohibited, 6
Insider trading
  policy statement and explanations, 39
  prohibited, 9
Investment clubs
  prohibited, 24
Investment Grade Exception
  for clearance of fixed income securities on Restricted List, 2
Involuntary personal securities transactions
  exempted, 10
  exemption defined, 6
Large Cap Exception
  for clearance of securities on Restricted List, 1
Marsh & McLennan Companies stock
  excluded from securities, x
Money market instruments
  excluded from securities, x
Mutual fund shares (open end)
  excluded from securities, x
Naked options
  by employees discouraged, 9
New financial instruments
  procedures for approval, 59
Non-Putnam affiliates (NPAs)
  transactions and relationships with, 25
Officer
  serving as for another entity prohibited, 23


<PAGE>



Options
  defined as securities, x
  relationship to securities on Restricted or Red Lists, 5
Partner
  serving as general partner of another entity prohibited, 23
Partnerships
  covered in personal securities transactions, x, 43
Personal securities transaction
  defined, x, 43
Pink sheet reports
  quarterly reporting requirements, 32
Political contributions, 22
Portfolio managers
  special rules on trading by, 13
Private offerings or placements
  purchases of prohibited, 7
Putnam Europe Ltd.
  special rules for, 29
Repurchase agreements
  excluded from securities, x
Sale
  defined, x, 43
Sanctions, vii
  for failure to pre-clear properly, 3
Shares by subscription
  procedures to preclear the purchase and sales of Shares by Subscription, 2
Short sales
  by employees prohibited conduct, 6
Solicitations
  by Putnam employees restricted, 21
Tender offers
  partial exemption from clearance rules, 6
Trustee
  serving as for another entity prohibited, 23
Trusts
  covered in personal securities transactions, x, 43
U.S. government obligations
  excluded from securities, x
Violations of Law
  reporting of, 33
Warrants
  defined as securities, x



                           PERSONAL INVESTMENT POLICY
                                       FOR
                 SSB CITI ASSET MANAGEMENT GROUP - NORTH AMERICA
                   AND CERTAIN REGISTERED INVESTMENT COMPANIES

SSB Citi  Asset  Management  Group  ("SSB  Citi")1,  and  those  U.S.-registered
investment  companies  advised  or managed  by SSB Citi that have  adopted  this
policy ("Funds"),  have adopted this policy on securities  transactions in order
to accomplish two goals: first, to minimize conflicts and potential conflicts of
interest  between  employees of SSB Citi and SSB Citi's  clients  (including the
Funds),  and between Fund directors or trustees and their Funds, and second,  to
provide policies and procedures  consistent with applicable law,  including Rule
17j-1  under the  Investment  Company  Act of 1940,  to  prevent  fraudulent  or
manipulative  practices with respect to purchases or sales of securities held or
to be acquired by client  accounts.  ALL U.S.  EMPLOYEES OF SSB CITI,  INCLUDING
EMPLOYEES WHO SERVE AS FUND OFFICERS OR DIRECTORS, AND ALL DIRECTORS OR TRUSTEES
("DIRECTORS") OF EACH FUND, ARE COVERED PERSONS UNDER THIS POLICY. OTHER COVERED
PERSONS ARE DESCRIBED IN SECTION II BELOW.

I.       STATEMENT OF PRINCIPLES - All SSB Citi  employees owe a fiduciary  duty
         to  SSB  Citi's  clients  when  conducting  their  personal  investment
         transactions.  Employees  must place the interests of clients first and
         avoid activities, interests and relationships that might interfere with
         the duty to make  decisions in the best  interests of the clients.  All
         Fund  directors  owe a fiduciary  duty to each Fund of which they are a
         director and to that Fund's shareholders when conducting their personal
         investment transactions. At all times and in all matters Fund directors
         shall  place  the  interests  of  their  Funds  before  their  personal
         interests.   The  fundamental  standard  to  be  followed  in  personal
         securities   transactions   is  that  Covered   Persons  may  not  take
         inappropriate advantage of their positions.

         All personal securities transactions by Covered Persons shall adhere to
         the requirements of this policy and shall be conducted in such a manner
         as  to  avoid  any  actual  or  potential  conflict  of  interest,  the
         appearance of such a conflict, or the abuse of the person's position of
         trust and responsibility. While this policy is designed to address both
         identified  conflicts and potential  conflicts,  it cannot  possibly be
         written  broadly  enough to cover  all  potential  situations.  In this
         regard,  Covered Persons are expected to adhere not only to the letter,
         but also the spirit of the policies contained herein.

         Employees  are reminded  that they also are subject to other  Citigroup
         policies,  including policies on insider trading, the purchase and sale
         of securities  listed on any applicable SSB Citi  restricted  list, the
         receipt  of gifts  and  service  as a  director  of a  publicly  traded
         company. Employees must never trade in a security or commodity while in
         possession of material,  non-public information about the issuer or the
         market for those  securities or  commodities,  even if the employee has
         satisfied all other requirements of this policy.

         The  reputation  of SSB  Citi  and its  employees  for  straightforward
         practices and integrity is a priceless  asset,  and all employees  have
         the duty and  obligation  to support and  maintain  it when  conducting
         their personal securities transactions.




<PAGE>


                                        3

II.      APPLICABILITY  - SSB CITI  EMPLOYEES - This policy  applies to all U.S.
         employees of SSB Citi,  including part-time  employees.  Each employee,
         including  employees  who serve as Fund  officers  or  directors,  must
         comply with all of the provisions of the policy  applicable to SSB Citi
         employees unless otherwise indicated.  Certain employees are considered
         to be "investment  personnel" (i.e.,  portfolio  managers,  traders and
         research  analysts (and each of their  assistants)),  and as such,  are
         subject to certain additional  restrictions outlined in the policy. All
         other employees of SSB Citi are considered to be "advisory personnel."

         Generally,  temporary personnel and consultants working in any SSB Citi
         business are subject to the same  provisions of the policy as full-time
         employees,  and  their  adherence  to  specific  requirements  will  be
         addressed on a case-by-case basis.

         The personal investment policies,  procedures and restrictions referred
         to herein also apply to an employee's  spouse and minor  children.  The
         policies  also apply to any other  account  over which the  employee is
         deemed to have  beneficial  ownership.  This includes:  accounts of any
         immediate  family  members  sharing the same household as the employee;
         accounts  of  persons  or other  third  parties  for whom the  employee
         exercises  investment  discretion or gives  investment  advice; a legal
         vehicle  in which  the  employee  has a direct or  indirect  beneficial
         interest  and has power over  investment  decisions;  accounts  for the
         benefit of a third party (e.g., a charity) which may be directed by the
         employee  (other than in the capacity of an employee);  and any account
         over  which the  employee  may be deemed  to have  control.  For a more
         detailed  description of beneficial  ownership,  see Exhibit A attached
         hereto.

         These policies place certain restrictions on the ability of an employee
         to purchase or sell securities that are being or have been purchased or
         sold by an SSB Citi managed fund or client  account.  The  restrictions
         also  apply  to  securities  that are  "related"  to a  security  being
         purchased  or sold by an SSB Citi  managed  fund or client  account.  A
         "related  security"  is one whose  value is  derived  from the value of
         another security (e.g., a warrant, option or an indexed instrument).

         FUND  DIRECTORS - This policy  applies to all  directors  of Funds that
         have adopted this policy. The personal investment policies,  procedures
         and restrictions that specifically apply to Fund directors apply to all
         accounts  and  securities  in which the director has direct or indirect
         beneficial ownership. See Exhibit A attached hereto for a more detailed
         description of beneficial ownership.

         SECURITIES  are  defined as stocks,  notes,  bonds,  closed-end  mutual
         funds,  debentures,  and other  evidences  of  indebtedness,  including
         senior  debt,   subordinated  debt,  investment  contracts,   commodity
         contracts,  futures  and all  derivative  instruments  such as options,
         warrants  and  indexed  instruments,  or, in general,  any  interest or
         instrument commonly known as a "security."

III.     ENFORCEMENT - It is the responsibility of each Covered Person to act in
         accordance  with a high  standard  of  conduct  and to comply  with the
         policies  and  procedures  set forth in this  document.  SSB Citi takes
         seriously its obligation to monitor the personal investment  activities
         of its  employees.  Any  violation of this policy by employees  will be
         considered serious,  and may result in disciplinary  action,  which may
         include the unwinding of trades, disgorgement of profits, monetary fine
         or censure, and suspension or termination of employment.  Any violation
         of this  policy by a Fund  director  will be  reported  to the Board of
         Directors of the applicable Fund, which may impose such sanctions as it
         deems appropriate.

IV.      OPENING AND  MAINTAINING  EMPLOYEE  ACCOUNTS - All  employee  brokerage
         accounts, including spouse accounts, accounts for which the employee is
         deemed to have beneficial ownership,  and any other accounts over which
         the employee and/or spouse exercise control,  must be maintained either
         at Salomon  Smith  Barney  ("SSB") or at Citicorp  Investment  Services
         ("CIS").2  For  spouses  or  other  persons  who,  by  reason  of their
         employment,  are required to conduct their  securities,  commodities or
         other financial transactions in a manner inconsistent with this policy,
         or in other exceptional  circumstances,  employees may submit a written
         request for an exemption to the Compliance  Department.  If approval is
         granted,  copies of trade  confirmations and monthly statements must be
         sent to the Compliance Department. In addition, all other provisions of
         this policy will apply.

V.       EXCLUDED   ACCOUNTS  AND   TRANSACTIONS   -  The  following   types  of
         accounts/transactions  need not be  maintained  at SSB or CIS,  nor are
         they subject to the other restrictions of this policy:

         1.       Accounts  at outside  mutual  funds  that hold only  shares of
                  open-end  funds  purchased  directly  from that fund  company.
                  Note: transactions relating to closed-end funds are subject to
                  the  pre-clearance,  blackout period and other restrictions of
                  this policy;

         2.       Estate  or trust  accounts  in which an  employee  or  related
                  person  has a  beneficial  interest,  but no power  to  affect
                  investment  decisions.  There must be no communication between
                  the  account(s)  and the  employee  with regard to  investment
                  decisions  prior to  execution.  The employee  must direct the
                  trustee/bank to furnish copies of confirmations and statements
                  to the Compliance Department;

         3.       Fully discretionary  accounts managed by either an internal or
                  external  registered  investment adviser are permitted and may
                  be  custodied  away  from  SSB  and  CIS if (i)  the  employee
                  receives  permission from the Regional  Director of Compliance
                  and the unit's Chief Investment Officer,  and (ii) there is no
                  communication between the manager and the employee with regard
                  to investment decisions prior to execution.  The employee must
                  designate  that  copies  of trade  confirmations  and  monthly
                  statements be sent to the Compliance Department;

         4.       Employees may participate in direct investment  programs which
                  allow the  purchase  of  securities  directly  from the issuer
                  without the  intermediation  of a broker/dealer  provided that
                  the  timing and size of the  purchases  are  established  by a
                  pre-arranged,    regularized    schedule    (e.g.,    dividend
                  reinvestment plans).  Employees must pre-clear the transaction
                  at the time that the dividend  reinvestment  plan is being set
                  up.  Employees  also  must  provide   documentation  of  these
                  arrangements  and  direct  periodic   (monthly  or  quarterly)
                  statements to the Compliance Department; and

         5.       In  addition  to  the  foregoing,   the  following   types  of
                  securities are exempted from pre-clearance,  blackout periods,
                  reporting  and  short-term  trading  requirements:  open-ended
                  mutual funds;  open-end unit investment trusts;  U.S. Treasury
                  bills, bonds and notes;  mortgage  pass-throughs  (e.g. Ginnie
                  Maes)  that are  direct  obligations  of the U.S.  government;
                  bankers acceptances;  bank certificates of deposit; commercial
                  paper; and high quality  short-term debt instruments  (meaning
                  any  instrument  that has a maturity  at issuance of less than
                  366 days and  that is rated in one of the two  highest  rating
                  categories  by  a  nationally  recognized  statistical  rating
                  organization,  such as S&P or Moody's),  including  repurchase
                  agreements.

VI.      SECURITIES HOLDING  PERIOD/SHORT-TERM TRADING - Securities transactions
         must  be  for  investment   purposes   rather  than  for   speculation.
         Consequently,  employees  may not profit from the purchase and sale, or
         sale and purchase,  of the same or equivalent  securities  within sixty
         (60)  calendar  days,  calculated on a First In, First Out (FIFO) basis
         (i.e., the security may be sold on the 61st day).  Citigroup securities
         received as part of an employee's  compensation  are not subject to the
         60-day holding period.  All profits from short-term  trades are subject
         to  disgorgement.  However,  with the prior written  approval of both a
         Chief Investment  Officer and the Regional Director of Compliance,  and
         only in rare and/or  unusual  circumstances,  an employee may execute a
         short-term  trade that results in a  significant  loss or in break-even
         status.

VII.     PRE-CLEARANCE  - All SSB Citi  employees  must  pre-clear  all personal
         securities  transactions  (see  Section  V for a listing  of  accounts,
         transactions and securities that do not require pre-clearance).  A copy
         of the  pre-clearance  form is  attached  as  Exhibit  B. IN  ADDITION,
         EMPLOYEES  ARE  PROHIBITED  FROM  ENGAGING  IN MORE  THAN  TWENTY  (20)
         TRANSACTIONS IN ANY CALENDAR MONTH,  EXCEPT WITH PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL
         FROM THEIR CHIEF INVESTMENT  OFFICER,  OR DESIGNEE.  A transaction must
         not be executed until the employee has received the necessary approval.
         Pre-clearance is valid only on the day it is given. If a transaction is
         not executed on the day  pre-clearance is granted,  it is required that
         pre-clearance  be sought again on a subsequent day (i.e.,  open orders,
         such as limit orders, good until cancelled orders and stop-loss orders,
         must be pre-cleared  each day until the  transaction  is effected).  In
         connection  with  obtaining   approval  for  any  personal   securities
         transaction,  employees must describe in detail any factors which might
         be  relevant  to an  analysis  of  the  possibility  of a  conflict  of
         interest.  Any trade that  violates  the  pre-clearance  process may be
         unwound at the employee's expense, and the employee will be required to
         absorb any resulting loss and to disgorge any resulting profit.

         In addition  to the  foregoing,  the CGAM NA Director of Global  Equity
         Research,  or his  designate,  must  approve  all  personal  securities
         transactions  for  members  of the CGAM  Research  Department  prior to
         pre-clearance  from  the  Compliance  Department  as set  forth in this
         section. Pre-approval by the Director of Research, or his designate, is
         in  addition  to  and  does  not  replace  the   requirement   for  the
         pre-clearance of all personal securities transactions.

VIII.    BLACKOUT  PERIODS - No Covered Person shall purchase or sell,  directly
         or  indirectly,  any  security in which he/she has, or by reason of the
         transaction  acquires,  any direct or indirect beneficial  ownership if
         he/she has knowledge at the time of such  transaction that the security
         is being  purchased  or sold,  or is being  considered  for purchase or
         sale,  by a  managed  fund or client  account  or in the case of a Fund
         director,  by the director's Fund. In addition,  the following Blackout
         Periods apply to the categories of SSB Citi employees listed below:

1.               Portfolio  Managers and Portfolio Manager  Assistants - may not
                 buy or sell any  securities  for  personal  accounts  seven (7)
                 calendar days before or after managed funds or client  accounts
                 he/she manages trade in that security.

2.               Traders  and  Trader  Assistants  - may  not  buy or  sell  any
                 securities for personal accounts three (3) calendar days before
                 or seven  (7)  calendar  days  after  managed  funds or  client
                 accounts he/she executes trades for trade in that security.

3.               Research Analysts and Research Assistants - may not buy or sell
                 any securities for personal  accounts:  seven (7) calendar days
                 before   or  after  the   issuance   of  or  a  change  in  any
                 recommendation;  or seven (7) calendar days before or after any
                 managed  fund or client  account  about  which the  employee is
                 likely to have trading or portfolio  information (as determined
                 by the Compliance Department) trades in that security.

4.               Advisory  Personnel  (see Section II for details) - may not buy
                 or sell any  securities  for personal  accounts on the same day
                 that a managed fund or client  account about which the employee
                 is  likely  to  have  trading  or  portfolio   information  (as
                 determined  by  the  Compliance   Department)  trades  in  that
                 security.

5.               Unit Trust Personnel - all employees assigned to the Unit Trust
                 Department are prohibited from transacting in any security when
                 a SSB  Citi-sponsored  Unit Trust  portfolio is buying the same
                 (or a related)  security,  until seven  business days after the
                 later  of the  completion  of the  accumulation  period  or the
                 public announcement of the trust portfolio.  Similarly, all UIT
                 employees are prohibited from  transacting in any security held
                 in a UIT (or a related  security)  seven business days prior to
                 the liquidation period of the trust.

              Employees in  categories  1, 2 and 5 above may also be  considered
              Advisory  Personnel for other accounts about which the employee is
              likely to have trading or portfolio  information (as determined by
              the Compliance Department).

              Any  violation  of  the  foregoing  provisions  will  require  the
              employee's  trade to be unwound,  with the employee  absorbing any
              resulting  loss and  disgorging  any  resulting  profit.  Advisory
              personnel  are subject to the  unwinding  of the trade  provision;
              however, they may not be required to absorb any resulting loss (at
              the  discretion of the  Compliance  Department  and the employee's
              supervisor). Please be reminded that, regardless of the provisions
              set  forth  above,  all  employees  are  always   prohibited  from
              effecting  personal  securities  transactions  based on  material,
              non-public information.

              Blackout  period  requirements  shall not apply to any purchase or
              sale,  or series of  related  transactions  involving  the same or
              related securities, involving 500 or fewer shares in the aggregate
              if the  issuer  has a market  capitalization  (outstanding  shares
              multiplied  by the  current  price  per  share)  greater  than $10
              billion and is listed on a U.S.  Stock  Exchange or NASDAQ.  Note:
              Pre-clearance is still required. Under certain circumstances,  the
              Compliance  Department may determine that an employee may not rely
              upon this "Large Cap/De  Minimis"  exemption.  In such a case, the
              employee   will  be   notified   prior  to  or  at  the  time  the
              pre-clearance request is made.

IX.      PROHIBITED  TRANSACTIONS  - The  following  transactions  by  SSB  Citi
         employees are  prohibited  without the prior written  approval from the
         Chief  Investment  Officer,  or designee,  and the Regional  Compliance
         Director:

         1.       The purchase of private placements; and

         2.       The  acquisition  of  any  securities  in  an  initial  public
                  offering  (new  issues of  municipal  debt  securities  may be
                  acquired  subject  to the other  requirements  of this  policy
                  (e.g., pre-clearance).)

X.       TRANSACTIONS  IN OPTIONS  AND FUTURES - SSB Citi  employees  may buy or
         sell derivative  instruments such as individual stock options,  options
         and  futures  on  indexes  and  options  and  futures  on  fixed-income
         securities,  and may buy or sell physical  commodities  and futures and
         forwards on such commodities.  These  transactions must comply with all
         of the policies and  restrictions  described in this policy,  including
         pre-clearance,  blackout periods,  transactions in Citigroup securities
         and the 60-day holding period.  However, the 60-day holding period does
         not  apply  to  individual  stock  options  that  are  part of a hedged
         position where the underlying stock has been held for more than 60 days
         and the entire position  (including the underlying  security) is closed
         out.

XI.      PROHIBITED  RECOMMENDATIONS  - No Covered  Person  shall  recommend  or
         execute  any  securities  transaction  by any  managed  fund or  client
         account,  or, in the case of a Fund director,  by the director's  Fund,
         without having disclosed,  in writing, to the Chief Investment Officer,
         or  designee,  any direct or indirect  interest in such  securities  or
         issuers,  except for those securities  purchased pursuant to the "Large
         Cap/De  Minimis"  exemption  described  in Section  VIII  above.  Prior
         written  approval  of such  recommendation  or  execution  also must be
         received from the Chief Investment Officer,  or designee.  The interest
         in personal accounts could be in the form of:

         1.       Any direct or indirect beneficial  ownership of any securities
                  of such issuer;

         2.       Any contemplated transaction by the person in such securities;

         3.       Any position with such issuer or its affiliates; or

         4.       Any present or proposed  business  relationship  between  such
                  issuer or its  affiliates and the person or any party in which
                  such person has a significant interest.

XII.     TRANSACTIONS IN CITIGROUP SECURITIES - Unless an SSB Citi employee is a
         member of a designated group subject to more restrictive provisions, or
         is  otherwise  notified  to the  contrary,  the  employee  may trade in
         Citigroup  securities without restriction (other than the pre-clearance
         and other requirements of this policy),  subject to the limitations set
         forth below.

                  Employees whose jobs are such that they know about Citigroup's
                  quarterly  earnings  prior to  release  may not  engage in any
                  transactions  in  Citigroup  securities  during the  "blackout
                  periods"  beginning on the first day of a calendar quarter and
                  ending on the second  business  day  following  the release of
                  earnings  for the  prior  quarter.  Members  of the  SSB  Citi
                  Executive   Committee   and  certain  other  senior  SSB  Citi
                  employees are subject to these blackout periods.

                  Stock option  exercises are permitted during a blackout period
                  (but the  simultaneous  exercise  of an option and sale of the
                  underlying  stock is  prohibited).  With  regard  to  exchange
                  traded  options,  no  transactions  in  Citigroup  options are
                  permitted  except  to close or roll an  option  position  that
                  expires during a blackout period.  Charitable contributions of
                  Citigroup  securities may be made during the blackout  period,
                  but an  individual's  private  foundation may not sell donated
                  Citigroup common stock during the blackout period.  "Good `til
                  cancelled"  orders on Citigroup stock must be cancelled before
                  entering a blackout  period and no such  orders may be entered
                  during a blackout period.

                  No   employee   may  engage  at  any  time  in  any   personal
                  transactions  in Citigroup  securities  while in possession of
                  material  non-public  information.  Investments  in  Citigroup
                  securities  must be made with a long-term  orientation  rather
                  than  for  speculation  or for the  generation  of  short-term
                  trading profits.  In addition,  please note that employees may
                  not engage in the following transactions:

         Short sales of Citigroup securities;

         Purchases    or sales of  options  ("puts"  or  "calls")  on  Citigroup
                      securities,  except  writing a covered call at a time when
                      the securities could have been sold under this policy;

         Purchases or sales of futures on Citigroup securities; or

         Any transactions relating to Citigroup securities that might reasonably
         appear speculative.

                  The number of  Citigroup  shares an employee is entitled to in
                  the  Citigroup  Stock  Purchase  Plan is not treated as a long
                  stock  position  until  such  time as the  employee  has given
                  instructions  to  purchase  the  shares  of  Citigroup.  Thus,
                  employees  are not  permitted  to use  options to hedge  their
                  financial interest in the Citigroup Stock Purchase Plan.

                  Contributions  into the firm's  401(k) Plan are not subject to
                  the restrictions and prohibitions described in this policy.

XIII.    ACKNOWLEDGEMENT  AND REPORTING  REQUIREMENTS - SSB CITI EMPLOYEES - All
         new SSB Citi  employees  must certify that they have received a copy of
         this policy, and have read and understood its provisions.  In addition,
         all SSB Citi employees must:

         1.       Acknowledge  receipt  of  the  policy  and  any  modifications
                  thereof,   in  writing   (see   Exhibit  C  for  the  form  of
                  Acknowledgement);

         2.       Within 10 days of becoming an SSB Citi  employee,  disclose in
                  writing  all  information   with  respect  to  all  securities
                  beneficially   owned  and  any  existing  personal   brokerage
                  relationships  (employees must also disclose any new brokerage
                  relationships whenever  established).  Such information should
                  be provided on the form attached as Exhibit D;

         3.       Direct their brokers to supply,  on a timely basis,  duplicate
                  copies   of   confirmations   of   all   personal   securities
                  transactions  (Note: this requirement may be satisfied through
                  the transmission of automated feeds);

         4.       Within 10 days after the end of each calendar quarter, provide
                  information  relating  to  securities   transactions  executed
                  during the previous quarter for all securities accounts (Note:
                  this requirement may be satisfied  through the transmission of
                  automated feeds);

         5.       Submit   an  annual   holdings   report   containing   similar
                  information  that must be current as of a date no more than 30
                  days  before the  report is  submitted,  and  confirm at least
                  annually all brokerage  relationships  and any and all outside
                  business affiliations (Note: this requirement may be satisfied
                  through the  transmission  of  automated  feeds or the regular
                  receipt of monthly brokerage statements); and

         6.       Certify on an annual basis that he/she has read and understood
                  the policy,  complied with the  requirements of the policy and
                  that he/she has  pre-cleared  and  disclosed  or reported  all
                  personal  securities   transactions  and  securities  accounts
                  required  to  be  disclosed   or  reported   pursuant  to  the
                  requirements of the policy.

         FUND DIRECTORS - Fund Directors shall deliver the information  required
         by Items 1 through 4 of the  immediately  preceding  paragraph,  except
         that a Fund  director  who is not an  "interested  person"  of the Fund
         within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of
         1940,  and who would be  required to make  reports  solely by reason of
         being a Fund  Director,  is not required to make the initial and annual
         holdings  reports  required by Item 2. Also,  a  "non-interested"  Fund
         Director need not supply  duplicate copies of confirmations of personal
         securities  transactions  required  by Item 3, and need  only  make the
         quarterly transactions reports required by Item 3 as to any security if
         at the time of a transaction by the Director in that  security,  he/she
         knew or in the ordinary course of fulfilling his/her official duties as
         a Fund  Director  should  have known  that,  during  the 15-day  period
         immediately  preceding or following the date of that transaction,  that
         security is or was  purchased  or sold by that  Director's  Fund or was
         being considered for purchase or sale by that Director's Fund.

         DISCLAIMER OF BENEFICIAL  OWNERSHIP - The reports  described in Items 2
         and 3 above  may  contain a  statement  that the  reports  shall not be
         construed as an admission by the person  making the reports that he/she
         has any direct or indirect  beneficial  ownership in the  securities to
         which the reports relate.

XIV.     HANDLING OF DISGORGED PROFITS - Any amounts that are  paid/disgorged by
         an employee  under this  policy  shall be donated by SSB Citi to one or
         more charities.  Amounts donated may be aggregated by SSB Citi and paid
         to such charity or charities at the end of each year.

XV.      CONFIDENTIALITY  - All  information  obtained  from any Covered  Person
         pursuant to this policy shall be kept in strict confidence, except that
         such  information will be made available to the Securities and Exchange
         Commission or any other regulatory or  self-regulatory  organization or
         to the  Fund  Boards  of  Directors  to the  extent  required  by  law,
         regulation or this policy.

XVI.     OTHER LAWS, RULES AND STATEMENTS OF POLICY - Nothing  contained in this
         policy  shall be  interpreted  as relieving  any person  subject to the
         policy from acting in accordance  with the provision of any  applicable
         law,  rule or  regulation  or, in the case of SSB Citi  employees,  any
         statement of policy or procedure  governing  the conduct of such person
         adopted by Citigroup, its affiliates and subsidiaries.

XVII.    RETENTION  OF RECORDS - All records  relating  to  personal  securities
         transactions  hereunder and other records  meeting the  requirements of
         applicable law,  including a copy of this policy and any other policies
         covering the subject matter  hereof,  shall be maintained in the manner
         and to the extent  required by  applicable  law,  including  Rule 17j-1
         under  the  1940  Act.  The  Compliance   Department   shall  have  the
         responsibility for maintaining records created under this policy.

XVIII.   MONITORING - SSB Citi takes  seriously  its  obligation  to monitor the
         personal  investment  activities  of its  employees  and to review  the
         periodic reports of all Covered Persons.  Employee personal  investment
         transaction  activity will be monitored by the  Compliance  Department.
         All noted deviations from the policy requirements will be referred back
         to the  employee  for  follow-up  and  resolution  (with  a copy  to be
         supplied to the employee's  supervisor).  Any noted  deviations by Fund
         directors  will be reported to the Board of Directors of the applicable
         Fund for  consideration  and follow-up as  contemplated  by Section III
         hereof.

XIX.     EXCEPTIONS TO THE POLICY - Any  exceptions to this policy must have the
         prior  written  approval of both the Chief  Investment  Officer and the
         Regional Director of Compliance. Any questions about this policy should
         be directed to the Compliance Department.

XX.      BOARD REVIEW - Fund  management and SSB Citi shall provide to the Board
         of Directors of each Fund, on a quarterly  basis,  a written  report of
         all  material  violations  of this  policy,  and at least  annually,  a
         written report and certification meeting the requirements of Rule 17j-1
         under the 1940 Act.

XXI.     OTHER  CODES OF ETHICS - To the extent  that any officer of any Fund is
         not a Covered  Person  hereunder,  or an  investment  subadviser  of or
         principal  underwriter for any Fund and their respective access persons
         (as  defined in Rule 17j-1) are not Covered  Persons  hereunder,  those
         persons must be covered by separate  codes of ethics which are approved
         in accordance with applicable law.

XXII.    AMENDMENTS - SSB CITI EMPLOYEES - Unless  otherwise noted herein,  this
         policy shall become effective as to all SSB Citi employees on March 30,
         2000.  This policy may be amended as to SSB Citi employees from time to
         time by the  Compliance  Department.  Any  material  amendment  of this
         policy  shall be  submitted  to the Board of Directors of each Fund for
         approval in accordance with Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act.

         FUND  DIRECTORS - This policy shall become  effective as to a Fund upon
         the  approval  and adoption of this policy by the Board of Directors of
         that Fund in  accordance  with Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act or at such
         earlier date as determined  by the Secretary of the Fund.  Any material
         amendment of this policy that applies to the  directors of a Fund shall
         become  effective as to the  directors of that Fund only when the Board
         of Directors of that Fund has approved the amendment in accordance with
         Rule 17j-1 or at such earlier date as  determined  by the  Secretary of
         the Fund.





March 15, 2000


<PAGE>



                                       14
EXHIBIT A

                      EXPLANATION OF BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP

You are considered to have  "Beneficial  Ownership" of Securities if you have or
share a direct or indirect "Pecuniary Interest" in the Securities.

You have a  "Pecuniary  Interest"  in  Securities  if you have the  opportunity,
directly  or  indirectly,  to  profit  or share  in any  profit  derived  from a
transaction in the Securities.

The following are examples of an indirect Pecuniary Interest in Securities:

1.           Securities  held by members of your  immediate  family  sharing the
             same  household;  however,  this  presumption  may be  rebutted  by
             convincing evidence that profits derived from transactions in these
             Securities will not provide you with any economic benefit.

             "Immediate family" means any child, stepchild,  grandchild, parent,
             stepparent,    grandparent,    spouse,   sibling,    mother-in-law,
             father-in-law,  son-in-law,  daughter-in-law,   brother-in-law,  or
             sister-in-law, and includes any adoptive relationship.

2. Your interest as a general partner in Securities held by a general or limited
partnership.

3.  Your  interest  as a  manager-member  in the  Securities  held by a  limited
liability company.

You do  not  have  an  indirect  Pecuniary  Interest  in  Securities  held  by a
corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which you
hold an equity interest,  unless you are a controlling  equityholder or you have
or share investment control over the Securities held by the entity.

The following circumstances constitute Beneficial Ownership by you of Securities
held by a trust:

1.       Your  ownership of  Securities as a trustee where either you or members
         of your  immediate  family have a vested  interest in the  principal or
         income of the trust.

2.       Your ownership of a vested interest in a trust.

3.       Your  status as a settlor of a trust,  unless the consent of all of the
         beneficiaries is required in order for you to revoke the trust.

The  foregoing  is a summary  of the  meaning  of  "beneficial  ownership".  For
purposes of the attached policy,  "beneficial ownership" shall be interpreted in
the same manner as it would be in determining whether a person is subject to the
provisions  of Section 16 of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules
and regulations thereunder


<PAGE>


        SSB CITI ASSET MANAGEMENT GROUP ("SSB CITI")          EXHIBIT B EMPLOYEE
                             TRADE PRE-APPROVAL FORM
                                    (PAGE 1)
INSTRUCTIONS:
o        All  employees  are  required  to submit  this  form to the  Compliance
         Department prior to placing a trade.
The  Compliance  Department  will  notify  the  employee  as to  whether  or not
pre-approval is granted. Pre-approval is effective only on the date granted.

I.       EMPLOYEE INFORMATION
- ------------------------------------------ -------------------------------------
Employee Name:                             Phone Number:
- ------------------------------------------ -------------------------------------
Account Title:
- ------------------------------------------ -------------------------------------
Account Number:
- ----------------------------------------------------------- --------------------
Managed Account(s)/Mutual Fund(s)
for which employee is a Covered Person:
- ----------------------------------------------------------- --------------------
II.      SECURITY INFORMATION
                              IPO       q       q    PRIVATE PLACEMENT   q    q
                                        Yes     No                       Yes  No

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------- --------------------- --------- ----------- ----------------------- -------------- ------------------
     Security Name        Security Type-e.g.,    Ticker    Buy/Sell    If Sale, Date First         No.       Large Cap Stock?2
                          common stock, etc.                                Acquired1         Shares/Units
- ------------------------- --------------------- --------- ----------- ----------------------- -------------- ------------------
<S>                       <C>                   <C>       <C>         <C>                     <C>            <C>

- ------------------------- --------------------- --------- ----------- ----------------------- -------------- ------------------

- ------------------------- --------------------- --------- ----------- ----------------------- -------------- ------------------

- ------------------------- --------------------- --------- ----------- ----------------------- -------------- ------------------
</TABLE>

III. YOUR POSITION WITH THE FIRM:
       (Please check one of the following)q  Portfolio Manager / Portfolio
                                             Manager Assistant
                                          q  Research Analyst / Research Analyst
                                             Assistant
                                          q  Trader / Trader Assistant
                                          q  Unit Trust Personnel
                                          q  Other (Advisory Personnel)

NOTE:    o        All Portfolio  Managers must complete the reverse side of this
                  form.

         o        All RESEARCH ANALYSTS and RESEARCH ANALYST  ASSISTANTS located
                  in Connecticut must provide an

additional form signed by RAMA KRISHNA or one of his designees.

IV.      CERTIFICATION
I certify that I will not effect the  transaction(s)  described above unless and
until  pre-clearance  approval is obtained  from the  Compliance  Department.  I
further certify that, except as described on an attached page, to the best of my
knowledge, the proposed transaction(s) will not result in a conflict of interest
with any account  managed by SSB Citi  (including  mutual  funds  managed by SSB
Citi). I further certify that, to the best of my knowledge, there are no pending
orders for any  security  listed  above or any related  security for any Managed
Accounts  and/or  Mutual Funds for which I am considered a Covered  Person.  The
proposed transaction(s) are consistent with all firm policies regarding employee
personal securities transactions.

SIGNATURE                                    DATE

- ----------------------------------------------------
FOR USE BY THE COMPLIANCE DEPARTMENT
- ----------------------------------------------------
                                q         q
ARE SECURITIES RESTRICTED?      Yes       No

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          q         q           Reason not granted:
PRE-APPROVAL GRANTED?     Yes       No


- --------------------------------------- --------------------- -------------

COMPLIANCE DEPARTMENT SIGNATURE:        Date:                 Time:
- --------------------------------------- --------------------- -------------

1.   All securities sold must have been held for at least 60 days.
2.   For purposes of SSB Citi's personal trading policies, a Large Cap Exemption
     applies to transactions  involving 500 or fewer shares in aggregate and the
     stock is one that is listed on a U.S.  stock  exchange  or NASDAQ and whose
     issuer  has a  market  capitalization  (outstanding  shares  multiplied  by
     current price) of more than $10 billion.

                                   SSB CITI ASSET MANAGEMENT GROUP ("SSB CITI")
                                     PAGE 2 - PORTFOLIO MANAGER CERTIFICATION

All portfolio  managers  must answer the following  questions in order to obtain
pre-approval.  All questions must be answered or the form will be returned. If a
question is not applicable, please indicate "N/A".

1.       Have your client accounts purchased or sold the securities (or related
         securities) in the past seven calendar days?
                                                 Yes   []                No   []

2.       Do  you  intend  to  purchase  or  sell  the   securities  (or  related
         securities)  for any client  accounts in the next seven  calendar days?
         Yes [] No []

3.       Do any of your client accounts currently own the securities (or related
         securities)? Yes [] No []

         3a.      If yes, and you are selling the  securities  for your personal
                  account,  please  explain why the sale of the  securities  was
                  rejected  for  client  accounts  but is  appropriate  for your
                  personal account:

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4.       Have  you,  in the past 7  calendar  days,  considered  purchasing  the
         securities (or related securities) for your client accounts?  Yes [] No
         []

         4a.      If yes, and you are  purchasing  securities  for your personal
                  account,  please explain why the purchase of the securities is
                  appropriate  for your  account but has been  rejected for your
                  client accounts:

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


         4b.      If no, and you are  purchasing  securities  for your  personal
                  account, please explain why the purchase of the securities has
                  not been considered for your client accounts:

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


CERTIFICATION

I certify that I will not effect the  transaction(s)  described above unless and
until  pre-clearance  approval is obtained  from the  Compliance  Department.  I
further certify that, except as described on an attached page, to the best of my
knowledge, the proposed transaction(s) will not result in a conflict of interest
with any account  managed by SSB Citi  (including  mutual  funds  managed by SSB
Citi). I further certify that, to the best of my knowledge, there are no pending
orders for any security  listed above or any related  securities for any Managed
Accounts  and/or  Mutual Funds for which I am considered a Covered  Person.  The
proposed transaction(s) are consistent with all firm policies regarding employee
personal securities transactions.



SIGNATURE                                                              DATE

- ----------------------------------------------------
FOR USE BY THE COMPLIANCE DEPARTMENT
- ----------------------------------------------------
                                q         q
                                Yes       No

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       q           q         Reason not granted:
PRE-APPROVAL GRANTED?  Yes         No


ARE SECURITIES RESTRICTED?

- ------------------------------------------- --------------------- --------------

COMPLIANCE DEPARTMENT SIGNATURE:            Date:                 Time:
- ------------------------------------------- --------------------- --------------


<PAGE>


                      PERSONAL INVESTMENT POLICY                       EXHIBIT C
                                       FOR
                 SSB CITI ASSET MANAGEMENT GROUP - NORTH AMERICA
                   AND CERTAIN REGISTERED INVESTMENT COMPANIES

                                 ACKNOWLEDGMENT


      I acknowledge that I have received and read the Personal Investment Policy
     for SSB Citi Asset Management Group - North America and Certain  Registered
     Investment  Companies  dated March 15, 2000. I understand the provisions of
     the Personal  Investment  Policy as described therein and agree to abide by
     them.


                  EMPLOYEE NAME (PRINT):
                  SIGNATURE:
                  DATE:

   ---------------------------- ----------- --------------------- --------------
   SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER:                  DATE OF HIRE:
   ---------------------------- ----------- --------------------- --------------

   JOB FUNCTION & TITLE:                    SUPERVISOR:
   ---------------------------- ----------- --------------------- --------------
   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   LOCATION:
   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   ---------------------------- ----------- --------------------- --------------
   FLOOR AND/OR ZONE:                       TELEPHONE NUMBER:
   ---------------------------- ----------- --------------------- --------------


   NASD REGISTERED EMPLOYEE (Please check one)   q            q
                                                 Yes         No
   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   If REGISTERED, list Registration \ License:
   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------




     This Acknowledgment form must be completed and returned no later than March
     30, 2000 to the Compliance Department - Attention: Vera Sanducci-Dendy, 388
     Greenwich Street, 23rd Floor, New York, NY 10013.



<PAGE>


                                                                       EXHIBIT D

   SSB CITI ASSET MANAGEMENT GROUP - NORTH AMERICA PERSONAL INVESTMENT POLICY
  FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRM DISCLOSURE AND INITIAL REPORT OF SECURITIES HOLDINGS

THIS REPORT MUST BE SIGNED,  DATED AND RETURNED  WITHIN 10 DAYS OF EMPLOYMENT TO
THE COMPLIANCE DEPARTMENT -
ATTENTION: VERA SANDUCCI-DENDY, 388 GREENWICH STREET, 23RD FLOOR

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EMPLOYEE NAME:                        DATE OF EMPLOYMENT:
               ----------------------                     ----------------------


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BROKERAGE ACCOUNTS:
|_|      I do  not  have  a  beneficial  interest  in any  account(s)  with  any
         financial services firm.
|_|      I maintain the following account(s) with the financial services firm(s)
         listed  below  (attach  additional  information  if  necessary-e.g.,  a
         brokerage statement). Please include the information required below for
         any broker,  dealer or bank where an account is maintained  which holds
         securities for your direct or indirect benefit as of the date you began
         your employment.


   Name of Financial Service(s) Firm and Address      Account Title      Account
         Number

SECURITIES HOLDINGS:

Complete  the  following  (or  attach a copy of your most  recent  statement(s))
listing all of your securities holdings, with the exception of open-ended mutual
funds and U.S Government securities if:

o    You  own  securities  which  are  held by  financial  services  firm(s)  as
     described  above. If you submit a copy of a statement,  it must include all
     of the  information  set  forth  below.  Please  be  sure  to  include  any
     additional  securities  purchased since the date of the brokerage statement
     which is attached. Use additional sheets if necessary.
o Your securities are not held with a financial service(s) firm (e.g.,  dividend
reinvestment programs).

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------- ------------------- ---------------- ------------------ ---------------- ---------------------------
Title of Security       Ticker Symbol       # of Shares      Principal Amt.     Held Since       Financial Services Firm
- ----------------------- ------------------- ---------------- ------------------ ---------------- ---------------------------
- ----------------------- ------------------- ---------------- ------------------ ---------------- ---------------------------
<S>                     <C>                 <C>              <C>                <C>              <C>

- ----------------------- ------------------- ---------------- ------------------ ---------------- ---------------------------
- ----------------------- ------------------- ---------------- ------------------ ---------------- ---------------------------

- ----------------------- ------------------- ---------------- ------------------ ---------------- ---------------------------
- ----------------------- ------------------- ---------------- ------------------ ---------------- ---------------------------

- ----------------------- ------------------- ---------------- ------------------ ---------------- ---------------------------
</TABLE>
|_|      I have no securities holdings to report.

I certify that I have received the SSB Citi - North America Personal  Investment
Policy and have read it and understood its contents.  I further certify that the
above represents a complete and accurate  description of my brokerage account(s)
and securities holdings as of my date of employment.

Signature:                         Date of Signature:
           -----------------------                    -----------------


1 The investment  advisory  entities of SSB Citi covered by this policy include:
Salomon  Brothers Asset  Management  Inc.; SSB Citi Fund  Management  LLC; Smith
Barney  Asset  Management  Division  of Salomon  Smith  Barney  Inc.;  Travelers
Investment Management Company; and the Citibank Global Asset Management Division
of Citibank, N.A. and Citicorp Trust, N.A.-California.

2 This  requirement  will become  effective as to all  employees on a date to be
determined  by the  Compliance  Department  and  may be  subject  to a  phase-in
implementation process.



55 Water Street
New York, NY 10041
                                                               Standard & Poor's


Memorandum

To        All Employees of SPIAS, Marketscope,  From       Alan J. Waller
          Personal Wealth and Outlook

Dept.                                           Dept.      S&P Investment
                                                           Advisory Services

Floor     42/44                                 Floor/Ext. 43 / 3-3414


Subject   Revised Personal Trading Policy       Date       November 9, 1999


      As you know, The McGraw-Hill  Companies enjoys a worldwide  reputation for
      integrity and honesty.  To strengthen that reputation,  effective December
      1, 1999,  new  regulations  are outlined in the  attached  revision to the
      Standard & Poor's  Investment  Services  (formerly Retail Market Division)
      Statement  of  Policy  and  Procedures  Governing  Employees'   Securities
      Transactions.   The  revised   policy  affects  all  employees  of  SPIAS,
      Marketscope, Outlook, and Personal Wealth. Please read the attached tables
      I and II for highlights.

      To implement the revised policy, please follow these directions:
1.    Begin to instruct  brokers (stocks and bonds) and closed-end  mutual funds
      to send duplicate confirmations and statements to me at 55 Water St., 43rd
      floor.
2.    Anticipating  a lag in processing  by  brokers/funds,  please  continue to
      submit the reporting slips found in the Statement of Policy and Procedures
      through  December  14,  1999.  Effective  December  15,  1999 only  broker
      confirmations will be accepted.
<PAGE>
      Revised Personal Trading Policy  - Page 2


3.    Please complete Attachment I to report existing brokerage accounts. If you
      do not have  brokerage  accounts to report,  please write NONE on the form
      and return it to me.

4.    Within seven days of receiving this memo, please mail the  acknowledgement
      and Attachment I to me at 55 Water St., 43rd floor.

      Thank you for your continued support.


      Cc: George Gulla              David Stafford
          Del Johnson               Jack Zwingli
          Philippe Liautaud
          Shauna Morrison
<PAGE>
      REVISED PERSONAL TRADING POLICIES
      ANALYTICAL DEPARTMENT  (PAGE 1 OF 2)

      NOTE: THE WORD "STOCK"  INCLUDES  STOCK-BASED  SECURITIES SUCH AS OPTIONS,
      WARRANTS, AND CONVERTIBLE DEBT.

      Effective  December 1, 1999, all S&P equity  analysts are prohibited  from
      purchasing  STARS stocks that are part of the Industry Group  ("Group") as
      to which he/she provides  coverage.  Consistent with existing policy,  all
      other Group  stock  transactions  must be  pre-cleared  by the  Compliance
      Officer.  Also,  S&P equity  analysts are prohibited  from  purchasing any
      Group  stock  within 30 days of such  stock  being  included  in the STARS
      system. If an analyst recommends that a stock that he/she owns be added to
      the STARS system,  the analyst should first notify his/her  supervisor and
      the Compliance  Officer in writing or by e-mail and obtain approval before
      the recommendation is added to the STARS system.

      Analysts  are  prohibited  from  purchasing  a stock  that is not  part of
      his/her  Group at any time within 30 days of such stock being  included in
      the  STARS  system.   All  other  non-Group  stock  transactions  must  be
      pre-cleared by the Compliance Officer.

      All other Analytical Services employees (e.g.,  administrative staff) must
      pre-clear all stock transactions.

      These  rules  apply to members of the  employee's  family  (including  the
      spouse,  minor  children and adults  living in the same  household as such
      person)  and trusts of which  he/she is  trustee or in which  he/she has a
      "beneficial  interest."  "Beneficial interest" includes securities held in
      the name of another  person if (i) by reason of a contract,  understanding
      or relationship the employee obtains benefits substantially  equivalent to
      the ownership of securities or (ii) the employee can cause legal ownership
      to be transferred to him/her immediately or at some future time.

      To assist the Compliance  Officer,  the following rules are established in
      connection with the reporting by S&P equity  analysts of their  securities
      trades:

      1. Report all current  brokerage  (stock and bond) accounts and subsequent
      openings and closings. (See Attachment I.)
<PAGE>
      REVISED PERSONAL TRADING POLICIES

      ANALYTICAL DEPARTMENT  (PAGE 2 OF 2)

2.    A statement  must be submitted for each account at June 30 and December 31
      within 30 days of the  semi-annual  reporting  dates. To transition to the
      new policy,  the first  statement  should be as of  November  30, 1999 and
      should be  submitted  by December  30,  1999.  Each  account is subject to
      verification by the Compliance Officer.
3.    Stock  transactions must be reported through duplicate  confirmations from
      the  broker.  Effective  December  15,  1999,  the  reporting  form in the
      Statement  of  Policy  and  Procedures  Governing  Employees'   Securities
      Activities will no longer be accepted.
4.    When an analyst is notified  that he/she will switch the Group as to which
      he/she supplies coverage, the following procedures will apply:
A.    From the time of  notification  up to 30 days after coverage  ceases,  the
      analyst  cannot  purchase or otherwise  acquire  stocks in his/her  former
      Group,  or stocks the analyst has  previously  identified as potential new
      STARS recommendations for the former Group. All other transactions for the
      former Group must be pre-cleared by the Compliance Officer.
B.    Thirty days after the analyst ceases coverage of the former Group,  he/she
      may resume  transactions in those stocks subject to the rules  established
      for non-Group  stocks in the Statement of Policy and Procedures  Governing
      Employees' Securities Activities, as amended.
C.    Effective  upon the above  referenced  notification,  the  analyst  cannot
      purchase or otherwise acquire existing stocks included in the new Group or
      the stocks of  companies  previously  identified  as  potential  new STARS
      recommendations  by the prior analyst that covered such Group.  Consistent
      with existing  policy,  all other  transactions  for the new Group must be
      pre-cleared by the Compliance Officer.
5.    Use  Attachment  II  for  pre-clearance  requests.  Upon  approval  by the
      compliance  officer of any proposed  securities trade, the individual will
      have seven (7) days in which to effect  the  trade.  If he or she does not
      effect the trade within such seven (7)- day period, he or she must consult
      with and obtain the approval of the Compliance Officer again.
<PAGE>
      REVISED PERSONAL TRADING POLICIES

      ANALYSTS COVERING:

      PORTFOLIO ACTIVITIES (E.G.,  ARIZONA,  PLATINUM,  BEAR STEARNS AND JACKSON
      NATIONAL LIFE)

      STOCK SCREENS

      EMERGING AND SPECIAL SITUATIONS

      S&P FOCUS STOCK OF THE WEEK

      (PAGE 1 OF 2)

      NOTE: THE WORD "STOCK"  INCLUDES  STOCK-BASED  SECURITIES SUCH AS OPTIONS,
      WARRANTS,  AND CONVERTIBLE DEBT. NOTE:  MUTUAL FUND RESTRICTIONS  APPLY TO
      QUANTITATIVE  SERVICES.  Effective  December  1,  1999,  analysts  of  S&P
      Investment Advisory Services,  Outlook,  Online Advisor,  Personal Wealth,
      and Marketscope and its employees who regularly have access to information
      related  to the  above  referenced  activities  prior  to  publication  or
      dissemination  to  clients  or the  public  must  pre-clear  all stock and
      closed-end  mutual fund trades.  Also, an analyst may not trade a stock or
      closed-end mutual fund within the 30-day period preceding or subsequent to
      the date the security was  recommended  by the analyst for  inclusion in a
      portfolio, screen or publication (print or electronic).

      If an analyst  recommends  a stock or  closed-end  mutual fund that he/she
      owns or traded within the thirty-day  window  specified above, the analyst
      should notify his/her  supervisor and the Compliance Officer in writing or
      by e-mail and obtain  approval before the  recommendation  is offered to a
      client or  published.  These rules do not apply to  purchases of SPDRs and
      similar exchange traded funds,  open-end mutual funds, variable annuities,
      and bond funds.

      Consistent  with  existing  policy,  a  trade  that  runs  counter  to the
      analyst's latest  recommendation or screen with respect to a security will
      not be  permitted,  unless  the  analyst  demonstrates  that such trade is
      necessary due to exigent personal circumstances.
<PAGE>
      REVISED PERSONAL TRADING POLICIES

      ANALYSTS COVERING:

      PORTFOLIO ACTIVITIES,  STOCK SCREENS, EMERGING AND SPECIAL SITUATIONS, S&P

      FOCUS STOCK OF THE WEEK (PAGE 2 OF 2)

      All  other  employees  (e.g.,  administrative  staff)  of  S&P  Investment
      Advisory  Services,   Outlook,   Online  Advisor,   Personal  Wealth,  and
      Marketscope,   must  pre-clear  all  stock  and  closed-end   mutual  fund
      transactions.

      These  rules  apply to members of the  employee's  family  (including  the
      spouse,  minor  children and adults  living in the same  household as such
      person)  and trusts of which  he/she is  trustee or in which  he/she has a
      "beneficial  interest."  "Beneficial interest" includes securities held in
      the name of another  person if (i) by reason of a contract,  understanding
      or relationship the employee obtains benefits substantially  equivalent to
      the ownership of securities or (ii) the employee can cause legal ownership
      to be transferred to him/her immediately or at some future time.

      To assist the Compliance  Officer,  the following rules are established in
      connection  with the reporting by analysts and  employees  covered by this
      section of their securities trades:
1.    Report all current  brokerage  and  closed-end  mutual fund  accounts  and
      subsequent openings and closings. (See Attachment I.)
2.    A statement  must be submitted for each account as of June 30 and December
      31 within 30 days of the semi-annual reporting dates. To transition to the
      new policy,  the first  statement  should be as of  November  30, 1999 and
      should be  submitted  by December  30,  1999.  Each  account is subject to
      verification by the Compliance Officer.
3.    Transactions can only be reported through duplicate confirmations from the
      broker or mutual fund.  Effective December 15, 1999, the reporting form in
      the Statement of Policy and  Procedures  governing  Employees'  Securities
      Activities will no longer be accepted.
4.    Use  Attachment  II  for  pre-clearance  requests.  Upon  approval  by the
      compliance  officer of any proposed  securities trade, the individual will
      have seven (7) days in which to effect  the  trade.  If he or she does not
      effect the trade within such seven (7)- day period, he or she must consult
      with and obtain the approval of the Compliance Officer again.
<PAGE>
S&P INVESTMENT SERVICES                                             ATTACHMENT I
                             ACCOUNT REPORTING FORM
        NOTE: COMPLETE FOR BROKERAGE AND CLOSED-END MUTUAL FUND ACCOUNTS.

      Employee Name:
                    ------------------------------------------
      Department:
                    ------------------------------------------
      Extension:
                    ------------------------------------------

      I am reporting a(n): account opening []          account closing []
      (check one)
                                      current account []

      Account type (check one):     Broker[]          Closed-end mutual fund[]

      Broker/Fund Name:
                       -------------------------------------------
      Broker/Fund Contact:
                          ----------------------------------------
      Broker/Fund Address:
                          ----------------------------------------
      Broker/Fund Telephone #:
                              ------------------------------------
      Name(s) of Account Holder(s):
                                   -------------------------------
      Account Number:
                     ---------------------------------------------
      Date Account Opened/Closed:
                                 ---------------------------------
      (Circle one)


      -----------------------------                        -------------------
      Employee Signature                                    Date


      This form must be completed  for the analyst and members of the  analyst's
      family (including the spouse, minor children and adults living in the same
      household  as such  person)  and  trusts of which  he/she is trustee or in
      which he/she has a "beneficial  interest."  "Beneficial interest" includes
      securities  held in the  name of  another  person  if (i) by  reason  of a
      contract,  understanding  or relationship  the employee  obtains  benefits
      substantially  equivalent  to the  ownership  of  securities  or (ii)  the
      employee  can  cause  legal   ownership  to  be   transferred  to  him/her
      immediately or at some future time.

      Return this form to the  Compliance  Officer,  Alan Waller,  55 Water St.,
      43rd floor.
<PAGE>
S&P INVESTMENT SERVICES                                            ATTACHMENT II
                               PRE-CLEARANCE FORM

      Employee Name:
                    -------------------------------------
      Department:
                 ----------------------------------------
      Extension:
                -----------------------------------------
      Name of Account Holder
                            -----------------------------


      I request pre-clearance to trade the following:

      Name                               Ticker               Buy      Sell
           ----------------------------         -------------    ---       ---
      Name                               Ticker               Buy      Sell
           ----------------------------         -------------    ---       ---
      Name                               Ticker               Buy      Sell
           ----------------------------         -------------    ---       ---
      Name                               Ticker               Buy      Sell
           ----------------------------         -------------    ---       ---
      Name                               Ticker               Buy      Sell
           ----------------------------         -------------    ---       ---



      Check as applicable:
      [] I previously recommended the stock(s) on these dates: (if more than one
         stock, schedule below)

      [] I did not previously recommend the stock(s).


      Check one:
      The above account holder  [] DOES  [] DOES NOT currently own the above
      stock(s).


      Note: Upon approval by the compliance  officer of any proposed  securities
      trade,  the  individual  will have  seven (7) days in which to effect  the
      trade.  If he or she does not effect the trade  within  such seven (7) day
      period,  he or she  must  consult  with and  obtain  the  approval  of the
      Compliance Officer again.


      -----------------------------                        -------------------
      Employee Signature                                   Date

      Return this form to the  Compliance  Officer,  Alan Waller,  55 Water St.,
      43rd floor.
<PAGE>
                      STANDARD & POOR'S INVESTMENT SERVICES
                      STATEMENT OF POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
                   GOVERNING EMPLOYEES' SECURITIES ACTIVITIES

      ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

      I HAVE READ AND UNDERSTAND THE ATTACHED  REVISION TO THE STANDARD & POOR'S
      INVESTMENT  SERVICES (FORMERLY RETAIL MARKET DIVISION) STATEMENT OF POLICY
      AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING EMPLOYEES'  SECURITIES  TRANSACTIONS,  AND I WILL
      COMPLY IN ALL RESPECTS WITH THE PROCEDURES SET FORTH THEREIN.

      PLEASE SIGN YOUR NAME AND INSERT THE  INFORMATION  REQUESTED IN THE SPACES
      PROVIDED BELOW. THEN RETURN THIS ACKNOWLEDGEMENT WITHIN SEVEN DAYS TO ALAN
      WALLER,  COMPLIANCE OFFICER, 55 WATER ST., 43RD FLOOR. YOU SHOULD RETAIN A
      COPY OF THIS DOCUMENT FOR YOUR RECORDS.



      ----------------------   --------------------  ----------------
      (PRINT NAME)             (DEPARTMENT)          (DATE)


      ----------------------    ----------------------
      EXTENSION                 (SIGNATURE)
<PAGE>
                                   Appendix C

              STANDARD & POOR'S INVESTMENT ADVISORY SERVICES, INC.

               INSIDER TRADING STATEMENT OF POLICY AND PROCEDURES
                      FOR OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND EMPLOYEES

A.       STATEMENT OF POLICY

         As noted in The  McGraw-Hill  Companies' Code of Business  Ethics,  The
McGraw-Hill  Companies enjoys a worldwide  reputation for integrity and honesty.
The Code,  a copy of which has been  received  by every  employee  of Standard &
Poor's  Investment  Advisory  Services,   Inc.  ("SPIAS"),   summarizes  general
standards of conduct that are  applicable  to all  employees of The  McGraw-Hill
Companies and SPIAS.

         SPIAS  has   established   this  Statement  of  Policy  and  Procedures
especially  for  its  officers,  directors  and  employees  (i)  to  ensure  the
compliance by such persons with applicable  laws, rules and regulations and (ii)
to avoid even the appearance of conflict of interest or impropriety  relating to
the standard of conduct of such persons with regard to their personal securities
transactions.

         In  addition,  the  reputation  and  goodwill of SPIAS are of paramount
importance, and in part reflect the strength of the Standard & Poor's franchise.
The reputation and goodwill carry responsibility - the responsibility to provide
judgments  and  opinions  in  connection  with  providing   investment   advice,
evaluating securities and performing related investment advisory activities that
are formed in accordance with the highest professional standards,  that are fair
and accurate and are not  affected by conflicts of interest.  This  Statement of
Policy and Procedures is intended to guide us in this endeavor.

         Generally,  it is  illegal  to trade  in  securities  while  you are in
possession  of material  non-public  information  that might affect the value of
those  securities,  or to transmit  that  information  to others who trade in or
cause  someone  to  trade in  those  securities.  All  officers,  directors  and
employees  of SPIAS,  each of whom is  subject to this  Statement  of Policy and
Procedures,   are  therefore  forbidden  from  trading,   either  themselves  or
indirectly by transmitting  material non-public  information to others, while in
possession of material  non-public  information  affecting the  securities to be
traded.

         Because the law of insider  trading  involves a number of complex legal
interpretations, SPIAS requires that every officer, director and employee confer
with the  Compliance  Officer  before  such person  enters  into any  securities
transaction  involving  information  that such person believes may be non-public
and material.  The Compliance  Officer,  in  consultation  with The  McGraw-Hill
Companies' Legal Department, will determine whether proceeding with the proposed
transaction may involve  substantial risk that the transaction would violate the
law.


<PAGE>


         Every  officer,   director  and  employee  of  SPIAS  must  follow  the
procedures  described  below or risk  serious  sanctions,  including  dismissal,
substantial  personal liability and possible criminal penalties,  including jail
sentences.  Every  officer,  director and employee of SPIAS must read,  sign and
retain  a copy of  this  Statement  of  Policy  and  Procedures.  Any  questions
regarding  this  Statement of Policy and  Procedures  should be referred to Alan
Waller,   SPIAS's  Compliance  Officer  or  The  McGraw-Hill   Companies'  Legal
Department. In Alan Waller's absence or unavailability,  Jim Branscome, Ken Shea
and Thomas Gizicki will be SPIAS's alternate Compliance Officers.

B.       PROCEDURES TO IMPLEMENT POLICY STATEMENT

         1. IDENTIFYING INSIDE INFORMATION

         Before  trading for yourself or others in the  securities  of a company
about which you may have any material non-public,  or "inside" information,  ask
yourself the following questions:
         a) Is the  information  material?  That is, is it  information  that an
investor would consider important in making his or her investment  decision?  Is
this information that would materially affect the market price of the securities
if generally disclosed?

         b) Is the information  non-public?  To whom has this  information  been
provided?  Has the information been effectively  communicated to the marketplace
by, for example,  being published in one of S&P's  publications  (including time
for receipt by subscribers), in The Wall Street Journal or other publications of
general circulation or over an electronic distribution network?

         If, after  consideration of the above, you believe that the information
is material and non-public,  if you have questions as to whether the information
may be material and  non-public or if you have any other  concerns in this area,
you should take the following steps:

         i.       Report the matter immediately to SPIAS's Compliance Officer.
         ii.      Do not purchase or sell the  securities  on behalf of yourself
                  or others.
         iii.     Do not communicate  the  information  inside or outside SPIAS,
                  other than to the Compliance Officer.
         iv.      After the Compliance  Officer has reviewed the issue, you will
                  be instructed to continue the prohibitions against trading and
                  communication, or you will be allowed to trade and communicate
                  the information.

         If after consideration of the items set forth above, you have any doubt
as to  whether  information  is  material  or  non-public,  or if  there  is any
unresolved  question as to the  applicability or interpretation of the foregoing
procedures,  or as to the propriety of any action,  you must discuss it with the
Compliance  Officer,  Alan  Waller,  before  trading  on  or  communicating  the
information to anyone.  Moreover, it is incumbent upon you to promptly update or
correct information previously conveyed to the Compliance Officer with regard to
the items set forth above as soon as you discover  that such  information  is or
has become inaccurate.
<PAGE>
         2.    PERSONAL SECURITIES TRADING--CLEARANCE REPORTING

         All  officers,  directors  and  employees  of SPIAS shall  refrain from
selling or purchasing,  and shall cause the members of his/her family (including
the spouse,  minor  children  and adults  living in the same  household  as such
person)  and  trusts  of  which  he/she  is  trustee  or in which  he/she  has a
beneficial interest,  to refrain from selling or purchasing any security if such
person has received any  non-public  information  regarding  such security until
such information has been made public.  Non-public  information includes, but is
not limited  to,  knowledge  about a pending  significant  transaction  or other
information that could impact the value of a company's securities.

         As  used  in this  Statement  of  Policy  and  Procedures,  "beneficial
interest"  includes  securities  held in the name of  another  person  if (i) by
reason  of a  contract,  understanding  or  relationship  the  employee  obtains
benefits  substantially  equivalent  to the  ownership of securities or (ii) the
employee can cause legal  ownership to be transferred to him/her  immediately or
at some future time.

         In the  case of  printed  products,  employees  having  any  direct  or
indirect  knowledge of any forthcoming change in a STARS ranking or buy, sell or
switch  recommendation  or  other  non-public  information  may  not act on such
knowledge  until the  fourth  business  day after the  publication  is mailed to
subscribers.  In the case of electronic products,  an employee may not act until
twenty-four  (24) hours after public  dissemination  of such  information.  With
respect to the information  transmitted  via both print and electronic  products
(e.g.,  The Outlook,  Emerging & Special  Situations,  Stock  Reports,  Personal
Wealth,  and Marketscope),  the employee may not act until the later to occur of
the embargo periods  referred to above,  i.e., the fourth business day after the
print publication is mailed to subscribers.  In the case of Stock Reports,  if a
stock's  STARS ranking  changes,  then the employee may not act until the fourth
business  day  after  The  Outlook  issue  reporting  the  change  is  mailed to
subscribers.

         Notwithstanding  the  above,  all  employees  of  Analytical  Services,
Quantitative Services, Marketscope,  Personal Wealth, The Outlook, and Portfolio
Services must abide by the  appropriate  embargo period for each published STARS
change.  Practically  speaking,  these  employees  must wait  until  the  fourth
business  day  after  The  Outlook  issue  covering  the  change  is  mailed  to
subscribers.

         Also,  any employee who receives  restricted  stock memos must abide by
the embargo periods covered in those memos. Trading in restricted stocks must be
pre-cleared by the Compliance Officer.
<PAGE>
         IN  ADDITION,  EACH AND EVERY  OFFICER,  DIRECTOR AND EMPLOYEE OF SPIAS
SHALL  SUBMIT  TO THE  COMPLIANCE  OFFICER,  ALAN  WALLER,  A  REPORT  OF  EVERY
SECURITIES  TRANSACTION  (INCLUDING OPEN ORDERS SUCH AS STOP-LOSS OR PRICE BASED
ORDERS BUT NOT INCLUDING  OPEN-END  MUTUAL FUND  TRANSACTIONS)  IN WHICH HIS/HER
FAMILY (INCLUDING SPOUSE, MINOR CHILDREN AND ADULTS LIVING IN THE SAME HOUSEHOLD
AS SUCH  PERSON) AND TRUSTS OF WHICH  HE/SHE IS TRUSTEE OR IN WHICH HE/SHE HAS A
BENEFICIAL  INTEREST  HAVE  PARTICIPATED,   WITHIN  THE  APPLICABLE  TIME  FRAME
SPECIFIED  BELOW.  EACH AND EVERY  OFFICER,  DIRECTOR  AND EMPLOYEE OF SPIAS WHO
PARTICIPATES IN A SECURITIES  EVALUATION SERVICE OR WHO REGULARILY HAS ACCESS TO
INFORMATION  FROM THSE SERVICES PRIOR TO PUBLICATIONS OR OTHER  DISSEMINATION TO
CLIENTS OR TO THE PUBLIC  SHALL SUBMIT A  SECURITIES  TRANSACTION  REPORT TO THE
COMPLIANCE  OFFICER  WITHIN  TWO (2)  BUSINESS  DAYS AFTER THE DATE ON WHICH THE
RELEVANT TRANSACTION WAS EFFECTED. ANY OTHER PERSON SUBJECT TO THIS STATEMENT OF
POLICY SHALL SUBMIT A SECURITIES  TRANSACTION  REPORT TO THE COMPLIANCE  OFFICER
WITHIN SEVEN (7) BUSINESS DAYS AFTER THE DATE ON WHICH THE RELEVANT  TRANSACTION
WAS EFFECTED. EACH REPORT SHALL IDENTIFY THE ACCOUNT HOLDER AND INCLUDE THE NAME
OF THE SECURITY,  DATE OF TRANSACTION,  QUANTITY,  PRICE,  PRINCIPAL  AMOUNT AND
BROKER-DEALER  THROUGH WHICH THE TRANSACTION WAS EFFECTED.  ATTACHED HERETO IS A
STANDARD FORM REPORT THAT WHEN COMPLETED WITH THE APPROPRIATE  INFORMATION SHALL
BE CONSIDERED SUFFICIENT FOR THESE PURPOSES.  THIS REPORT MAY BE PROVIDED TO THE
COMPLIANCE  OFFICER  IN HARD COPY  (I.E.,  PRINT) OR VIA E-MAIL IN THE FORMAT ON
PAGE 9.  ALTERNATIVELY,  THIS REQUIREMENT MAY BE SATISFIED BY SENDING  DUPLICATE
CONFIRMATIONS OF SUCH TRADES TO THE COMPLIANCE OFFICER.

         Each  pre-clearance  submission and report of a securities  transaction
shall be kept  confidential  by the  Compliance  Officer.  The  information in a
report  shall not be  disclosed  to anyone  without the  written  consent of the
employee,  except  that such  reports  shall be made  available  to SPIAS or The
McGraw-Hill  Companies'  management  as necessary  for them to comply with their
legal  obligations,  and the  Securities and Exchange  Commission,  the New York
Stock Exchange, the National Association of Securities Dealers and other similar
agencies and their respective staffs as required by law or regulation.

         The  Compliance  Officer  will  distribute  annually  to each  officer,
director  and employee of SPIAS a request for  acknowledgment  that the employee
has complied with the personal  securities  trading  reporting  requirements set
forth  in this  Statement  of  Policy.  Employees  will be  asked  to sign  such
acknowledgment  and return  same to the  Compliance  Officer  within one week of
receipt.
<PAGE>
         3.    RESTRICTING ACCESS TO MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION

         Information  in  your  possession  that  you  identify  as  potentially
material and non-public may not be  communicated  to anyone,  including  persons
within SPIAS, except as provided in Section 2 above. In addition, care should be
taken so that such information is secure. For example, files containing material
non-public  information  should be sealed;  access to computer files  containing
material  non-public  information  should be  restricted.  Examples  of material
non-public  information include knowledge of a pending change in a stock's STARS
ranking or that a buy, sell, or switch  recommendation is under consideration or
is about to be made in an S&P securities  evaluation  service or that a security
is under consideration to be added to or replaced from an S&P stock index.


         4.    CONDUCT RELATED TO GIVING OF INVESTMENT ADVICE

         Investment  advice  is  to  be  given  only  through  or  from  an  S&P
publication  or product,  except in cases where the employee  reiterates  advice
already provided in the latest issue of a publication or product. Employees must
not  state  or  intimate  that any  opinion  or  comment  may be  embodied  in a
forthcoming  publication  or  other  release,  and no  employee  shall  give any
subscriber,  client or any other  person a preference  in obtaining  information
that is not available to others. In no event should an employee or officer whose
functions do not involve giving investment advice attempt to do so.

         No employee shall solicit,  accept or receive,  directly or indirectly,
any gift or  compensation  other than from S&P or McGraw-Hill in connection with
his or her  employment,  without the approval of the  Compliance  Officer or the
officer in charge of his/her department.

         No employee shall borrow from or be indebted to any subscriber,  client
or supplier of SPIAS,  excluding  (i) loans from lending  institutions,  such as
banks or insurance  companies and (ii) margin  accounts with brokers made in the
usual course of the employee's business and on ordinary commercial terms.

         No employee shall guarantee any customer against  security  transaction
losses or in any way  represent to a customer or  subscriber  that he/she or S&P
will  guarantee  the customer  against such losses.  No employee  shall  furnish
advice  or  extend  services  on  behalf  of  SPIAS  except  as  he/she  may  be
specifically  instructed by his/her  supervisor or other  appropriate  authority
within SPIAS.  No employee shall recommend or influence any client or subscriber
in the selection of any broker, dealer or underwriter.

         Employees engaged in securities  evaluation services should not respond
to any  inquiries  from  outside  lawyers or reply to  subpoenas  or other legal
process  without first  reviewing the matter with a senior  officer of SPIAS and
McGraw-Hill's  Legal  Department.  In  this  regard,  reference  is  made to the
McGraw-Hill   Legal  Department  policy  memorandum  of  January  1994  covering
responses to inquiries from outside lawyers,  a copy of which is attached at the
back of this document.
<PAGE>
         5.    REPORTING VIOLATIONS OF THIS STATEMENT OF POLICY

         As is  consistent  with The  McGraw-Hill  Companies'  Code of  Business
Ethics,  an  officer,  director  or  employee  of SPIAS  who  observes  or gains
knowledge of any violation of this Statement of Policy and  Procedures  shares a
responsibility  to  inform  his/her  supervisor  or the  Compliance  Officer  in
confidence.

   *                                *                                      *

         Nothing  herein  should be read to supplant  or modify the  obligations
imposed on all employees that are set forth in The  McGraw-Hill  Companies' Code
of  Business  Ethics.  Any  questions  regarding  this  Statement  of Policy and
Procedures  should be addressed  to the  Compliance  Officer or The  McGraw-Hill
Companies' Legal Department.


<PAGE>
              STANDARD & POOR'S INVESTMENT ADVISORY SERVICES, INC.
                      STATEMENT OF POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
                   GOVERNING EMPLOYEES' SECURITIES ACTIVITIES

                                 Acknowledgement
                                 ---------------

         I have read and understand the Statement of Policy and Procedures,  and
I have  complied and will comply in all respects with the  procedures  set forth
therein.

         PLEASE  SIGN YOUR NAME AND  INSERT  THE  INFORMATION  REQUESTED  IN THE
SPACES PROVIDED BELOW. THEN RETURN THIS ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TO ALAN WALLER,  SPIAS's
COMPLIANCE  OFFICER,  25  BROADWAY/18th  Floor. YOU SHOULD RETAIN A COPY OF THIS
DOCUMENT FOR YOUR RECORDS.



- ----------------------     ----------------------    ----------------
(Print Name)               (Department)              (Date)


- ----------------------
(Signature)
<PAGE>
              STANDARD & POOR'S INVESTMENT ADVISROY SERVICES, INC.
                   CONFIDENTIAL SECURITIES TRANSACTION REPORT

                            Date of Transaction
                                               -------------

                 Name of Account Holder (if other than employee)

                 -----------------------------------------------


Today, I/the person named above  (   ) purchased   (   ) sold
                                 (   ) other-explain below:


- --------------------       ----------       ---------------     ----------
Security                   Symbol           Number of Shares     Price
                                                                 per Share

- --------------------       ---------------
Total Principal Amount     Broker


- -------------------        -------------------                --------------
Employee Name              Employee's Signature               Date


- ------------------         -------------------
Department                 Extension

All  employees  must  complete and return this form to Alan  Waller,  Compliance
Officer  of  SPIAS's,  25  Broadway/18th  floor.   Alternatively,   a  duplicate
confirmation of the trade or an e-mail version of this form can be provided (see
following page for e-mail  version of this form,  which can be obtained from the
Compliance Officer, in an Excel file layout).
<PAGE>
              STANDARD & POOR'S- INVESTMENT ADVISORY SERVICES INC.
                   CONFIDENTIAL SECURITIES TRANSACTION REPORT
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- ----------------- -------------------------------- ---------------- --------- ------------- -------- --------- ----------- --------
      DATE                   EMPLOYEE                  NAME OF
                                                   ACCOUNT HOLDER
- ----------------- -------------------------------- ---------------- --------- ------------- -------- --------- ----------- --------
                                                                      BUY
                   LAST    FIRST   DEPT.           LAST     FIRST     SELL    TRANSACTION   STOCK              NUMBER OF   SHARE
  TRANSACTION      NAME     NAME    NAME    EXT.   NAME     NAME     *OTHER       DATE       NAME     SYMBOL     SHARES     PRICE

- ----------------- -------- ------- -------- ------ -------- ------- --------- ------------- -------- --------- ----------- --------
<S>               <C>      <C>     <C>      <C>    <C>      <C>     <C>       <C>           <C>      <C>       <C>         <C>
- ----------------- -------- ------- -------- ------ -------- ------- --------- ------------- -------- --------- ----------- --------
- ----------------- -------- ------- -------- ------ -------- ------- --------- ------------- -------- --------- ----------- --------
- ----------------- -------- ------- -------- ------ -------- ------- --------- ------------- -------- --------- ----------- --------
- ----------------- -------- ------- -------- ------ -------- ------- --------- ------------- -------- --------- ----------- --------
- ----------------- -------- ------- -------- ------ -------- ------- --------- ------------- -------- --------- ----------- --------
- ----------------- -------- ------- -------- ------ -------- ------- --------- ------------- -------- --------- ----------- --------
- ----------------- -------- ------- -------- ------ -------- ------- --------- ------------- -------- --------- ----------- --------
- ----------------- -------- ------- -------- ------ -------- ------- --------- ------------- -------- --------- ----------- --------
- ----------------- -------- ------- -------- ------ -------- ------- --------- ------------- -------- --------- ----------- --------
- ----------------- -------- ------- -------- ------ -------- ------- --------- ------------- -------- --------- ----------- --------
- ----------------- -------- ------- -------- ------ -------- ------- --------- ------------- -------- --------- ----------- --------
- ----------------- -------- ------- -------- ------ -------- ------- --------- ------------- -------- --------- ----------- --------
- ----------------- -------- ------- -------- ------ -------- ------- --------- ------------- -------- --------- ----------- --------
- ----------------- -------- ------- -------- ------ -------- ------- --------- ------------- -------- --------- ----------- --------
- ----------------- -------- ------- -------- ------ -------- ------- --------- ------------- -------- --------- ----------- --------
- ----------------- -------- ------- -------- ------ -------- ------- --------- ------------- -------- --------- ----------- --------
- ----------------- -------- ------- -------- ------ -------- ------- --------- ------------- -------- --------- ----------- --------
- ----------------- -------- ------- -------- ------ -------- ------- --------- ------------- -------- --------- ----------- --------
- ----------------- -------- ------- -------- ------ -------- ------- --------- ------------- -------- --------- ----------- --------
- ----------------- -------- ------- -------- ------ -------- ------- --------- ------------- -------- --------- ----------- --------
- ----------------- -------- ------- -------- ------ -------- ------- --------- ------------- -------- --------- ----------- --------
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------- --------------- ------------------

      DATE

- ----------------- --------------- ------------------

                      TOTAL
  TRANSACTION       PRINCIPAL          BROKER
                      AMOUNT
- ----------------- --------------- ------------------
<S>               <C>             <C>
- ----------------- --------------- ------------------
- ----------------- --------------- ------------------
- ----------------- --------------- ------------------
- ----------------- --------------- ------------------
- ----------------- --------------- ------------------
- ----------------- --------------- ------------------
- ----------------- --------------- ------------------
- ----------------- --------------- ------------------
- ----------------- --------------- ------------------
- ----------------- --------------- ------------------
- ----------------- --------------- ------------------
- ----------------- --------------- ------------------
- ----------------- --------------- ------------------
- ----------------- --------------- ------------------
- ----------------- --------------- ------------------
- ----------------- --------------- ------------------
- ----------------- --------------- ------------------
- ----------------- --------------- ------------------
- ----------------- --------------- ------------------
- ----------------- --------------- ------------------
- ----------------- --------------- ------------------
</TABLE>

* PLEASE EXPLAIN "OTHER" TRANSACTION

                             EFFECTIVE MARCH 1, 2000







                                 CODE OF ETHICS





                         T. ROWE PRICE ASSOCIATES, INC.
                               AND ITS AFFILIATES

















                                 CODE OF ETHICS
                                       OF
                         T. ROWE PRICE ASSOCIATES, INC.
                               AND ITS AFFILIATES

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                           Page
GENERAL POLICY STATEMENT....................................................1-1
       Purpose and Scope of Code of Ethics..................................1-1
       Who is Subject to the Code...........................................1-1
       Price Associates' Status as a Fiduciary..............................1-2
       What the Code Does Not Cover.........................................1-2
       Compliance with the Code.............................................1-2
       Questions Regarding the Code.........................................1-2
STANDARDS OF CONDUCT OF PRICE ASSOCIATES AND ITS EMPLOYEES..................2-1
       Allocation of Client Brokerage.......................................2-1
       Antitrust   ....................................................2-1; 8-1
       Compliance with Copyright Laws.......................................2-1
       Computer Security...............................................2-1; 7-1
       Conflicts of Interest................................................2-1
             Relationships with Profitmaking Enterprises....................2-1
             Service with Nonprofitmaking Enterprises.......................2-2
             Relationships with Financial Service Firms.....................2-2
             Investment Clubs...............................................2-2
       Confidentiality......................................................2-3
             Internal Operating Procedures and Planning.....................2-3
             Clients, Fund Shareholders, and TRP Brokerage Customers........2-3
             Investment Advice..............................................2-3
             Investment Research............................................2-4
             Understanding as to Clients' Accounts and Company Records
               at time of Employee Termination..............................2-4

       Corporate Responsibility........................................2-4; 5-1
       Employment of Former Government Employees............................2-5
       Employment Practices.................................................2-5



<PAGE>
             Equal Opportunity...............................................2-5
             Harassment......................................................2-5
             Drug and Alcohol Abuse..........................................2-5
       Past and Current Litigation...........................................2-6
       Financial Reporting...................................................2-6
       Health and Safety in the Workplace....................................2-6
       Illegal Payments......................................................2-6
       Marketing and Sales Activities........................................2-6
       Policy Regarding Acceptance and Giving of Gifts and Gratuities........2-6
             Receipt of Gifts................................................2-7
             Giving of Gifts.................................................2-7
             Additional Requirements for the Giving of Gifts in Connection
               with the Broker/Dealer........................................2-7
             Entertainment...................................................2-8
             Research Trips..................................................2-9
       Political Activities..................................................2-9
       Protection of Corporate Assets.......................................2-10
       Quality of Services..................................................2-10
       Record Retention.....................................................2-10
       Referral Fees........................................................2-10
       Release of Information to the Press..................................2-10
       Responsibility to Report Violations..................................2-10
       Service as Trustee, Executor or Personal Representative..............2-11
       Speaking Engagements and Publications................................2-11
       Trading in Securities with Inside Information...................2-11; 3-1

STATEMENT OF POLICY ON MATERIAL, INSIDE (NON-PUBLIC) INFORMATION.............3-1
STATEMENT OF POLICY ON SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS...............................4-1
STATEMENT OF POLICY ON CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY..............................5-1
STATEMENT OF POLICY WITH RESPECT TO COMPLIANCE
   WITH COPYRIGHT LAWS.......................................................6-1
STATEMENT OF POLICY WITH RESPECT TO COMPUTER SECURITY
   AND RELATED ISSUES........................................................7-1
STATEMENT OF POLICY ON COMPLIANCE WITH
   ANTITRUST LAWS  8-1

March, 2000


<PAGE>
                                 CODE OF ETHICS
                                       OF
                         T. ROWE PRICE ASSOCIATES, INC.
                               AND ITS AFFILIATES

                                      INDEX

                                                                            Page
Access Persons...............................................................4-3
Activities, Political........................................................2-9
Alcohol Abuse................................................................2-5
Allocation of Client Brokerage...............................................2-1
Antitrust...............................................................2-1; 8-1
Approved Company Rating Changes.............................................4-11
Assets, Protection of Corporate.............................................2-10
Association of Investment Management and Research ("AIMR")...................2-6
Brokerage Accounts....................................................4-11; 4-12
Chinese Wall.................................................................3-6
Client Brokerage, Allocation of..............................................2-1
Client Limit Orders.........................................................4-16
Code of Ethics, Compliance with..............................................1-2
Code of Ethics, Purpose and Scope of.........................................1-1
Code of Ethics, Questions Regarding..........................................1-2
Code of Ethics, Who is Subject to............................................1-1
Co-Investment by Employees with Client Investment Partnerships..............4-14
Computer Security.......................................................2-1; 7-1
Conduct, Standards of, Price Associates and its Employees....................2-1
Confidentiality..............................................................2-3
Confidentiality of Computer Systems Activities and Information...............7-1
Conflicts of Interest........................................................2-1
Copyright Laws, Compliance with.........................................2-1; 6-1
Corporate Assets, Protection of.............................................2-10
Corporate Responsibility................................................2-4; 5-1
Drug Abuse...................................................................2-5
Employee Co-Investment with Client Investment Partnerships..................4-14
Employees, Standards of Conduct..............................................2-1


<PAGE>


Employment of Former Government Employees....................................2-5
Employment Practices.........................................................2-5
Entertainment................................................................2-8
Equal Opportunity............................................................2-5
Exchange - Traded Index Options.............................................4-16
Executor, Service as........................................................2-11
Fees, Referral..............................................................2-10
Fiduciary, Price Associates' Status as a ....................................1-2
Financial Reporting..........................................................2-6
Financial Service Firms, Relationships with..................................2-2
Front Running................................................................4-1
General Policy Statement.....................................................1-1
Gifts, Giving................................................................2-7
Gifts, Receipt of............................................................2-7
Government Employees, Employment of Former...................................2-5
Harassment...................................................................2-5
Health and Safety in the Workplace...........................................2-6
Illegal Payments.............................................................2-6
Information, Release to the Press...........................................2-10
Initial Public Offerings.....................................................4-9
Inside Information, Trading in Securities with..............................2-11
Interest, Conflicts of.......................................................2-1
Internet, Access to..........................................................7-2
Investment Clubs.......................................................2-2; 4-14
Investment Personnel.........................................................4-3
Large Company Exemption for Securities Transactions.........................4-15
Margin Accounts.............................................................4-15
Marketing and Sales Activities...............................................2-6
Non-Access Persons...........................................................4-4
Nonprofitmaking Enterprises, Service with....................................2-2
Options and Futures.........................................................4-16
Payments, Illegal............................................................2-6
Personal Securities Holdings, Disclosure of by Access Persons...............4-18
Personal Representative, Service as.........................................2-11
Political Activities.........................................................2-9
Press, Release of Information to the........................................2-10
Price Associates, Standards of Conduct.......................................2-1


<PAGE>

Price Associates' Stock, Transactions in.....................................4-5
Prior Clearance of Securities Transactions
  (other than Price Associates' stock).......................................4-8
Private Placement, Investment In............................................4-10
Private Placement Memoranda..................................................3-7
Profitmaking Enterprises, Relationships with.................................2-1
Protection of Corporate Assets..............................................2-10
Publications................................................................2-11
Quality of Services.........................................................2-10
Questions Regarding the Code.................................................1-2
Rating Changes, Approved Company............................................4-11
Record Retention............................................................2-10
Referral Fees...............................................................2-10
Release of Information to the Press.........................................2-10
Reporting, Financial.........................................................2-6
Reporting, Price Associates' Stock Transactions..............................4-6
Reporting, Securities Transactions (other than Price Associates' stock).....4-12
Research Trips...............................................................2-9
Responsibility, Corporate...............................................2-4; 5-1
Restricted List..............................................................3-7
Retention, Record...........................................................2-10
Safety and Health in the Workplace...........................................2-6
Securities Transactions, Reporting of (other than Price Associates' stock)..4-12
Services, Quality of........................................................2-10
Short Sales.................................................................4-17
Sixty (60) Day Rule.........................................................4-17
Software Programs, Application of Copyright Law..............................7-5
Speaking Engagements........................................................2-11
Standards of Conduct of Price Associates and its Employees...................2-1
Statement, General Policy....................................................1-1
Temporary Workers, Application of Code to...............................1-1; 4-2
Termination of Employment....................................................2-4
Trading Activity............................................................4-15
Trips, Research..............................................................2-9
Trustee, Service as.........................................................2-11
Violations, Responsibility to Report........................................2-10
Watch List...................................................................3-6

March, 2000
<PAGE>




                                 CODE OF ETHICS
                                       OF
                         T. ROWE PRICE ASSOCIATES, INC.
                               AND ITS AFFILIATES


                            GENERAL POLICY STATEMENT


PURPOSE AND SCOPE OF CODE OF ETHICS. In recognition of T. Rowe Price Associates,
Inc.'s  ("PRICE  ASSOCIATES")  commitment  to maintain the highest  standards of
professional  conduct and ethics, the firm's Board of Directors has adopted this
Code of Ethics  ("CODE")  composed of  Standards  of Conduct  and the  following
Statements of Policy ("STATEMENTS"):

1.       Statement of Policy on Material, Inside (Non-Public) Information
2.       Statement of Policy on Securities Transactions
3.       Statement of Policy on Corporate Responsibility
4.       Statement of Policy with Respect to Compliance with Copyright Laws
5.       Statement  of Policy  with  Respect to  Computer  Security  and Related
         Issues
6.       Statement of Policy on Compliance with Antitrust Laws

The  purpose  of this Code is to help  preserve  our most  valuable  asset - the
reputation of Price Associates and its employees.

WHO IS  SUBJECT  TO THE  CODE.  Price  Associates,  its  subsidiaries  and their
officers,  directors  and employees are all subject to the Code, as are all Rowe
Price-Fleming International,  Inc. ("RPFI") and T. Rowe Fleming Asset Management
Limited  ("TRFAM")  personnel  (officers,  directors,  and  employees)  who  are
stationed in Baltimore.  In addition,  the following persons are also subject to
the Code:

1.       All temporary  workers  hired on the Price  Associates  payroll  ("TRPA
         TEMPORARIES");

2.       All agency  temporaries,  whose  assignments at Price Associates exceed
         four weeks or whose  cumulative  assignments  exceed eight weeks over a
         twelve-month period;

3.       All independent or agency-provided consultants whose assignments exceed
         four weeks or whose  cumulative  assignments  exceed eight weeks over a
         twelve-month  period AND whose work is closely  related to the  ongoing
         work of Price  Associates'  employees  (versus project work that stands
         apart from ongoing work); and

4.       Any contingent worker whose assignment is more than casual in nature or
         who will be exposed to the kinds of  information  and  situations  that
         would create conflicts on matters covered in the Code.

PRICE  ASSOCIATES'  STATUS AS A FIDUCIARY.  The primary  responsibility of Price
Associates  as  an  investment  adviser  is  to  render  to  its  clients  on  a
professional  basis unbiased and continuous advice regarding their  investments.
As an investment adviser, Price Associates has a fiduciary relationship with all
of its clients,  which means that it has an absolute duty of undivided  loyalty,
fairness  and good faith toward its clients and mutual fund  shareholders  and a
corresponding  obligation  to refrain  from  taking  any  action or seeking  any
benefit for itself which would,  or which would appear to,  prejudice the rights
of any client or shareholder or conflict with his or her best interests.

WHAT THE CODE  DOES NOT  COVER.  The Code was not  written  for the  purpose  of
covering all policies,  rules and regulations to which employees may be subject.
As an example, T. Rowe Price Investment Services,  Inc. ("INVESTMENT  SERVICES")
is a member of the National  Association of Securities  Dealers,  Inc.  ("NASD")
and, as such, is required to maintain written  supervisory  procedures to enable
it to supervise the activities of its registered  representatives and associated
persons to ensure  compliance with applicable  securities laws and  regulations,
and with the applicable  rules of the NASD and its regulatory  subsidiary,  NASD
Regulation, Inc. ("NASDR").

COMPLIANCE WITH THE CODE.  Strict compliance with the provisions of this Code is
considered a basic  condition of  employment  with the firm.  An employee may be
required to surrender any profit realized from a transaction  which is deemed to
be in violation of the Code. In addition,  any breach of the Code may constitute
grounds for disciplinary action, including dismissal from employment.  Employees
may appeal to the  Management  Committee  any ruling or decision  rendered  with
respect to the Code.

QUESTIONS REGARDING THE CODE. Questions regarding the Code should be referred as
follows:

1.       Standards  of  Conduct  of  Price  Associates  and its  Employees:  the
         Chairperson of the Ethics Committee or the Director of Human Resources.

2.       Statement of Policy on Material, Inside (Non-Public) Information: Legal
         Department.

3.       Statement of Policy on Securities Transactions:  The Chairperson of the
         Ethics Committee or his or her designee.

4.       Statement   of   Policy   on   Corporate   Responsibility:    Corporate
         Responsibility Committee.

5.       Statement of Policy with Respect to  Compliance  with  Copyright  Laws:
         Legal Department.

6.       Statement  of Policy  with  Respect to  Computer  Security  and Related
         Issues: Legal Department.

7.       Statement  of  Policy  on  Compliance   with  Antitrust   Laws:   Legal
         Department.

March, 2000


<PAGE>
                                      5-40

           STANDARDS OF CONDUCT OF PRICE ASSOCIATES AND ITS EMPLOYEES

ALLOCATION  OF  CLIENT  BROKERAGE.  The  firm's  policies  with  respect  to the
allocation  of client  brokerage  are set  forth in Part II of Form  ADV,  Price
Associates'  registration  statement  filed  with the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission  ("SEC"). It is imperative that all employees -- especially those who
are in a position to make recommendations regarding brokerage allocation, or who
are authorized to select  brokers who will execute  securities  transactions  on
behalf of our  clients -- read and become  fully  knowledgeable  concerning  our
policies in this regard. Any questions regarding our firm's allocation of client
brokerage  should be  addressed  to the  Chairperson  of the  Brokerage  Control
Committee.

ANTITRUST.  The U.S.  antitrust laws are designed to ensure fair competition and
preserve the free enterprise  system.  Some of the most common  antitrust issues
with which an employee may be  confronted  are in the areas of pricing  (adviser
fees) and trade association activity. To ensure its employees'  understanding of
these laws,  Price  Associates  has adopted a Statement of Policy on  Compliance
with Antitrust  Laws. All employees  should read and understand  this Statement.
(See page 8-1).

COMPLIANCE WITH COPYRIGHT  LAWS. To protect Price  Associates and its employees,
Price  Associates  has adopted a Statement of Policy with Respect to  Compliance
with  Copyright  Laws. All employees  should read and understand  this Statement
(see page 6-1).

COMPUTER  SECURITY.  Computer  systems and programs play a central role in Price
Associates'  operations.  To establish appropriate computer security to minimize
potential for loss or disruptions to our computer  operations,  Price Associates
has adopted a Statement of Policy with Respect to Computer  Security and Related
Issues. All employees should read and understand this Statement (see page 7-1).

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST.  A direct or indirect  interest in a supplier,  creditor,
debtor or competitor  may conflict with the interests of Price  Associates.  All
employees must avoid placing themselves in a "compromising position" where their
interests may be in conflict with those of Price Associates or its clients.

         RELATIONSHIPS WITH PROFITMAKING ENTERPRISES.  A conflict may occur when
         an  employee of Price  Associates  is also  employed  by another  firm,
         directly or as a consultant  or  independent  contractor;  has a direct
         financial  interest in another firm; has an immediate  family financial
         interest  in  another  firm;  or is a  director,  officer or partner of
         another firm.

         Employees of our firm sometimes serve as directors, officers, partners,
         or in other  capacities  with  profitmaking  enterprises not related to
         Price   Associates  or  its  mutual  funds.   Employees  are  generally
         prohibited from serving as officers or directors of corporations  which
         are  approved or are likely to be approved  for  purchase in our firm's
         client accounts.

         An employee may not accept outside employment that would require him or
         her to become registered (or dually  registered) as a representative of
         an  unaffiliated  broker/dealer,  investment  adviser,  or an insurance
         broker  or  company.  An  employee  may also not  become  independently
         registered as an investment adviser.

         An  employee  who  is  contemplating   obtaining  another  interest  or
         relationship  that  might  conflict  or  appear  to  conflict  with the
         interests of Price Associates,  such as accepting employment with or an
         appointment   as  a   director,   officer  or  partner  of  an  outside
         profitmaking  enterprise  must receive the prior approval of the Ethics
         Committee.  Upon review by the Ethics  Committee,  the employee will be
         advised in writing of the Committee's decision. Decisions by the Ethics
         Committee regarding outside  directorships in profitmaking  enterprises
         will be reviewed by the Management  Committee  before  becoming  final.
         Outside business interests that will not conflict or appear to conflict
         with the  interests  of the firm  need not be  reviewed  by the  Ethics
         Committee, but must be approved by the Employee's supervisor.

         Certain  employees  may serve as  directors  or as members of Creditors
         Committees or in similar positions for non-public,  for-profit entities
         in connection with their  professional  activities at Price Associates.
         An employee  must obtain the  permission  of the  Management  Committee
         before  accepting  such a position and must  relinquish the position if
         the entity becomes publicly held,  unless  otherwise  determined by the
         Management Committee.

         SERVICE WITH NONPROFITMAKING  ENTERPRISES.  Price Associates encourages
         its  employees  to become  involved  in  community  programs  and civic
         affairs. However, employees should not permit such activities to affect
         the  performance  of  their  job  responsibilities.   Approval  by  the
         Chairperson of the Ethics Committee must be obtained before an employee
         accepts a position as a trustee or member of the Board of  Directors of
         any non-profit organization.

         RELATIONSHIPS  WITH  FINANCIAL  SERVICE  FIRMS.  In order to avoid  any
         actual or apparent conflicts of interest, employees are prohibited from
         investing  in or entering  into any  relationship,  either  directly or
         indirectly,  with corporations,  partnerships,  or other entities which
         are engaged in business as a broker, a dealer,  an underwriter,  and/or
         an investment  adviser. As described above, this prohibition extends to
         registration   and/or   licensure  with  an  unaffiliated   firm.  This
         prohibition, however, is not meant to prevent employees from purchasing
         publicly traded securities of  broker/dealers,  investment  advisers or
         other  companies  engaged in the mutual fund industry.  Of course,  all
         such purchases are subject to prior clearance and reporting procedures,
         as applicable.  This policy does not preclude an employee from engaging
         an outside investment adviser to manage his or her assets.

         If any member of an employee's  immediate  family is employed by, has a
         partnership  interest in, or has an equity interest of .5% or more in a
         broker/dealer,  investment  adviser  or other  company  engaged  in the
         mutual fund industry,  the relationship  must be reported to the Ethics
         Committee.

         INVESTMENT  CLUBS.  Access Persons (defined on p. 4-3 of the Code) must
         receive the prior approval of the  Chairperson of the Ethics  Committee
         before  forming  or  participating  in  a  stock  or  investment  club.
         Transactions  in which  Access  Persons  have  beneficial  ownership or
         control (see p. 4-4) through investment clubs are subject to the firm's
         Statement  of Policy on  Securities  Transactions.  Non-Access  Persons
         (defined  on p. 4-4) do not have to receive  prior  approval to form or
         participate  in a stock or  investment  club and need only obtain prior
         clearance of transactions in Price  Associates'  stock. As described on
         p. 4-16, an exemption from prior clearance for an Access Person (except
         for transactions in Price Associates' stock) is generally  available if
         the Access Person has beneficial  ownership  solely by virtue of his or
         her spouse's participation in the club and has no investment control or
         input into decisions regarding the club's securities transactions.

CONFIDENTIALITY.  The exercise of confidentiality extends to four major areas of
our  operations:  internal  operating  procedures  and planning;  clients,  fund
shareholders  and TRP Brokerage  customers;  investment  advice;  and investment
research. The duty to exercise confidentiality applies not only when an employee
is with the firm, but also after he or she terminates employment with the firm.

         INTERNAL  OPERATING  PROCEDURES AND PLANNING.  During the years we have
         been in  business,  a great  deal of  creative  talent has been used to
         develop  specialized  and unique  methods of  operations  and portfolio
         management.  In many cases,  we feel these methods give us an advantage
         over our  competitors,  and we do not  want  these  ideas  disseminated
         outside  our  firm.   Accordingly,   employees  should  be  guarded  in
         discussing  our business  practices with  outsiders.  Any requests from
         outsiders for specific  information of this type should be cleared with
         your supervisor before it is released.

         Also,  from time to time  management  holds  meetings with employees in
         which  material,  non-public  information  concerning the firm's future
         plans  is  disclosed.   Employees  should  never  discuss  confidential
         information with, or provide copies of written material  concerning the
         firm's internal operating  procedures or projections for the future to,
         unauthorized persons outside the firm.

         CLIENTS,  FUND  SHAREHOLDERS,  AND  TRP  BROKERAGE  CUSTOMERS.  In many
         instances,  when  clients  subscribe  to our  services,  we ask them to
         disclose  fully  their  financial  status and needs.  This is done only
         after we have assured them that every member of our  organization  will
         hold this  information  in strict  confidence.  It is essential that we
         respect their trust.  A simple rule for employees to follow is that the
         names of our clients, fund shareholders,  or TRP Brokerage customers or
         any information  pertaining to their investments must never be divulged
         to anyone  outside  the firm,  not even to members  of their  immediate
         families,  and must never be used as a basis for  personal  trades over
         which the employee has beneficial interest or control.

         INVESTMENT  ADVICE.  Because of the fine  reputation  our firm  enjoys,
         there is a great  deal of public  interest  in what we are doing in the
         market. There are two major considerations that dictate why we must not
         provide investment "tips":

         o        From the point of view of our clients,  it is not fair to give
                  other people information which clients must purchase.

         o        From the point of view of the  firm,  it is not  desirable  to
                  create an outside demand for a stock when we are trying to buy
                  it for our clients,  as this will only serve to push the price
                  up. The reverse is true if we are selling.

         In light of these  considerations,  employees  must never  disclose  to
         outsiders  our  buy  and  sell   recommendations,   securities  we  are
         considering  for future  investment,  or the portfolio  holdings of our
         clients or mutual funds.

         The practice of giving  investment advice informally to members of your
         immediate  family  should be restricted  to very close  relatives.  Any
         transactions  resulting  from  such  advice  are  subject  to the prior
         approval  (Access  Persons  only) and  reporting  requirements  (Access
         Persons  AND  Non-Access   Persons)  of  the  Statement  of  Policy  on
         Securities  Transactions.  Under no  circumstances  should an  employee
         receive  compensation  directly  or  indirectly  (other than from Price
         Associates or an affiliate)  for rendering  advice to either clients or
         non-clients.

         INVESTMENT  RESEARCH.  Any report  circulated by a research  analyst is
         confidential  in its entirety and should not be  reproduced or shown to
         anyone   outside  of  our   organization,   except  our  clients  where
         appropriate.

         UNDERSTANDING  AS TO CLIENTS'  ACCOUNTS AND COMPANY  RECORDS AT TIME OF
         EMPLOYEE   TERMINATION.   The   accounts   of   clients,   mutual  fund
         shareholders,  and TRP  Brokerage  customers  are the sole  property of
         Price Associates. This applies to all clients for whom Price Associates
         acts as  investment  adviser,  regardless  of how or  through  whom the
         client  relationship  originated  and  regardless  of  who  may  be the
         counselor  for a  particular  client.  At the  time of  termination  of
         employment  with Price  Associates,  an employee must: (1) surrender to
         Price  Associates in good condition any and all  materials,  reports or
         records  (including  all copies in his or her  possession or subject to
         his or her  control)  developed by him or her or any other person which
         are considered  confidential  information of Price  Associates  (except
         copies of any research material in the production of which the employee
         participated to a material extent); and (2) refrain from communicating,
         transmitting  or making  known to any  person  or firm any  information
         relating to any materials or matters whatsoever which are considered by
         Price Associates to be confidential.

Employees   must  use  care  in  disposing  of  any   confidential   records  or
correspondence.  Confidential material that is to be discarded should be torn up
or,  if a  quantity  of  material  is  involved,  you  should  contact  Document
Management for instructions regarding proper disposal.

CORPORATE  RESPONSIBILITY.  As a major  institutional  investor with a fiduciary
duty to its clients,  including its mutual fund  shareholders,  Price Associates
has adopted a Statement  of Policy on Corporate  Responsibility  (see page 5-1).
The purpose of this Statement is to establish formal standards and procedures to
guide Price Associates with respect to its responsibilities to deal with matters
of corporate and social responsibilities which may affect the companies in which
client assets are invested.

EMPLOYMENT OF FORMER GOVERNMENT  EMPLOYEES.  Federal laws and regulations govern
the  employment  of former  employees of the U.S.  Government  and its agencies,
including the SEC. In addition,  certain states have adopted  similar  statutory
restrictions.  Finally,  certain states and municipalities  which are clients of
Price Associates have imposed  contractual  restrictions in this regard.  Before
any  action  is taken to  discuss  employment  by Price  Associates  of a former
government employee, guidance must be obtained from the Legal Department.

EMPLOYMENT PRACTICES

         EQUAL  OPPORTUNITY.  Price Associates is committed to the principles of
         Equal Employment.  We believe our continued success depends on talented
         people,  without  regard to race,  color,  religion,  national  origin,
         gender,  age,  disability,  sexual  orientation,  Vietnam era  military
         service or any other  classification  protected  by  federal,  state or
         local laws.

         This  commitment  to  Equal  Opportunity  covers  all  aspects  of  the
         employment relationship including recruitment,  application and initial
         employment,    promotion   and   transfer,   selection   for   training
         opportunities,  wage and salary administration,  and the application of
         service, retirement, and employee benefit plan policies.

         All  members of T. Rowe Price  staff are  expected  to comply  with the
         spirit and intent of our Equal Employment Opportunity Policy.

         If you feel you have not been treated in  accordance  with this policy,
         contact your immediate  supervisor,  your manager or a Human  Resources
         Representative.  No retaliation  will be taken against any employee who
         reports an incident of alleged discrimination.

         HARASSMENT.  Price Associates  intends to provide employees a workplace
         free  from any form of  harassment.  This  includes  sexual  harassment
         which, banned by and punishable under the Civil Rights Act of 1964, may
         result from  unwelcome  advances,  requests for favors or any verbal or
         physical conduct of a sexual nature.  Such actions or statements may or
         may not be accompanied by explicit or implied  promises of preferential
         treatment or negative consequences in connection with one's employment.
         Harassment   might  include   uninvited   sex-oriented   conversations,
         touching,  comments,  jokes,  suggestions  or  innuendos.  This type of
         behavior can create a stressful, intimidating and offensive atmosphere;
         it may adversely affect morale and work performance.

         Any employee  who feels  offended by the action or comments of another,
         or any employee  who has  observed  such  behavior,  should  report the
         matter,  in  confidence,  to his or her immediate  supervisor.  If that
         presents  a  problem,  report  the  matter  to the  Director  of  Human
         Resources  or another  person in the Human  Resources  Department.  All
         complaints will be investigated  immediately  and  confidentially.  Any
         employee who has behaved in a  reprehensible  manner will be subject to
         disciplinary action in keeping with the gravity of the offense.

         DRUG AND ALCOHOL  ABUSE.  Price  Associates  has adopted a Statement of
         Policy,  available  from  Human  Resources,  to  maintain  a  drug-free
         workplace  and  prevent  alcohol  abuse.  This  policy  fosters a safe,
         healthful and  productive  environment  for its employees and customers
         and protects  Price  Associates'  property,  equipment,  operations and
         reputation in the community and the industry.

PAST AND CURRENT LITIGATION. As a condition of employment,  each new employee is
required to answer a questionnaire regarding past and current civil and criminal
actions and certain  regulatory  matters.  Price Associates uses the information
obtained through these  questionnaires  to answer questions asked on federal and
state registration  forms and for insurance and bonding purposes.  Each employee
is responsible for keeping answers on the questionnaire  current. If an employee
becomes party to any proceeding that could lead to his or her conviction for any
felony or  misdemeanor  (other than traffic or other minor  offenses) or becomes
the subject of a regulatory action by the SEC, a state, a foreign  government or
any domestic or foreign  self-regulatory  organization relating to securities or
investment activities, he or she should notify the Legal Department promptly.

FINANCIAL  REPORTING.  Price Associates' records are maintained in a manner that
provides for an accurate record of all financial transactions in conformity with
generally accepted accounting  principles.  No false or deceptive entries may be
made and all entries must contain an  appropriate  description of the underlying
transaction.  All reports, vouchers, bills, invoice, payroll and service records
and other essential data must be accurate,  honest and timely and should provide
an accurate and complete representation of the facts.

HEALTH  AND  SAFETY  IN  THE   WORKPLACE.   Price   Associates   recognizes  its
responsibility  to provide  employees a safe and healthful  workplace and proper
facilities to help them do their jobs effectively.

ILLEGAL  PAYMENTS.  State,  federal and  foreign  laws  prohibit  the payment of
bribes, kickbacks,  inducements or other illegal gratuities or payments by or on
behalf  of  Price  Associates.  Price  Associates,   through  its  policies  and
practices,  is committed to comply  fully with these laws.  The Foreign  Corrupt
Practices Act makes it a crime to corruptly give,  promise or authorize payment,
in cash or in kind, for any service to a foreign  official or political party in
connection with obtaining or retaining business.  If an employee is solicited to
make  or  receive  an  illegal  payment,  he or she  should  contact  the  Legal
Department.

MARKETING AND SALES  ACTIVITIES.  All written and oral  marketing  materials and
presentations (including performance data) must be in compliance with applicable
SEC,  NASD,  and  Association  of Investment  Management  and Research  ("AIMR")
requirements.  All advertisements,  sales literature and other written marketing
materials  (whether  they be for the Price Funds,  non-Price  funds,  or various
advisory or brokerage services) must be reviewed and approved by the advertising
section of the Legal  Department  prior to use. All performance data distributed
outside the firm, including total return and yield information, must be obtained
from the Performance Group before distribution.

POLICY  REGARDING  ACCEPTANCE AND GIVING OF GIFTS AND  GRATUITIES.  The firm, as
well as its employees and members of their  families,  should not accept or give
gifts that might in any way create or appear to create a conflict of interest or
interfere  with the impartial  discharge of our  responsibilities  to clients or
place our firm in a difficult or embarrassing position. Such gifts would include
gratuities  or  other  accommodations  from or to  business  contacts,  brokers,
securities salespersons,  approved companies,  suppliers,  clients, or any other
individual or organization with whom our firm has a business  relationship,  but
would not include certain types of business  entertainment as described later in
this section.

         RECEIPT OF GIFTS. Personal contacts may lead to gifts which are offered
         on a  friendship  basis  and  may  be  perfectly  proper.  It  must  be
         remembered,  however,  that  business  relationships  cannot  always be
         separated  from  personal  relationships  and that the  integrity  of a
         business  relationship is always  susceptible to criticism in hindsight
         where gifts are received.

         Under no circumstances  may employees accept gifts from any business or
         business  contact  in the  form  of  cash  or  cash  equivalents.  Gift
         certificates may only be accepted if used; they may not be converted to
         cash except for nominal amounts not consumed when the gift  certificate
         is used.

         There may be an  occasion  where it might be  awkward to refuse a token
         non-cash  expression of appreciation given in the spirit of friendship.
         In such cases,  the value of all gifts received from a business contact
         should not exceed $100 in any twelve-month  period. The value of a gift
         directed  to the members of a  department  as a group may be divided by
         the number of the employees in that  Department.  Gifts  received which
         are  unacceptable  according  to this  policy  must be  returned to the
         givers.

         GIVING OF  GIFTS.  An  employee  may  never  give a gift to a  business
         contact  in the  form  of  cash or  cash  equivalents,  including  gift
         certificates.  Token gifts may be given to business  contacts,  but the
         aggregate value of all such gifts given to the business contact may not
         exceed $100 in any  twelve-month  period  without the permission of the
         Chairperson of the Ethics  Committee.  If an employee  believes that it
         would be  appropriate  to give a gift with a value  exceeding $100 to a
         business  contact  in a  specific  situation,  he or she must  submit a
         written request to the Chairperson of the Ethics Committee. The request
         should specify:

         o        the name of the giver;
         o        the name of the intended recipient and his or her employer;
         o        the nature of the gift and its monetary value;
         o        the nature of the business relationship; and
         o        the reason the gift is being given.

         NASD regulations  prohibit exceptions to the $100 limit for gifts given
         in  connection  with  Investment  Services'  business.  Baltimore/Legal
         Compliance will retain a record of all such gifts.

         ADDITIONAL  REQUIREMENTS FOR THE GIVING OF GIFTS IN CONNECTION WITH THE
         BROKER/DEALER.  NASD  Conduct  Rule 3060  imposes  stringent  reporting
         requirements  for  gifts  given to any  principal,  employee,  agent or
         similarly  situated  person  where  the  gift  is  in  connection  with
         Investment  Services' business with the person's employer.  Examples of
         gifts  that fall under  this rule  would  include  any gift given to an
         employee of a company to which our firm  provides  investment  products
         such as  mutual  funds  (e.g.,  many  401(k)  plans) or to which we are
         marketing  investment  products.  Under this NASD  rule,  gifts may not
         exceed $100 (without  exception) and persons associated with Investment
         Services,  including its registered  representatives,  must report EACH
         such gift.

         The NASD reporting  requirement is normally met when an item is ordered
         electronically  from the Corporate Gift website.  If a gift is obtained
         from another source, it must be reported to Baltimore/Legal Compliance.
         The report to Baltimore Legal/Compliance must include:

         o        the name of the giver;

         o        the name of the recipient and his or her employer;

         o        the nature of the gift and its monetary value;

         o        the nature of the business relationship; and

         o        the date the gift was given.


         ENTERTAINMENT.  Our firm's $100 limit on the  acceptance  and giving of
         gifts not only  applies to gifts of  merchandise,  but also  covers the
         enjoyment or use of property or  facilities  for  weekends,  vacations,
         trips,  dinners, and the like. However,  this limitation does not apply
         to dinners,  sporting  events and other  activities  which are a normal
         part of a business  relationship.  To illustrate  this  principle,  the
         following examples are provided:

                  First Example: The head of institutional research at brokerage
                  firm "X" (whom you have  known  and done  business  with for a
                  number of years) invites you and your wife to join her and her
                  husband for dinner and afterwards a theatrical production.

                  Second  Example:  You are going to New York for a weekend with
                  your wife. You wish to see a recent Broadway hit, but are told
                  it is sold out. You call a broker  friend who works at company
                  "X" to see if he can get tickets for you.  The broker says yes
                  and offers you two tickets free of charge.

                  Third  Example:  You  have  been  invited  by  a  vendor  to a
                  multi-day  excursion  to a resort  where the primary  focus is
                  entertainment  as opposed to business.  The vendor has offered
                  to pay your travel and lodging for this trip.

         In the  first  example,  it  would  be  proper  for you to  accept  the
invitation.

         With respect to the second example, it would not be proper to solicit a
         person doing business with the firm for free tickets to any event.  You
         could,  however,  accept the  tickets if you pay for them at their fair
         value or, if greater, at the cost to the broker.

         With respect to the third example,  trips of substantial value, such as
         multi-day  excursions to resorts,  hunting  locations or sports events,
         where  the  primary  focus is  entertainment  as  opposed  to  business
         activities,  would  not be  considered  a  normal  part  of a  business
         relationship.  Generally,  such  invitations may not be accepted unless
         our firm or the  employee  pays for the cost of the  excursion  and the
         employee has obtained approval from his or her Division Head.

The same principles apply if an employee wishes to entertain a business contact.
Inviting business  contacts and, if appropriate,  their guests, to an occasional
meal, sporting event, the theater, or comparable  entertainment is acceptable as
long as it is neither so frequent  nor so  extensive as to raise any question of
propriety.  If an employee wishes to pay for a business  guest=s  transportation
(e.g., airfare) and/or accommodations as part of business  entertainment,  he or
she  must  first  receive  the  permission  of the  Chairperson  of  the  Ethics
Committee.

RESEARCH TRIPS. Occasionally, brokers or portfolio companies invite employees of
our firm to attend or  participate in research  conferences,  tours of portfolio
companies' facilities, or meetings with the management of such companies.  These
invitations may involve traveling  extensive  distances to and from the sites of
the specified  activities and may require overnight  lodging.  Employees may not
accept any such invitations  until approval has been secured from their Division
heads.  As a general  rule,  such  invitations  should only be accepted  after a
determination  has been made that the proposed  activity  constitutes a valuable
research opportunity which will be of primary benefit to our clients. All travel
expenses  to and  from the  sites of the  activities,  and the  expenses  of any
overnight  lodging,  meals or other  accommodations  provided in connection with
such  activities,  should be paid for by our firm except in situations where the
costs are  considered  to be  insubstantial  and are not readily  ascertainable.
Employees may not accept  reimbursement from brokers or portfolio companies for:
travel and hotel  expenses;  speaker fees or honoraria  for  addresses or papers
given  before  audiences;  or  consulting  services  or advice  they may render.
Likewise,  employees may neither  request nor accept loans or personal  services
from brokers or portfolio companies.

POLITICAL  ACTIVITIES.  Employees are encouraged to participate  and vote in all
federal,  state  and  local  elections.  All  officers  and  directors  of Price
Associates are required to disclose  certain  Maryland local and state political
contributions on a semi-annual basis (a Political Contribution  Questionnaire is
sent to officers and directors each January and July).

No  political  contribution  of  corporate  funds,  direct or  indirect,  to any
political  candidate or party, or to any other  organization  that might use the
contribution for a political  candidate or party, or use of corporate  property,
services or other assets may be made  without the written  approval of the Legal
Department.  These  prohibitions  cover not only direct  contributions  but also
indirect  assistance  or support of  candidates  or  political  parties  through
purchase  of tickets to special  dinners or other fund  raising  events,  or the
furnishing  of any other goods,  services or  equipment to political  parties or
committees.

PROTECTION  OF  CORPORATE  ASSETS.  All  employees  are  responsible  for taking
measures to ensure that Price Associates'  assets are properly  protected.  This
responsibility  not only  applies  to our  business  facilities,  equipment  and
supplies,  but  also to  intangible  assets  such as  proprietary,  research  or
marketing information, corporate trademarks and servicemarks, and copyrights.

QUALITY OF SERVICES.  It is a continuing  policy of Price  Associates to provide
investment  products and services which: (1) meet applicable  laws,  regulations
and industry standards;  (2) are offered to the public in a manner which ensures
that each  client/shareholder  understands  the  objectives  of each  investment
product  selected;  and (3) are properly  advertised and sold in accordance with
all applicable SEC, state and NASD rules and regulations.

The quality of Price Associates' investment products and services and operations
affects our reputation,  productivity,  profitability and market position. Price
Associates'  goal is to be a quality leader and to create  conditions that allow
and encourage  all employees to perform their duties in an efficient,  effective
manner.

RECORD  RETENTION.  Under various federal and state laws and regulations,  Price
Associates  is  required  to  produce,  maintain  and  retain  various  records,
documents and other written (including electronic) communications. Each employee
is  responsible  for  adhering  to  Price  Associates'  record  maintenance  and
retention policies.

REFERRAL FEES. Federal securities laws strictly prohibit the payment of any type
of  referral  fee unless  certain  conditions  are met.  This would  include any
compensation to persons who refer clients or shareholders to us (e.g.,  brokers,
registered representatives or any other persons) either directly in cash, by fee
splitting,  or indirectly by the providing of gifts or services  (including  the
allocation of  brokerage).  No  arrangements  should be entered into  obligating
Price  Associates  or any employee to pay a referral fee unless  approved by the
Legal Department.

RELEASE OF INFORMATION TO THE PRESS. All requests for information from the media
concerning T. Rowe Price Associates' corporate affairs, mutual funds, investment
services,  investment  philosophy and policies,  and related  subjects should be
referred to the Public Relations Department for reply. Investment  professionals
who  are  contacted  directly  by  the  press  concerning  a  particular  fund's
investment  strategy  or market  outlook may use their own  discretion,  but are
advised to check with the Public  Relations  Department  if they do not know the
reporter or feel it may be inappropriate to comment on a particular matter.

RESPONSIBILITY  TO REPORT  VIOLATIONS.  Every  employee  who becomes  aware of a
violation of this Code is encouraged to report,  on a  confidential  basis,  the
violation to his or her supervisor.  If the supervisor appears to be involved in
the  wrongdoing,  the  report  should be made to the next  level of  supervisory
authority  or  to  the  Director  of  the  Human  Resources   Department.   Upon
notification of the alleged violation, the supervisor is obligated to advise the
Legal Department.

It is Price Associates'  policy that no adverse action will be taken against any
employee who reports a violation in good faith.

SERVICE AS TRUSTEE, EXECUTOR OR PERSONAL REPRESENTATIVE.  Employees may serve as
trustees, co-trustees,  executors or personal representatives for the estates of
or trusts  created by close  family  members.  Employees  may also serve in such
capacities for estates or trusts created by nonfamily  members.  However,  if an
Access  Person  expects to be  actively  involved in an  investment  capacity in
connection with an estate or trust created by a nonfamily member, he or she must
first be granted  permission by the Ethics  Committee.  If an employee serves in
any of these capacities,  securities transactions effected in such accounts will
be  subject  to  the  prior  approval   (Access   Persons  only)  and  reporting
requirements  (Access Persons AND Non-Access Persons) of our Statement of Policy
on Securities Transactions.

If any  employees  presently  serve in any of  these  capacities  for  nonfamily
members,  they  should  report  these  relationships  in  writing  to the Ethics
Committee.

SPEAKING  ENGAGEMENTS  AND  PUBLICATIONS.  Employees  are often  asked to accept
speaking  engagements  on the  subject  of  investments,  finance,  or their own
particular  specialty with our organization.  This is encouraged by the firm, as
it enhances our public  relations,  but you should obtain approval from the head
of your Division  before you accept such requests.  You may also accept an offer
to teach a course or seminar on investments or related topics (for example, at a
local college) in your individual capacity with the approval of the head of your
Division and provided the course is in compliance  with the Guidelines  found in
Investment Services= Compliance Manual.

Before  making  any  commitment  to write or  publish  any  article or book on a
subject related to investments or your work at Price Associates, approval should
be obtained from your Division head.

TRADING  IN  SECURITIES  WITH  INSIDE  INFORMATION.  The  purchase  or  sale  of
securities while in possession of material,  inside information is prohibited by
state and federal laws.  Information is considered inside and material if it has
not been publicly  disclosed and is sufficiently  important that it would affect
the  decision of a  reasonable  person to buy,  sell or hold stock in a company,
including  Price  Associates'  stock.  Under no  circumstances  may an  employee
transmit such information to any other person, except to other employees who are
required  to be kept  informed on the  subject.  All  employees  should read and
understand the Statement of Policy on Material,  Inside (Non-Public) Information
(see page 3-1).


March, 2000


<PAGE>
                         T. ROWE PRICE ASSOCIATES, INC.
                               STATEMENT OF POLICY
                                       ON
                    MATERIAL, INSIDE (NON-PUBLIC) INFORMATION


INTRODUCTION.  "Insider trading" is a top enforcement priority of the Securities
and Exchange  Commission.  In 1988,  the Insider  Trading and  Securities  Fraud
Enforcement Act (the "ACT") was signed into law. This Act has had a far reaching
impact on all public  companies and  especially  those engaged in the securities
brokerage or investment  advisory  industries,  including  directors,  executive
officers and other controlling persons of such companies. While the Act does not
provide a statutory  definition of "insider trading," it contained major changes
to the previous law. Specifically, the Act:

      WRITTEN  PROCEDURES.   Requires   SEC-registered   brokers,   dealers  and
      investment  advisers to establish,  maintain and enforce written  policies
      and  procedures  reasonably  designed to prevent  the misuse of  material,
      non-public information by such persons.

      CIVIL  PENALTIES.  Imposes  severe civil  penalties  on  brokerage  firms,
      investment  advisers,  their  management and advisory  personnel and other
      "controlling  persons" who fail to take adequate steps to prevent  insider
      trading and illegal tipping by employees and other  "controlled  persons."
      Persons who directly or indirectly control  violators,  including entities
      such as Price Associates and their officers and directors,  face penalties
      to be determined by the court in light of the facts and circumstances, but
      not to exceed  the  greater  of  $1,000,000  or three  times the amount of
      profit gained or loss avoided as a result of the violation.

     CRIMINAL  PENALTIES.  Provides as  penalties  for criminal  securities  law
     violations:

     o    Maximum jail term -- from five to ten years;
     o    Maximum  criminal fine for individuals -- from $100,000 to $1,000,000;
     o    Maximum criminal fine for entities -- from $500,000 to $2,500,000.

      PRIVATE RIGHT OF ACTION.  Establishes a statutory  private right of action
      on behalf of  contemporaneous  traders  against  insider traders and their
      controlling persons.

      BOUNTY  PAYMENTS.  Authorizes the SEC to award bounty  payments to persons
      who provide information  leading to the successful  prosecution of insider
      trading violations.  Bounty payments are at the discretion of the SEC, but
      may not exceed 10% of the penalty imposed.

PURPOSE  OF  STATEMENT  OF  POLICY.  The  purpose  of this  Statement  of Policy
("STATEMENT")  is to comply with the Act's  requirement to establish,  maintain,
and  enforce  written  procedures  designed  to prevent  insider  trading.  This
Statement  explains:  (i) the general legal prohibitions and sanctions regarding
insider  trading;   (ii)  the  meaning  of  the  key  concepts   underlying  the
prohibitions;  (iii) the obligations of each employee of Price Associates in the
event he or she comes into possession of material,  non-public information;  and
(iv) the firm's educational program regarding insider trading.  Price Associates
has also  adopted a Statement  of Policy on  Securities  Transactions  (see page
4-1),  which requires both Access  Persons (see p. 4-3) and  Non-Access  Persons
(see p. 4-4) to obtain prior  clearance  with respect to their  transactions  in
Price  Associates'  stock and requires  Access Persons to obtain prior clearance
with respect to all pertinent securities transactions.  In addition, both Access
Persons and  Non-Access  Persons are required to report such  transactions  on a
timely basis to the firm.

THE BASIC INSIDER  TRADING  PROHIBITION.  The "insider  trading"  doctrine under
federal  securities laws generally  prohibits any person  (including  investment
advisers) from:

     o    trading in a security  while in  possession  of  material,  non-public
          information regarding the issuer of the security;

     o    tipping such information to others;

     o    recommending the purchase or sale of securities while in possession of
          such  information;

     o    assisting someone who is engaged in any of the above activities. Thus,
          "insider  trading" is not  limited to  insiders  of the company  whose
          securities are being traded.  It can also apply to non-insiders,  such
          as  investment  analysts,  portfolio  managers  and  stockbrokers.  In
          addition,  it is not  limited to persons  who  trade.  It also  covers
          persons  who  tip  material,   non-public   information  or  recommend
          transactions in securities while in possession of such information.

POLICY  OF PRICE  ASSOCIATES  ON  INSIDER  TRADING.  It is the  policy  of Price
Associates and its  affiliates to forbid any of their  officers,  directors,  or
employees, while in possession of material, non-public information, from trading
securities or recommending transactions, either personally or in its proprietary
accounts or on behalf of others (including  mutual funds and private  accounts),
or  communicating  material,  non-public  information  to others in violation of
federal securities laws.

"NEED TO KNOW" POLICY. All information regarding planned, prospective or ongoing
securities  transactions must be treated as confidential.  Such information must
be confined, even within the firm, to only those individuals and departments who
must  have such  information  in order  for  Price  Associates  to carry out its
engagement  properly  and  effectively.   Ordinarily,  these  prohibitions  will
restrict information to only those persons who are involved in the matter.

TRANSACTIONS  INVOLVING  PRICE  ASSOCIATES'  STOCK.   Officers,   directors  and
employees are reminded that they are "insiders" with respect to Price Associates
since  Price  Associates  is a public  company  and its  stock is  traded in the
over-the-counter  market.  It is therefore  important that employees not discuss
with family,  friends or other persons any matter  concerning  Price  Associates
which might  involve  material,  non-public  information,  whether  favorable or
unfavorable.

SANCTIONS. Penalties for trading on material, non-public information are severe,
both for the individuals  involved in such unlawful conduct and their employers.
An employee of Price  Associates  who violates  the insider  trading laws can be
subject to some or all of the penalties  described below, even if he or she does
not personally benefit from the violation:

     o    Injunctions;
     o    Treble damages;
     o    Disgorgement of profits;
     o    Criminal fines;
     o    Jail sentences;
     o    Civil  penalties for the person who  committed  the  violation  (which
          would, under normal  circumstances,  be the employee and not the firm)
          of up to three times the profit gained or loss avoided, whether or not
          the individual actually benefitted; and
     o    Civil  penalties  for Price  Associates  (and other  persons,  such as
          managers and supervisors, who are deemed to be controlling persons) of
          up to the  greater  of  $1,000,000  or three  times the  amount of the
          profit gained or loss avoided.

In  addition,  any  violation  of this  Statement  can be  expected to result in
serious sanctions being imposed by Price Associates,  including dismissal of the
person(s) involved.

BASIC CONCEPTS OF INSIDER TRADING. The four critical concepts in insider trading
cases are: (1) fiduciary duty/misappropriation, (2) materiality, (3) non-public,
and (4) possession. Each concept is discussed below.

FIDUCIARY DUTY/MISAPPROPRIATION. In two decisions, Dirks v. SEC and Chiarella v.
United  States,  the United States  Supreme Court held that insider  trading and
tipping  violate  the  federal  securities  law if the trading or tipping of the
information results in a breach of duty of trust or confidence.

A typical  breach of duty arises when an insider,  such as a corporate  officer,
purchases  securities  of his or her  corporation  on  the  basis  of  material,
non-public  information.  Such conduct breaches a duty owed to the corporation's
shareholders. The duty breached, however, need not be to shareholders to support
liability  for  insider  trading;  it could  also  involve a breach of duty to a
client, an employer,  employees,  or even a personal acquaintance.  For example,
courts have held that if the insider  receives a personal benefit (either direct
or  indirect)  from the  disclosure,  such as a pecuniary  gain or  reputational
benefit, that would be enough to find a fiduciary breach.

The concept of who  constitutes  an  "insider" is broad.  It includes  officers,
directors and employees of a company. In addition,  a person can be a "temporary
insider" if he or she enters into a confidential  relationship in the conduct of
a company's affairs and, as a result, is given access to information  solely for
the  company's  purpose.  A  temporary  insider can  include,  among  others,  a
company's attorneys,  accountants,  consultants,  and bank lending officers,  as
well as the employees of such organizations.  In addition, any person may become
a  temporary  insider of a company if he or she  advises the company or provides
other  services,  provided the company expects such person to keep any material,
non-public information disclosed confidential.

Court decisions have held that under a  "misappropriation"  theory,  an outsider
(such as an  investment  analyst)  may be liable if he or she breaches a duty to
anyone by: (1) obtaining information  improperly,  or (2) using information that
was obtained  properly for an improper purpose.  For example,  if information is
given  to  an  analyst  on a  confidential  basis  and  the  analyst  uses  that
information   for   trading   purposes,   liability   could   arise   under  the
misappropriation  theory.  Similarly,  an analyst who trades in breach of a duty
owed  either  to his  or  her  employer  or  client  may  be  liable  under  the
misappropriation   theory.   For   example,   the  Supreme   Court   upheld  the
misappropriation theory when a lawyer received material,  non-public information
from a law partner who represented a client  contemplating a tender offer, where
that  lawyer  used the  information  to trade in the  securities  of the  target
company.

The  situations  in which a person can trade while in  possession  of  material,
non-public  information  without  breaching a duty are so complex and  uncertain
that the only safe course is not to trade, tip or recommend  securities while in
possession of material, non-public information.

MATERIALITY.  Insider trading  restrictions arise only when the information that
is used for trading,  tipping or  recommendations is "material." The information
need not be so important  that it would have changed an  investor's  decision to
buy or sell;  rather,  it is enough that it is the type of  information on which
reasonable investors rely in making purchase, sale, or hold decisions.

      RESOLVING  CLOSE CASES.  The Supreme  Court has held that, in close cases,
      doubts about whether or not  information is material should be resolved in
      favor of a finding  of  materiality.  You  should  also be aware that your
      judgment regarding  materiality may be reviewed by a court or the SEC with
      the 20-20 vision of hindsight.

      EFFECT ON MARKET PRICE. Any information  that, upon disclosure,  is likely
      to have a significant  impact on the market price of a security  should be
      considered material.

      FUTURE  EVENTS.   The  materiality  of  facts  relating  to  the  possible
      occurrence of future events depends on the likelihood  that the event will
      occur and the significance of the event if it does occur.

      ILLUSTRATIONS. The following list, though not exhaustive,  illustrates the
      types of  matters  that might be  considered  material:  a joint  venture,
      merger or  acquisition;  the  declaration  or omission of  dividends;  the
      acquisition  or loss of a significant  contract;  a change in control or a
      significant change in management; a call of securities for redemption; the
      borrowing  of a  significant  amount of funds;  the  purchase or sale of a
      significant  asset; a significant  change in capital  investment  plans; a
      significant labor dispute or disputes with subcontractors or suppliers; an
      event  requiring  a company to file a current  report on Form 8-K with the
      SEC;  establishment  of a program to make  purchases of the  company's own
      shares;  a tender  offer for  another  company's  securities;  an event of
      technical  default or  default  on  interest  and/or  principal  payments;
      advance  knowledge of an upcoming  publication  that is expected to affect
      the market price of the stock.

      These illustrations are equally applicable to Price Associates as a public
      company  and  should  serve  as  examples  of the  types of  matters  that
      employees should not discuss with persons outside the firm. Remember, even
      though you may have no intent to violate  any federal  securities  law, an
      offhand  comment  to a  friend  might be used  unbeknownst  to you by such
      friend to effect  purchases or sales of Price  Associates'  stock. If such
      transactions were discovered and your friend were prosecuted,  your status
      as an informant or "tipper" would directly involve you in the case.

NON-PUBLIC  VS. PUBLIC  INFORMATION.  Any  information  which is not "public" is
deemed to be  "non-public."  Just as an  investor is  permitted  to trade on the
basis of information that is not material, he or she may also trade on the basis
of information that is public.  Information is considered  public if it has been
disseminated in a manner making it available to investors generally.  An example
of non-public  information  would  include  material  information  provided to a
select group of analysts but not made available to the  investment  community at
large. Set forth below are a number of ways in which non-public  information may
be made public.

      DISCLOSURE TO NEWS SERVICES AND NATIONAL PAPERS.  The U.S. stock exchanges
      require  exchange-traded  issuers  to  disseminate  material,   non-public
      information  about  their  companies  to: (1) the  national  business  and
      financial  newswire  services  (Dow Jones and  Reuters);  (2) the national
      service (Associated Press); and (3) The New York Times and The Wall Street
      Journal.

      LOCAL DISCLOSURE.  An announcement by an issuer in a local newspaper might
      be sufficient for a company that is only locally traded,  but might not be
      sufficient for a company that has a national market.

      INFORMATION  IN SEC REPORTS.  Information  contained in reports filed with
      the SEC will be deemed to be public.

      INFORMATION IN BROKERAGE REPORTS.  Information  published in bulletins and
      research  reports  disseminated  by  brokerage  firms  will,  as a general
      matter, be deemed to be public.

If Price  Associates is in possession of material,  non-public  information with
respect to a security  before such  information  is  disseminated  to the public
(i.e.,  such as being  disclosed  in one of the public media  described  above),
Price  Associates and its employees must wait a sufficient  period of time after
the  information  is  first  publicly  released  before  trading  or  initiating
transactions to allow the information to be fully disseminated.

CONCEPT OF  POSSESSION.  It is important to note that the SEC takes the position
that the law regarding  insider  trading  prohibits any person from trading in a
security in violation of a duty of trust and  confidence  WHILE in possession of
material,  non-public information regarding the security. This is in contrast to
trading ON THE BASIS of the material,  non-public information. To illustrate the
problems  created  by the use of the  "possession"  standard,  as opposed to the
"caused" standard, the following three examples are provided:

      FIRST,  if the investment  committee to a Price mutual fund were to obtain
      material, non-public information about one of its portfolio companies from
      a Price  equity  research  analyst,  that fund  would be  prohibited  from
      trading  in  the  securities  to  which  that  information   relates.  The
      prohibition  would last until the  information  is no longer  material  or
      non-public.

      SECOND,  if the  investment  committee  to a Price  mutual  fund  obtained
      material, non-public information about a particular portfolio security but
      continued to trade in that  security,  then the committee  members,  Price
      Associates,  and possibly management personnel might be liable for insider
      trading violations.

      THIRD,  even if the  investment  committee  to the Fund does not come into
      possession of the  material,  non-public  information  known to the equity
      research  analyst,  if it trades in the security,  it may have a difficult
      burden of proving  to the SEC or to a court that it was not in  possession
      of such information.

TENDER OFFERS. Tender offers are subject to particularly strict regulation under
the securities laws.  Specifically,  trading in securities which are the subject
of an actual or  impending  tender  offer by a person  who is in  possession  of
material, non-public information relating to the offer is illegal, regardless of
whether there was a breach of fiduciary duty. Under no circumstances  should you
trade in  securities  while in possession  of material,  non-public  information
regarding a potential tender offer.

PROCEDURES TO BE FOLLOWED WHEN RECEIVING MATERIAL, NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION.

Whenever an employee comes into possession of material,  non-public information,
he or she should  immediately  contact the Legal  Department  and  refrain  from
disclosing  the  information  to anyone  else,  including  persons  within Price
Associates, unless specifically advised to the contrary.

Specifically, employees may not:

     o    Trade in  securities  to which the  material,  non-public  information
          relates;

     o    Disclose the information to others;

     o    Recommend   purchases  or  sales  of  the   securities  to  which  the
          information relates.

If the  Legal  Department  determines  that  the  information  is  material  and
non-public, it will decide whether to:

     o    Place the  security on a Watch List  ("WATCH  LIST") and  restrict the
          flow of the information to others within Price  Associates in order to
          allow  Price  Associates'   investment  personnel  to  continue  their
          ordinary investment activities. This procedure is commonly referred to
          as a CHINESE WALL; or

     o    Place the security on a Restricted List  ("RESTRICTED  LIST") in order
          to prohibit trading in the security by both clients and employees.

The Watch List is highly  confidential and should,  under no  circumstances,  be
disseminated to anyone except authorized personnel in the Legal Department.  The
Restricted List is also highly confidential and should,  under no circumstances,
be disseminated to anyone outside Price Associates.

The employee whose possession of or access to inside  information has caused the
inclusion of an issuer on the Watch List may never trade or recommend  the trade
of the  securities  of that issuer  without the specific  prior  approval of the
Legal Department.

If an employee receives a private placement  memorandum and the existence of the
private  offering  and/or  the  contents  of  the  memorandum  is  material  and
non-public, the employee should contact the Legal Department for a determination
of whether the issuer should be placed on the Watch or Restricted List.

SPECIFIC PROCEDURES RELATING TO THE SAFEGUARDING OF INSIDE INFORMATION.

      To ensure the integrity of the Chinese Wall,  and the  confidentiality  of
the Restricted List, it is important that ALL EMPLOYEES take the following steps
to safeguard the confidentiality of material, non-public information:

     o    Do not  discuss  confidential  information  in public  places  such as
          elevators, hallways or social gatherings;

     o    To the extent  practical,  limit access to the areas of the firm where
          confidential  information  could be observed or overheard to employees
          with a business need for being in the area;

     o    Avoid using  speaker  phones in areas where  unauthorized  persons may
          overhear conversations;

     o    Where appropriate,  maintain the  confidentiality of client identities
          by using code names or numbers for confidential projects;

     o    Exercise  care to  avoid  placing  documents  containing  confidential
          information  in areas where they may be read by  unauthorized  persons
          and store such documents in secure locations when they are not in use;
          and

     o    Destroy  copies  of  confidential  documents  no longer  needed  for a
          project.

      Price  Associates  has adopted  specific  written  procedures,  Procedures
Pertaining to the Administration of the Statement of Policy on Material,  Inside
(Non-Public)  Information  ("PROCEDURES")  to deal with those  situations  where
employees of the firm are in possession of material, non-public information with
respect to securities  which may be in or are being  considered for inclusion in
the  portfolios  of clients  managed by other  areas of the firm and when tender
offer  financing  information is received.  These  Procedures  also describe the
procedures  for managing  relationship  conflicts in the municipal  area.  These
Procedures  have  been  designed  to  isolate  and keep  confidential  material,
non-public  information  known  to one  investment  group or  employee  from the
remainder of the firm.  They are considered a part of this Statement and will be
distributed to all appropriate personnel.

EDUCATION  PROGRAM.  While the  probability  of research  analysts and portfolio
managers  being  exposed to  material,  non-public  information  with respect to
companies  considered  for  investment  by clients is greater than that of other
employees, it is imperative that all employees have a full understanding of this
Statement,  particularly  since the insider trading  restrictions  also apply to
transactions in the stock of Price Associates.

To ensure that all  employees  are  properly  informed of and  understand  Price
Associates'  policy with respect to insider trading,  the following  program has
been adopted.

     INITIAL REVIEW FOR NEW EMPLOYEES. All new employees will be given a copy of
     the Code,  which includes this Statement,  at the time of their  employment
     and will be required to certify that they have read it. A representative of
     the Legal  Department  will review the  Statement  with each new  portfolio
     manager, research analyst, and trader, as well as with any person who joins
     the firm as a vice president of Price Associates, promptly after his or her
     employment.

     DISTRIBUTION OF STATEMENT.  Any time this Statement is materially  revised,
     copies will be distributed to all employees.

     ANNUAL  REVIEW  WITH  RESEARCH   ANALYSTS,   COUNSELORS   AND  TRADERS.   A
     representative  of the Legal Department will review this Statement at least
     annually with portfolio managers, research analysts, and traders.

     ANNUAL  CONFIRMATION OF COMPLIANCE.  All employees will be asked to confirm
     their understanding of and adherence to this Statement on an annual basis.

QUESTIONS.  If you have any  questions  with  respect to the  interpretation  or
application  of this  Statement,  you are  encouraged  to discuss them with your
immediate supervisor or the Legal Department.

March, 2000
<PAGE>

                         T. ROWE PRICE ASSOCIATES, INC.
                               STATEMENT OF POLICY
                                       ON
                             SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS


BACKGROUND INFORMATION.

        LEGAL REQUIREMENT. In accordance with the requirements of the Securities
        Exchange Act of 1934, the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Investment
        Advisers  Act of 1940  and the  Insider  Trading  and  Securities  Fraud
        Enforcement  Act  of  1988,  T.  Rowe  Price  Associates,  Inc.  ("PRICE
        ASSOCIATES")  and the mutual funds ("TRPA  FUNDS") which it manages have
        adopted   this   Statement   of   Policy  on   Securities   Transactions
        ("STATEMENT").  Both Rowe Price-Fleming International, Inc. ("RPFI") and
        T. Rowe Fleming Asset  Management  Limited  ("TRFAM")  have also adopted
        Statements of Policy on  Securities  Transactions.  Funds  sponsored and
        managed by Price  Associates  or RPFI will be  referred to as the "PRICE
        FUNDS."

        PRICE ASSOCIATES'  FIDUCIARY POSITION.  As an investment adviser,  Price
        Associates is in a fiduciary  position  which requires it to act with an
        eye only to the benefit of its clients,  avoiding those situations which
        might place,  or appear to place,  the interests of Price  Associates or
        its officers,  directors and employees in conflict with the interests of
        clients.

        PURPOSE OF  STATEMENT.  The  Statement was developed to help guide Price
        Associates'  employees and  independent  directors  and the  independent
        directors  of  the  Price  Funds  in  the  conduct  of  their   personal
        investments and to:

        o       eliminate the  possibility  of a transaction  occurring that the
                Securities and Exchange  Commission or other  regulatory  bodies
                would view as illegal,  such as FRONT  RUNNING  (see  definition
                below);

        o       avoid  situations where it might appear that Price Associates or
                the Price Funds or any of their officers, directors or employees
                had  personally  benefited  at the  expense  of a client or fund
                shareholder or taken inappropriate  advantage of their fiduciary
                positions; and

        o       prevent,  as well as detect, the misuse of material,  non-public
                information.

        Employees  and the  independent  directors of Price  Associates  and the
        Price Funds are urged to consider  the reasons for the  adoption of this
        Statement.  Price Associates' and the Price Funds'  reputations could be
        adversely affected as the result of even a single transaction considered
        questionable  in light of the fiduciary  duties of Price  Associates and
        the independent directors of the Price Funds.

        FRONT RUNNING.  Front Running is illegal. It is generally defined as the
        purchase or sale of a security by an officer, director or employee of an
        investment  adviser or mutual fund in  anticipation  of and prior to the
        adviser effecting similar  transactions for its clients in order to take
        advantage  of or avoid  changes  in  market  prices  effected  by client
        transactions.

PERSONS  SUBJECT  TO  STATEMENT.  The  provisions  of this  Statement  apply  as
described below to the following persons and entities. Each person and entity is
classified as either an Access Person or a Non-Access Person as described below.
The  provisions  of this  Statement  may also  apply to an  Access  Person's  or
Non-Access  Person's spouse,  minor children,  and certain other  relatives,  as
further  described on page 4-4 of this Statement.  Access Persons are subject to
all provisions of this Statement.  Non-Access Persons are subject to the general
principles of the Statement and its reporting requirements,  but are exempt from
prior clearance requirements except for transactions in Price Associates' stock.
The persons and entities covered by this Statement are:

        PRICE ASSOCIATES.  Price Associates,  each of its subsidiaries and their
        retirement plans, and the Price Associates Employee Partnerships.

        PERSONNEL.   Each  officer,   inside  director  and  employee  of  Price
        Associates  and its  subsidiaries,  including  T. Rowe Price  Investment
        Services, Inc., the principal underwriter of the Price Funds.

        CERTAIN TEMPORARY WORKERS.  These workers include:

        o       All  temporary  workers  hired on the Price  Associates  payroll
                ("TRPA TEMPORARIES");

        o       All agency  temporaries  whose  assignments at Price  Associates
                exceed four weeks or whose cumulative  assignments  exceed eight
                weeks over a twelve-month period;

        o       All independent or agency-provided consultants whose assignments
                exceed four weeks or whose cumulative  assignments  exceed eight
                weeks  over a  twelve-month  period  AND whose  work is  closely
                related  to the  ongoing  work of  Price  Associates'  employees
                (versus project work that stands apart from ongoing work); and

        o       Any  contingent  worker whose  assignment is more than casual in
                nature or who will be  exposed to the kinds of  information  and
                situations that would create conflicts on matters covered in the
                Code.

        RPFI PERSONNEL.  As stated in the first paragraph, a Statement of Policy
        on  Securities  Transactions  has  been  adopted  by  RPFI.  Under  that
        Statement,  all  RPFI  personnel  (officers,  directors  and  employees)
        stationed in Baltimore will be subject to this Statement.

        TRFAM PERSONNEL. As stated in the first paragraph, a Statement of Policy
        on  Securities  Transactions  has been  adopted  by  TRFAM.  Under  that
        Statement,  all TRFAM  personnel  (officers,  directors,  and employees)
        stationed in Baltimore will be subject to this Statement.

        RETIRED EMPLOYEES. Retired employees of Price Associates who continue to
        receive investment research information from Price Associates.

INDEPENDENT  DIRECTORS OF PRICE  ASSOCIATES AND THE PRICE FUNDS. The independent
directors of Price  Associates  include those directors of Price  Associates who
are  neither  officers  nor  employees  of  Price  Associates.  The  independent
directors of the Price Funds include those  directors of the Price Funds who are
not deemed to be "interested persons" of Price Associates.

Although  subject to the general  principles  of this  Statement,  including the
definition of "beneficial  ownership," independent directors are subject only to
modified reporting  requirements.  The independent  directors of the Price Funds
are exempt from prior clearance requirements. The independent directors of Price
Associates  are exempt from the prior  clearance  requirements  except for Price
Associates' stock.

        ACCESS  PERSONS.  Certain persons and entities are classified as "ACCESS
        PERSONS" under the Code. The term "ACCESS PERSON" means:

        o       Price Associates;

        o       any officer  (vice  president  or above) or director  (excluding
                independent directors) of Price Associates or the Price Funds;

        o       any  employee  of Price  Associates  or the Price  Funds who, in
                connection with his or her regular  functions or duties,  makes,
                participates  in,  or  obtains  or  has  access  to  information
                regarding  the purchase or sale of securities by a Price Fund or
                other advisory  client,  or whose functions relate to the making
                of any  recommendations  with respect to the purchases or sales;
                or

        o       any person in a control  relationship  to Price  Associates or a
                Price Fund who obtains or has access to  information  concerning
                recommendations  made to a Price Fund or other  advisory  client
                with regard to the purchase or sale of  securities  by the Price
                Fund or advisory client.

        All Access Persons are notified of their status under the Code.

        INVESTMENT  PERSONNEL.   An  Access  Person  is  further  identified  as
        "INVESTMENT  PERSONNEL"  if,  in  connection  with  his or  her  regular
        functions  or  duties,  he or  she  "makes  or  participates  in  making
        recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of securities" by a Price
        Fund or other advisory client.

        The term "Investment Personnel" includes, but is not limited to:

        o       those employees who are authorized to make investment  decisions
                or to recommend securities  transactions on behalf of the firm's
                clients  (investment  counselors  and members of the mutual fund
                advisory committees);

        o       research and credit analysts; and

        o       traders who assist in the investment process.

        All  Investment  Personnel are deemed Access Persons under the Code. All
        Investment  Personnel  are  notified  of their  status  under  the Code.
        Investment  Personnel are  prohibited  from  investing in initial public
        offerings.

NON-ACCESS  PERSONS.  Persons  who do not fall within the  definition  of Access
Persons are deemed "NON-ACCESS PERSONS".

QUESTIONS  ABOUT  THE  STATEMENT.  You are  urged  to  seek  the  advice  of the
Chairperson  of  the  Ethics  Committee  when  you  have  questions  as  to  the
application of this Statement to individual circumstances.

TRANSACTIONS  SUBJECT TO STATEMENT.  Except as provided below, the provisions of
this Statement apply to transactions that fall under either one of the following
two conditions:

FIRST, you are a "BENEFICIAL  OWNER" of the security under the Rule 16a-1 of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 ("EXCHANGE ACT"), as defined below.

SECOND,  if you  CONTROL or direct  securities  trading  for  another  person or
entity,  those  trades  are  subject  to  this  Statement  even if you are not a
beneficial  owner of the  securities.  For example,  if you have an  exercisable
trading authorization of an unrelated person's or entity's brokerage account, or
are directing  another person's or entity's trades,  those  transactions will be
subject to this  Statement  to the same extent your  personal  trades  would be,
unless exempted as described below.

DEFINITION OF BENEFICIAL OWNER. A "beneficial owner" is any person who, directly
or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement,  understanding,  relationship,
or  otherwise,  has or shares in the  opportunity,  directly or  indirectly,  to
profit or share in any profit derived from a transaction in the security.

A person has beneficial ownership in:

        o       securities  held by members  of the  person's  immediate  family
                SHARING  THE  SAME   HOUSEHOLD,   although  the  presumption  of
                beneficial ownership may be rebutted;

        o       a person's  interest in  securities  held by a trust,  which may
                include both trust  beneficiaries  or trustees  with  investment
                control;

        o       a person's right to acquire  securities  through the exercise or
                conversion of any derivative security,  whether or not presently
                exercisable;

        o       a general  partner's  proportionate  interest  in the  portfolio
                securities held by a general or limited partnership;

        o       certain  performance-related fees other than an asset-based fee,
                received  by  any  broker,   dealer,  bank,  insurance  company,
                investment  company,  investment  adviser,  investment  manager,
                trustee or person or entity performing a similar function; and

        o       a person's  right to  dividends  that is  separated or separable
                from the underlying  securities.  Otherwise,  right to dividends
                alone  shall  not   represent   beneficial   ownership   in  the
                securities.

A shareholder shall not be deemed to have beneficial  ownership in the portfolio
securities  held by a  corporation  or similar  entity in which the person  owns
securities if the shareholder is not a controlling shareholder of the entity and
does not have or share investment control over the entity's portfolio.

REQUESTS FOR  EXEMPTIONS.  If you have beneficial  ownership of a security,  any
transaction  involving  that  security is presumed to be subject to the relevant
requirements of this Statement, UNLESS you have no control over the transaction.
Such a  situation  MAY arise,  for  example,  if you have  delegated  investment
authority  to  an  independent   investment  adviser,  or  your  spouse  has  an
independent  trading  program  in which  you have no input.  Similarly,  if your
spouse has investment control over, but no beneficial ownership in, an unrelated
account, an exemption may be appropriate.

If you are  involved in an  investment  account for a family  situation,  trust,
partnership,  corporation,  etc.,  which you feel  should  not be subject to the
Statement's  relevant prior approval and/or reporting  requirements,  you should
submit  a  written   request  for   clarification   or  exemption  to  Baltimore
Legal/Compliance  (Attn.  D.  Jones).  Any such  request  for  clarification  or
exemption should name the account,  your interest in the account, the persons or
firms responsible for its management,  and the basis upon which the exemption is
being claimed. Exemptions are NOT self-executing;  any exemption must be granted
through Baltimore Legal/Compliance.

TRANSACTIONS IN STOCK OF PRICE ASSOCIATES.  Because Price Associates is a public
company,  ownership of its stock subjects its officers,  inside and  independent
directors,  and  employees  to  special  legal  requirements  under the  Federal
securities  laws. Each officer,  director and employee is responsible for his or
her own  compliance  with these  requirements.  In  connection  with these legal
requirements, Price Associates has adopted the following rules and procedures:

        INDEPENDENT  DIRECTORS OF PRICE FUNDS. The independent  directors of the
        Price Funds are prohibited from owning the stock of Price Associates.

        QUARTERLY  EARNINGS  REPORT.  Generally,  all employees and  independent
        directors of Price Associates must refrain from initiating  transactions
        in Price Associates' stock in which they have a beneficial interest from
        the sixth  trading day  following  the end of the quarter (or such other
        date as management  shall from time to time  determine)  until the third
        trading day  following  the public  release of earnings.  Employees  and
        independent  directors will be notified in writing through the Office of
        the Secretary of Price Associates  ("SECRETARY") from time to time as to
        the controlling dates.

        PRIOR CLEARANCE. Employees and independent directors of Price Associates
        are  required  to  obtain  clearance  prior to  effecting  any  proposed
        transaction  (including  gifts and transfers)  involving shares of Price
        Associates'  stock  owned  beneficially  or through the  Employee  Stock
        Purchase  Plan.  Requests for prior  clearance must be in writing on the
        form entitled,  "Notification of Proposed  Transaction"  (available from
        Corporate  Records  Department) and be submitted to the Secretary who is
        responsible  for  processing  and  maintaining  the  records of all such
        requests.  This would  include  sales of stock  purchased  through Price
        Associates  Employee Stock Purchase Plan  ("ESPP").  Purchases  effected
        through the ESPP are automatically reported to the Secretary.  Receiving
        prior clearance does not relieve employees and independent  directors of
        Price Associates from conducting their personal securities  transactions
        in full compliance  with the Code,  including its prohibition on trading
        while in possession of material,  inside  information.  Transactions  in
        Price  Associates'  stock are  subject  to the  60-Day  Rule  except for
        transactions  effected  through the ESPP and certain options  exercises.
        See p. 4-18.


        ========================================================================

        ALL EMPLOYEES AND INDEPENDENT  DIRECTORS OF PRICE ASSOCIATES MUST OBTAIN
        PRIOR CLEARANCE OF ANY TRANSACTION  INVOLVING  PRICE  ASSOCIATES'  STOCK
        FROM THE OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF PRICE ASSOCIATES.

        ========================================================================

        INITIAL  DISCLOSURE  OF HOLDINGS.  Each new employee  must report to the
        Secretary any shares of Price  Associates'  stock of which he or she has
        beneficial  ownership  no later than 10 days  after his or her  starting
        date of employment.

        DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLANS.  Purchases of Price Associates' stock owned
        outside of the ESPP and effected  through a dividend  reinvestment  plan
        need not receive  prior  clearance  if the  Secretary's  office has been
        previously notified by the employee that he or she will be participating
        in that plan. Reporting of transactions  effected through that plan need
        only be made quarterly, except that employees who are subject to Section
        16 of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934  reporting  must report such
        transactions monthly.

        EFFECTIVENESS  OF PRIOR  CLEARANCE.  Prior  clearance of transactions in
        Price Associates' stock is effective for five (5) business days from and
        including the date the  clearance is granted,  unless (i) advised to the
        contrary by the Secretary prior to the proposed transaction, or (ii) the
        person  receiving  the  approval  comes  into  possession  of  material,
        non-public  information concerning the firm. If the proposed transaction
        in Price  Associates'  stock is not executed within this time period,  a
        new clearance must be obtained.

        REPORTING OF DISPOSITION OF PROPOSED  TRANSACTION.  Covered persons must
        notify  the   Secretary  of  the   disposition   (whether  the  proposed
        transaction was effected or not) of each transaction involving shares of
        Price  Associates'  stock owned directly within two business days of its
        execution, or within seven business days of the date of prior clearance,
        if not executed.

        INSIDER REPORTING AND LIABILITY.  Under current rules, certain officers,
        directors and 10% stockholders of a publicly traded company ("INSIDERS")
        are  subject to the  requirements  of Section 16.  Insiders  include the
        directors and certain managing directors of Price Associates.

        SEC  REPORTING.  There are three  reporting  forms  which  insiders  are
        required  to file  with  the SEC to  report  their  purchase,  sale  and
        transfer  transactions  in, and holdings of,  Price  Associates'  stock.
        Although the Secretary  will provide  assistance in complying with these
        requirements  as an  accommodation  to  insiders,  it remains  the legal
        responsibility of each insider to assure that the applicable reports are
        filed in a timely manner.

o                 FORM 3. The initial ownership report by an insider is required
                  to be filed on Form 3. This  report  must be filed  within ten
                  days after a person becomes an insider (i.e.,  is elected as a
                  director  or  appointed  as managing  director)  to report all
                  current  holdings of Price  Associates'  stock.  Following the
                  election or  appointment  of an insider,  the  Secretary  will
                  deliver to the insider a Form 3 for appropriate signatures and
                  will file such Form with the SEC.

o                 FORM  4.  Any  change  in the  insider's  ownership  of  Price
                  Associates' stock must be reported on a Form 4 unless eligible
                  for deferred  reporting on year-end  Form 5. The Form 4 is due
                  by the 10th day  following  the end of the  month in which the
                  ownership change occurred.  Following receipt of the Notice of
                  Disposition  of the proposed  transaction,  the Secretary will
                  deliver  to  the  insider  a  Form  4,  as   applicable,   for
                  appropriate signatures and will file such Form with the SEC.

o                 FORM 5.  Any  transaction  or  holding  which is  exempt  from
                  reporting on Form 4, such as option exercises, small purchases
                  of stock,  gifts,  etc. may be reported on a deferred basis on
                  Form 5 within 45 days  after the end of the  calendar  year in
                  which the transaction  occurred. No Form 5 is necessary if all
                  transactions and holdings were previously reported on Form 4.

               LIABILITY FOR SHORT-SWING PROFITS. Under Federal securities laws,
               profit realized by certain officers, as well as directors and 10%
               stockholders  of a  company  (including  Price  Associates)  as a
               result of a purchase and sale (or sale and  purchase) of stock of
               the  company  within a period  of less  than six  months  must be
               returned to the firm upon request.

        OFFICE OF THRIFT SUPERVISION ("OTS") REPORTING.  Price Associates is the
        holding company of T. Rowe Price Savings Bank, which is regulated by the
        OTS.  OTS  regulations  require  that the  Managing  Directors  of Price
        Associates,  as  well as any  vice  president  in  charge  of any  Price
        Associates' affiliate, file reports regarding their personal holdings of
        the stock of Price  Associates  and of the  stock of any  non-affiliated
        savings  banks or  savings  and loan  holding  companies.  Although  the
        Secretary will provide  assistance in complying with these  requirements
        as an  accommodation,  it  remains  the  responsibility  of each  person
        required to file such reports to ensure that such reports are filed in a
        timely manner.

PRIOR CLEARANCE  REQUIREMENTS  (OTHER THAN PRICE  ASSOCIATES'  STOCK) FOR ACCESS
PERSONS.

ALL ACCESS  PERSONS must obtain prior  clearance  before  directly or indirectly
initiating,  recommending,  or in any way participating in, the purchase or sale
of a security in which the Access  Person has, or by reason of such  transaction
may  acquire,  any  beneficial  interest  or  which he or she  controls,  unless
exempted  below.  NON-ACCESS  PERSONS are NOT required to obtain prior clearance
before engaging in any securities transactions,  except for transaction in Price
Associates' stock.

               =================================================================

               ALL EMPLOYEES AND INDEPENDENT  DIRECTORS OF PRICE ASSOCIATES MUST
               OBTAIN  PRIOR  CLEARANCE  OF  ANY  TRANSACTION   INVOLVING  PRICE
               ASSOCIATES'  STOCK  FROM THE  OFFICE  OF THE  SECRETARY  OF PRICE
               ASSOCIATES.

               =================================================================

Where  required,  prior  clearance  must be obtained  regardless  of whether the
transaction  is  effected  through  TRP  Brokerage  or through  an  unaffiliated
broker/dealer.  Receiving  prior  clearance does not relieve Access Persons from
conducting  their personal  securities  transactions in full compliance with the
Code,  including  its  prohibition  on trading  while in possession of material,
inside information,  and with applicable law, including the prohibition on Front
Running (see page 4-1 for  definition  of Front  Running).  Please note that the
prior  clearance  procedures  do NOT check  compliance  with the 60-Day Rule (p.
4-17).

TRANSACTIONS   (OTHER  THAN  IN  PRICE  ASSOCIATES'  STOCK)  EXEMPT  FROM  PRIOR
CLEARANCE.  The  following  transactions  are  exempt  from the prior  clearance
requirements:

                MUTUAL  FUNDS AND  VARIABLE  INSURANCE  PRODUCTS.  Purchases  or
                redemptions  of shares  of any  open-end  investment  companies,
                including the Price Funds, and variable insurance products.

                UNIT  INVESTMENT  TRUSTS.  Purchases  or sales of shares in unit
                investment trusts.

                U.S.  GOVERNMENT  OBLIGATIONS.  Purchases  or  sales  of  direct
                obligations of the U.S. Government.

                PRO RATA  DISTRIBUTIONS.  Purchases  effected by the exercise of
                rights  issued pro rata to all holders of a class of  securities
                or the sale of rights so received.

                MANDATORY TENDERS. Purchases and sales of securities pursuant to
                a mandatory tender offer.

                SPOUSAL PAYROLL DEDUCTION PLANS. Purchases by an Access Person's
                spouse  pursuant  to a  payroll  deduction  plan,  provided  the
                Compliance Department has been previously notified by the Access
                Person  that the spouse  will be  participating  in the  payroll
                deduction plan.

                EXERCISE  OF STOCK  OPTION  OF  CORPORATE  EMPLOYER  BY  SPOUSE.
                Transactions involving the exercise by an Access Person's spouse
                of a  stock  option  issued  by the  corporation  employing  the
                spouse.

                DIVIDEND  REINVESTMENT  PLANS.  Purchases  effected  through  an
                established  Dividend  Reinvestment  Plan ("DRP"),  provided the
                Compliance  Department  is first  notified by the Access  Person
                that he or she  will be  participating  in the  DRP.  An  Access
                Person's   purchase  of  share(s)  of  the  issuer  to  initiate
                participation  in the  DRP or an  Access  Person's  purchase  of
                shares  in  addition  to  those   purchased  with  dividends  (a
                "CONNECTED  PURCHASE")  AND any sale of shares from the DRP MUST
                receive prior clearance.

                SYSTEMATIC  INVESTMENT  PLANS.   Purchases  effected  through  a
                systematic investment plan involving the automatic investment of
                a  set  dollar  amount  on  predetermined  dates,  provided  the
                Compliance Department has been previously notified by the Access
                Person  that he or she will be  participating  in the  plan.  An
                Access Person's purchase of securities of the issuer to initiate
                participation  in the plan AND any sale of  shares  from  such a
                plan MUST receive prior clearance.

                INHERITANCES. The acquisition of securities through inheritance.

                GIFTS. The giving of or receipt of a security as a gift.

PROCEDURES FOR OBTAINING PRIOR CLEARANCE  (OTHER THAN PRICE  ASSOCIATES'  STOCK)
FOR ACCESS  PERSONS.  ALL Access  Persons should follow the procedures set forth
below before engaging in the transactions described.

        PROCEDURES FOR OBTAINING  PRIOR  CLEARANCE FOR INITIAL PUBLIC  OFFERINGS
        ("IPOS"):

               NON-INVESTMENT  PERSONNEL.  Access Persons who are NOT Investment
               Personnel  ("NON-INVESTMENT  PERSONNEL") may purchase  securities
               that are the subject of an IPO ONLY if prior written approval has
               been obtained from the Chairperson of the Ethics Committee or his
               or her designee  ("DESIGNEE"),  which may include N.  Morris,  S.
               McCafferty  or A.  Brooks.  An IPO is an offering  of  securities
               registered  under the  Securities  Act of 1933 when the issuer of
               the  securities,  immediately  before the  registration,  was not
               subject  to  certain  reporting  requirements  of the  Securities
               Exchange Act of 1934.

               In considering such a request for approval,  the Chairperson will
               determine whether the proposed transaction presents a conflict of
               interest with any of the firm's clients or otherwise violates the
               Code. The Chairperson  will also determine  whether the following
               conditions have been met:

                1.      The   purchase  is  made   through  the   Non-Investment
                        Personnel's regular broker;

                2.      The  number of shares to be  purchased  is  commensurate
                        with the normal size and activity of the  Non-Investment
                        Personnel's account; and

                3.      The transaction  otherwise meets the requirements of the
                        NASD's rules on free riding and withholding.

        Non-Investment  Personnel will not be permitted to purchase shares in an
        IPO  if  any of  the  firm's  clients  are  prohibited  from  doing  so.
        Therefore,  Non-Investment  Personnel MUST check with the Equity Trading
        Desk the day the offering is priced  before  purchasing in the IPO. This
        prohibition  will remain in effect until the firm's clients have had the
        opportunity to purchase in the secondary market once the underwriting is
        completed -- commonly referred to as the aftermarket.

                INVESTMENT  PERSONNEL.  Investment  Personnel  may NOT  purchase
                securities in an IPO.

                NON-ACCESS PERSONS. Although Non-Access Persons are not required
                to receive prior clearance before  purchasing  shares in an IPO,
                any  Non-Access  Person who is a  registered  representative  of
                Investment Services should be aware that NASD rules may restrict
                his or her  ability to buy shares in a "hot  issue,"  which is a
                new  issue  that  trades at a premium  in the  secondary  market
                whenever that trading commences.

        PROCEDURES FOR OBTAINING PRIOR CLEARANCE FOR PRIVATE PLACEMENTS.  Access
        Persons may not invest in a private  placement of securities,  including
        the purchase of limited  partnership  interests,  unless  prior  written
        approval has been obtained from the Chairperson of the Ethics  Committee
        or  a  Designee.  In  considering  such  a  request  for  approval,  the
        Chairperson will determine whether the investment  opportunity  (private
        placement)  should be reserved for the firm's  clients,  and whether the
        opportunity  is being  offered to the Access  Person by virtue of his or
        her  position  with the  firm.  The  Chairperson  will also  secure,  if
        appropriate,   the  approval  of  the  proposed   transaction  from  the
        chairperson of the applicable investment steering committee.

                CONTINUING  OBLIGATION.   An  Access  Person  who  has  received
                approval to invest in a private placement of securities and who,
                at  a  later  date,  anticipates  participating  in  the  firm's
                investment  decision  process  regarding the purchase or sale of
                securities of the issuer of that private  placement on behalf of
                any  client,   must  immediately   disclose  his  or  her  prior
                investment in the private  placement to the  Chairperson  of the
                Ethics  Committee  and to  the  chairperson  of the  appropriate
                investment steering committee.

        PROCEDURES  FOR  OBTAINING  PRIOR  CLEARANCE  FOR ALL  OTHER  SECURITIES
        TRANSACTIONS.  Requests for prior  clearance  by Access  Persons for all
        other  securities  transactions  requiring  prior  clearance may be made
        orally,  in writing,  or by electronic  mail (e-mail  address  "Personal
        Trades,"  which appears under  "Trades" in the  electronic  mail address
        book) to the Equity Trading  Department of Price Associates,  which will
        be responsible  for processing and  maintaining  the records of all such
        requests. All requests must include the name of the security, the number
        of  shares or amount of bond  involved,  whether a foreign  security  is
        involved,  and  the  nature  of  the  transaction,   i.e.,  whether  the
        transaction is a purchase, sale or short sale. Responses to all requests
        will be made by the Trading  Department  documenting the request and its
        approval/disapproval.

        Requests will normally be processed on the same day; however, additional
        time may be required  for prior  clearance  of  transactions  in foreign
        securities.

        EFFECTIVENESS  OF  PRIOR  CLEARANCE.  Prior  clearance  of a  securities
        transaction  is effective for three (3) business days FROM AND INCLUDING
        the date the  clearance is granted,  regardless  of the time of day when
        clearance is granted.  If the  proposed  securities  transaction  is not
        executed within this time, a new clearance must be obtained

REASONS  FOR  DISALLOWING  ANY  PROPOSED  TRANSACTION.   A  proposed  securities
transaction will be disapproved by the Trading Department and/or the Chairperson
of the Ethics Committee if:

                PENDING  CLIENT  ORDERS.   Orders  have  been  placed  by  Price
                Associates or RPFI to purchase or sell the security.

                PURCHASES AND SALES WITHIN SEVEN (7) CALENDAR DAYS. The security
                has been purchased or sold by any client of Price Associates or,
                in the case of a  foreign  security,  for any  client  of either
                Price Associates or RPFI, within seven calendar days immediately
                prior to the date of the proposed transaction. For example, if a
                client  transaction  occurs on Monday,  an Access Person may not
                purchase or sell that  security  until  Tuesday of the following
                week.  If  all  clients  have  eliminated  their  holdings  in a
                particular security, the seven-day restriction is not applicable
                to an Access Person's transactions in that security.

                APPROVED  COMPANY RATING  CHANGES.  A change in the rating of an
                approved  company as reported in the firm's Daily  Research News
                has occurred within seven (7) calendar days immediately prior to
                the date of the proposed transaction. Accordingly, trading would
                not be permitted until the eighth (8) calendar day.

                SECURITIES  SUBJECT  TO  INTERNAL  TRADING   RESTRICTIONS.   The
                security is limited or restricted by Price Associates or RPFI as
                to purchase or sale for client accounts.

REQUESTS FOR WAIVERS OF PRIOR CLEARANCE  DENIALS.  If an Access Person's request
for prior  clearance has been denied,  he or she may apply to the Chairperson of
the Ethics Committee for a waiver. All such requests must be in writing and must
fully describe the basis upon which the waiver is being  requested.  Waivers are
NOT routinely granted.

BROKERAGE CONFIRMATIONS AND PERIODIC ACCOUNT STATEMENTS.  ALL ACCESS PERSONS AND
NON-ACCESS PERSONS must request  broker-dealers  executing their transactions to
send to the attention of Compliance, Legal Department, T. Rowe Price Associates,
Inc., P.O. Box 17218,  Baltimore,  Maryland 21297-1218 a duplicate  confirmation
with  respect  to  each  and  every  reportable  transaction,   including  Price
Associates'  stock,  and a copy of all periodic  statements  for all  securities
accounts in which the Access Person or  Non-Access  Person is considered to have
beneficial ownership and/or control (see Page 4-4 for a discussion of beneficial
ownership and control concepts).

NOTIFICATION  OF  BROKER/DEALER  ACCOUNTS.  ALL ACCESS  PERSONS  AND  NON-ACCESS
PERSONS must give written notice to Baltimore Legal/Compliance before opening or
trading in a securities account with any broker/dealer, including TRP Brokerage.

        NEW  EMPLOYEES.  New  employees  must give  written  notice to Baltimore
        Legal/Compliance of any existing securities accounts maintained with any
        broker/dealer  when  joining  the firm (no later  than 10 days after the
        starting date).

        OFFICERS,   DIRECTORS  AND  REGISTERED   REPRESENTATIVES  OF  INVESTMENT
        SERVICES.  The NASD  requires  each  associated  person of T. Rowe Price
        Investment Services, Inc. to:

        o       Obtain approval from Investment  Services  (request should be in
                writing and be directed to  Baltimore  Legal/Compliance)  before
                opening or placing the  initial  trade in a  securities  account
                with any broker/dealer; and

        o       Provide  the  broker/dealer  with  written  notice of his or her
                association with Investment Services.

TRANSACTION   REPORTING   REQUIREMENTS   (OTHER  THAN  PRICE  ASSOCIATES'  STOCK
TRANSACTIONS).  ALL  Access  Persons  AND  Non-Access  Persons  must  report all
securities transactions unless the transaction is exempted from reporting below.

        TRANSACTIONS  EXEMPT FROM  REPORTING.  The  following  transactions  are
        exempt from the reporting requirements:

                MUTUAL FUNDS AND VARIABLE  INSURANCE  PRODUCTS.  The purchase or
                redemption  of  shares  of any  open-end  investment  companies,
                including  the Price  Funds,  and variable  insurance  products,
                except  that  any  employee  who  serves  as  the  president  or
                executive  vice president of a Price Fund must report his or her
                beneficial  ownership  or  control  of  shares  in that  Fund to
                Baltimore  Legal/Compliance  through  electronic  mail to Dottie
                Jones.

                STOCK  SPLITS  AND  SIMILAR  ACQUISITIONS.  The  acquisition  of
                additional  shares of existing  corporate  holdings  through the
                reinvestment  of income  dividends  and capital  gains in mutual
                funds,  stock  splits,  stock  dividends,  exercise  of  rights,
                exchange or conversion.

                U.S. GOVERNMENT OBLIGATIONS.  Purchases or redemptions of direct
                obligations of the U.S. Government.

                DIVIDEND  REINVESTMENT  PLANS.  The purchase of securities  with
                dividends  effected through an established  DRP. If, however,  a
                Connected  Purchase or a sale must receive prior  clearance (see
                p. 4-9), that transaction must also be reported.

        TRANSACTIONS  THAT  MUST  BE  REPORTED.   Other  than  the  transactions
        specified above as exempt, ALL Access Persons AND Non-Access Persons are
        required to file a report of the following securities transactions:

                CLEARED  TRANSACTIONS.  Any  transaction  that is subject to the
                prior  clearance  requirements,  including  purchases in initial
                public offerings and private  placement  transactions.  Although
                Non-Access  Persons are not required to receive prior  clearance
                for  securities   transactions  (other  than  Price  Associates'
                stock),  they MUST report any  transaction  that would have been
                required to be prior cleared by an Access Person.

                UNIT INVESTMENT TRUSTS. The purchase or sale of shares of a Unit
                Investment Trust.

                PRO RATA  DISTRIBUTIONS.  Purchase  effected by the  exercise of
                rights  issued pro rata to all holders of a class of  securities
                or the sale of rights so received.

                INHERITANCES. Acquisition of securities through inheritance.

                GIFTS. Acquisition or disposition of securities by gift.

                MANDATORY TENDERS. Purchases and sales of securities pursuant to
                a mandatory tender offer.

                SPOUSAL   PAYROLL   DEDUCTION    PLANS/SPOUSAL   STOCK   OPTION.
                Transactions involving the purchase or exchange of securities by
                the spouse of an Access Person or Non-Access  Person pursuant to
                a payroll  deduction  plan or the  exercise  by the spouse of an
                Access Person or  Non-Access  Person of a stock option issued by
                the spouse's  employer.  REPORTING OF SPOUSAL PAYROLL  DEDUCTION
                PLAN  TRANSACTIONS  NEED ONLY BE MADE QUARTERLY;  REPORTING OF A
                SPOUSAL  STOCK OPTION  EXERCISE  MUST BE MADE WITHIN TEN DAYS OF
                THE EXERCISE.

                SYSTEMATIC INVESTMENT PLANS. Transactions involving the purchase
                of securities by an Access Person or Non-Access  Person pursuant
                to  a  systematic   investment  plan.  REPORTING  OF  SYSTEMATIC
                INVESTMENT PLAN TRANSACTIONS NEED ONLY BE MADE QUARTERLY.

        REPORT FORM. If the executing  broker/dealer  provides a confirmation or
        similar  statement  directly to Baltimore  Legal/Compliance,  you do not
        need to make a further report.  All other  transactions must be reported
        on the form designated "T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. Employee's Report
        of  Securities  Transactions,"  a  supply  of which  is  available  from
        Baltimore Legal/Compliance.

        WHEN REPORTS ARE DUE. You must report a  securities  transaction  within
        ten (10) days after the trade date or within (10) days after the date on
        which you first  gain  knowledge  of the  transaction  (for  example,  a
        bequest) if this is later.  Reporting of transactions  involving  either
        systematic  investment  plans or the purchase of  securities by a spouse
        pursuant  to  a  payroll  deduction  plan,  however,   may  be  reported
        quarterly.

TRANSACTION  REPORTING  REQUIREMENTS  FOR THE  INDEPENDENT  DIRECTORS  OF  PRICE
ASSOCIATES AND THE  INDEPENDENT  DIRECTORS OF THE PRICE FUNDS.  The  independent
directors of Price  Associates and the independent  directors of the Price Funds
are subject to the same reporting  requirements as Access Persons and Non-Access
Persons except that reports need only be filed  quarterly.  Specifically:  (1) a
report  for  each  securities  transaction  must be filed  with  Baltimore/Legal
Compliance no later than ten (10) days after the end of the calendar  quarter in
which the  transaction  was  effected;  and (2) a report  must be filed for each
quarter,  regardless  of whether  there have been any  reportable  transactions.
Baltimore/Legal   Compliance  will  send  the  independent  directors  of  Price
Associates   and  the  Price  Funds  a  reminder   letter  and  reporting   form
approximately ten days prior to the end of each calendar quarter.

MISCELLANEOUS RULES REGARDING PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS. These rules vary
in their applicability depending upon whether you are an Access Person.

The  following  rules apply to ALL Access  Persons AND  Non-Access  Persons and,
where indicated,  to the independent directors of Price Associates and the Price
Funds.

        DEALING  WITH  CLIENTS.  Access  Persons,  Non-Access  Persons  and  the
        independent  directors of Price  Associates and the Price Funds may not,
        directly or indirectly,  sell to or purchase from a client any security.
        This  prohibition does not preclude the purchase or redemption of shares
        of any mutual fund that is a client of Price Associates.

        CLIENT INVESTMENT PARTNERSHIPS.

               CO-INVESTING.  Access Persons and Non-Access  Persons,  including
               employee  partnerships,  and the  independent  directors of Price
               Associates  and the Price Funds are not permitted to co-invest in
               client  investment  partnerships  of Price  Associates,  RPFI, or
               their  affiliates,  such as Strategic  Partners,  Threshold,  and
               International Partners.

               DIRECT INVESTMENT.  The independent  directors of the Price Funds
               are not  permitted  to  invest  as  limited  partners  in  client
               investment  partnerships  of  Price  Associates,  RPFI,  or their
               affiliates.

        INVESTMENT  CLUBS.  These  restrictions vary depending upon the person's
        status, as follows:

               NON-ACCESS  PERSONS.  A Non-Access Person may form or participate
               in a stock or investment club without approval of the Chairperson
               of the Ethics  Committee.  Only transactions in Price Associates'
               stock  are  subject  to  prior   clearance   requirements.   Club
               transactions  must be reported  just as the  Non-Access  Person's
               individual trades are reported.

               ACCESS PERSONS. An Access Person may not form or participate in a
               stock or investment  club unless prior written  approval has been
               obtained  from  the  Chairperson  of the  Ethics  Committee.  All
               transactions  by such a stock  or  investment  club in  which  an
               Access Person has beneficial  ownership or control are subject to
               the same prior clearance and reporting requirements applicable to
               an individual  Access  Person's  trades.  However,  if the Access
               Person has  beneficial  ownership  solely by virtue of his or her
               spouse's  participation in the club and has no investment control
               or  input  into   decisions   regarding  the  club's   securities
               transactions, he or she may request the waiver of prior clearance
               requirements of the club's transactions  (except for transactions
               in Price  Associates'  stock) from the  Chairperson of the Ethics
               Committee as part of the approval process.

        MARGIN ACCOUNTS.  While brokerage  margin accounts are discouraged,  you
        may open and maintain  margin  accounts  for the purchase of  securities
        provided such accounts are with brokerage  firms with which you maintain
        a regular brokerage account.

        TRADING  ACTIVITY.  You are  discouraged  from  engaging in a pattern of
        securities transactions which either:

        o       Is so excessively frequent as to potentially impact your ability
                to carry out your assigned responsibilities, or

        o       Involves securities  positions that are disproportionate to your
                net assets.

                At the discretion of the  Chairperson  of the Ethics  Committee,
                written  notification  of excessive  trading may be sent to your
                supervisor.

The following rules apply ONLY to ACCESS PERSONS:

        LARGE  COMPANY   EXEMPTION.   Although   subject  to  prior   clearance,
        transactions involving securities in certain large companies, within the
        parameters  set by the Ethics  Committee  (the "EXEMPT  LIST"),  will be
        approved under normal circumstances, as follows:

               TRANSACTIONS  INVOLVING  EXEMPT LIST  SECURITIES.  This exemption
               applies to  transactions  involving  no more than  $20,000 or the
               nearest  round  lot  (even  if  the  amount  of  the  transaction
               MARGINALLY  exceeds  $20,000) per security per week in securities
               of companies with market  capitalizations  of $5 billion or more,
               unless the rating on the security as reported in the firm's Daily
               Research News has been changed to a 1 or a 5 within the seven (7)
               calendar  days  immediately  prior  to the  date of the  proposed
               transaction.  If such a rating change has occurred, the exemption
               is not available.

               TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING OPTIONS ON EXEMPT LIST SECURITIES.  Access
               Persons may not purchase  uncovered put options or sell uncovered
               call options unless  otherwise  permitted  under the "Options and
               Futures" discussion on p. 4-16. Otherwise, in the case of options
               on an individual security on the Exempt List (if it has not had a
               prohibited rating change), an Access Person may trade the GREATER
               of 5 contracts or sufficient  option contracts to control $20,000
               in the  underlying  security;  thus an Access  Person may trade 5
               contracts  even if this permits the Access Person to control more
               than $20,000 in the underlying  security.  Similarly,  the Access
               Person may trade more than 5  contracts  as long as the number of
               contracts does not permit him or her to control more than $20,000
               in the underlying security.

        These parameters are subject to change by the Ethics Committee.

        EXCHANGE-TRADED INDEX OPTIONS.  Although subject to prior clearance,  an
        Access Person's  transactions  involving  exchange-traded index options,
        within the  parameters  set by the Ethics  Committee,  will be  approved
        under normal  circumstances.  Generally,  an Access Person may trade the
        GREATER of 5 contracts or sufficient contracts to control $20,000 in the
        underlying securities;  thus an Access Person may trade 5 contracts even
        if this  permits the Access  Person to control  more than $20,000 in the
        underlying securities.  Similarly, the Access Person may trade more than
        5 contracts  as long as the number of  contracts  does not permit him or
        her to control more than $20,000 in the underlying security.

        These parameters are subject to change by the Ethics Committee.

        CLIENT  LIMIT  ORDERS.  The Equity  Trading  Desk may  approve an Access
        Person's  proposed  trade even if a limit  order has been  entered for a
        client for the same security, if:

        o       The Access Person's trade will be entered as a market order; and

        o       The client's  limit order is 10% or more away from the market at
                the time of approval of the Access Person's trade.

        OPTIONS  AND   FUTURES.   Please   consult  the   specific   section  on
        Exchange-Traded  Index  Options  (p.  4-16)  for  transactions  in those
        options.

        ========================================================================

        BEFORE  ENGAGING  IN OPTIONS  AND FUTURE  TRANSACTIONS,  ACCESS  PERSONS
        SHOULD  UNDERSTAND  THE IMPACT  THAT THE 60-DAY RULE MAY HAVE UPON THEIR
        ABILITY TO CLOSE OUT A POSITION WITH A PROFIT (SEE PAGE 4-17).

        ========================================================================

               OPTIONS AND FUTURES ON  SECURITIES  AND INDICES NOT HELD BY PRICE
               ASSOCIATES' OR RPFI'S CLIENTS. There are no specific restrictions
               with  respect  to the  purchase,  sale or  writing of put or call
               options or any other option or futures activity, such as multiple
               writings,  spreads and straddles, on securities of companies (and
               options or futures on such securities)  which are not held by any
               of Price Associates' or RPFI's clients.

               OPTIONS ON SECURITIES OF COMPANIES  HELD BY PRICE  ASSOCIATES' OR
               RPFI'S  CLIENTS.   With  respect  to  options  on  securities  of
               companies  which are held by any of Price  Associates'  or RPFI's
               clients, it is the firm's policy that an Access Person should not
               profit  from a price  decline  of a  security  owned  by a client
               (other than an Index account).  Therefore,  an Access Person may:
               (i) purchase  call options and sell covered call options and (ii)
               purchase  covered  put options  and sell put  options.  An Access
               Person may not purchase  uncovered put options or sell  uncovered
               call options,  even if the issuer of the underlying securities is
               included on the Exempt List,  unless purchased in connection with
               other  options  on the  same  security  as  part  of a  straddle,
               combination  or spread  strategy which is designed to result in a
               profit to the Access Person if the  underlying  security rises in
               or does not change in value.  The purchase,  sale and exercise of
               options are subject to the same  restrictions  as those set forth
               with respect to securities, i.e., the option should be treated as
               if it were the common stock itself.

               OTHER  OPTIONS AND FUTURES  HELD BY PRICE  ASSOCIATES'  OR RPFI'S
               CLIENTS.  Any other option or futures transaction with respect to
               domestic or foreign  securities held by any of Price  Associates'
               clients  or with  respect to  foreign  securities  held by RPFI's
               clients will be approved or disapproved  on a case-by-case  basis
               after  due  consideration  is given as to  whether  the  proposed
               transaction or series of transactions might appear to or actually
               create a conflict with the interests of any of Price  Associates'
               or RPFI's  clients.  Such  transactions  include  transactions in
               futures and options on futures  involving  financial  instruments
               regulated solely by the CFTC.

        SHORT  SALES.  Short  sales  by  Access  Persons  are  subject  to prior
        clearance.  In addition,  Access Persons may not sell any security short
        which is owned by any client of Price  Associates  or RPFI,  except that
        short sales may be made "against the box" for tax purposes. A short sale
        "against  the  box"  is one in  which  the  seller  owns  an  amount  of
        securities  equivalent  to the number he or she sells  short.  All short
        sales,  including short sales against the box, are subject to the 60-Day
        Rule described below.

        THE 60-DAY RULE.  Access Persons are prohibited  from profiting from the
        purchase  and sale or sale  and  purchase  of the  same (or  equivalent)
        securities  within 60 calendar days. An "equivalent"  security means any
        option,  warrant,  convertible  security,  stock appreciation  right, or
        similar  right  with an  exercise  or  conversion  privilege  at a price
        related to the  subject  security,  or similar  securities  with a value
        derived from the value of the subject security.  Thus, for example,  the
        rule  prohibits  options  transactions  on or short  sales of a security
        within 60 days of its purchase. In addition, the rule applies regardless
        of the Access  Person's  other  holdings of the same security or whether
        the  Access  Person  has split his or her  holdings  into tax lots.  For
        example,  if an Access  Person  buys 100 shares of XYZ stock on March 1,
        1998 and another 100 shares of XYZ stock on March 1, 2000, he or she may
        not sell ANY shares of XYZ stock at a profit for 60 days following March
        1, 2000.  The 60-Day Rule "clock"  restarts  EACH time the Access Person
        trades in that security.

        EXEMPTIONS FROM THE 60-DAY RULE. The 60-Day Rule does not apply to:

        o       any transaction by a Non-Access  Person except for  transactions
                in Price Associates' stock not exempted below;

        o       any transaction exempt from prior clearance (see p. 4-8);

        o       the purchase  and sale or sale and  purchase of exchange  traded
                index options;

        o       any transaction in Price  Associates' stock effected through the
                ESPP; and

        o       the exercise of "in the money" Price  Associates'  stock options
                and the subsequent sale of the derivative shares.

                Prior  clearance  procedures  do NOT check  compliance  with the
                60-Day Rule when considering a trading  request.  Access Persons
                are  responsible  for checking their  compliance  with this rule
                before entering a trade.

                Access  Persons may request a waiver from the 60-Day Rule.  Such
                requests should be directed in writing to the Chairperson of the
                Ethics Committee. These waivers are NOT routinely granted.

        INVESTMENTS  IN  NON-LISTED  SECURITIES  FIRMS.  Access  Persons may not
        purchase or sell the shares of a broker/dealer, underwriter or federally
        registered  investment  adviser  unless  that  entity  is  traded  on an
        exchange or listed as a NASDAQ  stock or  permission  is given under the
        Private Placement Procedures (see p.
        4-10).

OWNERSHIP  REPORTING  REQUIREMENTS  - ONE-HALF OF ONE PERCENT  OWNERSHIP.  If an
employee  or an  independent  director  of Price  Associates  or an  independent
director  of the Price  Funds owns more than 1/2 of 1% of the total  outstanding
shares of a public or  private  company,  he or she must  immediately  report in
writing  such  fact to  Baltimore  Legal/Compliance,  providing  the name of the
company and the total number of such company's shares beneficially owned.

DISCLOSURE OF PERSONAL SECURITIES HOLDINGS BY ACCESS PERSONS.  Upon commencement
of  employment,  appointment  or  promotion  (no  later  than 10 days  after the
starting  date),  each  Access  Person  must  disclose  in writing  all  current
securities  holdings  in  which  he or  she is  considered  to  have  beneficial
ownership  and  control  ("Securities   Holdings  Report")  (see  page  4-4  for
definition of the term  Beneficial  Owner).  The form to provide the  Securities
Holding Report will be provided upon commencement of employment,  appointment or
promotion and should be submitted to Baltimore Legal/Compliance.

All  Investment  Personnel  and Managing  Directors  are also required to file a
Securities  Holding Report on an annual basis,  in  conjunction  with the annual
verification process.  Effective January 2001, this requirement will be extended
to ALL Access Persons, pursuant to federal law.

CONFIDENTIALITY  OF RECORDS.  Price Associates makes every effort to protect the
privacy of all persons and entities in connection with their Securities Holdings
Reports and Reports of Securities Transactions.

SANCTIONS. Strict compliance with the provisions of this Statement is considered
a basic provision of association  with Price Associates and the Price Funds. The
Ethics Committee and Baltimore  Legal/Compliance  are primarily  responsible for
administering this Statement.  In fulfilling this function, the Ethics Committee
will institute such procedures as it deems reasonably  necessary to monitor each
person's and entity's  compliance  with this Statement and to otherwise  prevent
and detect violations.

        VIOLATIONS BY ACCESS PERSONS,  NON-ACCESS PERSONS AND DIRECTORS OF PRICE
        ASSOCIATES.  Upon discovering a material  violation of this Statement by
        any person or entity other than an independent director of a Price Fund,
        the Ethics Committee will impose such sanctions as it deems  appropriate
        and as are  approved  by  the  Management  Committee  or  the  Board  of
        Directors  including,  INTER ALIA, a letter of censure or suspension,  a
        fine, a suspension of trading  privileges or  termination  of employment
        and/or  officership  of the violator.  In addition,  the violator may be
        required to surrender to Price Associates, or to the party or parties it
        may  designate,  any profit  realized  from any  transaction  that is in
        violation of this Statement.  All material  violations of this Statement
        shall be reported to the Board of Directors of Price  Associates  and to
        the  Board  of  Directors  of any  Price  Fund  with  respect  to  whose
        securities such violations may have been involved.

        VIOLATIONS BY INDEPENDENT  DIRECTORS OF PRICE FUNDS.  Upon discovering a
        material  violation of this  Statement by an  independent  director of a
        Price Fund,  the Ethics  Committee  shall  report such  violation to the
        Board on which the  director  serves.  The Price Fund Boards will impose
        such sanctions as they deem appropriate.

        VIOLATIONS BY BALTIMORE  EMPLOYEES OF RPFI OR TRFAM.  Upon discovering a
        material  violation of this Statement by a  Baltimore-based  employee of
        RPFI or TRFAM,  the Ethics  Committee shall report such violation to the
        Board  of  Directors  of RPFI  or  TRFAM,  as  appropriate.  A  material
        violation by a  Baltimore-based  employee of RPFI shall also be reported
        to the  Board  of  Directors  of any RPFI  Fund  with  respect  to whose
        securities such violations may have been involved.


March, 2000
<PAGE>
                         T. ROWE PRICE ASSOCIATES, INC.
                               STATEMENT OF POLICY
                                       ON
                            CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY



PRICE ASSOCIATES'  FIDUCIARY  POSITION.  As an investment adviser, T. Rowe Price
Associates,  Inc. ("PRICE Associates") is in a fiduciary  relationship with each
of its clients.  This fiduciary duty obligates  Price  Associates to act with an
eye only to the benefit of its clients.  Accordingly,  when  managing its client
accounts (whether private counsel clients,  mutual funds, limited  partnerships,
or  otherwise),  Price  Associates'  primary  responsibility  is to optimize the
financial returns of its clients consistent with their objectives and investment
program.

DEFINITION  OF  CORPORATE  RESPONSIBILITY  ISSUES.  Concern over the behavior of
corporations has been present since the Industrial  Revolution.  Each generation
has focused its attention on specific issues. Concern over the abuses of the use
of child labor in the 1800's was primarily addressed by legislative action which
mandated  corporate  America  to adhere to new laws  restricting  and  otherwise
governing  the  employment  of  children.  In other  instances,  reform has been
achieved  through  shareholder  action -- namely,  the  adoption of  shareholder
proposals.  The corporate  responsibility issues most often addressed during the
past decade have involved:

        o       Ecological issues,  including toxic hazards and pollution of the
                air and water;
        o       Employment  practices,  such as the hiring of women and minority
                groups;
        o       Product quality and safety;
        o       Advertising practices;
        o       Animal testing;
        o       Military and nuclear issues; and
        o       International politics and operations,  including the world debt
                crisis, infant formula, and child labor laws.

CORPORATE  RESPONSIBILITY  ISSUES IN THE INVESTMENT  PROCESS.  Price  Associates
recognizes  the  legitimacy of public concern over the behavior of business with
respect to issues of corporate  responsibility.  Price Associates'  policy is to
carefully  review the merits of such issues that  pertain to any issuer which is
held in a client  portfolio or which is being  considered for investment.  Price
Associates  believes that a corporate  management's  record of  identifying  and
resolving  issues of  corporate  responsibility  is a  legitimate  criteria  for
evaluating  the  investment   merits  of  the  issuer.   Enlightened   corporate
responsibility  can enhance a issuer's long term prospects for business success.
The absence of such a policy can have the converse effect.


<PAGE>
CORPORATE  RESPONSIBILITY  COMMITTEE.  Since 1971,  Price  Associates  has had a
Corporate Responsibility Committee, which is responsible for:

        o       Reviewing and  establishing  positions with respect to corporate
                responsibility issues that are presented in the proxy statements
                of portfolio companies; and

<PAGE>
                                      2-13
        o       Reviewing  questions  and  inquiries  received  from clients and
                mutual  fund  shareholders  pertaining  to issues  of  corporate
                responsibility.

QUESTIONS  REGARDING  CORPORATE  RESPONSIBILITY.  Should  an  employee  have any
questions  regarding  Price  Associates'  policy  with  respect  to a  corporate
responsibility  issue or the  manner  in which  Price  Associates  has  voted or
intends  to vote on a proxy  matter,  he or she  should  contact a member of the
Corporate Responsibility Committee or Price Associates' Proxy Administrator.

















March, 2000
<PAGE>
                         T. ROWE PRICE ASSOCIATES, INC.
                               STATEMENT OF POLICY
                 WITH RESPECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH COPYRIGHT LAWS


PURPOSE OF STATEMENT OF POLICY. To protect the interests of Price Associates and
its  employees,  Price  Associates  has adopted  this  Statement  of Policy with
Respect  to  Compliance  with  Copyright  Laws  ("STATEMENT"  to: (1) inform its
employees regarding the legal principles governing copyrights,  trademarks,  and
service  marks;  and (2)  ensure  that  Price  Associates'  various  copyrights,
trademarks, and service marks are protected from infringement.

DEFINITION OF TRADEMARK, SERVICE MARK, AND COPYRIGHT

        TRADEMARK.  A trademark  is normally a word,  phrase,  or symbol used to
        identify and distinguish a product or a company. For example, KLEENEX is
        a trademark for a particular brand of facial tissues.

        SERVICE MARK. A service mark is normally a word,  phrase, or symbol used
        to identify and distinguish a service or the provider of a service.  For
        example,  INVEST WITH  CONFIDENCE  is a  registered  service  mark which
        identifies and distinguishes the mutual fund management services offered
        by Price Associates.  The words "trademark" and "service mark" are often
        used  interchangeably,  but  as a  general  rule  a  trademark  is for a
        tangible  product,  whereas a service mark is for an intangible  good or
        service.  Because most of Price Associates'  business activities involve
        providing services (e.g., investment management;  transaction processing
        and account maintenance;  information,  etc.), most of Price Associates'
        registered marks are service marks.

        COPYRIGHT.  In order  to  protect  the  authors  and  owners  of  books,
        articles,  drawings,  music, or computer programs and software, the U.S.
        copyright  law  makes  it a  crime  to  reproduce,  IN ANY  MANNER,  any
        copyrighted  material  without the  express  written  permission  of the
        author  or  publisher.   Under  current  law,  all  original  works  are
        copyrighted  at the moment of  creation;  it is no longer  necessary  to
        register a copyright. Copyright infringements may result in judgments of
        actual damages (i.e., the cost of additional subscriptions),  as well as
        punitive damages, which can be as high as $100,000 per infringement.

REGISTERED  TRADEMARKS AND SERVICE MARKS. Once Price Associates has registered a
trademark or service mark with the U.S. Patent and Trademark  Office, it has the
exclusive  right to use that mark.  In order to preserve  rights to a registered
trademark  or  service  mark,  Price  Associates  must  (1)  use  the  mark on a
continuous   basis  and  in  a  manner   consistent   with  the  Certificate  of
Registration; (2) place an encircled "R" ((R)) next to the mark in the first, or
most  prominent,  occurrence  in all publicly  distributed  media;  and (3) take
action against any party infringing upon the mark.

ESTABLISHING  A  TRADEMARK  OR  SERVICE  MARK.  The  Legal  Department  has  the
responsibility  to register and maintain all  trademarks  and service  marks and
protect  them  against any  infringement.  If Price  Associates  or a subsidiary
wishes to utilize a particular word, phrase, or symbol as a trademark or service
mark,  the Legal  Department  must be  notified as far in advance as possible so
that a search may be conducted  to  determine  if the proposed  mark has already
been registered or used by another entity.  Until clearance is obtained from the
Legal Department, no new mark should be used. This procedure has been adopted to
ensure  that  Price  Associates  does  not  unknowingly  infringe  upon  another
company's  mark. Once a proposed mark is cleared for use, it must be accompanied
by the abbreviations "TM" or "SM," as appropriate, until it has been registered.
All trademarks and service marks which have been registered with the U.S. Patent
and Trademark  Office must be  accompanied  by an encircled "R" when used in any
public document. These symbols need only accompany the mark in the first or most
prominent place it is used in each publicly circulated document.  Subsequent use
of the same  trademark  or  service  mark in such  material  does not need to be
marked.  The  Legal  Department   maintains  a  written  summary  of  all  Price
Associates'  registered and pending trademarks and service marks. All registered
and pending  trademarks  and service  marks are also listed in the T. Rowe Price
Style Guide.  If you have any  questions  regarding the status of a trademark or
service mark, you should contact the Legal Department.

INFRINGEMENT OF PRICE ASSOCIATES'  REGISTERED MARKS. If an employee notices that
another  entity  is using a mark  similar  to one  which  Price  Associates  has
registered,  the  Legal  Department  should  be  notified  immediately  so  that
appropriate  action can be taken to protect Price  Associates'  interests in the
mark.

REPRODUCTION OF ARTICLES AND SIMILAR MATERIALS FOR INTERNAL DISTRIBUTION, OR FOR
DISTRIBUTION TO  SHAREHOLDERS,  CLIENTS AND OTHERS OUTSIDE THE FIRM. In general,
the reproduction of copyrighted material is a federal offense.  Exceptions under
the "FAIR USE" doctrine include reproduction for scholarly purposes,  criticism,
or  commentary,  which  ordinarily  do  not  apply  in a  business  environment.
OCCASIONAL  copying of a relatively small portion of a newsletter or magazine to
keep in a file,  circulate to colleagues  with  commentary,  or send to a client
with commentary is generally permissible under the "fair use" doctrine.  Written
permission from the author or publisher must be obtained by any employee wishing
to  reproduce  copyrighted  material  for  INTERNAL  OR  EXTERNAL  distribution,
including  distribution  via  the  Internet  or the T.  Rowe  Price  Associates'
intranet.  It is the  responsibility  of each  employee to obtain  permission to
reproduce copyrighted material. Such permission must be in writing and forwarded
to the Legal Department. If the publisher will not grant permission to reproduce
copyrighted material, then the requestor must purchase from the publisher either
additional subscriptions to the periodical or the reprints of specific articles.
The original  article or  periodical  may be  circulated  as an  alternative  to
purchasing additional subscriptions or reprints.

PERSONAL COMPUTER SOFTWARE PROGRAMS.  Software products and on-line  information
services purchased for use on Price Associates' personal computers are generally
copyrighted material and may not be reproduced without proper authorization from
the software vendor. See the T. Rowe Price Associates,  Inc. Statement of Policy
With Respect to Computer Security and Related Issues for more information.


March, 2000
<PAGE>


                         T. ROWE PRICE ASSOCIATES, INC.
                       STATEMENT OF POLICY WITH RESPECT TO
                      COMPUTER SECURITY AND RELATED ISSUES


PURPOSE OF  STATEMENT  OF POLICY.  The  central  and  critical  role of computer
systems in our firm's  operations  underscores  the  importance  of ensuring the
integrity of these systems. The data stored on our firm's computers,  as well as
the specialized  software programs and systems developed for the firm's use, are
extremely valuable assets and very confidential.

This  Statement of Policy  ("STATEMENT")  establishes a  comprehensive  computer
security program which has been designed to:

        o       prevent the unauthorized use of or access to our firm's computer
                systems  (collectively  the  "SYSTEMS"),  including  the  firm's
                electronic mail ("E-MAIL") and voice mail systems;

        o       prevent breaches in computer security;

        o       maintain the integrity of confidential information; and

        o       prevent the  introduction  of computer  viruses into our Systems
                that could imperil the firm's operations.

In addition,  the Statement  describes  various  issues that arise in connection
with the application of U.S. Copyright Law to computer software.

Any  material  violation  of this  Statement  may lead to  sanctions,  which may
include dismissal of the employee or employees involved.

CONFIDENTIALITY  OF SYSTEMS  ACTIVITIES AND INFORMATION.  Systems activities and
information stored on our firm's computers (including e-mail and voice mail) may
be subject to  monitoring  by firm  personnel or others.  All such  information,
including  messages on the firm's e-mail and voice mail systems,  are records of
the firm and the sole  property  of the  firm.  The firm  reserves  the right to
monitor,  access,  and disclose for any purpose all  information,  including all
messages sent,  received,  or stored through the Systems.  The use of the firm's
computer  Systems is for the  transaction of firm business and is for authorized
users only.  All firm  policies  apply to the use of the  Systems.  See Employee
Handbook.

By using the firm's Systems, you agree to be bound by this Statement and consent
to the access to and disclosure of all  information,  including e-mail and voice
mail messages,  by the firm. Employees do not have any expectation of privacy in
connection with the use of the Systems,  or with the transmission,  receipt,  or
storage of information in the Systems.

Information entered into our firm's computers but later deleted from the Systems
may continue to be maintained permanently on our firm's back-up tapes. Employees
should take care so that they do not create  documents  or  communications  that
might  later be  embarrassing  to them or to our firm.  This  policy  applies to
e-mail and voice mail, as well to any other communication on a System.

SECURITY  ADMINISTRATION.  Enterprise  Security  in  T.  Rowe  Price  Investment
Technologies,  Inc. ("TRPIT") is responsible for identifying  security needs and
overseeing the  maintenance  of computer  security,  including  Internet-related
security issues.

AUTHORIZED SYSTEMS USERS. In general, access to any type of System is restricted
to  authorized  users  who  need  access  in  order to  support  their  business
activities.  Access for mainframe, LAN and external Systems must be requested on
a "Systems  Access Request" form. A hard copy can be printed from the Enterprise
Security intranet site or obtained from Enterprise Security. Access requests and
changes must be approved by the appropriate  supervisor or manager in the user's
department.

AUTHORIZED  APPLICATION USERS.  Access to specific computer  applications (i.e.,
Finance,  Retirement Plan Services  systems,  etc.) can also be requested.  Many
application  systems  have an  additional  level  of  security,  such  as  extra
passwords.  If a user wants access to an application or data that is outside the
normal  scope  of his or  her  business  activity,  additional  approval  may be
required  from the  "Owner"  of such  application  or data.  The  "Owner" is the
employee who is responsible for making  judgments and decisions on behalf of the
firm with regard to the  application or data,  including the authority to decide
who may have access.

USER-IDS,  PASSWORDS,  AND OTHER SECURITY  ISSUES.  Once a request for access is
approved,  a unique  "User-ID"  will be assigned  the user.  Each  User-ID has a
password that must be kept confidential by the user. For most systems, passwords
must be changed on a regular schedule and Enterprise  security has the authority
to determine  the password  policy.  User-IDs and  passwords  may not be shared.
Users can be held  accountable for work performed with their User-IDs.  Personal
computers  must not be left logged on and  unattended  unless screen savers with
passwords or  software-based  keyboard locks are utilized.  Enterprise  Security
recommends that GroupWise e-mail accounts be password protected.

EXTERNAL COMPUTER SYSTEMS.  Our data processing  environment  includes access to
data stored not only on our firm's computers, but also on external systems, such
as DST.  Although the security  practices  governing  these outside  systems are
established by the providers of these external  systems,  requests for access to
such systems should be directed to Enterprise  Security.  User-IDs and passwords
to these systems must be kept confidential by the user.

ACCESS  TO THE  INTERNET  AND OTHER  ON-LINE  SERVICES.  Access to the  Internet
(including,  but not limited to,  e-mail,  remote FTP,  Telnet,  World Wide Web,
Gopher, remote administration,  secure shell, and using IP tunneling software to
remotely control Internet servers) presents special security  considerations due
to the world-wide nature of the connection and the security  weaknesses  present
in Internet protocols and services.  The firm can provide  authorized  employees
and other staff with access to Internet e-mail and other Internet services (such
as the World Wide Web) through a direct connection from the firm's network.

Access to the Internet or Internet services from our firm's computers, including
the firm's e-mail system,  is permitted only for legitimate  business  purposes.
Such access  must be  requested  through  Enterprise  Security,  approved by the
employee's supervisor, and provided only through firm approved connections.  All
firm  policies  apply  to the use of the  Internet  or  Internet  services.  See
Employee Handbook.

         USE OF  INTERNET.  In  accordance  with firm  policies,  employees  are
         prohibited  from  accessing  inappropriate  sites,  including,  but not
         limited to, adult and gambling sites.  Firm personnel  monitor Internet
         use for visits to inappropriate sites and for inappropriate use. Should
         employees have questions  regarding what  constitutes an  inappropriate
         site or  inappropriate  use,  they  should  discuss it first with their
         manager who may refer the  question to Human  Resources.  Inappropriate
         use of the  Internet,  or accessing  inappropriate  sites,  may lead to
         sanctions,  which may include  dismissal  of the  employee or employees
         involved.

         DIAL-OUT  ACCESS.  Using a modem or an  Internet  connection  on a firm
         computer  housed at any of the  firm's  offices  to access an  Internet
         service  provider  using one's home or personal  account is prohibited,
         unless this  account is being used by  authorized  personnel to service
         Price Associates'  connection to the Internet.  When Internet access is
         granted,   the   employee   will  be  asked  to  reaffirm  his  or  her
         understanding of this Statement.

        Unauthorized modems are not permitted.  Dial-out access that circumvents
        the Internet firewall or proxy server, except by authorized personnel in
        the business of Price Associates, is prohibited.

         ON-LINE  SERVICES.  Access to America OnLine  ("AOL"),  CompuServe,  or
         other commercial on-line service providers is not permitted from a firm
         computer  except for a  legitimate  business  purpose  approved  by the
         employee's  supervisor and with software obtained through the Help Desk
         at x4357 (select menu option 1).

         PARTICIPATION ON BULLETIN BOARDS. Because communications by our firm or
         any of its employees on on-line service  bulletin boards are subject to
         federal,   state  and  NASD   advertising   regulations,   unsupervised
         participation  can result in  serious  securities  violations.  Certain
         designated  employees  have been  authorized  to use AOL to monitor and
         respond to  inquiries  about our firm and its  investment  services and
         products.  Any employee other than those assigned to this special group
         must first  receive  the  authorization  of a member of the Board of T.
         Rowe Price Investment  Services,  Inc. and the Legal Department  before
         initiating or responding  to a message on any computer  bulletin  board
         relating  to the firm,  a Price  Fund or any  investment  or  brokerage
         option or service.  This  policy  applies  whether or not the  employee
         intends to disclose his or her relationship to the firm, whether or not
         our firm  sponsors the bulletin  board,  and whether or not the firm is
         the principal focus of the bulletin board.

         E-MAIL USE.  Access to the firm's e-mail  system is permitted  only for
         legitimate  business  purposes.  All firm policies  apply to the use of
         e-mail.  Firm personnel may monitor e-mail usage for inappropriate use.
         Should   employees   have   questions    regarding   what   constitutes
         inappropriate  use, they should discuss it first with their manager who
         may refer the question to Human Resources.  Inappropriate use of e-mail
         may lead to sanctions,  which may include  dismissal of the employee or
         employees involved.

         E-mail  services,  other  than  those  provided  or  approved  by Price
         Associates,  may  not be  used  for  business  purposes.  In  addition,
         accessing  e-mail services not provided or approved by Price Associates
         from firm  equipment  for any reason  could allow the  introduction  of
         viruses or malicious  code into the network,  or lead to the compromise
         of confidential data.

         Employees  should  understand  that e-mail sent through the Internet is
         not secure and could be intercepted by a third party.

DIAL-IN ACCESS.  The ability to access our firm's computer Systems from a remote
location is also limited to authorized  users.  Phone numbers used to access our
firm's computer Systems are confidential. A security system that uses a one-time
password or other strong  authentication  method must be employed when accessing
our firm's network from a remote computer.  Authorization  for remote access can
be requested by completing a "Systems  Access  Request"  form.  Any employee who
requires remote access should contact the Help Desk at x4357 (select menu option
1) for desktop setup.

VIRUS  PROTECTION.  A computer  virus is a program  designed to damage or impair
software or data on a computer  system.  Software  from any  outside  source may
contain a computer  virus or  similar  malicious  code.  Types of  carriers  and
transmission  methods increase daily and currently include diskettes,  CDs, file
downloads,  executables,  and e-mail attachments. A comprehensive malicious code
prevention and control program is in place  throughout  Price  Associates.  This
program  provides policy and procedures for anti-virus  controls on all systems.
More  information  about  the  anti-virus  program  can be  found  on the  TRPIT
Intranet.

Introducing a virus or similar malicious code into the Price Associates  Systems
by engaging in prohibited  actions,  such as  downloading  non-business  related
software, or by failing to implement recommended  precautions,  such as updating
virus scanning  software on remote  machines,  may lead to sanctions,  which may
include dismissal of the employee or employees involved.

         VIRUS SCANNING  SOFTWARE.  As part of the TRPIT's  anti-virus  program,
         virus  scanning  software is installed  on the  majority of  applicable
         platforms.  This software is designed to detect and eradicate malicious
         code and viruses.  All desktop  computers  have the corporate  standard
         anti-virus  scanning software  installed and running.  This software is
         installed and configured by the  Distributed  Processing  Support Group
         and runs constantly.  Virus scanning software updates are automatically
         distributed  to the desktops as they become  available.  Desktop  virus
         scanning  software can also be used by the employee to scan  diskettes,
         CDs, directories, and attachments "on demand". Contact the Help Desk at
         x4357 (select menu option 3) for assistance.

         E-MAIL. An e-mail  anti-virus  gateway scans the content of inbound and
         outbound e-mail for viruses.  Infected  e-mail and attachments  will be
         cleaned when possible and quarantined  when not cleanable.  Updating of
         the  e-mail  gateway  anti-virus  software  and  pattern  files is done
         automatically.

         PORTABLE  AND  REMOTE  COMPUTERS.  Laptops  and  other  computers  that
         remotely  access the TRPIT network are also required to have the latest
         anti-virus software and pattern files. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF EACH
         USER TO ENSURE THAT HIS OR HER PORTABLE COMPUTER'S  ANTI-VIRUS SOFTWARE
         IS REGULARLY UPDATED. The Help Desk has instructions available. Contact
         the  Help  Desk at x4357  (select  menu  option  3) to  obtain  further
         information.

         DOWNLOADING  OR  COPYING.  The  user of a PC  with a  modem  or with an
         Internet  connection  has the ability to connect to other  computers or
         on-line  services  outside  of the  firm's  network  and  there  may be
         business  reasons to  download  or copy  software  from those  sources.
         Downloading or copying software,  which includes  documents,  graphics,
         programs and other computer-based materials, from any outside source is
         not permitted  unless it is for a legitimate  business  purpose because
         downloads and copies could  introduce  viruses and malicious  code into
         the Systems.

         OTHER CONSIDERATIONS.  Users must log off the System each night. Unless
         the user logs off,  virus software on each  workstation  cannot pick up
         the most current virus scanning  downloads or the most current software
         updates  for the user's  System.  Employees  must call the Help Desk at
         x4357  (select  menu option 3) when viruses are detected so that it can
         ensure that  appropriate  tracking  and  follow-up  take place.  Do not
         forward any "virus warning" mail received to other staff until you have
         contacted the Help Desk, since many of these warnings are hoaxes.  When
         notified that a user has received  "virus  warning" mail, the Help Desk
         will  contact  Enterprise  Security,  whose  personnel  will  check  to
         determine the validity of the virus warning.

APPLICATION OF U.S.  COPYRIGHT LAW TO SOFTWARE  PROGRAMS.  Software products and
on-line  information  services  purchased for use on Price Associates'  personal
computers are generally  copyrighted  material and may not be reproduced without
proper authorization from the software vendor. This includes the software on CDs
or  diskettes,  any  program  manuals  or  documentation,  and data or  software
retrievable from on-line information systems.  Unauthorized reproduction of such
material or information,  or downloading or printing such material, is a federal
offense,  and the software vendor can sue to protect the developer's  rights. In
addition to criminal penalties such as fines and imprisonment, civil damages can
be awarded in excess of $50,000.

GUIDELINES FOR USING PERSONAL COMPUTER SOFTWARE

        ACQUISITION AND INSTALLATION OF SOFTWARE.  Only  Distributed  Processing
        Support  Group  approved  and  installed  software  is  authorized.  Any
        software  program that is to be used by an employee of Price  Associates
        in connection  with the business of the firm must be ordered through the
        Help  Desk  at  x4357  (select  menu  option  1)  and  installed  by the
        Distributed Processing Support Group of TRPIT.

        LICENSING.  Software  residing on firm LAN servers  will be either:  (1)
        maintained at an appropriate  license level for the number of users,  or
        (2) made accessible only for those for whom it is licensed.

        ORIGINAL CDS, DISKETTES AND COPIES. In most cases, software is installed
        by the Distributed  Processing  Support Group and original  software CDs
        and  diskettes  are not provided to the user. In the event that original
        CDs or diskettes  are provided,  they must be stored  properly to reduce
        the  possibility  of  damage  or  theft.  CDs and  diskettes  should  be
        protected  from extreme heat,  cold,  and contact with anything that may
        act as a  magnet  or  otherwise  damage  them.  Employees  may not  make
        additional  copies of software or software  manuals obtained through the
        firm.

        RECOMMENDATIONS,   UPGRADES,   AND  ENHANCEMENTS.   All  recommendations
        regarding computer hardware and software programs are to be forwarded to
        the Help Desk at x4357  (select  menu option 1),  which will  coordinate
        upgrades and enhancements.

QUESTIONS  REGARDING  THIS  STATEMENT.  Any questions  regarding  this Statement
should be directed to Enterprise Security in TRPIT.



March, 2000
<PAGE>
                         T. ROWE PRICE ASSOCIATES, INC.
                               STATEMENT OF POLICY
                                       ON
                         COMPLIANCE WITH ANTITRUST LAWS


PURPOSE

         To protect  the  interests  of the  company  and its  employees,  Price
Associates  has adopted this  Statement of Policy on Compliance  with  Antitrust
Laws ("STATEMENT") to:

         (1)      Inform   employees  about  the  legal   principles   governing
                  prohibited  anticompetitive  activity  in the conduct of Price
                  Associates' business; and

         (2)      Establish  guidelines  for contacts  with other members of the
                  investment  management  industry  to avoid  violations  of the
                  antitrust laws.

THE BASIC ANTICOMPETITIVE ACTIVITY PROHIBITION

         Section  1  of  the  Sherman   Antitrust  Act  (the  "ACT")   prohibits
agreements, understandings, or joint actions between companies that constitute a
"restraint of trade," i.e., reduce or eliminate competition.

         This  prohibition is triggered only by an agreement or action among two
or more  companies;  unilateral  action never violates the Act. To constitute an
illegal  agreement,  however,  an  understanding  does not need to be  formal or
written. Comments made in conversations, casual comments at meetings, or even as
little as "a knowing  wink," as one case says, may be sufficient to establish an
illegal agreement under the Act.

         The agreed upon action must be  anticompetitive.  Some actions are "per
se" anticompetitive, while others are judged according to a "rule of reason."

o             Some   activities   have   been   found   to  be   so   inherently
              anticompetitive  that a court will not even  permit  the  argument
              that they have a procompetitive component. Examples of such per se
              illegal  activities  are  agreements  between  competitors  to fix
              prices  or  divide  up  markets  in any  way,  such  as  exclusive
              territories.

o             Other joint  agreements or activities  will be examined by a court
              using the rule of  reason  approach  to see if the  procompetitive
              results of the arrangement  outweigh the anticompetitive  effects.
              Permissible  agreements  among  competitors  may include a buyers'
              cooperative,  or a  syndicate  of  buyers  for an  initial  public
              offering of  securities.  In rare  instances,  an  association  of
              sellers (such as ASCAP) may be permissible.


<PAGE>



         There is also an  exception  for joint  activity  designed to influence
government action. Such activity is protected by the First Amendment to the U.S.
Constitution.  For example,  members of an industry may agree to lobby  Congress
jointly to enact legislation that may be manifestly anticompetitive.

PENALTIES FOR VIOLATING THE SHERMAN ACT

         A charge that the Act has been  violated can be brought as a civil or a
criminal action. Civil damages can include treble damages,  plus attorneys fees.
Criminal penalties for individuals can include fines of up to $350,000 and three
years in jail, and $100 million or more for corporations.

SITUATIONS IN WHICH ANTITRUST ISSUES MAY ARISE

         To avoid  violating  the Act, any  agreement  with other members of the
investment  management  industry  regarding which  securities to buy or sell and
under what  circumstances  we buy or sell them,  or about the manner in which we
market our mutual funds and  investment and  retirement  services,  must be made
with the prohibitions of the Act in mind.

         TRADE  ASSOCIATION  MEETINGS AND ACTIVITIES.  A trade  association is a
         group of  competitors  who join together to share common  interests and
         seek common  solutions to common problems.  Such  associations are at a
         high risk for  anticompetitive  activity and are closely scrutinized by
         regulators.  Attorneys for trade  associations,  such as the Investment
         Company  Institute,  are  typically  present at  meetings of members to
         assist in avoiding violations.

         Permissible Activities:

        o       Discussion of how to make the industry more competitive.

        o       An exchange of information or ideas that have  procompetitive or
                competitively  neutral  effects,  such as: methods of protecting
                the health or safety of workers;  methods of educating customers
                and preventing abuses;  and information  regarding how to design
                and operate training programs.

        o       Collective action to petition government entities.

         Activities to be Avoided:

        o       Any discussion or direct exchange of current  information  about
                prices,  salaries,  fees, or terms and conditions of sales. Even
                if such information is publicly available, problems can arise if
                the information  available to the public is difficult to compile
                or not as current as that being exchanged.

                EXCEPTION:  A  third  party  consultant  can,  with  appropriate
                safeguards,  collect,  aggregate  and  disseminate  some of this
                information, such as salary information.

        o       Discussion of future business plans, strategies, or arrangements
                that  might be  considered  to involve  competitively  sensitive
                information.

        o       Discussion of specific customers, markets, or territories.

        o       Negative  discussions of service  providers that could give rise
                to an inference of a joint  refusal to deal with the provider (a
                "BOYCOTT").

         INVESTMENT-RELATED DISCUSSIONS

                  PERMISSIBLE  ACTIVITIES:  Buyers  or  sellers  with  a  common
                  economic  interest may join together to facilitate  securities
                  transactions  that  might  otherwise  not  occur,  such as the
                  formation  of a  syndicate  to buy in a private  placement  or
                  initial public  offering of a issuer's  stock, or negotiations
                  among creditors of an insolvent or bankrupt company.

                  Competing  investment  managers  are  permitted  to  serve  on
                  creditors  committees  together  and  engage in other  similar
                  activities in connection with  bankruptcies and other judicial
                  proceedings.

                  ACTIVITIES  TO BE AVOIDED:  It is important to avoid  anything
                  that suggests  involvement  with any other firm in any threats
                  to "boycott" or "blackball"  new offerings,  including  making
                  any ambiguous  statement that, taken out of context,  might be
                  misunderstood  to imply such joint action.  Avoid  careless or
                  unguarded comments that a hostile or suspicious listener might
                  interpret  as  suggesting   prohibited   coordinated  behavior
                  between T. Rowe Price and any other potential buyer.

                           EXAMPLE:  After an Illinois  municipal  bond  default
                           where the state legislature  retroactively  abrogated
                           some of the bondholders'  rights,  several investment
                           management complexes organized to protest the state's
                           action.  In doing so,  there was  arguably an implied
                           threat that members of the group would boycott future
                           Illinois  municipal  bond  offerings.  Such a boycott
                           would  be a  violation  of the  Act.  The  investment
                           management   firms'   action   led  to  an   18-month
                           Department  of Justice  investigation.  Although  the
                           investigation  did not lead to any legal  action,  it
                           was extremely  expensive  and time  consuming for the
                           firms and individual managers involved.
<PAGE>
                  If you are  present  when  anyone  outside  of T.  Rowe  Price
                  suggests that two or more investors  with a grievance  against
                  an issuer coordinate future purchasing  decisions,  you should
                  immediately  reject any such  suggestion.  As soon as possible
                  thereafter, you should notify the Legal Department, which will
                  take whatever further steps are necessary.

        BENCHMARKING.  Benchmarking is the process of measuring and comparing an
        organization's  processes,  products  and  services to those of industry
        leaders   for  the  purpose  of  adopting   innovative   practices   for
        improvement.

        o       Because  benchmarking  usually  involves the direct  exchange of
                information with competitors,  it is particularly subject to the
                risk of violating the antitrust laws.

        o       The list of issues that may and should not be  discussed  in the
                context of a trade  association also applies in the benchmarking
                process.

        o       All proposed benchmarking  agreements must be reviewed by the T.
                Rowe  Price  Legal  Department  before T. Rowe  Price  agrees to
                participate in such a survey.


March, 2000


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission